THE UNIVERSITY © ~

OF ILLINOIS |»

LIBRARY

SUG
AN
VAN

BIOLOGY

| ACES if} og

BIOLOGY

Return this book on or before the
Latest Date stamped below.

University of Illinois Library

WN 6 i959

OCT «62 1868
OCT 16} 1968
17 (Sv

PAR ¥
MAR |

L161—H41

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY,’ AND OF
LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. )

CONDUCTED BY

Siz W. JARDINE, Barrt., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esa.,F.L.S.,
GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D.,
CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Reg. Prof. Bot. Glasg.,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S.

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOOD,
TAVISTOCK STREET ; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH:
CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1843.

‘*Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zstimata; a vere eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; male doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—
LINN. , :

CONTENTS OF VOL. XI.

NUMBER LXVII.

I. Account of a Species of Ichnewmon whose Larva is parasitic on
Spiders. By Joun Brackwatt, Esq., F.L.S, 0... scccscscseccscecscsoncees
II. Notice of Saurian Dermal Plates from the Wealden of the Isle of
Wight. By Joun Epwarp Les, Esq. (With a Plate.) ...ccc.sceeee eee
III. On the Discovery of the Remains of a Mastodontoid Pachyderm
in Australia. By Prof. Owen, F.R.S. (With Woodcuts.) ...secrececeeee
IV. Observationes de quibusdam Plantis Surinamensibus. By Dr.
ME PMERET PIQUER, | os.45.serccsvencasce. Gotindtbcckeaheseca#uusavvstasctenestye
V. Descriptions of new Shells from the Collection of Capt. Belcher,
R.N., C.B., &c. By Ricnarp Brinstey Hinps, Esq., Surgeon R.N.
VI. Hints towards a new specific character in the Willows. By W.
A. Leicuton, B.A., F.B.S.E., &c. (With Woodcuts.) ....ceccsccsecores
VII. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun
Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of Hospitals, Haslar. (Con-
Einued.) — sasscreeee A doth RCURE SRA Og ne a cbt kh tints ALM eel AB El ee
VIII. Observations on the “Sed-Cup.” By Cuarztes W. Peacu,
III EEAEC.) os osc oc ccm cgtneacecsesnccaqeecacceceseccoqen Sdekidaten a
IX. Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered near Conception in South
America by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Warxer, Esq., F.L.S. ...
X. On drying Plants for the Herbarium by means of a Deliquescent
Salt. By J.J. Murcort, Esq. ...... epicuiararnscpppdeeresen seepebercnerher eee
XI. On the relative position of the Divisions of Stigma and Parietal
Placentz in the Compound Ovarium of Plants. By Rosrrt Brown,
eg la e-LS. .osccscveses See e ener sp asenee gaat vie’ CAR LR BE RS! GO
XII. On the Structure of the Capsule of Papaveracee; and on the
Nature of the Stigma of Crucifere. By J. W. Howe t, Esq., M.R.C.S.
XIII. Observations on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide. By S.
Moves OC WAtD & Plate.) wscciocvcsosesecee EASE Ee Sere Operate rs & Ope |
XIV. Description of two new species of Reptiles from the Collection
made during the Voyages of H.M.S. Sulphur. By J. E. Gray, Esq.,
Rae waned ary nis eric die deine uo x00 sie eine Side selojasinsed Seslan on'eeia SLE ey ea eee

New Books :—The Grasses of Scotland, by Richard Parnell, M.D.,
F.R.S.E., &c.—Histoire Naturelle des Poissons d’eau douce, par
1,, Agassiz.—Narrative of a Residence on the Mosquito Shore, by
T. Young.—Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts —T'i-
gures of Molluscous Animals, by Maria-Emma Gray.—The Natu-

Paw!
x

ub

FRY
aD
tof?

Page

1

46

1Vv CONTENTS.

* Page
ralist’s Library, vol. xxxv :—Mammaalia, vol. xiii. Introduction,
by Lieut.-Col. C. Hamilton Smith.—Nomenclator Zoologicus,
auctore L. Agassiz.—The Birds of Australia, by J. Gould, F.L.S.,

&c. Parts VIII. 1X.—Icones Piscium; or, Plates of Rare Fishes,

by Dr. Richatdson.\2.70,. 048). ede badd abel bo cb eesces eseeee 47—58

Proceedings of the Entomological Society ; Wernerian Natural History
Society ; Royal Society of Edinburgh ; Botanical Society of Edin-
IPF STD wes sens den'scdidpasaingackaecs enueny eoepian eas sey tees eee ieee tae . 58—74

Meeting of the British Association for 1843 ; Epilobium virgatum, Fries;
Habits of Tarsipes Spensere; New British Plant; Note on Ho-
meeocladia anglica, Ag.; Juncus diffusus, Hoppe, and Drosera
obovata, M. and K.; White’s Thrush; Fossil Mammalia ; Curator-
ship of the Geologivél Society ; Meteorological Obedbvationl and
AED Paes ey czncnatasahh Seekers eces ag vahasisle ablnvigais gave Waceieen déepaedee 75—80

NUMBER LXVIII.

XV. The Natural History of the British Entomostraca. By W.
Bairp, M.D. (With two Plates.) (Continued.) .......sseeeee Fedathing . 81

XVI. Observations on the Formation of the Pitted Tissue of Plants,
with one or two remarks on the Analogy between the Blood-discs in
Animals and the Starch Particles in Vegetables. By Joun Wm. Grir-
Fira; MDS) Gi Ses: : CWith a Plates) ys gts wareueae Laka wa icleis ingle anata 95

XVII. The Crustacea of Ireland. By Wma. Tuomrson, Esq., Vice-
Pres. Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast. (Continwed.) ...cccccsecsscesscoee Pe

XVIII. Remarks on three species of Marine Zoophytes. By Arruur
Hine ELASSALH, Esq: | vechedvawvendaosv's a'wiigivsta'adidesalPalnasiee sae Sees ges eae eee

XIX. On certain species of Siberian Birds described by Latham, but
which have hitherto been insufficiently determined. By Prof. J. F.
Branot of St. Petersburgh. (Communicated by H. E. Strickland, Esq.,

DR, Phd ane seth vnnaneoh oes tas pebhnkaryttyoanceus Sh ssGanis yrtusovenet sae avenyeen eae a |
XX. Descriptions of Chalcidites found near Lima by C. Darwin,
Esq. By Francis Wanker, Esq., FLLS...,..00:cccsecvecvassepesnssssannuns 115

XXI. Descriptions of some new genera and species of Mammalia in
the British Museum Collection. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Keeper
of the Zoological Collection in the British Museum ........cesseseeeeeee ba age

XXII. History and Observations on the Pearly Nautilus, involving
a new Theory to account for the camerated construction of its Shell by
the aid of the Siphonic Membrane. By Lovriy Reeve, Esq., A.L.S. 119

XXIII. History of a Case in which a Fluid periodically ejected from
the Stomach contained Vegetable Organisms of an undescribed form.
By Joun Goopsir, Esq., Conservator of the Royal College of Surgeons
th Eginbura hs. ii6..e5e CPR Rae 2 SAE WA RAT WES Siilive sc ccehs deem 125

XXIV. On the Parasitic Vegetable Structures found growing in
Living Animals. By J. He Bennett, M.D. .csspenceenerecgentas eveensieee 126

CONTENTS. Vv
Page

New Books :—A History of British Starfishes, by Edward Forbes.—
A General History of Animalcules: Part I., by A. Pritchard. 127—140

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Geological Society; Botanical
Society of London; Microscopical Society of London ; Royal So-
ciety of Edinburgh ............ Sieovedevetatecskes shalt desswcassnes 141—158

Maianthemum bifolium ; Dr. Patrick Neill; Collections of Plants, Birds,
and Minerals; Meteorological Observations and Table ... 158—160

NUMBER LXIX.

XXV. Ona new Genus of Alge belonging to the family of the
Nostochine. By Gro. J. Auuman, A.B., L.R.C.S.1., Secretary to the
Dublin Microscopical Society. (With a Plate.) da deeautte sddbeae teangeoind 161

XXVI. Notice of several Cases of Defective and Redundant Orga-
nization observed among the Araneidea. By Joun Buackwa tt, Esq.,
ahah siinwsanvenebcensiaabsaaraannninn done tide nichlh pulse hte Silat aici 165

XXVII. Description of a new species of Carex found near Hebden
Bridge in Yorkshire. By Cuarues C. Bazineron, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

IR ALE TALC) Fuca. pamnnie ce rpitinsaieanla oyna okehplodsdieckinn shen dal ap soseee 168
XXVIII. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun

Hicusnpson, M.D., F.R.S., &,... (Continyed,) . .cccciedsneiacenes cocci iateds 169
XXIX. On the eee and Functions of the Pollen Granules.

RG MEAN VU TESON, FSQ5 \ cceoh npr dan oariseedasineows bide itkeonceagtnn encase’ 182
XXX. Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in the Isle of Chonos

by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Warker, Esq., F.L.S. .......seeeeees 184
XXXI. Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in Coquimbo by

C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Waker, Esq., F.L.S. .........00 delat 185
XXXII. Some Rectification of the Nomenclature of Australian

eee yy CrOrGy Ropinr Gray, (Esqi) vaitiwes adivs ce waddontevevecsee 189

XXXIII. Descriptions of several new Genera and Species of Cri-
noidea. By Tuomas Austin, Esq. and Tuomas Austin, Jun., Civil

PACD alate an ohcpana schema onsnns Rect Ae eaten ae talk Bs te pny b.xpcaid ned eatery sods 195
XXXIV. On two new Species of British Musci. By Tuomas Tay-
Mee UMKOIKON: KONMALE! | vccns ooeenoscicaddaddddedssdeccecengtebese 208

New Books :—Natural History of New York. Zoology, or the New-
York Fauna, by James E. De Kay: Part I. Mammalia.—Icones
Plantarum, by Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c. Part IX.—Flora Ita-
Reap uy. Bertoloni, Eq. Aur. M.D. .......acscccesccoscocesens 209—211

Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Linnean Society ......... 213—237

On the presence of Theine in the Leaves of Ilex Paraguyensis ; Sula
melanura; Capture of Bottle-nosed Whales; Note on Pagurus Pri-
deauxit ; Mvicacclo gical Observations and Table. ........0.6. 237—240

NUMBER LXX.
XXXV. Observations on the Habits of a Venthredo or Saw-fly. By
Premeeoonnr:) (With a Plates) seeded es Sees a cee. see oat

v1 CONTENTS.
Page
XXXVI. Descriptions of new species of Coleopterous Insects be-
longing to the genus Apocyrtus, collected by Hugh Cuming, Esq., in
the Philippine Islands. By G. R. Wateruouse, Esq., Assistant Se-
cretary and Curator to the Zoological Society. (Continued.)....... a i 4
XXXVII. Descriptions of new Shells from the Collection of Captain
Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B. By Ricuarp Brinstey Hinps, Esq.,

Surgeons .N.. \:;(Concamued.) s.cscacav sak wanes vine d <ole as tAgawnilgns «snc aeaenann 255
XXXVIII. On Fumaria micrantha, Lag., and F. calycina, Bab. By
Cuartes C. Basineton, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &C..00..secececvaves Kevssny ee

XXXIX. Series of Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of
Zoology uniform and permanent, being the Report of a Committee for
the consideration of the subject appointed by the British Association

for the Advancement of Science 2.4.12. dscns endiesseselensbeaneeyaaaeenaame 259
XL. On the History and Habits of the Rook, Corvus frugilegus,
Linn. By the Rev. Davin LANDSBOROUGH .......sccceeesecececscesssesnccs 275

XLI. Note in reply to Dr. Griffith’s Remarks on the Pitted Tissue
of Plants, on Muscle, &c. By Martin Barry, M.D., F.R.SS. L. & E. 278
XLII. On a new British Starfish of the genus Goniaster, By Prof.
Epwarp Forsss, V.P.W.S., F.L.S., F.B.S., &c. (With a Plate.) ... 280
XLIII. Description of a new genus of Carabideous Insects brought
from the Falkland Islands by Charles Darwin, Esq. By G. R. Warer-
nousE, Esq., Assistant Secretary and Curator to the Zoological So-

Clety, GLC. rosccccrscscneevscccsenccsscvessevavessesccasconscnsaneencanes apdeadueate . 281
XLIV. The Birds of Ireland By Wm. Tuompson, Esq., Pres. Nat.
Hist. Society, Belfast. (Continued.)......+.. bike spis bectdaeen can tance oem 283

XLV. Anatomical Researches on the Nervous and Circulating Sy-
stems of the Triton aquaticus, or Aquatic Salamander. By G. Nico-
Lucci of Naples. Communicated by Dr. Grant.........+0 vadevoats escens DOO

New Books :—The Climate of South Devon, &c., by Thomas Shafter,
M.D.—Annales des Sciences Naturelles for September, October,
November and December.—The London Journal of Botany, by
Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c.—Salictum Britannicum Exsiccatum.
Fasc. I., by the Rev. J. E, Leefe, M.A.—TIllustrations of Indian
Ornithology, by 7. ;G. Jerdom x.,04.puvatnwilos tong isstivdnawere we. 295—302

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Entomological Society ; Bota-
nical Society of Edinburgh; Geological Society ....0....ss000 302—325

On the Pearl Oyster of Ceylon (with a Plate) ; Fossil Remains in
Essex ; Notice of the Discovery of an Electrical Fish on the Ame-
rican coast, by D. Humphreys Storer, M.D.; On a peculiar Sen-
sation caused by some Mollusca, by F. M. Jennings; Meteorolo-
gical’ Observations ‘and Table. oe s.c.:cs0rsmnsasdsrcateoeiatncges 325—328

NUMBER LXXI.

XLVI. Additional Evidence proving the Australian Pachyderm de-
scribed in a former Number of the ‘ Annals’ to be a Dinotherium, with

CONTENTS. vil
; Page
remarks on the Nature and Affinities of that genus. By Prof. Owen,
ss chins onesies dns cwisee nibwuade$ rap veines euesese 8 fe cen ee 329
XLVII. Remarks on a Collection of Australian Drawings of Birds,
the Property of the Earl of Derby. By H. E. Srricxuanp, Esq., M.A. 338

XLVIII. Notes on the Rotany of Sicily. By Joun Bart, B.A,

UME Helis dass cite vai sessccecsscescdtbveneescncdenarndvagequcedsesnevesse rence 338
XLIX. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun
Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S. &c. (Continued.) ...c.ccocserees bate nae te 352

L. Observations on the Growth, Reproduction, and Species of the |
Branched Freshwater Conferve. By Artuur Hitt Hassatt, Esq.... 359

LI. On some new Insects from Western Africa. By the Rev. F.

ee ee aig Pla... (Continiied.),soccacencrsveevisccseseeedsonsdasoas 364
LIT. Some remarks on the Soft-bilied Duck of Latham. By Grorer

OS ae UL ee ee ree ie nonas ave ip @eaaite ls bd esbstasbne 369
LIII. Remarks on the species of Desmidium. By Joun Ratrs, Esq.,

PNY 1610 FP IAG, ois nie oan cuapevopudebvacsveurecdpbobvecscccccsers 372

LIV. Note on the Saw-Fly (Lyda inanita) the subject of M. Huber’s
paper in the preceding Number. By J. O. Westwoop, Esq., F.L.S.,

en ncn er eawancnceseredesse video's idaveateditaesssdetats Shodscee vous 376
LV. On the Blood and Fibre. By Joun Wittram Grirritu, M.D.,
F.L.S. @eeeeeeeeeeeeeseen @eerteseeeeseeoseeeeese COnsrerseaereseue @eeeeeseeeesesege @eeevene 377

Proceedings of the Royal Society ; Royal Society of Edinburgh ; Zoo-
logical Society ; Botanical Society of London ; Botanical Society
of Edinburgh............06 Bear es German se sa Semmeneee ns dans sis sees 378—403

On Worms in the Blood of a Dog; On the Cotton called “ Nurma,” by
A. Burn, Esq.; On Diphya sagittaria; Experiments on the Tor-
pedo; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... sipieeteiage 4038—408

NUMBER LXXII.
LVI. Notes on the Salmon. By Joun Buackwatt, Esq., F.L.S.... 409
LVII. Short description of a Bottle-nose Whale stranded upon the

coast of the co. Louth in the autumn of 1840. Communicated to the
Nat. Hist. Society of Dublin, by O. B, Betuincuam, M.D. ............ 414

LVIII. On Substances inclosed in Mocha-stones. By Kart Muet-
LER, Physician at Detmold. Translated and communicated by the

Meme serxELey. (With a Plate.) .s.vasisctius sess vectecdenhes sae 415
LIX. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun
fienenoscos, M.D., FoRIS: Ger { Continued.) 6... ie. ccccececvoncssecevcees 422

LX. Descriptions of British Freshwater Confervze, mostly new, with
observations on some of the Genera. By Artuur Hii Hassatt, Esq. 428

LXI, On the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. By Joun Wituram
eer, PLS. BC. ices cccscccsscccceeses SS A ee ROR oy Pox 438

LXII. On the Diatomacee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S. (With
PABLEE:) seinen eens:

CHOKE HT OHS eC eH OKTeeeFFEPHFHGeeTeetHHaoette'OEHHHHHGHee eset eBeosses 447

Vill CONTENTS.
* Page
New Books :—The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under
the Command of Capt. Sir Edward Belcher, R.N. &c. : Mammalia,
by John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S.—A History of the Molluscous
Animals of the counties of Aberdeen, Kincardine and Banff; to
which is appended an Account of the Cirripedal Animals of the
same District, by William Macgillivray, A.M.—Annales des Sci-
ences Naturelles, for Jamuary. < crvcrncreomcside. nds asmanumacktay 457-—460

Proceedings of the Linnean Society ; Entomological Society ; Zoological
Society ; Geological Society..............00e pas ier be bah 3) 461—483

Note on Saxifraga stellaris and S. leucanthemifolia, Lap. ; Geogra-
phical Distribution of some American Birds; Fructification of
Chetophora tuberculosa ; Lecidea Wahlenbergi; Letters from
Ray to Sir Hans pibaue; Meteorological Observations and
Dae ree dias Seceasuutee de cee r genoa: Guaaeases ce cet eee ean 483—488

NUMBER LXXIII. SUPPLEMENT.
LXIII. Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By Joun
Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S. &c., Inspector of Hospitals, Haslar. (Con-

ClUdE.) sevrevscsececesceeves coelvevesueescbascaceanvascenevgsenssaas «ap esnaemmaaE 489
LXIV. On some new Genera of the Class Myriapoda. By G. New-
PORT, Hiss tweed elec. Seeeceeee vdecieesvs'ces eves easedseaees gage ma— 498
Proceedings of the Geological Society; Zoological Society ...... 502—537
TGACX Nan cusecseseasnvessscdeaverésessaevesuaeravsennnestney ie. set iwae OS

PLATES IN VOL. XI.
Priate I. Development of the ‘“ Sea-Cup.”—Metamorphosis of an Anne-
lide.—Saurian Dermal Plates.
rt British Entomostraca.

IV. Pitted Tissue of Plants.
V. Carex Gibsoni.—Trichormus incurvus.
VI. Habits of the Larva of a Tenthredo.
VII. Goniaster abbensis.—Pearl Oyster of Ceylon*.

hii X_ } Desmidia and Diatomacee.

"x Organic Substances inclosed in Mocha-stones.

* In the notice on this subject at p. 325 the number of the plate was not
referred to.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

oe dens anaes . per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, “et circilm vitreos considite fontes :
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores :
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos,o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.’

Por thenté Ecl. 1.

No. 67. JANUARY 1843.

1.—Account of a Species of Ichneumon whose Larva is para-
sitic on Spiders. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S.*

ImMMatuRE spiders of the species Epeira antriada and
Epetra cucurbitina, and adults of the species Linyphia minuta
and Linyphia pusilla, are frequently infested by the larva of a
small Ichneumon, which feeds upon their juices and ultimately
occasions their death. ‘This parasite is always attached to the
upper part of the abdomen, near its union with the cephalo-
thorax, generally in a transverse but occasionally in a longi-
tudinal direction, and, though it proves a source of constant
irritation, is secured by its position from every attempt of the
spider to displace it. Being apodous, it appears to retain its
hold upon its victim solely by the instrumentality of the
mouth and of a viscid secretion emitted from its caudal ex-
tremity. I never saw more than a single larva on the same
individual spider, which, indeed, could not supply sufficient
nourishment for two.

In the earlier stages of its growth this parasite has an ob-
long oviform figure, somewhat depressed on the under side ;
it is whitish with a faint tinge of yellow extending along the
medial line, which seems to be occasioned by the contents of
the viscera. At this period of its existence the external co-
vering presents a smooth uniform surface; but when it has
completed its moultings and attained its full size, the head
becomes visible, the body exhibits thirteen distinct segments,
and the prevailing hue is pale greenish yellow.

* Read at the Manchester Meeting of the British Association.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

2 Mr. J. Blackwall on a Species of Ichneumon

In April 1838, I captured a young female Epeira antriada
with one of these parasites upon it, and placing it in a phial
of transparent glass, I supplied it with flies. Towards the
end of May, having gone through its final moult and increased
considerably in size, this larva became very restless, and on
the 29th quitted the spider, which was found dead and much
shrunk at the bottom of the phial, and attaching itself to the
' extremity of the cork with which the phial was stopped, it
began to spin its envelope. On the 31st it had completed its
cocoon, which was composed of pale yellowish white silk of a
compact texture, and measured one-third of an inch in length
and one-tenth in diameter; it was of an oblong quadrilateral
figure tapering to its extremities, one of which was more
pointed than the other, and was connected with the cork by
numerous fine silken lines.

The perfect insect. came out of the cocoon, at the larger
end, on the 27th of June, and proved to be the female of a
small species of [chnewmon; but whether it is known to en-
tomologists or not I have not yet been able to ascertain*.

The length of this insect from the anterior part of the head
to the extremity of the abdomen, not including the ovipositor,
was one-fourth of an inch; the breadth from tip to tip of the
anterior wings when expanded, 3iths. The antennz were
filiform and had each twenty-four joints. The maxillary palpi
had five joints, and the labial palpi four. The tibize were ter-
minated by two spurs on the under side. The tarsi had five
joints, of which the penultimate was the shortest, and the
claw-joint was provided with two curved claws and a pulvil-
lus. The head, antenne, and several parts of the trunk were
brownish black, with the exception of the organs of mandu-
cation, which were brown. An oblong soot-coloured spot oc-
curred near the exterior margin of each anterior wing, a little
beyond the middle towards the extremity. ‘The legs, and
the maxillary and labial palpi, were of a yellowish brown
colour, the tarsi and the extremities of the tibize of the pos-
terior legs excepted, which were brown. ‘The abdomen con-
sisted of eight segments: the first, which was the longest,
was rather narrow and of a brownish black colour; the others
were dark brown above, but the posterior margins of the se-
cond, third, fourth, and fifth were much the darkest. The
caudal or terminal segment was the shortest, and had a small
hairy process on each side, at the extremity. All the seg-
ments, except the first, were pale brown on the under side of

* Mr. Stevens, to whom we referred the insect in question, kindly in-
forms us that it is the Polysphincta carbonaria of Gravenhorst.—Ep.

whose Larva is parasitic on Spiders. 3

the abdomen. The ovipositor was hairy, very dark brown,
and measured ;},th of an inch in length.

On the 20th of July 1838, I obtained a young female Epeira
antriada, to whose abdomen a full-grown larva of this Ichneu-
mon was attached, and placed it in a phial. On the 23rd the
larva became restless and destroyed the spider, after having
reduced it to a mere corrugated skin; then quitting it, and
taking its station on the extremity of the cork which stopped
the phial, it commenced spinning its cocoon, and completed
it on the 24th.

Out of this cocoon, which exactly resembled the one de-
scribed above in figure and colour, though it was somewhat
less, a male /chneuwmon issued on the 16th of August.

This insect was without ovipositor, and was smaller than
the female bred from the larva found on the female Epeira
antriada captured in April 1838; its antennz also had each
twenty-two joints only ; but these differences may be regarded
as sexual peculiarities merely; the close resemblance of the
two insects in other particulars, and the exact correspondence
in the ceconomy of their larve, leave no doubt about their
specific identity.

On the 26th of October 1841, r caught an adult female
Linyphia minuta with a parasitic larva, which had completed
its moulting, fixed upon its abdomen, and enclosing it in a
phial I fed it with flies. The larva increased in growth till
the Ist of February 1842, when it destroyed the spider, which
was much reduced in size, and having quitted it, attached
itself to the under side of a slight horizontal sheet of web
previously constructed in the phial by the spider. In this
situation it remained till the evening of the same day, when
it commenced spinning its cocoon, and on the evening of the
day following had completed it. This cocoon was composed
of brown silk of a compact texture, and was of an oblong
quadrilateral form tapering to its extremities, one of which
was more pointed than the other.

As this insect did not go through its final metamorphosis,
Iam unable to decide whether it differed specifically from
those already described or not; but it is very probable that
it did not, as the dissimilarity in the colour of the silk com-
posing its cocoon may be reasonably ascribed to the quality
of the food derived from a different species of spider, for it is
a well-known fact that animal secretions are frequently modi-
fied in colour by changes of diet. As for the circumstance
of the cocoon having been connected with the web of the
spider which supplied the larva with sustenance, it may be
considered as accidental; at all events, the spidervs in the two
former cases detailed in this paper did not construct webs,

4 Mr. J. Blackwall on a Species of Ichneumon.

but merely spun a few irregular lines to which they attached
themselves. :

It is a fact deserving of notice, that immature spiders in-
fested with the larva of this Ichneumon do not change their
skins. Were it not for this admirable provision of Providence,
the larva, cast off with the integuments in the act of moult-
ing, would inevitably perish, and the important purpose which
its remarkable ceconomy is so evidently intended to subserve,
namely, the keeping of these deadly enemies of the insect
tribes within due limits, would fail to be accomplished.

Various circumstances concur to render it probable that
this species of Ichneumon deposits its eggs on spiders in the
autumn, attaching one only to the abdomen of each individual.

Messrs. Kirby and Spence, in treating on the diseases of
insects in the fourth volume of their ‘Introduction to Entomo-
logy,’ have given a brief account of observations made by De
Geer on the larva of a small [chneumon discovered on a young
spider, whose ceconomy is similar to that of the parasite which
has engaged my attention*.

Being desirous of ascertaining whether these insects were
of the same species or not, and having no opportunity of con-
sulting De Geer’s celebrated work, I availed myself of the
assistance of Mr. Peter Barrow of Manchester, who obligingly
transcribed all that the Swedish entomologist had published
on the subject, and transmitted it to me in Wales.

On perusing the description of the female [chnewmon bred
from the larva which formed the subject of his investigations ft,
I found that it presented several decided points of difference
in colour from the species observed by me, from which it may
be distinguished at once by the two longitudinal yellowish
lines on its thorax.

It scarcely admits of a doubt, that the whitish oval object
noticed by Baron Walckenaer on a specimen of Linyphia
montanat, which seems to have induced no small degree of
surprise and perplexity in the mind of that accomplished
arachnologist, was the parasitic larva of a small species of
Ichneumon§.

* Letter 44. p. 221.

+ Mémoires pour servir 4 1’Histoire des Insectes, tom. ii. p. 866.

t Histoire Naturelle des Insectes Aptéres, tom. i. p. 176.

[§ In a letter recently received from the author he thus writes: ‘ The
insect is not uncommon in this neighbourhood (Oakland); indeed, the /eh-
neumonide abound throughout the district. ‘Two other species belonging
to this family, which deposit their eggs in those of spiders, have come under
my observation ; one is very small and black; the other is small, though
larger than the former: and the female, which is apterous, is of an orange-
red colour, with a black head, and a zone of the same hue encircling the ab-
domen.”—Ep. ]

Mr. J. E. Lee on Saurian Dermal Plates. 5

I1.—Nolice of Saurian Dermal Plates from the Wealden of
the Isle of Wight. By Joun Enwarp LeE*.

[ With a Plate. ]

Ir is well known that the chief interest of the Wealden for-
_ mation arises from the number of its saurian remains. Few
beds contain so many genera, and at no other geological pe-
riod did there exist reptiles of such enormous magnitude. The
distribution of these fossils is in general extremely local, and
they seldom occur in any other form than as detached bones.

All these circumstances render the determination of any
new remains a matter of difficulty; and this remark applies
very forcibly to three fossils which were found in the Hast-
ings sands of Sandown Bay in the Isle of Wight, and which
evidently appear to be the dermal plates of some of the sau-
rians found in this formation.

The first and most perfect of the three is represented of the
natural size in the annexed plate (Plate I. C.): it 1s of an irre-
gularly oval shape. In the centre of the upper side is a deep
oval depression, within which is a prominence rising gradually
to the summit, which is eccentric. The space around the de-
pressed part is slightly concave and is intersected by deep
furrows, which are so arranged that the whole of this space
might be said to consist of a number of obscurely pentagonal
or hexagonal prominences, the surfaces of which are flattened
and in some cases slightly concave. The lower side of the scale
is convex. A general idea of the proportion may perhaps be
better obtained by the lower figure, which represents a section
from a to 6. The fibrous bony structure 1s very apparent at
the sides of both this scale and that next to be described, and
the whole surface of both of them is covered with small pores,
some of which, particularly on the central prominence, run
together and form minute furrows.

The second scale is more irregular in its form, but the ge-
neral characters are so similar to those of the former, that it
most probably belonged to an animal of the same species.
There is the same central depression, the same prominence
within it, and the outer space is divided in a similar manner
by furrows, but all these characters are far more obscure than
in the other: the form also is not oval, but approaches to a

* The substance of the following paper was forwarded some time ago for
insertion in the ‘ Ann. of Nat. Hist.,’ together with drawings of the two
seales first described. Unfortunately, however, the paper, drawings, and the
two fossils themselves were lost in a hackney-coach on their way to Mr.
Sowerby. A drawing of the most interesting scale has, however, been pre-
served in the hands of Mr. Charlesworth, who kindly returned it for the
sake of illustrating the present notice.

6 Mr. J. E. Lee on Saurian Dermal Plates.

square with one or two of the corners broken off, and both the
upper and under sides are nearly flat and parallel.

The third dermal plate is not sufficiently perfect to admit
of a drawing, but the characters, as far as they can be distin-
guished, are rather different from those of the other two. Like
the first, the figure is oval and the under side convex, but
the upper side is chiefly occupied with three ridges, rising
gradually from the circumference to an eccentric summit.
There is not the same appearance of porosity as on the sur-
faces of the other two, but the structure is decidedly bony.
The general appearance bears some resemblance, on a large
scale, to the plates which ornament the head of the recent
Iguana, and it is only to be regretted that a specimen of this
nature had not been secured before it became water-worn, as
it might have afforded another link to connect the Iguanodon
with the recent Iguana.

With respect to the other two scales, there do not appear to
be any characters to connect them with the Iguanodon by a
comparison with the living Iguana. The common Crocodile
is furnished with large and strong plates, which in some parts
of the body are oval; but, as far as I am aware, neither the
scales of the crocodile nor those of any other recent reptile have
exactly the same characters as the fossil plates.

But little assistance can be derived in their determination
from the associated fossils. In the same locality were found
the teeth of the Crocodile and the Iguanodon, and gigantic
bones which have usually been considered as those of the lat-
ter saurian. One vertebra from Sandown Bay weighs above
14 lbs., and a portion of one of the bones of the leg is 26 inches
in length. In the same formation, at Brixton Bay, the bones
are still more gigantic: the upper part of a femur was obtained
there, which measures 13 inches from the outer side of the
head to the point of the trochanter. Fragments of bones of
these dimensions are not uncommon in the Isle of Wight, so
that it appears singular, if these scales belonged to the Igua-
nodon, that they should not have been before noticed ; besides
which, there is nothing like them in the covering of the recent
Iguana, and they appear almost too small for a saurian of the
size of the Iguanodon. Again, if we consider them as the
scales of the Wealden Crocodile, the analogy with the recent
animal certainly in a measure favours the idea; but still the
question may very naturally be asked,—what has become of
the scales of all the crocodiles from which the innumerable
teeth in the Sussex beds are derived? None but those who
have personally examined these beds can have any idea of the

immense number of teeth and bones which they contain: it

Prof. Owen on a Mastodontoid Pachyderm. 7

cannot be argued that they have perished, for the most deli-
cate bones are preserved, as well as the finest scales of the
Lepisosteus ; so that, to say the least, there certainly appears to
be a difficulty in referring them to the Crocodile.

There are other genera the remains of which are found in
the Wealden formation, but very little is known respecting
them, and it would be little better than conjecture to refer the
scales in question to the Megalosaurus or the Phytosaurus, be-
cause there were difficulties in referring them to the Crocodile
or the Iguanodon. Before long it may be hoped that other
specimens will be found under more favourable circumstances
with respect to their determination.

IlI.—On the Discovery of the Remains of a Mastodontoid

Pachyderm in Australia. By Prof. Owen, F.R.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,
I HAvE lately received a letter, dated April 6, 1842, from
Sir Thomas Livingstone Mitchell, Surveyor-General of Au-
stralia, in which he announces the interesting discovery of
large fossil mammalian remains in that continent. The spe-
cimens from the bone-caves in Wellington Valley, described
in the second volume of Sir Thomas’s work on Australia,
were, it may be remembered, remains of extinct species of
marsupial genera now existing in that continent, and of a
genus very nearly allied to the existing ones ; the largest fos-
sil, which had been supposed to belong to a Hippopotamus
or Dugong, indicating rather an extinct gigantic Phascolome ;
and there was not any conclusive evidence of a genus of pla-
cental mammal in that collection*.

The fossils, which my friend has now transmitted, incon-
testably establish the former existence of a huge proboscidian
Pachyderm in the Australian continent, referable to either the
genus Mastodon or Dinotherium. These fossils consist of a
portion of a molar tooth, and of the shaft of a femur with part
of the spine of a scapula, and some smaller fragments of a long
bone. Sir Thomas states, “ these are not satisfactory speci-
mens such as I hope soon to send you, but being the first
from the locality, I am anxious you should first hear of them.
I can tell you but little of the manner in which they occur;
but such bones are found on the Darling Downs—those ex-
tensive plains which you will see marked to the S.W. of
Moreton Bay on most maps of this country. They are at the

* Mr. Pentland informs me that a bone of alarge quadruped, apparently

a pachyderm, from the Wellington Valley, is, he believes, in the Museum
at Paris.

8 Prof. Owen on the Remains of a

sources of the Darling river and at a great height above the
level of the sea, upwards of 4000 feet. I am informed that
these huge bones, of which I send you but fragments, are
found in some abundance.”

These fragments, when their broken surfaces were re-
adjusted, composed the very considerable part of the right
femur, of which the subjoined cut, fig. 1, gives a view of the
posterior and most entire surface, one-fifth the natural size ;

Fig. 1.

the contour of the circumference at (a) illustrates the principal
characteristic of the bone, viz. its being flattened from before
backwards.

Among the larger quadrupeds the femur presents a simi-
lar antero-posterior compression in the elephant, mastodon,
and rhinoceros, but the latter animal is distinguished by a

Mastodonioid Pachyderm in Australia. 9

second external trochanter, situated below the great trochan-
ter, which is not present in the Australian fossil. In the Me-
gatherium and its congeners the flattening of the femur and
its transverse breadth greatly surpass the proportions exhi-
bited by the fossil under consideration, or those of the fe-
mora of the proboscidian Pachyderms.

The femur of the Mastodon is that which the fossil from
the Darling Range most resembles, n being flatter on the
posterior than on the anterior surface. Compared with the
femur of the Mastodon giganteus, the fossil presents the fol-
lowing differences: it is broader in proportion to its length;
as, for example,

Australian femur. Mastodon.
in. lines. in. lines.

From the lower part of the post-trochan-

terian depression to the prominence

Seevetme outercondyle ..... . 418 0 24 0
Breadth of middle of shaft of femur . . 5 O HAE
Circumference of — do. “10 Rell Pete ic RON deg 2 ae

The surface of the bone below the post-trochanterian de-
pression (J) is more convex in the Australian fossil, and the
prominence above the back part of the outer condyle is more
developed ; the small trochanter is narrower and longer, and is
defined by a groove along its anterior part. The femur in the
Mastodon giganteus thins off almost to an edge at the outside
of the distal half of the shaft: m the Australian fossil the
corresponding part is broad and convex. The anterior part
of the great trochanter rises higher above the level of that part
of the femur in the Australian fossil than in the Mastodon.
The orifice of the medullary artery is conspicuous in the Au-

Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

stralian fossil at the back part a little above the middle of the
shaft, and towards the inner side; the canal sloping upwards.
I cannot detect the corresponding orifice in the Mastodon’s
femur compared. The Australian fossil exhibits a large me-

10 Prof. Owen on the Remains of a

dullary cavity along the middle of the shaft, with dense pa-
rietes an inch thick. The total length of the fossil is twenty-
two inches ; its greatest breadth across the upper or proximal
end, where the neck begins to bend inwards, is ten inches.

Traces of the smooth pitted surface at the broken distal end
indicate the place of junction of the articular epiphysis, and
prove that the entire shaft of the femur is here preserved; a
part of the epiphysis is anchylosed to the shaft.

The portion of the molar tooth was obtained from the same
locality as the femur, and if it belong, as is most probable, to
the same animal, proves it to be most nearly allied to those
Pachyderms, as the Dinotherium and Mastodon giganteus,
in which the grinding surface of the teeth is raised into broad
transverse ridges. Parts of two of the anterior ridges, and a
smaller or lower one which runs across the base of the first,
at the anterior part of the crown of the tooth, are here pre-
served ; but the accuracy of the figures (figs. 2. and 3.), which
are of the natural size, precludes the necessity of further de-
scription. The apex of both the higher ridges has been worn
by mastication, but not to such an extent as is usually seen
in the small deciduous molars of the Mastodons: there is less
trace of a division of the summit of the ridge into mammille
than would be presented by a similar sized molar, equally
worn down, of the Mastodon giyanteus, in which the two
mammille would be indicated by a median constriction. The
transverse ridges are still more subdivided in the other known
species, as J. longirostris, M. latidens, M. angustidens, or M.
elephantoides: the Australian tooth more resembles that of the
Dinotherium in the simplicity of the transverse eminences, but
there is a deposit of cement or crusta petrosa at the bottom
of the intervening valleys, which I have not observed in any
molar of Dinotherium. As the bones of the extremities of
this most remarkable genus, the Dinotherium, have not yet
been discovered, the affinities of the Australian Pachyderm
to that genus do not at present derive further elucidation from
the femur above described.

The close relationship of the Mastodon to the Dinotherium
has received additional proof by the discovery of the two tusks
of the lower jaw in the young individuals of the Mastodon,
and by the retention of one of these as a sexual distinction of
the male, in Mastodon giganteus: and the highly interesting
member of the ancient fauna of Australia, revealed by the
remains above described, must be referred, on their evidence,
to the same natural family of gigantic Pachyderms as that
which includes the Mastodons and Dinotheres, and to a spe-
cies distinct from any yet determined. The interests of science

Mastodontoid Pachyderm in Australia. 11

will, perhaps, be best consulted by refraining from the im-
position of any generic or specific name until the requisite
characters are obtained ; and of this most desirable acquisition
reasonable hopes may be entertained, since the zealous and
distinguished officer to whom we are indebted for all the in-
teresting fossils yet met with in Australia promises a con-
tinuance of his valuable aid. At the conclusion of his letter
Sir T. L. Mitchell states, “I am promised part of a rib and
other bones by the gentleman who gave the tooth, and I
have some hopes of obtaining a jaw-bone; when I do, it shall
be sent to you forthwith.”

The fossils above described will be presented, in the name
of Sir T. L. Mitchell, to the Museum of the Royal College
of Surgeons, London. They cannot be contemplated without
suggesting many interesting reflections. They tell us plainly
that the time was when Australia’s arid plains were trodden
by the hoofs of heavy Pachyderms; but could the land then
have been, as now, parched by long-continued droughts,
with dry river-courses containing here and there a pond of
water? All the facts and analogies which throw light on the
habits of the extinct Mastodons and Dinotheres, indicate these
creatures to have been frequenters of marshes, swamps, or
lakes. Other relations of land and sea than now characterize
the southern hemisphere, a different condition of the surface
of the land and of the meteoric influences governing the pro-
portion and distribution of fresh water on that surface, may,
therefore, be conjectured to have prevailed, when huge Mas-
todontoid Pachyderms constituted part of the quadruped-
population of Australia. May not the change from a more
humid climate to the present peculiarly dry one have been the
cause.or chief cause of the extinction of such Pachyderms ?
Was not the ancient terra australis, when so populated, of
greater extent than the present insular continent ?

The mutual dependences between large mammalian quadru-
peds, and other members of the animal kingdom, suggest other
reflections in connexion with the present fossil. If the extinct
species ever so abounded as to require its redundancy to be
suppressed by a carnivorous enemy, then some destructive
species of this kind must have coexisted, of larger dimensions
than the extinct Dasyurus laniarius,—the ancient destroyer of
the now equally extinct gigantic kangaroos, Macropus Titan,
&c., whose remains were discovered in the bone-caves of Wel-
Imgton Valley. Extremely few coprophagous beetles have
hitherto, I believe, been found in Australia, and the scarcity of
such is readily explained by the absence of native species of
large herbivorous mammals; but the dung of the Mastodon-

12 Dr. Miquel on some Plants from Surinam.

toid quadrupeds which formerly existed in Australia must then
have afforded the requisite conditions for a greater abundance
of such Coleoptera. These and other speculations are natu-
rally suggested by the highly interesting fossils here described.
The great importance of such organic remains will be obvious
from the few inferences which have been here briefly noted :
our obligations to the enlightened collector and transmitter
of the Mastodontoid fossils are great, and the arrival of ad-
ditional facts and specimens will be most earnestly welcomed.
I have the honour to be, Gentlemen,
Your most obedient servant,

RicHarp OweEn.

London, Nov. Ist, 1842.

IV.— Observationes de quibusdam Plantis Surinamensibus.
Scripsit Dr. F. A. G. Mique..

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, Rotterdam, Dec. 1, 1842.

I Taxes the liberty to offer you a botanical paper on some
plants of Surinam, and to pray you to give it a place in your
‘Annals and Magazine of Nat. History,’ which journal I have
for several years read with the greatest interest.
Believe me to be, your obedient Servant,
\ F, A. G. Miqauez.

CoMBRETACES.

1. Combretum Guianense. Arborescens, ramis obtuse tetragonis te-
trapteris, foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis oblongis obtuse et bre-
viter acuminatis utrinque lepidotis, spicis terminalibus opposite
vel ternatim paniculatis, floribus unilateralibus confertis ebracteo-
latis, calycibus extus lepidotissimis intus longe pilosis, fructibus
tetragono-tetrapteris lepidotis.

Hab. ‘Surinam prope plantationem Bergendaal, Sept. florens. Flores
pulchre rubri.

Frutex humilis, ut videtur haud scandens; rami tereti-subtetra-
goni, faciebus duabus lateralibus angustioribus et magis planis quam
reliquee convexiores ac majores, sordide fusci, membranis exiguis ri-
gidis nigrescentibus fere tetrapteri, hic illic accessoriis membranulis
plurialati, 5 cent. fere crassi; internodia 8—10 cent. longa, nodis
parumper tumidis, cicatricibus petiolorum fere circularibus. Jolia
opposita decussata; petioli breves 5 cent. paullo superantes, cylin-
dracei, antice canaliculati; /amine elliptice, 14—17 et plura cent.
longe, 7—8 late, basi rotundatz obtusz, apice obtuse breviter et
inequaliter acuminate, margine repande, membranacez, subco-
Tiaceee, nervo medio valido 7—8 costas alternas aut suboppositas
venoso-anastomosantes emittente, et ut ramuli, pagina inferior pal-

Dr. Miquel on some Plants from Surinam. 13

lidior confertius, superior remotius et magis subtiliter lepidota.
‘Flores dense spicati, spicis terminalibus oppositis ternisve, ramos pa-
niculatim terminantibus, singulis e foliorum paullo minorum axillis.
Rhachides spicarum 7—10 cent. longz, subtetragone, sursum atte-
nuatz, rubiginoso-fusce, ruguloso-lepidote. Flores sessiles, conferti,
unilaterales, suberecti vel horizomtales. Sicci flores zeque ac folia facile
cadunt. Flos totus cum genitalibus exsertis fere 4 cent. longus.
Ovarium siccum subtetragono-ellipticum, utrinque attenuatum, lepi-
dotum, 4 mm. longum; ea que in averso spice latere affixa, ob
florem sursum directum, ad basin curvata sunt. Alabastra clavata.
Preefloratio valvata. Filamenta flexuoso-incurva. Calyz floris aperti
infundibuliformi-campanulatus, deciduus, squamulis orbicularibus
rufis quam confertissime obtectus, quadridentatus, dentibus erectis
lanceolato-acutis, 1 cent. fere longus. Petala 4 elliptica acuta inter
dentes calycinos inserta lisque breviora ac angustiora haud lepidota,
trinervia, erecta. Tubus calycinus intus usque ad petala pilis griseis
rigidiusculis inclusis totus vestitus. Stamina 8 longissima (24 cent.)
exserta, biserialia, 4 petalis opposita, paullo altius inserta ac exserta.
Filamenta nitida purpurea, sursum attenuata, paullo flexuosa ; anthere
postice affixee, ovales vel ovali-obovate, rimis duabus longitudinali-
bus dehiscentes. Stylus filamenta zquans lisque colore etiam similis
acutus. Fructus tetragono-subtetrapterus.

CENOTHERES.

2. Jussieua inclinata, Linn., Fil. Suppl. p. 235 ; DeC. Prod. iti. p. 54.
Pedunculorum longitudo varia, nec omnes petiolo paullo lon-
giores uti auctores perhibent. Crescit ad Wanica Martio cum fl.
et caps.

3. Jussieua pilosa, H. B. K., Nov. Gen. vi. p. 101. tab. 5382. fig. a
et b; DeC. Prod. 11. p.53. Cum precedente.

4. Jussieua pterophora. Herbacea, erecta ramosa glabra, caule alato,
ramis compressiusculis alulatis vel apteris, foliis lineari-lanceolatis
elongatis utrinque attenuatis, floribus sessilibus, calycis lobis lan-
ceolatis quinquenerviis, petalis obovatis calycem fere equantibus,
capsula tetragona obpyramidata subalata.

Hab. Surinam variis locis.

Affinis J. decurrenti, DeC., et J. palustri, Meyen, DeC. Prod. iii.
p- 56, sed caule diptero, foliis lineari-lanceolatis, floribus sessilibus,
sepalis petala zequantibus probe distincta.

Planta gracilis, caule levissimo glaberrimo fistuloso anguste bia-
lato, pede altior. Rami alterni erecto-patentes compressiusculi. Fo-
ia caulina longiora, 15 cent. longa, vix 14 lata, versus apicem valde
attenuata, membranacea, flaccida, nervo mediano fuscescente, costis-
que tenuibus; folia ramea multo breviora et angustiora. Flores in
eorum axillis sessiles vel subsessiles, sed ad oppositum latus ver-
gentes. Tubus calycinus 1 cent. longus, subalato-tetragonus. Se-
pala \ineari-lanceolata, viridia, marginata, nervis 5 coloratis, tubum
petalaque flava nervosa obovata fere zquantia.

14 Dr. Miquel on some Plants from Surinam.

PAPILIONACES.

5. Crotalaria Paramariboensis. Ramis tetragonis subtetrapteris, sti-
pulis reflexis majoribus sublunatis uno latere acuminatis, foliis
latis ovato-rhombeis obtusissimis basi paulisper attenuatis utrin-
que puberulis, racemis terminalibus, bracteis exiguis linearibus
ciliatis pedicello multum brevioribus, floribus calycem longe supe-
rantibus.

Hab. prope Paramaribo in hortis, m. Jan. fl.

Fruticulus humilis adspectu glaber, sed sub lente puberulus. Rami
ineequaliter tetragoni, una facie latiore ac convexa, reliquis tribus
planis vel convexiusculis. Anguli tenuissime alati aut tantum acu-
tati. Folia alterna; petioli pubescentes, 5—6 mm. longi, lamine
membranacee, puberule, ovato-subrotunde rhombee, apice obtusis-
simo aliquando subretuso. Sex utrinque coste e nervo medio. Lamine
long. 54, lat. 5; minorum long. 4, lat. 3; maximorum 7 long., 6 late.
Stipule foliaceee, virides, horizontales, reflexee, semiovate, acuminate,
latere prope basin exciso affixee, hinc semilunate, fere 1 cent. longe.
Racemi terminales pauciflori. Bractea pedicellum 5 mm. longum ful-
ciens linearis patula perexigua, ambo pubescentes. Culyx sub lente
puberulus membranaceus; labii 7 mm. jongi dentes lanceolati. Ova-
rium oblongo-lineare antice barbatum. Vewzllum 1 cent. longum sub-
rotundum retusum. Ale oblonge basi attenuate unguiculate paullo
breviores. Carina ad medium libera biunguiculata, e lata basi bre-
viter rostrata. Vagina staminea antice fissa. Legumen (fere maturum)
sordide fuscescens, sparse, sed ad suturam dorsalem conferte pilosum,
stylo coronatum. Semina circiter 10.

6. Zornia Surinamensis. Caulibus diffusis dichotome ramosis su-
perne pubescentibus, foliolis 2 oblongo-lanceolatis superioribus
lanceolatis pubescentibus demum glabratis, bracteis ovali-lanceo-
latis acutis basi ineequaliter semicordatis piloso-hirtis ciliatisque
quinquenerviis non punctatis legumine brevioribus, leguminis ar-
ticulis fere 3 radiato-aculeatis, aculeis retrorsum scabris.

Hab. Surinam, locis elevatioribus. Zornie angustifolie et Z. pu-
bescenti, DeC. Prod. affinis.

7. Phaseolus Surinamensis. Volubilis, ramulis glabriusculis, foliolis
diversis utrinque aspere pubescentibus, lateralibus foliorum infe-
riorum subdimidiato-ovatis acutis, supremorum dimidiatis trape-
zoideo-lanceolatis, margine interno superne concavo, foliolo impari
inferiorum deltoideo-acuminato, supremorum lanceolato, racemis
folia subzequantibus pedunculatis 6—8-floris, bracteolis ovato-lan-
ceolatis, calycis labio superiore lato leviter emarginato, inferioris
laciniis lanceolato-falcatis.

Hab. in vicinitate fl. Commewyne inf.; m. Octobri cum fl. et
legum.
Pulchra species, prope Ph. sylvestrem, H. B. K., et Ph. formosum,

H. B. K. DeC. Prod. ii. p. 392, collocanda.

Petioli 5—6 cent. longi, glabri; pedicelli brevissimi tomentosi ;

foliolum impar longius petiolulatum videtur, sed ejus petiolulus e

glabro petiolo inter foliola continuato consistit quocum verus pedi-

Dr. Miquel on some Plants from Surinam. 15

cellus brevis articulatim connectitur. oliola inferiorum lateralia 8
cent. longa, zmpar paullo longius, superiorum 6 cent. longa. Brac-
teole membranacee oblongo-lanceolatze ciliolate. Calyx membrana-
ceus leviter puberulus, bracteolis longior, $ cent. longus. Corolla 2
cent. longa. Leguwmina immatura plana 9 cent. longa, 8 mm. lata,
leviter falcata, apice corniculata, appresse pubescentia, marginibus
scabra, 12—15-sperma.

8. Cassia Savannensis. Foliolis bijugis glabris, ramulis levibus, fo-
liolis obovato-ellipticis subtus flabellatim nervosis striatis, petiolis
medio glandulosis et piliferis, stipulis membranaceis pallidis stri-
atis ovatis acutis basi cordata fusce maculatis, pedicellis axillaribus
unifloris decies petiolum superantibus, legumine compresso zequali
leviter falcato sparse et appresse piloso. Ex affinitate C. uniflore,
Spr., et C. Persoonii, DeC.

Hab. Surinami, locis arenosis, in Tooden-Savanna, prope fl. Suri-
name Sup. Septemb. fl.

9. Cassia Paramariboensis. Erecta, glabra, petiolis pubescentibus
eglandulosis, foliolis 15—-25-jugis subalternis linearibus obtusius-
culis mucronatis, pedicellis patenti-pubescentibus paucis agegre-
gatis ad apices ramulorum ex axillis foliorum caulinorum egredi-
entibus. Ex affinitate C. Petit eae DeC. /. c. p. 504, et C. OF-
terbeinu, Mey., DeC. 7. c.

Hab. prope Paramaribo.

Planta suffruticosa, alterne ramosa. Cauilis levis striatus, viridis,
fistulosus ; folia alterna, sparsa, majora 6 cent. longa; foliola 8 mm.
Stipule deciduz. lores terni quaterni in apicibus ramulorum ; se-
pala infima pubescentia, oblonga, subacuta. Legumina stipitata, 5
cent. longa, margine inferiore recto, superiore sinuato, apice obtuso,
in quibusdam mucronato, 5 mm. lata, glabra, margine sup. pube-
rula, articulata, ad articulos fragilia, compressa, fusca, verrucoso-
tessellata, 7—-9-sperma.

PAssIFLOREA.

10. Ryania tomentosa. Foliis ellipticis coriaceis supra lucidis glabris
modo in nervo setulosis, infra ramisque junioribus petiolisque fusce
griseo-tomentosis, floribus axillaribus solitariis (majoribus) ali-
quando binis uno rudimentario, extus ochraceo-villosis.

Hab. Surinami prope plantationem Bergendaal, Octob. fl.

Fruticulus, habitu referens Patrisiam parvifloram, DeC. Prod. i.
p- 256; De Less. Icon. Sel. tom. iii. tab. 14, sed floribus multo ma-
joribus, sepalis lanceolatis quam stamina brevioribus, foliorum to-
mento diversissimus*.

Annotatio. Genera Ryania, Vahl, et Patrisia, L. C. Rich., nullo
graviore charactere diversa, in unum genus merito conjungenda sunt.
(Endlich. Gener.) Relique Ryanie species sunt :—

1. R. speciosa, Vahl, Eclog. i. p. 51. tab. 9.

* Plantz omnes hic descripte, in solo natali collectze sunt ab amico di-
lectissimo H. C. Focke.

16 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells.

2. Ryania Candollei, Vahl, Patrisia bicolor, DeC. Prod. i. p. 255.
3. R. Patrisii, Vahl, Patrisia parviflora, DeC. 1. c.

4. R. dentata, Vahl, Patrisia dentata, H. B. K.

5. R. Kunthii, Vahl, Patrisia afinis, H. B. K.

Roterodami, m. Novemb. 1842.

V.—Descriptions of new Shells from the Collection of Captain
Belcher, R.N., C.B., &. By Ricnarp Brinsutey Hinps,
Ksq., Surgeon R.N.

THE genus Triphoris* was established by M. Deshayes in1824.
to receive a small fossil reversed shell, having a near affinity
to Cerithium, and which was characterized as the type of a
group, as an elongated shell, turrited, inflated about the mid-
dle, sinistral, terminated by three rounded openings, the an-
terior being the largest, another at the base tubular, and a
third posterior. Some recent shells were, however, soon con-
veniently placed in the same group, as the Cerithium perversum
of Lamarck, and the old Murex adversus of our own coasts.
The number of recent species amounts to five in Kiener’s ré-
sumé of Cerithium, where they constitute his fourth group. I
have found the species so numerous in the collection of Capt.
Belcher, C.B., that they give a very formidable appearance to
the genus, which seems likely to become extensive. This
accession also makes it necessary to alter the character of the
genus to some extent. Though all the species have diminu-
tive shells, and generally require the assistance of a glass for
their examination, yet they will be found to possess very di-
stinct characters, and are at the same time eminently beautiful
in their form and sculpture. If we except some fluctuation
in colour, which may probably be attributable to locality, they
seem liable to little variation. The only circumstance neces-
sary to guard against in the discrimination of species, accord-
ing to my own experience, is the circumstance, that in the
transverse series of granulations which prevail in many, the
number will be found to fluctuate with age. Thus, in the
Mediterranean shell, Triphoris perversus, the young will be
found to possess only two series of granules; when more ad-
vanced in age, a third, intermediate in position, and smaller,
is added ; and in the full-grown shell the last whorl has four
distinct series. Whilst the shells from Captain Belcher’s col-
lection were under examination, Mr. J. E. Gray and Mr. W.
Metcalfe did me the favour to place their specimens at my
disposal, which has enabled me to add several more species.

* Triphorus of Swainson’s Treatise, and Zriphora of Sowerby’s Manual.

Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells. IF

TripHoris, Deshayes.

Testa parva, gracilis, plerumque elongata, sinistra ; carine et tuber-
cula transversim disposita, canalis tubularis obliquus; sinus late-
ralis plus minusve coarctatus vel tubiformis.

Geog. As far as our present knowledge acquaints us, the genus
would appear most numerous in the Indian seas, particularly in the

Straits of Malacca. Though much attention was bestowed on small

shells along the western coast of America, yet not a single species

was met with. In crossing the Pacific to the westward, a solitary
species was first seen at Bow Island; apparently Triphoris adversus.

At New Ireland a few more were noticed, though not 7. violaceus

(Cerithium violaceum, Quoy). On the shores of New Guinea they

were still more frequent ; and those from the Straits of Malacca are

particularly interesting shells. They occur in the United States, and

a local species is described, T. nigrocincius (Cerithium nigrocinctum,

Adams). A few from our own shores and the Mediterranean are well

known, and in the West Indies they would seem to be frequent. The

genus is both littoral, and found in deep water.

1. Subgenus Ivo.

Testa cylindracea, elongata, acuminata.

1. T. gigas. ‘Testa valde elongata; anfractibus 25—-28 planulatis,
quadriseriatim granulosis, inferiore paululum maxima ad_ basin
granulorum punctatis. Axis 11 lin.

Geog. New Guinea; dredged from a muddy bottom at 18 fathoms.
This is the largest species with which I am acquainted.

The colour would appear to be brown, but, as the specimens

are dead, this cannot be relied on.

2. T. concors. ‘Testa cylindracea; anfractibus viginti-duo triseria-
tim granulosis; serie media paululum minima; sutura lineata ;
apertura rotundata; sinu laterali tubiformi. Axis 6 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; in 18 fathoms.

3. T. sculptus. Testa pallide rufente ; anfractibus 15—18 biseriatim
granoso-carinatis, medio levigatis carina secundaria ; prope sutu-
ram carinula monilifera; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 44 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca ; in 23 fathoms.

4. T. vittatus. Testa levigata, cornea; anfractibus 22—25 trans-
versim leviter sulcatis, medio fusco elegantissime vittatis; aper-
tura subquadrata ; sinu laterali obsoleto. Axis 8 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca ; in 23 fathoms.

5. T. bilix. Testa attenuata pallida; anfractibus quindecim trica-
rinatis; carina inferiore paululum maxima marmorata, media mi-
nima; apertura rotundata ; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 3 lin.
Geog. Straits of Malacca; dredged from a muddy bottom in 20

fathoms.

6. T. Metcalfe. ‘Testa alba fusco marmorata ; anfractibus nume-
rosis tricarinatis ; carina inferiore maxima fusco maculata, duobus
superioribus parvis, media minima ; sutura carinata. Axis 7 lin,
Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. | C

18 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells.

A fine species with squarish brown spots on a white sur-
face; but I regret that the single specimen in Mr. Metcalfe’s
collection has neither the apex or mouth entire.

7. T. cancellatus. Testa pallide rufente; anfractibus 15—18 bi-
carinatis ; carinis albo maculatis; inter carinas cancellata lineis
albis longitudinalibus intervallis fuscis; sutura sulcata; apertura
subquadrata ; sinu laterali margine contracta. Axis 44 lin.
Geog. Straits of Malacca; in 20 fathoms.

8. T. corrugatus. 'Testa cornea; anfractibus 17—20 bicarinatis, inter
carinas corrugatis, medio carina secondaria; sutura leviter cari-
nata; apertura rotunda ; sinu laterali lineari. Axis 6} lin.

Geog. New Guinea ; dredged from 23 fathoms, among fine gravel.

Straits of Malacca; from 18 to 23 fathoms.

9, T. mazillaris. Testa rosea; anfractibus 16—18, superficie leevi-
gata, bisulcatis ; marginibus sulcorum granulatis ; sutura sulcata,

marginibus granulatis, apertura subquadrata, sinu laterali parvo
patulo. Axis 54 lin.

Geog. Straits of ‘Malacca ; dredged from 18 to 23 fathoms.

This shell is very remarkably characterized. The surface 1s
perfectly smooth, and of an agreeable rose-colour ; but each
whorl is divided into three unequal parts by two furrows.
The margins of each furrow, and also of the depressed line
which marks the course of the suture, are provided with a se-
ries of horizontal granulations, which look towards each other
and do not appear above the surface of the shell, but under a

magnifying glass display an appearance which seems to jus-
tify the specific name.

10. T. micans. Testa gracili attenuata, fusca; anfractibus 20—22,
supra coarctatis, triseriatim granulosis, serie inferiore maxima al-
bida, superiore minima ; apertura subquadrata ; sinu laterali lineari.
Axis 6 lin.

Geog. New Guinea; dredged from mud in from 5 to 18 fathoms.

11. T. asperrimus. Testa gracili attenuata; anfractibus 24 —26, su-
perne valde coarctatis, inferne angulatis, serie duplici granulorum ;
prope suturam granuloso-carinata. Axis 6 lin.

Geog. New Guinea; dredged from a muddy bottom in 8 fathoms.
The only specimen of this species in the collection has an
injured mouth. It is remarkable for its long needle-like shape ;
and the upper portion of each whorl being strangulated, and
the lower angular and with a series of tubercles, the shell has
a very rough and jagged appearance.

12. T. marmoratus. 'Testa cylindracea fusca, albo marmorata; an-
fractibus 16—18 triseriatim granulosis; seriebus equalibus, con-
fertis, inferiore plerumque albida; sutura obsoleta. Axis 3 lin.
Geog. West Indies. Cab. Gray.

13. T. elegans. Testa alba, fusco marmorata; anfractibus 16—18

Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells. 19

quater carinatis; carinis duobus primariis, inferiore maximo ;
duobus secondariis alternantibus; carinis omnibus maculis albis
et fuscis ornatis. Apertura rotundata, sinu laterali patulo. Axis
42 lin. |

Geog. Straits of Malacca ; from 20 fathoms, mud.

2. Subgenus Sycyar.
Testa elongata, anfractus rotundati, apex mamillaris.

14. T. vitreus. Testa pellucida; anfractibus quindecim levigatis
rotundatis, lineis duabus elevatis cinctis; apice mamillari; aper-
tura subquadrata ; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 44 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; dredged from 20 fathoms.

One of the elevated lines traverses the whorl about its
centre ; the other, not at first very apparent, will be found on
its lower surface near the suture.

3. Subgenus Masronia.
Testa acuminata; circa mediam tumida.

15. T. vulpinus. Testa nigricante ; anfractibus quatuordecim trica-
rinatis ; carina inferiore albida ; apertura rotundata ; sinu laterali
subnullo. Axis 3 lin.

Geog. New Ireland; found, with other small shells, among fine
gravel about low-water mark.

16. T. monilifer. Testa parva, elegantissime monili; anfractibus
decem biseriatim granulosis; granulis seriei inferioris albis inter-
vallis rubris, supreme albis; apertura subquadrata, sinu laterali
angusto. Axis 22 lin.

Geog. Straits of Malacca; in 18 to 23 fathoms, mud.

The manner in which the lower series of markings is re-
peated in the last whorl is very evident in this species, though
to be met with in nearly the whole. Thus the series of bead-
ing, which is single on the upper whorls, will here be found to
be double on the last.

17. T. Grayiit. Testa ovali; anfractibus decem, superioribus bise-
riatim granulosis moniliferis, duabus inferioribus triseriatim, serie
media minima. Axis 44 lin.

Geog. The Mediterranean Sea. Cab. Gray.

The single specimen of this very pretty shell has the mouth
much injured.

18. T. ruber. Testa rufa; anfractibus undecim biseriatim granu-
losis, seriebus subdistantibus suturam obtegentibus ; apertura ro-
tundata ; sinu laterali margine contracto. Axis 4 lin.

Geog. New Ireland; numerous among fine gravel at low water.

Straits of Malacca; in 20 fathoms.

Its reddish colour and double series of tubercles will readily
distinguish this shell. In some of the specimens a small in-
| C2

20 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells.

termediate series is about to make its appearance on the one
or two inferior whorls.

19. T. affinis. Testa fusca albo marmorata, precipue serie granulo-
rum inferiore ; anfractibus tridecim triseriatim granulosis; serie-
bus ezqualibus suturam offerentibus ; apertura subquadrata. Axis
34 lin.

Geog. St. Vincent’s, West Indies, Rev. W. J. Guilding. Cab. Gray
et Metcalfe.

Nearly allied to 7. marmoratus.

20. 7. castus. Testa parva; anfractibus duodecim, biseriatim ele-
ganter granosis ; serie inferiore parva fusca, superiore maxima mar-
garitacea ; apertura rotunda ; sinu laterali postico tubiformi. Axis
2 lin.

Geog. St. Vincent’s, West Indies; Rev. W. J. Guilding. Cab.

Gray et Metcalfe.

21. T. celebs. ‘Testa ovali; anfractibus undecim triseriatim granu-
losis ; serie media fusca, alteris albidis; sutura suleata; apertura
subquadrata ; sinu laterali subnullo. Axis 4 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

22. T. emulans. Testa albida; anfractibus duodecim biseriatim gra-
nulosis, medio carina minima granosa fusca; sutura carinulata ;
apertura subquadrata ; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 5 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

-23. T. concinnus. ‘Testa ovali elongata; anfractibus novem triseria-
tim granulosis ; serie media minima, inferiore fusca, superiore cor-
nea. Axis 34 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

The manner in which the series of markings of the spire are
repeated in the last whorl is well seen in this species, where
the handsome dark spiral line resulting from the lower series
is again twice repeated ; so that the last whorl has really five
series of granules.

24. T. tristis. Testa ovali elongata, ferruginea; anfractibus tridecim
biseriatim granulosis ; serie superiori paululum maxima et albida ;
anfractu penultimo serie tertia minima. Axis 3 lin.

Geog. ? Cab. Gray.

25. T. clemens. Testa cornea nitenti; anfractibus quindecim trise-
riatim granulosis ; serie media parva ad inferiorem ap;propinquante,
inferiore prominulo-margaritacea ; anfractus ultimi granulis parvis ;
sutura sulcata; apertura rotunda ; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 3 lin.
Geog. Straits of Malacca; from 20 fathoms, mud.

26. T. Carteretensis. Testa pallida; anfractibus quatuordecim tri-
seriatim granulosis, serie media minima, infra duas superiores sul-
catis ; apertura subquadrata; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 3 lin.
Geog. Port Carteret, New Ireland ; among fine gravel at low water.

Mr. W. A. Leighton on a new Character in Willows. 21

The sulcus, which traverses the whorl transversely, will
readily distinguish this species.

27. T. roseus. Testa ovali; anfractibus decem biseriatim granulosis,
seriebus corneis, medio levigato roseo serie tertia parva ; apertura
rotundata. Axis 34 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

28. T. candidus. Testa elongata, pallide czerulente ; anfractibus sex-
decim tricarinatis levigatis, medio subfuscis; carina media minima ;
apertura rotundata; sinu laterali patulo. Axis 4 lin.

Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

29. T. hilaris. Testa elongata; anfractibus quatuordecim tricari-

natis ; carinis duabus inferioribus zqualibus albidis, superiore mar-

morata paululum maxima. Axis 4 lin.
Geog. Pacific Ocean? Cab. Metcalfe.

November 28, 1842.

VI.—Hints towards a new specific character in the Willows.
By W. A. Lereuton, B.A., F.B.S.E., &c.

Cursori zy looking at the willows which fringe the margins
of the river Severn near Shrewsbury, the thought suddenly
occurred to me, that possibly a character might exist in the form
of the leaf-bud, which might prove serviceable in distinguish-
ing those species of this extensive and difficult genus that
were closely allied to each other. On examining the leaf-buds
of trees respectively named by Mr. Borrer Russelliana and
Sragilis, and described on his authority under those names in
my ‘ Flora of Shropshire,’ I found my conjecture strikingly
realized. In Russelliana the leaf-bud was in ferm ovato-lan-
ceolate, with a somewhat acute apex, very much dorsally com-
pressed, the back alone being prominent from the enclosed
contents. These did not by any means fill the entire cavity
of the outer integument, but occupied the central portion
only, and consequently the margins and apex of the leaf-bud
were rendered thin and compressed, though nevertheless not
decidedly acute. On the contrary, in fragilis the cavity of the
outer integument was completely filled, and the leaf-bud as-
sumed in consequence a decided full and plump appearance.
It was of an elongated ovate shape, obtuse or rounded at the
apex, nearly triangular, with the angles rounded. The accom-
panying figures will more clearly illustrate my meaning.
Whether this character prevail in the allied species of other
groups I have had no means of deciding, but would be per-
mitted to throw out the above hints, as the character appears
to me important, and well worthy the attention of those bota-

29 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

nists who may possess opportunities of extensively testing its
validity.

Salix Russelliana. Salix fragilis.

. Leaf-bud of S. Russelliana, viewed from the back.

a
b. Longitudinal section of ditto. c. Transverse section of ditto.
d. Leaf-bud of S. fragilis, viewed from the back.

e. Longitudinal section of ditto. J. Transverse section of ditto.

Shrewsbury, November 8, 1842.

VII.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By
Joun Ricnuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., dase. of
Hospitals, Haslar*.

[Continued from vol. x. p. 34.]

Fisu of the Scomberoid family are numerous in the Austra-
lian seas, and many came under the observation of Parkinson,
Solander, and the Forsters on Cook’s first two voyages.
Such of them as were sketched by Parkinson and George
Forster are commented on in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ and
Schneider’s quotations from J. R. Forster’s notes are also
occasionally criticized in that work ; but Solander’s ‘ Pisces
Australiz’ contains several descriptions of ‘ Scoméri,’ which
Cuvier has not found it possible to refer with certainty to any
species known to him. Indeed the strong family likeness
which prevails among the Scomberoidee renders the detection

* Coloured figures of some of the rare species described in this commu-

nication are just published by Dr. Richardson in a work intitled ‘ Zeones
Piscium.’ See our Bibliographical Notices.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 23

of precise specific differences proportionably difficult, and, in
fact, it is often impossible to elicit even the generic forms from
the descriptions of the naturalists of the Lmnzan school. The
authors of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ were therefore un-
doubtedly right in abstaining from encumbering their great
work by uncertain references to Solander’s manuscripts ; but
the ichthyologist who shall hereafter revisit the ports explored
by Cook, may wish to know what number of this difficult fa-
mily he has to look for; and with the recent fish before him,
he may find that the subjoined extracts from the ‘ Pisces Au-
stralize’ will enable him to clear up the synonymy in a way
which could scarcely be attempted by the European naturalist
who has access to a few discoloured specimens only.

The Scomber australasicus (Cuv. et Val.) taken by Messrs.
Quoy and Gaimard in King George’s Sound, is said to be
much like the Mediterranean pneumatophorus in general form,
to have the angle of the preoperculum marked with diverging
streaks, and the numbers of the fin-rays as follows :—

D. 9] — 1/12; A. 2/11, &c.

Another species, Scomber loo (Cuy. et Val), which was found
by Messrs. Lesson and Garnot at New Ireland, Waigiou and
New Guinea, represents the common mackerel of Europe
almost exactly in form and in the numbers of its fin-rays,
though it attains a larger size. It is ornamented by a series
of spots and two lines of a brilliant gold-yellow tint. Solander
saw a mackerel in Queen Charlotte’s Sound, which he cons!-
dered to be identical with the European one, and as he says
nothing about yellow spots and lines, it is probable that the
likeness is still more exact than that of the Scomber loo. His
very brief notice of the fish is as follows: “ Scomber scombrus
(Linn. Syst. 492. 1.), habitat (Dec. 1, 1769) in sinu Motuaro.
Nostratibus paulo majores. B.7; D.10|—1|11; A. 111;
C.18; P. 20; V.1|5.” The fin-rays of the European mackerel
are stated by Cuvier to be D. 10, 11 or 12|—1|11; A. 1[11,
with five pinnules above and below.

The Scomber splendens of Solander (‘ Pisces Australie,’ p.37)
and the Scomber dentex of the Forsters, which is the “maga”
of the natives of Queen Charlotte’s Sound, are Thyrsites, and
very probably the same species. George Forster’s figure* of
Scomber dentex (the dentatus of J. R. Forster, as quoted by

* From a reference written with a-pencil under this figure, it appears to
have been considered by some one as the same with the Scomber lanceolatus
of Solander; but this is the Cybiwm Solandri of Cuvier and Valenciennes
(vill. p. 192), which was taken off Thrumcap Island in the Polynesian
Archipelago, and is named in the native language “ tatea.”” The Banksian
library contains a figure of it by Parkinson.

24 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

Schneider) is compared in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ with
the Thyrsites atun of the Cape of Good Hope. The Thyr-
sites altivelis (‘ Zool. Proceed.’ 1839, p. 99) from Port Arthur,
Van Diemen’s Land, differs but slightly from the atun. [Vide
‘Zool. Trans.’ vol. i. p. 118.]

The Scomber macrophthalmus of Solander (‘ Pisces Austr.’
p- 44), of which there is a drawing by Parkinson (91), is the
GEMPYLUS SOLANDRI of the ‘Histoire des Poissons’ (vill.
p- 215). It was obtained on the coast of EKahei no-mauwee, the
northern division of New Zealand. The number of rays is stated
by Solander to be according to our notation, D. 18] — 1|17, II;
A. 1|15, I1, which differs from the quotation in the ‘ Histoire
des Poissons,’ where the two spurious fins above and below
are not supposed to have been included by Solander in his
enumeration of the rays. His words are, “ Pinna dorsalis pos-
terior 20-radiata, radio primo simplici, reliquis muticis duobus
posticis distinctis ideoque spuris.” And “ Pinna analis sub
pinna dorsali posteriori, illique similis 18-radiata ; radio primo
spinoso, reliquis muticis ; duobus posticis reliquis distinctis,
h. e. spuriis.” Parkinson’s figure indicates the number of
spinous rays distinctly, but the articulated rays are not drawn
with sufficient precision to show their exact number.

CHORINEMUS FORSTER], Forster’s Chorinemus.

Scomber maculatus, G. Forster, Icon. No. 228. Mus. Brit., J. R. Forster
apud Schneider.

Scomber Forsterz, Bl. Schn., p. 26.

No. 30. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This fish is common in all parts of the harbour of Port Es-
sington, and is captured daily in great numbers by the natives,
who name it “ milinjidne.” It appears to be the same species
which the Forsters found at New Zealand, and named macu-
latus, and perhaps it is also the same with the aken parah of
Russell (141) and the Chorinemus commersonianus of the ‘ His-
toire des Poissons’; at least the detailed description contained
in this work agrees almost exactly with Mr. Gilbert’s speci-
men, the following exceptions being slight and perhaps only
apparent.

The length of the snout before the eye is more nearly the fifth
part of the length of the head than the fourth; the narrow maxil-
lary dilates and is truncated at its lower extremity; and the scapular
bone has an elongated oval shape and not a rectangular one, its ends
being much rounded. The supra-scapular is shaped as in commer-
sonianus. The upper profile of the head is scarcely curved. ‘There
is only a single row of teeth on the lateral limbs of the jaws. The
couchant interosseous spine is very evident when the part is dis-
sected; there are three interosseous bones without rays before it,

the Ichthyology of Australia. 25

and the first very short dorsal spine stands upon it. The whole of
the branching dorsal and anal rays are connected by a membrane,
which is notched before the more posterior rays. The lateral line is
slightly arched before the dorsal fin. It makes a small obtuse angle
over the mfddle of the pectoral, not more conspicuous than three or
‘four undulations, which follow at a little distance: after passing the
first four jointed rays of the dorsal, the line runs perfectly evenly and
directly to the caudal fin. |
Rays :—D. 7|—1(19; A. 2—1|17;. C. 183; P.17; V.1/5.

Dimensions. inches, lines,

Length from tip of snout to end of caudal fin ........sesseeeees Mince 8
—$___—___—___-—____= base of ditto .......ccccccesesceesens 1p 254
—_—__—_—__~——— beginning of jointed dorsal ...... ga

a SPAMS aviv odasecdcvcarivewe laasdeceet'e Gao
ee first free dorsal spine............0.. TA eee
—_——__-___—__——. edge of gill-cover ..............0085 B16
—-—_ — COOL OL OF DUG 3 Sua ayhndesunsned sani 0 8
Ee ona cc oe au ny cu deeyeceveveatcebetensunmncsnesucenes 2 ORE
MPMUPOE POCLOTAIS | oy. is... ces esecescccssncsonscsasscetevssevarceres 5 Sieh
Beet @OFsal ANG ANAl.. 0... cc.s ssc ecseccescdsceccnutecececevens 2G
SCMIULAL BOEK gc cscvaceniivsoenesass abe snewsene dasa ssdeseasseui 2.09
NMR DOUG Foe isso co cine annie og sinanaes oaeshinsslebes advaccaane a0

The Caranz trachurus, Scad or Horse-mackerel, is an almost
cosmopolitan fish ; or at least, the peculiar characters of the
species which inhabit the various districts of the ocean, if they
be different, are not very obvious. There are -variations of
form in the Trachuri of the European seas, which appear, when
a great number of individuals are examined, to pass into each
other by such insensible gradations, that Cuvier hesitates to
consider them as permanent, and merely divides the species
into three groups of varieties. In the first group, which fur-
nishes the example chosen for description in the ‘ Histoire des.
Poissons,’ the lateral line is armed with seventy shields, and
its oblique bend extends from opposite the beginning of the
second dorsal to beneath the tenth ray. The second group
comprises individuals having from eighty to eighty-eight
shields, of less vertical height, and rather more than half of
the lateral line posterior to the bend, which is also more sud-
den. The third group, which includes individuals possessing
from ninety-four to ninety-nine lateral shields, is, in Cuvier’s
opinion, actually a distinct species, though he does not give
itaname. Its members have a more slender body than the
ordinary species, a narrower lateral line, which bends sud-
denly in the middle, and leaves the posterior part just equal
to the anterior part, including the bend.

Sead differing very slightly from the European ones, and
having from seventy-three to seventy-five lateral shields, are
noticed in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ (ix. p. 19) as having

26 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

been brought from the Cape of Good Hope by Delalande.
Others, taken in Shark Bay by Lesson, and at New Zealand
and Amboyna by Quoy and Gaimard, had from sixty-eight to
seventy-three shields, and their external resemblagce to the
common species of the British Channel was very close, the
bend of the lateral line being the same, and not, as in the
Cape variety, more gradual. But some variations in the
viscera of the New Zealand examples are detailed in the work
above quoted (p. 26).

Mr. Jenyns, in the “Zoology” of the ‘ Voyage of the Beagle’
(p. 68. pl. 14.), has described and figured, under the name of
Caranx declivis, a scad from King George’s Sound which has
eighty-one or eighty-two shields, and the bend commencing
under the fifth ray of the second dorsal and terminating under
the ninth, or almost exactly at the middle of the line. It has
the black spot at the opercular notch more or less distinctly
seen in all the Trachuri, and indeed in most of the horse-
mackerels (Caranz).

Solander, in his ‘ Pisces Australiz,’ gives the following
account of a Caranx. It is not accompanied by a figure, but
from the way in which he describes the lateral line, it is pro-
bably a Trachurus.

‘* Scomber clupeoides. Habitat in oceano australi prope Motuaro.
Piscis 8-unciarum lanceolatus, supra medium e viridi- et czeruleo-opa-
linus, infra ex opalino-argenteus. Macula sublunaris nigra paulo
supra angulum lamine postice opercuiorum. Iris argentea. Pu-
pilla nigra. Linea lateralis late loricata, postice et in cauda acute
alteque carinata, in medio pisce descendens. Linea dorsalis ad ini-
tium pinne dorsi posterioris paulo divaricata. Area postica caudze
lanceolata. Pinna analis in lacuna, e regione ani continuata, recon-
denda. Supra pinnam analem linea obsolete impressa ; forte heec et
linea dorsalis scombri propriz.”

The Australian seas nourish examples of other groups of
Caranz. Of those which have only small scales on the fore-
part of their lateral line, no pinnules, little height, and an
almost straight form of body, Cuvier remarks that the distinct-
ive marks of most of the species are so obscure that they
escape naturalists who have not an opportunity of comparing
one with another, and that the synonymy is consequently in-
volved. The Scomber lutescens of Solander {‘ Pisces Austr?
p- 38) is evidently one of this group, and is perhaps different
from most of the other members of it, in the greater curvature
of the lateral line, though without a figure this is not quite
certain.

“‘ Corpus lanceolatum, supra medium e lutescenti-opalinum, sub-
tus ex argenteo-opalinum. Oculi mediocres: iris argentea: pupilla

~

the Ichthyology of Australia. 27

nigra. Macula nigra ad angulum superiorem operculorum. Pinnze
dorsales colore dorsi absque nitore. Pinne pectorales pallidiores.
Pinne ventrales albidz. Pinna ani antice albida, postice lutescens.
Pinna caudalis lutescens. Pinnule spuriz nulle. Pectus sub pin-
nis ventralibus late canaliculatum. Pinna dorsalis anterior fossula
-recondenda. Linea dorsalis completa paulo pone pinnam -dorsalem
anteriorem parum descendens. Linea lateralis antice dorso propior,
sub initium pinne dorsalis posterioris admodum descendens et dein
recta ad carinam caudz extensa. Cauda loricata anceps. Rictus
amplus albus. Habitat in oceano Australiam alluente, prope Novam
Zelandiam, Martii 30, 1770.” (Solander.)

The Scomber trachurus, varietas (fig. 223, Banks. Lib.), of
the Forsters, is also most probably another example of this
group: it was taken in Dusky Bay, New Zealand. Brous-
sonnet has added under the drawing a reference to Scomber
dimidiatus of his MSS.; and some one has also considered it,
though incorrectly, as synonymous with the Scomber micans
of Solander. There is a short notice of it in the ‘ Histoire
des Poissons’ (ix. p. 20).

The CaRANX GEORGIANUS (Cuv. and Val., ix. p. 85), pro-
cured by Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard in King George’s Sound,
is one of the species having a more elevated body, but still
with a straight profile. A specimen from the same locality is
described by Mr. Jenyns with more detail in the “ Zoology”
of the ‘ Voyage of the Beagle’ ; and Parkinson’s figure, No. 89,
and Solander’s description of Scomber micans, do not appear
to differ from it.

“Corpus ovato-oblongum, compressum nitens. Caput mediocre,
antice nudum, postice squamosum. Rostrum parum descendens,
obtusiusculum. Maxilla superior paulo longior, in ore clauso. Max-
illa inferior subtus poris punctata. Os parvum. Dentes in maxillis,
lingua, palato et fauce. Dentes maxillares minuti, conici, numerosi
serie irregulari dispositi: dentes linguz et palati acerosi, minuti,
pauci: dentes faucium conici plures. Lingua ovata, obtusa alba,
antice libera. Oculi parvi; iris e fusco-argentea : pupilla nigra. Nares
in medio inter oculos et rostrum, vicine, parve, oblonge : anterior
paulo major. Branchiarum opercula integra, squaamosa. Membrana
branchiostega tecta, 7-radiata. Linea lateralis supra pinnas pecto-
rales late arcuata dorso propior, parum carinata, pone illarum apices
descendens et dein recta per medium piscem in cauda loricata alte
et acute carinata. Przeter lineam lateralem linea dorso toto parallela,
spatio vix semunciali ab illo remota (ideoque nobis dorsalis), punctu-
lata ; alia linea obsoleta, impressiuscula, paulo supra pinnam analem
ducta. Regio ani in medio pisce, oblongo-lanceolata, nuda, ? unc.
longa a pinna anali parum remota. Anus majusculus; apertura va-
gine geniture parva. Cauda brevis, teres, e linea laterali loricata,
subanceps, postice dilatata in aream quadratam ad latera carine linez
lateralis. Pinnz dorsales due, anterior spinosa, 8-radiata, intra

28 Mr. C. W. Peach on the Sea-Cup.

cutem dorsi incrassatum elevatum, recipienda. Pinnz pectorales,
falcatze, paulo pone initium pinne analis extense, 18-radiate, muticee. °
Pinuz ventrales mutice, oblong, acutiuscule, breves, anum non
attingentes, ventri arcte adnate. Pinnez anales due; anterior spi-
nosa, bi-radiata, radiis brevibus ; posterior 25-radiata, uti pinna dor-
salis intra cutem elevatam recipiende ; radius primus simplex, spino-
sus ceteris brevior, reliqui mutici. Pinna caudalis bifurca, 20-
radiata ; lobi lanceolati, acuti, equales. Squamee parvee, adherentes,
tenues, lzves, integre.

“‘ Color :—Piscis supra medium e ceruleo-opalinus, infra ex opa-
lino-argenteus, totus nitens. Caput ante oculos pellucido-virescens.
Macula majuscula atra paulo supra angulum laminz posterioris
branchiarum. Pinna dorsalis, et pinna analis pallide olivaceee. Pinnz
pectorales cinerascentes. Pinne ventrales albide, interdum parum
rubentes. Pinna caudalis cinereo-plumbea. Linea dorsalis cyanea.
Diameter piscis longitudinalis uncias 18, perpendicularis 54, trans-
versalis 21.

“Rapu:—Br. 7; D. 8|—1|28; A. 2—1]24; V. 1/5; P.18; C. 20.

“ Habitat in oceano Australiz prope Motuaro.” (Solander. )

Representatives of the third division of Caranx, ‘Les Ca-
rangues ’(Cuv.), also exist in the seas of Australia. The
Caranx Lessonit (Cuv. and Val. ix. p. 113) was brought from
New Holland by MM. Lesson and Garnot, and is considered
by Cuvier to be the gundi-parah of Russell, p. 144. The
Caranx speciosus (Cuv. and Val. ix. p.130), which mmhabits the
Red Sea, the Indian Ocean, and the Polynesian Archipelago,
was brought by Bougainville (le fils) from New Holland.
The Scoméer platinoides of Solander, of which the only me-
morial is the following brief notice, is probably a member of
this division.

«« Seepe pedalis, totus argenteus, nitidissimus, dorsum parum ce-
rulescens. Iris argentea, pupilla nigra. Macula nigra sublunata
postice in angulo lamine operculi postice. Pinnz parum lutescunt,
precipue pinna analis. Habitat Tolaga.’”’ (Pisces Austr.)

A pencil reference to Sc. hippos, with a mark of doubt, is
appended to the MSS. The Sc. hippos? of Forster, of which
a figure exists in the Banksian Library, and a description in
Schneider (p. 28), was taken at Otaheite, and not in New
Zealand, as stated in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ where it is
named Caranex forsteri.

(To be continued. ]

VIII.— Observations on the “ Sea-Cup.” By CHARLES
W. Peacu, Esq.
[ With a Plate. ]
Havine read in Ellis’s ‘Essay on the Corallines’ that he con-
sidered the “ Sea-Cup” to be “the ovary of the periwinkle

Mr. C. W. Peach on the Sea-Cup. 29

shell-fish,” and having nowhere, in the few books I have ac-
cess to, seen that contradicted, I beg to forward to you some
observations on the subject, and to show that the “ sea-cup ”
does not belong to the periwinkle, but to the Purpureus la-
pillus. Inthe early part of January of the present year I
found that the Purpureus lapillus was very abundant on the
rocks in Little Peraver near my residence, and that they got
together in clusters. I watched their movements, and found
that where they assembled the “ sea-cup” was plentiful in-
deed ; in fact I never before saw them so abundant. On taking
hold of some of the whelks, I found that they covered three
or four of the “‘ cups” with their mantles, and it required a
good pull to remove them. I also noticed that there were in-
dentations in the mantle corresponding with the number of
“‘ cups” which it had enveloped, and that when the shell was
removed a drop of transparent matter stood on the upper end
of each cup. After the whelk has formed and filled them, the
mouth is securely sealed up. The “cup” is then ofa pale
yellowish colour; the internal part soon assumes a granular
appearance which becomes more and more distinct; after
some time, some of them change to a pinkish hue, and the
young fry can be better distinguished; the thickened seal of
the operculum becomes thin, and after about four months
opens, and the young prisoners escape into the surrounding
medium, and take refuge in crevices of the rocks or amongst
mussels, Balani, &c. &c. which are attached to them. The
young leave the “cups” gradually, and sometimes a fortnight
elapses between the exit of the first and the last, and they are
of different sizes ; they have all the peculiar habits of the adult
ones, such as remaining out of the water for long periods: this
I observed in many that I reared in a dish in my house; some
of them also were of a purple colour. Some which I took
out of the “cups ”—nay, all—show the distinguishing canal,
and are at first semitransparent and horn-coloured: the older
before leaving the “cups,” the more white and opake the
are, and show the striz and markings on the pillar, with the
canal, and all the characteristic appearances of the old shell,
clearly evincing that they belong to the Purpureus lapillus,
and not the Turbo littoreus, which latter shell has no canal
or markings on the pillar.

I observe also, that in Little Peraver, where the “ egg-cups”
and Purpureus lapillus are abundant, there is scarcely a peri-
winkle to be found; whilst at Cologna in the same parish,
about half a mile distant, where periwinkles are numerous,
and the Purpureus lapillus very scarce, egg-cups are few and
far between.

30 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Conception.

I have taken as many as thirty-four perfect shells from one
cup, showing that they are prolific. 7

They fix these cups in indentations and crevices and under
overhanging parts of the rocks, and invariably on that side
least exposed to the fury of the waves; and this circumstance
shows that even in this animal the Great Author of all has im-
planted a sense of guarding its young from injury, proving
his superintending care over all his creatures.

The accompanying drawings will illustrate the above state-
ment :—

PuLaTE I. A.

Fig. 1. Nidi taken from under the whelk when in the act of forming it.
— 2. Nidi after the escape of the young.
— 3. Magnified view of the upper part or operculum when left by the
whelk.

1X.—Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered near Conception,
in South America, by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis
WaLkKeER, F.L.S. :

Lamprotatus Alcander, Mas. neo-viridis cupreo et cyaneo varius, an-

tenne fulve, pedes fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus breve, robustum, convexum, zneo-viride, nitens, scitissime squa~
meum, parce hirtum : caput transversum, breve, viride, thorace paullo latius ;
vertex latus, frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non ex-
tantes: antennez fulve, subfiliformes, thorace non longiores ; articulus 1"°
nigro-viridis, longus, gracilis; 2"* longicyathiformis; 3"° et 4"° brevissimi ;
5"° et sequentes usque ad 10"™ breves, approximati, subzequales; clava lon-
giconica, compressa, acuminata, articulo 10° duplo longior: thorax ovatus,
cupreo-eneus: prothorax brevissimus: mesothoracis scutum cyaneo-viride,
longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinate, postice approxi-
matz; scutellum subrotundum: paraptera et epimera magna: metathorax
mediocris, obconicus, declivis : petiolus sat longus : abdomen breviovatum,
cupreo-varium, supra planum, basi cyaneo-viride, thorace multo brevius ;
segmentum 1"" magnum, 2"™ et sequentia brevia: pedes fulvi, simplices,
subzequales ; coxe virides ; tarsi apice fusci : ale ample, limpide ; squamule
fuscze ; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis
ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long.
lin. 1; alar. lin, 2.)

Gastrancistrus Cephalon, Fem. Cupreus, antenne nigre, pedes lutei,
femora basi nigra, ale limpide.

Corpus cupreum, convexum, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum :
caput transversum, breve, thorace latius; vertex latus; frons impressa,
abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antenne subclavate,
nigre, sat graciles, submoniliformes, thorace non longiores; articulus 1"*lon-

us, sublinearis; 2"° cyathiformis; 3" et 4" minimi; 5"S et sequentes usque
ad 10°™ breves, approximati, subzequales; clava longiconica, acuminata, ar-
ticulo 10° plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, me-
diocris, antice angustus: mesothoracis scutum Jongitudine latius; parapsi-
dum suture bene determinatz, postice approximate ; scutellum subconicum:
metathorax brevis, postice angustus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen ova-

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Conception. 31

tum, lzve, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace
paullo brevius : pedes lutei, simpIices, subeequales ; coxe virides ; femora basi
nigra; tarsi apice fusci: alz limpide ; squamule pice ; nervi fulvi; ner-
vus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari paullo brevior, cubitali
multo longior; stigma minutum. ' (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 14.)

Pteromalus Calenus, Mas. 4neo-viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne

nigre, pedes fulvi, femora viridia, ale limpide,

Corpus convexum, zeneo-viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum:
caput transversum, breve, thorace latius; vertex latus; frons impressa,
abrupte declivis : oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes : antenne nigre, subcla-
vate, thorace paullolongiores ; articulus 1"* longus, gracilis, 2"s longicyathi-
formis; 3% et 4"° minimi; 5" et sequentes ad 10°” subzequales; clava
conica, articulo 10° multo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus,
brevissimus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture
vix conspicuze ; scutellum subconicum : paraptera magna ; metathorax brevi-
obconicus, declivis: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen cupreum, sublineare,
depressum, lve, fere glabrum, thorace multo angustius et paullo brevius :
pedes fulvi, simplices, subeequales ; coxe virides; femora viridia, apice fulva ;
tarsi apice fusci; mesotibise fuscze; metatibize piceo-cincte : ale limpide ;
squamule picez; nervi fusci; nervus humeralis ulnari duplo longior, radia-
lis ulnari non brevior, cubitali paullo longior ; stigma minutum. (Corp. long.
mo. Ps alar! im. 13.)

Derostenus Alcetas, Mas. Viridis, anienne nigre, pedes flavi, ale fulvo-
tincte.

Corpus breve, convexum, viride, nitens, subtilissime squameum, parce
hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace vix latius: vertex Jatus; frons
impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz
graciles, submoniliformes, nigrz, apice acuminate, thorace non longiores ;
articulus 1"° longus, sublinearis; 2"* et sequentes usque ad clavam breves:
thorax ovatus, cupreo-varius: prothorax brevissimus, supra non conspicuus :
mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius ; parapsidum suture bene determi-
natz, postice approximatz : scutellum obconicum : metathorax magnus, de-
clivis, obconicus: petiolus sat longus: abdomen breviovatum, leve, fere
planum, thorace multo brevius: pedes pallide flavi, graciles, subzequales ;
coxe virides; ungues et pulvilli fusci: alee fulvo-tincte, late; squamule
picez ; nervi flavi ; nervus ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis vix ullus,
cubitalis brevissimus. (Corp. long. lin. 2; alar. lin. 14.)

Closterocerus Cercius, Fem. Viridis, abdominis discus purpureus, an-
tenneé nigre, pedes nigri, tarsi flavi, ale fusco-nebulose.

Corpus sublineare, fere planum, lete viride, nitens, scitissime squameum,
parce hirtum: caput transversum, brevissimum, impressum, thorace non la-
tius; fronsabrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz
nigree, graciles, submoniliformes, apice acuminatz, thorace paullo breviores ;
articulus 1°° longus, sublinearis ; 2"S et sequentes usque ad clavam breves,
subzequales: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra non conspicuus :
mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius ; parapsidum suture non bene deter-
minatez ; scutellum eneo-viride, obconicum : metathorax brevis, postice an-
gustus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen ovatum, subtus carinatum, thorace
brevius, non latius; discus purpureus: pedes nigri, simplices, subaequales ;
coxe virides ; genua fulva; tibize apice flave; tarsi flavi, apice fusci: ale
sublimpide, ciliate, fusco obsolete nebulosz ; squamule picee ; nervi fulvi;
nervus ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis brevissi-
mus, in alz discum abrupte declivis; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 3;
alar. lin. 14.)

32 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Conception.

Bellerus (N.G.) Anaitis (Haliday MSS.), Mas. Viridis, antenn@ nigra,
pedes virides, tarsi fusci, ale subfusce.

Corpus gracile, sublineare, convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squameum,
parce hirtum: caput transversum, brevissimum, thorace vix latius; vertex
sat latus; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non ex-
tantes: antennz 12-articulatz ?, graciles, moniliformes, nodose, verticillato-
pilosz, corpore paullo breviores ; articulus 1"° longus, sublinearis; 2°* bre-
vis; 3"5 et sequentesusque ad 9°™ verticillo setarum ornati ; 5"S et sequentium
quisque ad 9"™ gracillimi, lineares, apice ubi setz insident in clavam globo-
sam latescentes; clava triarticulata, fusiformis, acuminata: thorax longi-
ovatus: prothorax transversus, sat magnus, antice angustus: mesothoracis
scutum longitudine latius ; parapsidum suture optime determinate, postice
approximate ; paraptera et epimera magna; scutellum subovatum: meta-
thorax mediocris, obconicus, declivis: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sub-
lineare, planum, leve, thorace angustius et multo brevius: pedes virides,
simplices, subeequales ; trochanteres picei; genua fusca; tarsi 4-articulati,
fusci ; ungues et pulvilli minuti ; protarsi basi flavi; alze subfusce ; squamulz
picez ; nervi fusci; nervus ulnaris humerali multo longior, radialis humerali
paullo brevior, cubitali plus duplo longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long.
lin. 8; alar. Jin. 14.)

Tetrastichus Naucles, Fem. Ater, abdomen nigro-eaneum, antenne picee,
pedes fulvi, femora nigra, metatibie fusco-cincta, ale sublimpide.

Corpus validum, convexum, atrum, nitens, leve, parce hirtum: caput
transversum, brevissimum, thoracis latitudine ; vertex sat latus; frons im-
pressa, abrupte declivis : oculirufi, mediocres, non extantes : antenne picez,
subclavate, thorace vix longiores: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus,
supra vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum magnum, longitudine non latius ;
parapsidum suture bene determinate, remotz, postice approximate; scu-
tellum bisulcatum, semicirculum fingens: metathorax brevis, transversus,
declivis : petiolus brevissimus: abdomen ovatum, nigro-zneum, supra pla-
num, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo longius: pedes
fulvi, simplices, subeequales; coxze nigree; femora nigra, apice fulva; tarsi
apice fusci; metatibize fusco-cinctz : alz sublimpide, pubescentes; squa-
mulz picez; nervi fusci; nervus ulnaris humerali fere duplo longior, ra-
dialis nullus, cubitalis sat longus; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 1;
alar. lin. 13.)

Tetrastichus Norax, Fem. <Ater, antenne picee, pedes flavi, femora ni-

gra, ale limpide.

Precedente gracilior. Corpus sublineare, convexum, atrum, nitens, lave,
parce hirtum: caput transversum, brevissimum, thoracis latitudine; vertex
sat latus; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non ex-
tantes: antennz picez, subclavatz, thorace non longiores ; articulus 1" ni-
ger: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesotho-
racis scutum longitudine non latius; parapsidum suture remote, bene
determinatz, postice approximate ; scutellum bisulcatum, semicirculum fin-
gens: metathorax brevis, declivis: petiolus brevissimus : abdomen ovatum,
supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace non longius :
pedes flavi, simplices, subzequales; coxz nigre ; femora nigra, apice flava;
tarsi apice fusci: ale limpide ; squamule picez; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris
humerali duplo longior, radialis nullus, cubitalis sat longus; stigma minu-
tum. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 14.)

Mr. J. J. Murcott on drying Plants for the Herbarium. 33

X.—On drying Plants for the Herbarium by means of a
Deliquescent Salt. By J. J. Murcort, Esq.*

- Tue plants to be dried are placed between sheets of paper contain-
ing chloride of calcium, contact with the salt being prevented by an
intervening cushion on one side, and a layer of fine calico on the
other. T'wo thin boards support the apparatus, and are held together
by a couple of buckled tapes ; the whole is enveloped in oil cloth to
exclude atmospheric moisture. ‘The packet need not be opened till
the plants are dry enough to be removed, or fresh plants require to
be introduced. The time and trouble of frequently removing drying
plants into fresh papers, as in the ordinary method, are both saved ;
for though the packet be full of plants, it need not be opened even
for several months. Plants in general dry much faster than in blot-
ting-paper, and their colours are much more frequently preserved :
the use of the pad prevents injury to the soft parts of plants, and
hinders their corollas from shrivelling up in drying, without apply-
ing so much pressure as would unfit any part for subsequent exami-
nation.

Brown paper, so thick as to prevent the transmission of light,
with a smooth surface, and not much sized, is better fitted to hold
the salt than blotting-paper, which it greatly surpasses in durability
and tenacity in a damp state. The paper-is impregnated with the
salt by dipping it (a sheet at a time) in a solution formed by dis-
solving 134 0z. of the crystallized chloride of calcium in one (im-
perial) pint of water. Where the chloride is expensive, or difficult
to be procured, it may be prepared by saturating hydrochloric acid
with fragments of marble, or even with common chalk: the acid
may be of commercial strength or slightly diluted with water; but
the vessel containing it should be capable of holding several times
the quantity, on account of ebullition. After saturation the liquid
should be filtered, and diluted with water tillits specific gravity falls
to 1:188; this may be ascertained most readily by a glass bead of
that number. ‘The sheets as they are dipped (a large tea-tray is
very convenient to hold the liquid) should be carefully laid one upon
another, and at length so much liquid pressed out that they will not
drip when held before a fire to dry. I dry them before a fire, but a
friend suggests that much time and trouble would be saved by
drying them in a baker’s oven. A solution of this strength will
communicate as much of the salt as the paper can retain without
showing an exudation on its surface when applied to use and its
complement of moisture absorbed, while the excessive brittleness
occasioned, if the liquid be much more concentrated, soon splits the
back of every sheet ; and the drops of liquid that appear as the paper
grows very damp might deter a beginner from following the method.

In applying the paper to use, I place about three sheets between
every lot of plants: the plants do not touch the paper but lie on a
cushion of cotton wool, and are covered with a piece of ‘ glazed
lining’ calico, or similar material; or they are placed between two

* Read before the Botanical Society of Glasgow, November 1842.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vel. xi.

34 Mr. J. J. Murcott on drying Plants for the Herbarwm.

pieces of flannel ; of course the same surface of the cotton or flannel
should always be applied to the paper, to prevent communication of
the salt to the plants. I have prepared some sheets of paper on one
side only, but have not yet given them atrial. The pads do not
much affect the quick drying, but they preserve soft parts from in-
jury, and render a very slight pressure sufficient. When I wish to
preserve the corolla of a plant in the best possible manner, I place
under and above it a little finely opened cotton wool. When very
watery plants are to be dried, such as Hoftonia palustris, 1 would
place an extra cushion of cotton wool over them. Plants seem to dry
best at a temperature of about 100° F. When the papers have taken
up as much moisture as they can absorb, they may be re-dried before
a fire, if the method suggested by a friend (drying at a baker's oven)
should not be accessible. Orchidacee and Scrophulariacee are bad
driers even with the aid of chloride of calcium ; but I find that Listera
ovata, and probably some others, may have their colour perfectly
preserved if immersed for a few seconds in a nearly boiling but very
weak solution of carbonate of soda, then wiped and placed between
the papers. ‘This remark may perhaps induce some one with more
leisure than myself to experiment on various ways of drying plants
of these natural orders.

The disadvantages of the method are in my opinion inconsider-
able when compared with the saving of time and trouble, and the
much better preservation of the specimens. Brown paper is not ex-
pensive. Crystals of chloride of calcium may be bought of the Li-
verpool Apothecaries’ Company, and perhaps elsewhere, at 5d. per
lb.; or if prepared at home, the expense will be about the same.
The cotton-wool cushions cost 1d. or 13d. each ; flannel is more du-
rable, but more expensive. The cushions render the apparatus bulky,
but this is only an inconvenience in travelling, and then the far
greater inconvenience of drying papers at inns in the summer months
is experienced about once in three weeks instead of once a day, or
every other day. Such at least is the result of my experience; I
have employed the salt in the manner described for two years and
part of a third, for I commenced with it in 1840. The great dryness
and consequent brittleness of the plants unfit them for the immediate
examination of concealed parts, but exposure to a moist air for a
short time would diminish their fragility in a sufficient degree.

Suppose some plants dried, whose colours are lost in the usual
mode of drying, for instance the Campanulas: will they keep their
colours after removal from the drying papers, and exposure con-
tinually to a moister air? I can scarcely answer the question, for my
herbarium is kept artificially dry by means of the salt employed to
dry the plants in the first instance. Some specimens, however, com-
municated to a friend four months after drying, lost their colour in
his possession, while nearly twelve months later, specimens of the
same plant, brought from the same place, at the same time, and dried
in the same manner, were unaltered. The latter were in my her-
barium, and the air within was much drier than the air outside. The
best method I have thought of to keep a cabinet artificially dry, is by

Position of the Stigma and Placente in Plants. 35

having a cavity of about an inch at the back of the shelves (two
cross bars might prevent the plant-holding papers from being pushed
too far back) with a lid at the top, and sliding in one or more
' frames supporting Welsh Plane well dosed with the chloride and
dried ; gun-wadding prepared might perhaps do as well, but I have
not at present tried either material. A servant might occasionally
take out, dry, and replace the slides without having access to the
plants.

One unconnected remark and I have finished: my vasculum is
provided with a canvass lining, which I take care to have well-wetted
in warm weather, to supply much of that moisture that would other-
wise diffuse into the air from the contained plants alone. It is
further provided with a covering of canvass to be used only in hot
_ sunshine when it is wetted to keep the box cool by evaporation from
its surface.

Woodloes, near Warwick, November 1842.

X1.—On the relative position of the Divisions of Stigma and
Parietal Placenta in the Compound Ovarium of Plants. By
Rosert Brown, F.R. & L.S.*

To estimate correctly the importance of the relation between
the divisions of the Stigma and the parietal placentz of the
compound ovarium, namely, whether when agreeing in num-
ber they are placed opposite to or alternate with each other,
' it is necessary to take into consideration the theoretical view
which appears the most probable of the origin or formation of
a simple ovarium, and that of the stigma belonging to it, as
well as the various kinds and degrees of confluence by which
the real nature of both organs, but especially the latter, is so
often obscured.

It is at present, I believe, universally agreed to consider a
polyspermous legumen as that state of the simple ovarium,
which best exemplifies the hypothetical view of the formation
of this organ generally adopted ; namely, that it consists of the
modification of a leaf folded inwards and united by its mar-
gins, which in most cases are the only parts of the organ pro-
ducing ovula; or, at least, where this power of production is
not absolutely confined to the margins, it generally commences
with or includes them.

The exceptions to the structure as here stated are of two
kinds :—

First. Where the whole internal surface of the carpel is

* This article, which is referred to at p. 255 of No. 65, is extracted from
Mr. Brown’s account of Cyrtandrce@, given in the second part of Dr. Hors-

field’s ‘ Plantze Javanice Rariores,’ published in 1840. Separate copies of
this article were distributed in December, 1839.

D2

36 Mr. R. Brown on the relatwe position of

equally ovuliferous, which is the case in a few families of very
small extent, as Butomee, Nympheacee and Lardizabalee.

Secondly. Where the production of ovula is limited to the
external angle of the cell or axis of the leaf supposed to form
the carpel.

A case of this kind is found in a portion of one of those.
families in which the whole surface is generally ovuliferous,
namely, in Hydropeltidee, which I have always regarded as
merely a section of Nympheacee*; and from the nature of
these differences in placentation, which are more apparent
than real, an argument might even be adduced in favour of
that opinion.

A placenta apparently limited to the outer angle of the cell
also occurs in the greater number of species of Mesembry-
anthemum. As this structure, however, is certainly not with-
out exception in that very natural genus, several species,
among which are Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, cordi-
folium, papulosum and nodiflorum, having the placenta con-
fined to the internal angle of the cell or margins of the carpel ;
and as in some of those species in which the outer angle is
placentiferous, the production of ovula is not confined to it,
but extends to the lower half of the inner angle ;—this ap-
parent deviation from ordinary structure may perhaps be ex-
plained by assuming cohesion of the inflected portion of the
carpel with the wall of the cell ;—an hypothesis, in some
degree supported by the fact, that in several species the ter-
mination of the assumed inflected portion is free and not
ovuliferous.

But whatever opinion may be adopted as to the relation of
this seemingly anomalous to the ordinary structure, it cannot,
as M. Fenzl proposest, be employed as the essential cha-
racter of a distinct natural family limited to the Linnzan
genus Mesembryanihemum.

The placenta then of a simple ovarium in its usual state,
according to this view, is necessarily double; though by the
complete suppression of ovula in one of its two component
parts, and their diminished production in the other, the
ovarium is not unfrequently reduced to a single ovulum.
That such is the origin of the single ovulum is at least mani-
fest ina monstrosity of Tropeolum majus, in which the stamina
are converted into pistilla; but the complete action being im-
peded by the presence of the regular trilocular pistillum, and
the two marginal cords of each open ovarium remaining di-

* Gen. Rem. in Flinders’s Voy. vol. ii. Append. p. 598.
+ Annal. des Wien. Mus. vel. i. p. 349.

Stigma and Parietal Placente in Plants. 37

stinct, the origin of the ovulum from one only of these cords
is satisfactorily shown.

An ovarium with two or a greater number of cells, whose
placentz project into the cavities more or less from their
inner angles, is an organ, the-composition of which is suffi-
ciently obvious.

But a compound ovarium may be differently constructed ;
and, first, instead of each simple organ forming a complete
cell by the union of its own margins or adjoining portions of
its surface, the corresponding margins or adjoining portions
of surface of the proximate component parts may unite to-
gether so as to form a parietal placenta, often apparently
simple, but in reality double in all cases. This view of the
composition of a unilocular ovarium having two or more
parietal placentz is also very generally received. But ex-
ceptions, supposed to prevail in whole families, in which the
disc and not the margins are placentiferous, have lately been
assumed by Professor Lindley, Orchidee and Orobanchee
being the examples of this structure to which he more par-
ticularly refers.

The accurate determination of this question appears to me
of great importance to the theoretical botanist, but the subject
will be most advantageously discussed after treating of the
origin and modifications of stigmata.

An oyarium less manifestly compound is that in which the
centre of the cavity is occupied by a placenta entirely uncon-
nected with its sides; the supposed inflected portions of each
component organ, according to the view here adopted, being
removed, or reabsorbed so completely in a very early stage of
its development as to leave no trace of their existence either
on the walls of the cavity or on the surface of the central
placenta, which may either be polyspermous, or produce only
a smaller and definite number of ovula having a relation to its
supposed component parts, or, lastly, in some cases be re-
duced to a single ovulum.

These are the principal modifications of the compound ova-
rium when forming a simple series; but it is necessary to ob-
serve that both surfaces of the inflected and included portions
of the carpels are not unfrequently equally productive of
ovyula, a structure which is manifest in many Cyriandracee,
especially Cyrtandra, although in several other genera of the
same family the production is confined to the inner or upper
surface of the margin. In other cases the polyspermous ovu-
liferous portion or placenta is connected with the inner angle
of the cell by a single point only, which may proceed either
from the apex or base of the cavity. This modification of

38 Mr. R. Brown on the relative position of

structure, though in some families hardly of generic import-
ance, seems to me to assist in explaining the apparently ano-
malous structures of Hydnora, Rafflesia, and Brugmansia.

On the subject of the origin and type of Stigma, my first
observation is, that the style where present can only be re-
garded as a mere attenuation, in many cases very gradual, of
the whole body of the ovarium. Hence the idea naturally
suggests itself, that the inner margins of the carpel, which in
the lower part are generally ovuliferous, in the upper part
perform the different, though in some degree analogous, func-
tion of stigma. As the function, however, of this organ implies
its being external, and as in different families, genera, and even
species, it has to adapt itself to various arrangements of parts
destined to act upon it, corresponding modifications of form
and position become neccessary; hence it is frequently con-
fined to the apex, and very often, especially in the com-
pound ovarium with united styles, appears to be absolutely
terminal.

In such cases, as it must always include and be closely ap-
proximated to the vascular cord of the axis, it has by some
botanists been considered as actually derived from it, which
it is, however, only in the same manner as the marginal pla-
centz are derived from the axis of the carpel. But according
to the notion now advanced, each simple pistillum or carpel
has necessarily two stigmata, which are to be regarded, not as
terminal, but lateral. |

That the stigma is always lateral may be inferred from its
being obviously so in many cases; and in one genus at least,
Tasmannia, it extends nearly the whole length of the ovarium,
so as to be commensurate with and placed exactly opposite
to the internal polyspermous placenta.

That the stigma is always double appears probable from
those cases in which it is either completely developed, as in
the greater part of Graminee where the ovarium is simple ;
in the compound ovarium in Urena; and from those in which
the development, though less complete, is still: sufficiently ob-
vious, as in many HLuphorbiacee and in several Ividee. 'This
degree of development, however, is comparatively rare, con-
fluence between the two stigmata of each carpel being the
more usual structure ; and in the compound pistillum a greater
degree of confluence often takes place in the stigmata than
in the placentze ;—a fact, which in all such cases is obviously
connected with adaptation of surface to the more complete
performance of function.

Another difference frequently occurs between the mode of
confluence of placentz and stigmata, namely, that in the com-

Stigma and Parietal Placente in Plants. 39

pound but unilocular ovarium, while the placentz of the ad-
joining carpels are united, the stigmata of each carpel are
generally confluent. But this rule admits of exceptions, as
in Parnassia, in many Crucifere, and in Papaveracee: in all
these cases the stigmata as well as placentz of the adjoining
carpels are confluent, a structure satisfactorily proved in Cru-
cifere by several cases of monstrosity, in which the stamina
are transformed into pistilla; and in Papaveracee by a series
of modifications of structure as well as by a like transforma-
tion of stamina.

A similar confluence of stigmata in the compound multi-
locular pericarpium is of much rarer occurrence ; it 1s found,
however, in the majority of /ridee, in which the three stig-
mata alternate with the cells, and consequently with the pla-
centz of the trilocular ovarium. That this is the correct
view of the composition of the stigmata in Iridee is at least
probable from their occasional deep division, and more parti-
cularly still from the bifid petal-like styles or stigmata which
are opposite to the cells of the ovarium in other genera of the
same family, as in /ris and Morea. In both these arrange-
ments the adaptation to the performance of function is equally
manifest.

If the correctness of these observations be admitted, it fol-
lows that characters dependent on the various modifications
of stigmata are of less value, both in a systematic point of
view as determining the limits of families, and theoretically in
ascertaining the true composition of organs, than those de-
rived from the analogous differences in the ovaria or placentee.

In those cases in which the nature of the composition of
the ovarium is doubtful, it may, in the first place, be remarked,
that wherever in the compound unilocular pistillum the pla-
centz are double or two-lobed, it is more probable that such
placentz are derived from two adjoining carpels, and are con-
sequently marginal or submarginal, than that they occupy the
disc of one and the same carpel: this being entirely the ap-
pearance in many cases where the marginal origin of placentz
is admitted; while in the greater part of these in which the
disc is known to be ovuliferous, the ovula are never collected
in two distinct masses, being generally scattered equally over
the surface.

But the double placentz are manifest in Orchidee, the prin-
cipal family in which Mr. Lindley considers the ovula as oc-
cupying the disc and not the margins. In this family also
the alternation of stigmata with placentz is that relation which
is most usual in compound unilocular ovaria, where the ap-
parent number of stigmata and placente is equal; and that

40 Mr. R. Brown on the relative position of

in Orchidee each apparent stigma is formed by the conflu-
ence of the two stigmata of one and the same carpel, is proved
by tracing to their origins their vascular cords, which are
found to coalesce with those of the three outer foliola of the
perianthium.

This view of the composition of the ovarium in Orchidee
is confirmed by finding that it agrees with the ordinary ar-
rangement in monocotyledonous plants; namely, the opposi-
tion of the double parietal placentz to the three inner divi-
sions of perianthium *, while in Apostasia the three placentze
of the trilocular ovarium are opposite to the three outer divi-
sions; and it is further strengthened on considering what
takes place in Scitaminee, where the same agreement is found
both in the placentz of the trilocular ovarium, which in this
family is the ordinary structure, and in the unilocular, which
is the exception. :

I am aware that the agreement of Orchidee with the usual
relation of parts in Monocotyledones is not admitted by M.
Achille Richard, nor by Mr. Lindley,.who has adopted his hy-
pothesis respecting the structure of the flower in this family.
According to M. Richard, the outer series of perianthium is ge-
nerally wanting, being found only in one genus, Epistephium :
the three outer divisions actually existing in the whole order,
according to this view, become petals, and the three inner di-
visions sterile petaloid stamina.

I have some years agot stated several objections to this
hypothesis; at present I shall advert to one of those only,
considering it as conclusive; namely, the position of the two
lateral stamina, which are generally rudimentary, but in some
cases perfectly developed, in this family. In several species
of Cypripedium, which is one of these cases of perfect deve-
lopment, I had then ascertained, by means of numerous trans-
verse sections made at various heights in the column and at
its base, that their vascular cords united with those of the two
lateral inner divisions of the flower, while that of the third,
generally the only perfect stamen, is manifestly opposite to
the anterior division of the outer series. The position of sta-
mina, therefore, so far from being regular, as the hypothesis
in question considers it, is absolutely without example, two
of the inner series being opposite to two of the supposed outer
series of stamina.

A very different view respecting the formation of the ova-
rium in Orchidee is that first advanced by Mr. Bauer and

* Denham, Trav. in Afr. Append. p. 243.
+ Linn. Soc. Trans. vol. xvi. p. 698.

Stigma and Parietal Placente in Plants. 41

adopted by Mr. Lindley, namely, that it consists of six car-
pels, of which three, placed opposite to the outer series of pe-
- rianthium or sepals, are sterile ; the remaining three, opposite
to the inner series, or petals, being fertile, and bearing their
placentz on their axes or discs.

The chief argument in support of this view is no doubt de-
rived from the very remarkable dehiscence of the capsule into
six valves. But I have elsewhere pointed out cases where an
analogous dehiscence occurs, in which, however, a similar
composition has never been supposed to exist: and if the pre-
sence of six vascular cords in sections of the ovarium be like-
wise adduced in favour of the opinion, [ may add that I have
in the same place remarked that these vascular bundles be-
long not to the ovarium only, but also to the perianthium and
stamina, and are equally observable in other families with ad-
herent ovarium, as Jridee, in which a similar composition has
never been inferred.

With regard to the second family, in which Mr. Lindley
believes the disc of the carpel to be ovuliferous. namely, Oro-
banchee, I find no other argument advanced in support of this
view than that derived from the bursting of the capsule into
two lateral valves: but an opinion founded on dehiscence only
may be said to be a mere begging of the question; division
through the axis of carpels, especially in the families related
to Orobanchee, being nearly as common as separation of their
margins. In this family also, as in Orchidee, the placente
are double, an argument in favour of their submarginal origin :
and although, whether the carpels be regarded as lateral, or
anterior and posterior, the placente are not strictly marginal,
yet there are other families where a similar position of pla-
centz is found, but in which the structure assumed in this
hypothesis has never been suspected. As to the supposed
affinity of Orobanchee with Gentianee, which might be ad-
duced in support of this view, as far as it is founded on the
assumed agreement of the two orders in the lateral position of
their carpels, the argument, even if correct, would hardly be
conclusive; for in Gentianee there is at least one genus ha-
ving quadrifid and another with quinquefid flowers, in which
the carpels are not lateral, but anterior and posterior, as I be-
lieve them to be in Orobanchee ; nor has it ever been supposed
that in Gentianee the disc or axis is ovuliferous.

In the account now given of the modifications of ovarium
and stigma, I have, in conformity with the ordinary language
of botanists, employed the term confluence, by which, how-
ever, is not to be understood the union or cohesion of parts
originally distinct, for in the great majority of cases the sepa-

42 Mr. J. W. Howell onthe Papaveraceze and Crucifere.

ration or complete development of these parts from the ori-
ginal cellular and pulpy state has never taken place. But with
this explanation the word may still be retained, unless con-
nate should be considered less exceptionable.

I have also assumed that ovula belong to the transformed
leaf or carpel, and are not derived from processes of the axis
united with it, as several eminent botanists have lately sup-
posed. That the placentze and ovula really belong to the car-
pel alone is at least manifest in all cases where stamina are
changed into pistilla. To such monstrosities I have long since
referred in my earliest observations on the type of the female
organ in phenogamous plants*, and since more particularly
in my paper on Raffiestat: the most remarkable instances al-
luded to in illustration of this point being Sempervivum tecto-
rum, Salix oleifolia and Cochlearia armoracia, in all of which
every gradation between the perfect state of the anthera and
its transformation into a complete pistillum, is occasionally
found.

XII.—On the Structure of the Capsule of Papaveracez ;
and on the Nature of the Stigma of Crucifere. By J. W.
Howe u, Ksq., M.R.C.S.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

In reference to your notes appended to my paper “On the
Structure of the Stigma of the Papaveracee,” &c. in your last
Number, wherein it would appear that I had been anticipated
by M. Kunth, ‘Flora Berolinensis,’ published 1838, in the
description of the apparently anomalous relation of the parietal
placentze to the stigmatic rays—permit me to observe, that my
observations on this interesting subject were made in 1832.

In respect to your statement that “those of Mr. Howell’s
observations which relate to the opposition of stigmata to pla-
centz in Papaveracee, and to the composition and cohesion
of stigmata, had already been published by Dr. Brown in his
account of Cyrtandracee in Horsfield’s ‘ Plantz Javanice,’ ”
which work I have not yet seen, but have learned that it was
published in 1840—justice to myself compels me to inform
you, that the paper I sent you was published verbatim in the
‘Bath and Cheltenham Gazette’ in October 1840, and was
sent for republication in the ‘ Annals,’ from a conviction that
the subject was new, and worthy of a more extended circula-
tion than a local paper could ensure.

* In Linn. Soc. Trans., vol. xii. p. 89. + Ibid. vol. xiii. p. 212, note.

M. S. Lovén on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide. 43

On any occasion I should esteem it an honour to find that
my researches received the sanction of Dr. Brown’s prior
- claim; it is to avoid the charge of plagiarism from the ‘ prin-
ceps botanicorum,’ or from M. Kunth, that I trouble you
with this explanation*.

I am, Sir, yours obediently,

Bath, December 21, 1842. Joun WaRREN HOWELL.

XJI1.— Observations on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide.
By 8. Lovent.
[ With a Plate.]

AmonestT the articulated animals the Annelides have without
doubt been the least studied, notwithstanding the excellent
researches which have recently been published by Milne-
Edwards concerning them. Their development in particular
is still almost quite unknown to us. ‘The observation which
I now present, although dismembered and imperfect, appears
however to indicate, that, at least in the higher divisions of
these animals, during their development, a metamorphosis
takes place, which is almost as remarkable as that of insects.

Last August, as | was endeavouring to catch small marine
animals with a fine draw-net, such as Entomostraca, &c., I at
the same time unexpectedly obtained with these a great num-
ber of small lively creatures, which were so strange to me that
I was unable to make out to what class they belonged. Fig. 1.
(Plate I. B.) represents one magnified, in the form in which
it first appeared after capture. The natural size amounted to
about half a millimetre, and its structure seemed very simple.
The most striking thing was a disc or oval ring (a), which
bore upon its margin a row of vibrating cilia, and had a se-
cond smaller one over this; by the unceasing motion of these
cilia the animal moved quickly to and fro, mostly progressing
in an oblique direction.

On the side of this ring, which was usually directed up-
wards, the body rose towards the hinder part to a somewhat
oblique hemisphere (4); the side generally opposed to it was
also inflated (figs. 1, 2, 3, ¢), yet much less, and obliquely in
front. On the upper side the mouth (e) appeared to be situ-
ated anteriorly near to the ring, the lips of which were pro-
vided with cilia. At the apex of this side was the anus (/),
a small opening surrounded by a muscular ring. The whole
was very transparent, and the course of the intestinal canal

* {It was by no means our intention to question the undoubted origina-
lity of Mr. Howell’s valuable observations, but merely to direct the atten-
tion of our readers to what had been done by other botanists on the same
subject.—Eb. }

+ Translated from the German in Wiegmann’s Archiv, Part 3, p.302: 1842.

44 M.S. Lovén on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide.

might be seen in the interior, which appeared still plainer when
the little animal was fed with indigo. I then found that the
intestinal canal was divided into two parts, the stomach (/),
in the form of a sack, which extends posteriorly and some-
what downwards, and the intestine (gy) which is separated
from it by a contraction, and then growing still narrower
ascends directly upwards to the anus. Almost in the middle
of the lower raised surface of the animal was a minute spot (2),
more opake, and placed diagonally, which in some individuals
exhibited two small black points. From this structure it was
easy to guess that the animal was not developed, but it was
more difficult to say what it would change to.

This question was however soon solved. It was evident
that the little animals, one after the other, underwent consi-
derable changes. ‘The upper elevated side (5) projected more
and more, and divided into rings (fig. 2,2). The first of these
formed themselves near to the anus (h), and their number
increased by degrees, so that the last one added lay next to
the disc. Each newly-formed ring consisted of four parts.
Two of these semi-rings, the anterior and hinder, were large,
and covered externally with muscular layers, and the other
two shorter side-pieces united them. Whilst this change
went on upon the disc, one quite as surprising took place
below it. The above-mentioned spot constantly became
more opake and distinct, and between the black points and
in front of them were formed by degrees near the eyes (figs. 2,
3, 4), pointed filaments, which were the tentacula. The ob-
ject of this uninterrupted metamorphosis now became appa-
rent; it was evidently the development of an Annelide. The
form now described and represented in fig. 2. very soon changed
into that which is seen in fig. 5, whilst the number of the rings
rapidly increased, and the former round, arched part (0) be-
came the curled body of aworm. The disc, with its vibrating
cilia, still existed, and the little animals, which had been two
days captured, died one after the other. I was upon the
point of renouncing the hope of pursuing their development
to its end, when at last I found one which had survived
longer, and which I have represented in fig. 6: this had no
longer the ring provided with cilia round about the head (as
fig. 5.), which was stretched freely forwards, and as a remnant
of the ring, appeared on each side an appendage, without any
decided form ; the animal soon after died. On this account
I cannot decide whether this appendage still remained fixed
any time; or soon fell off; I had, however, reason to suppose
the former. Several years ago I had already observed and
sketched a small Annelide, which was swimming on the sur-
face of the sea, resembling the one now described, but more

M. S. Lovén on the Metamorphosis of an Annelide. 45

developed, and apparently belonging to another species. It
is almost the same which Dr. Johnston has described and re-
_ presented in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ i. p. 293.
pl. vi. fig. 2, and which he supposed might be the young of
Linneus’s Nereis pelagica. Both of these animals seen by
him and by me bear upon -each side of the head a kind of
winged appendage richly provided on the under side with vi-
brating cilia; perhaps the tentacula are formed from these.
This question remains unanswered, and also the formation of
the feet.

Had I been able to pursue the development for a longer
time, it would have become much less difficult to determine
the species exactly; that cannot now be done, and an exact
determination of the genus will be difficult to make. In the
first place, however, it is clear, from the nature of the head,
its eyes, and tentacula, that it is an animal of the class of the
free Annelida, Lamarck’s Antennati, and amongst these the
form of the body appears to point to the family of the Nereide
or Hunicee. From the form of the head and the number of
the eyes we might suppose it to be a Phyllodoce, and species
of this genus are not rare upon our western coast [Sweden];
buat without knowing the form of the foot, it is impossible to
decide anything about it.

Short and imperfect as this observation must appear, it
proves that at least certain Annelides undergo a kind of me-
tamorphosis, which is no less remarkable than that of insects,
and some Crustacea. Besides, it shows that the growth in
the Annelides takes place in such a way that the new rings
are added in front of, and not behind, the older ones, and that
the last hindermost ring is the oldest; or, that the increase
takes place furthest from the head, a law which has also been
remarked with respect to the Kntozoa. It appears also, that
every ring originally consists of an upper and an under half-
ring, a tergum and sternum, which are united by two side-
pieces, from which proceed the feet at a later period.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE.
Puate I. B.
Fig. 1. Represents a young one, as it first appeared.
fig. 2. The same, which has increased in size, and in which seven rings
have been developed.
Fig. 3. The same, from the under side, in order to show the head with eyes
and tentacula.
fig. 4. The same, in profile from behind.
Fig. 5. The animal with a greater number of rings, and worm-shaped body.
fig. 6. An individual after transformation of the ring.

_ In these figures, a represents the ring or disc; b, the upper or abdominal
part ; c, the under or head part ; d,the head; e, the mouth; f, the stomach;
g, the intestine; h, the anus; i, the ventral rings.

46 Mr. J. I. Gray on two new species of Reptiles.

XIV.—Description of two new species of Reptiles from the
Collection made during the Voyages of H.M.S. Sulphur. By
J. EK. Gray, F.R.S.

My pear Sir,
Caprain Bevcuer having presented to the British Museum
the reptiles collected during this voyage, I send you the de-
scription of the two following new species for insertion in the
‘Annals;’ they will be figured, with others not yet examined,
in the forthcoming “ Zoology ” of his Voyage.
Yours truly,

R. Taylor, Esq. J. E. Gray.

CHAMELEONIDZ.

Chameleo rhinoceros. Back and belly with a toothed keel; occiput
low, prismatic, with a central keel; nose with a large projecting
trigonal prominence, with a single smooth keel on its lower, and a
toothed keel, separated by a deep groove, on each side of its upper ~
surface. Colour dark, white-spotted (in spirits), with a pale streak
along the middle of each side.

Hab. Madagascar?

IGUANIDZ.

Oplurus torquatus, Cuv. Regne Anim. ii. 46.

Var. with three bands on the back; the one on the back of the
neck narrow, the two others across the shoulders broad.

The young is pale gray, with seven black bands; the one across
the shoulder, which remains in the adult animal, the broadest and
darkest ; limbs white-spotted.

According to Duméril, there is only a single discoloured species
of this genus in the Paris collection.

HypRID&.

Lapemis loreatus.

Scales large; of the back smooth, of the sides with a small, and of
the belly with a large, tubercular keel. Upper labial shields five on
each side, with two smaller hinder ones, the first having a small
additional plate on the margin ; loreal shields large, over the second
labial shield ; the anterior ocular plate largely triangular.

Hab.

This species is nearly allied to Lapemis Hardwickii of my mono-
graph ot Hydride (Zool. Misc. part 2. p. 60); but it is larger than
that species, though having the same number of upper labial shields;
has no loreal plates, and has a smaller, square, anterior ocular shield ;
the keels of the lower scales are much smaller.

CROTALUS P

The young, just hatched, animal of this genus has a short, blunt
tail, rather compressed at the end, with the tip covered by a com-
pressed, cup-shaped, horny appendage, rounded at the end, about as
long as high, near which is evidently the first joint of the future
rattle.

Bibliographical Notices. 47

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Grasses of Scotland. By Richard Parnell, M.D., F.R.S.E., &c.

Illustrated by Figures drawn and engraved by the Author. 8vo.

_ Edinburgh, 1842.

Ir is not an easy thing to determine upon the best mode of bringing
such a work as the present under the notice of our readers; for if
we were to write a dissertation upon the modes that have been
adopted by different authors for the classification of Grasses, however
useful or amusing such a treatise might be, it could not be considered
as a review of Dr. Parnell’s work: on the other hand, if, leaving
such extensive generalizations as must be inseparable from the above
plan, we were to confine ourselves to an examination of the details
of the work before us, we should produce a dry list of annotations,
or kind of commentary on the book, but should be far from convey-
ing any idea of its value to others.

It is necessary, however, that we should adopt some pian, and
therefore we will first state what Dr. Parnell appears to have had in
view, and then entering slightly into detail, endeavour to point out
the mode that he has followed and the extent to which we consider
that it has been attended with success. Our author is well known
to many of our readers as a successful cultivator of the science of
Ichthyology, and, from his being totally unknown as a botanist, we
must confess that the announcement of the present work rather raised
our curiosity than our expectations ; but having now examined very
many parts both of the descriptions and figures in a far more minute
manner than is usual, not to say with reviewers, but even with stu-
dents, we can confidently say that there is no part of British botany
so thoroughly and successfully illustrated as the Scottish (would
that we could say British) Grasses.

The author’s object appears rather to have been the determination
of species than distinction of genera, for that portion of his book
which is occupied with the characters of the latter is greatly circum-
scribed, and the distinctions between them are far from being ex-
plained as is expected in a monograph. On the other hand, the
descriptions of the species are given in fully as much detail as could
be desired, and are so arranged that the same portion of each refers,
in as nearly as possible the same words, to a similar part of the re-
spective plants, thus producing descriptions every clause of which is
admirably contrasted with the corresponding portion of the next.
At the end of each description the points in which the respective
species differ from the other plants contained in the same genus are
placed in so clear a light, that it is almost, if not quite, impossible
for the student to be at a loss in determining to which species his
specimens would be referred by the author. The work is illustrated
by sixty-six plates drawn by the author, in which are contained ac-
curate figures of all the species, and most of the varieties of grasses
that have been found in Scotland. To each of the figures is appended
a dissection of the spikelet, showing the form and structure of the
glumes and pale, upon which many of the characters which distin-
guish the plants depend.

48 | Bibliographical Notices.

We must now enter a little into detail. The author has paid pe-
culiar attention to the elucidation of the species included in the dif-
ficult genera Bromus and Poa. In the former he has successfully
applied some new characters to the distinction of those difficult
species, B. mollis, B. racemosus, B. arvensis (or rather commutatus),
and B. secalinus ; and in the latter he has used throughout the genus
characters, founded upon the webbed flowers, the nerves of the pa-
lez, the sheaths of the leaves, the ligules, and the joints of the stem,
which had not previously been employed in more than a few species.
The result has been that several forms of Poa which appear to have
great claims to specific rank have been detected, and it seems pro-
bable that when all the British plants belonging to this genus have
been examined with equal care, that several other additions will re-
quire to be made to our list. Dr. Parnell distinguishes P. cesia, P.
montana (a new species), and P. Balfouri,* (n.s.) from P. nemoralis,
and P. polynoda (n.s.) from P. compressa. He considers his P. mon-
tana to be the P. nemoralis, var. montana, of Koch’s ‘ Synopsis’; but
for this there do not seem to be sufficient grounds, and the Scottish —
plant is probably a species not before recorded.

Three genera not usually recognized in this country have been
adopted, namely, Amenagrostis, Bucetum, and Trisetum. To the for-
mer, which includes the Agrostis spica-venti alone, we have nothing
to object except its name, which ought to have been Apera. Con-
cerning the other two it will be necessary to speak at greater length.
To Bucetum (a name invented by Dr. Parnell) he refers the Festuca
elatior, F. pratensis, F. loliacea, and F. gigantea of authors. All
these we refer to Festuca, considering the three former as belonging
to one variable species. The only distinctions that we can detect be-
tween Bucetum and Festuca are, that the awned midrib is not at-
tached to the palea quite to its summit in the former, and that the
radical leaves are broader than those of the stem; whilst in Festuca
the awn is (usually) quite terminal, and the stem leaves are broader
than the radical. We do not consider this as a sufficient reason for
constituting a new genus.

In Trisetum, the third genus to which we have referred, our au-
thor places Avena pratensis (including as varieties A. alpina and A.
planiculmis) and A. pubescens in addition to A. flavescens, which, has
been often referred to that genus. As he has not contrasted the
characters of Avena and Trisetum, it is rather difficult to ascertain
upon what he would found their distinctions; indeed the short ge-
neric definitions do not afford any tangible point, except that Avena
is included in the section ‘‘ calyx containing two florets,” and Trise-
tum in that with “ the calyx containing three or more florets.’’ Now
this would exclude from the genus Avena several true Oats, such as
A. sterilis, which often has four florets ; 4. fatua, in which three florets
is as common as two; and A. nuda is often, if not usually, three-flow-
ered. A character may certainly be found in the fewer ribs of the
glumes and palez of Parnell’s Trisetum, but that cannot be a suffi-

* This new grass was figured and described in vol. x. p. 121 of this Journal.

Bibliographical Notices. 49

cient reason for combining plants with “ crested and furrowed fruit”
with the true genus Trisetum, in which that part is ‘‘ neither crested
nor furrowed.” It appears then to us that the genus Trisetum should
be confined (as far as Britain is concerned) to the A. flavescens of
Linnzeus, and that the other species of Parnell ought to be considered
as belonging to Avena.

We must, however, draw these observations to a conclusion, and
in doing so beg to congratulate the author upon the appearance of
so creditable a book, and express a hope that he will not relax in
his pursuit until he has illustrated in a similar manner at least all
- the British Grasses. At the same time we would hint, that a little
more attention to the fine neryes on the calyx and corolla, which we
do not find represented on some of the plates, although they exist in
nature, and also to a representation of the ligule in all cases, would
be highly desirable.

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons d’eau douce de 0 Kurope centrale, par
L. Agassiz. Hmbryologie des Salmones, par C. Vogt. Neuchatel,
1842. 8vo, pp. 326.

Many of our readers will be aware that the first number of this
work appeared some years since as an atlas of lithographic figures,
representing several species of the Salmonide of central Europe in
their various stages; the second number of these plates has now
been received, devoted entirely to embryology, and with it a volume
of letter-press by M. C. Vogt, to which they serve as illustrations.
In the short preface by the author of the text, it is stated, that with
the view of rendering the history of the freshwater fishes of Eu-
rope as complete as possible, M. Agassiz requested his assistance,
and the observations were begun together towards the end of the
year 1839. ‘‘Cependant,” continues M.Vogt. “des travaux plus pres-
sans empéchérent plus tard M. Agassiz d’y consacrer tous ses soins,
et comme ce genre d’étude exigeait des observations non interrom-
pues et trop fréquentes pour que l’un ou l'autre etit pu se dispenser
d’y vouer tout son temps, je fus chargé d’achever seul ce travail.
En me confiant une tache aussi honorable, mon célébre ami n’est’ce-
pendant point resté étranger a mes recherches. Nous avons discuté
ensemble les faits capitaux, 4 mesure que l’observation me les révé-
loit ; scuvent méme nous les avons examinés de nouveau en com-
mun, et lorsque j’eus rédigée mon travail, c’est encore lui qui a bien
voulu le revoir.”” ‘lhe plan pursued in the work has been to take
one species, and to examine the progressive development of the
germ in all its parts; for this purpose a species of Coregonus has
been selected (C. palea, Cuv.), probably on account of being easily
procured, and the ova which have been used have all been impreg-
nated artificially. We could have wished that the observations had
been made upon a typical member of the family, for although the
differences may be comparatively small, the whole habit of the Core-
goni, their spawning and impregnation, are closely similar to those
of the Clupeade; nevertheless tiie volume is an important addition
both to embryology and to the commencement of the structure of the

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Vol. xi. i

50 Bibliographical Notices.

Salmons. It is confined almost to a journal of facts which seem to
have been very carefully observed, M. Vogt having abstained, in a
great measure, from attempts to generalize or to draw a comparison
between the embryology of other classes, either higher or lower,
for which purposes he considers that materials do not exist. ‘‘ Em-
bryologie, envisagée comme science, n’a guére été jusqu’a présent que
Vhistoire du développement de l’ceuf de la poule, et l’on s’est géné-
ralement borné a indiquer les différences qu’on remarquait a l’égard
de certains organes dans d’autres animaux, souvent sans avoir fait
une étude spéciale de ces derniéres ; ce qui a donné lieu plus d’une
fois 4 des rapprochemens inexacts.”’ ‘The work is divided into four-
teen chapters, of whicl. we give the titles.

Chep. I. L’euf avant la fécondation.—A general description of
the ovum im this state is given. The vitellus and vitellary mem-
brane are the parts which increase most rapidly ; but the germina-
ting vescicle and germinating spots increase also, though in less pro-
portion. The growth of the latter has been denied, but it is so evident
in the ova of the C. palea as to be easily perceived. The surface of the -
ova is stated to be smooth and without any of that viscous covering
which assists in attaching those of many otherfishes to plants or stones,
&e. ‘The ova of C. palea, like that of all the Salmons, is delivered
free, and left to the mercy of the waves.” This we have considered
as one of the points of distinction in the economy of the Coregonz
and the Clupeade, compared with the true Salmons: in the first, the
ova are deposited ‘“‘on the waters,” and impregnated at the same
time ; among the latter they are deposited on the ground, and are
never removed from the furrow and gravel where they have been
placed by the parent fish.

Chap. II. Fecondation ; condition de développement ; maladies de I’ wuf ;
méthode d’observation.—The manner in which M. Vogt artificially
impregnated the ova is described, differing little from that. practised
by Mr. shaw of Drumlanrigg; various causes, however, seem to
influence their development, some of which appear curious. ‘ ‘To
bring them successfully to perfection, I believe it is necessary that
they should be kept in the same water in which the fish has been accus-
tomed to spawn. I have had experience of the fact, that the ova of
the salmon trout which spawns in the rivers are destroyed when
placed in the waters of the lake; while those of C. palea which
spawns in the lake itself do not succeed in the water of the rivers. I
have even been unable to bring to their term the ova of the pike of
the marshes, which spawns earlier than that of the lake, though the
fishes do not differ generically.” Sudden violent changes of tem-
perature are fatal, but a gradual cold, even though the ova were en-
closed in ice, only retarded the ;rogress. A disease attacks the ova
in various stages, and is very fatal to the newly-hatched young; it
is the growth of a cryptogamous plant or species of mould, consi-
dered analogous to that which M. Hannover has observed on differ-
ent tritons, and perhaps also somewhat similar to that which has of
late received attention in this country as vegetating upon living
fishes.

Bibliographical Notices. 54

Chap. III. De l’euf fécondé et du germe.—Treating of the milt or
sperm, M. Vogt writes, “‘ On ne sait cependant presque rien du role
que les différentes parties de cette liqueur jouent dans la féconda-
‘tion. Je me suis donné toutes les peines possibles pour savoir com-
mentse comportent, dans la fécondation, ces animalcules spermatiques
de la palea, mais en vain.” ‘The rotatory motion of the vitellus
known in the ova of Mollusca, and observed in those of Mammalia
by Bischoff, has not been noticed in the ova of the C. palea, which
seem on the contrary to remain in the same position, the oily disc
being turned upwards. At certain periods after fecundation furrows
and small regular elevations are discovered on one side of the ova:
M. Vogt observes, ‘‘ I consider that the ova of fishes are distinguished
from those of many other animals, and in particular from those of
the frog, inasmuch as these furrows affect only the germ and never
the vitellus, and cannot in reality be formed in any other man-
ner, since in the egg of the C. palea the vitellus is completely
deprived of cellules.”” And in speaking of the primitive formation
of the germ, he concludes with the following sentence, printed in
italics :—‘‘ Les cellules du germe embryonique se développent des taches
germinatives, que par conséquent les taches germinatives sont en réalité
les véritables cellules embryonaires primitives, et que, dans les powssons,
elles forment a elles seules le premier rudiment de l’embryon.”

Chap. IV. L’embryon jusqu’a la fermeture du sillon dorsal.—
M. Vogt considers that the true embryonic development does not
commence until the divisions of the germ into two parts, the embryo
and vitellary vesicle ; previous to this the embryo is only a simple
enlargement of the cellules. The first appearance of the embryo
takes place under the form of a linear and uniform enlargement of
the cellules which form the embryonic substance ; in short, that this
“« bande primitive,” asit is named by M. Baer, exists in fishes as well
as in the fowl or birds; but he does not think with M. Baer that it is
the commencement or forerunner of the vertebral column, nor the
primitive form of the cerebro-spinal system. The transformation of
the cephalic or anterior part of the furrow into many distinct divi-
sions is the first index of the central nervous system, composed of
the brain and spinal marrow. This transformation is not charac-
terized by a new formation of cellules, nor by the appearance of cel-
lules of a particular structure.

Chap. V. Développement du systeme nerveux central.

Chap. V1. Développement des organes des sens.—Speaking of the
eye, where, in the embryo of the higher classes, it has been ad-
vanced that the two ocular sinuses are at first united, M. Vogt states,
that “in fishes at least I can affirm that the ocular sinuses are
situate from the commencement upon the sides of the head, deeply
separated by the cavity of the mesencephale. Of the ear, the first
traces of the auditory organs show themselves when the formation
of the crystalline sinus begins to appear in the eye. The nose, or
development of smell, appears later than the other organs of the
senses.

K 2

CA

2 Bibliographical Notices.

Chap. VII. Développement du squelette—In summing up a portion
of this chapter, M. Vogt combats the doctrine of the cranium being
composed of and divisible into different vertebrae, and brings the struc-
ture of the embryo to his assistance; he concludes by stating, “‘ that
the cranium of the embryo does not present, like the trunk, verte-
bral divisions ;” and he continues, ‘“‘ Je dis qwil n’existe dans le
crane qu’une seule vertébre, la vertébre occipitale; tous qui est en
avant doit étre envisagé comme un prolongement de cette vertebre,
destinée, comme la vertébre occipitale elle-méme, a servir d’apput
aux organes des sens et particuligrement a Voreille.”

He names the maxillary and bronchial apparatus, with the tongue
and opercular system, ‘‘ piéces viscérales de la téte,’” and considers
them not distinctly separated during the embryonic development.
The ventral fins do not appear until a considerable time after exclu-
sion. ‘There never exists the smallest communication between
these fins and the rest of the skeleton; and for this reason, and
their variable position, he considers the ventrals as locomotive organs
PECULIAR to fishes, and not as the true analogues of the posterior
extremities of the higher Vertebrata.

Chap. VIII. Développement de la peau et des muscles.

Chap. IX. Développement des intestins.—Of the kidneys it is re-
marked, they have evidently other functions among the osseous
fishes than in the higher animals; they do not correspond with the
true kidneys of the last, but rather to their embryonic rudiments,
“les corps de Wolff.” ‘This opinion already advanced is here con-
firmed by the early appearance of these isolated bodies, by the de-
velopment of their secretionary canals, and by their position and
extension along the vertebral column, which reminds one in every
respect of the ‘“‘ corps de Wolff.”

Chap. X. Développement du systéme sanguin.—The formation of
the blood-cellules depends much on external circumstances: when
the embryos were placed in a vessel with a dark or black bottom,
although the general development went successfully on, the circula-
tion was found to be retarded, only rare and isolated blood-cellules
were seen in the vessels, and even the development of the blood-
vessels themselves seemed to be kept back, compared with other
parts of the structure ; on placing again the embryos ina vessel with
a white bottom, all the blood-vessels were filled with the blood-cel-
lules, and in twenty-four hours the circulation appeared admirably
developed. From these facts it is concluded that light has a consi-
derable influence on the formation of the blood, and that the cellu-
lary life of the embryo and the development of the organs depend
little on the circulation ; this only acquires its importance after the
transformation of the cellules into other constituting elements, which
cannot subsist or be continued without a greater or less quantity of
alimentary matter furnished by the blood.

Chap. XI. Conformation extérieure de l’embryon.

Chap. XII. Développement des tissus en général.—All the tissues
are considered to have their origin from cedlules of different kinds, —

Bibliographical Notices. 53

and in regard to the primitive formation of these cellules it is re-
marked,—‘‘ 1°, chaque cellule nait iselement ; 2°, chaque cellule se
forme autour d’un centre donné.”’

Chap. XIII. Systeme générale de la formation embryonique.

Chap. XIV. Apercu historique de la marche du développement.—
This details the appearance and condition of the ovum and embryo
from the time of the expulsion of the former from the fish to the
exclusion ef the embryo, through a period of from forty to sixty days.
As we previously observed, the whole work will be of much import-
ance to embryologists ; and we would only make the suggestion, that
as the ova experimented on, and the young fish after exclusion, (in
which state they could not be kept beyond a month alive,) were often
in a condition rather unhealthy,—could M. Vogt depend on the pro-
gress and development continuing to their greatest extent?

The plates of the atlas are beautifully and minutely lithographed.

Narrative of a Residence on the Mosquito Shore, during the years 1839,
1840, 1841. By Thomas Young. 8vo. London, 1842. Smith,
Elder, and Co.

Although this little volume, written by the Deputy-Superintendent
of the British Central American Land Company’s settlements on the
Mosquito Shore, only pretends to being considered as a “sort of
hand-book”’ for settlers in that promising district of the New World,
it appears to us to be highly deserving of the attention of the natu-
ralist. ‘The author is manifestly one of those who never visit any
country without having their ‘‘eyes open” to whatever they may
meet with, and accordingly without being a professed naturalist, or
apparently knowing anything of scientific natural history, he has
filled his book with interesting observations upon the native produc-
tions of the land in which his lot was temporarily cast. His account
of the native tribes cannot fail highly to interest those who study the
natural history of man, and his observations upon the animals and
vegetables are full of facts deserving of the attention of the man of
science. It is certainly most unfortunate that a person so well qua-
lified for scientific observations should not have that acquaintance
with science which would enable him to refer his facts to their re-
spective species, so as to make them available for the use of the home
naturalist. As, however, he has given the native names, a person
on the spot would probably find little difficulty in determining the
species. We have no room for extracts, but one statement has struck
us as so interesting, and so similar in some respects to a disputed
observation of Audubon upon the pigeon of the United States, that
we must make room for it :—

“ The large flights of green parrots and yellow-tails, in the Black
river, will hardly be credited; flight after flight passing over our
heads, and settling just at sunset on some tall spreading trees; in-
deed on one occasion such quantities alighted on a tree at the back
of our encampment that a large branch broke off, and the noise that
ensued was laughable; such callings, scoldings, and screamings, I
never heard before.” —Puge 100.

54 Bibliographical Notices.

Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, comprising the Mollusca,
Crustacea, Annelida, and Radiata. Published agreeably to an order
of the Legislature, by the Commissioners on the Zoological and
Botanical Survey of the State. Cambridge, 1841. 8vo.
Washington, if we remember rightly, on abdicating the Presidency

of the United States, put into his valedictory address a recommenda-
tion of the sciences to the protection and encouragement of the young
Republic ; and we look upon the ‘ Report’ before us as one of many
proofs which the separate ‘‘ States”’ have given of their attention to
their father’s legacy. And naturalists in particular must be grate-
ful to the ‘‘ Legislatures” that so devote a share of the public purse;
for in all new countries—we fear that we may safely add, and in all
old ones too—the scientific study of living beings, that is, studied
independently of their uses or relations to man, and merely as con-
stituent parts of God’s creation, his wisdom, and power, can have few
followers when and where all are busy idolaters of Mammon and his
legion.

‘« Appointed, as I suppose myself to have been,” says Dr. Gould,
“under that section of the Constitution which enjoins it upon the
legislature to encourage the arts and sciences, and to promote, among
other things, ‘a natural history of the country,’ I have ventured to
make my ‘Report’ mainly of a scientific character. It was the only
way in which my labours could prove of much practical value, in-
asmuch as very few of the objects, belonging to the portion of the
animal kingdom to which my attention has been given, are of much
general interest, or of much importance in an ceconomical point of
view. I could not but.suppose that an effort to contribute some-
thing towards that branch of science, which we have hitherto re-
ceived entirely at the hands of other states and other lands, would
be desired and approved; and that Massachusetts, which first set
the example in those investigations of territorial natural resources,
which have since been undertaken by almost every state in the Union,
would not desire to be behind any of the states in this respect. I have,
therefore, undertaken to present something more than a mere array
of names in the form of a catalogue.

‘“« As I could not extend my plan fully to all the objects assigned
me, I have selected the SHELLS, on which to bestow my chief at-
tention. These I have endeavoured to describe and figure in such a
manner that the ‘ Report’ might be used as a school-manual for the
study of the conchology of New England. Such a work is greatly
in demand, and nothing of the kind is in existence.”

The want here indicated, it gives us unfeigned pleasure to say, has
been most ably supplied by Dr. Augustus A. Gould, who has given
a correct description of every mollusc found up to the period of his
publication on the shores of Massachusetts, accompanied with a judi-
cious synonymy, and with critical remarks of much value. The work
has peculiar claims to the attention of the British naturalist, for he
will find here many shells identical with those of his own island, many
that bear a close resemblance to other natives and yet distinct, and
several that are the living representatives of shells that with us have

Bibliographical Notices. 55

passed into a fossil state. The figures that illustrate this well-printed
volume are 213 in number, and are very accurately drawn and en-
graved. The number of species described is 268, of which there are
of Cirripedes 12, Conchifera 92, Brachiopoda 2, Gasteropoda 154. Of
these, 29 belong to the land, 42 to fresh water, and 197 are marine.

Relative to their geographical distribution Dr. Gould remarks :—
** The land and freshwater univalves are all distributed over every part
of the territory, with the exceptions of Helix hortensis, which is as
yet confined to some parts of the sea-coast, and Helix tridentata, hir-
suta, and monodon, which are found only in the interior and western
portions. Of the freshwater mussels we find Unio complanatus, radia-
tus, and probably nasutus, in every region; U. cariosus is only found
in the Connecticut and its tributaries, and in Plymouth ponds; Ano-
don cataracta, and Alasm. arcuata and marginata are found every-
where in the interior, while Anodon implicata is perhaps entirely
limited, in this state, to ponds in Essex and Middlesex, and Anodon
undulata to Blackstone river and its branches.

* The distribution of the marine shells is well worthy of notice as
a geological fact. Cape Cod, the right arm of the Commonwealth,
reaches out into the ocean some fifty or sixty miles. It is nowhere
many miles wide; but this narrow point of land has hitherto proved
a barrier to the migrations of many species of Mollusca. Several
genera and numerous species, which are separated by the interven-
tion of only a few miles of land, are effectually prevented from in-
termingling by the Cape, and do not pass from one side to the other.
No specimen of Cochlodesma, Montacuta, Cumingia, Corbula, Lanthina,
Tornatella, Vermetus, Columbella, Cerithium, Pyrula, or Ranella, has
as yet been found to the north of Cape Cod; while Panopea, Glycy-
meris, Terebratula, Cemoria, Trichotropis, Rosteliaria, Cancellaria,
and probably Cyprina and Cardita, do not seem to have passed to the
south of it. Of the 197 marine species, 83 do not pass to the south
shore, and 50 are not found on the north shore, of the Cape. The
remaining 64 take a wider range, and are found on both sides.
Buzzard’s bay and the south shore have as yet been very little ex-
plored ; and we may yet expect to find many species peculiar to
those localities.

* At least seventy of our species are also found on the trans-
atlantic shores ; and more than twenty of these have been described
by different American conchologists as new species. About twenty
may be regarded as intermediate, being found most frequently by
fishermen about the banks, Newfoundland, and the islands inter-
-vening between Greenland and England.” —Page 315-316.

Dr. Gould has too seldom noticed the animal of the shells he has
so well described; his account of the Mollusca Nudibranchia is
meagre, and the list scanty; of the Cephalopoda, two species only
are catalogued; and his catalogue of the Crustacea, Annelida, and
Radiata is useless, and needs to be worked anew. ‘Phe Doctor is
well aware of the truth of this censure :—‘ The list,” he says,
“serves to show that we have about us an abundance of animals
which have hitherto found few devotees in this country. So few
gleanings have been made in this field, that no other promises a more

56 Bibliographical Notices.

abundant return for labour.”—Page 352. All naturalists would re-
joice could we promise them that Dr. Gould will himself cultivate
this field, for then the harvest would be assuredly rich.

Figures of Molluscous Animals, selected from various Authors ; etched
for the use of Students. By Maria-Emma Gray. Vol. I. London,
1842. 8vo.

The distinguishing characteristic of this volume is its utility. In
this country we have no work which, in this point of view, can be
compared with it. Bowdich attempted something similar in his
‘Elements,’ but on a much more limited scale and in a less perfect
manner; while Sowerby’s ‘Genera,’ being purely conchological, does
not supply the naturalist with a very important desideratum, for which
we are infinitely indebted to the skill and perseverance of Mrs. Gray.

The volume contains eighty-eight plates, most of them occupied
with several figures, copied in general from rare and expensive pub-
lications beyond our reach, and, we presume, beyond the reach of all
that reside in the country. The plates are etched with neatness
and precision, and bring out very clearly the peculiarities of the
animals that distinguish the several genera: and, says Mrs. Gray,
‘‘as the present work has been a labour of love, in order to bring it
within the reach of conchologists of limited means, it is published at
the cost of paper and printing, with only the addition requisite to
cover the retail profit of the bookseller.”

To the student who is anxious to cultivate conchology as a science,
we would recommend this convenient volume as a remembrancer
and guide, for genera which are established solely on the examina-
tion of the shell can have no sure foundation, as many recent ex-
amples have proved. To the amateur, the “‘ Figures” must, in our
Opinion, prove eminently interesting ; for, from a perusal of them, he
will learn a great deal of the structure of the creatures to whom he
owes the cabinet of shells that he has so often looked over with ad-
miration and delight.

In the hope that we may soon see another volume, we take leave
at present of Mrs. Gray, tendering her our most hearty thanks for
this useful contribution to a favourite branch of science.

The Naturalist’s Library, vol. xxxv.:—Mammala, vol. xiii. Intro-
duction. By Lieut.-Col. C. Hamilton Smith, K.H. & K.W., F.R.
& L.S., &c. 12mo. 1842. pp. 313.

The thirteenth and concluding number of that portion of the ‘ Na-
turalist’s Library’ which treats of the Mammalia having just reached
us, we lose no time in introducing it to the favourable regard of our
readers. Whether it were of design that the Introductory volume of
this interesting section of natural history, according to an acknow-
ledged canon of bookmaking, was delayed to the last, we have no
means of knowing; but we may remark, that it at all events affords
a good illustration of the advantages of the plan. After a few pre-
fatory remarks, the distinguished author takes a rapid survey of all
the orders of the class, making a special reference “to the principal
families which have not been described at length in the foregoing

Bibliographical Notices. 57

volumes ;” whilst at the same time he by no means neglects even
these, but almost without exception illustrates them by observations
drawn from his own ample stores of information, as well as by the
' more recent discoveries of other naturalists. Nor does he confine his
attention solely to existing animals, but furnishes likewise a rapid
survey of such as belong to paleontology, tucluding the extinct as well
as the living species; thereby undoubtedly supplying the most com-
prehensive and interesting account which the subject affords. Hence
this volume, in many particulars, throws light upon the preceding
ones of the series; at the same time, alone, it presents a lucid sum-
mary of the whole extensive department to which it is devoted.

Maintaining all due respect for the classified arrangement of the
Baron Cuvier, Col. Hamilton Smith suggests another, in which there
are considerable modifications. Thus, instead of the well-known ar-
rangement of the Baron, upon which we need not dwell, the Colonel
divides the class Mammalia into two subclasses and twelve orders,
as follows: -—I. Subclass Puacrenrauia, including ten Orders,
namely, Bimana, Quadrumana, Chiroptera, Insectivora, Carnivora, Ce-
tacea, Pachydermata, Ruminantia, Edentata and Rodentia; and II. Sub-
class ImpLACENTALIA, including the Marsupialia and the Monotre-
mata. There are various improvements here, as well as in the ar-
rangement of many of the minor groups, which we cannot parti-
cularize ; a general commendation, to which we take leave to append
only one remark, and that regarding the inexpediency of the intro-
duction of the first Order, or Bimana.

Did space permit, we should gladly have indulged ourselves by
supplying some of the interesting information, scientific and popular,
which the author with great industry has collected from almost every
quarter of the globe. We have been most struck with this in the
Order Carnivora, concerning the Felines, the Ermines and other
Mustelide, the Bears and other Urside, the Otters, Seals, and Rumi-
nantia. Nor, as will readily be credited, has the pencil been want-
ing more than the pen, a considerable proportion of the portraits
of the different animals being taken from life ; and these, with all the
others, derived from the best sources, especially the different mu-
seums, domestic and foreign, exhibit in a high degree the taste and
execution of the able author.

We have still to add, that the value of the volume is considerably
enhanced by an original memoir of Dr. Drury, an eminent entomo-
logist of the last century, who died in the year 1763. Ample mate-
rials for the notice, including a correspondence with contemporary
' zoologists, have been kindly supplied by the descendants of the
zealous naturalist, and these have been very judiciously arranged by
the talented author of the biography.

Books received.

Nomenclator Zoologicus, continens nomina systematica generum ani-
malium tam viventium quam fossilium, secundum ordinem alphabeticum
disposita, adjectis auctoribus, libris in quibus reperiuntur, anno edi-
tionis, etymologia, et familiis ad quas pertinent, in variis classibus,
AuctoreL, Agassiz. Fasciculus II. continens Aves: 4to, 1842, pp. 90.

58 Entomological Society.

A work indispensable to the working ornithologist, carefully ex-
ecuted, and having the advantage of being revised by the Prince of
Canino, Mr. G. R. Gray, and Mr. Strickland. In an undertaking
requiring such extensive consultation of authors, some mistakes, or
errors of the press, might be expected, but so far as we have exa-
mined it, these are remarkably few ; oreophilus, p. 53, is oreopholus,
or rather it should be oreopdlus, from dpos, mons, and rodێw, frequento.

The Birds of Australia, by J. Gould, F.L.S., &c. Parts VIII. IX.
Oblong folio. 1842. The pictorial character and scientific interest
of these numbers are sustained ; in both we have illustrations of many
new genera, (perhaps too many,) and the author is following a very
useful practice, of devoting a considerable portion of every number
to the illustration of a genus, so that the whole, or a great portion
of it, is at once brought under review. ‘Thus, in No. VIIL. we have
seven species of the old genus Petroica figured; the author, however,
subdividing it, and placing the old P. rhodinogaster under the title
of Erythrodryas. Again, in No. IX. there are plates of six species
of swallows, illustrating five genera.

The Natural History of Selborne, by the late Rev. G. White.
New edition, with Notes by the Rev. Leonard Jenyns. London,
Van Voorst. |

A General History of Animalcules, by A. Pritchard. Part 1.
London, Whittaker.

History of British Birds, by William Yarrell. Part XXXII. 8vo,
August 1, 1842, concludes the history of the Goosanders, and con-
tains those of the Grebes and Divers (Podiceps, Colymbus).

Faune Belge, 1%*r¢ Partie, Indication des Mammiféres, Oiseaux,
Reptiles et Poissons observés jusqu’ici en Belgique, par Edm. De
Selys-Longchamps.

Works preparing for publication.

Mr. Gould has in preparation an illustrated monograph of the
genus Oriyz, or strong-billed American partridges.

Icones Piscium ; or Plates of rare Fishes. By John Richardson, M.D.,
F.R.S., F.L.8., F-RiG-S., &e.

The fasciculi of this work are intended to appear at intervals, ac-
cording tothe encouragement it may receive. The charge not to exceed
the outlay. Fasciculus I. will contain twelve coloured figures, being
exact copies of drawings from the portfolio of J. B. Emery, Esq.,
late first lieutenant of the Beagle surveying vessel, employed on the
western coasts of Australia, accompanied by brief notices. Full de-
scriptions of some of the species by Dr. Richardson have appeared in
our pages.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
March 7th, 1842.—W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., &c., President,
in the Chair.
Mr. Boreham exhibited some curious varieties of Hipparchia Janira,

Entomological Society. 59

and Mr. S. Stevens a number of minute Coleoptera, collected from
moss during the preceding winter.

The Rev. F. W. Hope exhibited a specimen of a new and coarse
kind of white silk, communicated by Mr. Strachan. He also read
some extracts from a letter received by him from Mr. Fortnum, Corr.
Mem. E.&. at Adelaide, in South Australia, containing many ob-
servations on the entomology of that district.

Mr. Westwood exhibited specimens of Uropoda vegetans which had
been found in countless multitudes on the surface of the ground, in
a cucumber frame, and which attached themselves to a beetle intro-
_ duced into the frame.

The following memoirs were read :—

Continuation of a memoir on the Chrysomelide of New Holland
allied to Cryptocephalus. By W.W. Saunders, Esq., President, con-
taining detailed descriptions of the following insects :—

Ocurosorsis, n. g., divided from Anodonta. yes reniform.
Antenne as long as the body, 1l-jointed; 1st joint robust,
clavate ; 2nd small, obconic; 3rd, 4th and 5th of nearly equal
length ; 4th shortest, the remainder gradually decreasing in size.
Thorax rounded in front, transverse, nearly as broad as the elytra.
Elytra half as long again as broad. Legs moderate. Colour pale.

Ochrosopsis vermicularis. Reddish-brown ; thorax and elytra ful-
vous, rugose, with the impressed punctures black, those on the
elytra forming irregular strie ; legs light rufous brown. Length
3% much.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Ochrosopsis australis. Head ochre-yellow ; antenne dusky brown ;
thorax shining reddish brown, with a longitudinal band and two
faint oblique bands of fulvous, with large black impressions ; scu-
tellum dark brown; elytra fulvous, with large irregular impres-
sions ; beneath pale ochre-yellow ; legs dusky fulvous. Length 35
inch.—Hab. Swan River. Mus. Hope.

Ochrosopsis erosa. Head ochre-yellow ; antenne black; thorax
shining fulvous, with coarse black impressions forming two black-
ish patches ; scutellum black ; elytra pale ochre-yellow, with deep
and irregular black punctures, which are occasionally confluent ;
legs light reddish brown. Length 3%, inch.—Hab. Swan River.
Mus. Hope.

Ochrosopsis melanocephala. Head ochre-yellow, with the vertex
and a central line black ; antenne black ; thorax ochre-yellow, with
a small oblong patch near the hinder angles, and a large triangular
patch on each side in front black and punctured; scutellum
black ; elytra shining ochre-yellow, with dark brown punctures ;
legs reddish brown ; tips of femora, tibie and tarsi black. Length
3 Inch.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Aporocera chalybea. Head dark chesinut-brown, mouth ochre ;
antenne black; thorax pitchy black, with ochreous margins
deeply punctured ; scutellum black; elytra shining chalybeate blue,

_ deeply punctured; legs pale ochre-yellow, with the tips of the
tibie and tarsi black. Length 3, inch.—Hab. Port Essington.
Mus. Hope. :

60 Entomological Society.

“Notes upon the genus Hyleus, and on Cryptus bellosus, and
other insects.” By G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq., M.E.S.
In this communication (addressed to the Secretary) Mr. Thwaites
states, that he discovered in the preceding summer that Hyleus is not
parasitical, having reared several individuals of two species from
bramble sticks, the holes in which exactly corresponded with the size
of the insects, and were much too small for any other bee likely to
be found in such a situation except Heriades, which does not occur
in the neighbourhood of Bristol. Great care is taken by Mr. Thwaites
in cutting away the wood of bored sticks so as to expose the cocoons,
which are carefully watched, so that the insect escaping from each
is at once detected.
It is desirable, Mr. Thwaites adds, to discover upon what kind of
food the larva of the Hy/leus is fed, and if on pollen, how the parent
insect conveys it to its nest. Both Hyleus and Ceratina emit, when
captured, a considerable quantity of sticky fluid from the mouth ;
but they can scarcely convey pollen to their nidi by means of a ca-
pacious stomach. ‘The cocoons of the Alyleus are arranged regu-
larly end to end, and the upper ones produce males, which come out
first. Mr. Thwaites has also reared a new species of Hyleus allied
to H. dilatatus, K., from bramble sticks.
Mr. Thwaites has reared Cryptus bellosus from a cocoon in a hole
much too small for Epipone levipes, and which he believes to be
that of a new species of Tryporylon which he has discovered near
Bristol.
Upon reading Mr. Dale’s account of the curious mode in which a
Stylops acted when a bee was placed under the glass in which it
was confined, it occurred to Mr. Thwaites that the Stylops may per-
haps lay its eggs on the body of the bee, and that they may be intro-
duced into the nest by being brushed off with the pollen. If the
bees, not infested, come out later than the others, the above idea
cannot be true; but it is possible that he may have been deceived,
and that the bees he cbserved later may not have been the same
species. The Stylopized and other Andrene (mentioned in Mr.
Thwaites’s short article in Trans. Ent. Soc., vol. ili. p. 67), appear
to have been introduced in his garden with some mould brought
there some months previously, as none had appeared since last year.
“‘ Memoir on the genus Hyleus, with descriptions of several new
British species.” By Mr. F. Smith, who also stated that he had
reared Cryptus bellosus from the nests of more than one species of
bee. The following are the new species described in this memoir :—
Hyleus cornutus, Kirby MSS. 2. This species is remarkable for
the two teeth and frontal prominence which arm the clypeus ; an-
tenne fulvous beneath, posterior tibia annulated with yellow.—Cove
Common, Hants. Mus. Ent. Soc. London, and Smith.

Hyleus plantaris, Smith. 6 Black; plante of the intermediate legs
dilated at the base; antenne yellow, short, with the scape consi-
derably dilated in males, with a black streak above; thorax with
a yellow spot on each side of the collar. Length 3 lines.—Cove
Common, Hants. Mus. Smith.

Hyleus pallidens, Kirby MSS. <¢ Black; scape of antenne with

Entomological Society. G1

a yellow line in front ; face white ; mandibles yellow ; anterior
tibie yellow ; fore femora with a yellow line in front ; abdomen
piceous, with a fringe of white hair on each side of the first seqg-
ment. Length 3 lines.

Hyleus punctulatissimus, Smith. 9 Black, with a cream-coloured
‘stripe close to the eyes; antenne black; thorax coarsely punc-
tured, varied with pale yellow ; abdomen with a fringe of white
hair on each side of the first segment. 4 H. annularis, var. y,
Kirby. Taken in company together at Coombe. .

Hyleus hyalinatus, Smith. 9 Head and thorax black, very mi-
nutely punctured with deeper punctures intermixed ; antenne black ;
wings hyaline ; legs biack, posterior annulated with yellow.
Black ; face yellow, scape of antenne black, remaining joints ful-
vous beneath; thorax with a yellow spot on the tequle and tubercles ;
wings hyaline. Length 2 lines.—Received from Mr. Thwaites.

“ Descriptions of some new exotic genera belonging to the family
of the Sacred Beetles.” By J. O. Westwood, F.L.S.

Retaining Canthon viridis, Klug, as the type of Hpilissus, Dej.
Cat., Mr. Westwood considers Circedlium mitidum, Lap. Hist. nat. ins.
col. ii. p. 66, from Madagascar, as the type of a separate subgenus
under the name of

Aracunopes, W. Mentum basi latius, lateribus convergentibus
apice haud emarginato. Palpi labiales graciles. Prothorax la-
teribus, pone medium valde angulatis et reflexis. Pedes valde
elongati, femoribus longis haud compressis. Tarsi articulo ultimo
subtts ad apicem in spinam parvam producto.

Nanos, W. Antennarum clava, brevis, subrotundata. Mentum in
medio latius, anticé valdé emarginatum. Palpi labiales brevissimi
erassi. Prothorax lateribus fere rotundatis haud reflexis. Pedes
parim elongati, tibiis curvatis.—Type Circellium pygmeum, La-
porte. Madagascar.

Macroperges, W. Corpus feré hemisphericum, clypeus emargina-
tus.. Mentum subtriangulare anticé profundeé fissum. Prothorax
maximus lateribus rotundatis, anticé utrinque obsolete retusus.
Elytra levissime striato-punctata. Tibie postice apice dilatate,
tarsi articulo basali magno compresso triangulari.—Type Ontho-
phagus Greeni, Kirby. Cape of Good Hope.

Uxoxys, W. Corpus oblongum subdepressum, elytris postic® acumi-
natis. Clypeus anticé acute bilobus. Mentum subquadratum, an-
tice parim emarginatum. Palpi labiales articulis longitudine fere
equalibus. Prothorar lateribus in medio angulatis. Pedes an-
tict elongati, tibiis (in uno sexu) depressis intis angulatis. Tarsi
4 postici articulis magnitudine decrescentibus.

Uroxys cuprescens, W. U. cupreo- seu violaceo-nigricans, nitida
levissime punctulata, antennis rufescentibus, elytris striis 8 leviter
punctatis, tarsis piceis.. Long. corp. lin. 42.—Hab. Colombia.

Scatonomus (Erichson) Myrmidon, W. S. subcylindricus, niger,
capite et pronoto viridibus nitidis, clypeo profundé emarginato, in
sinu acute bidentato ; elytris leviter striatis ; prothoracis angulis
posticis prominentibus. Long. corp. lin. 2.—Hab. Cayenne,

62 Entomological Society.

Scatonomus smaragdinus, W._ S. brevis, subcylindricus, smarag-
dinus; capite antice profundé emarginato in sinu obtuse bidentato ;
elytris leviter striatis ; tibiis 4 posticis angustioribus ; prothoracis
angulis anticis in lobum parvum productis.. Long. corp. lin. 24.
—Hab. Brazil. Mus. Gory.

Anomiorus, W. Corpus oblongum subconverum, pedibus latissimis.
Mentum ovale basi truncatum, anticé vix emarginatum. Palpi
labiales breves articulis sensim minoribus. Clypeus bidentatus.
Prothorax lateribus rotundatis. Elytra marginata striisque im-
pressa. Tarsi posticé latissimi.

Anomiopus virescens, W. 4d. eneo-virescens, dentibus duobus
clypet obtusis, capite pronoto et elytris tenuissime et irregulariter
punctulatis ; elytris striato-punctatis ; punctis vie distinctis ; tibiis
4 posticis in medio prominulis ; tibits anticis ad basin externe 4-
serratis. Long. corp. lin. 34.—Hab. Brazil.

Anomiopus nigricans, W. A. @neo-niger, dentibus clypei acutis
parallelis ; fortius punctatus ; punctis duobus parvis inter oculos ;
elytris paulo longioribus cyaneo-nigris, striis profundis ; pedibus
anticis castanets ; tibiis anticis basi externé 7-denticulatis ; tibiis-
que posticis in medio haud prominulis. Long. corp. lin. 25.—
Hab. Brazil.

‘Descriptions of the Coleopterous insects sent to England by Dr.
Cantor from Chusan and Canton, with observations on the Entomo-
logy of China.” By the Rev. F. W. Hope, F.R.S., &c.

The following are the characters of the new species described in
this paper :—

Sp. 1. Lucanus Confucius, Hope. @ Niger nitidus, mandibulis
capite thoraceque feré a@qualibus ; caput depressum, clypeo in
medio producto, flavo-ciliato ; thorace transverse oblongo, angulis
posticis oblique truncatis, granulato. Long. lin. 28, lat. lin. 7.

Sp. 2. Copris Siicus, Hope. @ Niger exscutellatus, thorace pro-
minentid duplict, cornu capitis erecto intis ad basin 2-denticulato.
Long. lin. 10, lat. lin. 54. Allied to C. Sabzeus, Fab.

Sp. 3. Copris Sinensis, Hope. Mas adhuc latet. Niger exscutella-
tus, clypeo emarginato, capite tuberculo lato armato, elytris striato-
punctatis. Long. lin. 9, lat. lin. 44.

Sp. 4. Onthophagus Sinicus, Hope. Niger, antennis luteis, cly-
peo integro, capite cornu tauriformi ; thorace punctulato ; elytris
striato-punctatis, interstitiis disci punctatis. Long. lin. 44, lat.
lin. 24.

Sp. 5. Dipelicus Cantori, Hope. Piceus, capite anticé trigono, pos-
tice cornu elevato triangulari ; thorace convexo, varioloso punc-
tato, marginibus undique elevatis ; elytris lineato-punctatis. Long.
lin. 19, lat. lin. 83.

Sp. 6. Mimela Downsii, Hope. Affinis Mimele glabre Hope, at
minor. Viridis glabra infra aurato-viridis ; antennis atrovires-
centibus, mesosterno abrupte truncato. Long. lin. 6, lat. lin. 3.

Sp. 7. Popillia Maclellandi, Hope. Castanea, capite punctulato,
thorace glabro cupreo, elytris castaneis podice atro, maculis duabus
flavis e pilis brevibus formatis. Long. lin. 7, lat. lin. 34.

Entomological Society. 63

Sp. 8. Popillia castanoptera, Hope. Castanea, clypeo integro punc-
tato pariim reflexo, viridis ; thorace concolori crebrissimé punctu-
lato, fossuld utrinque impressd ; scutello punctato ; elytris pallide
castaneis, striato-punctatis. Long. lin. 5, lat. lin. 2}.

Sp. 9. Holotricha Sinensis, Hope. Picea, clypeo emarginato, tho-

- race convexo pruinoso, fossuld utrinque impressd, marginibusque
extern subserratis ; elytris rubro-piceis punctatissimis, corpore
infra concolori. Long. Jin. 10, lat. lin. 43.

Sp. 10. Holotricha plumbea, Hope. Pruinosa, capitis clypeo fere
integro ; thorace convexo punctulato, lateribus sub lente partim sub-
serratis ; elytris plumbeo-piceis punctatis. Long. lin. 10%, lat.
lin. 44.

Sp. 11. Serica Sinica, Hope. Atro-plumbea, elypeo integro, antic?

- punctulato, postice glabro ; thorace marginibus parim elevatis ;
elytris plumbeis seu atro-pruinosis lineolatis. Long. lin. 4, lat.
lin. 24.

Sp. 12. Agrypnus orientalis, Hope. Affinis A. coenoso, Hope, at
major. Fuscus flavisque capillis aspersis ; clypeo integro auri-
como ; thoracis angulis anticis obtusis, disco in medio 2-tubercu-
lato. Long. lin. 9, lat. lin. 3.

Sp. 13. Ludius crocopus, Hope. fuscus, antennis concoloribus ;
thorace angulis posticis valde acutis, tomentoso ; elytris striatis,
striis sub lente partim punctatis. Long. lin. 7, lat. lin. 2.

Sp. 14. Ludius luteipes, Hope. Afinis L. Umbricole, Eschscholtz,
at minor. Niger, antennis flavescentibus ; thorace albo-tomentoso ;
elytris striato-punctatis nigricantibus. Long. lin. 54, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 15. Ludius 4-lineatus, Hope. Castaneus, thorace nigro, elytris

_quatuor lineis nigris insignitis, antennis nigris, capite concolori,
thorace atro capillis flavis asperso. Long. lin. 43, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 16. Colophotia flavida, Hope. Affinis C. przeustze, Eschscholtz.
Flava, capite atro, oculis magnis ; thorace convexo concolori, an-
gulis posticis subacutis, medio disci lined fortiter impressd insig-
nito; elytris flavescentibus apicibus subfuscis. Long. lin. 44,
lat. lin. 13. -

Sp. 17. Lycus Cantori, Hope. Aurantius, antennis fusco-nigris ;
thorace flavido cruce nigricante insignito ; elytris latis aurantits
substriatis. Long. lin. 34, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 18. Nacerdes Chinensis, Hope. Flava, capite nigro, antennis
duobus primis articulis fuscis, reliquis flavescentibus ; thorace cum
elytris concolort nigris. Long. lin. 54, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 19. Lagria nigricollis, Hope. Flava, antennis capite thoraceque
nigris, elytris pallidé castaneis villosis, corpore infra piceo, pedibus
concoloribus. Long. lin. 3, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 20. Hamaticherus Cantori. Affinis Hamatich. Paridi, Wied.
Magnus, fusco-brunneus, sericeus, elytrisque corpore longioribus ;
capite porrecto fronte foveolatd, thorace fortiter rugoso utrinque
armato, lined media longitudinali valde incisd. Long. lin. 26,
lat. lin. 64.

Triracuys, Hope. Genus novum Hamatichero affine. Caput por-
rectum, fronte rugosd. Antenne 11-articulate ; articulo 1™° crasso,

64 Entomological Society.

valde rugoso ; 24 minimo ; 3%, 4 et 5" in mare spinis armatis,
quingue sequentibus gradatim longioribus et inermibus, externo
longissimo ternis pracedentibus haud equali, thorax utrinque
armatus.

Sp. 21. Trirachys orientalis. Magnus brunneus et aurato-sericeus ;
antennis piceis, thorace utrinque armato et rugoso, dorso binis sulcis
longitudinaliter impressis. Long. lin. 21, lat. lin. 64.

Sp. 22. Monohammus alternatus, Hope. Affinis M. Dentatori, Fab.,
at minor. Griseo-brunneus, thorace spinoso, elytris cinereo brunneo
glaucoque nebulosis, corpore infra concolort. Long. lin. 10, lat.
lin. 34.

Sp. 23. Oplophora Horsfieldii. Nigra, antennis albo-cingulatis ;
thorace utrinque spinoso atro, lineis binis flavis longitudinalibus
insignito ; elytra duodecim maculis flavis notata. Long. lin. 20,
lat. lin. 8.

Sp. 24. Cassida piperata, Hope. Flava, antennis concoloribus, qua-
tuor ultimis articulis nigricantibus ; thorace feré hyalino flavo,
maculd minutd nigrd in medio disci positd; elytris flavis disco
nigro-piperato. Long. lin. 24, lat. lin. 12.

Sp. 25. Clythra nigrifrons. Aurantia, capite nigro, thorace flavo
immaculato ; elytris rubro-flavis, humeris atro-maculatis fascidque
nigro-violaced ante apicem positd. Long. lin. 3, lat. lin. 13.

Sp. 26. Coccinella 18-spilota. Flava, binis maculis irregularibus
nigris notata, elytris 18-spilotis, macula scutellari communi. Long.
lin. 34, lat. lin. 24.

Sp. 27. Coccinella succinea. Succineo-flava, thorace pallidiori,
maculis quatuor in medio disci nigris ; elytris immaculatis, cor-
pore infra flavo, pedibus concoloribus. Long. lin. 3, lat. lin. 2.

Sp. 28. Coccinella tetraspilota. Flava, thorace antice flavo, posticé
nigro ; elytris pallidé fiavis, suturd nigricanti, macula rotundata
nigra ad humeros positd, secundd formd irregulari feré ad medium
disci locatd. Long. lin. 24, lat. lin. 14.

~

Descriptions of the new Coleoptera from Canton :—
Sp. 1. Melolontha Chinensis. Affinis Mel. Nepalensi, Hope.

Castanea, thorace colore saturatiori inquinato albisgue capillis
irrorato ; elytris testaceis, lateribus externé sulcatis et atro-mar-
ginatis. Long. lin. 18, lat. lin. 84.

Sp. 2. Anomala controversa, Hope. Castanea, capite piceo, mar-
gine anteriori parum elevato, antennis testaceis ; thorace flavo-
castaneo punctato, maculis magnis binis nigris insignito, alte-
rdgue minori utringue in marginibus locaté; elytris striato-
puncetatis, flavo piceoque colore variegatis. Long. lin. 63, lat.
lin.'3. }

Sp. 3. Galba Chrysocoma, Hope. Flava, capite nigro, antennis
pectinatis atris, thorace anticé rotundato, angulis posticis acutis,
disco 4-tuberculato, tuberculis auratis capillis tectis, elytris aureo-
tomentosis fuscis. Long. lin. 8, lat. lin. 24.

Sp. 4. Harpalus Sinicus. Niger, capite anticé rubro-picco, postice
atro-nitido, antennis rufo-fuscis pilosis ; thorace laieribus rufo-

Entomological Society. 65

marginatis, postice parum punctulato ; elytris striatis. Long.
lin. 7, lat. lin. 2.

Sp. 5. Amara orientalis. Mgra, antennis rufis, thorace rufo-mar-
ginato, elytris striato-punctatis pedibusque rufo-testaceis. Vong.
lin. 3, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 6. Harpalus cyanescens, Hope. Niger, capite concolori, an-
tennis duobus articulis primis testaceis, reliquis fusco-nigris ;
thorace atro, margine omni flavo; elytris striato-punctatis,
medio disci cyaneo, sutura flaveold, ternis laterahbus striis flavis.
Long. lin. 44, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 7. Harpalus difficilis, Hope. Atro-eneus, antennis fuscis, tho-
race flavo-marginato, elytris striatis atro-eneis, apicibus testa-
ceis ; corpore infra piceo, pedibus flavescentibus. Long. lin. 3,
lat. lin. 3.

Sp. 8. Harpalus Trechoides, Hope. Lusco-flavus, antennis binis
primis articulis testaceis, reliquis atris; thorace brunneo, mar-
gine omni flavo; scutello concolori ; elytris fusco-brunneis,
suturad marginibusque externis flavescentibus. Long. lin. 23,
lat. lin. 3.

Sp. 9. Coptodera2-cincta, Hope. Flava, capite rufo antennisque
rubris ; thorace nigro; elytris nigris binis fasctisque flavis
insignitis. Long. lin. 2, lat. lin. 4.

Sp. 10. Haliplus Sinensis. /lavus, capite rufo, thorace luteo binis-
que maculis punctis insignito; elytris pallide flavis striato-
punetatis, punctis nigris, maculisque quatuor majoribus in medio
disci positis, suturd nigricante. Long. lin. 14, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 11. Hydrobius neglectus. Fulvus, capite rufo, thorace palt-
. diore ; elytris fusco-flavis striatis ; corpore infra nigro, pedibus
flavo-piceis. Long. lin. 2, lat. lin. 1. :

Sp. 12. Upis Sinensis, Hope. Niger opacus, thorace punctulato
angulis anticis lateribusque parum rotundatis ; elytris varioloso-
punctatis, punctis fortiter insculptis. Long. lin. 8, lat. lin 23.

Sp. 13. Amarygmus carbonarius. Viger, capite fronte foveolaté,
thorace convexo lateribus elevatis ; elytris striato-punctatis ni-
gris. Long. lin. 84, lat. lin. 34.

Sp. 14. Epilampus pulcher. Cupreo-eneus, antennis nigris ; tho-
race atro-eneo cupreoque colore tincto; scutello atro; elytris
striatis aurato-viridibus puniceoque colore inquinatis. Long.
lin. 44, lat. lin. 2.

Sp. 15. Epilampus chrysostictus. Nigro-@neus, capite supra

fortiter impresso, thorace atro marginato, macula media aurata,
lateribus aureold falcaté lund utrinque insignitis. Long. lin.
54, lat. lin. 2.

Sp.16. Apate rejecta, Hope. Mgra, thorace convexo, disco utrin-
que minutis dentibus scabro, elytris rugoso-punctatis, ante apicem
2-dentatis ; corpore infra nigro, pedibus atro-piceis. Long. lin.
25, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 17. Apate rufa. Rufa, thorace convexo punctulato ; elytris
fortissimé punctulatis, apicibus rotundatis et integris, pedibus
concoloribus. Long. lin. 14, lat. lin. 3.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. F

66 Entomological Society.

Sp. 18. Promeces Sinensis. Obscuré viridis, capite cyaneo anten-
nisque atris ; thorace utringue armato nigro, ternis lineis viridi-
auratis insignito ; elytris elongatis nigro-viridibus, suturad palti-
diort. Long. lin. 13, lat. lin. 24.

Sp. 19. Eumolpus ignicollis. Violaceus, capite anticé nigro, postice
aurato medioque viridi ; thorace eupreo igneo marginato, sub
lente punctulato ; elytris violaceis lineato-punctatis, marginibus
purpurascentibus. Long. lin. 34, lat lin. 14.

Sp. 20. Galleruca atripennis. Nigra, antennis luteis ; thorace
flavo, elytrisque atris et nitidis, sub lente punctulatis ; corpore
infra luteo, pedibus concoleribus. Long. lin. 34, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 21. Galleruca erosa. Lutea, antennis fuscis, primo articulo
rubro ; thorace utringue lateribus subspinosis ; elytris pallide
luteis erosis, corpore infra eoncolori. Long. lin. 24, lat. lin. 13-

April 4th.— W.. W.. Saunders, Esq., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Westwood exhibited three new species of Australian Rhipicera,
from the collections of the Entomological Society and the Rev. F. W.
Hope, of which the following are the characters :—

Rhipicera attenuata, W. 2. nigra punctatissima angusta, ely-

tris fusco-luteis, guttis minutis rotundatis albis sparsim notatis.
6 Long. corp. lin. 7—Hab. New Holland.
Rhipicera pumilio, W. A. angusta picea, capite nigro, prothorace
et elyiris guttis vel squamis albidis ornatis. Long. corp. lin. 4.
—Hab. New Holland; Swan River.

Rhipicera brunnea, W. &. brevis crassa, opaca, luteo-setosa ; ely-
tris fasetis nonnuliis irregularibus interruptis, e squamis fulvis
formatis ; antennis brevibus, 18-articulatis. _§ Long. corp. lin.
65—9.—Hab. New. Holland.

He also exhibited specimens of Goliathus Delessertti, G., and Gna-

thocera micans, G., from the collection of M. Guerin Méneville.

The following memoirs were read :—

‘Notice of an Apparatus for Capturing Insects by Lamp-light.”’
By Mr. Stevenson, Corr. M.E.S., consisting of a box about two
feet square and about a foot deep, without a wooden top, its place
being supplied by four pieces of tale or glass, each fixed at an acute
angle on the interior of the mouth, on each side of the square and
opening inwards, a free open space of several inches square being left
in the middle, at the back of which is a lamp, defended by a semi-
circular glass guard, against which the insects will fly, attracted by
the light, and falling to the bottom of the box will be prevented from
crawling out again by the oblique direction of the tale or glass front.
This apparatus may be hung in any locality likely of success.

Continuation of ‘‘ Descriptions of New Holland Chrysomelide allied

to Cryptocephalus.” By W. W. Saunders, Esq.

AnoponTa, Hope MSS. Body short, ovate, compressed or cylin-
drical. Legs rather short. Head. vertical, rotundate. Eyes
reniform. Antenne subclavate, half as long as the body in the
females, nearly as long as the body in the males ; 3rd, 4th and
5th joints rather long, nearly of equal length, slender, the re-

7 -

Entomological Society. 67

mainder sensibly larger and gradually decreasing in length in
the females, nearly of the same length in the males.

Section 1. Body ovate, compressed.

Anodonta Roei, Hope MSS. Head rufous brown, the vertex and
antenne black ; thorax rufous, shining, with a black diamond-
shaped patch in the middle; scutellum black ; elytra rich shi-
ning green, deeply punctured, with a narrow ochreous margin ;
legs black ; base of femora and tibie rufous brown. Length, *21
inch 9; 17 ¢.—Hab. Swan River. Mus. Hope and Westwood.

Var. atripennis. Elytra black, with a purplish iridescence ; 3rd
and Ath joints of antenne brownish.

Anodonta albilinea, Hope MSS. Head black, spotted straw
colour ; antenne black; thorax black, lateral margins white ;
elytra light yellowish brown, with a quadrate black patch on
the disc, which joins the scutellum by a sutural band ; punctate-
striate near the tip ; legs and tarsi shining black. Length °16
inch.—Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Hope and Westwood.

Section 2. Body cylindrical.

Anodonta pulchella, Hope MSS. Head rufous brown ; vertex
black ; antenne black, 3rd and 4th joints dull brown ; thorax
rufous brown, shining ; elytra shining green, with a broad ru-
fous brown lateral marginal band ; legs and tarsi black. Length
-18 inch.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Anodonta cyanipennis, Hope MSS. Head and antenne glossy
black ; thorax rufous brown ; scutellum black ; elytra shining
steel-blue with purplish iridescence, deeply punctured, gemi-
nato-striato-punctate at the tip. Legs and tarsi black. Length

2°16 inch; ¢ ‘13 inch.—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope
and Westwood. |

Anodonta flaviventris, Hope MSS. Head jet-black, with a yellow
heart-shaped patch on the face; thorax rufous brown, with a
black line in front ; scutelium black ; elytra shining black, striated
with a subcentral \ -like yellow mark ; body beneath and legs
pale yellow ; tips of tibie and tarsi black. Length +14 inch.
—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

Anodonta rugosa, Hope MSS. Head and antenne black ; thorax
black, shining, very gibbose in front, rugose and deeply pune-
tured ; scutellum black ; elyira black, shining ; apex rufous brown,
rugose and deeply punctured; legs black. WLength °18 inch.—
Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope.

HeLtopimorpHa. Body elongate, ovate, compressed. Head verti-
eal, small. Eyes reniform. Antenne filiform, variable in length ;
Srd, 4th and 5th joints long, somewhat slender ; 5th the longest,
the remainder shorter than the 5th. Scutellum rounded behind.

Helodimorpha atra. Black ; face striate ; thorax shining, finely
punctate ; elytra shining, irregularly striate and punctured.

Length ‘18 inch.—Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Westwood.

Helodimorpha znea. Shining bronze with coppery tiridescence.
antenne black; 3rd, 4th and 5th joints dull rufous ; thorax

, re

68 Entomological Society.

deeply punctured ; elytra irregularly punctured. Length +17
inch.—Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Westwood.
Helodimorpha viridis, Hope MSS. Antenne nearly as long as
the body, brilliant metallic green ; antenne black, 2nd, 3rd and
4th joints dull rufous; thorax coarsely punctured and subca-
rinated behind in the middle; elytra closely and irregularly
punctured ; tips of posterior tibie and tarsi dull brown. Length
"11 inch—Hab. New Holland. Mus. Hope and Westwood.

“‘ Description of a new British species of Iulus.” By George New-

port, Esq.

Iulus Sandvicensis, Newport. Rather larger and thicker than I.
terrestris ; face very convex and polished ; antenne scarcely longer
than the head, clavate ; 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th joints subequal, 6th
shorter, infundibuliform ; segments of body 52, posterior half of
each polished ; anal valves very large; pre-anal scale short, tri-
gonate. Found near Sandwich in Kent.

‘‘ Note on the occurrence of two species of Hntozoa in the large
veins of the liver of the human subject.” By W. J. Pettigrew, Esq.

‘‘ Description of a new genus of Lamellicorn Beetles allied to Pa-
chypus.” By J. O. Westwood, F.L.S.

Metasceris, Westw. Corpus apterum. Elytris apice dehiscentibus,
podice detecto. Clypeus os omnino obtegens. Antenne breves, 9-arti-
culate, articulo 4° brevi interné producto, 5 et 6 lamelliformibus,
7, 8, que paullo longioribus. Mazille lobis apicalibus obsoletis.
Prothorax lateribus rotundatis. Pedes 2 postict breviores cras-
Sissimi.

Metascelis flexilis, W. MM. fusca, nitida; capite et podice magis
castaneis, illo punctato ; prothorace et elytris levibus ; infra cum
pedibus lutea, luteoque pilosa. Long. corp. lin. 7.—Hab. ?
Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond.

‘* Notes on the habits of Nyssia zonaria.” By Mr. Gregson.

This newly-discovered moth occurs in the winged state in the first
week in March. The pupe are buried about an inch and a half
deep in the sand, at New Brighton in Cheshire, in a valley among
the sand-hills near the hotel, and have never been noticed at any
other place except about three miles further down the sand-hills, on
the level land adjoining cultivated ground near Leasow Castle, where
Mr. Gregson found them at the end of June and beginning of July
during several successive years. The spring brood are never seen on
the wing; but the summer brood take wing in fine sunshine, darting
about like the gamma moth. The former brood are observed fanning
their wings on the long grass on the sand-hills ; but should the wind
be cold they creep to the warm side of the tufts of grass, and are
very difficult to find.

«« Notes on the parasitic habits of the Nomade, and on the habits
of other insects.” By Mr. F. Smith.

In this paper Mr. Smith details the plans which he has adopted
in order to observe the habits of the long-horned bee, Eucera longi-
cornis, and its parasite, Nomada Schiifferella, (the male of which

Wernerian Natural History Society. 69

latter is the Andrena connexa, K.) which he succeeded in obtaining
early in the spring from the nests of the former. He also mentions
-having found an immense number (thousands) of specimens of the
minute insect considered as the larve of Meloe, upon a flower, in
April, whilst in June he captured a similar insect (but differing in
form and colour) on the underside of the abdomen of Nomada Schaf-
ferella. He likewise mentions that he had reared specimens of the
same species of Cryptus (a genus of Ichneumonidae) from Epipone
levipes and Trichiosoma lucorum.

‘« Note on the parasitic habits of Nomade.”’” By George Newport,
_ Esq., who obtained specimens of Nomada Sheppardana on the 16th
July, 1829, from a bank of dry clay, at Ash near Sandwich, where
he found from six to eight specimens apparently recently disclosed,
but sufficiently active to take flight when disturbed, in a single ni-
dus apparently about the size of that of Colletes.

Mr. Shuckard, in allusion to the last two papers, stated that it
was interesting to find, that the genus Nomada did not confine its
parasitism to one genus of bees, as he obtained Nomada Sheppardana
from the nest of Halictus minutus. He also stated that he had de-
tected a specimen of Macropis labiata (a genus of bees not previously
recorded as natives of this country) in the indigenous cabinet at the
British Museum, with a label inscribed ‘“ Leicester,” from the col-
lection of Dr. Leach.

WERNERIAN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

The Societies in Edinburgh have again commenced their scientific
meetings ; the Wernerian Society on the 26th of Nov. elected as its
office-bearers for the Session 1842-43 the following gentlemen :—

President : Professor Jameson.—Vice-Presidents : Dr. R. Graham,
Sir Wm. Newbigging, Right Hon. Lord Greenock, Sir Ch. G. S.
Menteith, Bart., Dr. R. Paterson, Prof. Edward Forbes.—Counceil :
R. Stevenson, Esq., D. Milne, Esq., J. Stark, Esq., T. Brown, Esq.,
Sir W. Jardine, Bart., Professor T. S. Traill, Dr. R. K. Greville,
J. Goodsir, Esq.—Joint-Secretaries: Dr. Pat. Neill, T. J. ‘Lorrie,
Esq.—Treasurer: A. G. Ellis, Esq.—Joint-Librarians : J. Wilson,
Esq., Dr. R. Hamilton.—Artisis: P. Syme, Esq., and W. H. Towns-
end, Esq.

After which, Saturday the 10th of December was fixed for the first

meeting, when the following communications were read : —
__L. “ Account of the Elaps Jamesoni, a new species of Serpent from
South America ;” by Dr. ‘T'raill. Dr. Traill considered that eventually
this serpent might be removed from Hlaps. It was procured at De-
merara, was four feet in length, and on dissection was found to be
furnished with fangs provided with a gland and fine duct to the hol-
low tooth.

2. “ Account of new tribes of Crustacea from the Firth of Forth ;”
by Mr. Goodsir, jun.

A fine specimen of the Squalus Vulpes or Fox Shark, taken in Largo
Bay, 13 feet in length, was exhibited, and is interesting as being, so

70 Royal Society of Edinburgh.

far as can be traced, the only authentic specimen of the fish on record
as taken in the Scottish seas.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Dec. 19, 1842.—Read, ‘“‘ A Notice of the occurrence in Scotland
of the Tetrao medius ; showing that supposed Species to be a Hybrid.”
By James Wilson, Esq.

Mr. Wilson, after stating the opinions of the ornithologists who
consider the Tetrao medius of authors as a hybrid, and the views of
those who maintain it to be a species, exhibited a specimen shot in
Perthshire during the present winter, being the second which had
been killed. He observed, that previous to the extirpation of the
Capercailzie in the Highlands, a specimen of the 7. medius had been
recorded as a native of Scotland, and that the re-appearance now in
the vicinity of the Breadalbane preserves, immediately after the re-
introduction of the Capercailzie by the exertions of the noble pro-
prietor, was a very convincing proof of the hybridity of the birds,
while dissection had shown that the generative organs were very
imperfect, or as they generally are found in hybrids; in fact, that
now there could be little doubt upon the subject. The bird exhi-
bited was very similar to a continental specimen placed on the table
for comparison.

Note.—Mr. Wilson deserves the acknowledgements of ornitholo-
gists for bringing this subject before them, but we would wish that
it should not yet be considered as closed, particularly at a time when
direct evidence is likely to be obtained. We are sure that the Earl
of Breadalbane will allow every facility in the interesting investiga-
tion; and as the birds breed in captivity, it might be ascertained
either at Taymouth, or it would be a fitting subject of experiment
in the Edinburgh Zoological Gardens.

The facts stated by Mr. Wilson are very strong circumstantial
evidence; at the same time they amount only to the proof that the
T. medius, if a species, was extirpated from Scotland at a similar
period with the Capercailzie ; and we must be perfectly assured that
no specimens of the former were introduced either as eggs, or imma-
ture birds, among those procured by Lord Breadalbane. It is curious
also, that the specimens which reach this country in spring from
the continent, through the poulterers, are all exactly similar in plu-
mage, as much so as any true species; and if proved to be a hybrid,
it will stand as a remarkable fact, that two distinct forms propagate
a cross, having almost an individual specific identity. —Ep.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

This Society held its first annual meeting for the season on Nov.
10th, Professor Graham in the chair.

Mr. Brand read a paper by Mr. Edmonstone, jun., on the Botany
of Shetland, and instituted a comparison between the numbers of
genera and species existing in that region, and those which occur in.
other districts of Scotland*.

* See Mr. Edmonstone’s former remarks on this subject in vol, ix. p.69.—Ep.

Botanical Sociely of Edinburgh. ves:

~« The botany of Shetland,” observes Mr. Edmonstone, “though
not very extensive, is interesting. Many of the less common (chiefly
_ subalpine) plants are abundant in all situations ; and many species,
very commonly distributed, and indeed often marked:as universal,
throughout Great Britain, are very rare, or altogether unknown in
Shetland. Among the last may be mentioned Alchemilla arvensis
and vulgaris, Briza media, Primula veris, Anagallis arvensis, Con-
volvulus arvensis, Teucrium Scorodonia, Geranium rebertianum, Lap-
sana communis, and others of the commonest weeds. Again, Tha-
fictrum alpinum, and other docal plants are everywhere abundant,
growing down to the sea-level; and sylvan plants—those gene-
rally associated with woods or luxuriant pasturage —are almost
entirely wanting. The geology of Shetland is rich in interesting
phenomena. ‘The formation is almost wholly primitive, the most
abundant rocks being gneiss, mica-schist, clay and chlorite-slate,
granite quartz, serpentine limestone, &c., besides which, there are
amygdaloidal porphyritic rocks of different kinds. ‘The difference of
formation between Shetland and Orkney is very striking, that of
the latter being as uninteresting as the former is the reverse. Ork-
ney consists chiefly of an apparent continuation of the north coast
of the mainland, being composed of sandstone, clay-slate, and other
secondary rocks, while the Shetlands may be said to belong to the
oceanic series of islands.. Again, the difference seems as great be-
tween the Shetland and Faroe Isles, for in the latter group the
rocks are all basaltic. Many of the Shetland rocks present a most
remarkable degree of similarity to those of the south of England,
chrome ore, native magnesia, serpentine, crystallized fluor, and
several others, being common to both extremities of Great Britain,
though rarely found in the intermediate space; and it is a singular
fact that some of the plants present a corresponding analogy, as for
instance, Lathyrus maritimus, &c.

*« The prevalence of peat is avery characteristic feature in the
general aspect of Shetland, and proves beyond a doubt the great
abundance of trees in former ages. Judging from the remains, these
seem chiefly to have belonged to Corylacee and Pinaceae, as trunks
and nuts of the hazel, and cones of Abies picea have repeatedly been
dug out of the moors. This evidence of their existing formeriy in
such abundance, leads to the question whether they may still be
grown. I certainly do not think that the experiment has been fairly
tried, nor is it probable that it soon will be on a scale which can set
the matter at rest; indeed, many reasons seem to concur in ren-
dering it unlikely that trees could be reared so as to render them
profitable in an ceconomical point of view. The frosts and cold wea-
ther which often occur early in autumn do not leave the plants time
to form their buds for hybernation before the old leaves are nipped ;
and the heat of summer is by no means sufficient {as in most other
northern latitudes) to compensate for the shortness of its duration.
I do not attach so much importance as has sometimes been done to
the influence of the sea-spray, by which, during heavy gales, Shet-

72 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

land is liable to be swept, for these happen generally after the sap
has descended, and when therefore the plant is dormant.

‘« I may here mention some experiments which have been carried
on by my father for five or six years, in order, if possible, to settle
the question. He obtained from Messrs. Lawson, of Edinburgh, all
the more generally cultivated trees and shrubs,—North British,
North. American, and North Asiatic, and the result has been as
follows. Among the indigenous trees of Scotland, the ash appears
to stand as well as any other, as it puts forth its leaves late, and
loses them early. Of the scarcely indigenous, or naturalized species,
the plane-tree appears to be the hardiest, while the birch and Scotch
fir will scarcely live a year. Again, Pinus montana and A’sculus
Hippocastanum, comparatively tender plants, appear to thrive well ;
and Pyrus Aucuparia, which is indigenous with us, thrives tole-
rably in cultivation. Almost all the willows do well;—Salix Rus-
selliana, fragilis, cinerea, viminalis, and vitellina, among the best.
The alder is rather too early in putting forth its leaves, but some
poplars appear to do well, especially the white Scotch, black Italian,
and Lombardy, and Populus nigra is mndigenous. Oak and beech
will not thrive at all. Generally speaking, evergreens, both trees
and shrubs, appear not to suit. Pinus Cembra, Abies picea, black,
white, and Norway, have all been repeatedly tried, but seldom lan-
guished a year. Even the hardy, shrubby evergreens, which are
met with indigenous, or in every shrubbery on the mainland, as
Liex aquifolium, Rhododendron ponticum and flavum, Viburnum Tinus,
&c., die almost immediately. Among the best-thriving evergreen
shrubs may be mentioned Arbutus mucronata, Cotoneaster Uva-ursi,
Hedera Helix, &c. The latter indeed is native, and in some situations
thrives remarkably well, as it also does in Orkney.

“The climate of Orkney and Shetland are much alike, but sci-
entific observations have only been recorded of the former. ‘ Re-
garding it,’ Mr. Clouston states, ‘the high latitude of Orkney will
no doubt induce many well-informed persons even in Scotland to.
suppose that our winter is much colder than that of any other
country, and it may surprise them when we say that our winter is
as warm as that of Glasgow, and several degrees warmer than that
of Applegarth in Dumfriesshire, on the very southern border. This
is owing to the influence of the surrounding ocean, which elevates
the temperature of winter as much as it lowers that of summer.
Thus, the temperature of Orkney in May, June and July is 7 de-
grees below that of Glasgow during these months; but for the
whole year the mean annual temperature in Orkney is nearly the
same as that in Applegarth, both being about 46°, or 32 below that
of Glasgow.’”’

Mr. Edmonstone goes on to observe, that ‘‘ the uniformity of tem-
perature in Shetland strikes every one; and a remarkable feature in
the climate is the great and almost constant humidity. These causes
no doubt have a great influence on the vegetation, for there is not
a semblance of arctic, and scarcely (except in a very few instances)

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 73

of alpine vegetation throughout the whole islands. This is certainly
rather what might be expected than otherwise ; but there are other
anomalies which cannot be altogether referred to climate ; and the
extreme scantiness of the flora is remarkable, considering the extent
of the islands, and the variety of soil, exposure, and situation which
they present.”

‘The flowering plants (including the grasses) hitherto observed in
Shetland extend to 94 genera and 178 species, while those found
in the district of Moray amount to 333 genera and 692 species ;
and even in a range of 16 miles round Aberdeen, there have been
found 287 genera and 562 species; and ina similar extent round
Edinburgh, the numbers are 389 genera and 908 species, while the
flowering plants of Great Britain extend to 523 genera and 1594
species. ‘The proportion of species to genera is also least in Shet-
land and Aberdeenshire, being only 2 to 1; whereas in the Edinburgh
district it is 24 to 1, and in Britain generally it is 3 to 1.

The statements in Mr. Edinonstone’s paper led to some interest -
ing conversation, in the course of which Professor Graham remarked,
as a phenomenon which has not hitherto received a satisfactory
solution, the entire destruction or absence of wood in many parts of
Scotland where once it evidently abounded, and where the change
cannot apparently have arisen through human instrumentality ; and
he observed, that the investigation of this subject would be attended
with great interest, besides being of importance in a national point
of view.

Dr. Neill said, that in his opinion the peat mosses of Scotland
have generally been formed at an earlier period than is usually sup-
posed, some of them containing trees which do not now exist in the
country; and he suggested that means should be taken to ascertain
the particular species of which the mosses consist, by taking speci-
mens of wood and seeds, or cones, &c., from the successive layers,
and duly noting their relative position, with all such circumstances
as might tend to establish a correct theory respecting our aboriginal
forest-vegetation ; indeed he had once proposed that a prize should
be offered by the Highland Society for the best essay on this sub-
ject, but his proposal had not been carried into effect.

Mr. Brand remarked, that in this country, as in America, the
forests in many places appear to have been destroyed by fire, and he
instanced some oak-trees in Dalkeith Park which appear to have
been burnt down at an early period, and to have thrown out new

trunks from the stumps at a later date.
_ Mr. Goodsir supposed that the increase of the peat might gra-
dually render the soil unfit for the support of trees, and stated, in
reference to a remark made by Professor Graham on the approach
of the alpine plants in Shetland to the sea-edge, that this peculiarity
coincided with the elevation of the deep-sea invertebrate animals to
the high-water mark in the same locality.

This Society met again on the evening of Wednesday, December
7th, Professor Christison in the chair. The election of office-bearers

v4 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

for the season took place,—Dr. Neill, President ; Professors Christi-
son, Graham, Balfour, and D. Stewart, Esq., Vice-Presidents.

Professor Christison then submitted to the Society a highly inter-
esting communication on the Assam Tea Plant, illustrated by spe-
cimens. The author stated that the different kinds of tea were pro-
duced by different modes of preparation, and showed, by a series
of examples of the preserved tea-leaf, that the various forms were
merely varieties of the same plant. A specimen of tea, of a yellow
colour and of a remarkably strong flavour, was exhibited ; also tea,
in the form of small rolls, sent to this country about twenty years
ago, as a present from the Emperor of China to George IV.

Mr. Goodsir then read a paper by Charles C. Babington, Esq.,
F.L.S., F.G.S., entitled ‘‘ Observations upon a few Plants, concern-
ing the claim of which to be considered as natives of Great Britain,
Sir W. J. Hooker expresses doubt in the 5th Ed. of his ‘ British
Flora,’ with a few notes upon other species contained in that work,
with reference to the Edinburgh Catalogue of British Plants.”’ The
object of this paper was to show upon what evidence the authors
(Professor Balfour, Mr. Babington himself, and Dr. Campbell) of
the Botanical Society’s Catalogue of British Plants had included in
it the species concerning which Sir W. J. Hooker expresses doubt.
“I cannot allow this opportunity to pass,” says the author of this
paper, ‘‘ without expressing the great satisfaction which it gives me
to see that so distinguished a botanist as Hooker has considered the
Catalogue deserving of quotation throughout his work, as I must con-
sider it as a proof that the compilers of the Catalogue of British
Plants have not produced a work discreditable either to themselves
or to the Society that entrusted its preparation to them.”

Mr. Brand afterwards read to the Society a ‘‘ Notice of the pre-
sence of Iodine in some Plants growing near the Sea,” by G. Dickie,
M.D., Lecturer on Botany in the University and King’s College,
Aberdeen. The author found, by chemical examination of specimens
of Statice Armeria from the sea-shore, and of others from the inland
and higher districts of Aberdeenshire, that the former contained
iodine, and that soda was more abundant in them, while potass pre-
vailed in the latter. Iodine was also found in Grimmia maritima ;
and Mr. P. Grant of Aberdeen has found it in Pyrethrum maritimum.
An analysis was made of examples of Statice Armeria, Grimmia ma-
ritima, Lichina confinis, and Ramalina scopulorum, all growing near
the same spot, and occasionally during storms exposed to the sea-
spray; and all these plants, with the exception of the lichen, con-
tained iodine. The specimens having been washed previous to
analysis, the iodine could not have been derived from saline incrus-
tation. All these vegetables were healthy, and the author of the
paper has been led to conclude that marine alge are not the only
plants which possess the power of separating from sea-water the
compounds of iodine and of condensing them in their tissues, and
this without any detriment to their healthy functions.

Miscellaneous.

~T
oO

MISCELLANEOUS.

MEETING OF THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF
SCIENCE FOR 1848.

Tue inhabitants of Cork and its vicinity have put their shoulders
to the wheel of science in earnest, and we will venture to predict that
the supporters of the Corkites at the Manchester meeting will not be
disappointed in their anticipations of a welcome befitting the As-
sociation and most hearty to themselves. We copy the following
resolutions proposed at a preliminary meeting held at Cork for the
purpose of making necessary arrangements ; they are conceived, and
we are sure would be uttered, in the true spirit of Irish feeling and
hospitality :—

«* Resolved,—That, whether we consider the vast field of science
its inquiries embrace, and which it has so successfully cultivated—

course and co-operation between the learned of every clime which it
produces ; or the great benefits it locally dispenses in its annual visits
through these kingdoms, we cannot but look upon the British Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science as the most important insti- ~
tution in the republic of letters; and the one which, far beyond all
others, best illustrates the spirit, the energy, the intellect, the wealth,
the learning and scientific advancement of the present day.

«« Resolved,—That the periodical visits of the British Association
are of peculiar advantage and importance to Ireland. By means
thereof, men of influence and weight in other lands become ac-
quainted with a country, which to be valued requires only to be
studied and understood, and whose inexhaustible resources can only
be fully developed by that combination of native intellect with ad-
vancing science, which this Association tends so powerfully to pro-
duce.

“‘Resolved,_—-That therefore we hail with pleasure the contem-
plated visit of the Association to this city, and recognizing with gra-
titude the preference given in the choice of locality to Cork, we are
determined to make its reception here worthy of ourselves, our visit-
ors, and our country.

“« Resolved,—That, to give effect to this determination by making
the requisite arrangement for the reception of the Association, and
in conformity with the constitution of that body, the following gen-
tlemen be now chosen a Local Council, subject to the approval of the
General Council in London, and to them shall be entrusted the pre-
' vious preparations and the management of the other details on this
interesting occasion.

“ Resolved,—That a Sub-Committee for each of the seven scien-
tific sections be selected by the Local Council, to consist of members;
namely, one Committee for the Section of Mathematics and Phy-
sical Science, one for Chemistry and Mineralogy, one for Geology
and Geography, one for Zoology and Botany, one for Anatomy and
Medicine, one for Statistics, one for Mechanical Science; and to
these Committees shall be entrusted the duty of framing, as far as

76 Miscellaneous.

may be practicable, collections relating to agricultural, zoological,
and geological subjects, and procuring scientific communications,
uniting local with general interest.

‘“« Resolved,—That we recommend that a Sub-Committee be also
appointed by the Local Council, to whom shall be committed the
care of enlisting, through the medium of the Local and Metropolitan
Press, and by other such means, the national interest in this im-
portant undertaking.

‘“‘Resolved,—That the Local Council be requested to organize
committees of correspondence in London, Dublin, Belfast, Limerick,
Waterford, and with whom communications may be opened connected
with this subject ; and that a Committee for sending invitations to di-
stinguished scientific men, foreigners and others, be also appointed.

«« Resolved,—That the Local Council do request the Agricultural
Association of this county to appoint a Committee from their body
to co-operate with the Local Council in its arrangements for rendering
the visit of the Association permanently and practically useful.

“‘ Resolved,—That it is desirable to hold during the meeting of the
Association an exhibition of the manufactures of Ireland, including
“the tabinets of Dublin, the linens of Belfast, and the lace-fabrics of
Limerick, and that the Local Council be recommended to make the
necessary arrangements to effect so important an object.

‘«* Resolved,—That a request be made to the Committee of the Art-
Union not to open the Exhibition of Pictures next year until the
meeting of the Association, and that it be not confined to the pro-
ductions of resident artists alone, but be open for the exhibition of
works of eminent artists, living and dead, connected with Ireland.”

EPILOBIUM VIRGATUM, FRIES.

In a review of Dr. Deakin’s ‘ Florigraphia Britannica,’ it is stated
(Ann. N. H.ix. 340) that that botanist had found the Epilobium vir-
gatum (Fries) in the neighbourhood of Lincoln, and I have now the
satisfaction of recording, that during the summer of 1842 I gathered
it myself, on the sides and bottoms of deep ditches in peat bogs, in
several spots above the High Force in Teesdale, Durham ; and also
near Caerlaverock (in the Lochar Moss), Dumfries-shire. I likewise
obtained specimens at Ventry, in the county of Kerry, in July 1841.
This plant closely resembles H. tetragonum (Linn.), from which it is
most easily distinguished by its scions, which spring from the lower
joints of the stem, not the root, are very slender, and do not termi-
nate in a rose-shaped cluster of leaves ; those of HL. tetragonum being
short, rather stout, spring directly from the root, and produce a ter-
minal rose-shaped cluster of leaves. It is probable that H. virgatum
is not an uncommon plant in peat mosses. It may be as well to add,
that the same character distinguishes E. alsinifolium from E. alpi-
num.—C. C. B. |

HABITS OF TARSIPES SPENSER.

Some months ago I described a new animal from South Australia
sent me by Governor Grey. Mrs. Grey has sent me the following very

Miscellaneous. ri

interesting account of its habits :—‘‘ We had two of them for some
time in our possession ; the first specimen which is sent home died,
I fear from starvation, for I was told that they feed on roots and nuts;
but this I found was a mistake, for they are carnivorous and feed on
moths and flies, at least the last we had did so; it used to take the
moths, &c. by their two wings, holding them by its fore paws; it ate
the bodies, and the wings it threw away. I never saw it drink. It
generally slept during the day rolled up like a ball, but of a night it
became very lively, and was fond of climbing branches of trees; it
would hang suspended by its tail to a small branch, and suddenly
jump to another. They were both found by men while ploughing,
lying in a nest of grass and fur in a state of stupor. The last lived
for many months, and made its escape from us.’’ Capt. Grey adds,
“it was a great pet.”—J. E. Gray.

NEW BRITISH PLANT.

Mr. Robert Embleton of Embleton, in the county of Northumber-
land, has sent me a specimen of the Majanthemum bifolium (DeC.),
Convallaria bifolia (Linn.), gathered in the woods at Howick in that
county. He states that it also occurs at Kenwood, and that he has
every reason to believe that it is ¢ruly indigenous in both places.
As this plant is found in simuar situations in France, Germany and
Sweden, I can see no reason for doubting its being a native of Bri-
tain.—C. C. B.

NOTE ON HOM@GOCLADIA ANGLICA, AG.*

The following remarks on Homeocladia anglica (Microcoleus ma-
rinus, Harv.) will, I hope, tend to remove the confusion which has
prevailed respecting the name of that plant. When in 1835 I first
found it near Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths and myself thought that it was
a species of Schizonema: one specimen was then forwarded to Dr.
Greville, but probably overlooked, as he made no remarks upon it.
Mr. Harvey, to whom J sent another, named it Oscillatoria chthono-
plastes, a.; but as I subsequently pointed out to him that it had
none of the characters of Oscillatoria, and also differed in almost
every respect from Conf. vaginata, ‘E. Bot.,’ with which it was
united in the ‘ Br. Flora,’ he has in his ‘ Manual’ described it as a
species of Microcoleus, Desm., under the specific name of marinus.

In the meantime, Mrs. Griffiths and Mr. Borrer examined it to-
gether and considered it a Schtzonema, whence Mr. Borrer gave it
the name of S. zylodes. Afterwards suspecting that it might be
Homeocladia anglica, 1 requested Mr. Borrer to compare its structure
with a specimen of H. martiana sent him by Agardh, and I here sub-
join the result of his examination :—‘‘ I have examined, as well as I
could, the ‘Sch. xylodes,’ and Agardh’s specimen of Homeocladia
martiana. ‘The structure is surely the same in both, a tube contain-
ing (possibly composed of) oscillatoria-like threads, which seem more
broken into short bits in Agardh’s plant than in the other, the ‘ frus-
tules,’ I suppose, and the white interstices, represented in Ayardh’s

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

78 Miscellaneous.

fig. e. Ido not find the ‘bimate series’ of frustules, but I cannot
affirm that they do not exist: neither can I make out the ramifica-
tion of either. Agardh’s ‘nec facile definitur structura in specimine
exsiccato’ 1s quite applicable to both. Agardh’s plant is rather more
slender and of a greener brown.”

My supposition now seemed very probable, but a few days since I
was fully assured of its correctness on comparing my plant with a
specimen of H. anglica in my friend Mr. Berkeley’s herbarium, which
he received from M. Crouan of Brest, and which I presume was so
named by Agardh._Joun Ratrs, Penzance.

JUNCUS DIFFUSUS, HOPPE, AND DROSERA OBOVATA, M. AND K.

M. W. Sander, of Hamburgh, has just informed me that he has
received these two plants from Scotland, under other names. The
Juncus was gathered at “ Kincardine’’-shire (?), in wet places; it is
distinguished from J. effusus by the shape of its capsule and the pith
being continuous. (See Koch, Syn. Fl. Germ. 727.) The Drosera
grew at Lochnacross in Dumfries-shire, and was named D. longifolia.
I may add, that all my Scottish specimens of D. anglica would pro-
bably be referred to D. obovata; and that I do not consider it as a
distinct species, but only a variety of that plant.—C. C. B.

WHITE'S THRUSH.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Will you oblige me by noticing in the next number of the ‘Annals’
the occurrence in this island of White’s Thrush, Turdus White: ?
This very rare bird was obtained about ten days since, in the neigh-
bourhood of Bandon, co. Cork, by R. L. Allman, Esq., and is now in
my possession. It agrees in every respect with Yarrell’s description
of the thrush shot by Lord Malmesbury in Hampshire, and is pecu-
liarly interesting when we recollect that the present is the first re-
corded instance of the occurrence of Turdus Whitei in Ireland; and
that unless we suppose the thrush in the collection of Mr. Bigge,
which Yarrell contrasts with the Earl of Malmesbury’s bird, to be
of the same species with the latter, his lordship’s specimen is the
only one which has hitherto been noticed as occurring in any part
of the British Islands.

Very faithfully yours,
Dublin, 6 Grattan Street, Dec. 15, 1842. Gero. Jas. ALLMAN.

FOSSIL MAMMALIA.

Mr. Blyth, Curator to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, in his report
of presents received by the Society, states that he has been so for-
tunate as to discover, among the numerous valuable relics from the
Sivalik ranges, which were presented to the Society by Col. Colvin,
part of the head and bony cores of the horns of a large species of
Ovis, nearly allied to, if not absolutely identical with, the O. Ammon
of Siberia ; and a corresponding portion of a true Jbez, to all appear-
ance identical with the species (Capra Sakeen, nobis,) which still
inhabits the loftiest Himalayan crags. It is unnecessary to dwell

Meteorological Observations. 79

here upon the conclusive proof afforded by the occurrence of these
_ highly interesting remains of the existence of lofty, and even snow-
clad, mountain heights in the immediate vicinity of the region then
tenanted by the Sivatherium and its extinct contemporaries; but I
shall avail myself of the earliest opportunity to draw up a memoir
on the subject, illustrated by figures of the splendid fossils, which
there cannot be the slightest hesitation in identifying (generically)
as aforesaid.

CURATORSHIP OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Our able correspondent Mr. E. Forbes, lately appointed to suc-
ceed our lamented colleague Mr. Don in the Botanical chair in King’s
College London, has also been selected by the council of the Geolo-
gical Society, from a list of nine candidates, (several of whom pre-
ferred very strong scientific claims,) to be the successor of Mr. Lons-
dale, as Curator and Librarian of the Society. We have much satis-
faction in stating that the choice of the Council was confirmed by an
unanimous vote of a Special Meeting of the Society held on the 14th
of December.

——d

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOVEMBER 1842.

Chiswick.—Nov. 1. Cloudless and very fine: foggy at night. 2. Foggy. 3.
Hazy. 4. Cloudy: slight showers. 5. Overcast: sleet. 6. Slight showers :
cloudy. 7,8. Cloudy. 9. Densely overcast: stormy, with rain at night. 10,
11. Rain. 12, Stormy and wet: clear at night. 13, Boisterous, with rain.
14. Overcast: very fine: boisterous, with heavy rain at night. 15. Stormy and
wet: foggy. 16. Rain: drizzly : clear at night. 17,18. Overcast. 19. Heavy
rain, 20, Overcast. 21. Clear. 22. Rain, with some sleet. 23. Lightly
overcast: rain. 24. Fine: lightning, with rain at night. 25. Heavy rain. 26.
Clear and fine. 27. Vine: stormy, with rain at night. 28. Cloudy: rain: fine.
29, 30. Very fine.— Mean temperature of the month 0°18 above the average.

Boston.—Nov. 1. Fine. 2. Foggy. 3. Cloudy. 4. Fine: rain early a.m.:
hail and rainer.m. 45. Fine: rain p.m. 6—8. Fine. 9. Windy: rain p.m,
10. Cloudy: rain p.m. 11. Stormy: rain early a.m.: rain pM. 12. Fine.
13. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 14. Cloudy. 15. Cloudy: rain early a.m.
16. Cloudy: rain a.m.and p.m. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy. 19. Rain. 20, 21.
Fine. 22. Rain: rain early a.m.: snow p.m. 23. Fine: raine.m. 24. Rain:
rainearly am. 25, Fine. 26,27. Fine: rainr.m. 28. Rain: rain early a..:
raine.M. 29. Fine. 30. Cloudy: rain early a.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1. Drizzle. 2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy: clear:
aurora. 4. Veryclear: aurora. 5,6. Cloudy. 7. Sleet-showers. 8. Damp:
rain. 9, Rain: showers. 10, Sleet-showers: cloudy. 11. Damp: rain. 12.
Rain. 13. Rain: showers. 14. Snow-showers: sleet-showers. 15. Frost
_ and a little snow: clear and frosty. 16, 17. Frost: cloudy and frosty. 18.
Cloudy : drizzle. 19. Drizzle: damp. 20. Drops: clear, 21. Hail-showers :
clear: frost. 22. Cloudy: rain. 23. Cloudy: drops. 24—27. Showers. 28.
Showers: a galeand rain. 29. Clear. 30. Cloudy: clear.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.-—Nov. 1. Fair and fine. 2,3. Fair but dull.
4. Fair butdull: clear. 5. Fair but dull: hoar-frost a.m. 6. Fair but dull:
afew drops. 7. Fair but dull. 8. Slight shower. 9. Heavy rain. 10. Frost
A-M.: raine.M. 11. Heavy rain. 12. Wet a.m.: cleared and fine. 13. Fair:
hoar-frost a.m, 14. Fair and fine: frost p.m. 15. Fair, but raw and cold. 16.
Fair and keen, 17. Fair but cloudy, 18. A few drops of rain. 19. Wet morn-
ing. 20. Fair, but raw and cloudy. 21. Fair: frost a.m. 22. Snow: frost:
raine.M. 23. Fair and fine: slight frost. 24, Rain and wind. 25, 26. Rain.
27. Wet morning: cleared. 28. Storm of wind and rain. 29. Slight showers,
50. Fair and fine.

ge *
4
» < “ ya
eee ——S a=, .. — _
, ;

a ie 8t0-F *
ae sa. Lh 08.8)ZF.p |uing 16-68 | 1F-0F |-9E | 8-SF| B-ZF | 08-98 60-6F, F-TF | 0.6F | 0-FF [202-6 |669.63 |6F9.62 | £9.62] 62.62 | 269.62 | 924.62 | 812.62 | ue

ae | ee |S ee oe Be

-
é
=

4

ae oe

ie ae

:

mt yp pet or. | to. | ego. | ¢s ‘s | umyeo| “Mm | ‘wm |. OF |FIb | 6E [OF | S-EF| 6z | SS | O-FF| ZIG | SOF | 02.62 | OF.6z | 29.62 | FF.62 | zz.6% | G09.62 | $26.62 | 299.62 | “oe
> ~ | GP | 18+ /06-0/ 01. | 10- | 190.| “as | *s | wyea| ‘ms | ‘as | Gh | OF | GE f6F |. IF] GE | SS | Z-FE| EPG | FFF | 93-62 | 60-62 | 22-64 | 80.62 | z0.6z | 619.62 | 279.62 | OFS-62 | *6z
os cp lot 10G. | £0. |zzze| ‘a | cass | ¢s *s ‘as | fer | er | Ze | og | Zr] oF | 9 | 0-€F | 8.69 | £.6F | 88.82 | 81.62 | 8.84 | $4.86 | Go.9z | £68.82 | 99%-6z | FF6.8z | *gz
Ee gs OF | 6%. | a0. [Fz [et] ta | casa | wea] +s “s 88 |fIt \foE |For | ZE| Er | OG | G.OF | 0.6F | Z.2F | 0.6 | GZ.6z | ZT.6% | 60-62 | 96.9z | 690.62 | FFE-6z | 908.62 | *Zz
fees OF el 19. [GOT | *a ‘a | wyeo| -ms | ‘ass | SF | er | 8S | SF] BSE) Gz | OG | SIF | O.ZF | F-8F | O.66 | OT.6z | 06-88| F486] £9.82 | 090-62 | 806.62 | F60-6z | *9z
ar GO. |@I- | 008. | *a ‘9 | wed) *s awa's) GPF | TLh |FOr [fOr | IF] GE | 8h | 8.ZP | Z.BF | G-FF | 01-63 | 40.62 | 89.86 | £9-82| 19.82 | 918.8% | 886-8z | 006-82 | “ce
OF 03- |S. | SOI. | *a ‘a9 | ued; ‘ms | *s | fer | Le | 1g | €F | Sr| oF | OF | 2.88 | SOF | Z.EF | 80.62 | LT.6% | 99.86 | 22.86) I¢.82 | 862.8% | 068.82 | 806-82 | “Fz
— lg cz. | tt. |ZZ1.| ‘a | ‘as | wea] «ms | °s Ze |¢ge | 0& | 66 | OF) Ge | Zr | 9-SE | F.68 | F.8E | 08-62 | 98-62 | 90-62 | 81.62} 01.6z | ZS1-6z | $8.62 | 96F.6z | *ez
Ze ol. |Zt. (pre. | cu *9 “uml” <q ‘as | Foe | ce [fee | g¢ | OF! og | 6 | F-OE | &.9F| £.S¢ | GE-6c | LEGS | $1.62 | €2-62| 11.62 | 892-62 | 60F-6z | OzF.6z | “zz
8 seeree] Zo, [essere | ogy ‘a | wyeo} ‘ou | ‘u | 6G | FE |¥6Z | GE |9-ZE| TE | OF | SOF | 9.6F | 6.0F | 22.66 | $6.62 | 99.62 | 64.6 | FF.6z | 429.62 | 662.62 | 008.6z | *1z
+P SI. [tere “9 ‘ou | wyeo| ‘au “YW se |foe 88 | oF | Sh; te | Gr |8-Ze|8.2¢/ ..9F | 96-62 | 26.62 | 92:66 | $2.62 | 6¢.6z | 212.62 | 822.6z | 882.6z | ‘oz
| IF ze. | 28. “A | fess | “ms | «ms | ¢s ly | IF | #8 | Gh] OF! cp | GS | F8E | E.SF | 8.EF | £6.62 | 06.62 | 19.66 | 12.66 | 9/.62 | ZEZ.6z | 0OT-0¢ | ZEz.08| “61
Ze praceRyesaues *s ‘9 | wyed| *s ‘9 | fOr | oF | Ze | FF |G.8E| Qo | Sh | BOF | 0.SF |°E.1F | 1Z.0€ | OI.08 66-0 | E1.08 | ZIF-0E | ZES-0¢ | Z89.08| *81 O
Ze Esians|tentes ‘au | ‘asa | wyeo| ‘au | ‘ouu | foe |Ste ce | rr | OF] O€ | Se | z-6e | e.oF| Z.0F | e.08 | 86.08 $6.08 | $8.6z | GBI-0€ | [Sh-0¢ | GEZ.08| “ZT
ies ef sel tz. 1 ZO. ‘au | ‘aua | ‘a ‘a | ‘au | SE | GE fe | ZF | Ger} Ze | Sh | g-EF | 0.ZF | 0.FF | 08.08 | ST.08 84.66 | St.6z | £12.62 | 968.62 | coZ.6z| ‘ot
cP sseeceHar Ten Zee “2. | ou |woreo)|) “a ‘3 re | ce £20 | th] FF! FE | OF | ZF | 9.19] €.€F | 90.08 | £6.64 89.68 | €£.6z | FI9 62 | 1€9-6z | 989.6¢ | “ST
Lf gg. | Z9. ‘u jauu | mea} ‘a | *m | og | og (¢se | tr lo.ZF| ep | |¢ | 2.9 | 0.9¢| Z.Zr | 98.62 | £0.62 29.68 | 61.62 | $49.66 | €92-6z | 022.66) “FI
Ly Feenes! Gz, ‘ou | "msm | U[vO | “ms | ‘ass | sé | for lf6e | Ze | BF] GE | FE | 0-8F | S.9¢ | 0.0¢ | FF.6z | 92.62 S1.66 | 26.82 | £86.63 | LoF.6 | 619.66 | “er
8 sel Qo. | OF. "a |-msm | wea | *m ‘m | fp | St | sb | 6F | Zr| ob | Se | ¢.6F | 0.G¢ | 9.19 | F1.62 | $0.66 68.8 | Z9.8z | 090.62 | 919-6z | 21.6% | “ZT
cf rt] 80- | Ze. ufq m! ‘asa | -s *s "Ss | €% |¥ee \fse | Gr] FF] Le | OG | BEF | g.ce | 2.09 | ZI.62 | 26.62 £6.82 | £2.86 | 680.6z | 8F9-6z | 081.6 | “11
Gb | Zt. ear. | 0. on ‘asa | mea | +s ‘sg Or | 6& | OF | St 1G.8F] IF | OS | 0.FF | 8.6% | F.8F | 0G.62 | 62.6% OF-62 | 02.6% | F6F.6z | 199-62 | $89.66| ‘or ©
Le | 9g. [ereresfee e+] 50. ‘MS |*MSM |] “AM | TAS | S| Sh | OS [far |fOS | Fr] pH | GF | 8-IF | Z.oF | ZF | 06.82 | 02.8 61-62 | ZE.6z | FE9.6z | OFZ-6z | 908.62 | *6
} 6£ Ol. eeeveeleeeceslscsece "Mm *MUM wed "MU “MU CPE SP els gr ¢.8& RE OF 9.0F G-8P €.3F GE-6G €8.6% 66-66 CL.66 696.62 QZI1-0¢ GST1.0€ °3
Ga | ras |eeereseo"} TOs ‘mu | ‘au | uv | ‘ou | “Mu | &p |For | Ze [fOr | S| ge | SF | F-8E | 9.EF | ZF | 00.08 | 0€.08 1.0€ | 88.66 | 660.0€ | 18T-0¢ | O€T.08 | *Z
ge |*""""" 0.0] OL- | TO. ‘Mu | ‘u /uvO | ‘au | ‘u | sh {FIb [Fle |¢Zp | 88] os | Zr | L.9€ | 8.9F | €.8E | EF.08 | 6F.08 G6.06 | £8.66 | Z2I-0E | 8FI-0E | G0Z.0E | 9
2S oe RE A (8 ‘uj ‘auu | we | -ou | ‘u | Sh | fOr | FE | OF} IF] ze | OF | F-ZE | F-SF | 6.GF | 19.08 | SS.08 0€-0E | 08.62 | FOT-0€ | £21-0€ | O61-0€ | *s
: | ge peas. +80. ‘as ‘9 | wed | ‘au |*muu| O6 {| sé | sé | Zr | OF] IE | GF | 8-ZE | 0.6F | S.6€ | $9.08 | FF.0E O1-0€ | 29.62 | &20.0€ | 691-0¢ | 090.08 | *F
| SF Be) 86; cr | 86 | GF | SF} FE | OF | 0-BF | 0.Z¢ | E.EF | 8Z.0€ | 0Z.0E 86.62 | 69.6 | £86.62 | €86-6z | 000.08 | *¢
Gp |rtttee cerealeceeee|esseee { TS | 8-8h | 9.2 | €.8F | Z.0€ | FB.0€ 20.08 | £9.62 | $80-0€ | QGI-0E | OFI.08| 2 @
steenelecones g¢ 6-65 | F-£9 | 6.FF | ZZ.0E | O1.08 80-0€ | 09.62 | FIT.O€ | 918-0¢ | FEZ-0€ | *T

© ©
ml wa Pee) D S » 2 ek |. Bed trd (cord! | ‘ur Z

» a S QQ) o | Pt | S| Peo | & S] S pum xm jp 2 | we ure | *ur ule : ; ml Ag
os ne. 5 ¢ $5 oo = ee 2g 25 a S =. no | Ber) Be = x [oem 5 | & | Saryeg [3S] $8 $6 6 é& |e | Ba |. Xen =¢ S os
Pe a eleotott ae Oa) gol ae | Sa} Eg | oe | |e Ca, || SAR 2 ee» 2 & apie
Ea lige (ae) = |po =O ot. io) Sa] p36 |. ; ° ° : ~ re) Smo

Sxq|* ee ea S|) S ‘ = a ce yormpues | ‘omys | 3 5 |. ie ae yoOLMpueg artys a en BO 2 oe
Sy Se lerieet er |g.) | By R | BS | tougg |-yuing | * ~ | MMO] “SA tUOPUOT | KSugg | -soryuna | °° ih edit oe a)
fo) = U oO 2
—- CD S ee
a “ule y "PUL | "LOJOULOWAIY J, "1a 9ULOIR pape

| scutes

“RANYUGQ ‘asunyy younpuvg Jv ‘uojsno[y ‘CQ ‘Ady 247 Ag pun {aUIHS-salusIWAG
‘asunyy yuunoajddy yo ‘xequaq *A\ ‘sey 947 49 {NOLSog 3” “ea AYN 29 fuopuo'y svau ‘MOIMSIHY) Jv hya120g pounynoysopy ayy fo UapLvy ay] JD
uosdwoyy ayy 29 ‘ uoyaqoy ‘ayy ‘Aumqau005 qunzsissp ay) fig ‘Noanxor] ‘hjqa0g yohoy ay} fo siusupind yy ay] 1p apou suoywasasgy yonSoj0L0a;a 7

x |
CATALOGUE
FOR 1843,
OF A CHOICE COLLECTION

OF

FLORICULTURAL, VEGETABLE,
AND AGRICU LTURAL

SEEDS,

COMPRISING UPWARDS OF
ONE THOUSAND SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF FLOWER SEEDS,

AND AMONG OTHERS,

SOME SPLENDID ASSORTMENTS OF

German Asters, Stocks, Ginnias, Hollyhocks,
&c. &c. (Page 4) ;

BESIDES A NUMEROUS LIST OF OTHER ESTABLISHED
FAVOURITES, AND MANY NEW AND RARE SEEDS,
Well worthy the attention of Florists and Amateurs in general.

~ vw

THE LISTS OF VEGETABLE AND AGRICULTURAL SEEDS

WILL BE FOUND TO CONTAIN ALL THE LEADING
AND MOST APPROVED VARIETIES.

TO BE HAD OF

JAMES CARTER,

SEEDSMAN AND FLORIST,
258, HIGH HOLBORN, LONDON.

*,* The German Seeds are from the usual source.

[Entered at Stationers’ Hall. }

ts

2 | ae

THE NECESSARY EXPLANATION

Respecting the Linnean Classes and Orders, the Natural Orders, Duration, Height,
Colour of the Flower, Time of Flowering, and Price, in Eight Columns, are given
below. The exemplification will be found at Page 5.

LLL OO eee

1st and 2nd Columns.—The Linnean Classes and Orders. 3rd.—Natural Orders.
4th Column.—Hardiness and Duration of each plant.
h. hardy; hh. half-hardy; t. tender; ¥. frame ;—G. greenhouse ;—S.

Stove perennial; a. annual (last 1 year); b. biennial (last 2 years) ;
p- perennial (last many years).—Application: ha. hardy annual;
hha. half-hardy annual; ta. tender annual; fa. frame annual;
fgh. frame or greenhouse; ghh. and hgh. green or hothouse; sa. stove
annual; hb. hardy. biennial; hhb. half-hardy biennial, &c. &c.

5th Column.—Colour: bl. blue; b. & w. blue and white, &c.; d. dark; 1. light;
d. r. dark red; div. diverse, &c. &c.; stri. striped, &c.

6th Column.— Usual height of the plant in feet ; trai. trailer.

7th Column.—Usual month of flowering: 6, June; 6-9, June to September, &c. &c.

8th Column.—Price per Packet. 6d. Packets may be had of those marked 3d., &c.

Time oF Sowinc.—Hardy Annuals, February till June, andin Autumn. Hardy
Biennials and Perennials, April till June, andin Autumn. Half-hardy Annuals, &c.
in March, April, or May, on a moderate hot-bed. Many of the Biennials and
Perennials marked hh will stand the winter without protection; they, as well as
the half-hardy Annuals, with few exceptions, may likewise be sown on a warm
border early in May. Thetender Annuals require more than one hot-bed.

The Greenhouse Climbers marked ** may be planted in the borders in May.

* Dwarf Plants proper for the edgings of beds. ** Ornamental Climbers.
+ Biennials, &c. that usually flower the first year; sp. species, var. variety.
The dots | ... | .«. | -«- | «.. | indicate arepetition ; pl. plures, many ; ea. from.

I. The 24 Linnean Classes. (See Miscel. Flower Seeds, 1st Col.)

The Linnzan Classes are founded on the Sexual Organs.

a. Stamens (male organs) equal. c. Stamens united in sets.
No. 1. Monan‘dria 1 stamen | No. 16. Monadelphia, 1 se¢
( 2. Diandria : 2 stamens 17. Diadelphia, 2 se¢s
3. Triandria PIU, 18. Polyadelphia, many sets
4 Tetrandria 4 ” | d. Compound Flowers (Asters, &c.).
5. Pentandria 5 a 19 ‘Sripenssia
6. Hexandria 6 Pe re
7. Heptandria 7 7 e. Stamens on the style.
_ | 8. Octandria Srhurit | 20. Gynandria
Z| 9. Enneandria 9 ” f. Male and female separated.
24 10.Decandria . 10 ,, 21. Monee’cia, on one plant
cs | 11. Dodecandria 12 to 19 8. in the| 22. Dice’cia, on different plants
cu ;
V2. Teossdaste 20ormore S.onthe| 3: Male, female, and hermap hrodite
bane | flowers, on one or different plants.
13. Polyandria, many Stamens 23. Polygamia, many marriages
b. Stamens unequal. h, Flowers wanting, or incomplete.
14. Didynamia, 2 long, 2 short 24, Cryptogamia, hidden marriages
15. Tetradynamia,4 ,, 2 ,, (Ferns, Mosses, Sc.)

r

a | . 6

Il. The Linnean Orders. (See Miscel. Flower Seeds, 2nd Column.)

The Linnzan Orders are founded on the Sexual Organs, Seeds, or Pods.

a. Orders founded on the Styles, or No. 48. Polyandria many stamens
Jemale organs. c. On the sets of Stamens.

No. 25. Monogynia - Lstyle 49. Monadelphia, 1 sez.
26. Digynia 2 styles d. Styles and stamens united.
27. Di-pentagynia UL inde 50. Gynandria
28. Trigynia “Nl: Pak e. Male and female separate.
29. Tetragynia oe ae wy 51. Monee’cia, on one plant
30. Pentagynia ee 52. Dice’cia, on different plants
31. Hexagynia 25 SB ITT f. On the Polygamy.
32. Heptagynia eet 78 53 dams ee eequalis, or
33. Decagynia » RO ins Equal Polyjyamy
34. Dodecagynia Pot 54 eon superflua
35. Polygynia many * | Superfluous Polygamy

b. On the Stamens (male organs). Polygamia frustranea

5. {

36. Monan’dria . 1 stamen Frustrated Polygamy
37. Diandria . 2 stamens , Leon necessaria
38. Triandria ee Necessary Polygamy
39. Tetrandria mt”; 57 J Polygamia segregata
40. Pentandria a ME! 99 " | Separated Polygamy
41. Hexandria aude ear, g. On the Seeds.

42. Heptandria Jan a 58 (ees

43. Octandria oc an aren Naked seeds

44. Enneandria PS iy5 59. Angiosper’mia, in a capsule
45. Decandria Sate b BREE h. On the Pods.

46. Dodecandria . 12 ,, 60. Siliculosa, a small pod
47. Icosandria , 320-5, 61. Siliquosa, a long pod.

Ill. The Natural Orders. (See Miscel. Flower Seeds, 3rd Column.)

The Natural Orders are founded on Structural Affinities.

62. Acanthacez
63. Amaranthaceze
64. Amaryllidaceze
65. Aquifoliacee
66. Apocynacee
67. Aristolochiacee
68. Asclepiadacee
69. Balsaminacee
70. Berberidacee
71. Bignoniadceze
72. Boraginacee
73. Bruniacee

74, Byttneridcez
75. Cactacee

76. Campanulaceze
77. Capparidaceze
78. Celastracee
79. Cistacee

80. Cobeeaceze

81. Commelinaceez
82. Composite

83, Convolvulaceze

. Crassulacee

. Crucifere

. Cucurbitacez

. Dipsacea

. Ericacez

. Euphorbiacez
. Ficoidez

. Fumariacee

. Graminee

. Gentianacee

. Geraniacee

. Gesneracee

. Grossularidcee
. Hemodoracee
. Hydrophyliacez
. Hypericaceze

. Iridaceze

. Labiata

. Legumindse

. Liliaceze

. Limnanthaceze
105.

Linacee

106.
107,
108.
109.
110.
111,
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.

Loasacez 128,
Lobeliaceze 129.
Lythraceze 130.
Magnoliaceze 131.
Marantacez 132.
Malvaceze 133.
Melastomaceze 134,
Myrsinaceze 135,
Myrtaceze 136.
Nyctagineze 137
Nympheaceze 138.
Onagrarize 139.
Oxalidaceze 140,
Palmze 141,
Papaveraceze 142,
Passifloraceze 143.
Pittospordceze 144,
Polemoniaceze 145,
Polygalaceze 146,
Polygonaceze 147.
Portulaceze 148.
Primulaceze

Proteaceze
Ranunculaceze
Resedaceze
Rosaceze
Rutaceze
Saxifragaceze
Scrophulariacez
Sesameéze
Silenaceze
Solanaceze
Stellatze
Sterculiaceze
Stylidiaceze
Thymelaceze
Tiliaceze
Tropzeolaceze
Umbelliferze
Valerianaceze
Verbenaceze
Violaceze
Zygophyllaceze

The names of the Natural Orders ending in acee are chiefly derived from generic
names, as Campanulacez from Campanula, a plant with bell-shaped flowers, the

type of the order.

Such as end in @ only are not derived from generic names, as

Composite, Palme, &c., the latter of which comprehends the whole of the mag-

nificent tribe of Palms, comprising upwards of forty known genera.
EE Ee) SOS CORI SATE: LARES OOS RE SCRE

No.

1. 32 splendid varieties quilled German Aster ...... 8

2. The same in smaller Packets ............ 5

3. 12 very fine varieties quilled German Aster...... 4

4, The same in smaller Packets. ..... 3. «ou essere Ww

5. 8 fine varieties Pyramidal German Aster ...... 2

6. The same in smaller Packets.............. 1

7. 16 fine varieties Dwarf German Aster .......... 5

8. The same in smaller Packets............ ean oe

9. 60 varieties German Stock.......... 2.20000 17
10. The same in smaller Packets.......... 5.2% 10
11. 25 very fine varieties Dwarf German Stock...... 8
LZ The same in smaller Packets ......:..0::0. shoe
13. 12 finest varieties Dwarf German Stock ........ 5
14, The same in’smaller Packets .... 2.02.09 5°°8
15. 12 finest varieties Branching German Stock. . Me at 3
16, The same in smaller Packets.............. 2
17. 12 fine varieties Wallflower-leaved German Stock. 4
18. The same in smaller Packets........ 020 2
19. 15 very fine varieties Autumnal Nosegay Stock .. 5
20. The same.in}smaller Packets. .-. .4.. ./ «sieve ae
21. 16 fine varieties Winter or Biennial Stock ...... 4
29 The same in smaller Packets ........v004 3
23. 8 very fine varieties Winter or Biennial Stock .. 2
24. The same in smaller Packets ...........- 1
25. 12 finest varieties German Wallflower ..........- 5
26 The same in smaller Packets...........00% 3
27. 12 finest varieties German Dwarf Larkspur...... 3
28. 8 very fine varieties German Tall Larkspur .... 2
29. 20 fine varieties Double; Poppy, ..cmakey aeieeane 4
30. 8 extra fine varieties Scabidsa grandiflora ...-.. 2
31. 16 very fine varieties Cockscomb ........0..-0% i)
32. 16 finest varieties Double Balsam .... 2. 00. 02.. 4
33. 12 finest varieties French and African Marigold .. 2
34. 36 very fine varieties Double Hollyhock ........ Ficctd
35. 24 extra fine varieties Zinnia élegans...... Po eGoede 8
36; 212 ditto ditto!) sbonrisiar, 4) AE ad oa

ASSORTMENTS -
OF
GERMAN FLOWER SEEDS
IN THE ORIGINAL SEALED PACKETS.

** The Smaller Packets are only adapted for Small Gardens.

~

es == 2 &
SS ORDOSCHOOC SOOO DOD OODBSCOSMSOSOSCOOASCSCAMMSOS:

CATALOGUE.

N.B. The Numbers 1 to 24 represent the 24 Linnean Classes (see Column Ist),
whereas those indicating the Linnezan Orders (2nd Column) and the Natural
Orders (3rd Column) are arbitrary; their signification is given above (see Page
2nd). Example, Adenéphora, 5, 25, 76, belongs to the 5th Linnzan Class, Pen-
tandria, the flower having 5 Stamens; to the Linnean Order Monogynia, from
its having 1 Style (Pistillum); and to the Natural Order Campanulacee, plants with
Bell-shaped Flowers. .

_ . MISCELLANEOUS FLOWER SEEDS.

_, The following Plants, with few exceptions, and these, if necessary, are indicated,
have no popular name ; thus Adenéphora suaveolens is rendered Fragrant Adené-
phora, §ce.—In giving orders it is sufficient to mention the number.

_ A —indicatesa variety. () That the word)

is not literally translated, or is superadded. 2 3 By 4 | o ad
-N Sie Tlie sis om aS
hyp THE ACCENTS. ; 55) eas

d, &, 2, 0, %, ), as in Aca-cia, Gardé-nia, Lupi-nus,| = | = Ss aS Bisiaio2 e

Cti-cumis, H)-acinth. sisi 5 Sig S/H IS 5] &

d, €, t, 6, and ¥, as in Itdl-ica, él-egans, bic-olor,| 3 | 5 c= BO|2&| 2 5 — 38

_ Neméph-ila (% does not occur). Ssizim. iS lmlee | a
Scientific Name.

No.G | feet s.d.
7 Acacia arabica Arabian 23)51,102), S.:;-wh.| 20/}5-7| 6
8 Catechu Catechu as Sul lpp9si| Datel CHB

39 ferruginea Serruginous 2 r. b. eee /( 000

40 lopantha crested a. ofS AO GS yell 6-628 | 16

41 —_— specidsa showy wedleos{ ees | Se | pur. 10) 7-9) 6

42 — stipulata larye-stipuled |...\...) +++ | «0. | wh. | 20] 5-7 | 6

43 ~ sp. ex Huasco (new Chile sp.) |...|...|.+- | G. | pur.|.3 1 6

44 6sp. N. Hollandie |New Holland Te a 4 |5-8)1 6

45 Adendphora Gmelini Gmelin’s 5 125|76 | hptip. bl.) 2 | 6-8! 4

46 - marsupifldra purse-flowered \...3... wells PU P2h 15-71 4

47 - stylosa long-styled hash. | aan sil 4

48 < suavéolens. rarer ragrand VPP \a-haadoes one dtealye {keds b221 68 4

49 Adesmia, sp. ex Coquimbo|(sp. Chile, No. 1.)|16|45}102! hhp| yel. | 5 bg

50 sp. ex Arguéros (sp. Chile, No. 2.)}...|... ry es gk, 16

51 Adlumia cirrhésa** tendrilled (17/41) 91} hp |w&p; 15} 6-9} 4

92 Adonis vernalis vernal 13)35/129; hpt} yel.| 1 |38-5| 4
53 Ageratum mexicanum | Mexican 19/53} 82} ha} bl. | 2 |7-8} 3
\54 odoratum fragrant.o+y .\saslee. ays dliegslell spate denst eiee cy OCR
55 Alonsda grandiflora large-flowered |14\59)134\hhpt) sc. | 14)}6-9| 6
06 Alstroeméria aurantiaca orange 6/25) 64) hpft) or. | 23) 6-8) 6
57 Flos. Martini (three-coloured) }...\... ... |hhp{3-co. 2}... (1 0
158 — —_ pulchella - pretéy ico) adits Woo] rade 178s Gel UG
99 sp.ex Coquimbo _|(Chileansp.,new))...|..4| ++ | «.+| pur.| 2 16

.— (fine mived) — |...1... vee | oe, | div. |div.| div. |1 0

61 Alyssum saxétile rock 15/60; 85 | hpt/ yel.}-1 |} 4-6} 4

62 Amaranthus tricolor’ ||three-coloured |21\40' 63) ta jv.1d.)14)7-9| 4

Amethystea cerilea .®\\\\sky-blue 2|25)101) ha} bl. | 2 | 7-8) 3

54 Amphérephis intermédia intermediate 19)53),82 | hha| pur.| 14 |....-1—4}.

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

A — indicates a variety. ( ) That the word 5 co) 3 [8 43
is not literally translated, or is superadded. \4

No.
65 Amphicome argita**
66 Anagallis carnea

67 indica

68 Monelli
69 — Philipsi
70 Le ea 8

71 Anchusa paniculata
72

73 Anemone coronaria

74 hortensis
75 Pulsatilla
76 vitifolia

77 Anoda Dilleniana

78 Aquilégia formésa
79 canadensis
80 — elatior

81 glandulosa
82 grandiflora
83 sibirica

84 speciosa

85 stellata

86 viscosa

87 ———

88 Ardisia crenulata
89 Argemone grandiflora

90 mexicana
91 — alba
92 speciosa
93 —

94 Argyréia cuneifolia**
95 Aristoléchia chilensis**

96 Asclépias curassavica
97 gigantea
98 asthmatica**
99 pneumonanthe
100 tuberdsa
101 sp. ex Coquimbo

102 Aster incisus

103 tenellus

104 Aubrétia purpirea
105 Azalea, sp. pulchella
106 Balbisia peduncularis
107 Baptisia australis
108 alba

109 Bartonia aurea

110 Bauhinia purpurea
11 racemosa**
112 —_———

113 Beaumontia grandiflora
114 Bignonia, 4 sp.

| SRR ES SIG TI II OIE SATE

Jinely-cut
Jlesh-coloured
Indian
Monelli’s
Philips’
(finest mixed)
panicled

4 species, mixed |\...|---
garland (Poppy) \\k

garden (Star)
(Pasque-flower)
vine-leaved
Dillenius’ s
beautiful
Canadian

— taller
glandular
large-flowered
Siberian
showy

starry

viscous

( fine mixed)
crenulate
large-flowered
Mexican

— white
showy

(fine mixed)
wedge-leaved
Chile
Curassoa
gigantic
asthmatic
wind-jiower
tuberous
(species Chile)
cut (leaved )
slender
purple

pretty species
long-peduncled
southern
white

golden

purple
cluster-fiowered
6 fine species
large-flowered
(A fine species)

d.
14|59| 71 | hhp 0
5 |25|127| ha "3

@eelaees| eos

weeolere

r
oo

aveleee| eee

eoeleee| eve
eeeltee| eee
eeeleee] eee
seeleee| eee
re a
eouleeny) ave

oon le val team

5 (25/113 S.
13}..

eeeleee| efe
eos {eee] eee
eoeleee]| coe

oes
i ee

eeoltee] eve

ft

1106 ha vel.
(102) S. pur.

SAARABERSALHHWOAAASHOSOHAWWASCAKLAEEERABREWABDARARRSOOAYW

on:
= = bD

14159! 71 edi: iaeh

oa S hat tet Be

as tltea variety. () That the word |S |S |x
is not literally pransisted, or is superadded. |.4\.4| Z a

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

Dus.
Col.

1 Se ee Se 2 ee

No. at st feet 8.
115 Bhebristp. exAndacolla|(sp. Chile, No. 1.)\14/59| 71| G. | pur. 1
116 ~—s sp. ex Coquimbo —_|(splnd. sp. No. 2.)|-- Ks 2
117 Billardiéra, sp. ex N.Hol.| New Holland sp. 5 (25/122) ... 6-8
118 Blumenbachia insignis [beautiful 18/48)106) ha | wh.|t .| 7-9
119 Boerhaavia,sp. exVictina (sp. Chile) 1 |26)115) G. Oe
120 Bomaria acutifolia** —_|sharp-leaved 6 |25| 64 | hhp jr&y.! 6 | ... {1
12] Salsilla** \Saisilla =>, wala esac] wa'g ft Scab Galli ciaw Ll
122 variabilis** variable =—=—Ianaless -o» Higa RROMabdeceses? (l
123 — [bo|3 fine var. edb) ==- div, | .. |
1124 Bowlésia, sp. ex Coquim-|(sp. Chile) 5 |26|144) fp 1
125 Brachycdma iberidifolia |(sky-d/ue) 19/54| 82 | hha} bl. | 2 |7-9{1
126 Browallia elita tall 14/59/1384! gha | pur.| ... | 6-9
1127 — alba — white Behe. a wh, |...
128 Brunsfelsia, sp. insignis | fine species is) os! ee 6
129 Buddlea, sp. ex Chile |(sp. Val. Andes) 4125] «.. hhp 1
180 Cacalia coccinea scarlet 19/53) 82 | hha} se. | 1 | 7-8
131 — aurea (new orange) Sehctvind «= >0)/evoinic alt wan
132 Candollea, sp. ex N. Hol.|(sp. Swan River) 18 48 G. 1
133 Cesalpinia Sappan Sappan 10/25|102) S. | yel.| 12
134 sp. orientalis (Indian sp.) ee ed ee
|135 Calampélis scabra** raugh (podded) |14|59|71/| fgh | or. | 8 | 6-9
{136 longiflora** long-flowered Kiee| == Inara omiabeae dd AweameRn aks
{187 Calandrinia discolor two-coloured 11|25|126| hha | rose} 2 | 7-8
|138 grandiflora large-flowered | .cshee.| -+- | + | PUL. | woe | oes
139 speciosa showy eitea.| «+ sehhiyna oh nae dacavedetonas
4 Calceoliria pinnata winged 2}.../184) ... | yel.| 12d oc.
14] —-—— splendid mixed |},..\... «| fgh | div.| 2 | 6-9/1
142 Calliopsis or Coreopsis |beautiful mixed |19|55| 82 | hha} ... |... | 7-9
143 bicolor two-coloured —_|\...|... = 64h dag 3) |e onets a
144 —atrosanguinea |darkred —s_ uss wae | eee! (@eydb ded
}145 — nigra black poohins | 2) edo) am hees
146 — — fistulosa quilled dark — \asslees| +> sada th ware sew
{147 — grandiflora large-flowered |...|...| ++ one, [We Ralravy
{148 — semipléna semi-double ——\us.|...| mg, Rete sve
149 — — fistuldsa BMRUEE.) osm, vihsikites| »-- se bFi ba aber | OBAIT Sa
150 Drummondii Drummond’s — |se.\ae.| «+ wee (y&D.} 1]...
{151 Atkinsonia Atkinson’ s dswbaie:| «-- | ap, | eke Bod =...
‘192 ee Nos. 142 to 151 |...}...| ... div.|...| ... (8
{153 Callichroa platyglossa [broad (rayed) |...|56)...| hha/ yel.| 1 | ...
154 Campanula carpatica {Carpathian 5 |25| 76 | hpt} bl. | 2 | 6-9
1155 persicifolia peach-leaved —|...)...| «+ hp | «. | 3} 7-9
1156 —alba — white seabed)! --+ ‘ead isha gapoadl
|L97 pulcherrima handsomest —|a4.| 10) + up: 2
ibe pyramidalis pyramidal. jassles.j ue «.. |LbL| 4 | 6-8
‘| 15: ~~ alba e/a rt ie 4 lees apices
160 Medium Canterbury Bell)|...|...| ...| ... | pur.| 24| 6-9
¢ — alba = WRITE vcore bawehwas| +++ Pe Gee
| 162 — flore-pléeno double Savbesel!...| alii baton 4...
}16 Se PANE VOT coos: Whavehens|! 003 vee | CIVap MOY sac
Lorei OIE oie)» kh Ganshebs|\ «+. ha | bl. } 1 | 6-8

AAR AOOLRADBARROWRARERARWWARRWWARARDRHDOHHROOKRHROSCOSCOSCSSSSSO™

8 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS...

e.

A — indicates a variety. () That the word\a\d ° Be i
is not literally translated, or is superadded.

| Pric

Nos. 154 to 164 | 5 |25)| 76
several species | 1)},../110) G.
19|53| 82) ha
10)25)102} S.
19\53) 82 byt

166 Canna, pl. sp.
167 Carthamus tinctorius | Dyers’
168 Cassia, 4 sp. 4 species
169 Catananche cerilea blue

1170 — bicolor
171 lutea
172 Ceanothus capensis
173 asiaticus
174 Celastrus licidus
175 Celsia crética
176 orientalis
177 Centaurea americana
178 atropurpurea
179 chilensis
180 depressa
181 Céreus triangularis
182 Cestrum nocturnum
183 Chamerops Palmetta
184 Chelone barbata
185 élegans
186 Chirodnia frutescens
187 Chorozéma ilicifolia

188 Cineraria, pl. var. ext.

189 Cistus, pl. sp. et var.
190 Cladanthus arabicus
191 Clarkia gauroides
192 élegans
— rosea et pléna
pulchella
— alba

— grandiflora

—

oe

199 Clématis, sp. atba**
200 Cledme pentaphylla
201 speciosa

202 spinosa

203 Clianthus puniceus
204 Clintonia élegans
205 pulchella

206 Clitaria virginiana
207 2 sp.

208 Cristaria, 3 sp. ex Chile

209 Cobcea scandens**
210 Collinsia bicolor
211 grandiflora
212 heterophylla
213 verna

214 Collomia coccinea

two-coloured.
yellow

Cape
Asiatic
shining
Cretan
Oriental
American
dark purple
Chilean -
(dwarf)

triangular

( fragrant)
Palmetta
bearded
elegant
shrubby
Holly-leaved
ext. fine, mixed |)
jine mixed
Arabian
Gaura-like
elegant

rose and double
pretty

— white

— large-flowered ve a ne
Nos. 191 to 196 |...|...) ...

Sine mixed

white species 13 35 2
Jive-leaved (15/61

showy
spiny
crimson
elegant

(most beautiful) |...\...) «+
1

Virginian

(2 fine species)

3 Chilean species
climbing 5
two-coloured 14/59
large-flowered ;
various-leaved
vernal

scarlet

a eee ee eee ee ee —

=e

F
iS
vi
$
‘4

b

[4

No. i

‘(215 Rthcnsiinn cxlestis
216 Convolvulus, 4 sp.
-|217 Correa virens

‘1218 Corydalis glauca
219°

4 sp.

procumbens
‘(227 Curtisia faginea
‘(228 Cyclamen, 2 sp.

a

- CARTERS: CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

A. a altadtee a variety. () That the word|D Bi |
lis not literally translated, or is superadded.

sky-blue

(4 small sp.)
reen

sea-green

noble

bipinnate
broad-leaved
most handsome
(4 fine sp.)
Silene-like
procumbent
(Assagay Tree)
(2 sp. mixed)
scarious
(sky-blue)
feathered
horn-stalked
proud

— white
Stramonium
tall

‘229 Cylista scaridsa [tum
|230 Cynoglossum glochida-
231 Cytisus plumosus
1232 Datura ceratocaula
1233: fastudsa
{234 =~ —alba
1235 Stramonium
1236 Decaneuron grande
feat. Delphinium azureum
americanum
amcenum
(240°- chinense
— flore albo
42 — flore pléno
243 ——— |
4244 elatum
245 grandiflorum
‘4246 gratum
4247 laciniatum
1248 lazulinum
‘249 Menziésii
(250° mexicanum ?
(251 palmatifidum
4252 procérum
253° ~~ specidsum
254° ~~ sulcatum
255 triste
1256 urceolatum
257 ae
rer
259 Desmodium gyroides
3260 Asp.
ih Aes Dianthus alpinus
(2 capitatus*
Carthusianorum

chinensis, fl. pl.*

azure( Larkspur)
American
pleasing
Chinese

— white

— double

6 var. sep.
(Bee)
large-flowered
agreeable

cut (leaved)
lazuline

Mr. Menzies’
Mexican
palm-shaped
tall

showy
Surrowed
drooping
pitcher-shaped

‘Nos. 237 to 256 |.

very fine mixed
gyrans-like

(4 fine sp.)
alpine (Pink)
clustered
Carthusians’

(ext. fine Indian) ve:
{Saabs ; . \ |

S [at alee
az mals
feet
3 25/81 |hhp+) bl. | 14
5 |...| 83 | hgh | div. |} —
8 j...|182) G. | gr. | 6
17\41| 91) ha ip&y) 2
weol...| ee | hp L&y.} 1
hha
19/55] 82] ... | pur.} 2
16/45/102) S. | yel.|...
11/25)108| ha | vio. | 14
ewes} s- oon (heaped
4 |25|65| G. |pale
5 |.../127| hhp
17/45/102) S. | yel.
9 |25| 72(hpt} bl. | 3
16|45)102) G.
9 |25|137| hha} stri.| 3
Aa} 2 .. | pur.| 2
pO ae wh. }--.
Pe; ca .. b&w
S.
13/28/129) hpt| bl. | 5
a ww [Lb] 3
var. | 2
Shile . Bh es
badly wh.
SS ee w&b}...
es ALY diVAl ik:
lees... Hal's
ei div. | 2
eae... 2 Bland 23
alii ad. Dols
oo ae bl. | 24
saad. oo SAME Ta
d delle. svite by tpies
» oo ateeeoe
ey. 2
tatees| os «es BUGLE
17\45 102) hgh | pur.| 5
Bie: w+ | div. |div.
10/26/136| hpt| er. |
Se Yio WGbgataeth
beetias « Luzcs: ... | red | 14
Hogs. |... hbt | div. | 1

— a pt SY .

1

10

giganteus
guttatus*
hispanicus*
— splendens*
hybridus*
latifolius
monadelphus

plumarius, fl. p.

pulchellus*
fimbriatus
superbus

—_— —— ——

278 Didiscus czrileus
+H Digitalis grandiflora
aurea

gigantea

lutea
purpurea

— alba

— bicornita

287 Diosma, 3 sp.
288 Diplacus puniceus

289 Dodecathéon Meadia

290 Délichos ligndsus**

291
293

specidsus** [nense|showy
292 Dracocéphalum argu-

canariense

Eccremocarpus

294 Echinocactus, 3 sp.

295

296 Echium grandiflorum
297 Elichrysum macranthum|large-flowered

298
299
300
301
302

Ottonis

6 sp. et var.
maritimum
speciosissimum
Stehelina
variegatum

803 Erica, 30 sp.

304 Eriostémon buxifolia

hispanicus

307 Erysimum alpinum*

308

Peroftskianum*

309 Erythrina caffra

312 Erythrolena conspicua

indica
velutina

313 Eschscholzia crdcea

ee ee ed ee) ee ne

mountain
gigantic
spotted
Spanish

— splendid
hybrid

(China Pink)
monadelphous
dou. feathered
pretty
Sringed
SUED PON OMAN 5.) 05,

Nos. 261 to 276 |...)...]'...

bl. (Trachyméne)| 5 \25\144) hhas. bl.
large-jlowered \14|59)134 hpt sul.
golden = >i Wbeteaat 1k

gigantic
yellow
purple
— white
— two-horned }...}...}...
Nos. 279 to 285 |...)...}...
(3 fine sp.)

searlet

Meadia

woody

eerleee| eee

eerleoe| eee

Ck EER EAOWADSEAROLRADAR

Argun
(Balm of Gilead)|...}...| ...
see Calampelis
(3 fine sp.)
Pr. Otto’s
large -flowered

eoelese] eve

...| 72 | hpf lrose | 24
19/54) 82 | hha fl. 2
(6 fine sorts) —|...}.e| ss.
sta. . ONIE
most-showy
Stehelina
variegated
(30 fine sp.)
box-leaved
alpine
Spanish
alpine
Peroffski’s

eeeleee) ove

div. \div.| div. |2
oe 2 {5-8/1
+ 4-6

Ce oe ee

Caffrarian
Indian
velvety
conspicuous
orange

eeeleer| coe

@eoleee| eee

mecuey”

-- - sexwrans CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. ‘ 11

. _ A— indica aa aicaintary. () That the word\S S Bosh | 2 A/S E 2

. is ly translated, or is superadded. |\,4\5\2 SAIS Sit Sea
|No. feet s.d.
1314 Bschscholaia californica | Californian 13/29 120 hpt | yel.| 2 |6-9) 3
-\815 compacta compact =) SNW]s.| os. oid oo UB
(316 Eschynoméne, sp. ( fine species) {17/45)102) S. 6
{317 Eucalyptus Drummondii| Drummond's 12/25/114) hht 1.9
318 Eucaridium concinnum*|neat 8|...|117) ha |pur.| 1 | 7-8} 6
319 Euphorbia, sp. variegita|variegated 1128) 89| G. | var. ar

: 320 Eutodca divaricata divaricate 5 |25| 98) ha 1 3
321 multiflora many-flowered ooo} dUy Puan pial. 3

3 322 viscida viscid ( fine) s+] aa |. .20tpitbolly 3
1/823 Wrangeliana Pr. Wrangel’s \ve.je0e| 00 | See Ti 3
(824 Evolvuius, sp. Arguéros |( fine sp. Chile) |....26) 83) G. 10
| (825 Fedia cornucdpize (Horn of Plenty) : 25/145) ha |} red} 1 |7-8) 3
‘|826 Francoa appendiculata |appendicled 8 29 hpt jpink| 14{ ... | 6
)|3827. Gaillardia bicolor two-coloured |19)55) 82 | 14. | ore | Bp. | 4
113828, Drummondii Drummond’s } dan) ey i teSerait eagle KG
1 \329 —coccinea — scarlet is) | metas LORIE

+ 1330 4 sp. (fine mixed) — \e..)...| «+ ei adinndigs, 1 SE PEG
| 4831 Gardénia latifolia broad-leaved 5 (25 hgh |p. y.| 6 | 1-5 }1 0
& 832 ‘Thunbergiana Thunberg’s ae: Ginpwlag.) |... FRO
© |3833 Genista fragrans Fragrant 1645/102) ... 2 |6-8) 6

Pi 334 2 sp. (2 fine species) hl vow [eit Sr es
9/835 Gentidna acaulis stemless 26/93 hpt} bl. | 4 | 4-7} 6
(336.5 ——— fine mixed SAMs] :.- es 2 |4-8| 6
0 (337 Gesnéra magnifica magnificent 14/59) 95} Ss dose juss] 7+91E 0
((3388-— BS sp. (8 fine sp. agen ».| Sibiel. hodasibsobpit Le ARO
(839 Geum coccineum searlet 235 13] hppisscediolp Wl .UPSS
(0 340 — fldre-pléno — double a.|) *Xeaaioaen: 6
(4b 0 +a bi fine var. msoowiiast.. . [ose fr MQGiCl Spx

3 42 Gilia‘achillizefdlia Milfoil-leaved\|'5 |25,123) ha |oblecha. | 7-8 1°38

_ (3843 splendens splendid Puy}... | ke Bod. [6
(844 tennifolia Jine-leaved soot? Jo. HOSEL 6
1845 tricolor three-coloured [oe | coe (BNODIFOR ] . ORS
0 346 ‘—albo-cerilea [white and blue septs inne byte oh OPS S

: x 347 dete Nos. 842 to 846 jer.fes.) ce [ne | diweh ah] 1b 6
(0 $48 Gladiolus Herbertianus |(20 splendid var.) 8 :..L00) fp. 2 |7-9 2 6
08 349 Gloriosa superba** superb :..103) Ssojroredo6 | otk 6
_ |) 850 Gloxinia candida snow-white “ 59 95 | hgh | wh. | 12 | 6-9/1 0
(851.5. | 12 sp. and var. (12 fines. mixed)\i..)...| -.- | o.0 |) Givalinn] ... |B°6
_ (852 Glycine, 2:sp. (2 fine sp. mixed)|17\45,102) ... 10
_ (853 Godétia (Enothéra) (fine mixed) |8/25117) ha | div.| 1 | 6-8} 3
| oO 304 _—bifrons two-fronted wee | eee [p&ep 017-8] 8
(855 concinna neat oip&r.} Fp] 8
(856 lépida preity \\vwkotwobtts,.| ... outa pay 3
ib 357... Lindleyana Dr. Lindley’ \\\ox)...| ... popwSere 7 i. 3
i (858. purpurea wurple “ve wabdt),.| 2% veeieparspihe | 3
859 quadrivulnera four-spotted \}...)...| ... silspot.j ut. p38
oe 50. ' Romanzovii Romanzow’s ir...) ..- paryar. | 2.08
(861s rdsea | i ee ibe hpt rose}... |5-9| 3
a Be 2 rdseo-alba © rose and white ha |jr&w/)...|7-8/ 3
(186 _ rubicunda | 00) \blushing uu.) di sone iy oe el)

¢ i

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. _

12

A — indicates a variety. () That the word |B S/S |x. § mC oa
is not literally translated, or is superadded, |\.4\,3|\'7 |tQ . at
No. sod.
364 Godétia tenuifolia fine-leaved 8 25/117) ha vio. | 38
365° viminea twiggy x Swheliges| 2 3
366 vinodsa wine-colowred — \.s\.../ 0. 38h
367 Wildenovii Wildenow’s o> |swhs..| ~%
368 —-—— Nos. 354 to 367 |. 30
369 Gompholdbium, 4 sp. _|(4 fine species) 10). hi ‘102 G. 16
370 Garddguia, sp. ex Cog. |( Chilean species) 14591101) ... |L@
371 Gossipium egyptiacum? |(Egyp. Cotton). \16,48)111) S. 116
372 herbaceum herbaceous A} aoe cholera . (oe
373 — rubro-album — red and white'...),..| ... . lise
374 Grindélia, sp.ex Arguéros|( Chilean species) 19 54| 82 10
375 Grislea tomentosa woolly ( fine) 8 25/108 | 206)
376 Gypsdéphila élegans elegant 10 26/136 3
377 Hedysarum, 4 sp. (4 Indian sp.) |17,45|102 10
378 Helianthemum, pl. var. |(beautiful mixed) 13 25,79 |hpt}. .ibO
379 Helianthus, sp.ex Huasco\( Chilean species) 19.55) 82) h . {b@
380 Helidphila arabioides | Arabis-like 15.61) 85 . 106
381 Heliotropium peruvian. | Peruvian | 25) 72 | G. 6
382 sp. ex Coquimbo — |(Chilean species) ese! chit v=: (GEM 1:0
383 Hibiscus africanus African 16,48 111 38
384 Humboldti Humboldt’s pW | Sue bee Ls
385 Richardsoni Richardson’s \ \..)e..) avs bat v3
386 Trionum (Blader Ketmia)|...\... é 3
387 vesicarius bladder ( flowd.) \...|... ox “28
388 ee Nos. 383 to 887.|...\...| .. an ho
389 palustris marsh (fine). \\se.l... hpt 6
390 Manihot Manihot nbsy =f1.66 i /on€
391 macrophyllus long-leaved lee ; r/1L@
392 mutabilis variable val (1.0
393 rigidus i, Ss er OO Le a 1.0
394 tortudsus twisted \\owna\ deme] oa: . 1.0
395 violaceus violet we DIS| vay bias 1.0
396 —-— Nos. 390 to 395 |...\... ssl 4.0
397 ——— 5 sp. mixed tee «fs Chil a aU
398 Hovea Celsi Cels’s .,45| 102) G.. 0
399 sp. nova, No. l. = |new sp. No. 1. Aa. ia 16
400 sp. nova, No.2. new sp. No. 2... \s.-\...| ... 6
401 5 sp. \(5 fine sp: mired))...|...| ... 6
402 Himea élegans-_ [fdlialelegant 19.53) 82 6
403 Hunnemania fumarie- |Fumaria-leaved |13)\25)120 eb
404 Hymenocallis, sp. (fine sp. frag.) | 6)...| 64] G. 10
405 Ibéris Tenoreana Tenore’s 15 60) 85 | hpt |p&p 6
406 Impatiens tricornis three-horned 5 |25| 69 | hh /yel. 6
407 glanduligera Glandular, © © \\.sJoee| one bet 6
408 Indigdéfera eytisoides | Cytisus-like 17}45|102| G. 6
409 Ipomea bona nox** Good Night! 5 |25) 83 | hgh 6
410 coccinea** scarleke of \iN Meade! G, 6
Al} Learii** Lear’siiir oh Zab ee Riaheo 6
412 polyanthes** manyflowered | ,..\a..| as. S. 0
413 Quamoclit** |Conighe searlet).4as))..] 6 6

‘ CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 13

ea Fidisasoricede ity 0) That the word\S SIS oO: es Pon a si 6 & 8

is not ‘literally translated, or is superadded. \,3\,3)'4 54 co me iste
No. feet s.d.
414 Spothied rbuie-teertnae* (sky-blue) 525/83} G. | bl. | 101729 12 6
415 Sellowii** Sellow’s A] ... eos} oo. (26
416 — 4 sp. occidentalis** (4 fine species) \.0.)...) ... S. div. 2 6
417 Nil** (blue-flowered ) hha, bl. 6
418 -purpireagrandifléra large purple** }...\..,) ... ... | pur 10
419 ——— [picta!Nos. 409 to 418)\...)...| ... rs 125
420 Ipomopsis élegans and lelegant and p. ..|.(123hhpt) se. | 3}... 110
421 Kennédia prostrata** prostrate 17/45)102) G. |... |tra.)6-9) 6
422 rubicunda** blushing Nope, .-. | PedrSur ... | OG
423 sp. cerilea** blue Panes 10
424 sp. coccinea** scarlet PE Pepe anohiic BE
425 Kaulfussia amelloides | Amellus-like 1954/82 | hha] bl. | 1} 7-8) 3
426 Lantana Selloviana Sellow’s 14'59/146 hhpt| pur.| 15 | 6-9} 6
427 Lasthénia, 2 sp. 2 species 19/54| 82) ha | yel. | 2.|7-8| 6
428 Lathyrus aztreus azure 17/45}102) 2... | ble} Bop. 4
429 latifolius** broad-leaved w...[..| hpt|pink} 8 | 6-8) 3
430 — albus** — white 00 PRL ee AE og sd) es
431 ~~~ sphericus spherical ON. Se sod ep Bailly) bag
432 Lavatéra arborea tree 1648111) hp |pur.) 6]... | 3
433 ~ . Salvitellensis Salvitella USNie.| ... | Hal ipinks) e2orids 11) GS
434 Lawsonia alba** (Mignonette tree)| 825108) hgh| wh.}'8 | ... |1°0
435 Leptésiphon densiflorus |thick-flowered | 5/|.../123) ha |pur.) 1]... | 4
436 androsaceus Androsace-like \)).).\.\ ...| ... [b&w |... | 4
437 — albus — white POM. |... | aa. POR... | Th
438 Leucadendron argenteum)(Silver Tree) |22'89)128) -G. | yel.| 12|7-9|° 6
439 ©) plumésum ~~ [pum feathery SONU.) 62. leh woe [WMG
440 Leudospérisiirn conocar-|cone-fruited 4 425/128) ... | -o {OS
441 Limnanthes Douglasii | Douglas’s 10).../104) ha |w&y 7-8). 4
442 Linaria alpina alpine 14/59|134) fpt |} bh) 1s] 7-8 | 4
445 Perézii Perez’ W192.) he eit)... [Oke
444 triphylla three-leaved wee | eon [RSH IG 3
445 —— — (7 pretty sp.) Oo] ce | cae PEMA 16
46 Linum austriacum Austrian 5 (80/105) hpt| ble} 2-| ... [8
‘47 monégynum one-styled HR 2 TG. wae Se, oo. (WEG
448 Lisianthus Russellianus |(D.of Bedford’s)|....25,93) ... | pur.|..)7... (10
449 Loasa tricolor three-coloured '18/48|106) ha |8-co.| 2.}7-9) 8
50 lateritia** (orange) sooo] «+ (hhps] ors} Ge]... [6
51 lucida, nova** shining, new 0 Oe a ed el
452 Herberti** Fion.W. Herbert's). a 6
453 Pentlandica Mr. Pentiand’s iH 1/6
d4 —_-—— Nos. 449°to 458 |...)...) ... 36
£55 Lobelia aztirea zure 5 25|107/hhpi| bly | 1} 5-9}. 4
56° ~—-_s erinoides Erinus-like ONS |... (POP eho G8 Pow
457 gracilis et alba slender, 2 var. ha |b&w) 1-| 7-9} 6
458 propinqua related Sahh.| ..edierevsepieaharhul PG
459 sp. ex Coquimbo _|(sp. Chile, No. 1. jHs ...{... | bhp }pur.| 3 10
4160 sp. nova superba = {(sp. Chile, No.2.)!00.)...| 0. | oes 26
61 = 15" [cens|No. 455 10 460° |2..)...| .. 40
{462 Lophospermum erubes- |4lushing 14'59/134| G.f |'pur. 7-9| 4
. ‘oom nex ummatinall (Rhodochiton) jo] oes | coe ARIE)... PLS

hoe

7
-

bi
2.
3

23:

Sy &

oo eo KR WARSRS

a

DSHAWOHWRASABSES

iS &
=

14 CARTER’S CATALOGUE ni SEEDS.
No.

464 Lophospermum seandens|elimbing** 14/59) 184) G. oe bh
465 — spectabile** — (new showy) |.

466 — Hendersonii** |Henderson’s — |.i.|i..| ... a

467 —_—— Nos. 462 to 466) )os.|...| ... ext

468 Lotus jacobzeus St. James’ Island\17|45|102} ...

469 Lupinus bicolor two-coloured LG{4. |, 4 ha

470 Hartwegii Hartweg’s \or0 Naess doy vida

471 mexicanus Mexican vt is

472 mutabilis variable 70) | ae

473 — Cruikshanksii |Cruikshanks ™}.0.)... die

474 nanus dwarf *

475 —-—— Nos. 469 10 474 |essleesl os as

476 arboreus $raen)) oe apentbadd fe hpt | yel
477 élegans elegant =. \Lirbwenlt) a0

478 ornatus ornamented — assess oes

479 ——— 12 fine per. sp. \e0shee.| ...

480 —-—— very fine mixed |...|...

481 Lychnis fulgens shining 10,30,136 bhp) sc;
482 chalceddnica (sderted). 2050.) Sfeealigel ... hpt

483 —albaet rosea |—- white androse|.:.|...| ... ia |
484 coeli-rosa Rose of Heaven }..:\... ha | fih,
485 Malope trifiday. No. 1043) trifid 16/48/11) hha pur.
486 Malva élegans elegant 16}... G.

487 Monroana Monro’s 9 ilatial| -.- pt

488 Moréni Moreni’s 9 lsaihens ax

489 zebrina ? zebra (striped) \)..\...).. ha | stri
490 sp. ex Coquimbo |(sp. Chile) tala. | hh

491 Martynia diandra two-anthered |14\59|135 5} gha sp.
492 fragrans Pragrant§ 0\ bie,

493 proboscidea [rosiproboscis-like — \y..)).,) ...

494 Matthewsia? 2sp.Arguc-|(2 sp. Chile)

495 Mahdnia (Berberis) two fine sp.) 6 |25| 70} hp | yel
496 Maurandya Barclayana |Barclay’s** 14\59 134) G.+ |p&w
497 antirrhiniflora** Snapdragon-flow.|...\...|) 60. | ves

498 semperflorens** ever-flowering |...\... ceveih the

499 — rosea nova**' |— new rose ~~ |y,:})),| ... ol

500 —_-—— Nos. 496 to 499 }..),),)... a

501 Melastoma macrocarpa |long-fruited 10/25 Ss.

502 Mesembrianthemum tricalor, ext. 12\27| 90 | hha |3 co
503 Mimosa, 8 sp. (3 fine sp.) 23|51)102) S.

504 Mimulus moschatus musk 14/59 134 weft vil
505 cardinalis cardinal Py ie

506 —— — 6 fine sp. and var.|.):\..| ...| ...

507 5 Bcd ida jine mixed daiale| Ols/ fed

508 Muraltia Heistéria Heister’s 17/48)124| G. | pur
509 Nelumbium speciosum |showy (aquatic) \13)35 Si

510 — albiflorum —white ,, uo

511 Nemésia floribunda bunch-flowered. \14 59 134 ne —
512 Nemophila aurita ear (leaved) 5 125

513 atomaria

spotted (white)

Pe eleael coe

wih tae
CARTER’S” CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 15.
A—in sates a variety. @) That the word|\S\d|S Sle B|Se g |
is not lit translated, or is superadded. |,3\4) 2 (RAIS S| Sa) &
No. feet s. d.
514 Nem@phila atom. azurea|spotted azure | 5 |25) 98} ha sp.| 1 |7-8| 6
515 insignis. beautiful —-—fuws|e..| Stal} aliebiw d+. |
516 — grandiflora large-flowered — }...|.+5} ... biuiiies --- | a0
517 phacelioides Phacelia-like _|,...|...| ... bade... | me
518 chybrida, nova new Hybrid}... . l » (a
519 a Nos. 512 to 518 |. . 12.6
520 Nolane atriplicifolia Atriplex-leaved |...}... +187 hha} bl. |1 - hone
521 paradoxa paradoxical oe
522 prostrata prostrate > faasfess|... woe | ViOw|irajer- ++ | ed
523 sp. ex Coquimbo Chilean, sp. No.1.|. . {d.bl . |10
524 sp. alba grandiflora |—- — No. 2. | .s.|..-} oe hh ?| wh. . {16
525 sp. ex Huasco —— No.8. j...)e.} on. x of ge
526 sp. ex Andacolla |—— No. 4. 10
527 sp. ex Huasco —— No.5. furites.]... 16
528 sp. ex Villa Victma |— — No.6. —j...}...] ... 16
529 —_— Nos. 520. ¢0 528 |,..)...|... 7 0
530 Nonea rosea rose-coloured —|...\... 72 | hha| rose} 14} 7-8] 6
531 Nympheza cyanea sky-blue(aquatic)13}...|116) S. | bl. jtra.| 6-9 }1 6
582 Lotus (Egypt. Lotus) y,\.00\..-)...| ... |pink} sa] - {1 6
533 scutifolia shield-leaved ,,|...\...| ... lait tbledine+--- [1g@
534 @Puvthera acaulis stemless 8)...{117j|hhpt| wh.| 4} 7-9 | 94
585 © Drummondii Drummond’s —|aseles} oh: a. byel jtra,| 6-9] 4
536 longiflora long-flowered —|rws\erel sn. hbt | aud fvse if 04
587 macrocarpa long-fruited —|rasjewel .. hpt jouieofbip | 6
538 odorata sweet-scented — |ueuliea| ces hbft| ..10] 25-8] 4
539 taraxacifolia Dandelion-leaved|...|...| ... hpt} sa 6-9 | 6}
540 _ specidsa SROWP edie YORND egos] << wap wh. $124 7-9} 06
541 tetraptera four-winged —\\serhess} os. hase} 1} 4-8] 13
542, — a Nos. 534 to 541 }...)...| ... 2.6
543 Ondnis rotundifolia round-leaved |16)45|102) hp, pink}, 2.|5-7| 6
544) Opuntia vulgaris (Cochenille Plant|12\25| 75 | G. | yel. |... | 6-8 1,0
545 Oxalis floribunda bunch-flowered |10)80)118|hhpt} red} 1 | + | 6
546 rosea | [des|rose-colowred pdulibd.| .n2 seivfrosenaad ye id 06
547 Oxyira chrysanthemoi- |Chrysanth-like |19)54) 82| ha jy&w)...|7-9| 4
548 Pzdnia, sp. ( fine mixed) 13|26/129} hp | div.) 2 }6-9| 6
549) Papaver nudicaule naked-stalked _|...|25|120) hpt | yelu| 14] ... | 4
550 alpinum Aine U4 se\oris Hesse]... .» | Sik 64 4
551 palcherrimum most beautiful |...J.0+] ..+ se. Bubngll. i4
552 afi ge 6 fine sp. sep. jeeelev.| ... | sea) div. 16
553 Patersonia, sp. N. Hol. |New Holland sp. |16'38|100) fp. 10
554 Passifldra laurifolia** = lawrel-leaved ,.40}121). S. 10
555 Mayana** May’s | G. | wh. } 20 | 5-9 |1 0}
556. ale, sey fine mixed. |. |». J) Sabin . [LN
557 Sel ppt (Geranium)|( finest mixed) |...|42)94| G. |}... | 3]... |2 6
558 ee te small packet |...h.. vee aa Rishi A®
559. © = coccineum 6 v. |scarlet, 6 finest |eele.-{ 0) cee | ste fied [LO
560: Pentstémon atroribens |dark-red 1459134 hpftid.r.|.2 |6-9} 4
561 _atropurpureum dark-purple\ \.ssjse.| his hideqh} sued ica] 1
562 campanulatum ©') jbell-flowered —— \..4|.4.| «+ pur.|... 4
563 ~~ Chandleéri Chandler’s > Aeavlese| ee | Wars five. 6

rt (moan | | POhs. gene eas
16 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. | .
A — indicates a variety. @) That the word\3 S| SO |8 3 ss Se =F Sig aoe
is not literally translated, or is superadded. \,3\3\\7 (DAIS BS) ZS IES i
No. sd.
564 Penstémon diffusum diffuse 14'59/134| hpt | pur.| 2.|6+9| 4
565 digitalis Digitalis-like slices | eo ORE wo» [ob
566 gentianoides Gentian-like Ors ase 4
567 — coccineum — scarlet SOs) hse 6
568 pulchellum, 3 var. | pretty, 3 var. div. |\s 6
569 roseum rose rose) re}... bE
570 speciosum showy bl. ran on)
571 —— — Nos. 560 to 5701; div. 2 AO
572 a fine mixed a. . 10
573 Petunia phoenicea purple 5 25137 hhpt pur. 6
574 — alba grandiflora {large white fld. |...|...)...| ... | wh. 6
575 — rosea rose rose 6
576 — violacea violet «one vio. “6
577 nyctaginiflora white Sn ae wh. 3
578 —— — 12 var. separate |...|...| ... div. 5 0
579 — extra fine mixed |...|...| ... 24 ae (EO
580 — fine mixed OV WON... su Jee EB
581 Phacélia congesta bunch-flowered 98) ha | bl 7-8| 3
582 conspicua conspicuous ~ ‘|ieste..| ... vee Sr
583 tanacetifdlia Tansy-leaved = \...1...| «.. we PB
584 Physianthus albens white ... 26] 68 ghp wh: 5-9 |10
585 Pimélea decussata decussate 2 |25|141] G. | rose 5-6 | 6
586 — [cumid fine sp. mixed |...|...| ... div. 5+7 |1-6
587 Platystémon californi- |Californian 13}.../120) ha } vel. 6-8 | 6
588 Phlox Drummondii, 20 v.! Drummond’s 5 |...|123} hha | divi 7-9 1-0
589 — coccinea scarlet } oo. (SSeNNAHSliC [ie |
599 pl. sp: perennans | perennial miwxed'...|...| ...| hp | div. | 2 | 6-816 |
591 Podolépis gracilis slender 19/54! §2 | hha |p&w} 1 | 7-8} 3 }
592 Poinciana pulcherrima most beautiful |10:25102) S. |3col.) 10} 6-9 10 |
593 — flore-litea yellow-flowered |...).+.| .. yel. ie EO
594 sp. ex Chile (Algarrobella) |...|...| ... | G.'| pur. 186
595 Potentilla formosa beautiful 12:35/131) hpf |... 6-9 |B
596 atrosanguinea dark-red SU eee ne [SB
597 6 sp. (6 fine species) Newel vce | sbHtMehiINs . (LP 6
598 Portulaca splendens splendid 11,25}126) hha 7-9/1 0
599 Thellusoni Thelluson’s Nhv.| ... | OOS BAG aD
600 Protea, 3 sp. three species 4}.../128] G. 10
601 Psoralea, sp. capensis |Cape species 17/45|102 bl. 7-8| 6
§02 Primula cortusoides Cortusa-like 5 |25)127 hpt red 5-8| 6
603 sinensis fimbriata |Chinese, fringed |...|...| ... G. jr&w a (10
604 Ramonda pyrenaica Pyrenean 137] hp | pur. 5-6| 3
605 Rhodanthe Manglesii |Capt. Mangles’s 19 54) 82 | hha |rose 7-8 | 6
606 — semipléna — semi-double |... .\s.| «. abis Sa he
507 sp. cyanea sky-blue wee dvs al. bh 26
608 Rudbeckia élegans elegant 0/05)... | App hy 7-8) 6
609 Salpiglossisatropurpurea|dark-purple 14'59)137|hhb+ ie s 6-9) 6
610 picta painted 9 Vee] ees ode VERY 6
611 —- splendid mired }...\...| ... 2 pain. .. [PD
612 Saponaria calabrica Calabrian 1026|136| ha ‘|pink 7-9) °° 6
613 ocymoides = |Ocyma-like ij. hpt 16

wise ampeied

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

“W

| pee $a variety. 0) That the word |S ° Bis |e 4 SE 8

A d -|o . oral

|\is not literally translated, or is superadded..\,.3\,5) 7 (maiS s\ risa \e
No. Is feet is.
~ |614 Saltia bicolor 1 1) \two-coloured 2.25 101|hhpt|b&w) 8 | 6-9) 4
615 coccinea scarlet yg ee ch 4
616 limbata bordered ai bor. | 23 4
17 patens » spreading (extra) aes bias}. 10
18 Tenor Tenore’s ait. .| aes Losttli®e 4
19 sat AE din Nos. 614 to 619 |...1...) ... 20
620 Sanvitalia procumbens | procumbent 1954) 82 | hha| yel. |tra.|6-9| 4
621 Scabidsa élegans elegant 4/25/87) hp | bl. | 2 | 7-9!) 6
622 sp. capensis Cape sp RCA Ole |... 6
623 Schizanthus Grahami |Graham’s '14.59)134 hhb+ L&y.| df 46
624 retusus: blunt-leaved das AidaBdh werrneBetpel 2 tr .. PPB
625 — superbus —- superb (new) \o0s)...| ... | soe (sooyil--. |... IEG
26 pinnatus innate .. | hha i p.y| 14 | 7-843
27 — humilis dwarf Aereyeyyle |... PB
628 — porrigens spreading L.p.y.| « - AG
629 — Priestii Priest’s wy - HS
630 — pulchellus pretty w&p . HA
631°. — venustus beautiful iehl.. var. Q fre
632 nivalis, nova snow-white, mew |...\...| ... wh. ... SRO
oe eee eee Nos. 623 to. 632. }..3)...| ... div. «oe 140
Gat 0.6 2 HH fine mixed Vatdss| 000 sie it bag
35 Schizopétalon Walkeri | Valker’s 15/61} 85 | hha| wh. | 1-})7-9 | 6

: 36 Scutellaria alpina alpine 14/58)101| hpt |b&w) $= | 1-8)" 3
| (637 "9 garganica Garganian techie] ~nartobile ie 6
638 Schultésia, sp. ( fine species) 425/93 |G. 6
639 Siléne ornata ornamented 10/28)186) ha | pur.|-1 | 7-8)" 3
640 pendula pendulous soe] J..| casirsirarasel Jay |... Hy
641 ~ sibirica coccinea _ |searlet beseleee| oe. | bPPj see 141649 | 3
642 Solanum, sp: Copiapo. |( Chilean speeies)| 5 \25/137) hh st IPO
643 Sisyrinchium, 2 sp. (two fine species)| 3)\...\100) hp | bl.\-1 . 20
644 Sollya heterophylla** {various-leaved. | 5 |...)122| Go}. | |... 16
1645 0-9 sp. Nove Hollandie|New Holland sp.|:..|...| 00. [oa esto (VD
646 Séphora havanensis Havannah 10}...|102) S.fryele} 3: | 7-946
47 sp. Anguilla Anguilla pee.) 2... |G: ia)... VE)
648 Sphendgyne speciosa {showy (extra) |1955) 82) hha|y&b.) 14}... | 6
649 Stachys coccinea scarlet 1458101/ hpt| se. | 1 | 6-8/1 0
650 speciosa showy | Se Mea ea ator HO®
651 Stenactis speciosa showy 19/54) 82 pur. f° 2 }o.. 3
652 Sutherlandia frutescens |shrudby 17/45/102 hhp+ 800} Beis) SANS
653 Streptocarpus Rexii Rex’s 2 \25| 71) .G. | bl} o] ... 16
654 Stylidium fasciculatum |lundle-flowered |2037140 pink] ... | 7-9/6
655 Tageétes lucida shining 19}54) 82) ccc fyels fob pus ]0%
656 Tecdma stans upright 14:59) 71 | bhp}... | 10 6
1657 radicans** rooting deal Lc drones pas 6
(658 Tephrosia amcena pleasing 17,45 102). S. Dido WG
1659 Thunbergia alata** winged 2 25) 62 | gha | buff} 5 | 6-9) 6
60 — alba** white (eyed) ee . tw&bhaey| 2. 6
‘661. = —aurantiaca** lorange or. otf NG
62: ° — Barkéri** (entirely white), a} wae pow! aleve stg 6
63 Thysandtus, sp. Novee H.|( fine sp. New H.)| 6 § 25.103) G. pur. 6-8 11 0

18" CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. :

A — indicates a variety. RY) That the word\® 5 ro) S &B 5 ie ; 2 |
F (fe not literally translated, or is superadded. }\,3\,3|\7% It AlS S$} ‘a. |
No. s.d.
664 Tigridia pavonia Peacock 16)38|100| hhp jo&r.} 1 6
665 Tithonia tagetiflora Marigold-flowd. |19)55| 82| G. | yel. 6
666 Trachélinm certileum —|dlue 5 |25| 76 |bhpt! bl. 4
667 Trixis senecioides Senecio-like 19/56] 82 | hha| wh. | 14} ... [> 6 !
668 Tropolum brachycéras |short-horned** | 8 |25\143) G. | yel. | 6 | 6-9|1 0} :
669 Jarattii** Mr. Jarratt’s® envoy i. » (Sad core. eee
670 pentaphyllum** =| five-leaved sf... ae ... jo&y.. 6)
671 peregrinum’** (Canary Bird) |...\...|...| ... |yel. |... 6)
672 tricolorum** three-coloured |...\...| ... .» lo&p.} .., 10)
673 —_—— Nos. 668 to 672 |...|...| ... han Bie 40)
674 Tweedia cerilea blue 5 |26) 68 | hhp| bl. 6):
675 Verbascum Lagurus Lagurus » (95/137 dia 6):
676 formosum beautiful Usaha 5 el 3}
677 speciosum showy... NA 3}
678 Verbena Aubletia Aublet’s 14159|146|hhb+ ih 6)
679 pulchella BPEL 00 REN eee oon | ATTY Pats 6) :
680 venodsa veined, © Penh. oy) tose eerie. (ORG
681 sp. ex Coquimbo —|( fine sp. Chile) |...\...| ... wah what joan ETO
682 Si extra fine 10 var.|...|...| .. aa! Re eee. EAS.
683 — Nos. 678 to 681 j...}...]... deo) Vite inet . |b 6) |
684 Vicia Nissolia Nissol’s 17|45|102) ha | pur. “3 ,
685 Vinca rosea et var. alba |rose and white | 5 \25|66)| S. |réw.| 1 OD 3
686 Zinnia élegans elegant 19\54| 82 | hha i: vio. 6)
687 — alba — white aayiiy: wh. |... 6) |
688 —atrococcinea |— dark searict |...|...|...| ... | ds 8)... ‘6
689 —atropurptrea |— dark purple |...|...|...| .. |d. pil... 6)
690 — coccinea — scarlet Jo.) | ieee 6)
691 — purpurea — purple Sethes.| «os | Aden MBRR 6)
692 — litea —- yellow fee. Joo ee 6)
693 —_—— splendid mixed \vesl.e.| 0. | see | Gio |, 1 0}
694 —_-—— Nas. 686,40: 693 4i0s02.|". 4h eed py 4 0)
695 Zinnia aurea golden eh Dut Sa cok howell goin og 3)
696 grandiflora large-flowered — |ss.|e..| ... | see | TEM | see 3)
697 6 sp. 6 sp. mixed esslage| --| | oh nintoa 6)
New and rare Seeds from Chile, &c. Ya a Dh
698 50 species from the North of Chile, comprising many new.........,...2 10 0
699 A fine new Annual from Swan River, blue ..........ecceecsseeeses Per, 2°'6
700s, a ary » Cogttimbo, yellow’ N\)) civil gee 2. 5B
a sesh |, Argneros, purples Sa... dai) Se 2 6
702_—C(«,, if se huey SL) ae a eee 2 6
793 A climbing Perennial from Swan River, blue!"i).......)..\cadheeeeneenaee 1 6
704 A fragrant Perennial from Argucros, white ..............sssce00 say davish big
705 Cruciferz sp. fine No. 1. from Coquimbo Bay ...........c..c.eseee Eeadsl, Lepage
706 Cruciferz: sp. fine No. 2. from Elgui (Chile) .............cseeesseeceeesees 1 0
707 Epacridacee, 3 sp. from Swan River ................cecceeeuedecees reyes ce 2° 6
708 Leguminosz sp. No. 1. from Swan River .............eccceeceeceteceesess PRR
709 Leguminose sp. No. 2. from Coquimbo............esecccseeeceeeseeceeece: | 1 6
710 Leguminose sp. No. 3. from Maitland Island ............ccceseeeeescees 1°6
#11; Fine Shrub, No. 1. 'from Swan: River (..04:4)50.). 2 eA aeeneant 1 6
tte No.2. from: Swan River .....:.cisaeesesmneprnasahnnl eae 1 6
713 Nos. 699 to 749A, 44 Packets oe ccc seene: «ube cea apa ie aguamebenmne vit 0 0

ae * Bo aie
CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 19
_ The following Plants are best known by the English Names, but as the Scientific
Name is » to show the genus to which they belong, the latter is also given.
Such Popular Names as White Candytuft have no affinity with the Latin ; they are,

therefore, not to be considered as translations.

r nhs employed to indicate varieties. [Bl5|6 |x doe |, SES
. —-—- indicate sub-varieties. aiaizltaldsia ite a
ee el et ayy aT Ost C7 CONN MEE St Ge Tt Yount ora bees
Xo feet sd.
ae tkdonis, Flos Adonis estivalis 13/35/129; ha | sc. | 1 |7-8| 3
715 autumnal GULUMNALIS —... Jansfaas| one cr. sae: toda
716 Aster, Chinese, m. | Aster sinensis, pl. var. 1954) 82 be div.| 2 |8-10) 3
717 quilled (German)| —jistuldsus _..J.s.| te es ony eka
718, dark blue — atro-ceritleus |...|...| ... d. b. a Lape
719 dark red | —atroribens —|s-....] we d.r. cote sh
720 light blue — lete-ceriileus |...|...| ++ a. Be ive, fat
721 ~—new Globe PE TT A ae (es OP div. ree (ae
722 rose eS ls etalieal ae rose nce (pia
723 striped — striatus —_sasefecel oes str. Jas 4
724 white | SS ne Ho a See wh ith 4
725 Turkey — turcicus TOG i comaty ween fh
726, — new striped — striatus novus rc oe gn gab 4
727, Anemone-flower-| — anemoneflorus Pag abe A Rae
728, pyramidal fed) —pyramidalis |...|...| ... Mea cept ageme he?
729 early dwarf — NANUS Pr@COL | .0e).4.| ae writateok J doh a
730 Auricula, Alpine _ |Primula Auricula 91251127). hp...) 2. | d-gt
721 extra fine ee A ae tlateal a's sescdivic: kieen ee

-|782 Balsam, fine double|Balsamina hortensis_|...|... G9} tah. comtl 249 ee
733 Caneiinalawer dj — Camellieflora _|...|...|... EUS Netecsesein Conia sap 6
784 flesh-coloured — carnea,.___—_ avalos... EDR aR, | 8 | ghee ikon 4
739 = rose ; SE, 60 2 a ate rh rn ee oe AMOS beet eee | ad
736 «=Cviolet =. — violaicea ee a Wiel Chaalee ats sis 4
daé——sScarlet,2 fine var.) — coccinea =| |e} .| 0 tye S@ecdesks ko... HOO
738; new spotted — punctata nova. j+s+\.0.| + one ISDOB apache >= 6
739, — striped — stridta nova. |e] .+ cin iE gt soll acs a Ge
740 white OSS aaa ais a ate faa] Welhes heesaeattcatoen ade
741 new dwarf,4 var.) —ndna nova _ ke... |uvel os Pig 8 8p Pe de al

eel | cA aaah ee :« IpkG
743 Cape Marigold Calendula pluvialis |19/56 82) ha |w&p|} 1 |7-8| 3
744 _ large or hybrid Eo cy ena] Aca aie SO 85:1 Ps cope ee
745 Candytuft, white ([lbéris amara MAUL LOD vast sl ame al anect Ue-ev lm, Go
746 . purple MIMAUGLE i leeolenal: ae elif rian sb DMs bee col cee dad

\747 . Normandy — MAjOr tonelanah os pat = ety Gana wp
748 . new crimson — phenicea 298 0 IE, ROR Ys Png Ree em aNy ite?
749 _ new lilac —lildcina —nealees . 1 a samy ach dle 4
730 | new rocket GORORATIG oe leaalsn slang sinh Weal nea dak ostba WAssian
791. sweet-scented OF en anal dei non Scat cide nae Leech Iie
792. two-coloured BCNIA ao inert rine aaleadl. id Avg FO Eel seenht cae Eh unt

\498 , Nos. 74570752 | ——— aval} ve “fs Has SP 40"

4. mixed Oe ene: (ok ee ae ie 3

5 Capsicum, 12 var. |Capsicum annuum 5/25/1387; ta | fd.) 2 |7-911 0
756 Carnation, mixed |Dianthus Caryophyl- 10|26136) hp | diy.|...|6-8| 3

7. double —— — LTUS! aL emeladic sat | nelestuls ascites 2a Adi
i 8 finest German a EN FR OOS FO Bhp | ge: Herat a> rite i
ee

20
A — is employed to indicate varieties.

No.

759 Carnation, Picotee
760 finest German
761 Catchfiy, Lobel’s
762 Cockscomb, dwarf

Dianthus Car. var.

Silbne Arméria

763 fine Giant — gigantea
764 white-bordered — albo-cincta
765 yellow — litea

766 fine mixed ———

767 Columbine, fine m.
768 ‘6G fine species
769 Chrysanthemum, tr.

Aquilegia vulgaris

Chrysan. carinatum

770 ~~ new golden — luteum
771 ~~ showy speciosum
772~—«yel. and whitem.| corondrium
773 Now: 7090 vee. | ae

774 Clary, red and pur. |Salvia Horminum
775 Convolvulus, minor|Convolvulus tricolor

776 — white var. — albus
777~—SsSicilian siculus

778 ~=mixed minor ——

779 .-Nos.G 730 778 |...

780 = Major mixed** = |Jpomea purpirea
781 ext.fine; 16 var.**| — — —

782. ~—s dark violet** . — atroviolacea
783 spotted** — punctata
784 — striped** — striata

785 rose** — rosea

786 ~white** — alba

787 -.-Nos. 781 to 786 | —

Primula veris

Centaurea Cyanus

Solanum ovigerum
— leucocarpon

788 Cowslip, fine mixed
789 Cyanus, fine mixed
790 Egg Plant, purple
791 _~—=~white

792 mixed

793 Dahlia, fine double
794 Fraxinelia, red

795 - white

796 FrenchHoneysuckle
797 ~~ white

798 GlobeAmaran thus,
799. 4 var.

800 Gourds,finest mixed| Cucurbita, pl. var.

— flore-albo
Hedysarum coronar.

— album
Gomphrena globisa

801 Bottle and Club | — Lagenaria
802. crange — aurantia
803 striped pear — ovifera, var.
804. Mammoth — Pepo, var.
805 Nos. 800 to 804 | — — —

806 Hawkweed, yellow | Tolpis barbata
807 — silvery — argentea
808 purple

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

Celosia cristata, nana 5 25

Dahlia, seu Georgina |\19|54
Dictamnus Fraxinella\10\25

: Créepis riibra eke Ae i oe

.¥ a

—|—— | _ ey a ee

serleee

eeclese
eeelees

weelene

eeohoes

o/h hd div.
a. Wo ly

. |spot.! ...
str’,
rose| ...

eerloee|) sos

Seve res wh. |...
ae Nee oe fk A Ve
ar hee 127| hpt

55| 82 | ha

25|137| ta | vio.) .
WAvattcee wh.|')..
WM oie 2 . \V&w ee.

82 |hhp?| div.
132) hp | red

17/45

eeslowe! cae

woe ade | WRG,
102\hhpt} red
wh. |...
9 |25) 63 ta pur.

21/49) 86 | hha

19153} 82} ha Jo. | 1

eeolese| coe

OS OS OS Cy OS OS OE OS OE OS SOS WO OS OE SS COS UO SUS WOI UW WOSOWRWWAWARDAAAWAAR!

eeeleee|] coe

“ead Ay ead i’ ® :

- CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

21

% ve — i epoe to indicate varieties. [2|C case a= = 2 : 2

eZ S414 Alo sim Se) a
No. 74553 feet s.d.
809 Hawkweed, new w. | Crepis alba 19)53| 82 ha | wh.| 1] |7-8)| 3
810- Nos. 806 #2 809 | ——— 3 _ afd ee “e dnp. (bad
811 Heartsease, ext. fine) Viola tricolor, var. | 5 |25)147 hpt | div. |... | 6-9 |1 0
812 Hollyhock, fi. Germ.| Althea rosea 20 var. \16\48111) hp |rose| 7 | ... |1 0
813 black MAGE i 0 ROAR eso blk. | ... 3
$14 dark red atroribens ©) \waslece| ees Ge Te weds 3
815 pink erubescens — |asalveclooe pink | ... 3
816 purple purpurea wrsictils pur.|... 3
817 — rose. rosea gfiaahra es rose} ... 3
18 sulphur sulphiirea * ae Na sul.} ... 3
19 . white alba aigas fide wh. | «s 3
20 ‘yellow lutea sean oe yeli:|was 3
821 Antwerp — ficifolia ahvewes« buff |... 3
22 Chinese chinensis me Soe vio. | 3 3
23. new dwarf — pl. var. a pes Sey GIVE acchs.s. EVD
24 Nos.\812 to 823 | —— — Balsiell ove) | (vey biyage ob) BUG
25 Horn Poppy, 3 var.|Glaucium, 3 sp. 13)25)120) ha | ....) 2.|7-8| 3
826 — violet Reméria hybrida Suolecee |---| e@ah tedlex sd DOS
27 Ice Plant Mesembrianthemum c.\12\27| 90 | hha | wh. |tra.| 5-8} 4
328 Jacobea, purple |Senécio élegans 19/54) 82 ... |pur.}14)7-9} 3
29 white =). Aas eee 2 See ae Sa WHE Ns eadlviee HUD
30. double purple — purpiirea plena |...\.0.) 0+ ose) | DUE, | wee 4
831 — red — ribra — eee] TEM} wi. 4
32 — violet — violacea — oot NIHON aids 4
833 —- new brown — fusca nova — oo | Bithbaas 4
854 — white — alba — woe | WHR was 4
835 Nos. 828,to 834 | — — — ies Say 20
836 fine mixed — Mal oceb nd] see, 77 6
837 Larkspur, dwarf, m.|Delphinium Ajaaie 13/28|129| ha | div.| 1 3
838. — per ounce aes vbalzat dointt} ond blips 10
839. dwarf, blue-grey | himile plumbeum lead}... 3)
840. — blue — cerileum bleach 3|
841 — Quaker = CRSIUM o> \>hwadl ental ood QTey iss 33
842 — rose SPOON MIE. 4 ois" Lib L eel eww oe 4 TOSE| -s 3
843. — white ek ae EP ee wh.} os. 3)
1844 tall, fine mixed elatior, m. dla’ div. | 14 3]
845 — blue — cerileum Bl ese bls haa 3
1846 — new brown — fuscum novum |.o.\e0. QLey| «+ 3
847 —rose — roseum phd rose}... 3
848 branching, m Consolida ewe div. | 2 3
849 — blue — cerileum bib ble Aaey 3
50 — rose — riseum duhawohe dei 1¢¢s0| BOSE% abn 3
‘4851 fine m. perennial| pi. sp. perennans_ ...|...| ...| hpt | div.| 3 6
#852 Lavatera, red _|\Lavatéera trimestris. |16/48)111) ha | red |... 3
1853 ~~ ~white — alba pibia| ase ae WS renter} ee. fio
54 Love lies bleeding | Amaranthus caudatus 21|40| 63 red |tra.| 7-8 |. °3
09 buff — fulvus biel Wen} vee |) stv (NAB saaty... GOR
06 Lupines, large blue |Lupinus hirsitus 16|45|102) ... | bl..| 2.) 7-9} 3
7 Dutch blue canaliculatus ..\ses|eee| oo iis we ORS
8 large rose pilosne \ wythesaaeke Lm 3

‘ Te aaa a Sai et Se
22 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. es

B\S|¢ [8 g\¢

A — is employed to inal icate varieties.
ploy i ari ere ee

No.

859 Lupines, small blue Lupinus misinetaininte 0 16\45|102; ha 0

860 white
861 yellow
862 straw

mixed
865 Mallow, 6 sp.
866 Marigold,French,m.
867 dwarf
865 tall double
869 superb striped
870 unique
871 Marigold, African
new dwarf
lemon
orange
Nos. 866 to 874
876 Marvel of Peru
red-striped
yellow
yellow-striped
white
three-coloured
hybrid
long-tubed
new purple
Nos. 876 to 884
mixed
887 Monkshood, 6 sp.
888 Mignonette, oz. 6d.
889 Nasturtions, dwarf
890 common dwarf
tall
new sulphur
893 dark red
894 Shilling’s
895 Nos. 889 to 894
896 Palma Christi
897 Peas, Tangier
898 — striped

899 Lord Anson’s 2 v.

900 winged 2.
901 Crown
902 Nos. 897 to 901

903 Pea Sweet, per lb. 4s.

904 black
painted Lady
purple

scarlet
striped

albus
liteus
— stramineus

— ee

—_—_—

Malva, 6 sp. sep. lABHLL) 22. | eee
19/54) 82 | hha | div. |),

Tagetes patula
— himilis
— grandis
— striata, fi. pl.
— striata simplex
Tagétes erecta
— himilis nova
— citrina
— crocata

—

Mirabilis Jalapa
— striata ribra
— hitea
— striata litea
— alba
— tricolor
— hibrida
longiflora
— purpurea

Aconitum, 6 sp.

Reseda odorata: 11)...{180

Tropeolum minus 8 148/143)...

— dubium
Majus
— sulphireum

=~ po bS

~

ESOS SWE

13/28|129) hy

. * ° . . .
= oo oo 8 G:

_— to he

— atrosanguineum
— Shillingii
Ricinus major
Léthyrus tingitanus |17\45
— striatus
magellanicus
Tetragondlobus pur.
Pisum umbellatum

Lathyrus odoratus
— niger
— pictus
— purpureus
— coccineus
— striatus

. . .
—a a.

~

en

a

i
ee we ©

ee

Rewewaanskes

~

| WOSWewWwMSomweEwowane

——

dark purple

. white
giant white
new Victoria

— alba
— — major
— var.

eeelees| cee

eeoleee! eee

* CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

DR WSWAAW AWA OWWWWWW ADE WO AWWW WO WOWWOHWMWWWWWWHOSWORARWS

3 actly mpleyed to indicate varieties S ° 8g a= Me 6
ass ae haa Peer iorS | el [col es
No. feet
‘/909 Peas, | sweet, white |Zéthyrus odor. albus |17\45)102) ha | wh.} 4 | ...
#910 Nos. 903 to 909 | ——— — jaaalase} eee Rawethiries
{911 Polyanthus, fine m. |Primula elatior 5 (25|127 hpt div.| 1 | 4-6
#912 — extra fine mixed | ——— Jassie} oe. as)
1913 Pink, common Dianthus moschatus |10)|26)136 hp w&r.| ... | 6-8
{914 finest double — flire-plend —asalaee| oes co |) ackcrtenenpeh
}915 Poppy, fine m. 10 v. | Papaver somniferum |13)25 120) ha | div. | 23} 7-9
916 double black Slore-pleno niger | .ssheee| oe o sla sof OM cater bic iy
917 — blush — ribens RMetdh ave Ted f sss
918 — Carnation — caryophylloides |...|...| ... Stites) jesk
)919 — fringed,3var.| — fimbridtum —|.u.)...| ... bor. | ..
\920 — new rose — roseum NOVUM |.s.ee.| ee TOS€} «+ } .,
4921 — scarlet — coccineum — IN aslese| oes See, (Nici hs LA
\922 — white — album —— Iasalecel oes Whe disvedl’...
(923 FrenchorRanun., Rhaas —— |asslass| oe. div.| 13] ...
1924 Chinese, painted; — pictum Wal ooteys dns Peoavetlitiee.
4925 ..Nos. 915 to 924 | ——— [driacus'...|...|... Sr ee eee
1926 Prince’s Feather | Amaranthushypochon 2149) 63 pur.| 3 | 7-8
4927 . new Giant GPECLOSUS Ror WVU ove} 00s veaeh mobibr...
1928 Quaking Grass Briza maxima 3 26) 92| ... | gr. }14) 7-9
4929 Rocket, sweet Hesperis tristis 1561} 85| hp | wh.|...| 5-8
{930 Dames’ — matronalis ities ss ove | PUPbgsdly...
1931 Rose Campion Lychnis Githago 10/30/1386) ha |, cr..| 2} 7-8
_ 4932 Scabions, fine dwarf|Scabidsa nana 4 |\25| 87 | ... | dive}d 17-9
1933 — dark purple atropurpurea Rainy «oe hpt| pur.} 2.}....
934 mixed BAP. go tirivahbatees =4 woe HORVeh vs
935 large-flowered grandiflora —™—|esalewe| oes RM dee
9936 © starry aigiaia === Vat «., bl. {43
4937 _Nos. 9382 to 936} — — — seh bawatyhes isa i
1938 Sensitive Plant Mimésa sensitiva 2351102). G, |pink| 13) 6-9
/939 Snapdragon, fine m.|Antirrhinum Majus |14|59\184) hpt | div.) 2.) ...
4940 Carnation — caryophylivides |...|...| +++ ts WBtholietho..
4941 = new Pink — roseum Hwee! ... wo» (TOSCO Aap...
942 painted — pictum pe ee ee Po
943 — scarlet — coecineum dastieap ss. «oki | BGi4 Badiec,
944 yellow —ditewm + Aesaleusfece woe | WObtiliade...
1945 purple — PUrpuUreum —avalaee| ves ole) pa Ah pete feo
1946 white — album ——— aaslessfeee vee {RST R Ae td
1947 Nos. 939 +0 946} —-—-— sus sfuss}eee woe Ghar bi Peath ot)
)948 Snake Melon Crcumis flexuisus |21/49|} 86) fa | yel. |tra.| 7-9
949 Spanish Broom Spartium junceum |16/45|102; hp | ... | 3 | 6-9
950 Stock, Ten-week |Mathiola annua, 10 v.\15\61) 85 | hha} div.|14) ..,
{951 scarlet — COCCINEA, \\\ > Jassjewe] ses Cs ee ae
1952 giant scarlet — — MAJOF —awlaval oer Wah ah Dew...
953 new scarlet = a NOVAS Wo vpaashed abies aii podety Wet
954 purple — purpurea Ba esti]... PU. dialed),
999 — atropurpirea oat GLA ss
EES SEE Eee aS Le I ee

24

A — is employed to indicate varieties.

CARTER'S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. —

red

‘Pricey aa

mi | | rr | | es | ee

No. wd.
959 Nos. 950 to 958) —— — 15/61) 85 | hha | div. 0
960 Stock, German, d. |Mathiola annua, d. }...\.44| 0+ wok late 6
961 large packet — densiflora 9 \eva\eee| oo ona | Sapam 0
962 dark blue — atro-c@rtilea —\ses|sos| oo we [db 6
963 light blue — lete-ceriilea | ...\40.) woe | Lees 6
964 carmine — minidta — |eaelecs| eee we. | Car. MG
965 crimson — kermesinad —acalawsl vee adti| 008 «6
966 new yellow — lutea nova ——|aasleve| one wow yee 6
967 peach-blossom | — persiciflora — jss.jecs} ose .. | peh 6
968 rose —— POSED ANN HOM Daa les 1+. [rose 6
969 violet — violacea soe LORE, 6
970 white — alba ->-xieyenestons vo | Wh. 6
971 wallfl.-leaved —cheirifolia —— \asclecs| wee ... | div. 6
972 Autumnal, 12 v.) —autumndlis © |sr.j...| ose Janeane 6
973.... Nos. 960to 972|...—-— ~——i<ié‘“‘C nae ee 56
974 Stock, Queen, p. |Mathiolaincana — jas. \a00| «0 hhb | pur. 3
975 scarlet — COCCINCA —=—avalacef ane wee | SC 3
976 white — alba sé wh. 3
977. 12 fine var.m. | —pl. var. — — [esslaweheee div. 10
978 Brompton, sc. simplicicaulis ——\neslase| ane sc. ig
979 — white Set!) ee Ee Se wh. Nib
980 — purple —— PUrpUreda —=—Javaleas| one pur. eh
981 —carmine, G. | —'minidta ——_acelace| cer car. Ne
982. — crimson — kermesina — | ewslave| ane cr. 6
983. — new copper | — ctiprea nova — | ssu|.as| oe cop. 6
984 — violet —"pigiatéa.., -. parables. . | Vio. 6
985 — violet, dark | — atro-violdcea |..\.0.| «.. . {dvi sh
986 — white, G. —— ie, Ae wh. Mab its
937 . Nos: 981 to 986). — —— ola oh eee . 12.6
988 Imperial, red — imperialis haat EAE red ALG
989 — purple — — purpirea shoul eles ur. '6
990 Sunflower, double | Helianthus annuus |19|55| 82) ha | yel. A} lap
991 Giant — giganteus theevtronedl Me 3
992 5 var. sep. —_——— Rvithyeates ans! wan (eR jL O}
993 Sweet Alyssum |Alyssum maritimum |1560) 85 | hpt | wh. ‘Nig
994 Sweet Sultan Amberbia moschata \19/55) 82 | hha | pur. Mg
995 — white — alba BP Pe et 3
996 yellow — suaveolens bide yel. 2
$97 blush Crocodglium el tit bl. 3
998 Nos. 994 to 997; —— — sila ; 10
999 Sweet William,20v.| Dianthus barbatus |10)/26\186) hp | div 6

1000 fine scarlet — COCCINEUS —awalace| aoe sc. 6

1001 Venus’ Looking- |Prismatocarpus Spé- | 5 \25|76| ha | bl. 3

1002 Svar.sep. [Glass| —-—— [culumi...|...}... uo) PELE PARAS) RAG

1003 Venus’ Navelwort |Cynoglossum linifoli- |...|...|72| ... | wh. 3

1004 Violet, sweet Viola odorata — [um|...|...|147| hp} div. 6

1005 Russian — ple Bare oo faaeheastesan vee [ones tae

1006 Virginian Stock |Maledmia maritima |15|61; 85} ha | li. ANB

1007 = white —— aoa) \oohmienians ... | Wh, Vig

1008 Wallflower, dark |Cheiranthus Cheiri }...|.+.} ... hp } br. 3

-CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 25

> Ae employed to indicate varieties.

Price.

oy

— varidbilis
double dark — flore-pléno
— dwarf — — nanus
— blue — — ceriileus
— violet — — violaceus
. lilac, 1s lildcinus
yellow liteus
Nos.1008t01015| — — —
41017 Winter Cherry |Physalis Alkekengi
}1018 Xeranthemum,pur.| Xeranthem. annuum
{1019 — white — album [tedatum...'...) ...
— yellow Elychrisum brac-
— new white — album nivum
— new straw-c.| — stramineum
| —_——

—

Go .
CWWWWWWOWKkAOOOKS

.
—

‘ ADDITIONAL SEEDS.

) $d,
1024 Anomathéca cruenta blood-red per packet }0 6
1025 Antirrhinum Majus, pulchellum (Snxapdragon, pretty a 0 6
1026 #$— formdsum — beautiful ai 06
1027 — quadricolor — four-coloured os 06
1028 Aquilégia alpina Columbine, alpine A 04
1029 Arabis alpina Wall-Cress, alpine 0 4
1030 Begonia grandiflora large-flowered m 06
1031 Bosea Yermavora Yermavora s 0 6
1032 Brugmansia bicolor (dark-red var.) 3 0 6
1033 Calendrinia officinalis, 2 var. (two fine varieties) 0 6
1034 Calla zthidpica Ethiopian > 06
1035, Campanula barbata, 2 var. (dlue and white, sep.) os 06
{1036 gemmifera gem-flowered - 0 4
‘|1037 grandis lgrand - 0 6
|1038. Crucianella stylosa long-stiled . 04
1039 Fumaria spicata spiked ( fine) Js 03
1040 Galardia Richardsdni Richardson's 04
1041 aristata awned ee 0 3
1042 Magndlia grandiflora large-flowered % 1 0
|1043 Malope trifida, alba white Hf 03
1044 — grandiflora large-flowered ve 03
045 Malva Nivéeni Niven’s - 06
1046 Pentstémon Scouléri Scouler’s i 06
1047 Petunia phoenicea, var. (fine variety) 9 0 6
1048 Passiflora certlea blue-flowered 4s 06
1049 Potentilla splendens shining % 0 6
1050 Portulaca Gilliésii Gillies’ s 06
1051 Scutellaria splendens splendid is 06
1052 Tigridia, sp. cerulea blue-flowered i 1 0
{1053 Verbascum phoeniceum. purple 9 03

NG 4 Lesa, , ae TMs me ay ae
26 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS, ee ie tie:

BULBOUS ROOTS, +

Sio/ol#@ else s/s el} 8
4l4)2 iid|Ss| aia &
feet s. d,
*Amaryllis aulica courtly each\ 6 |25| 64| S. |g&s.|14|7-8| 2 6
calyptrata veiled (bright green)|...|.+.| ... vee | QT. Peet pest moe
psittacina Pareor ss 0) FOR em ae ... Oesteae 26
sp. braziliensis Brazilian, sp. No. 1 aod Rp KH 96
— — No. 2. Lele cliNg, O. oy tawsieeeneae ane ies Ie ae 2 6).
— nodva ex Chile Chilean, sp. No. 1.|...|..-|...| G. | dr. | 2 40
a — — No.2. ,, |...)... cect iaaee tae ae 40
a — — No. 3. ,, |...|... BPR OP ae gar 40
— — — 16 species [including the above)...|.-. mre heen 50 0
Anembdne coronaria new Dutch per 1b.\13/85|129| hp | ... | 14|5-7|12 0
— 24 in 6 varieties oo] vei] sae |) yee Pao wee aie ae
Anomathéca cruenta blood-red pp. doz.|...|---| ...| oe. |d-r.] 1 |6-9| 2-0
Brodiza sp. ex Chile Chilean sp. _ each| 3 |25|103| fp ...|6-7| 1 0
Clivea nébilis noble » |G]--.|64| S. jr&y.. 12) 7-8) 7 6
Conanthéra, sp. ex Chile |Chilean species ,, |...|---/103) fp 1 16
Crinum variabile variable »y |--- [eee] 64 | hhp 2 |17-9| 20
Gladiolus blandus fair 5 |3|---{100) ... | fi. 3g A pk
formosissimus most beautiful .,, |...|+<+l ve» | ase | Uta ceed Geant anne
ramosus branching 99 hats |*95)) seel'l onmiet dk eee
Victoria Queen Victoria’s,, |...\0°*) scl «ead Bestinae 12 6
— — — 20 species |including the above|...|..-\...| ... | div. |... 40 0
cardinalis Cardinal \ per doz.|...|-««| 0. |. sss eh eee ioe 5 0
oppositiflorus, Herb.| foribundus 9, |seelees} eon | ape) nce 5 0
Habranthus ? 4 sp. 4 sp. Valparaiso ea.| 6|...|64| G. ...|7-8| 26
Griffinia, sp. ex Brazil |Brazilian sp. ,, |...\+«.|... S. | pur.| 1 10 0
Iris susiana Susian 3 |.../100) hhp| str.| 2/ 5 | 10 )
tuberosa tuberous rooted ,. say A etleeendeee we HOC ey | amish dt Whe Ob
Ixia, pl. sp. et var. fine mixed per 100)...|...| ... hhp | div. |1-2) 5-6 /16 0
Lilium longiflorum long-fiowered p.doz.| 6 |...|64| hp | wh.| 2 | 7-9} 4 0
Oxalis Deppei Deppe’s 5, |10/30/118| hhp| red 26
Polyanthes tuberosa, fl. p.| Double Tuberoses ,,| 6 |25| 64 | ... | wh..| 3 | 8-9| 4 0
Ranunculus asiaticus extra fine m. p.100/13'385)129 E div.| 1 |6-7; 7 0
be Se ees 100 in 100 fine var.|...|... ... 120 0
— sanguineus scarlet: Turban ,, |...\es:| cei) lee sc. apbil iat re
— flavus yellow AP Pe eT PPh fs (:) yh ee Pg
100 Tur. in 5 var.|not incl. in the above Pe sR
——— white or spotted —|...)+++| +s. | see | eve [ere] oe | 10
Sparaxis tricolor et var. |20f. v. mix. per 109) 3 |25|100| hhp ..- | 5-6 20 0
Tecophilia, 2 sp. ex Chile two fine new sp. 615.) Gar ene ins 4 0
Trichonéma, 3 sp. 12 in 3 fine sp. 3 |...,100| ... | div.|...|5-6) 5 O
Tropeolum Jarrattii** {Mr. Jarratt’s, each 8 |...\143) G. |s&y.| 6 | 6-9) 3 6
3 |...(100) hhp| var.| 1 | 5-6] 2 6

Vieussieuxia glaucopis |( Peacock Iris) p.doz

** Orders for Amaryllis, Brodiea, Conanthera, Gladiolus, Griffinia, Iris, Ixia,
Lilium, Oxalis, Sparaxis, Tecophilia, Trichoneéma, Tropeolum and Vieussieuxia
are requested before the end of January. * Hippeastrum of Herbert,

ae ie, aie Od ~
‘ TA) ‘

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS. 27

KITCHEN GARDEN SEEDS.

Warranted Genuine.

Month ; | g Month i g
of Sow) 0% ounce; qt. quart. E lof Sow.| P2 packet; bush. bushel. =
ate per 02.|s.d.

3 and 4/Artichoke, best per oz.
Asparagus, giant
11 to 6|Beans, early Seago p- qt.
dwarf Fan b
new long pod *
sword long pod _s,,
green long pod 9

4 to 6 |Broccoli, very late d. Danish/1
6 best for succession |7
5 to 6 |Brusselssprouts,extrafi.,, {1
3 to 9 |\Cabbage, American, per 0z.|1
Carter’ s new Matchless|2
early dwarf per 02z.|0
early Nonpareil __,,

lto5 largest Windsor __,, — York ts
green Windsor 4 — Battersea i
4 to 6 |Beet, finest red per 02. — East Ham iy
green 2 — Emperor A
silver or Sea kail _,, — heart-shaped ,,
white rg — Paignton 5
4 to 5 |Borecole or Kail, brown ,, — Plaw a
green curled a — Sugar loaf He
purple — Vanack ss
variegated, &c. &e., a> — Wellington, &c.,,
4 to 6 Broccoli, earliest Cape p.,, large Imperial
Improved white Cape — Battersea is
Grange’s white 6 best sorts, 1 oz. each
early cauliflower __,, Red Dutch vs

— Belvidere +} Cabbage, drumhd. Savoy,,
— cream-coloured ,, large green Savoy ,,
— purple is yellow Savoy 9
— white - Braganza

— Malta 2 Pe-tsay or Chinese pa.
— Imperial & Turniprooted ab.g. oz.
— sprouting oy Turniprootedun.g. ,,
— Walcheren ie Chou de Milan 4s
Brimstone te 2 to 8 |Carrot, earliest. Horn __,,
dwarf Russian 4 long Surrey .
Hampton Court _,, — orange 5
Howden’s superb ,, Altringham #
Impregnated white ,, 2 to 8 |Caulifiower, early Eng. ,,
Invisible i late English a
Knight’s protecting ,, early Asiatic F
Portsmouth : late Cyprus ay
Winter Imperial __,, 3 to 6 \Celery, solid white He
White Southampton solid red 3
late white ee giant red. ie
—- Miller’s i giant white ‘5

— purple close-h. ,,
— large white hs
fs large purple ”
— American, ext. ,,

Celeri de Tours __,,
Seymonr’s white ,,
large root. Celeriac,,
Cardoon, Spanish 4)

pS ae a a OS a ST OO ee ee ee oe a ee

SSSSSSSSS SSSSSSSHRSSSSSSSSSSSAERE SALE LOA ALL ABLE

SSPE ESSE EE ES S SSS SSH SSS SSMS SS SSS SSSSSOSM
co hee hE ook wa at ce ts 02 ee SCR EE Soin © on oh .on.on cance ced nee nts 0 oe ces

— green
5 to7 French beans, all sorts per qt.
3 to 5 |Leek, London Flag p. oz.
1to8 Lettuce, Bath Cos* ég
new black-seeded
blood Cos
brown Cos*
black seed g. Cos.
dwarf Siberian
Egyptian Cos
Florence Cos x
green Cos ty
new black-seeded* ,,
Paris Cos
spotted Cos
white Cos
Silesia

3 to 9 |Mustard, white

Water Melons.

lto5 Citron water nage 06
for preserving only

Imperial, fine flavour |0 6

Long Carolina 0 6

Long Island

Long Mountain
sprout, very large

Mixed

} 0 6

p- quart
brown .
3 to 8 |Onion, blood-red
Deptford
Globe
— new white
James’ keeping
Lisbon*

99
per OZ.

28 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.
Month i © ||Month a
of Bow, oz. ounce ; qt. quart. F of Sow,| Pa Packet ; biish, bushel. ) Pan |
s.d. s.d.
3 to 6 |Chervil, curled per oz. |0 6/ 1 to 8 |Lettuce, Drumhead cab. oz. |1 0
4 to 6 Oolewart. Haw Green ,, |0 6 . Grand Admiral ca.,, {1 0
5 to 7 \Corn Salad 03 Imperial cabbage ,, {1 0
2 to 9 |Cress, common, per quart 10 Malta cabbage gic
triple, curled ba) BS Marseilles cabbage ,, |1 0
Cress, golden 20 Large Mogul eab. ,, {1 0
Amer. perennial p. ih 03 white-seeded » 31.0
1 to 6 |Cucumber, fine frame p. pa. |0 6 Hammersmith, hardy*|1 0
black spine, 14 inches {0 6 Tennis hall + Pit Bl
fine long prickly ,, |0 6 white cabbage* ,, |0 6
Southgate » 10.6 New Cape cabbage, pa.j1 0
Rochford », |0 64 and 5|Love apple or Tomato p.pa. |0 3
fine Ridge , 3 6 yellow ya Ve
short prick iy 3
green ie hey” 06 Melon Seeds, per Saal:
Cuthill’s black spine {1 0)| 1 to 5|Melon, Beechwood, extra {1 0
Hero of Surrey TS a Duncan’s fine g. fl. 1 0
fine new frame i i Golden Cassabar 10
Manchester prize ,, |0 6 Green-fleshed, fine m. |0 6
improved Manchester {1 0 Hardie’s new Canta- 26
Roman Emperor ,, {1 6 , lupe, the earliest }
Sion House Be = Netted Cantalupe, mix./1 0
Snow’s Horticultural |1 0) ¢& Niel’s extra fine g. f. {1 0
superb white spine ,, |1 0|| 2 Persian Melon 06
Walker’s Rambler.,, {1 6)| & Queen’s Pocket 190
— Traveller Pain ec E Scarlet-flesh, fine m. |0 6
— superba » {1 6 5 Scarlet Rock 06
Weedon’s prize ,, {1 0 ij Suecade Melon, extra |] 0
The last 18 sorts, 12s. RS White Frogmore 0 6
6 to 8 |Endive, greencurled oz. 0 8) ¥ Windsor prize, scarlet |0 6
white curled ys 8} Windsor prize, green |0 6
Batavian, white __,, 8i) x 6 best sorts 6.0
8
6
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

* Best for Autumn sowing.

brown Dutch*

Sala ae oe SS

i)
AQBGAGHGAAaAGSSOSOSN

Portugal, white zi

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

29
oz. ounce; qt. quart. pa. packet ; bush. bushel. =

.d. s.d.
3 to 8 |Onion, Reading, white, p. oz. 1 to 8 |Radish, early short toptp.qt.|2 0
ete Silver-skinned y long Salmon fax 20
Y eee Spanish, white* __,, white Naples a, [oe Bl
a & — brown ” purple Salad eo ih 6
ce Strasburg 9 red Turnip » |2 0
mis Tripoli* i white Turnip » jo @
* Two-bladed ip yellow we (2 6
yt Welch* 09 olive-shaped per oz. |0 3
7 to 5 |Parsley, curled sy Black Spanish js OS
extra curled 5 Rampion per pa. |0 6
‘Hambro, rooted ,, Rape, Salad per qt. |1 0
2 to 5 |Parsnip, hollow-crowned,, 3 to 5 |Rhubarb, fine mixed per oz. \0 6
9 to 5 |Peas, early Kent p. qt. Giant per pa. |0 6
— Race Horse ys Tobolsk bi eG
— Prince Albert _,, Salsafy per oz. |0 8
— Warwick be Scorzonera » 108
—s. blossom Frame 2 to 5 \Sea Kail per qt. |2 0
—d.blossom do.,, Skirret per oz. |0 8
— nimble ” Sorrel » |0 6
— Charlton “ 2 to 6 |Spinach, round per qt. |1 0
— Bishops dwarf ,, 2 to 10 prickly ie | ae |
— Auvergne £ broad Flanders ea ek
Egg, large ” 3 to 5 New Zealand per oz. |0 6
Marrow, dwarf wh.,, 2 to 5 |Squash, 6 var. per pa. [0 6
— tall white ” 2 to 6 |Turnip, early Dutch per oz. |0 3
— dwarf green ” early Mousetail » 08
— tall green # — six week » 8
— early green a 3 to 9 — stone » 03
— Woodford’s green yel. Altringham ,, (03
— Grotto or oyster,, — Maltese ana Os
— Royal Victoria ,, — stone » 038
Knight’s marrow, d.w. 3 to 5 Teltau, German ,, (0 6
tall white ” yel. Scarisbrick per pa. |0 6
new dwarf green ,, Vegetable Marrow sai, tn 6

Gewie 16 SWEET & POT HERBS.
Matchless Marrow ,, 4 to 6 |Balm per pa. (0 3
Prussian, blue 3 Basil, sweet #1 10 3
Prussian, white = — bush » 70 8
Groom’s superb se, Bugloss vido 8
Imperial, Bedman’s,, Burnet » 303
Scimitar, blue ia Clary » WO Ss
— white ‘a Capsicum and Chilis’ ,, |0 6
Spanish dwarf De Fennel yt 0.3
— new blue a Hyssop » |03
oe white Rounceval, &c.,, Lavender 9 aU
| 4 to 6 |Potato Seed, best pa. Marjoram, sweet » 403
5 and 6|Purslain, green per oz. — pot » (O38
1 to 8|Radish, long frame per qt. Marigold, pot ws
x early scarlet A Rosemary a 10.8

30 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

o
Oo
4
rt

Month :
0z. ounce; qt. quart. rf

of Sow.
el,
4 to 6 Sage per pa.|0 3
Savory, Summer i Old
— Winter » 1038
Thyme » (03
FRUIT SEEDS.
Strawberry, Red Alpine, pa.
— white Ee
— Keen’s seedling ‘,

— Elton Pine, &e. 5
Raspberry, best red by

And Seeds of other Fruits,

oococco
lor eor mor mer mcr)

Vn _ . ~

pa. packet ; bush. bushel. ¥)

ROOTS, PLANTS, &c.
The Prices variable.

Artichokes per peck |s.d.
Asparagus, 1 &2 yrs. per100.|3 0
3 & 4 years gs aD
Grayson’s giant ,, |5 0
Chives a
Garlic per lb. j1 0
Horse Radish per doz.
Mushroom Spawn per bush. |4 0
Potato, early forcing, all sorts
Rhubarb, Tobolsk per doz. |12s

Physical Herbs, &c. Myatt’s Victoria each |2 0

Rocambole per lb.
Shallots ”
Sea Kail per 100.

Strawberries, various __,,
Raspberries, all sorts.

SUNDRY PLANTS.

To prevent his sending duplicates of sorts already possessed, J. C. requests a
list of such as are not to be included; he will then guarantee the selection to
prove in every respect satisfactory.

£ os, .d.

Carnations, extra fine prize flowers, named, per 12 pair ...... Las 0
——___—— 12 single plants............ 0914 0
Picotees, extra fine, white grounds, per 12 pair............see0s =e ne @
- coe 12 single plants............ 012 0

—— yellow grounds, per 12 pair ..........0.00. 140
————____—_—__—__—_—______-—— per 12 single plants ...... 014 0
Chrysanthemums, 12 extra fine sorts, named ......... per doz, 018 0O
—_____—_——_— 12 very fine older sorts ............ bs 010 0
Double Dahlias, pot roots, warranted fine sorts ...... os 1. 0%0
Fuchsias, 12 extra fine Sorts, named...........ssecsseses a Lf}. 0
Gerahiums, 12 extra Gige SOLES. y5'\ i cdevan >see eunee beiniah hasty 3 3 O
12 very fine; SOLts: .\ 4) H Risde.caneccee o debate m! > fae

_ 12 fine sorts 19 | ARTE AE te belnisareauiiiatans “4 0
Heartsease or Pansies, 12 extra fine sorts, named ... 4, je ee
12 very good varieties, named ........0+0s 4) 0 5 6

Verbenas, 12 beautiful sorts, named......... by ip snsmanee 12s.t00 15 0

CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS.

Dactylis glomerata
Festuca duriuscula

elatior

liliacea

heterophylla

ovina

pratensis
~-tenuifolia
Holeus lanatus
Lolium perenne

var. sempervirens

italicum
Medicago lupulina

sativa

sp. gigantea
Onobrychis sativa
Phléum pratense
Plantago lanceolata
Poa nemoralis

pratensis

trivialis
Potérium sanguisorba
Trifolium médium

pratense

répens

incarnatum
Vicia sativa, zstivalis

var. hyemalis

— ee

Fine ,, », for permanent pasture ,,
Summer Tares per bush.
Winter Tares 5
Il. Principally cultivated for Cattle.
Brassica oleracea, capitata, var. |Large Drumhead Cabbage per lb.
Large Scotch Cabbage Pr
Cesarean, or Cow Cabbage a
Swedish Turnip, yellow pe
— purple-topped, yellow px

eee
ee

Rapa arvensis

— vulgaris
campestris, Rutabaga

gece ta
5

Rough Cock’s foot ,,

9?
Hard Fescue a per bush.
Taller ” ” ”
Spiked ,, ” ”
Various-leaved Fescue | -
Sheep’s is ‘4
Meadow oe *
Slender-leaved m4 y
Soft Grass re
Perennial Rye-grass a9
Evergreen ha 9
Ttahan 3 5
Trefoil per lb.
Lucern
Bokhara Clover
Cultivated Sainfoin per bush.
Meadow Cat’s-tail, or Timothy Grass per lb.
kib Grass is
Wood Meadow Grass ¥5
Smooth-stalked Meadow Grass ‘s
Rough-stalked Meadow Grass ¥
Burnet i]
Cow Grass ‘
Red Clover i
White Dutch Clover 55
Scarlet Clover 3

Fine mixed Grass Seed for Lawns, §c. ,,

Thorpland’s and Skirving’s do. ,,
Turnip, white-topped round 9

red-topped round ea
green-topped round ms
white-topped globe M4
red-topped globe *
purple-topped Scotch A
white-topped tankard a
green-topped tankard B

Dale’s hybrid, &c. &e. BN

3l
ri ali AGRICULTURAL SEEDS.
28 LL The following consist principally of Grasses.
Achilléa millefolium Yarrow per lb. |\s.d.
Agrostis alba Marsh Bent Grass or Fiorin per bush
Alopectirus pratensis Meadow Foxtail we
|Anthoxanthum odoratum [Sweet Vernal per lb
Avéna flavescens Yellow Oatgrass per bush
Cynosurus cristatus Crested Dogstail Grass per lb

”
per packet |1 0

el nae A)
eSowewoseroereseeaveseocooecod

32 CARTER’S CATALOGUE OF SEEDS

8.

Béta vulgaris, campestris Mangel Wurzel, red or yellow perlb. |1 6

— — —_ globe do. do. = 16
Cichorium Intybus Succory Al

Daucus Carota, arvensis Carrot, large Altringham * 26

— — — albus _ — white Belgian, true b 5 0
Spartium scoparium Broom 4

20

Ulex europza Furze, Gorse or Whin 3

III. Principally cultivated for the Seeds.

Avena sativa, Oats, sorts, per bush. Faba vulgaris, Beans, sorts, p. bush.
Hordeum vulgare, Barley __,, Phalaris canariensis, Canary ,,
Triticum sativum, Wheat __,, Polygonum Fagopyrum, Buck Wh.
Secale ceréale, Rye 4; Sinapis alba, w. Mustard, p. bush.
Zea Mais, Indian Corn - Sinapis nigra, Brown Mustard ,,

Shreds, Garden Nails, Knives, &c.

Russia Mats, Garden Utensils, Netting, §c.—Roses, Shrubs, Fruit Trees, &c. &c.
Seeds carefully packed for Exportation.

** A Catalogue of genuine Dutch Bulbs will be published in Autumn.
List of afew important and useful works on Botany, &c., to be had of all Booksellers.

LOUDON’S Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum; or the Hardy Trees and
Shrubs of Britain. 8 vols. 8vo. 4 of letter-press, and 4 of plates. 107.

— Abridged Edition, 1 vol. 8vo, 1200 pages and 2200 engravings, 2/. 10s.

— Encycl. of Cottage, Farm, and Villa Architecture. 1 vol. 2000 Engravings. 3/.

— Supplement to do. 8vo, numerous engravings, 3s.

— Suburban Gardener and Villa Companion. 1 vol. 8vo. 1/.

—— REPTON’S Landscape Gardening, &e. 1 vol. 8vo. numerous Plates, 17. 10s.
plain, 3/. coloured.

— Hortus Lignosus Londinensis. 1 vol. 8vo. 7s.

— The Gardener’s Magazine and Register of Rural and Domestic Improvements.
In 8vo. Numbers, monthly. ls. 6d. each.

— The Suburban Horticulturist, or an Attempt to teach the science of Horti-
culture, and the management of the Fruit, Kitchen, and Forcing Garden, to
persons who have had no previous knowledge or experience in those de-
partments. 1 vol. 8vo. 380 Engravings. 15s. An excellent work.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History; monthly. 2s. 6d. each.

Dr. LINDLEY’S Botanical Register, monthly. 3s. 6d. each.

— Sertum Orchidaceum, splendidly coloured, 10 parts, 25s. each.

PAXTON’S Magazine of Botany, monthly. 2s. 6d. each.

— Pocket Botanical Dictionary. 15s.

Mrs. LOUDON’S Ladies’ Flower Garden, monthly. 2s. 6d. each.

— Companion to ditto. 2nd edition, 1 vol. post 8vo. 6s.

— The Ladies’ Magazine of Gardening. 8vo. monthly. col, Plates. 1s. 6d. each.

DE CANDOLLE’S Vegetable Organography, translated by Boughton Kingdon,
Esq. 2 vols. 8vo. 23 Plates. 1d. 8s.

KOLLAR’S Treatise on Insects injurious to the Gardener, &c. 1 vol. 8vo. 7s.

TAYLOR’S Bee-Keeper’s Manual; or Practical Hints, &c. 12mo. 4s.

Ladies and Gentlemen in giving orders, to prevent mistakes, are requested to
mention the date of the Catalogue, as the numbers are changed every year.

Printed by KR, and J, E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

re

&

ren

;: Paar
af

Shel
eR

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 68. FEBRUARY 1843.

XV.—The Natural History of the British HEntomostraca,

No. VI. By W. Bairp, M.D., late Surgeon of the
H.E.I.C.S. Berwickshire, Member of the Berwickshire
Naturalists’ Club, and Assistant in the Zoological Depart-
ment of the British Museum.

[Continued from Ann, Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 256.]
[ With two Plates. ]

Tue genus Lynceus of Miiller is the second genus of the
group Cladocera of Latreille, vide ‘ Mag. Zool. and Bot.’ vol. ii.
p- 400. According to Milne Edwards’s arrangement it forms
the third genus of the Family Daphnidiens, Order Cladoceres
or Daphnoides. It is composed however of rather heteroge-
neous elements and requires to be completely reformed.
Bibliographical history.—Miuller established the genus in
his ‘ Zoolog. Dan. Prodrom.’ in 1776, and named it Lynceus
from its having, according to his idea, two eyes. At the time
he established it, no author had previously taken notice of
any species belonging to it. In 1781 he confirmed the genus
in his work on the “ Entomostraca,” described nine species,
and gave a few particulars with regard to them. About the
same time Schrank and Eichhorn both mention an insect,
which may perhaps be the same species, and which evidently
belongs to this genus. ‘The first of these two authors in his
‘num. Insect. Austriz,’ 1781, p. 536, no. 1119, describes it
briefly as Monoc. infusorius, testa bivalvi, rostratus, oculis duo-
bus in rostro sitis, and says it is very abundant in stagnant
waters, and is perhaps the smallest of its congeners. Kichhorn
gives a figure of his species, says it is distinguished from that
“Wasserfloh” described by Scheffer (Daphnia) in that it has
a pointed beak which lies close upon the mouth ; that it differs
from it in its motion through the water, not by bounds but
swimming like other insects in the water, and that it is very
common. Vide‘ Beytr. zur Naturgesch.’ p. 37. t. iii. f. D.1781.
These authors give little satisfactory information however
with regard to the genus, and Miiller’s characters are very in-
different, as will be more clearly shown hereafter. His spe-
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. G

82 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostrace.

cies, without any original matter, are given by Gmelin in his
‘Syst. Natur. Linn.,’ 1778 ; Manuel in the ‘ Encyc. Méthod.,’
1792; Fabricius in his ‘ Entomol. Syst.,’ 1793 ; Latreille in his
‘ Hist. gén. et part. des Crust. et Ins.,? 1802; and Lamarck in
his ‘Hist. Nat. des Anim. sans Vert.,’ 1818; but no new species
are added. Leach in the ‘ Supplement to the Encyc. Britann.,’
art. Crustacea, 1816, and in ‘ Dict. des Scien. Nat.,’ t. xiv.
p- 541, 1819, appears to have been sensible that the genus was
an ill-formed one, and splits it into two; but with the excep-
tion of this, we have nothing new written upon the genus till
Jurine published his ‘ Hist. des Monoc.,’ &c. in 1820. In this
work he has given us a few particulars with regard to the
question of their having two eyes, their mode of reproduction,
&c. ; he notices several of Miiller’s species, describes three or
four new ones, and hints at the necessity of reforming the ge-
nus altogether. These additional species are given along with
those of Miller which Jurine notices, by Desmarest in his
‘ Consid. gén. sur les Crust.,’ 1825, but we have no new infor-
mation till Milne Edwards published his work on the Crustacea
in 1840*. In this work the author shows the necessity for
breaking up this heterogeneous genus and reforming it, but
does not make the attempt himself, nor do I know of any
further attempt having been made till now.

Habits and Manners.—These insects are found in stagnant
waters and in slow running streams, amongst the Lemne and
Conferve, &c. which collect in these situations. The males,
as far as I know, have not been met with or described, though
Miiller mentions having seen two, three, and even four in-
dividuals fixed to each other and swimming about in that
state. Several species are very abundant throughout the
spring, autumn and summer, and may be met with in almost
every pond and ditch. ‘They are not individually however so
prolific as the Daphnia, as they produce only a few eggs, ge-
nerally two or three only at each laying; with the exception
of the lamellatus +, which has nearly as many as the Daphnia
vetula, and is about the same size.. Their mode of reproduc-
tion is the same as in the Daphnie, the intervention of the
male being not necessary for fecundating the eggs of the fe-
male. In one species, the sphericus{, Jurine obtained by iso-
lating the young successively fifteen generations; and in the
striatus$ he followed up the moultings and generations for
nine successive periods. “On the 7th of June he isolated a
female which had two eggs; 8th of June, two young ones were

* The first volume was published in 1834; but the third, containing the
Entomostraca, was not published till 1840.

t Lurycercus lamellatus, nob. { Chydorus sphericus.

§ Alona quadrangularis, nob.

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 83

born; 9th, it has moulted and got two eggs clear brown co-
_ loured ; 11th, eggs are elongated, eye visible ;. 13th, a second
accouchement ; 14th, has moulted and has two eggs; 17th, a
third accouchement; 19th, has moulted and has three eggs ;
20th, a fourth accouchement ; 21st, moulted and has two eggs ;
22nd, a fifth accouchement ; 23rd, moulted and has two eggs ;
25th a sixth accouchement ; 26th, moulted and has two eggs ;
28th, a seventh accouchement ; July 3rd, moulted and has two
eges; 8th, an eighth accouchement; 9th, moulted, cannot ex-
actly determine whether it has eggs the insect is so yellow;
11th, moulted, cannot see eggs; 14th, ninth accouchement,
young ones dead; 15th, mother herself dead.” (Jurine,pp.155,
156.) The young are born perfect ; and even before they are
ushered into the world, and whilst still in the matrix, we dis-
cern the eye and its accompanying black spot. These in-
sects are said by Jurine to be subject, like the Daphnia, to the
formation of the saddle or ephippium ; and that in each ephip-
pium there is only one egg, which is placed in the middle of
the saddle and makes a projection from it. I have never my-
self met with an individual having the saddle; and in general
I have found those which I have kept very short-lived as com-
pared with the Daphnia. The motion of these insects through
the water is somewhat different from that of the genus Daph-
nia. Instead of swimming by short irregular bounds as these
latter do, they direct themselves by a rapid motion of their
rami and legs straight towards the point to which they wish to
go. This was noticed by Kichhorn as already mentioned, who
seems to be the only person who remarks it till the time of
Jurine, and it appears chiefly perhaps to depend upon the
comparative shortness and position of the rami, as the Daphnia
cornuta, which has also very short rami situated as in the
Lyncei, has the same kind of motion. [Vide Mag. Zool. and
Bot. vol. ii. p. 412.] The food of the Lyncei consists of both
animal and vegetable matter, and whilst they prey upon ani-
malcules smaller than themselves, they in their turn are de-
voured in great numbers by insects larger than they are.
_ According to Pritchard the Lynceus sphericus is the choice
food of a species of freshwater Nais which he calls the Lurco.
* So great is the voracity,” he says, “of this creature, that I
have seen a middle-sized one devour seven Lyncei in half an
_ hour. Five of these were moving about in the first cavity ; at
the end of that time the other two having passed into the se-
cond had become exhausted*.”

Anatomy.—In general formation the animals of this genus
are very much like the preceding, the Daphnia, the most re-
markable point of difference being a small black spot a little

* Vide Pritchard’s Microscopic Cabinet, p. 81.
G 2

84 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

distance from the eye, much smaller than it, which was con-
sidered by Miiller as a second organ of sight, and from which
he has given the name to the genus*, and the shape of the
head and beak. The shell, or covering which incloses the body,
does not consist of two distinct and separate valves, but is
open only on the anterior margin, and for a portion of the
posterior extremity. The part which we may call the head 1s
harder than the other portion of the shell, and is prolonged, in -
most of the species, into a sharp and very distinct beak. Be-
longing to it we find, besides this beak, the eye with its ac-
companying black spot, the two antenne, the rami, brain,
mouth, and part of the digestive canal. The eye, as in the
Daphnia, is a spherical body contained in a somewhat funnel-
shaped tube, having a semirotatory motion, and consisting of
a series of crystalline bodies, in the /amellatus+ being about
twenty in number (Pl. II. f.2.).. The black spot which Miller
considers as a second eye, is situate before and at a little dis-
tance from the real eye, generally near the end of the beak,
almost at the extremity of the body of the animal, and near
the root of the antennz. It is much smaller than the eye, has
no communication with it, and is immoveable. It is not com-
posed of crystallines, and its situation is not exactly the same
in all the species. Jurine says he has only examined it in small
individuals, and that in consequence he has not been able to
discover its use. He does not appear to have met with the
larger species of the genus, the /amellatus, in which I have
examined this spot, but without being able to discover any use
to which it is applied. I quite agree with him however in con-
sidering it not to be an organ of vision. Straus considers the
upper larger spot alone deserving the name of eye, and that
this small black spot is similar to the one which exists m the
Daphnie, adjacent to the brain; the relative situation too of
which is nearly the same as this black spot in the Lyncez{.
As I have said above, we find it in the young before birth ex-
actly as in the adult. The antenne are two in number, and
are placed near the extremity of the beak, projecting from its
under surface. Hach consists of a solid body of a somewhat
conical shape and slightly curved, which terminates in six
short spines, each of which again gives out a fine seta or
bristle (Pl. II. f. 3.).. They are not possessed of much motion.
The rami§ or arms are situate on each side of the base of the
head, rather lower than in the Daphnie, and consist, as in them,

* “Nomen Lyncei in ‘Zool. Dan. Prodrom.’ ex punctis binis ocellaribus,
que organa visus absque dubio sunt, indici.”—Hntomost. p. 67.

+ Eurycercus lamellatus, nob.

+ Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. tom. vi. p.. 153.

§ Antenne of Miiller, &c. |

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 85

of a single joint at the base which divides into two branches,
each having three joints. They are much shorter in all the
species than in the Daphnia. In the lamellatus* the anterior
branch sends off from the last joint three long filaments or
bristles anda short one, and one from the extremity of the se-
cond and first joints, while the posterior branch sends off only
three long ones and a short one from the last joint. The long
sete or filaments are each furnished with a joint near the
centre as in Daphnia pulex, and as in it also, are beautifully
plumose, while the short ones are neither jointed nor plumose.
The use of these organs is the same as in the Daphnie, being
chiefly organs of locomotion. The Grain apparently is the
same in situation and shape as in the Daphnia. The mouth
also is nearly of the same construction. The mandible (Pl. II.
f. 5.) is a strong organ, articulating superiorly with the body
by a sharp and pointed extremity, whilst the inferior extremity
is free and unattached, curved a little inwards and rounded
somewhat at the tip, which is furnished with several strong
teeth. The jaws consist each of a strong large plate articu-
lating with the body by the narrow end, to which are attached
the muscles which move it. About the centre of its length
it takes a sudden curve and descends in the form of a broad
plate, which is slightly lunated at the extremity, the edges
terminating in sharp points. To the lower edge of its supe-
rior extremity is attached a flat squarish plate, which moves
simultaneously with the other part and to which it seems
firmly fixedt. ‘These organs may be seen almost constantly
in motion when the animal is stationary, the motion of the
mandibles being pretty quick and oscillatory, whilst that of
the jaws is slow, upwards and downwards. Part of the di-
gestive canal may be seen also in this upper part of the ani-
mal, commencing as in the Daphnie immediately behind the
mouth in the form of an esophagus and terminating in the
stomach, which is situate in the lower portion or body of the
shell. The stomach differs somewhat from that organ as seen
in the Daphnia, being curved or twisted into one or two com-
plete convolutions near the centre (Pl. II. f.6.). The dody of
the animal is quite free and unattached within the valves of the
‘Shell, except at the superior portion where we see it attached
to the posterior edge of the shell by about three broadish
muscles. It terminates superiorly in a point near the root of
the antenne, and almost upon the extremity of this point is
situate the black spot in front of the eye. A short distance
from this the body has an indentation, in which, or rather on
its edge, is situate the eye, already described. Tt then takes
a round turn, the edge of which is more or less crenated, and
* Eurycercus lamellatus, nob. Vide Pi. 11. fig. 4. 7 PEATE Aig. 12.

86 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

from it the muscles attaching the body to the shell arise. It
now turns inwards for a short distance and then bulges out-
wards again towards the posterior edge, terminating by a joint
in the ¢ail/*. The space left where the body turns inwards,
between it and the shell, is the matrix or place where the ani-
mal deposits its ova and where the young remain till ready to
be extruded, and immediately above this is situate the heart.
The tail in all the species I have examined is connected to the
body by an articulated joint, differing in this very particularly
from the Daphnie (PI.II. fig. 7.). At this joint we see two setze
arise, which in some species, as in the lamellatus+, are beau-
tifully plumose and of considerable length. The tail is then
projected upwards, being always within the shell when the
animal is at rest. It terminates in two or more strong hooked
claws, the use of which seems to be to assist in cleaning the
interior of the shell, as the tail is flexible and can be extended
to a considerable length beyond the shell. In one or two spe-
cies itis remarkably long, asin the macrourus {, and extremely
flexible, and the motion of this organ is evidently of great use
to the animal in assisting and regulating its movements. A
little beyond the joint is placed the anus or termination of the
alimentary canal. The feet are five pairs in number. The
first pair are the largest, and consist each of a fleshy sort of
body, bent a little, strongly ciliated on its upper edge and fur-
nished at its extremity with five long and strong sete, which
in general project a little beyond the edge of the valves (PL. II.
fig. 8.). The other pairs are difficult, from their extreme de-
licacy of structure and transparency, to be made out. ‘They
are very much like those of the Daphnie however in structure,
consisting of branchial plates and finely plumose setze, and
have the same functions and uses.

The characters of the genus Lynceus, as established by
Miuiler, are both vague and erroneous. “ Antennz,” he says§,
“two or four, capillaceous.” ‘These characters are incorrect:
in-none of the species that I have seen are they four in num-
ber, being invariably only two, and in none are they capillary,
being in all branched and articulated. “ Feet eight or more :”
this may mean any number, but in none are they eight; they
do not vary in any of the species, being in all of them five
pairs. “ Kyes two:” this we have given our reasons above
for thinking incorrect also. “Shell bivalve :” this is not cor-
rect, the shell being, as we have mentioned above, not divided

* The body as described above is particularly well seen in the Lynceus
harpe, the Acroperus harpe, nob. Pl. III. fig. 12.

{+ Eurycercus lamellatus, nob. t Camptocercus macrourus, nob.

§ The rami are the antenne of Miiller. ;

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomosiraca. 87

into two separate valves. Leach’s characters of the genus are
_ equally incorrect: “two eyes; four antennz, branched*.”
We have stated above the incorrectness of these characters.
Straus’s characters are equally infelicitous: “ Rami with two
branches, divided into a much greater number of articulations
than in the other genera of this family ; primitive stalk very
short.” He gives as the type of this genus the sphericus of
Miiller, but these characters do not agree with those belong-
ing to that species, as the rami are each possessed of only
three articulations. In the drachyurus of Miiller the rami have
numerous articulations, but from Miiller’s figure they appear
to be four in number instead of two. Milne Edwards is the
last writer who has characterized this genus. His characters
for the different genera belonging to the family Daphnidiens
he adopts from Straus, taking them from the number of
branches and the number of joints to each branch of the
ram. In Lynceus he says, “ at least four joints to each of the
branches} :” this is decidedly incorrect in all the species we
have met with. The subgenus Chydorus of Leach, as esta-
blished by him in ‘ Sup. Encye. Britan.,’ 1816, for the recep-
tion of L. sphericus of Miller, is equally unhappily character-
ized: “ two eyes; antennz two, in shape of threads.” ‘These
characters are decidedly incorrect, the rami (antennz) being
branched and jointed in that species as well as the others.

We propose for the present reforming this genus as fol-
lows :—

Fam. DAPHNID.
Genus Lynceus.

*¢ Rami two, for the most part very short, branched; each
branch 3-jointed. Eye single, accompanied with a black spot
in front of it. Feet, five pairs. Intestine convoluted. ‘ail
jointed.”

Ist Subgenus. Macroturix{. “ Anterior branch of ra-
mus having a very long seta or filament springing from root

of second articulation. Antennz pendulous from extremity
_of beak.”

Ist Sp. Macrothriz laticornis. Pl. II. f. 9, 10.

Syn. Daphnia curvirostris ? Miiller, Ent. t. 13. f. 1, 2.—Monoculus
laticornis, Jurine, t.15.f.6.—Lynceus laticornis, Desmarest, p.376.
—Daphnia laticornis ? M. Hdwards, iii. p. 373.

* The species brachyurus of Miiller is the type of Leach’s genus; but as
this anomalous-looking species is one I have never met with, though Leach
mentions it as common, [ have not been able to ascertain its precise cha-
racters. It must form a new genus.

+ “ Au moins quatre articles 4 chacune des ces branches,” iii. p. 374.

t From pwexeds long, and gig a hair.

88 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

Rami strong and large. Posterior branch having four seta,
three from extremity of last articulation and one from extre-
mity of second. Anterior branch has five sete, four disposed
as in the posterior branch, and one very long one from extre-
mity of first articulation. Antennz pendulous from extremity
of beak, broad, and furnished with three short sete at their
extremities. Kye large, distinctly areolar, and having its ac-
companying black spot near the root of antennze. Shell trans-
parent, colourless, smooth, ciliated on anterior margin. Ha-
ving only met with this species once or twice I have not taken
any note of the intestine, but according to Jurine’s figure, it
is not convoluted as in the other genera. In general appear-
ance this insect resembles very much a Daphnia, and ac-
cordingly it has been transferred to this latter genus by Milne
Edwards*, though he thinks the species laticornis to be the
same as the roseus of Juriney.

Hab. Along with Daphnia cornuta and Cythere inopinata, in
a pond near Hanwell; also in a pond at Highgate, but is rare.

2nd Subgenus. Eurycercus}. “Subquadrangular. Tail
very broad, in form of a flat plate, densely serrated.”

Ist Sp. Hurycercus lamellatus. Pl. Il. f. 1—8.

Syn. Lynceus lamellatus, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 3396; Ento-
most. 73. t. 9. f. 4 to 6.—Monoculus lamellatus, Linn. Gmel. 3008.
no. 62; Manuel, Enc. Méth. vii. 733. no. 62. t. 268. f. 21—23 ;
Fabricius, Ent. Syst. u.498.-~Lynceus lamellatus, Latreille, Hist.
des Crust. 208; Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p. 100; M. Kd-
wards, Hist. des Crust. i. 388.

This is the largest of all the known species of the Lyncei,
being in old specimens fully as large as the Daphnia vetula.
Shell of an olive colour, rather square-shaped ; ciliated on an-
terior margin, ventricose in centre, and arched on posterior
edge of shell. Beak rather blunt and short. Rami very short
compared with the size of insect. Anterior branch with three
long sete and a short one springing from extremity of last,

* I have elsewhere mentioned that M. Edwards takes his generic cha-
racters of the fam. Daphnide from the number of branches and articulations
of the rami. The genus Daphnia is restricted by him to those species which
have two branched rami, with four articulations in one branch and three in
the other. Of course, as this insect has only three articulations in each
branch, it cannot enter into the genus Daphnia as thus constituted. The
Moroculus roseus of Jurine we have not met with, but it differs according
to his description from the Jaézcornis in having no areola round the eye, in
colour and in shape of antenne; it is also larger.

+ In Yarrell’s ‘ British Fishes’ we have a figure of the roseus at p. 93,
tom. ii. copied from Jurine apparently, where it is mentioned as being the food
of the fish called the Vendace (Coregonus Willughbii) caught in Lochmaben
Loch, Dumfries-shire.

$ From devs broad, and xéexoc a tail.

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 89

and one long one from first and second articulations. These
_setz are finely plumose, like those of Daphnia pulex, and
jointed about the middle of their length. Eye large, contained
In an infundibuliform tube, areolar, areola about twenty in
number. The accompanying black spot is remarkably small,
situated almost directly under the eye instead of in front of
it, and is. somewhat of a’square shape. Intestine convoluted,
having one complete convolution and nearly a half. The
lower part of abdomen or body of animal has a lobe springing
out from its edge like a spur. Seta at joint of tail finely plu-
mose and jointed at about half their length. Tail very broad,
_ lamellar, densely and strongly serrated on lower edge, sinuated
deeply on anterior margin, and terminating in two stout claws
and two small ones. Antenne are stout solid bodies, some-
what conical in shape, slightly curved and terminating in six
short spines, each of which gives out a fine seta or bristle.
They are not possessed of much motion. The mandibles are
strong, rounded towards extremity, which is possessed of
sharp teeth. The first pair of feet consist of a strong fleshy
body strongly ciliated on upper edge, and terminating in five
long and strong filaments, which generally project outside the
shell. The other feet consist of broad plates with the branchial
apparatus attached, and resemble a good deal those of the
Daphne. The motion of this species is peculiar ; it generally
lives at the bottom of the vessel in which it is kept, and when
disturbed it bounds up by rapid short motions in a curved sort
of line, and then returns in the same manner to the place from
where it rose. It is very heavy and slothful compared with
the other genera, and I have frequently turned it over two or
three times before it moved.

Hab. Not uncommon in ponds and ditches near Isleworth ;
“in Yetholm Loch, and in a pond on Beaumont water.”—
Trans. Berw. Nat. Club.

3rd Subgenus. Cuyvporus, Leach. “ Nearly spherical in
shape. Beak very long and sharp, curved almost into the
shape of a crescent. Rami very short.”

Ist Sp. Chydorus sphericus. Pl. II. fig. 11—13.

Syn. Lynceus sphericus, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 2392; Entom.
71. t. 9. f. 7 to 9.—Monoculus infusorius, Schrank, En. Ins. Aust.
586.no.1119; Hichhorn*? Beyt. t. 3.f. D.—Mon. sphericus, Linn.
Gmel. 3008. no. 60; Manuel. Enc. Méth. Hist. Nat. vii. 732. t. 268.
f. 15—17; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 1. 497.—Lynceus spheericus,
* Perhaps this may be a new species. Miiller quotes this figure of Eich-

horn for his Lyn. trigonellus, but it appears to me to be quite distinct. It

resembles the sphericus in shape, except that the inferior extremity of the -
shell is pointed. Should it prove a new species, I should propose to name it

Chydorus Eichhorni.

90 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

Latreille, Hist. des Crust. 207 ; Lamarck, An. sans Vert. v. 128.
no. 3.—Chydorus Miulleri, Leach, Sup. Hnc. Brit. art. Crustacea ;
Dict. des Sc. Nat. xiv. 541.—Monoc. sphericus, Jurine, Hist. des
Mon. t. 16. f. 3.—Lyn. sphericus, Desmarest, Cons. des Crust. 377 ;
Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p.100; M. Edwards, Hist. des Crust.
il. 386; Pritchard, Micros. Cab. t. 8. f.3.*

Shell round, smooth, slightly ciliated on anterior margin;
of an olive colour. Rami very short; anterior branch has
three setze springing from the extremity of last articulation,
and one from extremity of second + ; posterior branch has only
three from last joint. Intestine convoluted, having one com-
plete convolution and about a half. Tail jointed, and having
two stout claws at its extremity ; the intestine passing through
the joint and terminating in the anus near the claws. Hye
areolar, its accompanying black spot pretty large and situated
just above the root of the antennz. Its motion through the
water is more like rolling, as Jurine describes it, than swim-
ming. The mandibles, feet and antenne are very like those
of the preceding subgenus. According to Pritchard, “ the
young play near their parent, and at the approach of danger
swim for protection within the shell of the mother, which she,
conscious of their feebleness, immediately closes { !!”

Hab. Ponds and ditches. Common.

2nd Sp. Chydorus globosus. Pl. ITI. fig. 1—4.

Shell quite globular, a good deal resembling in form the
last species, but more completely rounded and nearly six times
larger; striated circularly on exterior and upper margin, and
dotted with small black spots ; the anterior portion of shell is
reddish coloured, with a large irregular-shaped dark band
running across the centre of shell and occupying about half
its extent. The beak is extremely long, and at times appears
to lie close to the body. Tail elbowed at the joint and hol-
lowed out immediately before it, terminating in two long
claws. Eye large, areolar. Intestine convoluted, having one.
complete turn and about a half. First pair of feet large. An-
tennz large, with seven teeth and seven long setze§. Rami very
short and slender. Anterior branch has four setz, one from
second articulation and three from last. Posterior branch has
three only from last joint. The motion of this species is very
much like that of a Cypris.

Hab. Ditch near Richmond; pond near Isleworth. Rare,
apparently confined to small patches.

* In Koch’s‘ Deutschlands Crustaceen,’ &c. there is a figure of the Lynceus
sphericus, Heft 8. t. 2., but it is certainly not the L. sphericus of Miller.

+ PI. Lucia. ide: ¥ oly es a. OO.

§ Pl. UT aie

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 91

4th Subgenus. Camprocercus*. “ Ovoid-shaped. Tail
long, slender and extremely flexible, serrated.”

Ist Sp. Camptocercus macrourus. PI. III. fig. 5, 6.

Syn. Lynceus macrourus, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. 2397 ; Entom. t. 10.
f. 1 to 3.—Monoculus macrourus, Linn. Gmel, 3008. no. 65;
Manuel, Enc. Méth. vii. 733. no. 65. t. 268. f. 26, 27; Mabricius,
Ent. Syst. ii. 499.—Lynceus macrourus, Latreille, Hist. des Crust.
207 ; M. Edwards, Hist. des Crust. iii.

Of an ovoid shape. Shell pellucid and whitish, finely stri-
ated or ribbed longitudinally; slightly sinuated and ciliated
on anterior margin. Beak rounded and bluntish. Rami short.
Tail very long and slender, with thirteen well-marked serrze
or teeth on lower edge, and several smaller ones, terminating
in two long and slender claws; setz short. This organ and
lower part of body is extremely flexible, and the animal can
twist it completely round in a circle, and then unbending it
thrust it far out beyond the shell. Eye small but areolar;
accompanying black spot nearly as large as the eye. First
pair of feet large. Intestine convoluted once and about a half.
Antenne rather long and slender, the terminating setz long
also. Anterior branch of rami has four long filaments and one
short one; one long from second articulation, and three long
ones and one short from last. Posterior branch has only three
long filaments and one short from last joint.

Hab. Ditch near Richmond, pond top of Brazil Mill-lane
near Isleworth, and at Highgate.

5th Subgenus. AcroperRust. “ Shell somewhat harp-
shaped, terminating inferiorly on anterior margin in a more
or less blunt point projecting forwards. Rami rather long.”

lst Sp. Acroperus harpe. PI. III. fig. 7.
Syn. Lynceus harpe, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p. 100. t. 2. f.17.

Shell rounded posteriorly, sinuated rather deeply and ci-
liated anteriorly, and terminating in an obtuse point projecting
forwards ; strongly striated or rather ribbed longitudinally
and somewhat obliquely, giving the shell, which is quite trans-
parent, a good deal of resemblance to a harp. Beak rounded
and obtuse. Rami slender, and of considerable length, each
branch provided with three long setz from the extremity of last
articulation only. The rami and setz together extend almost
the length of the shell, reaching nearly to the inferior extre-
-mity. Tail slender, not serrated on under edge, but marked
near the edge with a row of indentations, and terminating in
two claws, which are long and slender. Antenne of consi-
derable length, the terminating sete being much longer than

* From xzurrtos flexible, and xégxos a tail.
+ From dxoog pointed, and réeus the extremity.

92 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

in the other genera. First pair of feet large. Eye areolar,
accompanying black spot nearly half the size of the eye,
squarish shaped. Upper part of body very rounded and cre-
nated round the outer edge. Intestine convoluted, having one
turn and nearly half another.

Hab. Pond at Osterly Park; ditch near Richmond opposite
Isleworth church; “pond on Beaumont water, and in Dun-
glass ‘pond.”—Trans. Berw. Nat. Club.

2nd Sp. Acroperus nanus. Pl. III. f. 8.

Somewhat resembles the last in shape, but is very small,
not the seventh part the size, is less transparent, less deeply
sinuated on anterior margin and less projecting at lower ex-
tremity. The striz or ribs are not so large, and are disposed
in a waved form, obliquely transverse. Anterior margin of
shell ciliated. Beak rather long, sharper than in preceding
species. Rami slender and rather shorter than in harpe. An-
terior branch has four seta, one springing: from the second,
and three from extremity of last articulation. Posterior branch
has three setz springing from last joint only. Tail has a gib-
bous projection about the middle of the lower margin, and is
serrated at extremity. Intestine convoluted, one turn and
nearly a half. One ovum. In size this species is considerably
less than the Chydorus sphericus, and is about the smallest
of the Lyncei that I have met with.

Hab. Pond at Norwood Green and near Southall, Middle-

sex. Rare.

6th Subgenus. Atona. “ Shell quadrangular-shaped,
striated. Rami short.”

Ast Sp. Alona quadrangularis. Pl. IIT. f 9—11.

Syn. Lynceus quadrangularis, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 2393;
Entom. t. 9. f. 1 to 3.—Monoculus quadrangulus, Linn. Gmel.
8008. no. 61; Manuel, Enc. Méth. vii. 733. t. 268. f. 18 to 20—
M. quadrangularis, il
laris, Latreille, Hist. des Crust. 208; Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club,
p-100.—Monoculus striatus, Jurine, Hist. des Monoc. t. 16. f. 1, 2.
—Lynceus quadrangularis ? M. Kdwards, Hist. des Crust. in. 388.

Shell nearly quadrangular, transparent, of a deep brown
colour; strongly ciliated on anterior margin, cilia long ; stri-
ated or ribbed longitudinally, the striz or ribs rather distant.
Rami short, the setz also beg short. Anterior branch with.
four, one from second, and three from last. articulation. Poste-
rior branch has three from last joint only. Beak rather blunt-
ish. Tail rather narrow, sinuated near extremity and serrated
for about half its length on under edge; the serree or teeth at
the extremity being the longest. Terminating claws long. An~-

Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca. 93

tennee conical-shaped. Intestine convoluted once and nearly
-_a half, but not so very distinctly visible as in the other ge-
nera. lye areolar. Body rounded at upper extremity as in
Acroperus harpe. I had some doubts at first as to this being
identical with the striatus of Jurine. In his figure the beak
is blunter and the tail shorter and rounder-shaped than in my
specimens. He gives it the name of striatus with a doubt,
and remarks, “if this species be the truncatus of Miiller,
_ aS we may presume it is, it must be confessed that its specific
name is improper; for the shell is not truncated, it is ob-
liquely striated and strongly ciliated*.”

It is evident that Jurine could never have seen the ¢runca-
tus of Miller, and the quadrangularis seems also to have been
unknown to him, for the difference between his species (the
striatus) and Miiller’s truncatus is so great and evident that
they cannot be mistaken for each other; while the similarity
between it and the quadrangularis is so evident, that notwith-
standing the slight differences mentioned above, I have little
or no hesitation in referring them both to the same species.

Hab. Ditch near Richmond, opposite Isleworth church ;
pond at Osterly Park and near Hounslow; “in the Pease
burn, and in a pool on Beaumont water at Yetholm.”—
Trans. Berw. Nat. Club.

2nd Sp. Alona reticulata. Pl. III. f. 12.

In size this is perhaps the smallest of all the species of this
family, being rather smaller than the Acroperus nanus. Shell
of a quadrangular shape, rounded a little posteriorly, and
nearly straight on anterior margin, which appears free from
cilia. The lower margin is obtuse, and the whole shell 1s
closely reticulated. Beak prominent and long, projecting
upwards, rather blunt. Rami rather slender; anterior branch
provided with four setz, one shortish from second articula-
tion, and three long and stout ones from last. Posterior
branch has three from last joint only. ‘Tail rather tapering
towards the extremity, and serrated on inferior margin. Eye
large for the size of the animal, areolar. Intestine convo-
luted, but it is not very easily seen, from reticulated surface of
shell. One ovum.

Hab. Pond near Southall, Middlesex: Sept. 1842.

7th Subgenus. Phevroxusy. “Anterior margin prominent
on the upper portion; the lower part being truncated, or as it
were cut sharp and straight. First pair of feet very large.”
Ist Sp. Plewroxus trigonellus. Pi. III. f. 13.
Syn. Lynceus trigonellus, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prod. no. 2395 ; Ent.

F i e..p. 54. + From zaeveoy a side, and ogv¢ sharp.

94 Dr. W. Baird on British Entomostraca.

t. 10. f.5, 6—Monoculus trigonellus, Linn. Gmel. 3008. no. 68 ;

Manuel, Encyc. Méth. vii. 733. no. 63. t. 268. f. 24, 25.—Fabri-

clus, Ent. Syst. p.498.—Lynceus trigonellus, Latreille, Hist. gén.

et part. des Crust. p. 205; Lamarck, An. sans Vert. 123. no. 2;

Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p. 100; M. Kdwards, Hist. des

Crust. ii. p. 387.

Shell somewhat triangular-shaped and transparent; gib-
bous on upper portion on anterior edge for about a third of
its length, the other two-thirds being truncated, or as it were
cut obliquely with a straight sharp edge, and ciliated. Pos-
terior margin gibbous also, and sinuated near lower extremity,
which terminates in a square point. Beak long, curved and
sharp-pointed. First pair of feet very large; the pediform
organ of Miller being the first pair of feet. Rami short and
slender. The anterior branch has four sete, one from first
articulation, one from second, and two from last. Posterior
branch has three setz, all springing from last joint. Tail
gibbous for latter half, and serrated. Intestine convoluted,
having one turn and nearly a half. Hye areolar.

Hab. Pond near Copenhagen fields ; at Osterly Park, Nor-
wood Green and Southall; “pond at Foulden and at Yet-
holm.”—Trans. Berw. Nat. Club.

2nd Sp. Pleuroxus hamatus. Pl. III. f. 14.

Syn. Lynceus hamatus, Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat. Club, p. 100. t. 2.f.18.

“ Shell truncated anteriorly and ciliated; upper part gib-
bous ; tail not serrated, gibbous, terminated by two setz* ;
two upper feet large, and each furnished at extremity with a
strong hook or claw turned upwards ; antennet of three sete
each. Approaches Lync. trigonellus, but differs from it in the
beak being blunted and stronger, in the tail not being serrated,
and in the upper feet having the strong hooks{.

Hab. Yetholm Loch, Roxburghshire.”—Trans. Berw. Nat.
Club.

I first found this species in the autumn of 1835 in Yetholm
Loch, Roxburghshire, and afterwards in a pool near Yetholm
Bridge, but have not since met with it. The intestine is
curved, and the shell extremely transparent.

8th Subgenus. PeRacANTHAS. “ Oval-shaped; the lower
extremity of shell slightly curved backwards, and, as well as
upper extremity of anterior margin, beset with strong hooked
spines.” ’

Ist Sp. Peracantha truncata. PI. III. f. 15.
Syn. Lynceus truncatus, Mill. Entom. 75. t. 11. £. 4 to 6.—Monoc.

* Claws or hooks.

+ Rami. { It is only about half the size of frigonellus.
§ From wees extremity, and &xavoe spine.

Dr. Griffith on the Pitted Tissue of Plants. 95

truncatus. Linn. Gmel. 3008. no. 64; Manuel, Enc. Méth. vii. 733.
t. 268. f. 30—34; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 498.—Lynceus truncatus,
Latreille, Hist. gén. des Crust. 200; Baird, Trans. Berw. Nat.
Club, p.100; M. Edwards, Hist. des Crust. ii. 388.

_ Shell nearly of an oval form; the lower extremity having
a curved projection backwards, and provided with a number
of pretty strong spines, about seventeen in number, the three
last of which are curved backwards. On the upper extremity
of anterior margin there are about an equal number of spines,
the upper ones being curved upwards. These are partly con-
cealed by the cilia which densely cover the anterior margin
of the shell. The shell is striated longitudinally. Beak rounded
and sharp-pointed, rather long. Rami short; anterior branch
furnished with five setz, one from first, one from second, and
three from last articulation. Posterior branch has three sete,
all from last joint. First pair of feet large. Tail rather gib-
bous on lower edge, and on latter half has about eight spines,
and terminates in two stout claws. Intestine convoluted,
having one turn and nearly a half. Antenne conical-shaped.
Kye areolar. Accompanying black spot squarish-shaped.
Two ova.

Hab. Pond at Osterly Park; ditch near Richmond oppo-
site Isleworth church; near Southall; “ pond on Beaumont
water at Yetholm.”—Trans. Berw. Nat. Clud.

XVI.— Observations on the Formation of the Pitted Tissue
of Plants, with one or two remarks on the Analogy between
the Blood-discs in Animals and the Starch Particles in Ve-
getables. By Joun Wo. GrirrFitu, M.D., F.L.S. &c.

[ With a Plate. ]

TueE object of the present remarks is to point out the mode
of formation of the dotted tissue of plants, the cause of the
peculiar arrangement of the dots, &c. I shall also allude to one
or two points of vegetable anatomy in which my observations
differ from those of authors generally. It is well known that
the dotted or pitted tissue varies very much in its characters ;
sometimes the dots are surrounded by arim, in other varieties
the pits or dots are without it. My observations will apply
at present to the latter variety only*; the cause of the rim
surrounding the dot in the former variety is, I think, quite
unexplained. The explanation advanced by Dr. Willshiret,

* The dot, or elliptical thinner portion of the marking of the dotted duct
(i.e. the part generally within the rim), I think is formed in the same man-
ner as the dots on the spiroid tissue, but I know of no explanation of the
origin of the rim.

+ Annals of Natural History, Aug. 1842.

96 Dr. Griffith on the Formation of

who considers them formed by spaces left between filaments
“not only having a spiral direction with respect to the duct
in which they are formed, but bent upon themselves forming
sinuous curves,” I have not been able to verify. The fibres here
spoken of, although I have carefully sought for them, I have
never been able to perceive. Moreover, Dr. Willshire does not
attempt to account for the dot. Dr. Martin Barry* has also
advanced a theory of the formation of what he has termed
dotted ducts, but by reference to his figure it will be perceived
that he alludes to that variety which has no rim, and which,
according to Hugo Mohl’s definition, is not the real dotted
duct. He says, “ the spirals in vegetables are produced in
the same manner as the muscular fibres (of animals). Were
the division of the spiral, or at least the separation, to be com-
plete in some parts and not in others, the appearance would
resemble that denominated the reticulated duct, and the ten-
dency (as it is supposed) of vegetable fibre to anastomosis
might be explainedt.” By acting upon a spiral vessel with
a spirituous solution of corrosive sublimate, Dr. Barry pro-
duces what he terms a double spiral, whose coils appear to
interlace, and by their close contact to produce the appear-

* Trans. of Royal Society of London, 1842, Part I.

+ Through the kindness of Dr. M. Barry I have examined his prepara-
tions exhibiting the interlacement of double spirals; but, although the ap-
pearance presented in one or two of them is exactly similar to that which
would be seen when a fibre formed in the manner described by him, and of
the same size as his, was examined under the microscope, nevertheless
there are one or two points which strongly militate against the idea of their
being really double spirals. In one beautiful preparation made by Professor
Sharpey from the tadpole, the upper portion of one of the fibrillz exhibited
an apparent interlacement most distinctly, so much so, that I am sure no
prejudiced eye even could have viewed this alone without coming to the con-
clusion that it was formed in the manner described by Dr. Barry. But upon
viewing the fibre lower down, the interlacing appearance was replaced by
that of a rope wherein the fibres all took one oblique direction, leaving
spaces between them. When this lower part was carefully brought in and
out of focus, at first the oblique portions of fibre above described were seen,
but afterwards no alteration would bring into focus the posterior portions of
the coil, which satisfactorily convinced me that they were really not spiral
fibres. When we examine spirals, however minute, from vegetables under
the microscope, we can first bring into focus the upper portion of the coils,
and then by depressing the object-glass distinctly perceive the lower; but
in the case of the specimen spoken of this could not be done. I cannot help
believing that in this lower portion the fibre really has separated into dises,
whose edges give the peculiar rope-like appearance; but I cannot explain the
cause of the peculiar appearance of the upper portion, The fact of the fibres
of muscles splitting into discs, is, I think, a proof that they cannot be spirals.
To break up into discs, the Gaile must ce weaker in one portion than an-
other, and I have no doubt this weak part is opposite the dark line on the
Airils: where they are thinnest; but I do not believe the fibrils are beaded,
I think they are merely transversely thinned opposite the dark portions, and
that the beaded appearance is an optical illusion.

the Pitled Tissue of Pianis. 97

ance of transverse and elliptical pores and dots. The apparent
pores or dots he believes to be no other than the spaces be-
’ tween the winds of spirals contained within a tube. This
theory appears to me totally inadequate to anything like a
true explanation of the phenomena. In all dotted vessels,
(excluding the true dotted ducts of Mohl, not alluded to by
Dr. Barry,) traces of spiral formation or spiral fibre in some
forms may always be met with; these vessels usually uncoil
spirally, and when torn across, the dots appear as spaces be-
tween the projecting teeth of the fibres. The fibres, accord-
ing to my observations, never run longitudinally to the axis
of the containing tube, but always spirally. Therefore, if
such be the case, the two interlacing fibres composing the
compound spiral must leave spaces whose axes are nearly
parallel to the axis of the vessel, and therefore the dots ought
to be nearly parallel to the same axis. But that such is not
the case, I need not say. The views of Dr. Barry then are
not consistent with experience, at least on the formation of
dotted tissue. The tissue of which I speak is, I think, gene-
rally acknowledged as a modification of true vascular tissue.
The dots or pits are formed by spaces left between the fibres
but covered by the membrane, so that the wall of the tube
opposite the dots is formed by membrane alone; this may
always be found in the younger tissue, but in the older
tubes the membrane disappears, leaving them porous. These
tubes are very common in Endogenous plants, herbaceous
Exogens, and Ferns ; they are often mixed with spiral vessels
and sometimes annular ducts. In some of the lower plants
(Equiseta, &c.) where these are afterwards found, they appear
preceded by annular ducts only, spiral vessels being compa-
ratively rare ; whilst in others, as Ferns, annular ducts are very
rare, and the remains of the spiral fibre may always be found.
In the higher plants we find them in all the stages of deve-
lopment. They are more abundant in the older than in the
younger plants. The cause of the transformations from spiral
vessels, and the regularity of arrangement of the dots of these
tubes, depend entirely upon the pressure of the surrounding
‘parts. Mohl has shown that this is the case with the true dotted
ducts, and I am convinced that it is the case with the tubes
now under consideration ; but I believe that the arrangement
_of the dots of one tube opposite those of the next is not con-
stant. When a spiral vessel has formed in a young plant,
the rapid growth of the stem induces considerable pressure
of the surrounding parts; the consequence is, that the con-
vexity or parts of the surrounding vessels or cells opposite to
the spiral vessel are pressed firmly against it, whilst opposite
the intercellular and intervascular spaces the pressure is much
Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Vol. xi. H

98 Dr. Griffith on the Formation of

less; thus the fibre within the compressed spiral is bent into
as many sides as there are surrounding and pressing vesicles or
vessels. This is illustrated in fig. 14; accordingly, if the spiral
fibre be examined at this period it will be found bent as above
mentioned, and the natural curve of the fibre straightened.
Opposite the intercellular or intervascular spaces, 4. e. at the
bendings of the fibres, the latter become firmly adherent to
the membrane, thickened and united to the fibres above and
below. These thickened portions form the line of space run-
ning between the rows of dots. The dots themselves are
formed by the spaces left between the portions of the fibres
opposite the convexity of the surrounding cells and vessels.
Thus, when we examine the tubes at this stage, we find the
membrane and fibre united so firmly that they are with great
difficulty separated. The vegetable substance which fills up
the intercellular spaces often also becomes firmly adherent to
the membrane and fibre, so that when we dissect out these
tubes from the surrounding parts we often find the remains
of adherent portions which existed opposite the intercellular
spaces; therefore the number and arrangement of the dots
must depend entirely upon the surrounding vessels and cells.
When the compressing and compréssed tubes are equal in
size, the dots extend nearly across the face or opposed side
of the tube; and when several small tubes and vessels com-
press a spiral so as to convert it into a dotted tube, the dots
will be small and numerous. The observation of Schleiden,
that, “in consequence of the deposition of formative substance,
the pore appears the rounder the more the cell is developed,”
is, | think, incorrect—I believe the reverse to be cerrect. The
examination of the young and old stems of any plant con-
taining these vessels will prove this. If the fibre be separated
from the surrounding parts in the early stages, it will be found
bent and thickened at the bendings; and oftentimes we can
find portions of membrane &c. adhering as above mentioned.
These vessels are generally observed in plants whose growth is
rapid, so that in the older stems we cannot expect to find the
arrangement persistent; but in a large number of plants it
can readily be perceived, especially where the formation has
not been completed. We can now readily account for the
impression of a small tube sometimes observed as imprinted
ona larger one; the black lines running between the dots
and separating their rows is also readily explained. In making
careful transverse and oblique sections of stems of the above-
mentioned plants, we can readily perceive the appearances
sketched in PI. IV. fig. 5, where a represents the rows of dots
corresponding to the projecting portion of the cell opposed to
the forming tube. The bent appearance of the fibre within the

the Pitted Tissue of Plants. 99

tube gives the prismatic or angular appearance to many of
these tubes, so readily perceived when two vessels press
against each other. In some few cases a large number of very
small cells appear to act in compressing as a single large one.
When I first noticed the transitions above described I 1ma-
gined they were confined to the Ferns only, but I have since
found them applicable to all the plants above enumerated. A
very common cause of the beaded appearance on the margins
_ of tubes viewed under the microscope is their longitudinal sec-
tion, so that the projecting extremities of the cut fibres pro-
duce the peculiar appearance of beads.

I cannot refrain here from making a few observations on
the remarks made by Dr. Willshire* relative to the function
of some starch particles, or of starch particles existing in the
laticiferous vessels. He says, “ Dr. Barry has demonstrated
the existence of primordial fibre or filament in bodies of ani-
mal organization, and we shall endeavour to draw an analogy
between some of his views with phenomena known to exist
in the vegetable kingdom.” I think, that before any analogy
be attempted to be drawn, the basis of that analogy ought to
be established : this has certainly not been done in the present
instance. The appearances observed by Dr. Barry in the blood,
are, I think, totally misinterpreted ; and I am happy to find
Dr. Willshire comparing the fibre of the blood-disc to a dark
line on a piece of starch, for I am convinced that it is not a
fibre at all. I believe the appearance alluded to is in all cases
produced after the vitality of the blood is destroyed, and is
dependent on physical causes alone for its production. The
blood-discs are sacs containing the colouring matter of the
blood and a liquid, which is most probably the same as the
. liquor sanguinis. Dr. Barry says, “the filaments may be
discerned without any addition whatever, if the coagulation
has begun, provided its appearance be familiar,” &c. I be-
lieve that the sac is generally cracked at the time of the pro-
duction of the fibre, and the contents coagulated, either by
the causes producing the ordinary coagulation of the blood, or
by the imbibition of a portion of corrosive sublimate when that
is used. Moreover, I am at a loss to understand how the
“fibre” is primary or primordial. Dr. Barry says, “in the
mature blood-corpuscle there is often to be seen a flat fila-
ment or band already formed within the corpuscle.” “ This
filament is formed of the discs within the corpuscle.” So
that here we should have the discs performing the part of
cytoblasts to the blood-corpuscle or cell, as in vegetables ;
and the fibre must be secondary, not primary.

I think we are bound to believe that the appearances ob-

* Annals of Nat. History, Joe. cit.
H 2

100 Dr. Griffith on the Formation of

servable in spiral vegetable fibres, mould, &c., simulating
doubly interlacing spirals, are produced by the action of the
corrosives employed, as these are not observable without their
use; moreover, it is difficult to imagine that the walls of the
cells of the lowest vegetable productions in the scale of or-
ganization should be formed of spiral fibres, and a complexity
of arrangement which seems almost exclusively to belong to
the higher plants; nor do I believe that nature in her con-
stant simplicity would ever make use of so truly artificial an
arrangement. A common appearance of double interlacement
in muscular fibre results from the apposition of two fibres
with oblique strize, asin Mr. Bostock’s preparations. As re-
gards the existence of primary fibre in vegetables, I think no
such productions exist. [I am ata loss to conceive how the
arrangement of particles about to form-a fibre can be produced
without their being enclosed within a sac filled with a fluid to
allow of free motion of the particles. Were the spiral fibres
cells, they might possess the power of growth by elongation,
or formation of budding cells, &c. from the extremity of the
old ones ; but this is not the case, they are always solid. More-
over Mr. Quekett* has seen and described their mode of for-
mation, and I am not aware of, neither do I believe in, the ex-
istence of any other mode than that described by him. The
tissue of Stelis, brought by Meyen from Lucon, in which cells
exist apparently formed of fibres only, ought to be referred to
that variety described by Slack+ where the membrane and fibre
have been firmly consolidated. And the fibres on the testa of
Collomia I am convinced are surrounded by a true cylindrical
membrane with as defined an outline as that of any spiral ves-
sel; the only difference between these fibres and their mem-
brane, and those of ordinary spiral vessels is, that in the former
the membrane is never in approximation with the fibre, but
distended with mucus, and their termination is not in a point
as in ordinary spiral vessels; but the fibre breaks up into di-
stinct rings, and I believe they are mere modifications of the
spiral vessels similar to those on the testa of Ruellia and Acan-
thodium, &c.

The regularity of the relation of the fibre to the sheath in
Collomia is much too constant to be regarded as simply mu-
cus. In vegetable cells approaching nearest to those described
by Meyen where the fibre apparently forms the entire cell,
careful examination will nearly always detect evidences of the
existence of both fibre and membrane. I think the great
cause of “ primary vegetable fibre ” being found, is the tissue
being examined in much too advanced a state. I feel author-

* Transactions of Microscopical Society, vol. i. 1842.
+ ‘Transactions of Suc. of Arts, vol, xlix.

the Pitted Tissue of Plants. 101

ized in drawiug trom the above considerations the following
- conclusions :— |
Ist. That the uniform dotted arrangement on the walls of
the vasa spiroidea simply results from the pressure of the sur-
rounding parts alone.
2nd. That the supposition of the starch particles being
analogous in function to the blood-globules is unfounded; and
that the black line seen upon the starch particles cannot, and
does not, perform any such office as has been supposed.
3rd. That the imagined secondary formations from the
blood-corpuscles are really misinterpreted appearances ; not
vital but physical*,
9 St. John’s Square, Dec. 1842.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig.1. Vessel from Typha latifolia, showing the dots extending nearly across
the face of the tube from the pressure of one large similar tube or
cell.

fig. 2. Origin of beaded appearance, 2. ¢. the fibres cut across and project-
ing. (T°. latifolia.)

“7g. 3. Same as 1 and 2. On the tube 6 two smaller tubes have pressed,
whilst opposite a only one has existed. (7. datifolza.)

Fig. 4. Tube from Arundo Phragmites, showing the results of the pressure
of two of different sizes on one tube.

fig. 5. From Aspidium Filix mas, a transverse section showing the dots op-

posite the convexity of the projecting cells.

. Projecting teeth, leaving spaces between them corresponding to the

dot. (7. latifolia.)

. Section of tube of the same, showing the dot to be formed of mem-

brane only.

Fig 8. Ring of an annular duct of drundo Phragmites, which has been pressed
upon by three surrounding cells orvessels, thickened at the bendings.

Fig. 9. Tube from Pteris Aquilina, showing the impression of one tube upon
another, and the dots on that portion corresponding to its breadth.

Fig. 10. From Typha, showing adhering portions of surrounding cells or
vessels.

fig. 11. Section of stem of Typha: cells similar to those at a, pressing upon
and producing large dots; those similar in size to b, b produce
smaller ones, as at c. The interruptions to the regular arrangement,
as at e, are caused by the abrupt terminations of the surrounding
tubes, leaving spaces.

Fig. 12. Tube from Typha, showing the loose fibres bent and thickened at

the joints.

Fig. 13. Diagram showing the spiral fibre pressed upon by surrounding ves-
sels or cells, first stage.

frig. 14. Second stage. a, a, a, a, bendings of fibres corresponding to inter-

cellular or intervascular spaces; b, pressing cells.

Muscular fibre, showing what might be interpreted into an appear-

ance of interlacing fibres when not quite in focus, (Bostock, Barry

in Trans. of Royal Soc.)

ratios.
8

Fig. 15

* I believe the tissues to be all reproduced by the transudation of the liquor
sanguinis through the walls of the capillaries ; and that no blood- globules can
ever leave the capillaries unless their walls be ruptured, which must always
be the case in hemorrhage by “ simple exudation.”

102. Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Treland.

Fig. 16. Interlacing double spirals, leaving spaces which afterwards become
dots. (After Barry.)

#ig. 17. Same in amore advanced stage. (Id. loc. cit.)

fig. 18. Dotted duct thus perfected. (Barry, loc. cit.)

Fig. 19. Fibres from 7’. latifolia bent and thickened, in an advanced stage.

Fig. 20. Dotted vessel from Arundo Donaz, the black lines formed by ad-
herent portions of vegetable matter which filled up the spaces se-
parating the surrounding cells and vessels.

Fig. 21. Dotted duct from Sambucus nigra.

Lig. 22. Transverse section of dotted tube in Aspidium Filie mas, showing
the rows of dots corresponding to projecting portions of surround-
ing cells.

XVII.—The Crustacea of Ireland. By Wm. Tuomeson, Hed: a
Vice-Pres. Nat. Hist. Society of Belfast.

[Continued from vol. x. p.287.]
Order DECAPODA.

2nd Section. Decarpopa ANOMOURA.
Lithodes Maia, Leach, Mal. pl. 34.
L. arctica, Edw. Crust. t.u. p. 186; Desm. Consid. Crust. p. 160.
pl. 25.
Horrid Crab, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 6. pl. 8. f. 14, edition 1812.

Templeton says of this species—‘‘ Found on the coast of the county
Wexford: a specimen thence is in Trinity College Museum [Dublin].
It is called by the people craban.”

I have not seen any Irish example of this crab, but am indebted
to Dr. Wylie of Ballantrae, Ayrshire, for a very fine specimen which
was taken in a herring-net there in the summer of 1838, in water from
twenty to thirty fathoms in depth. It was brought to Dr. Wylie by
the fishermen as a species which they had never before met with.

Pagurus Bernhardus, Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 215 ; Penn. vol. iv. p. 30.
pl. 18; Desm. 'p.-178. pl.°30. 4, 2
P. streblonyx, Leach, Mal. pl. 26. f. 1—4.

Hermit-crabs of this species are very common in univalve shells
around the coast of Ireland. Leach mentions their “ first occupying
the shells of the common periwinkle or trochus”’ (Art. Crustaceology
in Edin. Encyclop.) ; but some examples in my collection are much
smaller than those contained in the species just named. They are
in the Littorina retusa, Turritella terebra, and Nasa macula—univalves
from this size up to that of the largest Buccina are commonly inha-
bited by the P. Bernhardus: a specimen of this crab from the coast
of Down, in my collection, is 64 inches in length. Samouelle speaks
of the shell occupied by the Pagurus being ‘‘ destined to preserve the
body from injury, and to guard them from the attacks of fishes,
which would otherwise devour them.” Entom. Compend. p. 92. In
this latter respect the shells are of little service, as I have remarked
Paguri very commonly in the stomachs of various species of fishes,
but especially in the omnivorous and voracious cod: all the mo-
derate-sized and large hermit-crabs which have thus occurred to me

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 103

must have been dragged from their shells, which, in no instance that
I recollect, were found in the stomach of the fish along with them.

One of these crabs inhabiting a Buccinum undatum was brought
up alive in the dredge from a depth of fifty fathoms off the Mull of
Galloway. See ‘ Annals,’ vol. x. p. 21.

Pagurus Prideaur, Leach, Mal. pl. 26. f. 5 and 6.
P. Prideauxu, Edw. Crust. t. 1. p. 216.

Has been taken by Mr. Hyndman and my self when dredging ; in
Strangford and Belfast loughs, and in the open sea off Dundrum,
county Down, and in every instance occupying the shell invested
by the Adamsia maculata (Actinia maculata, Adams). Leach states
that ‘‘ Mr. Prideaux has observed it in a vast variety of habitations,
even in the tubes of the Dentalia and in the shell of Scaphander lig-
narius { Bullalignaria].” To me this appears singular, for among the
very numerous specimens of Paguriin my collection from all quarters
of the Irish coast, and found inhabiting shells of various species, not a
P. Prideauzii occurs, except in connection with the Actinia already
named. This is a remarkable fact. ‘The connection of the two spe-
cies is surely more than accidental. It may be further stated, that
in the localities whence P. Prideauzii was obtained, P. Bernhardus is
very common ; and in the loughs mentioned, a few individuals of
two or three other species of Paguri have been procured.

‘* Pagurus erinaceus.”
In the collection of Mr. J. V. Thompson is an Irish specimen of
a Pagurus considered as undescribed, and so named by him.

Porcellana platycheles, Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 255; Désm. p. 195. pl.
34. f. 1.
Great-clawed crab, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 9. pl. 6. £. 2.

This littoral crab seems to be a local species, but plentiful where
it does occur ; Templeton notices it as found on the ‘‘ Whitehouse
shore by Mr. James Grimshaw, Jun.” On the beach near Carrick-
fergus, a few miles distant from that locality, it was procured in
abundance in June 1835, by the late Mrs. Patterson of Belfast, who
subsequently obtained it near Cultra, on the county Down shore of
the bay. Mr. R. Ball states that this species is very abundant on
the shores of the county Dublin, and especially at Portmarnock :
he remarks that in once turning over a large stone here in cold win-
try weather, the under side was entirely covered with these crabs,
** packed as close to each other as tiles on a roof!” In June 1838,
I found the P. platycheles in numbers beneath large stones at the
island of Lambay, off the Dublin coast—on the Ist of this month,
the females abounded in ova. At Lahinch, county Clare, this species
occurred to Mr. E. Forbes and myself in July 1840, between tide-
marks, and beneath the same stones P. longicornis was met with alive.

Porcellana longicornis, Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 257.
Long-horned crab, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 5. pl. 1. f. 3.

This species chiefly inhabits deep water on our coasts, but in
some localities lives on shores exposed at the ebb of every tide. It
has been dredged up in abundance in the loughs of Strangford and
Belfast, and in the open sea off the north-east coast of Ireland in

104. Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

1834, and subsequently by Mr. Hyndman and myself. It is gene-
rally found in connection with large shell-fish brought up from deep
water, such as oysters, horse-mussels (Modiolus vulgaris) or clams
(Pecten maximus), and shelters itself under any extraneous matter or
natural roughness (as between the testaceous layers of an old oyster)
sufficient for the purpose. Mr. R. Ball’s collection contains speci-
mens from Youghal* and Dublin Bay :—on the shore of the island
of Lambay I have taken it alive, as well as at Lahinch on the west-
ern coast.

Specimens of this crab have been sent me from the coast of Wig-
tonshire, Scotland, by Captain Fayrer, R.N.

Order Decapopa.
8rd Section. Decaropa Macroura.
Galathea strigosa, Edw. Crust. t. ii. p.273; Desm. p. 189. pl. 33. f. 1.
G. spinigera, Leach, Mal. pl. 28 B.
Plaited lobster, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 24. pl. 15.

Would appear to be distributed around the coast, but everywhere
in very limited numbers. Templeton notes it as found at ‘‘ Bangor,
co. Down, November 1819, and in the stomach of a cod-fish.”
It is enumerated in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s catalogue, his specimen
being probably from Cork. ‘lwo were captured by Mr. Hyndman
and myself, when dredging in Strangford lough in October 1834 ;
and others have subsequently been added to my cabinet from the
rocky coast of Antrim, as from Island Magee; Glenarm; the vicinity
of the Giant’s Causeway ; one or two only from each place: at the
last-named, a couple of individuals, which were brought to me
alive in the month of June, were captured under stones at low water.
The species may probably resort to the shallows to deposit their ova,
which in these examples were ready for exclusion. The Ordnance
collection contains the G. strigosa from Belfast bay. Mr. R. Ball
has a specimen from Dublin bay :—its length of body is 43 inches;
arm from basal insertion to end of claw 48 inches.

In March 1835, a G. strigosa from Portpatrick was kindly sent to
me by Captain Fayrer, R.N.; and on the beach at Newhaven, near
Edinburgh, I once picked up a very large one, which had probably
been thrown out of some of the fishing- boats. At Ventnor, in the Isle
of Wight, one which had been captured in a crab-pot was brought to
me; it was 54 inches in length from the points of the claws to the
extremity of the tail-plates.

Both the young and adult specimens in my cabinet are highly at-
tractive, from still retaining their fine red and bright blue markings.

Galathea rvgosa, Leach, Mal. pl. 29; Edw. Crust. t. 1. p. 274.
Astacus Bamffius, Long-clawed lobster, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv.
p. 23. pl. 24.

Is noticed as Irish by Mr. J. V. Thompson. The specimens which
I have seen were mostly found in the stomach of the cod-fish. Dr.

* Mr. J.V.Thompson mentions a “species of Porcellana’”’ being in
‘‘ abundance in the deep water of the harbour of Cove.” Ent. Mag. vol. iii.
p. 275. The Irish species contained in his collection (Royal College of
Surgeons, Dublin) is the P. longicornis—it is named P, Linneana.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 105

J. L. Drummond thus obtained two of them from fish brought to
Belfast market. In a cod taken near Carrickfergus, I once found a
fine male G. rugosa; its length of body from base of eyes to extre-
mity of tail-plates, 3 inches; its arm from base to point of claw, 5$
inches. Another individual was found in the mouth of a haddock
captured at Killough, county Down. Mr. R. Ball in one instance pro-
cured three specimens from the stomach of a cod taken at Youghal.
Dr. Leach remarks ‘that the G. rugosa appears to be a very rare
species in Britain,” and so may it likewise be considered on the Irish
coast. It is probably one of those species not to be found in numbers
anywhere.

A G. rugosa has been kindly sent to me from Portpatrick by Cap-
tain Fayrer, R.N. Several small individuals were dredged alive in
water from 110 to 140 fathoms in depth off the Mull of Galloway.
See ‘Annals,’ vol. x. p. 23. None of them exceeded 14 inch in
length of body. |

Among the genera of Crustacea which possess a luminous pro-
perty when living, Galathea is included, and the species particu-
larized is the G.amplectens, Fabricius (McCulloch’s West. Isles,
Scotland, vol. 11. p. 192), observed by Sir Joseph Banks on the coast
of Brazil. It is perhaps not worth remarking, that in a dead speci-
men of G. rugosa I observed the same property. On the evening of
the second day after it had been kept ina warm room, the entire soft
portion of its under surface was highly luminous.

Galathea squamifera, Leach, Mal. pl. 28 A; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 275.

Is marked Irish in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s catalogue. It is our
most common species of Galathea, and is found on all sides of the
island. It is not uncommonly dredged up by us in the loughs of
Strangford and Belfast, the specimens being generally of a small
size. In the Ordnance collection are examples from Portrush,
near the Giant’s Causeway. At Lahinch, county Clare, two of the
G. squamifera were procured by us under stones between tide-marks.
Specimens from Youghal and the western coast are in Mr. R. Ball’s
collection.

Captain Fayrer, R.N., has favoured me with this species from
Portpatrick.

Galathea nexa, Embleton, Proceedings Berwickshire Club, p.71. pl. 1.

*‘ [ have found it in the stomachs of cod-fish brought from the coasts
of Down and Antrim to Belfast market; and in Dr. Drummond’s
collection are specimens which were similarly procured. A compa-
rison of one of these with an original specimen in Dr. Johnston’s
possession, proved (what from its agreement with the description and
figure I had previously little doubt of) the identity of the species.” —
W. T. in ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. p. 255.

Palinurus vulgaris, Leach, Mal. pl. 30; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 292;
Desm. p. 184. pl. 32.
Astacus homarus, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 22. pl. 12.
The spiny lobster is found sparingly on the north, but commonly
on the south coast. Smith in his ‘ History of Kerry’ remarks that one
side of Dingle bay ‘“‘ is noted for having very large cray-fish;” and

106 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

in his ‘ History of Cork’ states that ‘‘ we have of them in great plenty
from one to six or eight pounds weight on the south coast of Ire-
land.” Rutty, in his ‘Natural History of the County of Dublin,’
says of the Palinurus, “‘ this, though common on their tables at
Cork, and a more delicate food than the lobster, is rare in Dublin,
though sometimes brought to our market from Munster, and some-
times from England.” Mr. R. Ball informs me that it is still oc-
casionally brought to Dublin, and that it is at the present time rather
commonly taken at Youghal along with lobsters, and of the size no-
ticed by Leach—from 18 to 20 inches in length of body. It is consi-
dered coarse food at the last-named place. A specimen obtained many
years ago at Magilligan, county Londonderry, is in Mr. Hyndman’s
collection: one or two have subsequently been procured there by
the Ordnance Survey, as well as on the coast of Donegal. A speci-
men captured in a crab-pot at Carrickfergus is preserved in the Bel-
fast museum.

Callianassa subterranea, Leach, Mal. pl. 32 ; Edw. Crust. t.1. p.309;
Desm. p. 205. pl. 36zf. 2.

Cancer Astacus subterraneus, Mont. Linn. Trans. vol. ix. p. 88. pl. 3.
ed Bac 22

« March 25, 1839.—On examining the contents of the stomach of
several individuals of the Platessa Pola, which were taken early this
morning off Newcastle (county Down), two of the larger arms of this
species, so peculiar in form and still retaining their beautiful pink
colour, were detected*.”—-W. T. in ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. p. 256.

Astacus fluviatilis, Edw. Crust. t. u. p. 330.
Craw-fish, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 24. pl. 16. f. 1.

Inhabits the rivers in many parts of Ireland, but is generally stated
to have been introduced to its recorded haunts from other quarters.
Thus, Rutty in his ‘Natural History of Dublin’ remarks, ‘ It
has been sometimes found in this county, chiefly in gentlemen’s
ponds, and lately in the river near Finglass ; but said to have been
brought thither from Munster.”’ In an essay on the parish of Tem-
plepatrick, written in 1824, it was stated, that “ the lady of the late
Arthur Upton introduced a stranger into our river called craw-fish.
It was put into the brook at Templepatrick ; it descended the Six-
mile water, where it found a situation perfectly suited to its na-
ture, deep water and banks of loam, which they excavate as lodgings
for themselves and their young; they have increased to a very great
multitude.” This locality is about ten miles distant from Belfast.
The date of the introduction of the cray-fish unfortunately is not
given, nor are we informed whence they were brought. About thirty
years before the essay was written, as I am informed by a venerable
friend, cray-fish were plentiful some miles farther up the river than

* A species named ‘‘ Thalassina Montagut”’ appears as Irish in Mr. J.
V.Thompson’s catalogue. It may be presumed to have been considered by
that gentleman a new species, although ‘“n.d.’’ is not prefixed to it as in
other cases of non-descripts. Only one species of this genus,—the 7’, scor-
pioides, a native of Chili,—is noticed in M. Edwards’s Hist. des Crustaces
(t. ii. p. 316).

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland. 107

where they are said to have been introduced. They were obtained
in drains connected with the river near Doagh, and were not sought
for as a marketable commodity, but served up at the table of the
Antrim Hunt, to gratify the special palate of one of the knightly
members of that body. About Florence Court, county Fermanagh,
the cray-fish is abundant, but to this locality also, Lord Beislien
tells me that the species is said to have been introduced many years
ago from Queens-county :—of the correctness of this, as in former
cases, there is no proof. About two years ago, however, I had
‘ocular demonstration’ of the introduction of the cray-fish into a
pond at Lismoyne, the seat of a relative near Belfast. Early in
September 1840, supplies taken in a small river in the county of
Kildare were from time to time forwarded by the coach from Dub-
lin to Belfast, and arrived in tolerable condition on the second day
after capture; sometimes all were alive and apparently in good
health ; at others, perhaps one-fourth would be sickly or dead. At
this period none contained ova, but a supply sent forward in the
middle of November had them well-developed. It may be worth
mentioning that these cray-fish were captured by a man wading up
to his middle in the river, and thrusting his hands into their burrows
in the banks—the water must be low at the time to render the
holes visible. When caught they are generally put in a bag contain-
ing a little hay, and by being kept cool will live a few days out of
the water. They are likewise taken in numbers by baiting with
chickens’ entrails a common creel or basket, which is let down by
a rope to the bottom of the river in the evening, and next morning
is pulled up so quickly, that the contained cray-fish having no time
for escape are all captured.

Templeton says of the Ast. fluviatilis that it ‘inhabits several of
our lakes and rivers; near Antrim, in the Six-mile water; in great
abundance in a lake near Tullahan, county Monaghan.”’ About Bal-
libay and Glaslough in this county it is now said to be met with.
About Kill lake, lough Sheehan, &c. in the neighbouring county of
Cavan it is found*. Mr. R. Ball states that the cray-fish is taken in
the Royal Canal, about twelve miles from Dublin.

Mr. Patrick Doran, a well-known and intelligent collector of ob-
jects of natural history, gives me the following account of cray-
fish as observed by him in Killymoon river, near Cookstown, county
Tyrone, when the water was very low. They ascend from the

* In Mr. Hyndman’s cabinet there is a specimen of a cray-fish consider-~
ably smaller and more delicately proportioned than the 4. fluviatilis, and
apparently a different species. It is believed by him to be Irish, but of this
he is not certain. A very intelligent lady who saw the specimens above
alluded to from Kildare—and which were the ordinary 4. fluviatilis—re-
marked on their being much larger than those she had been accustomed to
see in county Cavan. On Mr. Hyndman’s Astacus being shown, it was
stated that of the quantities which she had seen served up at table, none
were ever larger. They were taken in one of the tributaries to lough Shee-
han, about 13 mile above the lake, and eight miles from the town of Cavan.
I have as yet been unable to obtain cray-fish from this locality. Silence
would perhaps have been more judicious, than the introduction of matter of
this kind without any positive evidence.

108 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

deeper to the shallow parts to spawn. It is the office of the males
to cater for the young. He has seen them catch minute fish and
Gammari, bring them to the female and young, and break the fish
up in pieces for the latter, so as to muddy the water in the process.
On being disturbed, both sexes gather the young under their tails
“as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings,’’ but a singular
difference prevails between the sexes with regard to their manner of
protecting their progeny. The male on being lifted out of the water
retains the young under his tail; but the female on being captured,
wiser than her lord, slaps them from her into their native element
with great force, thus producing an effect which is likened by my
informant to ‘‘a shower of rain upon the surface.”’ He has repeat-
edly witnessed this different procedure of the two sexes.

Mr. R. Ball supplies me with the following note :—‘ Some years
ago I kept a cray-fish for a considerable time in a shallow glass ves-
sel, about 20 inches in diameter, and containing about two inches
depth of water. This animal gradually acquired great viciousness,
and would eagerly attack the fingers of any one who chose to put
them within his range, pursuing the intruding digits round the boun-
daries of his demesne. After he had been thus a year in my posses-
sion, I was one day surprised to see a second cray-fish in the vessel,
but on taking the intruder in my hand (believing it to have been placed
in the vessel by a waggish relative) it proved to be the exuviz of my
old friend so perfect as to present his exact counterpart. Instead of
his usual boldness, he now exhibited the most remarkable timidity,
which continued for three or four days. He was at first quite
soft and appeared considerably larger than usual, but gradually grew
firmer, and on the fifth day felt to the touch as hard as usual, and
advanced with open pincers to the attack of my finger, though evi-
dently not without some little doubtfulness of his powers. Before
the end of the week he was himself again, came on more boldly than
ever and with greater effect, as his weapons were much sharper. He
lived nearly two years with me, and during the whole time received
no food excepting one or two worms. The water was never changed,
but some was occasionally added merely to supply the loss by eva-
poration. I had found by previous experiments that cray-fish placed
in pans with much water died, while those which were merely co-
vered, or in such a manner that they could raise a portion of their
bodies above the surface, lived as long as they were taken care of.”

Homarus vulgaris, Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 334.
Astacus marinus, Desm. p. 211. pl. 41. f. 1.
A. gammarus, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 14. pl. 11.

Lobsters are in plenty around the rocky shores of Ireland. From
the iron-bound north-eastern coast, great quantities of them are now
sent by the regularly plying steamers to Glasgow. About Dublin,
Mr. R. Ball informs me that the flounder (Platessa flesus) is used as
bait for the lobster; and at Youghal, that the best plaice (Platessa
vulgaris), which would bring a good price at market, are cut up for
the same purpose.

The lightest looking and most tasteful lobster-pot that I have seen

Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Freland. 109

is that used at the South Islands of Arran (off Galway bay). It is
of the form and about the size of a tenor-drum.. The frame-work
consists simply of a small hoop at each end fastened to three almost
equally light but tough pieces of wood, so as to present the drum

form ; over all a net is stretched, having an opening in the centre of
each end. The bait used is fish.

Nephrops Norvegicus, Leach, Mal. pl. 86; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 336 ;
Desm. p. 213. pl. 37. f. 1.
Norway Lobster, Penn. Brit. Zool. p. 23. pl. 13. f. 1.

Templeton says of this—‘‘a rare species, but sometimes found in
Belfast lough.”” I have heard of its being taken near Portaferry about
the entrance to Strangford lough, and that it has been procured in
numbers off Dundrum on the Down coast, but specimens have not
come under my observation from any of these localities. It is brought
in great quantities to Dublin as an article of food, and is chiefly used
by the poorer people. Mr. R. Ball informs me that the species is
very numerous in Dublin bay, near the Pigeon House, and that
hence the town is supplied: he has taken the Nephrops along with
echini and star-fish from the stomachs of cod bought in Dublin.

Specimens have been obligingly sent to me from the island of
Holyhead (Wales) by Captain Fayrer, R.N.

Crangon vulgaris, Leach, Mal. pl. 37B; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 341;
Wesm. p. 218. pl. 38. f. 1.
Astacus crangon, Penn. Brit. Zool. p. 26. pl. 16. f. 2.

The shrimp, being an article of food, is noticed in several of our
old county histories. It is common on the sandy shores and adjacent
saline marshes from north to south of Ireland. 'The western shore of
Belfast bay was many years ago of a hard sandy nature, so as to
admit of being ridden over by persons on horseback. At that period,
as I am informed, shrimps abounded there, and were regularly sought
for as objects of sale. At present this same part of the shore is
soft and oozy, and the shrimps so very limited in number and small
in size that they are never looked after. Although this species chiefly
frequents sandy shores, I have occasionally seen it brought up in the
dredge from deep water and at a considerable distance from land, in
the loughs of Strangford and Belfast. Mr. R. Ball mentions that
shrimps, though taken in large quantities at Youghal, are held in
little esteem, but that the prawn (Palemon serratus), caught abun-
dantly at spring-tides, is much thought of—this latter is called
“shrimp” there; the former the ‘“ gray shrimp:” this term is also
used in Smith’s ‘History of the County of Cork,’ written nearly a
century since.

' * Pontophilus spinosus,’”’ Leach, Mal. pl. 37.
Crangon cataphractus, Hdw. Crust. t. i. p. 343.

In Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection there is a specimen bearing
the former name, and marked as Irish. It is much to be regretted
that the notice of the Irish Crustacea in this collection (now in the
College of Surgeons, Dublin,) is limited to a single letter, the initial

110 Mr. W. Thompson on the Crustacea of Ireland.

‘“‘]” simply indicating them, as ‘‘F”’ does the foreign species. The
native specimens were, I believe, chiefly derived from the harbour of
Cove, whence those were brought upon which that naturalist founded
his highly important and celebrated ‘ Researches into the Metamor-
phoses of the Crustacea.’

“« Processa (vel Nika) canaliculata.”

Irish examples of this species are in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s col-
lection.
Athanas nitescens, Leach, Mal. pl. 44; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 366.

A single specimen was found under a stone between tide-marks

at Lahinch, county Clare, by Mr. E. Forbes and myself in July 1840,
as noticed in the seventh volume of this Journal.

Hippolyta varians, Leach, Mal. pl. 38. f. 6-16; Edw. Crust. t. i.
p. 371

Is an inhabitant of deep water around the coast. Mr. J. V.
Thompson’s collection contains Irish specimens. This species has
been dredged in Belfast and Strangford loughs by Mr. Hyndman
and myself, and was similarly procured by our party in July 1840,
in Clew and Roundstone bays on the western coast. In Dalkey
Sound, Dublin bay, an H. varians ? was taken by us in the dredge.

“* Hippolyte Cranchit”’
Is marked in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection as Irish.

Pandalus annulicornis, Leach, Mal. pl. 40; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p. 384;
Desm. p. 220. pl. 38. f. 2.

Ts in Mr. J. V. Thompson’s collection. The species has been
taken commonly by Mr. Hyndman and myself in the rock-pools ac-
cessible at low-water throughout the Down coast, and has been
dredged by us in deep water on the north-east coast, and in Killery
bay, Connemara. Mr. R. Ball has specimens from the shores about
Dublin.

Palemon serratus, Leach, Mal. pl. 43. f.1; Edw. Crust. t. i. p. 389;
Desm. p. 234. pl. 40. f. 1.
Astacus serratus, Penn. Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 25. pl. 17. f. 1.

The prawn, an article of human consumption, is noticed in some
of our old county histories, as Harris’s ‘Down,’ Smith’s ‘ Cork and
- Waterford,’ Rutty’s ‘Dublin.’ The last author says, apparently *
with reference to this species, that “‘ it was formerly frequent on our
coast, but the frost in 1740 destroyed many of them”’! vol. i. p. 379.
Templeton speaks of it as “‘once common in Belfast lough; now
rare.” Some years ago J obtained from this locality a very large
specimen, which was taken in a lobster-pot at the entrance of the
bay. Here the species has more lately been obtained by the collectors
attached to the Ordnance Survey, who likewise procured it at Port-
rush near the Giant’s Causeway. Mr. R. Ball states that at Youghal,

* He refers to Rondeletius for the species meant, a work which I have
not at present to consult.

Mr. A. H. Hassall on Marine Zoophytes. ei

prawns are taken only during the first quarter of flood-tide, and
then plentifully : at the South Islands of Arran he captured numbers

of them in the summer of 1835, and out of about fifty, found three
with Bopyri attached.—See ‘ Annals,’ vol. v. p. 256.

Palemon squilla, Leach, Mal. pl. 43. f. 11-13; Edw. Crust. t. ii.
p. 390.

Templeton notices this species as “‘ common on the shore of Belfast
lough.” It is of frequent occurrence in rock-pools throughout the
range of the Down coast, and is likewise occasionally taken in deep
water with the dredge.

I have met with it commonly in rock-pools about Ballantrae, Ayr-
shire.

Palemonvarians, Leach, Mal. pl. 43. f. 14-16; Edw. Crust. t. ii. p.391.

A few examples have been procured in Belfast and Strangford
loughs by Dr. Drummond and myself. Leach remarks that the
Astacus squilla of Pennant may be his P. varians.

’

“¢ Palemon Leachii’

Is the name attached by Mr. J.V. Thompson to an Irish specimen
in his collection.

Pasiphaé Sivado, Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid. t.v. p. 81, ed. 1826;
Edw. Crust. t. u. p. 426.

“In the British Museum there is a specimen so named, and labelled
‘Ireland.’ From the donor, the Rev. James Bulwer, I learned that
it was taken by him in the vicinity of Dublin.’”’—W. T. in <‘ Annals,’
vol. v. p. 256.

[To be continued. ]

XVIII.—Remarks on three species of Marine Zoophytes.
By Artuur Hixtu Hassa.t, Esq.

Antennularia arborescens. Polypidom arborescent, arising from a
tangled mass of tubular root-like filaments by a single trunk, which
subsequently divides and subdivides into numerous branches; branch-
lets verticillate, long; cells tubular, not separated from each other
by one or more small cup-like processes, as are those of Antennularia
antennina.

In the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. vi. p. 168,
pl. 5, I have described and figured an Antennularia which I con-
ceived to be distinct from the common A. antennina, and which I
then conjectured to be identical with the Antennularia ramosa of
Lamarck.

The opinion originally entertained of its specific distinctness has
recently been confirmed by some observations of Mr. J. Macgillivray,
recorded in the ninth vol. of the ‘ Annals,’ by whom many specimens
have been found at Aberdeen, agreeing in all respects with my de-
scription ; but I have since seen reason to discard the notion of its
identity with Lamarck’s Antennularia ramosa, whose description of

112 Mr. A. H. Hassall on Marine Zoophytes.

that species, which is probably nothing more than the common
branched condition, not worthy of being considered as a variety, of
Antennularia antennina, contains no reference to the two chief specific
characters of my species, viz. the circumstance of the polypidom
arising by a single trunk, and the absence of the small tubular pro-
cesses placed between the proper polype-bearing cells present in A.
antennina. I propose, therefore, to designate my species Antennu-
laria arborescens, a term which expresses one of its peculiarities.

Alcyonidium glomeratum. Polypidom massive, of no very defined
outline; colour a deep uniform red, the shade of which approaches
to vermilion.

I have lately been informed by Dr. Johnston that the Alcyontdium
rubrum of Miller is very different from the deep red Alcyonidium
referred to by me in the seventh vol. of the ‘ Annals of Natural His-
tory,’ and which I supposed to be identical with that zoophyte.
Although not the <Alcyonidium rubrum of Miller, I still regard it
as specifically distinct, notwithstanding the observations of Mr.
Macgillivray to the contrary ; or at all events, if it does not claim to
be regarded as a distinct species, it can only be looked upon asa
permanent variety, which is the next thing to a distinct species.

Mr. Macgillivray appears inclined to consider it as a mere acci-
dental variety, and observes that I appear “to regard it as distinct,
apparently on the sole ground of not having been able to detect any
gradations of colour between it and the common kind, as might be
expected were it a mere variety; and says further, ‘“‘ that to be con-
sistent, I ought to separate as so many distinct species those Sertu-
larie which are occasionally found of a bright pink colour, and make
two species out of Laomedea geniculata, of which Dr. Johnston has
often observed coloured and colourless specimens growing upon the
same stone.”

The cases do not appear to me, however, to be at all analogous:
the polypidoms of the Hydroid zoophytes are corneous and extra-
vascular, while those of the Alcyonidia are coriaceous, fleshy, and
continuous with the polypi themselves; the colour in Alcyonidium
glomeratum is, therefore, probably a secretion from glands placed in
it, which cannot be the case with the Sertulurie. Moreover the
colouring matter is uniformly diffused over the surface of the polypi-
dom of A. glomeratum; while in the Hydroid zoophytes it usually
extends only over a portion of the polypidoms, parts of them retain-
ing their normal appearance.

Believing that in doubtful cases the truth is more likely to be eli-
cited by separating species than by uniting them, I have ventured
to assign a distinct specific name to what some would be disposed
perhaps to regard as a mere variety ; an opinion, however, in which
at present I by no means concur.

Farcimia spathulosa. Internodes three or four times as large as
those of Farcimia salicornia; cells spathulate, that is to say, rounded
above and excavated below, for the reception of the head of the ceil
beneath ; apertures semilunar, situated in the upper third of each
cell.

Prof. Brandt on Siberian Birds described by Latham. 113

As Mr. Macgillivray’s observations on some specimens of Farcimia
which occurred to him at Aberdeen would appear to throw some
doubts upon the genuineness of this species, I have been induced to
re-examine carefully my specimens of Farcimia, and the result has
been, that in no case have I found other than rhomboidal cells on
those of Farcimia salicornia, or spathulate, or modified spathulate, on
those of F. sinuosa, or as I have now named it, F’. spathulosa, a term
which expresses a more positive character of the species than the
other. The modified spathulate cells do indeed approach somewhat
toa rhombic form, but are not perfectly so, and these I have only
noticed in three or four of the basal, imperfectly developed internodes
of a single specimen. My opinion, therefore, of the validity of this
species remains unshaken; indeed, the great difference in the size of
the internodes affords a character sufficiently distinctive, when there
are no other differences between the species.

XIX.—On certain species of Siberian Birds described by
Latham, but which have hitherto been insufficiently deter-
mined. By Prof. J. F. Branoprt of St. Petersburg. (Com-
municated by H. E. Strickland, Esq., M.A.)

[Brine very desirous that some light should, if possible,
be thrown on the numerous nominal species of Siberian birds
recorded in the works of Latham, I prepared a list of all the
so-called species from Asiatic Russia, which appeared to be
unknown to the modern ornithologists of Britain. This list
I forwarded to Professor Brandt of St. Petersburg, the learned
author of ‘ Descriptiones et Icones Animalium Rossicorum,’
and of numerous other zoological memoirs, who has obligingly
transmitted to me the letter which is here translated.—H. EK.
STRICKLAND. |

Sir,

You have had the goodness to send me a list of those spe-
cies of birds in the ‘ Index Ornithologicus ’ of Latham which
appear obscure to modern ornithologists. Accept my sincere
thanks, together with a short notice of some of these species
which I have been enabled to decypher, or which have been
already correctly placed by other naturalists.

I have the honour, &c.

J. F. BRANDT.
St. Petersburg, Sept. 7, 1842.

Rapaces.

1. Falco leucoryphos, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 17; Gm. Syst. vol. 1.
p- 259; Pallas, Itin. vol. i. p. 454; Aguila leucorypha, Pall. Zoogr.
Rosso-Asiatica, vol. i. p. 352. = Haliaétos leucorypha. It was in
1836 that I communicated to the Zoological Section of the German
naturalists assembled at Jena a notice on the place which this bird

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

114 Prof. Brandt on Siberian Birds described by Latham.

ought to occupy. Messrs. Keyserling and Blasius, in their excellent
work, ‘ Die Wirbelthiere Europas,’ p. xxx. No. 31, are of the same
opinion. The Haliaétos unicolor of Mr. J. E. Gray (Illustrations of
Indian Zoology) appears to be the same species.

PASSERINE.

1. Corvus dauricus, Pall. Itin. Append. p. 694. = Corvus (Mone-
dula) daurica. 'The Corvus dauricus is a species very nearly allied
to the common jackdaw, and hence some naturalists, Gloger for in-
stance (Das Abaendern der Vogel, Breslau, 1833, 8vo. p. 144),
have taken it for a climatic variety of Corvus monedula. On the di-
stinctions of this species see Keyserling and Blasius, l.c. p. xlv, and
Wagler, ‘ Syst. Avium,’ Corvus.

2. Merops persicus, Pall.=Merops egyptius, Savigny. Le Guepier
Savigny male, Levaill. Prom. et Guep. pl. 6.

3. Emberiza rutila, Pall. Itin. vol. ii. App. p. 698. No. 23;
Pallas, Zoogr. vol. 11. p. 53. No. 217. This is a true bunting, which
is very clearly distinguished from the species which I have called
Emberiza bruniceps (Bulletin de l’Acad. Imp. de Petersb.).

4. Alauda mongolica, Pall. Itin. App. p. 697. No. 19. = Alauda
(Calandra) mongolica. ‘This is a very distinct species belonging to
the subgenus Calandra or Melanocorypha, Boié, together with Alauda
tatarica, A. leucoptera, Pall. and A. bimaculata, Menetries (Catal.
des objets de zoologie du Caucase).

5. Hirundo daurica, Linn. Mant.; Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 576; Hi-
rundo alpestris, Pall. Itin. vol. 1. p. 709; Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. vol. 1.
p. 534. pl. 80. A very distinct species from Eastern Siberia, of
which M. Kittlitz has brought a specimen from Manilla*.

GRALLZ.

1. Charadrius gregarius, Pall. Itin. vol. 1. App. p. 206; Lath. Ind.
Om. p. 745; Tringa fasciata, Gm. Itin. vol. ii. p. 194. pl. 26;
Tringa keptuschka, Lepechin, It. vol. 1. p. 229.= Vanellus gregarwus,
Keys. et Blasius, l. c. p. Ixx. The “ Black-sided Sandpiper,” Gray,
Ind. Zool., seems to belong to this species.

2. Charadrius asiaticus, Pall. It. vol. u. App. p. 715; Lath. Ind.
Orn. p. 746; Charadrius caspius, Pall. Zoogr. vol. 1. p. 136. pl. 58.
= Hudromias caspius, Keys. et Blasius, 1. c. A very distinct species,
and one which, if we are to characterize genera or subgenera by the
position and figure of the tarsal scutella, ought to be regarded as the
type of a separate group.

3. Charadrius tataricus, Pall. It. vol. 11. App. p. 715; Lath. Ind.
Orn. vol. ii. p. 746; and Charadrius sibiricus, Lepechin, It. vol. ii.
pl. 6; Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 747. = Charadrius (Hudromias) morinellus,
Lin. Syst. Nat. vol. 1. p. 254.

NaTATORES.
A. Anatide, seu Lamellirostres.
1. Anas grandis, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 837; Pall. Zoogr. vol. ii

* The Hirundo erythropygia described by Col. Sykes in the ‘ Proceedings
of the Zoological Society for 1832,’ p. 83, ele a from the description to
be the same as H/, daurica, Lin.—(H. E. 8.)

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Lima. 115

p. 221. This is a species observed by Steller and Gmelin, which |
have not yet seen, and which, from Pallas’s description, may pro-
bably be a species of Cygnus.

2. Anas beringi, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 843. = Anas spectabilis, Lin.
according to the observations of Pallas, Zoogr. vol. il. p. 236, which
appear to me well-founded.

3. Anas falcaria, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 860; Anas falcata, Pall.
Zoogr. vol. ii. p. 239. A very beautiful species, of which I have
given a very detailed description in my work ‘ Descriptiones et
Icones Animalium Rossicorum,’ Aves, fasc. 1. p. 21. pl. 3.

4. Anas formosa, Georgi, Reise, vol. i. p. 168; Lath. Ind. Orn.
vol. ii. p. 876. = Anas glocitans, Pall. Zoogr. vol. ii. p. 261. I have
also given a full description of this bird in the same work*.

5. Anas peregrina, Gmel. Reise, vol. 11. p. 183. pl. 16; Anas
gmelini, Lath. Ind. Orn. vol. 11. p. 876, appears to me to = Anas
nyroca, juv.

6. Anas kekuschka, Gm. Reise, vol. iii. p. 249. pl. 26; Lath. Ind.
Orn. vol. ii. p. 877. = Anas strepera, according to Pallas, Zoogr.
vol. ii. p. 254, in which opinion I concur.

B. Tubinares.

1. Procellaria equinoctialis, 6. Kuril Petrel, Lath. Ind. Orn.
p- 821; Procellaria equinoctialis, Pall. Zoogr. vol. il. p. 314.=Puffi-
nus curilicus, mibi in Museo Academico.

2. Procellaria furcata, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 825 ; Procellaria orien-
talis, Pall. Zoogr. vol. ii. p. 315. = Thalassidroma furcata, mihi in
Museo Academico. A well-marked species, of which I intend pub-
lishing a full description accompanied by a figure.

C’. Steganopodes.

1. Pelecanus violaceus, Gm. Syst. vol. i. p. 575; Lath. Ind. Orn.
vol. u. p. 888. = Carbo violaceus, mihi, Carbonum Monographia,
MSS. A very distinct species, which will shortly be described and
figured with accuracy by myself.

2. Pelecanus urile, Gm. Syst. Nat. et Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 888;
Phalacrocorax pelagicus et bicristatus, Pall. Zoogr. vol. 11. pp. 301,
303. = Carbo urile, mihi, Carbonum Monogr. MSS.

XX.—Descriptions of Chalcidites found near Lima by C. Dar-
win, Esq. By Francis WALKER, Ksq., F.L.S.

Dicyclus Arduine, Fem. ter, abdomen eneum, antenne nigre, pedes
flavo-fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus breve, convexum, atrum, scite squameum, parum nitens, parce
hirtum : caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus ; frons

* The above two beautiful species of Teal, Querquedula falcaria and
Querquedula formosa, may now be seen in the Chinese Exhibition at Hyde
Park Corner (Nos. 864 and 884 of the catalogue). M. Brandt appears to
consider Q. formosa to be identical with Anas glocitans, Pall., the “ Bima-
culated Duck’”’ of British authors. The latest authors, home ver, regard them

| Bee

i16 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Lima.

impressa, abrupte declivis: Oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antenna
nigree, submoniliformes, extrorsum crassiores, thorace non longiores; arti-
culus 1"8 longus, gracilis; 2° cyathiformis; 3"s et 4"° minimi; 5"€ et se-
quentes breves, usque ad 10"” paullo curtantes; clava longiconica, acumi-
nata, articulo 10° plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus : prothorax transversus,
brevis: mesothoracis scutum Jongitudine latius; parapsidum suturee nor
bene determinate ; scutellum brevi-conicum: metathorax sat magnus, ob-
conicus, declivis : petiolus sat longus: abdomen zneum, subrotundum, fere
planum, nitens, leve, glabrum, thorace multo brevius ; segmentum 1°” mag-
num, 2"™ et sequentia brevia ; pedes nigri, simplices, subeequales ; trochan~
teres. picel; femora apice flava ; tibize fulvee, apice basique flave ; tarsi flavi,
apice fusci: alz limpide ; squamule piceze ; nervi flavi; nervus humeralis
ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis ulnari vix brevior, cubitali multo longior ;.
stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 1; alar. lin. 13.)

Pachylarthrus Cleodoxa, Mas.. Viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne fulve,

pedes flavi, ale limpide.

Corpus convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum:
caput convexum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus; frons impressa,
abrupte declivis : oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes:. palpi maxillares fulvi,
clavati: antenne fulve, extrorsum crassiores, thorace paullo longiores; ar-
ticulus 1"Slongus, gracilis ; 2"° fuscus, longicyathiformis ; 3"5 et 4"° minimi;
5's et sequentes breves, usque ad 10"™ paulle curtantes et latescentes; clava
fusiformis, pallide fusca, articulo 10° paullo latior et plus duplo longior :
thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, mediocris, antice angustus: meso-
thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture non bene determi-
natz; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, declivis, obconicus :
petiolus brevis: abdomen cupreum, breviovatum, leve, depressum, fere gla-
brum, thorace brevius: pedes flavi, simplices, subzequales; coxze virides ;
tarsi apice fusci: alee limpide; squamulz picez; nervi flavi; nervus hu-
meralis ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis ulnari vix brevior, cubitali multe
longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. #; alar. lin. 14.)

Pteromalus Archia, Mas. Niger, antenne nigre, pedes rufi, femora ni-
gra, ale fusce.

Corpus sublineare, convexum, nigrum, obscurum, pubescens, scitissime
squameum : caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine; vertex sat latus ;
frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: an-
tenne nigre, subfiliformes, pubescentes, thorace non longiores; articulus
1"s Jongus, gracilis ; 2"5 cyathiformis ; 3" et 4"* minimi; 5"§ et sequentes
usque ad 10°™ breves, subzequales, approximati; clava subconica, articulo
10° multo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevis, antice
angustus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture non
bene determinate ; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, declivis,
obconicus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sublineare, depressum, nitens,
leeve, fere glabrum, thorace paullo brevius, non latius: pedes obscure rufi,
simplices, subeequales ; coxze nigree; trochanteres picei; femora nigra,
apice rufa; tarsi apice obscuriores: alz fusce ; squamule picez; nervi
picei; nervus humeralis ulnari duplo longior, radialis ulnari longior, cubita-
ulnari paullo brevior ; stigma sat magnum. (Corp. long. lin. 13; alar.
in: 2.)

as distinct (see Temm. Man. Orn. pt. 4. p. 536, and Yarrell, Brit. Birds,
vol. iii. p. 168), and it appears that European specimens never exhibit the
peculiar plumage of Anas formosa. The subject, however, requires further
mvestigation.—(H. E. 8.)

Mr. Gray on new Genera and Species of Mammalia. 117

Entedon (Horismenus, n.g. Haliday MSS.) Cleodora, Fem. 4neo-ater,

antenne nigre, pedes fulvi, femora nigra, ale limpide,

Corpus angustum, convexum, zneo atrum, nitens, leve, fere glabrum :
caput transversum, brevissimum, thorace non latius; vertex sat Jatus ; frons
impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, sat magni, non extantes: antennz
nigre, submoniliformes, extrorsum crassiores, thorace non longiores ; clava
fusiformis, acuminata, articulo preecedente plus duplo longior: thorax longi-
ovatus : prothorax transversus, brevis, antice angustus : mesothoracis scuitum
transversum, latum; parapsidum suturze non bene determinate ; scutellum
subrhombiforme, unisulcatum, postice latun ; paraptera et epimera magna:
metathorax sat magnus, pee obconicus, ‘nigro- viridis : petiolus brevis,
crassus : abdomen ovatum, convexum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum,
thorace paullo brevius; segmentum jem maximum; 2" et sequentia bre-
vissima: pedes fulvi; coxze nigrze ; femora nigra, apice fulva; tarsi 4-arti-
culati; articulus 1"s brevis ; ungues et pulvilli minuti: ale limpida, hirtz ;
squamule pices ; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris humerali duplo longior, ra-
dialis vix ullus, cubitalis brevissimus; stigma minimum. (Corp. long. lin.
11; alar. lin. 2.)

{To be continued. |

XX I1.—Descriptions of some new genera and species of Mam-
malia in the British Museum Collection. By J. EK. Gray,
Esq., F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Collection in the
British Museum.

Fam. VESPERTILIONIDS.

Mosia (n. g.) Vespertilionina? Cutting teeth es the upper oblique,
far apart ; wings thin ; head small, hairy ; forehead flattened, rather
concave in front; lips rather thick, lower with a triangular wart in
front; nose rounded ; nostrils apical, roundish, not produced, and
without any groove on its hinder edge ; ears moderate, lateral; tragus
elongate, well-developed ; interfemoral membrane large, truncated ;
heel-bone rather long; tail slender, tip produced on the middle of
the upper surface of the membrane ; hind feet small; wings from the
base of the toes.

This genus has all the external appearance of a Vespertilio, but it
has the tail of an Hmbalanura ; it differs from that genus in the nose
not being produced and truncated, and the nostrils not tubular. It
appears to be the link between the Vespertilionine and the Nostilio-.
nine.

Mosia nigrescens. Fur brown, rather paler below ; wings black-
ish ; tragus elongate, linear, blunt. Length of body, 14 inch.

Hab. South America? Capt. Belcher, R.N.

This may be the Vespertilio canina of Prince Neuwied, Embala-
nura canina of Temm.; but the tragus of that species is described as
very short, broader above and with a constriction at the base, and the
animal as considerably larger.

Kerivoula Brasiliensis. Blackish ; hairs with brownish tips, beneath

rather paler ; ears large, acute, bent back.
Hab. Brazils.

118 Mr. Gray on new Genera and Species of Mammalia.

Fam. Fevipa.

Mustela Horsfieldii. Uniform dark blackish brown, very little
paler beneath ; middle of the front of the chin and the lower lips
white; whiskers black ; tail slender, blacker, half as long as the body
and head. :

Var.? Throat with a large white spot, chin a]l white. Mus. East
India Company.

Hab. Bhotan, India.

This species differs from P. subhemachalanus, Hodgson, in the dor-
sal line not being darker ; from M. Cathia, now M. auriventer, of the
same author, in the much darker colour; and from WM. sibirica, in
the face not being varied with black, and in the general colour being
much darker.

Mustela xanthogenys, Yellow-cheeked Weasel. Bright chestnut,
beneath golden yellow; chin, small spot above the angle of the
mouth, and feet white ; spot under the ear yellowish white; spot be-
hind the angle of the mouth towards the throat chestnut; end of
tail black.

Hab. California, Capt. Belcher, R.N., C.B.

Rather larger than M. erminea; the upper lip and spot on side of
the head chestnut, and spot under the ears whitish.

Mustela Hodgsoni, Hodgson’s Weasel. Fur yellowish brown,
rather paler beneath ; upper part and side of head much darker ;
face, lips, chin and throat varied with white ; tail elongate, rather
bushy, rather more than half as long as the body and head.

Var. Rather darker, white extended to between the eyes.

Hab. India, Himalaya.

This species does not agree with either of those described by Mr.
Hodgson*.

Vulpes flavescens. Pale yellowish, back rather darker; face and
outer side of fore legs and base of tail pale fulvous; spot on side of
face just before the eyes, the chin, the front of fore legs, a round spot
on the upper part of hind foot, and the tips of the hairs of the tail,
blackish ; the ears externally black ; end of tail white.

Hab. Persia.

Lurra.

The species of this genus are said to be extremely difficult to de-
termine, but this appears to arise from sufficient attention not having
been paid to organic characters which are of a permanent description.
They may be thus divided into genera or subgenera :—

A. Hind and front feet similar in size ; tail tapering, acute, dlnaaie

1. Lontra. Muffle hairy; soles of hind feet half naked; claws di-
stinct. L. canadensis, L. brasiliensis.

2. Lutra. Muffle bald, oblong, transverse; claws distinct ; soles
half naked. L. vulgaris, L. indica, L. chinensis.

* Neither of these Indian species are amongst Mr. Hodgson’s collection
of Nepaul animals which he has just presented to the British Museum pre-
paratory to their being published by Mr. F. Howard.

Mr. Lovell Reeve on the Pearly Nautilus. 119

3. Aonyx. Mufile bald, oblong, transverse; claws rudimentary ;
soles half naked. A. Horsfieldii, A. aurobrunnea, A. indigitata of
India, and 4. Lalandii of South Africa.

4. Latax. Mufile bald, large, oblong, triangular, angular above ;
claws distinct ; soles hairy. L. Lataxina.

B. Hind feet large.
5. Enhydra. Tail short, cylindrical; muffle bald, oblong, trian-
gular ; soles entirely hairy. £. marina.

6. Pteronura. ‘ail elongate, with a fin on each side. P. San-
bachit.

XXII.—History and Observations on the Pearly Nautilus,
involving a new Theory to account for the camerated con-
struction of its Shell by the aid of the Siphonic Membrane.
By Mr. Lovetti Reeve, A.L.S. *

Tue two great conchiferous Cephalopods, Argonauta and
Nautilus, seem to have been equally well known to the father
of natural history; for in Scaliger’s translation of the ‘ Hi-
storia Animalium’ we learn that Aristotle, when speaking of
his Polypi, or Cephalopodous Malakia, makes especial mention
of two of them having shells. They were both regarded by
this venerable philosopher as species of Nautilus; “the one,”
says Aristotle, “has a hollow shell, not naturally adherent to
it; the other has a shell, which hike a snail it never quits.”
Here, however, remained the history of these mollusks for
ages. Pliny, and indeed other writers subsequent to Aristotle,
seem only to have noticed one of the Nautili of their prede-
cessor, for their observations embody little beyond what he
had transmitted to them of his Nautilus primus, the light mo-
nothalamous Argonaut of Linnzus. The Nautilus secundus of
the ancients remained in obscurity until the revival of letters ;
Belon, a French author of 1550, gave a representation of the
shell ; and its animal inhabitant was figured in 1703 by Rum-
phius, a Dutch merchant and naturalist resident at Amboyna.
Although an accurate delineator of character for the age in
which he lived, he was no anatomist, and his drawings are
somewhat inaccurate; having lost his sketches, he is said to
have renewed them from recollection; they have, however,
been valued from necessity, for no other living specimen of
this mollusk was discovered for the lapse of a century and a
quarter.

Cuvier, the first great anatomist who tested the organism

* From Mr. Lovell Reeve’s valuable work on the Mollusca.

120 Mr. Lovell Reeve on the Pearly Nautilus

of the Cephalopods by minute dissection, looked with earnest
solicitude, no doubt, for the soft and living portion of the
Nautilus ; but the act which made at last so prominent a step
in the history of these animals was reserved for a no less
skilful operator of our own day. A Nautilus was captured in
1829 in the Bay of Marekini, at the Island of Krromango, New
Hebrides ; it was seen floating on the surface of the water, and
was just about to sink, when a sailor caught hold of it witha
boat-hook. The right eye was almost shattered in the strug-
ele to secure it, and the shell being much broken it was inju-
diciously removed. Two years unfortunately elapsed before the
soft parts, which were carefully preserved in spirits, reached
England: they were presented to Mr. Owen for dissection ;
and although a minute portion of shell, adhering to one of the
lateral expansions of the belt, was all that remained of the
original frame-work, he admirably succeeded, by a train of
analogical reasoning, to establish the relation of the whole.
His celebrated ‘ Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus*’ was pub-
lished in London in 1832 by the Royal College of Surgeons,
and to the severe disappointment of the author, the illustrious
Cuvier died but a few days before it issued from the press.

Although the animal of the Nautilus was an important ac-
quisition to conchological science, it would have been far more
acceptable if accompanied with the shell: a doubt immediately
arose amongst naturalists, as to whether the position which
Mr. Owen had assigned to the animal in the shell was the
true one. ‘“ Mais dans quelle position,’ asks De Blainville,
“le Nautile est-al dans sa coquille>” “ And if,’ says Mr. Gray,
“ the relative position of the animal of the Nautilus be correctly
assigned by Mr. Owen with respect to its shell, it must offer
a similar anomaly to the genera Patella and Lottia.”

In 1840 two more specimens of the Nautilus were procured
after a long and arduous search, by a Dutch gentleman at New
Guinea. One was sent to the public museum of Leyden, and
the other to Paris; but as these also were destitute of their
calcareous envelope, an investigation of them could add little
to what had been already advanced by Mr. Owen. M. Va-
lenciennes, however, with a laudable desire, probably, of emu-
lating his predecessor, undertook the dissection, and a skilful

* The very elaborate character of this memoir directly stamped its author
as the first zootomist of the day. The smallest nerve has its immediate office
assigned to it, the simplest organ its peculiar function ; the component sy-
stems are traced with the most rigorous accuracy, and the inferences that
are deduced from a consideration of the whole, exhibit a fertility of imagi-
nation that renders an abstruse subject as pleasing as it is full of scientific
interest.

and on the construction of tts Shell. 12]

memoir was the result, though not containing much of novelty
beyond a difference in his calculation of the tentacles, and the
demonstration of an organ of hearing*. His observations are
conducted with accuracy and plainness, but the memoir is not
so rich in that eloquent analogical reasoning which so vividly
characterizes the writings of his contemporary. The oppor-
tunity that was thus afforded the continental professor of ex-
amining the soft parts of the Nautilus, was highly satisfactory
to Mr. Owen, for he arrived at precisely the same conclusion
as himself in regard to their relation with the shell. “ En
confirmant,” says Valenciennes, “la maniére de voir de M.
Owen, si juste et si conforme a la nature, jai établi Panimal
dans la vraie place occupée par lui dans sa coquille, je ne laisse
plus aucune discussion raisonnable possible sur ce point.” Here,
however, was no direct proof, the testimony of both the learned
professors was alike circumstantial ; indeed, the very necessity
for the introduction of the word raisonnadle in this statement
proclaimed it to be an hypothesis. Mr. Owen was himself
singularly destined to prove the truth of his conjecture, for
only two days since a magnificent specimen of the Nautilus,
with its shell entire, was presented to him by Capt. Belcher,
R.N. The individual in question was captured by that gen-
tleman at Amboyna, not long since ; it was secured alive, and
has been preserved, together with its shell, in spirits without
the slightest injury. When put into Mr. Owen’s hands, he was
extremely gratified to behold that the animal held exactly the
position in its shell that he had ventured to assign to it; and we
doubt not but that M. Valenciennes will be as highly pleased
to find that his expectations have been so soon realizedt.
Having detailed the history of the Nautilus from the time
of Aristotle to the present day, it now remains for us to speak
of its structure and general habits. The soft parts of this
animal form a kind of oblong mass, such as may be supposed
capable of fitting into the porch or aperture of its well-known
shell, and, like the rest of the Cephalopods, consist of two

* Mr. Owen says on this head, ‘‘ With respect to the sense of hearing, I
have not been able to detect a distinct organ for that faculty.”

+ We shall not readily forget the glorious delight of the Hunterian Pro-
fessor, as he hurried past our door only yesterday on his way to the Zoolo-
gical Society; his treasure proudly suspended in an anatomical jar ; himself
loaded with the controversial theories of his contemporaries, that he was
about to level at a breath. Nor can we fail to remember his animated en-
thusiasm at the Meeting, when, holding up the precious truant, fresh as it
were from its native element, without a fracture, and apparently dozing
under its capacious hood, he proved, beyond the possibility of contradiction,
the generalizations he had so admirably worked out as a student ten years
before by an ingenious complication of analogies.

122 Mr. Lovell Reeve on the Pearly Nautilus

parts. The anterior or outer part incloses a well-developed
head, with a pair of strong, horny mandibles, a mass of some
thirty or forty tentacles, and a number of delicate structures,
including the organs of smelling, hearing, seeing, &c.; and
over all these parts is a capacious fleshy hood, which may be
considered as the analogue of the operculum in the Gastro-
pods. The inner or posterior part of the body contains the
viscera, with a funnel or vent-hole extending from beneath the
tentacles, and the entire abdominal mass, together with the
breathing apparatus, is enveloped by a large sack-like mantle
fitting into the hollow of the shell. The anterior portion of
the mantle, or that which is attached to the back part of the
head, is produced into a considerable fold, which overlaps the
involuted convexity of the shell, and from the lower extremity
of the entire body extends a central membranous tubiform
process, which, by passing the siphonic apertures of the septa,
extends completely through the convolutions of the shell,
from chamber to chamber, until it is fastened to the nucleus
or parietal wall of the central or first-formed chamber. Around
the circumference of this abdominal sack there is a thin layer
of horny matter, called the belt, expanding on each side into
a kind of broad patch, and becoming the medium of muscular
attachment.

The natural position, then, of the Nautilus in its shell, is
with the back of the head and concavity of the hood against
the camerated convexity of the spire, and the funnel resting
on the outer concave wall of the chamber: the tentacles are
consequently protruded over the lateral margins of the aper-
ture, and the body is retained within the shell by the adhesion
of the membrane and the horny girdle.

The following appears to us to be the manner in which the
Nautilus constructs its shell. The animal in its embryo for-
mation deposits a simple hollow shell, out of which it neces-
sarily advances as it increases in bulk; and in order to assist
its specific gravity at the bottom of the ocean, the vacated
portion of the shell is chambered in by the secretion of trans-
verse septa, the animal having first taken the precaution to
secure a strong tubiform membrane to the inner wall, in order
to adjust its position (a consideration of the habits of this pe-
lagic mollusk will show the necessity for this membrane). As
the soft parts increase in bulk, the muscular girdle which
binds them to the shell would naturally be forced from any
adhesion ; but from its being furnished with a certain degree
of elasticity, it advances by a series of periodical slips, the
suddenness of which is undoubtedly counteracte by the at-
tachment of the central membrane. The growth of the shell

and on the construction of its Shell. 123

then proceeds in a circular direction, and serves to buoy up
its inhabitant in the water by having the vacated portion
chambered in to meet its specific gravity. The geometrical
increase of it arises simply thus. The natural position of the
Nautilus, like other Cephalopods, is with its head downwards,
the shell being consequently above; and the periodical slip of
the belt of adhesion most probably takes place when the ani-
mal is in this supine position. It lets itself down, and round
and round, as it were, upon its axis, by the limited extension
of this membranous pulley ; the operation ceases when it ar-
rives at maturity, and the membrane being no longer wanted,
probably decays. Such is the manner in which our observa-
tions lead us to suppose the Nautilus grows; the chambers
have certainly no communication with the surrounding fluid.
The camerated portion of the shell of Nautilus is evidently a
simple, mechanical construction, (though planned by the wisest
intelligence,) to assist the specific gravity of its inhabitant
whilst under the different mutations of pressure that it is liable
to at different periods of growth in its passage through the
element; and it is, moreover, a contrivance that could only
be effected by the aid of this adjusting membrane upon the
simple geometry of motion above described*.

M. Valenciennes regards the periodical introduction of a
partition in the shell of Nautilus as in some measure analogous
to the occasional deposit of a varix in the shell of Murex and
other Gastropods. ‘The septa, like the varices, may undoubt-
edly be secreted by the mantle during a period of rest, but
there the analogy ceases. We would rather compare the ro-
tatory increase of the Nautilus to the horizontal growth of that
singular Gastropod, the Magilus (Conch. Syst. p.231). The one
gravitates round a centre, increasing by a peculiarity of con-

* The principle here advanced, of the geometrical formation of the Nau-
tilus shell round its axis by the aid of an adjusting membrane, and of its ca-
merated construction being accommodated to the specific gravity of the in-
habitant, will, perhaps, receive additional weight by a consideration of the
following passage from the ‘ Memoir’ of Professor Owen :—

“In sections of recent shells, its [the membrane’s] dried remains may
occasionally be seen of ablack colour and pergamenecous texture, continuing
from septum to septum as far as the central or first-formed chamber ; and a
further confirmation that this is the true structure of the parts, is afforded
by the fossil shells of this genus. In some polished sections of these remains,
not only is the continuation of the tube threugh all the chambers evident,
but it is seen to become slightly dilated in them, and in some instances ap-
pears also to have been reflected over the outer part of the testaceous tube
prior to being continued across the chamber to the next partition. There is
no indication, however, of the latter structure in the recent shells where the
membranous tube is preserved.”

124 Mr. Lovell Reeve on the Pearly Nautilus.

trivance the volume and comparative buoyancy of its shell to
keep pace with the surrounding pressure, which naturally in-
creases in intenseness as the subject increases in bulk; the
other having a different medium to combat with, namely, the
outward increase of the coral in which it is imbedded, leaves
its spiral plan of construction to pursue a straight growth,
and, raising itself forward, fills the vacated portion of the shell
with an extraordinary secretion of solid matter. If the Ma-
gilus had advanced by a deposit of transverse septa, stead of
solidifying its shell, the increase of the madrepore might have
crushed it; and if the Nautilus had advanced by the solidify-
ing of its shell instead of by the deposit of transverse septa,
it would have produced an incumbrance incompatible with its
locomotive faculties.

We are now brought to the consideration of the habits of
the Nautilus. It is evidently, as Mr. Owen expresses it, “a
eround-dwelling animal,” creeping along the bottom of the
sea, with hood and tentacles, at a tolerably quick pace; and
the shell, being above its head, must greatly assist the animal
in its movements, from a tendency to float. It is not impro-
bable but that the Nautilus may use a certain hydrostatic in-
fluence over the branchial cavity to enable it to rise to the
surface. Valenciennes says, “ [1 nage avec facilité dans le sein
des eaux en faisant sortir avec force la grande quantité d’eau
contenue dans sa cavité branchiale.’ And the testimony of
Rumphius in respect to its capacity of floating, cited by Mr.
Owen, is of so much interest, considering the time in which
it was written, that we venture to repeat it.

‘¢ When he thus floats on the water, he puts out his head,
and all his barbs (tentacles), and spreads them upon the water
with the poop (of the shell) above; but at the bottom he creeps
in the reverse position, with his boat above him, and with his
head and barbs upon the ground, making* a tolerably quick
progress. He keeps himself chiefly upon the ground, creep-
ing sometimes also into the nets of the fishermen ; but after a
storm, as the weather becomes calm, they are seen in troops
floating on the water, being driven up by the agitation of the
waves: whence one may infer that they congregate in troops
at the bottom. This sailing, however, is not of long continu-
ance; for having taken in all their tentacles, they upset their
boat, and so return to the bottom.” ‘This account, published
at Amsterdam more than a hundred years ago, is mainly au-
thenticated ; but it may still be a little exaggerated, for the

* By force of gravity probably.

Mr. Goodsir on Vegetable Organisms in the Stomach. 125

Nautili have never since been found floating in troops, nor
exercising the bold familiarity, above-mentioned, of walking
into the fisherman’s nets.

_ The natural history of this mollusk is important to the
zoologist, but far more so to the geologist. The mysterious
nature of those polythalamous tenants of a former world, the
Ammonites and their multifarious congeners, is at length de-
monstrated by the discovery of the Nautilus, a solitary living
remnant, proving that the vast assemblage of those organic
remains so abundant in our secondary formations must have
belonged to animals who once dwelt in full activity and
vigour at the bottom of the ocean, constructing a discoidal
shell by force of gravity, and hermetically sealing the vacated
portion of it as they increased in bulk, to give them buoyancy
under the surrounding pressure *.

XXIII.—History of a Case in which a Fluid periodically
ejected from the Stomach contained Vegetable Organisms of
an undescribed form. By Joun Goopsir, Esq., Conser-
vator of the Royal College of Surgeons in Edinburgh f.

Tue case detailed by Mr. Goodsir is that of a young man, aged 19,
who had laboured for four months under stomach complaint, ac-
companied with the ejection of a peculiar acid fluid from the stomach.
The fluid passed from the stomach every morning without any effort
of vomiting. On examining the ejected fluid with the microscope,
peculiar organisms were detected, in the form of square or slightly
oblong plates. ‘‘ The flat surfaces were divided into four secondary
squares by two rectilinear transparent spaces, which, passing from
side to side, intersected one another in the centre, like two cross
garden-walks. Each of the four secondary squares was again divided
by similarly arranged, but more feebly developed spaces, into four
ternary squares. The sixteen ternary squares thus constituted, when
examined with deeper powers, were seen to consist each of four
cells, which were not separated by transparent spaces, but simply by
dissepiments formed by the conjunction of the walls of contiguous
cells. ‘These sixty-four cells, of which the organism consisted, did
not present in perfect. individuals distinct nuclei.” The whole or-
ganism had the appearance of a wool-pack, or of a soft bundle bound
with cord, crossing it four times at right angles and at equal di-
stances: hence Mr. Goodsir gives it the name of Sarcina. He con-
siders it to be of a vegetable nature, and to be allied to some of the

* “The Nautilus,” says Prof. Owen, “is the living, and perhaps sole
living archetype of a vast tribe of organized beings, whose fossilized remains
testify their existence at a remote period, and in another order of things,”

+ From the Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, No. 151.

126 Dr. Bennett on Parasitic Vegetable Structures..

species of Gonium, more particularly Gonium hyalinum, glaucum, and
tranquillum. ‘The genus Gonium, as at present corist aaa he thinks
consists both of animal and vegetable species.

The following are the generic characters of Sarena :— Plants
coriaceous, transparent, consisting of sixteen, or sixty-four four-
celled square frustules, arranged parallel to one another in a square
transparent matrix.”

The species under consideration is denominated by Mr. Goodsir
Sarcina ventriculi, and is thus defined: “ Frustules sixteen; colour
light brown ; transparent matrix very perceptible between the frus-
tules, less so around the edges ; size 800 to 1000 of an inch.

Hab. The human stomach.”

A perfect individual Sarcina consists then “ of sixty-four ultimate
cells, but as soon as each of these again divides into, or produces
four new cells, the individual becomes composite, and may forthwith
divide into four young ones, each of these again to undergo the same
quaternary division.”” ‘The parts of the individuals are arranged in
the square ; these parts Increase in numbers in a geometrical pro-
gression, and the species propagates according to the same law, four
in the first generation, sixteen in the second, sixty-four in the third,
256 in the fourth, 1024 in the fifth, and so on with a rapidity pe-
culiar to such a series of numbers. The liquid of the stomach in
which the Sarcina was found, was analysed by Dr. George Wilson,
Lecturer on Chemistry in Edinburgh ; he found three acids in it,—
hydrochloric, acetic, and lactic. The first was present in very small
quantity, while the two others (more especially the acetic) were
abundant.

Since the publication of Mr. Goodsir’s paper, similar organisms
have been detected in other cases of stomach complaint by Dr. J. H.
Davidson and Mr. Benjamin Joseph Bell, of Edinburgh.

XXIV.—On the Parasitic Vegetable Structures found growing
in Living Animals. By J. H. Bennerr, M.D.*

Tue objects of this memoir, as stated by the author, are—* Ist,
to confirm and extend the observations and experiments of Gruby
concerning the mycodermatous vegetations found in the crusts of the
disease called Tinea favosa, or Porrigo lupinosa of Bateman; 2nd,
to announce the occasional existence, and describe a plant found
growing on the lining membrane or cheesy matter of tubercular ca-
vities in the lungs of man; 3rd, to describe the structure of a plant
found growing on the skin of the gold-fish ; and 4th, from a review
of all the facts hitherto recorded in connexion with this subject, to
draw certain conclusions respecting the pathological state which
furnishes the conditions necessary for the growth of fungi in living
animals.”

* In the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xv.

Bibliographical Notices. 127

Dr. Bennett has traced the growth of mycodermatous vegetations
in several cases of Tinea, and has given figures to show the appear-
ances they present. He thinks that they spring up originally below,
or in the thickness of the cuticle: they consist of small articulated
filaments containing sporules. The author endeavoured to propagate
the disease by introducing the sporules into his arm and scalp, but
he did not succeed in causing the piants to germinate on parts dif-
ferent from those which originally produced them. A plant of a
similar nature, consisting of jointed filaments and sporules, was de-
tected by Dr. Bennett in the lungs of a man who died of tubercular
consumption. ‘The vegetations were seen on dissection, but were
also detected in the sputa freshly expectorated during life. The
plant is allied to Penicillium glaucum. A similar structure was seen
in the sordes collected on the teeth and gums of persons labouring
under typhus fever.

Dr. Bennett and Mr. Goodsir* have both examined the vegetations
found occasionally growing on the gold-fish (Cyprinus auratus).
These consist of elongated cells presenting the appearance of long
jointed tubes, and of fine filaments arising from the sides of the cel-
lular tubes. Numerous instances are mentioned in different tribes of
animals, as mollusca, insects, fishes, birds, and mammalia, in which
vegetations have been detected during life, and copious references are
given to the works in which the cases are detailed. From all the
facts which the author has been able to collect, he thinks it pro-
bable—“ Ist, that these vegetations always arise in living animals
previously diseased; 2nd, that their presence indicates great de-
pression of the vital powers, and impairment of the nutritive func-
tions of the ceconomy; 3rd, that the peculiar constitution or ca-
chexia favourable to their growth is the tubercular or scrofulous
in the mammalia, birds, and fishes, and most probably in reptiles
and insects; and 4th, that the therapeutic indications are to invi-
gorate the system, and to use locally, if possible, such applications
as tend to destroy vegetable life.”

The paper is one of great interest, and is worthy of an attentive
perusal.

Further observations on the subject of the vegetable nature of
Tinea favosa will be found in the ‘ Edinburgh Medical and Surgical
Journal’ for June 1842.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A History of British Starfishes, and other Animals of the Class Echi-
nodermata. By Edward Forbes, M.W.S., For. Sec. B.S., &c.

Tuts book is one of that fair sisterhood of natural-history publica-
tions, for which we are indebted to Van Voorst. We had intended,
immediately on the completion of the work, to have introduced it to

* See Annals, vol. ix. p. 333.

128 Bibliographical Notices.

the notice of our readers, and have given them, as best we could, a
knowledge of the kind of information which it contained, and of the
manner in which that information had been communicated. But an
editor, alas! like still greater potentates, is dependent on his allies,
and not until now have we succeeded in obtaining that co-operation
and assistance which the fulfilment of our design required. We shall
therefore endeavour by a careful analysis, and by extracts more copious
than we generally give, to make amends to our readers for our delay in
making them acquainted with a work of such originality and value ;
one which has elicited the encomiums of Professor Agassiz, who,
among living naturalists, is perhaps the one best qualified to appre-
ciate its merits*.

The following passages from the introduction state precisely what
portion of the animal kingdom is treated of under the term Echino-
dermata :—

“The Echinodermata constitute one of the three great classes into which
the Radiata are divided. The Radiate type presents us with animals which
either have their parts arranged in a ray-like manner round a common
centre, or have their bilaterality so modified as to give them a star-like form.
The Zoophytes, the Medusz, and the creatures to which this volume is de-
voted, constitute the type. The Echinodermata are most highly organized,
much more so than the Polypes; they are almost all free animals, creeping
about at the bottom of the sea; and as the greater number of species are
covered with a coriaceous skin, which is commonly strengthened by calca-
reous plates or spines, they have derived their general appellation from that
remarkable character, which at once distinguishes them from the Medusa,
free swimming animals of the most delicate and membranous texture.”

“The system most characteristic of the Radiate type is the Aquiferous,
or apparatus for a water circulation ; indeed, it can scarcely he said to exist
in any of the other types. It is chiefly developed in the Arachnodermata and
Echinodermata, and in the last is intimately connected with the movements
of the animals ; for it is by means of this water circulation that the suckers
or cirrhi are enabled to act as organs of progression. In many species of
the most typical group, that of Echinide, we find a portion of the dermato-
skeleton turned in, as it were, to form arches for the protection of the water-
canals, thus evidencing their great importance in those creatures. Among
the Annelidous Echinodermata, however, the aquiferous system seems alto-
gether to disappear.

“On the modifications of this characteristic system, its presence or ab-
sence, and its combination with the tegumentary system for purposes of mo-
tion, I have founded my arrangement of the Echinodermata. I look upon
the Echinodermata and Arachnodermata as two parallel groups, and hold it
as a law that the divisions of parallel groups should be based on a common
principle.”

In accordance with this view the author proposes the following ar-
rangement :—

Order I. Pinnicrapa. CrinorpeEx—First appearance of cirrhi, spring-
ing from brachial membranes, which, with the true arms, form
the organs of motion.

* See Ann, Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 189.

Bibliographical Notices. 129

Order Ii. Spintcravpa. Ovniurtp®—Disappearance of brachial mem-
branes, cirrhi as before; true arms clothed with spines for
motion.

III. Crrruicrapa. Asteriap#—Arms disappear; body more or
less lobed, and lobes channeled beneath for cirrhi, which act
as suckers, and are the organs of motion.

IV. Crrrur-Spinicrapa. Ecurstpz — Gradual disappearance of
lobes; cirrhiferous canals appearing as avenues where cirrhi
act as in Order III., but are assisted by mobile spines clothing
the integument. .

V. Crrrui-Vermicrapa. Hororuuriap£—Lobes disappear ; mo-
tions affected by avenues of cirrhi, assisted by contraction and
extension of the soft body.

VI. Vermicrapva. Sipuncutip“—Cirrhi become obsolete and dis-
appear ; motion effected by the contraction and extension of
the animal’s body.

** All the Radiata,” it is remarked, “‘ are greatly influenced in the
arrangement of their parts by some definite number. In the Echi-
nodermata the reigning number is five. The name of ‘ five-fingers,’
commonly applied by mariners to the Starfishes, is founded on a po-
pular recognition of the number regnant.”’

“ Every plate of the Sea-Urchin is built up of pentagonal particles. The
skeletons of the digestive, the aquiferous, and the tegumentary systems,
equally present the quinary arrangement; and even the cartilaginous frame-
work of the disk of every sucker is regulated by this mystic number. When
the parts of Echinoderms deviate from it, it is always either in consequence
of the abortion of certain organs, or it is a variation by representation, that
is to say, by the assumption of the regnant number of another class. Thus
do monstrous Starfishes and Urchins often appear quadrate, and have their
parts fourfold, assuming the reigning number of the Actinodermata, con-
sistent with a law in which I put firm trust, that when parallel groups vary
numerically by representation they vary by interchange of their respective
numbers.”

We pass by the excellent tables showing the distribution of spe-
cies, both in regard to the zones of the sea and the coasts of the Bri-
tish Isles, and proceed to the consideration of the several orders into
which the Echinodermata are divided. The first is the Crinoideg, of
which we have now but one living British species. The former
abundance and present scarcity of these singular and interesting
tribes is thus announced in the opening paragraph, in which the
beauty of the diction is surpassed only by the elevation, the gran-
deur and poetic interest of the ideas which it embodies.

“‘ One of the most remarkable phenomena displayed to us by the researches
of the geologist, is the evidence of the existence, in primzeval times, of ani-
mals and plants, the analogies of which are now rare or wanting on our
lands and in our seas. Among those tribes which have become all but ex-
tinct, but which once presented numerous generic modifications of form and
structure, the order of Crinoid Starfishes is most prominent. Now scarcely
a dozen kinds of these beatiful animals live in the seas of our globe, and in-
dividuals of these kinds are comparatively rarely to be met with: formerly
they were among the most numerous of the ocean’s inhabitants,—so nume-
rous that the remains of their skeletons constitute great tracts of the dry
land as it now appears. For miles and miles we may walk over the stony

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. K

130 Bibliographical Notices.

fragments of the Crinoide@; fragments which were once built up in animated
forms, encased in living flesh, and obeying the will of creatures among the
loveliest of the inhabitants of the ocean. Even in their present disjointed
and petrified state, they excite the admiration not only of the naturalist but
of the common gazer ; and the name of Stone-lily popularly applied to them,
indicates a popular appreciation of their beauty. ‘To the philosopher they
have long been subjects of contemplation as well as of admiration. Jn him they
raise up a vision of an early world, a world the potentates of which were not
men but animals—of seas on whose tranquil surfaces myriads of convoluted
Nautili sported, and in whose depths millions of Lily-stars waved wilfully
on their slender stems. Now the Lily-stars and the Nautili are almost gone:
a few lovely stragglers of those once-abounding tribes remain to evidence
the wondrous forms and structures of their comrades. Other beings, not less
wonderful, and scarcely less graceful, have replaced them; while the seas
in which they flourished have become lands, whereon man in his columned
cathedrals and mazy palaces emulates the beauty and symmetry of their
fluted stems and chambered shells.”’

The species figured is the Comatula rosacea, or Rosy Feather-Star,
“a creature which in its youth is fixed and pedunculate, like a zoo-
phyte, in its adult state free and star-like.” This view was first main-
tained hy Mr. J. V. Thompson of Cork, who regarded the Pentacri-
nus Europeus as the young state of the Comatula, an opinion which
has now been fully confirmed.

“‘ When dredging,” says Mr. Forbes, ‘‘in Dublin Bay in August 1840, with
my friends Mr. R. Ball and W. Thompson, we found numbers of the Phy-
tocrinus or Polype state of the Feather-star, more advanced than they had
ever been seen before, so advanced that we saw the creature drop from its
stem and swim about a true Comatula; nor could we find any difference be-
tween it and the perfect animal, when examining it under the microscope.’”

The Starfishes composing the second order are the Oruiuripa,
‘*so named from the long serpent or worm-like arms, which are ap-
pended to their round, depressed, urchin-like bodies ;” they are di-
vided into three genera and thirteen species ; of these, two (O. punc-
tata and O. Goodsiriz) are for the first time described and figured.
The O. Ballii, described a short time before in the ‘ Annals,’ is now
for the first time figured. A figure and description of O. filiformis,
as a British species, appears for the first time, as does also a figure of
the O. brachiata of Montagu. In speaking of the O. filiformis, the
author describes a remarkable peculiarity in the structure of its
spines, exhibiting ‘‘a very beautiful example of the adaptation of or-
ganization to the locality in which the creature is destined to live.”
And in the O. bellis, “‘ one of the prettiest of its tribe,” it is re-
marked,—

“ This intermingled surface of spines and plates gives the disk that like-
ness to a daisy-flower, whence it has been called ‘bellis’? by some; nor is
the flower at all degraded by the comparison, for but few daisies can show
such beauty either of form or colour as is presented by this little Sea-star.”

Persons who have not given attention to these objects, or who
know them only in the dried and rigid aspect which they present in -
our museums, have no idea of the variety and beauty which they
exhibit in the living state. Those who have ever been present when
a dredge half-filled with the commonest of our Brittle-stars, O. rosuda,

Bibliographical Notices. 131

has been emptied, will bear testimony to the fidelity of the following
description :-—

“ Of all our native Brittle-stars this is the most common and the most va-
riable. It is also one of the handsomest, presenting every variety of varie-
gation, and the most splendid displays of vivid hues arranged in beautiful
patterns. Not often do we find two specimens coloured alike. It varies also
in the length of the ray-spines, the spinousness of the disk, and the relative
proportions of rays and disk; and in some places it grows to a much greater
size than in others. It is the most brittle of all Brittle- stars, separating
itself into pieces with wonderful quickness and ease. Touch it, and it flings
away an arm; hold it, and in a moment not an arm remains attached to the
body.”

The notice of this species is most appropriately concluded by a
vignette representing a portion of one of its spines, which, as it is
justly observed, exhibits ‘‘a structure, the lightness and beauty of
which might serve as a model for the spire of a cathedral.”

We next come to the Asrrriap#, or true Starfishes, an order
whose beauty and symmetry seems to have “ attracted the attention
of such observers of nature as dwelt by the sea-side, from a very
early period.”

“ A fanciful analogy between the form of these Radiata and the popular
notion of a star, has originated a name applied to them in most maritime
countries,—a name which has given rise to a fine thought or two. ‘As
there are stars in the sky, so are there stars in the sea,’ is Linck’s first
sentence. ‘Ccelorum spectare sidera decet juvatque Astronomos: Physi-
corum interest stellis marinis visum intendere,’ saith Christian Gabriel
Fischer in his preface to Linck’s volume. Our own poet, James Montgomery,
whose inspiration has revelled gloriously among the wonders of Nature,
beautifully expresses the same anology,

‘ The heavens
Were throng’d with constellations, and the seas
Strown with their images.’ ”

The order Asteriade contains fourteen British species, distributed
into eight genera, two of which, Solaster and Lwuidia, are established
by our author. ‘The Cribella rosea comes forward for'the first time
as a British species; Uraster glacialis is figured for the first time
from a British specimen, and Goniaster Templetoni appeared pre-
viously only in Mr. Forbes’s paper in the ‘ Wernerian Memoirs.’
The following important observation occurs in p. 82 :—

* It is a remarkable fact, one which I have elsewhere pressed on the at-
tention of geologists when considering the Mollusca, that whenever, as in
the Hebrides, the tides fall but a few feet, these animals, usually inhabitants
of deep water, may be found living above low-water mark. This holds good
as wellin regard to Radiata as to Mollusca; and the mixture of species gene-
rally considered inhabitants of the depths of the sea, with truly littoral spe-
cies, should a fossil bed be formed, might lead to false conclusions unless
such fact be borne in mind. Thus a change i in the tides of a line of coast
would materially affect its fauna.”

“The Solasters,”’ we are told, ‘‘ are suns in the systems of Sea-
stars. ‘Their many rays and brilliant hues give them a distinguished
place among the marine constellations.’ The structure of the eye-
lid is described in p. 113; it forms a very perfect protection to the

132 Bibliographical Notices.

eye, and is extremely difficult to be forced open against the will of tie
animal.

The fourth order, that of the Ecutnrp# or Sea-Urchins, is thus
imtroduced to our notice :—

‘‘Of equal importance to zoologist and geologist is the study of the Sea-
Urchins: to the former they present the perfection of radiism, as well as the
first steps towards a symmetrical or bilateral form; to the latter the know-
ledge of their habits and organization is necessary in order to understand
the relations and associations of the numerous species which abound in many
of the earth’s strata. Of all the Radiata they are most perfectly preserved
in a fossil state. Their hard calcareous integument, or shell, as it is popu-
larly but inaccurately termed, the parts of which are jointed together with
wondrous completeness, is especially durable ; consequently we find the hard
parts of the extinct species frequently as perfect as those of the recent ex-
amples preserved in our cabinets.

“The Sea-Urchins are distinguished from all the other Echinoderms by
their form, which is more or less rounded, without arms of any kind, and by
their integument, in which calcareous matter is deposited so as to form se-
ries of regular plates, which plates are studded with tubercles, bearing
jointed on them spines of various forms and sizes according to the genus or
family.”’

“The Echinid@é progress by means of the joint action of their suckers and
spines, using the former in the manner of the Asteriade@, and the latter as
the Ophiurtde do. Many Sea-Urchins, such as live on hard surfaces,
moor themselves also by means of the suckers, and thus adhere very
firmly to the rocks. That such is the mode of progression and rest among
this family I assert, not only from the general belief of naturalists, but also
from personal observation.”

On this point we can fully corroborate what the author has ad-
vanced, having repeatedly seen the common Urchin (Echinus sphera)
moving about or anchoring at pleasure by means of its suckers. ‘The
first time we noticed the fact was under circumstances which we still
very vividly remember. We had cut horizontally into two nearly
equal parts a large Sea-Urchin, for the purpose of examining the in-
testine and ovaries. These being removed, the shell was thrown on
the deck of the little vessel, as being no lounger of any service. It
chanced, however, that we afterwards picked up the parts and placed
them in a shallow vessel of sea-water. To our surprise, the suckers
were soon extended and the animal walked about apparently as un-
concerned as if the loss of intestine and ovaries had been an every-
day occurrence.

Of the order H'chinide there are seven genera and twelve species.
Brissus lyrifer is now for the first time described and figured, and
we have also for the first time figures of the L. Flemingii and lividus.
We have long been aware of the fact that the common Echinus of
the Mediterranean was a species distinct from our own, though both
had been included in the common appellation of E. esculentus. ‘The
distinction is now announced by Mr. Forbes, and he gives the follow-
ing excellent characteristics for the family Echinide :—

“‘ The essential specific characters depend on the arrangement of the tu-
bercles which bear the spines, on the spines themselves, and on the number
and arrangement of the pairs of pores in the avenues of suckers. These pre-

Bibliographical Notices. 133

sent good marks of distinction throughout the genus Echinus. The spines
are especially important, as from the examination of a single spine it is pos-
sible to pronounce on the species to which it belongs. ‘To the geologist this
is evidently of great consequence, as frequently he meets only with a few
scattered spines. But when we leave the family Echinide, we leave this im-
portant character behind us. Among the Heart-Urchins the spines present
one common family structure. A single plate, either ambulacral or inter-
ambulacral, will also, from the arrangement of the spiniferous tubercles
which cover its surface, enable us to pronounce pretty certainly on the ani-
mal of which it formed a part. Thus, in this family of Echinodermata, from
an apparently insignificant fragment we can construct, as it were, a species,
even as the student of the Vertebrata, from a broken bone, can pronounce on
the form and habits of the animal to which it belonged.”

To those—if such there be—who wandering on the beach, and no-
ticing a Sea-Urchin flung there by the retiring tide, view it merely
as part of the rejectamenta of the ocean—a thing to be glanced at
with contempt, and broken into fragments under the foot, we re-
commend the careful perusal of the following extract, and beg they
will treasure up in their “ heart of hearts” the reflection with which
it concludes :—

“ In a moderate-sized Urchin I reckoned sixty-two rows of pores in each
of the ten avenues. Now, as there are thrée pairs of pores in each row,
their number multiplied by six, and again by ten, would give the great num-
ber of 3720 pores; but as each sucker occupies a pair of pores, the number
of suckers would be half that amount, or 1860. The structure in the Egg-
Urchin is not less complicated in other parts. There are above 300 plates
of one kind, and nearly as many of another, all dove-tailing together with
the greatest nicety and regularity, bearing on their surfaces above 4000
spines, each spine perfect in itself, and of a complicated structure, and ha-
_ ving a free movement on its socket. Truly the skill of the Great Architect of
Nature is not less displayed in the construction of a Sea-Urchin than in the
building-up of a world !””

Among the Echinide none are more attractive than the Z. lividus,
a species which at the time Mr. Forbes wrote was believed to be pe-
culiar to Ireland among the British Isles, but which has recently been
discovered on the west coast of Scotland by the Rev. D. Landsbo-
rough. It is remarkable for its singular habit of boring principally
into limestone rocks, and living in the excavation thus formed. In
treating of this species the author gives the following interesting
particulars :—

“ Mr. W. Thompson informs me it is gregarious, and was seen abundantly
in rock pools at low water by himself and Mr. Ball when visiting the South
Isles of Arran in 1834. It is always stationary, the hole in which it is found
being cup-like, yet fitting so as not to impede the spines. [very one lived
in a hole fitted to its own size, the little ones in little holes and the large
ones in large holes; and their purple spines and regular forms presented a
ni beautiful appearance studding the bottoms of the gray limestone rocks’
pools.

We now pass on to the Hotoruuriap2, an order composed of ani-
mals much less known to naturalists in general than those of the pre-
ceding orders. “ A Holothuria may be regarded in one light as a soft
Sea-Urchin, in another as a radiated animal approximating to the

134 Bibliographical Notices.

Annelides.” Besides progressing by means of suckers, ‘‘ the Holo-
thuriade move as Annelides do, by the extension and contraction of
their bodies.” ‘‘ On our shores they are rare and unattractive ani-
mals, not often seen even by the zoologist ; but abroad they are very
abundant, and are in some places used as food.”

“Tt is this animal which the Malays of the Oriental Isles seek so dili-
gently for the supply of the China market, where it obtains a good price
when well-preserved. It is employed by the Chinese in the preparation of
nutritious soups, in common with an esculent sea-weed, sharks’ fins, edible
birds’-nests, and other materials, affording much jelly. Jaeger says the in-
testines are extracted, the animal then boiled in sea-water, and dried in
smoke.”

The order Holothuriade contains six genera, two of which, Psali-
nus and Ocnus are constituted by our author. It contains altogether
fifteen native species, six of which are now for the first time described
and figured; these are Psolinus brevis, Cucumaria communis, C. fust-
Sormis, C. fucicola, Ocnus lacteus and Thyone Portlockii. There are
three others which had been recently described in the ‘ Annals,’ and
are now for the first time figured, viz. C. Drummondii, C. Hyndmanni,
and Ocnus brunneus ; we have also for the first time a figure of Cuc.
hyalina.

‘“« Doubtless there yet remain many undiscovered species of Holothuriade
in the British seas. Of Starfishes we must not expect to find many more
kinds, though Goniaster miliaris, and some few others which have been seen
on the Norwegian shores, may be looked for. Of Sea-Urchins there are
probably still fewer unnoticed ; but of the Sea-Cucumbers many. Their
comparatively unattractive aspect, the difficulty of preserving them (they
must always be kept in spirits), their habitat in the sea, and the little atten-
tion that has hitherto been paid to them by native zoologists, all lead me to
believe that many species have been passed over. We have as yet no repre-
sentative of the typical Holothurte which have twenty tentacula in the Bri-
tish Fauna. Several of these, such as the Holothuria elegans and Holothu-
ria mollis, inhabitants of the Scandinavian shores, will probably ere long
prove to be natives of our own.”

Lastly, we come to the sixth order, Sipuncutipa#. “‘ In their ex-
ternal appearance they are worms,” but internally they afford evi-
dence of belonging to the same great class ‘‘ with the Holothuriade.”
In the Sipunculide there are five British genera and eight species ;
two of these, Syring Harveit and Sipunculus Johnstonii, are now for
the first time described and figured. Of Syrinz papillosus we have
for the first time a figure ; it was described shortly before this work
appeared. Syrinx nudus, Sipunc. Bernhardus, Priapulus caudatus, and
Hichinus vulgaris, are for the first time figured frem British speci-
mens; the last-mentioned had not before been announced as a na-
tive of our seas.

The description given of some of these animals is extremely cu-
rious; one (Priapulus caudatus) ‘is shaped like a dice-box ;” an-
other has a sheath for its tentacula, presenting the form of a marrow-
spoon. When we find the likeness of our household appurtenances
thus dwelling beneath the waters as living animals, it calls to our
mind the well-known quotation, ‘‘ Nothing of them but doth suffer

Bibliographical Notices. 135

a sea change.” Instead, however, of giving a brief notice of three
or four species, we shall content ourselves by taking the following
more copious extract, descriptive of the Sipunculus Bernhardus :—

’ “ The species bury in sand, or in the crevices of rocks, or, as is the cus-
tom of the curious animal before us, adopt the shells of dead univalve tes-
tacea for a house and home, after the manner of the Hermit Crab. The
Sipunculus would appear, however, to be of a less changeable disposition of
mind and body than its crustacean analogue, and when once securely housed
in a shell to make that its permanent habitation. Whether the egg is ori-
ginally deposited in the future habitation of the animal by some wonderful
instinct, or is only developed when lodged by the waters in such a locality,
or whether the parent Sipunculus bequeathes the chosen lodging of its caudal
termination to its eldest born, and so on from generation to generation, a
veritable entailed property, we know not at present; but the inquiry is a
most interesting one, and well worth the attention of the experimental zoo-
logist. The Sipunculus is not, however, content with the habitation built
for it by its molluscan predecessor ; it exercises its own architectural inge-
nuity, and secures the entrance of its shell by a plaster-work of sand,
leaving a round hole in the centre sufficiently large to admit of the protru-
sion of its trunk, which it sends out to a great length, and moves about in
all directions with great facility.”

Throughout the entire work, Mr. Forbes makes the most hearty
acknowledgments, not only to those who have either by specimens
or by communications assisted his present labours, but to those hardy
pioneers in the paths of science who first ‘‘ broke ground”’ in this
department of inquiry. As anexample, we select the following tri-
bute to Col. Montagu :—

“ It is not merely the copiousness of his descriptions which gives them
their peculiar value, though their fulness is a great merit ; nor merely their
perspicuity, though that is a still greater merit; but it is their logical cha-
racter, that instinctive perception of the essential attributes and relations of
each species, which is the most important faculty a naturalist can possess.
Too many of our older naturalists (and can we claim exemption from the
fault yet?) described forms as if there could be no creatures existing with
which those forms might be confounded: they wrote of the animals they
were characterizing, as if the whole book of Nature was already in print.
Montagu was a forward-looking philosopher; he spoke of every creature as
if one exceeding like it, yet different from it, would be washed up by the
waves the next tide. Consequently his descriptions are permanent; and
when he had full opportunities of examining any marine animal, subsequent
observers have but little to add to his words.”

We may remark, that in Mr. Forbes’s own definition of species, he
has evinced in no trivial degree the mental characteristics which he
has ascribed to Montagu, and that the specific characters are remark-
able, not only for the judgment with which they are selected, but
for the precision and perspicuity with which they are expressed.

Yet notwithstanding the pains-taking accuracy with which these
definitions must have been elaborated, the book smells not of the
lamp. ‘The style throughout is peculiarly easv, varied, and unla-
boured. As we turn over the pages, we find we are giving attention
to animals, not dried in a cabinet, or preserved in alcohol, but put-
ting forth in their native haunts, their several aspects, powers, and

136 Bibliographical Notices. .

peculiarities. Our thoughts turn to the sea. We hear in fancy the
rippling of the tide, or the swelling of the surge, and feel upon our
cheek its fresh and invigorating gales. We accompany the author
in his researches on the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland, and
venture with him even into the Shetland seas, where ‘ the king of
the sea-cucumbers”’ holds his court. In by-gone times we remember
learning from a fragment of some old ballad,

‘« The herring loves the merry moonlight,
The mackerel loves the wind,
But the oyster loves the dredging song,
For they come of a gentle kind.”

Mr. Forbes does not tell us if any of the creatures which he has
taken under his patronage partake of the penchant for the dredging
song, which is here attributed to the oyster. We would rather sur-
mise, that all which have escaped his pen and pencil are evincing
their determination not to permit any prying naturalist ‘‘ to draw
their frailties from their dread abode,” for we believe that the re-
searches of succeeding naturalists have not as yet added even one
species of Echinodermata to those which Mr. Forbes has recorded.

In other departments of zoology, traditionary lore and superstitious
feelings have made certain animals be regarded with some degree of
reverence, or avoided with some infusion of awe. It is curious to
find, that even to the Radiate animals, though so low in the scale of
being, something of the same kind of superstitious dread has been
extended, Thus we are told,—

“‘ The Common Brittle-star often congregates in great numbers on the
edges of scallop-banks, and I have seen a large dredge come up completely
filled with them; a most curious sight, for when the dredge was emptied,
these little creatures, writhing with the strangest contortions, crept about in
all directions, often flinging their arms in broken pieces around them, and
their snake-like and threatening attitudes were by no means relished by the
boatmen, who anxiously asked permission to shovel them overboard, super-
stitiously remarking that ‘the things weren’t altogether right.’ ”

The great Sea-Cucumber, we are told, is by the Shetland fisher-
men arranged

‘‘in an,extensive though most unphilosophically constituted class of ma-
rine animals, to which they apply the term ‘ Pushen,’ which being trans-
lated signifies poison. In this Thulean arrangement numbers of the rarest
of British animals are unfortunately included,—I say unfortunately, for all
members of the class Pushen are unceremoniously and speedily thrust over-
board almost as soon as seen in the fishing-boats, being considered unlucky
and dangerous in their nature.” .

The author elsewhere says, in speaking of the common Cross-fish
(Uraster rubens),—

«Dr. J. L. Drummond of Belfast favours me with the following note on
their Irish denomination :—‘ The Starfishes are called at Bangor (county
Down) the Devil’s fingers, and the Devil’s hands, and the children have a
superstitious dread of touching them. When drying some in the little gar-
den behind my lodgings, I heard some of them on the other side of the
hedge put the following queries :—‘ What’s the gentleman doing with the
bad man’s hand? Is he ganging to eat the bad man’s hands, do ye think?’”

Bibliographical Notices. ¥37

We should be glad, did our space permit, to descant on the per-
manence of certain kinds of traditionary legends among the fisher-
men of our coasts. Mingling comparatively little with other classes
of men, pursuing in companionship with each other their laborious
and uncertain calling, they transmit to the succeeding generation
the heritage of legendary superstition which they have acquired from
the past. We lately noticed a plank covered with the barnacle shells
_(Lepas anatifera) in a living state, cast upon the shore, and upon
asking what they were of a hoary fisherman who was expounding
their nature to a circle of attentive listeners, we were told that they
were the shells that gave birth to the bernacle goose, and with a
gracious condescension fitted to our seeming ignorance, he offered
to point out the bill and feathers of the future bird. We must own
we take a great pleasure in listening to these old stories, and in
viewing the simple and industrious race among whom they are cur-
rent. To the humble but hardy companions of his dredging labours,
Mr. Forbes has not been inattentive. While studying the marine
produetions which the dredge brought to light, he has not neglected
the men, by whose exertions they were procured. And this habit
we know has not been suffered to slumber during his recent visit to
the A‘gean, for we have seen a letter to.a friend, in which he says,
“The scenery in many of the islands was very picturesque, the
people in all most interesting ; and the inquisitive, speculative, and
news-knowing spirit of the old Greek is the same now as in the
days when it was caricatured by Aristophanes.”

Our author would seem to be one of those who believe ‘ it is good
to be merry and wise,” for mirth and wisdom seem at times to dis-
pute the possession of his pages, or rather we should say to hold
them as joint and friendly occupants. Matters of high interest in
the history or ceconomy of the animal are served up to us in so hu-
morous a style, that there are pages in the ‘ History of British Star-
fishes’ which we would be half inclined to prescribe as ‘‘ a cure for
the heart-ache.” ‘Thus, under the head of Ophiocoma punctata we
have the following paragraph :—

‘« The stomachs of fishes are often zoological treasuries. The Haddock
is a great conchologist. In his travels through the country of the Mermaids,
he picks up many curiosities in the shell way. Not a few rare species have
been discovered by him; and the ungrateful zoologist too frequently de-
scribes novelties without an allusion to the original discoverer. As Haddocks
are not in the habit of writing pamphlets or papers, the fraud remains un-
discovered, greatly to the detriment of science: for, had the describer stated
to whom he was indebted for his specimen, we could form some idea of its
habitat and history, whether littoral or deep sea,—very important points in
the ceconomy of Mollusca,—important not only to the malacologist, but also
to the geologist. Like the Haddock, the Cod also is a great naturalist ; and
he, too, carries his devotion to our dear science so far as occasionally to die
for its sake with a new species in his stomach, probably with a view to its
being described and figured by some competent authority. The Cod is not
so much devoted to the Mollusca as to the Echinodermata; and doubtless
his knowledge of the Ophiure exceeds that of any biped. He has a great
taste for that tribe. It was a Cod that communicated the pretty little spe-
cies I am about to describe, to my friend Mr. Henry Goodsir, at Anstru-

138 Bibliographical Notices.

ther; and, as far as that gentleman could learn, it would appear the indus-
trious animal had observed and entrapped this new Ophiocoma in the North
Sea near the Dogger Bank.

And as a worthy companion to this picture, we present one of the
Luidia fragilissima :—

“Tt is the wonderful power which the Luidia possesses, not merely of
casting away its arms entire, but of breaking them voluntarily into little
pieces with great rapidity, which approximates it to the Ophiure. This fa-
culty renders the preservation of a perfect specimen a very difficult matter.
The first time I ever took one of these creatures I succeeded in getting it
into the boat entire. Never having seen one before, and quite unconscious
of its suicidal powers, I spread it out on a rowing bench, the better to ad-
mire its form and colours, On attempting to remove it for preservation, to
my horror and disappointment I found only an assemblage of rejected mem-
bers. My conservative endeavours were all neutralized by its destructive
exertions, and it is now badly represented in my cabinet by an armless disk
and a diskless arm. Next time I went to dredge on the same spot, deter-
mined not to be cheated out of a specimen in such a way a second time, I
brought with me a bucket of cold fresh water, to which article Starfishes
have a great antipathy. As I expected, a Luzdia came up in the dredge, a
most gorgeous specimen. As it does not generally break up before it is
raised above the surface of the sea, cautiously and anxiously I sunk my
bucket to a level with the dredge’s mouth, and proceeded in the most gentle
manner to introduce Luidia to the purer element. Whether the cold air
was too much for him, or the sight of the bucket too terrific, I know not, but
in a moment he proceeded to dissolve his corporation, and at every mesh of
the dredge his fragments were seen escaping. In despair I grasped at the
largest, and brought up the extremity of an arm with its terminating eye,
the spinous eyelid of which opened and closed with something exceedingly
like a wink of derision.”

The following extract is of a different character, and needs not
our introduction. Its philosophic spirit will commend itself to our
readers :—

““ The tracing of the connections between species and species, through
minute differences combined with general resemblances, is one of the great-
est pleasures which enliven the studies of the naturalist. Every here and
there in organized nature we find creatures presenting the forms of one spe-
cies, and the structure of another, filling up a supposed blank, or overturn-
ing a supposed barrier. The discovery of such forms frequently annihilates
genera which we had long considered fixed, or brings together species which
we had long looked upon as but doubtfully related to each other. There
are men who affect to look down on the investigator of ‘ mere species,’ who,
with patronizing self-sufficiency, talk of the ‘humble observers of minute
differences of forms,’ and who scarcely rank the recorder of new animals or
plants above the mere collector or virtuoso. Yet such persons affect per-
fectly to understand the great laws of nature; and will write on what they
are pleased to term the philosophy of natural history, often without the
knowledge of a single form or structure save from a picture in a book. The
humility which the knowledge of the abundance of undiscovered things
teaches the practical naturalist, prevents him retorting on such would-be
philosophers ; and knowing how little we yet know, he scarcely ventures to
pronounce any law general. He knows too well that the conclusion he drew
in the morning is often overturned by the discovery he makes in the even-
ing, to pronounce himself the lawgiver of nature; yet also knowing, from

Bibliographical Notices. 139

the perfection of all he sees around him, that the machinery of nature is
perfect, and hoping the laws of that machinery discoverable, he points out
the indications of those laws wherever he perceives a glimpse of their in-
fluence, and works as trustfully towards the development of the truth.”

And although our quotations have extended to great length, we
cannot withstand the gratification of giving to our readers the con-
cluding paragraph. It breathes a spirit which the pious and phi-
losophic naturalist will ever appreciate :—

“ Among the British Echinodermata we have seen some of the most ex-
traordinary forms in the animal kingdom, some of the most wonderful
structures and of the strangest habits. Much yet remains to be done towards
their elucidation, and the investigation of them both structurally and for-
mally presents a wide field of inquiry to the student of Nature, as yet but
imperfectly explored. The great naturalist of Denmark, Miiller, long ago
said that we need not resort to distant regions and foreign climes for rare or
wonderful creatures; that the fields, the woods, the streams, and the seas
of our native lands abounded in wondrous evidences of God’s power and
wisdom. The investigation of our native animals must ever be a chief source
of sound zoological knowledge, for it is there only we can watch, under fa-
vourable circumstances, for the observation of their development, their ha-
bits, and their characters. The naturalist whose acquaintance is confined
to preserved specimens in a cabinet, can form, but a vague idea of the glo-
rious variety of Nature, of the wisdom displayed in the building up of the
atoms of matter to be the houses of life and intellect. And unless we study
the creatures living around us, how can we gain that delightful knowledge ?
The passing note of an animal observed during travel is an addition to science
not to be scorned; the briefly characterizing of a new species from a pre-
served specimen, if done with judgement, is of importance; but the real pro-
gress of natural history must ever depend on the detailed examination of
the beings gathered around us by the laws of geographical distribution, living
and multiplying in their destined homes and habitats.”

Our extracts have extended to such a length, that we are unable
to notice as they deserve the numerous wood-cuts with which the
work is illustrated and embellished. They may be divided into three
classes. First, the representation of each of the sixty-three species
described in the work, with magnified drawings of such parts as serve
to convey a better idea of the specific distinctions or peculiarities of
structure. The author says in the introduction, ‘‘ with three ex-
ceptions the figures of species are from my own drawings, and with
a view to secure correctness were mostly drawn on the wood by
myself.”

“The wood-cutting,” he remarks, “ speaks for itself,—thanks to Mr.
Bastin, who in the most praiseworthy manner made himself acquainted not
merely with the drawings, but with the texture and appearance of the ani-
mals themselves, in order the better to express them.”

Next in order we may mention those which may be regarded as
embellishments, including under this title the poetical or allegorical
designs which appear at the commencement of the several orders, and
those which are technically known as ‘‘ tail-pieces.””’ Some of the
latter are replete with humour, and will be sure to find favour with
every admirer of Bewick. ‘The third division of the illustrations is
of a kind peculiar to the present work, and well fitted to increase the

140 Bibliographical Notices.

interest with which it is read. They consist of a series of views of
many of the localities in these kingdoms where researches among the
Echinodermata have been conducted. Thus we have from the Isle of
Man, Breda Head, the ruins of Peel Castle, and those of St. Ger-
main’s Cathedral. On the English coast we have Scarboro’ and Tyne-
mouth. On the Irish, Belfast Bay. On the Scotch, St. Andrew’s
Castle, the Kyles of Bute, &c. These vignettes in general represent
scenery which is in itself picturesque ; some of them are perfect
gems—as for example, that of the Frith of Forth, with the Bass
Rock and North Berwick Law, and that of Holy Loch, in the Clyde
district, during a squall,—all are deserving of commendation, and
furnish exquisite examples of the perfection which the art of wood-
engraving has now attained. The woodcuts alone are worth, at a
very moderate computation, more than the publication price of the
entire volume.

A General History of Animalcules. By A. Pritchard. Part I.
London, Whittaker.

We have already had occasion to notice this work in a former
Number of this Journal, and we have now much pleasure in inform-
ing our readers that Mr. Pritchard has thought it expedient to publish
the plates of this work, contaming upwards of 3500 beautiful figures
illustrative of each genus of Infusoria, described by Ehrenberg in his
large work in a separate form. In no branch of natural history are
drawings of the subjects more requisite, and there is no doubt, from
microscopes being now in the hands of almost all lovers of natural
history, and Infusoria being generally the first things which attract
the attention of the observer, that this work will meet with great .
approbation, especially as it leaves nothing to be desired with re-
spect to price, the cost of each plate, containing upwards of fifty sub-
jects, not amounting to sixpence. ‘The whole is accompanied by a
general history of Animalcules, with their localities, best mode of
capture, and method of examining them under the microscope, &c.

Books received.

The Naturalists Library :—Ornithology, vo]. xii. The Nectarinide,
or Sun Birds. By Sir W. Jardine.

Thirty-six volumes of the Naturalist’s Library are now published,
V1Z. :—

Of Ornithology, 13 vols.

Of Ichthyology, 3 vols.

Of Entomology (complete), 7 vols.

Of Mammalia (complete), 13 vols.

There will be forty volumes in all. ‘The remaining four will in-
clude British Fishes in 2 vols., and the concluding portions of British
Birds and the Fishes of Guiana. These are confidently expected by
Midsummer.

History of British Birds. By William Yarrell, F.L.S., &c. Part 34.
Dec. 1842. 8vo. Van Voorst.

This Part commences the Laride, and completes the descriptions

Zoological Society. 141

of the Terns, of which ten species are introduced belonging to our
native list. The most interesting species to the British ornithologist
is the Sterna Leucopreia, for species of which, killed in the end of
August at Lyme on the Dorsetshire coast, Mr. Yarrell is indebted
to I’. C. Heythem, Esq. of Carlisle.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. xv. Part 2.
Session 1841-42, Dec. 1842. 4to. Grant and Son.

An unusually thin number, containing only sixty-nine pages ; but
we have among the contents two papers relating to zoology and
botany, both of them illustrated with plates, of the first we have
given an abstract at page 126 of the present Number. The second
paper alluded to, is on the ultimate secreting structure, and on the
laws of its function, by John Goodsir. The conclusions arrived at
by the author are: ‘‘ That all the true secretions are formed by a
vital action of the nucleolated cell, and that they are first contained
in the cavity of that cell; that growth and secretion are identical,—
the same vital process under different circumstances.

Preparing for Publication.

Supplement to Dr. Parnell’s Grasses of Scotland, including the
Cereal Grain, making the British Grasses complete.

We have much satisfaction in learning that the results of Captain
Belcher’s Voyage in H.M.S. Sulphur are to be made available to
science in the most advantageous manner, Government having ad-
vanced a sum of money to provide the requisite illustrations. Richard
Brinsley Hinds, Esq. has been appointed by the Admiralty to edit
and superintend the publication, and the co-operation of Mr. J. E.
Gray, Dr. Richardson, Mr. Gould, &c., has been obtained by that
gentleman, to describe respectively the mammalia, fish, birds, &c.,
the shells being undertaken by himself.

The work is to be published in parts, and at a moderate price.

Part XI. of Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs, just published, contains
Ehrenberg’s important memoir on the Animals of the Chalk Forma-
tion.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 8, 1842.— William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Some notes on the habits of the Horned Screamer (Palamedea
cornuta, Linn.), by William Martin, Esq., Secretary to the Clifton
Zoological Gardens, were read.

These notes were communicated by the President, the Earl of
Derby, and are drawn up from observations made upon a specimen
of the Palamedea living in the Clifton menagerie.

“The Horned Screamer was presented to the Society early in
June 1839, by Capt. Rees of Bristol. On its arrival in this country
it was exceedingly thin and weak. It had been fed during the voy-

142 Zoological Society.

age principally upon Indian corn, but had a little chopped boiled
meat occasionally. ‘The weather being very mild, it was placed in
a turfed aviary, used generally for pheasants, some water-cresses and
other aquatic plants being procured; but it was soon evident that
we had not discovered a proper substitute for its natural food. Think-
ing one day that it manifested a desire to get at some roses which
were trained upon the aviary, I gave it one of the flowers, which it
ate eagerly. It was then thought, that, as it was so domesticated and
familiar, the feathers of one wing should be cut, and the bird turned
loose into the garden and watched, to see what plants it would pre-
fer. The rose-trees were the favourite plants, the flowers, young
shoots and leaves being eagerly eaten. Since this time it has al-
ways been turned out every morning in mild weather to roam about
the garden, and it is very fond of creeping up close to the gardeners,
and watching them at work, although it does not appear to be from
any desire to obtain worms or insects. It seldom wanders very far
from its aviary, and in the afternoon is always found waiting to be
let in. In winter it is allowed its liberty in the parrot aviary, which
is heated by one of the Arnott stoves, and close to which it may
generally be found. Even in moderately sharp weather, if it be dry,
we find it better to let it go out for a short time; but then, instead
of creeping leisurely about, it bustles off to its favourite plants, and
very soon returns; but it will not bear confinement in a cage. At
the present time Jettuce is its principal food, but it has also Indian
corn, hemp-seed, sopped bread, and a little boiled sheep’s head.
Small stones seem also necessary, and it is very fond of swallowing
small pieces of the coal used in the stove, which is anthracite.
Owing to the difficulty and expense of procuring a sufficient quan-
tity of lettuce during the frost of last winter and that of the year
before, the poor bird became very thin and weak, but quickly rallied
upon again getting this food. In the summer, when on the lawns,
it will eat grass, which it chips off with its beak in a very singular
manner. I have tried it several times with a frog, but it has always
been refused. When we first had it the horn upon the head was
about four inches long ; but as it used to stand so close to the stove, it
became burnt down to about an inch, and is now grown again con-
siderably.

“The spurs upon the elbows of the wings are nearly two inches
long, and of amazing strength and hardness; they are truly formi-
dable weapons. We have several varieties of dogs, which are kept in
single kennels, in different parts of the garden, but they always re-
treat upon the approach of the Screamer; and whilst the bird con-
tinues close, nothing will induce them to come out, at least those
that have once felt the spur. I have several times seen it standing
close to a door of a kennel, with its head erect and looking very
proud, making a sound which one could only look upon as a chal-
lenge to the dog to come forth. As the mode of attack is so sly and
unexpected, none are at first prepared for it. Throwing its neck and
head backwards and forwards, and uttering at the same time a low
note, it advances sideways up to the dog, and when close enough
turns half-way round, and quietly raising its wing, delivers such a

Zoological Society. 143

blow that no dog that we have will face it a second time. It is not
meant that a dog could not be made to resent such an attack, but
only that of their own accord they seem unwilling to do so.

“It is, however, exceedingly familiar, and would become attached
to any one that would notice it kindly, and with me will often make
a kind of purring noise when being patted and caressed. Still I have
seen it run after children when they have been teasing it.

** On one or two occasions it has recovered the use of its wing
sooner than expected, but it never flew beyond the garden—alighting
upon the top of its aviary, flying off again, wheeling round in a circle
and returning. In their wild state I should consider these birds good
flyers ; their long wings and light bodies, with a most complete appa-
ratus of external air-cells, would conduce to that result. I hardly
know why it should be called a screamer; no noise that I have ever
heard it make could be called a scream. It has certainly a tolerably
sharp cry, and also a lower note or cry, somewhat resembling the
trumpet-note of a peacock, but not so loud; both appear to be notes
of pleasure and satisfaction, and may generally be called forth in the
following manner. If for instance the bird is on the lawn, and any
of those known to it should pass close by, it will utter one or two
of the lower notes, and if encouraged by the person endeavouring to
imitate the same note, it will utter two or three more, and finish
with one of the shrill notes; it will then often lie down to be patted
and caressed. Its walk is rather ludicrous, partaking both of state-
liness and awkwardness. ‘The head is carried high and well, but as
its toes are so long it is compelled to raise each foot very high, in
order to get it clear of the other, and this produces the appearance
described. In standing, the toes of one foot are crossed a good deal
over those of the other.

“It has evidently more confidence in man, and seems also to have
more intelligence than most birds.”

The reading of Professor Owen’s memoir on the Myology of the
Apteryx was continued.

Mr. Gould then brought before the notice of the Meeting some
additional ornithological novelties from Australia, and character-
ized an Artamus, conspicuous for the white colouring of the rump,
as

ARTAMUS LEUCOPYGIALIS. Art. capite, guld, et dorso fuliginoso-
cinereis ; pectore, partibus inferioribus, et uropygio aibis ; rostro
pallide ceruleo-cinereo. .

Head, throat and back sooty grey; primaries and tail brownish

black, washed with grey; chest, all the under surface, and rump,
pure white ; irides brown; bill light bluish grey at the base, black at
the tip; legs and feet mealy greenish grey.

Total length, 54 inches; bill, 12; wing, 5}; tail, 24; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Australia.

A new Pitta, being the third species of that form from the Austra-
lian continent, as

Pirra Iris. Pitt. capite, collo, pectore, abdomine, lateribus, et fe-

144 Zoological Society.

moribus nigerrimis ; fascid superoculari, ad occiput ductd ferru-
gined ; corpore supra, alisque ex aureo viridibus, humeris metallice
ceruleis et fascid inferiore lazulind ornatis.

Head, neck, breast, abdomen, flanks and thighs deep velvety black;
over the eye, extending to the occiput, a band of ferruginous brown ;
upper surface and wings golden green; shoulders bright. metallic
cerulean blue, bordered below with lazuline blue; primaries black,
passing into olive-brown at their tips; the third, fourth, fifth and
sixth having a spot of white about the centre of the feather; tail
black at the base, green at the tip, the former colour running on the
inner web nearly to the tip; rump-feathers tinged with czrulean
blue ; lower part of the abdomen and under tail-coverts bright scarlet,
separated from the black of the abdomen by vellowish brown ; irides
dark brown; bill black; feet flesh-colour.

Total length, 7 inches; bill, 13; wing, 4; tail, 12; tarsi, 14.

Hab. Cobourg Peninsula, north coast of Australia.

Mr. Gould then pointed out the generic characters of two new
genera of Finches, the first of which he proposed to designate

Genus EMBLEMA.

Rostrum feré quam caput longum, conicum (ut in genere Ploceus).
Ale mediocres; remige prima parvula, quatuor proximis inter se
eequalibus ; tertiarlis elongatis. Cauda mediocris, et feré quadrata,
vel paululim rotundata. Pedes plantigradi, digitis gracillimis ;
digito intermedio externis longiore, illis inter se equalibus.
EmpiemMa picta. Emb. facie et guld saturate miniaceis ; vertice et

corpore supra fuscis ; pectore et corpore subtis nigris crebré albo-
guttatis, abdomine medio miniaceo adsperso.

Face and throat deep vermilion red; the base of all the feathers
of the throat black, giving that part a mingled appearance of black and
red ; crown of the head, all the upper surface and wings, brown ; rump
deep vermilion-red ; tail dark brown; chest and all the under surface
jet-black, the flanks numerously spotted with white, and the centre
of the abdomen dashed with vermilion-red; feet light red; upper
mandible black, under mandible scarlet, with a triangular patch of
black atthe base.

Total length, 3} inches; bill, =; wing, 24; tail, 13; tarsi, 2.

Hab. The north-west coast of Australia.

From the collection of B. Bynoe, Esq.

And the second,

Genus PofPHILa.

Gen. char.—Rostrum ad basin tumidum, et igitur feré tam latum et
profundum quam longum. Ale mediocres, remige prima parvula,
secunda tertid quarta et quinta inter se feré zqualibus; digitis
gracilibus, medio externis longiore, illis inter se eequalibus; digito
postico, medio valdé breviore. Cauda cuneiformis, rectricibus
duabus intermediis productis.

This form is nearly allied to Erythura and Estrelda.

Type, P. acuticauda (Amadina acuticauda, Gould in Proc. Zool.
Soc., Part VII. p. 143).

Zoological Society. 145

Popuita Ppersonata. Poé. rostro ad basin fascid irregulari ni-
gerrimd circumdato, vertice, dorso, alis, cauddque pallidé cinna-
momino-fuscis.

Base of the bill surrounded by an irregular ring of deep velvety
black ; crown of the head, upper surface and wings, light cinnamon-
brown; lower part of the abdomen banded with deep velvety black ;
lower part of the rump and under tail-coverts white; upper tail-
coverts white, striped longitudinally with black on the outer side;
tail graduated, and of a deep blackish brown; irides red ; bill bright
orange ; legs and feet flesh-red.

Total length, 3} inches; bill, 3; wing, 2}; tail, 2; tarsi, ;%,.

Hab. 'The northern parts of Australia.

Mr. Gould then characterized two new species of the genus Ptili-
nopus, Swainson, as P. Swainsonii and P. Ewingii; the first in
honour of the founder of the genus, and the second in honour of the
Rev. T. J. Ewing, of Van Diemen’s Land.

Prizinopus Swainson. Piil. fronte et vertice splendide coccineis,
héc colore lined angustd flavé nisi apud frontem cincto ; pectore
sordidé viridi, singulis plumis ad apicem bifidis, more furcule,
cujus apices macula triangulari argenteo-cinered notaniur ; abdo-
mine medio aurantiaco ; caudeé apice late flavissimo.

Forehead and crown deep crimson-red, surrounded, except in front,
with a narrow ring of light yellow; back of the neck greyish green ;
all the upper surface bright green tinged with yellow, the green
becoming deep blue towards the extremities of the tertiaries, which
are broadly margined with yellow; primaries slaty grey on their
inner webs, green on the outer, very slightly margined with yellow;
tail deep green, largely tipped with rich yellow ; throat greenish grey,
stained on the chin with yellow in some specimens; in others the
chin is white; breast dull green, each feather forked at the end, and
with a triangular silvery grey spot at either extremity; flanks and
abdomen green, with a large patch of orange-red in the centre of the
latter; under tail-coverts orange-yellow ; thighs green; irides red-
dish orange ; bill greenish black, horn-cclour at the tip; feet olive-
brown.

Total length, 9 inches; bill, 3; wing, 53; tail, 32; tarsi, 2.

Hab. The brushes of the River Clarence and Moreton Bay.

Prininopus Ewineu. P. fronte et vertice roseis, héc colore lined
flava nisi ad frontem cincio ; pectore virescenti-cinereo plumis bi-
fidis, et ad apicem pallide cinereis ; fascia infra pectorali pallide
sulphured ; abdomine medio saturate aurantiaco, cum lunuld cen-
trali helvo-ceruled ; caude rectricibus ad apicem flavis, non sine
tincturad viridi presertim in rectricibus duabus intermediis notandd.

Forehead and crown of the head rose-pink, bordered, except in
front, by a narrow line of yellow; back of the head and neck green-
ish grey; all the upper surface bright green, passing into deep blue
on the tertiaries; primaries, secondaries and tertiaries shightly mar-
gined with yellow ; tail largely tipped with yellow tinged with green,
particularly on the two centre feathers; chin pale yellow; sides of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

146 Zoological Society.

the neck and chest greenish grey, each feather forked at the end and
tipped with grey; below the chest an indistinct band of sulphur-
yellow ; flanks and lower part of the abdomen green; centre of the
abdomen rich orange, in the middle of which is a lunar-shaped mark
of lilac; under tail-coverts orange; thighs and tarsi green; indes
reddish orange ; feet olive.

Total length, 72 inches ; bill, ?; wing, 43; tail, 3; tarsi, 2.

Hab. Port Essington.

Mr. Gould next instituted a new genus among the Columbide,
under the appellation of

Genus GEOPHAPS.

Gen. char.—Rostrum perbreve et robustum. Oculi cute denudata
circumdati. Ale perbreves et rotundate, apicibus latis. Tarsi
mediocres digitis longiores. Digitus internus paululim ceteris
longior.

Of this form a new species was described as

GEOPHAPS PLUMIFERA. Geo. capite cristdé occipitali ornato; hdc
sic et vertice, colli lateribus, pectore et alarum pagind inferiore
pallide ferrugineis ; gula alternatim albo nigroque fasciato ; pectore
lunulis duabus albis inter se junctis cuspidemque mediam efficientt-
bus, ornato.

Lores and orbits naked, and of a yellowish red; head furnished
with a lengthened occipital crest, which, with the crown, sides of the
neck and chest, and under part of the wing, is hght ferruginous ;
chin black ; throat banded alternately with white and black, the latter
colour extending to the ear-coverts; on the chest two semilunar
marks of white, which, meeting, form a point in the centre; middle
of the abdomen light buff; under tail-coverts brown, with lighter
edges; back of the neck, back, rump and upper tail-coverts, rufous
brown; wings light ferruginous, with the basal half of the feathers
silvery grey, the two colours separated by a transverse band of black ;
primaries rufous brown; secondaries rufous brown, with a large
patch of bronzy purple towards their tips; tail black; bill black;
feet reddish brown.

Total length, 7 inches ; bill, 3; wing, 34; tail, 22 ; tarsi, zy

‘Hab. The north-west coast of Australia.

From the collection of B. Bynoe, Esq.

A second genus of this tribe of birds was then characterized as

Genus OcyrHars.

Gen. char.—Caput crista occipitali elongata. Ale paulo breves, re-
mige tertia gradatim ad apicem coarctata. Cauda mediocritér
elongata, et rotundata, Tuarsi et digitus intermedius eadem lon-
gitudine. Digitus internus externo brevior.

Type, Columba Lophotes, 'Temm.

A second example of the genus Pedionomus was described as

Prpronomus microurus. Ped. a P. Torquato diversus, staturd
minore, collo haud torque circumdato, caudd feré carente.
Crown of the head, back and upper surface mottled with black,

Geological Society. 147

brown, and fawn-colour, the latter occupying the external edge of
the feathers, and the black and brown forming alternate circular
- markings on each feather; throat, neck, chest and flanks dull fawn-
colour ; the feathers of the neck and chest blotched with brown;
flanks marked with the same colour, assuming the form of bars ; tail-
feathers, which are almost invisible, marked the same as the back;
centre of the abdomen and the under tail-coverts buffy white, with-
out spots or markings ; irides straw-yellow ; bill yellow, passing into
black at the point ; feet greenish pe

Total length, 45 inches; bill, 11; wing, 32; tarsi, 7

The above are the measurements of an os male.

Hab. Plains of the interior of South Australia.

Differs from P. torqguatus in its smaller size, in the absence of the
collar, and in the almost total absence of tail.

Mr. Gould also brought before the notice of the Meeting a new
species of Megapodius, from the north coast of Australia, which he
characterized as M. Tumulus, and read a very interesting account of
its habits, which tends to confirm the opinion he had previously ex-
pressed, that Megapodius Talegalla and Leipoa form part of one great
family of birds, whose range will be found to extend from the Phi-
lippines to Australia.

Mecapopius tumutus. WM. capite, et cristd saturate cinnamomino-
Juscis ; nuchd, et corpore subtis saturaté cinereis ; dorso, alisque
cinnamomino-fuscis ; tectricibus caude, crissoque saturaté casta-
neis ; pedibus permagnis.

Head and crest very deep cinnamon-brown ; back of the neck and
all the under surface very dark grey; back and wings cinnamon-
brown; upper and under tail-coverts dark chestnut-brown; tail
blackish brown ; irides generally dark brown, but in some specimens
light reddish brown; bill reddish brown, with yellow edges; tarsi
and feet bright orange, the scales on the front of the tarsi, from the
fourth downwards, and the scales of the toes dark reddish brown.

Total length from 15 to 17 inches; bill from 1} to 14; wiug from
95 to 10; tail from 4 to 44; tarsi from 22 tu 31.

Ray: Cobourg Peninsula, on the ape coast Tor Australia.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Feb. 23, 1842.—A memoir was read, entitled, ““ Report on the
-Missourium now exhibiting at the Egyptian Hall, with an inquiry
into the claims of the Tetracaulodon to generic distinction,” by
Richard Owen, Esq., F.G.S., &c.

Mr. Owen proceeds to consider the species of animal to which
the skeleton is to be referred. It was, he says, a mammiferous
animal, and while the anterior extremities disprove the existence
of clavicles, they establish that the fossil belonged to the Ungu-
lata. The enormous tusks of the upper jaw further show that
it was a member of the proboscidean group of Pachyderms, and that
the molar teeth prove it to be identical with the Tetracaulodon or
Mastodon giganteum. With respect to the horizontal position of the

1,2

dat

148 Geological Society.

tusks in the skeleton exhibited at the Egyptian Hall, Mr. Owen
states, that it may have arisen from compression, the tusk of the Mas-
todon, like that of the Elephant, being inserted by a nearly straight
cylindrical base in a socket of corresponding form, and can be
rotated in any given direction when the natural attachments are de-
stroyed by decomposition; and he alludes to the skeleton exhibited
in London in 1805, in which the tusks were bent downwards.

Having, by a series of comparisons of the teeth and bones, which
the author does not conceive it necessary to recount, arrived at the
conclusion that the Missourium is either a Tetracaulodon or [a] Ma-
stodon, he next considers the relations in which these supposed di-
stinct genera stood to each other; premising that Mr. Koch’s ske-
leton illustrates the osteology of the gigantic Mastodon far more
completely than has been done by any other collection of North
American fossils brought to Europe. The genus Tetracaulodon was
founded by Dr. Godman on the lower jaw of a young Proboscidean
having two tusks projecting from the symphysial extremities. Mr.
W. Cooper of New York, however, suggested that the Tetracaulo-
don was nothing but the young of the gigantic Mastodon, and that
the tusks were lost as the animal became adult. This opinion has
been also advanced by others, but without being illustrated by any
analogies; and it has been opposed by Dr. Isaac Hays, in an elabo-
rate memoir on additional specimens, which he states present ali
the proofs necessary for refuting the opinion that Dr. Godman had
committed the error of describing as a new animal the young of a
known species; and he observes with respect to Mr. Titian R.
Peale’s suggestion that the lower tusks might be only a sexual di-
stinction, ‘‘ that it is impossible in the existing state of our know-
ledge, and with our present materials, to confirm or positively refute
this suggestion.” The most recent opinion on the subject, Mr. Owen
states, 1s contained in the last edition of the ‘ Ossemens Fossiles,’ in
which M. Laurillard, after alluding to the opinion that the lower jaws
with tusks may be immature Mastodons, proceeds to say, “‘ others
have been led to believe that the lower jaws of every age which have
tusks belong to a different species of large Mastodon: some charac-
ters taken from the form of the jaw would seem to justify that opi-
nion.’’—Oss. Foss. 8vo. vol. ii. p. 373, 1836.

Mr. Koch’s collection of detached bones contains, Mr. Owen
states, a number of lower jaws with the molars of Mastodon gigan-
teum, which prove the important fact, that an animal of the same
size and molar dentition as the Mastodon was characterized in the
adult state by a single tusk projecting from the symphysial extremity
of the right ramus, and that the two inferior tusks are manifested
only by immature animals.

Mr. Owen then details the evidence by which he arrived at the
conclusion that the Tetracaulodon of Dr. Godman is the immature
state of both sexes of the Mastodon giganteum, that in the adult male
only one of the lower tusks is preserved, and that in the adult female
both are wanting.

A table is given in the memoir of the measurements of six lower

Geological Society. 149

jaws of full-grown animals; three which retained the right tusk or
exhibited its socket, and three in which the tusk was wanting, and
the socket more or less obliterated; and Mr. Owen says that the
dimensions prove the close similarity in size and proportions between
the lower jaws of Mastodons with and without the tusks; and
further that no individuals of the same species could resemble each
other more closely in the conformation of the molar teeth. In both,
the inner boundaries of the molar series are parallel, and the inter-
space is of the same breadth: the general form of the ascending
ramus and the symphysis, the place and size of the great foramina
for the dental nerves and vessels, are alike. The only differences
consist in the Tetracaulodon * having larger condyles, and the outer
side of the horizontal ramus being less convex and prominent; the
coronoid process also is higher; and the broad canal, which is im-
pressed upon the upper part of the symphysis, is nearly straight, not
sloping down to the deflected part as in the Mastodon; but the
breadth of the canal is the same in both, though the symphysial part
of the jaw is larger and broader in the Tetracaulodon than Mastodon.
These differences, Mr. Owen observes, may relate to the additional
motions of the lower jaw, connected with the uses to which the in-
cisor may have been put.

The incisor in full-grown Tetracaulodons or male Mastodons is a
comparatively small, cylindrical and straight tusk, projecting forwards
and a little downwards ; its circumference is five inches; the length
of the projecting part of the most entire of three specimens was five
inches, but an unknown portion had been broken off ; the socket was
three inches in depth, uniformly one and a half inch in diameter,
and slightly concave at its termination.

With regard to these incisor teeth and the importance attached to
them as a generic distinction, Prof. Owen says, it must be remem-
bered that in many species, both of Cetacea and Pachyderms, incisors
as well as canines vary in relation to the age and sex of the same
species of animal. In the male Dugong the upper incisors are pro-
truded, scalpriform, and of unlimited growth, while in the female
they are concealed, cuspidate, and solid to their base. In both sexes
the lower jaw is provided at its deflected extremity with six incisors,
which disappear in mature animals, only one or two remnants being
occasionally discoverable in the cancellous sockets. In many of
the Hog tribe, incisors are present in the young animal, but are lost
in the full-grown. The most remarkable case, Mr. Owen says, of
' distinct conditions of incisors, teeth or tusks, relative to age and sex,
is in the Narwhal. In this animal the young of both sexes have
equally developed on each side of the upper jaw a single tusk, one
of which grows rapidly in the male, constituting the well-known
long, spirally twisted tusk, while the other remains stationary ; but
both continue rudimental in the female.

Were the Dugong and the Narwhal extinct, and to be judged of
only by their fossil remains, the skulls of the two sexes of the herbi-
vorous cetacean, viewed irrelatively, would doubtless, Mr. Owen

« The author retains the term Tetracaulodon in his description for the
male Mastodon.

150 Geological Society.

observes, be referred to two distinct species, though the identity in
the molar teeth might impress the more cautious paleontologist with
a strong suspicion of their generic identity ; but the cranium of the
male Narwhal, with its unsymmetrical distortion, increased by an
enormous tusk, would, it can scarcely be doubted, be referred to a
genus of Cetaceans quite distinct from that which the edentulous and
more symmetrical skull of the female would be considered to represent.

In determining the real nature of differences in these extinct
animal remains, Mr. Owen says it is necessary to inquire what other
modifications are associated with those of the tusks ;— are the more
essential parts of the dental system, as the grinding teeth, alike or
different in the jaws with tusks and without tusks? Do the jaws
themselves and the other parts of the skeleton offer the modifications
of form which usually attend distinction of species? Above all, are
the same characters presumed to distinguish the genera, present in
the young as in the adult skulls? are there, for example, young
Mastodons as well as young Tetracaulodons ?

The youngest of five full-grown Tetracaulodons or male Masto-
dons, examined by him, had two molars and half of a third deve-
loped in each ramus; the first or antepenultimate having three trans-
verse ridges, each divided into two tubercles; the second also three
bicusped ridges ; and the third two ridges extricated, and two others
within the alveolar cavity. In the next jaw in the order of develop-
ment, the third ridge of the last molar was extricated; in the third
specimen the antepenultimate grinder had been shed, and the last
molar exhibited the same degree of development ; in the fourth jaw
the ultimate molar was fully extricated, exhibiting four bicuspidate
ridges and a talon ; and the fifth or oldest Tetracaulodon retained
its penultimate, but worn grinders, the two anterior ridges of the last
molars being a little abraded, and the talon being developed into a
pair of small tubercles.

A series of jaws of female Mastodons (Mastodon proper of Dr.
Godman and Dr. Hays) presented the same order of development.

Having already shown that the molar teeth are identical in number
and form in the Mastodon and Tetracaulodon, Mr. Owen proceeds to
‘point out their correspondence in the mode and order of succession.
The lower jaws of both present, moreover, those characters by which
the Mastodon giganteum is distinguished from the genus Elephas,
namely, by the higher coronoid, the less-rounded angle, the straight
inferior margin, the parallel inner alveolar border, and the more pro-
duced symphysial extremity. They present, besides, equally the
minor characteristic of the sharp process on the inner side of the
neck of the condyle, and the ridge continued from the outer side of
the neck. Both have an oblong depression on the outside of the
coronold process, but varying in depth in different Tetracaulodons.
In both the posterior aperture of the dental canal commences in the
same place; and the inner side of the angle of the jaw is concave,
and bounded by an irregular margin, indicating the attachment of
the fascia covering the internal pterygoid muscle, the irregularity
being stronger in the lower jaws of older individuals. The relative
position of the principal anterior outlet of the dental canal is the

Geological Society. 11

same in Tetracaulodon as in Mastodon, varying in both in its relative
position to the teeth as these alter their position in age.

When the striking modifications by which the lower jaw of the
Elephant differs from that of the Mastodon are considered, it cannot
be supposed, observes Mr. Owen, that no corresponding differences
should be present in the lower jaws of the Mastodon and of an-
other genus of Proboscideans characterized by a difference in the
number of the teeth, and he says, he knows of no analogy in the
whole mammalian series that would justify such a belief. Tetra-
caulodons are as numerous in Mr. Koch’s collection as Mastodons,
yet there are not found in it two forms of humeri, ulne, radii,
femora or tibie, only the merest difference of variety being de-
tectable; whilst the femora of the Hlephas primigenius associated
with them are at once recognizable by modifications which might
be expected to accompany true generic differences in the rest
of the organization. With the exception of a few bones of the
Elephas primigenius, all the other remains of proboscidian Pachy-
derms in Mr. Koch’s collection, Mr. Owen is of opinion, belong to
the Mastodon giganteum; and the great skeleton he considers to be
that of a male individual, on account of the size of the tusks and the
strongly marked external characters of the principal bones of the ex-
tremities ; but he points out that the lower jaw belonged to a female,
and he states that the proprietor acknowledged that it was not
discovered with the other portions of the skeleton. The true height
of the animal, taken at the dorsal spines, Mr. Owen estimates at ten
feet, and the length, from the intermaxillary bones to the end of
the sacrum, at sixteen feet, or four more than that of the Asiatic
Elephant in the Hunterian Museum.

The supposed spinal column of a man fourteen feet high, Mr.
Owen refers to the Lophiodon: Mr. Koch’s collection also includes
some interesting remains of the Mylodon Harlani, also portions of
large species of Bos, Cervus, &c.

With respect to the use of the lower incisor, Mr. Owen says, if in-
deed this diminutive inferior tusk were a generic character constantly
associated in both sexes with the enormous upper tusks, no explana-
tion could be given of so apparently useless an appendage ; but if re-
garded as a sexual character, there are in the animal kingdom abun-
dant examples of the functional importance of external distinctions
in the male ; and such he considers to be the explanation of the per-
sistent single or prominent tusk in the male Mastodon. Further,
- with respect to the question why two tusks should be originally de-
veloped, especially in the female, in which neither is to be retained,
Mr. Owen replies that there is an equal difficulty with respect to
the two rudimental tusks in the female Narwhal, and of the single
one in the male; to the abortive incisors in the symphysial part of
the lower jaw of the Dugong; to the rudimental teeth in the lower
jaw of the Foetal Whale-bone Whale; and in the upper jaw of the
Sperm Whale. In these, and many analogous instances, the author
observes, a structure which is merely sketched out, and is function-
less in one species, is perfected and performs important uses in an-
other closely allied. Thus the teeth which are shadowed forth in

152 Geological Society.

the lower jaw of the Foetal Whale are fully developed in the Cachalot.
‘The upper rudimentary maxillary teeth which remain hidden in the
gum of the Sperm Whale are functionally developed in the Grampus;
and in like manner in the gigantic Dinotherium, discovered by Dr.
Kaup, is exhibited the full and functional development of the infe-
rior rudimental tusks of the Mastodon.

‘The molar teeth of the Mastodons offer, Mr. Owen says, a beauti-
ful transitional modification connecting the lamellated structure of
the triturating molar with those having simply a transversely-ridged
grinding surface. The interval between the molar teeth of the
Elephant and those of the Tapir is too great to have allowed their
fundamental resemblance to have been detected in the existing
creation; but a study of the extinct Pachyderms brings to light,
he says, a beautiful series of gradations leading through the ele-
phantoid Mastodon of Ava and the gigantic Mastodon of the
Missouri to the Dinotherium, which it may be remembered was the
gigantic Tapir of Cuvier. Moreover, he adds, the indication of the
singular armatnre of the lower jaw of the Dinothere might be most
closely discernible in that species of Mastodon which makes the
nearest approach to the Dinothere in the form of the grinding teeth.

The report from which the above extracts have been taken had been
completed when Mr. Owen received a copyof the notice* of Dr. Hays’s
description of Mr. Koch’s collection. After-an attentive perusal of
this document, in which the generic distinctness of the Tetracaulo-
don is maintained, Mr. Owen has been only more convinced of the
truth of his own theory ; he, however, in justice to Dr. Hays, gives
the arguments of that esteemed naturalist. Dr. Hays considers the
existence of a single tusk in the lower jaw to be only an accidental
occurrence, referring, as examples of two tusks, to the specimen
described by Dr. Godman, and to that belonging to the Museum of
the University of Virginia. Respecting this statement, Mr. Owen
observes, that the jaw described by Dr. Godman is that of an im-
mature individual, retaming on the left side the first small molar,
and therefore affords no proof of the persistence of the two in-
ferior tusks in the adult animal, or evidence of the accidental na-
ture of the absence of the left tusk in the mature jaw. With regard
to the specimen in the cabinet of the University of Virginia, he
says, that if this belong to a mature animal it would be an unique
specimen, and might be paralleled with cases on record of two
projecting tusks in the male Narwhal, and considered by all na-
turalists to be accidental. Mr. Owen further calls attention to the
figure of the specimen in pl. 27. fig. 2. of the Transactions of the
American Philosophical Society (vol. iv.), where only the right tusk
is represented, the left being merely indicated by a dark spot of cor-
responding size, of the nature of which the text is silent.

Respecting the symphysial portion of the jaw exhibiting the alve-
oli of two tusks, both much smaller than the alveolus of the right
tusk in the presumed male Mastodon’s jaws of corresponding size,
and considered by Dr. Hays to constitute a distinct variety, if not a
new species of Tetracaulodon, Mr. Owen considers it to be the jaw of

* Proceedings, American Phil. Soc. October 1841.

Botanical Society of London. 153

a young female Mastodon in which the obliteration of the tusks had
not been completed. 7

A lower jaw without tusks, considered by Dr. Hays to have been
a young Mastodon, but with ‘‘the chin slightly broken, so that it is
impossible to determine whether it had the foliated termination so
conspicuous in the adult ;’’ Mr. Owen remarks, that notwithstanding
the prominent end of the symphysial part containing the chief por-
tion of the tusk-socket is wanting, yet ‘‘ two foramina are recognized
at the anterior part of the chin,” and these, he observes, must be
either portions of the alveoli of the tusks, or the canals of the nerves
and vessels for the tusks in these alveoli.

- Thus, Mr. Owen says in conclusion, all the examples which seemed
to show that the genus Mastodon at no period of life possessed tusks
in the lower jaw, and that the genus Tetracaulodon was characterized
at all periods of life by two projecting tusks in the lower jaw, become
invalidated on a close inspection, and enter into the series of facts
which support the proposition that the Mastodon giganteum has two
lower tusks originally in both sexes, and retains the right lower tusk
only in the adult male.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
November 18th, 1842.—Adam Gerard, Esq., in the Chair.

A paper was read from George Clarke, Esq., of the Island of Mahé,
on the Lodoicea Sechellarum*. ‘The Lodoicea of Sechelles is an inter-
tropical plant peculiar to the Sechelles Archipelago, where it grows
naturally in two islands only, Praslin and Curiense. Praslin lies north-
east of Mahé, distant twenty-one miles; Curiense to the north of
Praslin, and is much smaller; a deep arm of the sea, from one to two
miles in breadth, separates these two islands. They lie between 4°
15’ and 4° 21'S. lat. and 55° 39’ and 55° 47’ E. long. In the other
islands of this Archipelago there are but few Lodoiceas, which have
all been planted, and only two or three appear to thrive. The trunk
or stem of the Lodoicea is straight, and runs to the height of eighty
or ninety feet, terminated by a splendid crown of winged, palmated
leaves; it is only from twelve to fifteen inches in diameter, and so
flexible that it waves to the slightest breeze. When the wind is
moderately strong the huge leaves of this giant palm are clashed to-
gether with an astonishing noise. ‘The outside of the stem is very
hard and compact, but the interior is soft and fibrous. The leaves,
winged and palmated, open like a fan, and in the early growth are
more than fifteen feet long, without reckoning the foot-stalk, which
is as much more. In the mature trees the leaf-stalk is not more
than eight or ten feet long; and the whole leaf does not exceed
twenty feet in length by ten or twelve in breadth, and is entirely
destitute of thorns.

The nascent leaves are enveloped, till the period of their expan-
sion, by a thick covering of cottony down of a nankeen colour; but
this is occasionally wanting. ‘The unanimous testimony of the in-

ba A very interesting account of this plant by Mr. Clarke, illustrated by
wood-cuts, will be found at p. 408, vol. vi. of this Journal.—Eps. ]

154 Botanical Society of London.

habitants of Praslin proves that each tree produces only one leaf a
year, and “as three leaves occupy about eight inches of the trunk,
and twenty years expire before that appears above the surface, a tree
of eighty feet in height must be about 400 years old.” The flowers,
about twenty in number, succeed each other one at a time, but oc-
casionally two. The nuts are two-lobed, and sometimes two nuts
are enclosed in one husk. Three-lobed nuts are very rare, but some
are met with; and it is said that specimens with five lobes have been
found. The form of the nut is very singular, and cannot be com-
pared to that of any other production. Two highly remarkable cir-
cumstances in the history of the Lodoicea are, the duration of its -
blossoms and the period necessary for maturing its fruits; for the
latter, seven or eight years are required. The Lodoicea grows in
every variety of soil, but delights most in the vegetable mould of the
deep gorges of the WaouHeAINE: It is, nevertheless, found on the bare
mountain-tops, and forms a very conspicuous and remarkable object
in such situations. It is curious that the vegetation of the nut is
prevented by burying it, but if suffered simply to rest on the earth
in a situation not too much exposed to the sun, germination readily
takes place. The fruit in its unripe state is an agreeable and re-
freshing aliment; when ripe it yields oil. Its germ furnishes a very
sweet food.

November 29.—Sixth Anniversary Meeting. J. E. Gray, Esq.,
F.R.S., &c., President, in the Chair.

The Report of the Council was read, from which it appeared that
thirteen new members had been elected since the last Anniversary,
and that the Society consisted of 152 members. The donations to
the library had been very considerable.

Many valuable parcels of British and Foreign plants had been re-
ceived, and the return parcels sent to the members had given the
greatest satisfaction.

Mr. Edwin Lees had forwarded an Herbarium of the Malvern
Hills, accompanied by many very valuable remarks upon the geogra-
phical distribution of the plants of the neighbourhood; and it was
hoped next year to report the receipt of other local herbaria now in
course of formation for the Society.

Amongst the most valuable parcels received during the past sea-
son, may be mentioned a large collection of British plants, from Mr.
Hewett C. Watson, comprising upwards of 5500 specimens ; also
numerous Jersey plants, from Mr. G.H. K. Thwaites; a large col-
lection of Shropshire Rubi, from Mr. H. Bedwell; 300 specimens of
Bupleurum falcatum collected in Essex, from Mr. EK. Doubleday ; and
numerous specimens of Lastrea cristata, collected in Norfolk by Mr.
B. D. Wardale, and presented by that gentleman.

Numerous specimens of Mosses, Lichens, and Algze had been re-
ceived.

Foreign Plants.—These form a valuable part of the Society’s col-
lection, and comprise plants from North and South America, British
Guiana, New South Wales, Cape of Good Hope, Sierra Leone, China,
and various other parts of the world.

The more interesting plants are 350 species collected by Mr. R.

Microscopical Society. 155

H. Schomburgk in British Guiana; 250 species collected by Dr.
F. Krauss in Natal, South Africa; many thousand specimens col-
lected in North America by Dr. Gavin Watson ; and numerous spe-
cies from South America, presented by Dr. C. F. P. von Martius.

The Museum had been enriched by specimens of sections of wood,
seed-vessels, barks, &c. &c.; many of them purchased at the sale of
the Botanical Museum of the late A. B. Lambert, Esq., and pre-
sented by some of the members.

The Report was unanimously adopted, and a ballot then took
place for the Council for the ensuing year, when the Chairman was
re-elected President, and he nominated J. G. Children, Esq., F.R.S.
and Hewett C. Watson, Esq., F.L.S., Vice-Presidents. Mr. E.
Doubleday, M.E.S., Mr. G. Francis, F.L.S., and Mr. J. G. Mitchell,
M.E.S., were elected new members of the Council in the room of
Dr. Meeson, Mr. G. Cooper and Mr. W. H. White, who retire from
the Council in accordance with the rules of the Society.

Mr. J. Reynolds, Mr. G. E. Dennes, F.L.S., and Mr. T. Sansom
were respectively re-elected Treasurer, Secretary, and Librarian.

MICROSCOPICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

At a meeting of this Society held December 21st, 1842, Professor
Lindley, President, in the Chair, a paper was read from the Rev. J.
B. Reade, entitled ‘‘ Microscopic Chemistry, No. 1, on the Existence
of Ammonia in Gum, Sugar, and other ‘non-azotized bodies.’”” A
second paper was read by H. H. White, Esq. of Clapham, ‘“‘ Ona new
species of Xanthidium found in flint which he had named Xanthidium
tubiferum aculeatum,” and was characterized by having the tentacula,
which were twelve in number, quite pointed and free from any ap-
pendages whatever ; it measured ;45th of an inch from the extre-
mities of the opposite tentacula, and the specimen was afterwards
exhibited to the Society. Arthur Hill Hassall, Esq. then read a
paper entitled ‘‘ Observations on the Production of Decay in Fruit
by means of Fungi” (continued). ‘The author, after stating that in
order to set aside any doubt which might exist of the power of Fungi
in producing decay in fruit, he had inoculated sound fruit whilst on
t e tree, and found that the decay was as rapid as in those speci-
mens which had been previously removed from the tree. He con-
tended that the mere binding of fruit was not sufficient of itself to
cause decay, but that the presence either of fungi or of the sporules
of fungi was necessary before the decay could take place.

Jan. 18, 1843.—J. S. Bowerbank, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair. A
paper was read from that gentleman ‘‘ On the Structure of the
Shells of Molluscous and Conchiferous Animals*.”’ The researches
of the author into the structure of the organic tissue of the Corallide,
published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ part 2, 1842, suggested
to him the idea of pursuing a similar course of investigation into the
nature and origin of the testaceous coverings of the Mollusca and

[* A paper on the Chemical Components of Shells by Dr. Carpenter was

read at one of the late meetings of the Royal Society, which we shall notice
in a future Number.— Eps. ]

156 Microscopical Society.

Conchifera. He commenced his researches during the spring of 1842,
and the first subject for examination was the young cartilaginous lips
of the common Garden Snail, Helix aspersa; subsequently he has
directed his attention to the testaceous coverings of numerous spe-
cies of adult univalve and bivalve shells. The general results of the
examination of the lips of the Garden Snail were as follows :—The
newly-formed lip was found to consist of a thin yellow-coloured
horny substance, with a number of minute globular vesicles (incipient
cytoblasts and cells) in various stages of development, with a nucleus
very visible by means of a power of 600 linear in the greater number
of them; these cells were most numerous on the inner side of the
lip, or that part in contact with the shell; the young shells were trans-
parent, but in the neighbourhood of these there may be seen aggre-
gated together smali patches of a deep yellow colour, which appeared
as centres of ossification. Besides these other cytoblasts occur, which
are developed in the form of tessellated cellular structure, which ulti-
mately form a minute vascular tissue which is imbedded in bands cor-
responding in their direction with the lines of growth of the shell ; as
these tissues approached maturity, the periostracum advancing from
the old lip covers them and binds the whole firmly together. The
examination by transmitted light of thin sections of univalve shells,
made by the lapidary, afforded but little information of their true
structure; but fractured surfaces at right angles to the outer and
inner planes of the shell, and either parallel or at right angles to the
lines of growth, when examined by the Lieberkuhn, exhibited three
distinct strata uniform in the nature of their structure but alterna-
ting in the mode of their disposition : each structure is formed of in-
numerable plates composed of elongated prismatic cellular structure,
each plate consisting of a single series of cells parallel to each other.
The structure of bivalve shells is rather more complicated than that
of univalves: the interior surface of some specimens exhibits a thin
stratum of columnar basaltiform cells at right angles to the natural
surfaces of the shell, whilst the upper is dense, uniform, and composed
of numerous thin laminz parallel to the natural planes of the shell;
in other species the inner surface of about half the substance of the
shell is composed of numerous thin calcareous strata, whilst the outer
half presents the appearance of numerous basaltiform columnar cells
having their planes at right angles to the surface of the shell: several
other differences in the arrangement of the cells in other genera
were then given. The author went on to describe a minute vascular
tissue which embraced some of the elongated prismatic cells and
gave them a striated appearance. Minute canals corresponding to
the Haversian canals in bone, only much more minute, were also to
be seen in some specimens; the author then alluded to the fact that
there must be of necessity some vascular connection between the
animal and its shell, although he had at present failed in detecting
any. He concluded by describing the mode of reparation of injured
parts, which was found to be precisely similar to the formation of
the new lip in Helix aspersa, as before described.

Beautiful figures of the principal structures described accompanied
the communication.

Royal Society of Edinburgh. 157

ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

January 9, 1843.—The followmg communications were read :-—

1. «On the Growth of the Salmon ;” by Mr. John Young, Suther-
landshire.

Mr. Young has here taken up the subject of the Salmon’s growth
where it was necessarily left off by Mr. Shaw. So far as the earliest
or freshwater state of the fish is concerned, he entirely agrees with
the observer just named. He then states the various opinions which
prevail regarding the more or less rapid growth of smolts and grilse,
and shows by tabular lists (the result of frequently repeated experi-
ments) that the increase in their dimensions is extraordinary so soon
as they descend into the salt water. So far back as the months of
April and May 1837, he marked a number of descending smolts, by
making a peculiar perforation in the caudal in by means of small
nipping-irons constructed for the purpose. He recaptured a consi-
derable number of them ascending the rivers as grilse in the course
of the ensuing months of June and July, and weighing several pounds
each more or less, according to the difference in the length of their
sojcurn in the sea. Again, in April and May 1842 he marked a
number of descending smolts by clipping off the little adipose fin
upon the back. In June and July he caught several of them return-
ing up the river and bearing his peculiar mark, the adipose fin being
absent. Two or three specimens were exhibited to the Society. One
marked in April and recaptured on the 25th of July weighed 7 lbs.,
the other marked in May and recaptured on the 30th of July weighed
34lbs. As the season advances grilse increase in size, those being
the largest which abide the longest in the sea; they spawn in the
rivers after their first ascent, and before they have become adult
salmon.

Mr. Young also described various experiments instituted with the
view of showing the transition of grilse into salmon. He marked
many small grilse after they had spawned in winter and were about
to redescend into the sea. He recaptured them in the course of the
ensuing summer as finely formed salmon, ranging in weight from 9
to 14 lbs., the difference still depending on the length of their so-
journ in the sea. He has tried these experiments for many seasons,
but never twice with the same mark. A specimen marked as a grilse
of 4 lbs. in January 1842, and recaptured as a salmon of 9 lbs. in
July, was exhibited to the Society: it bore a peculiarly twisted
piece of copper wire in the upper lobe of the caudal fin. Those
marked and retaken in 1841 were marked with brass wire in the
dorsal fin. With these and other precautions, Mr. Young debarred
the possibility of any mistake as to the lapse of time. Both grilse
and salmon return uniformly to their native streams; at least it very
rarely happens that a fish bearing a particular mark is found, except
in the river where it was so marked. Salmon in the perfect state as
to form and aspect also increase rapidly in their dimensions on again
reaching the sea. A spawned salmon weighing 12 lbs. was marked
on the 4th of March, and was recaptured on its return from the sea
on the 10th of July, weighing 18 lbs. Mr. Young is of opinion that

158 Miscellaneous.

salmon rather diminish than increase during their sojourn in rivers,
aud he illustrates this and other points of his subject by numerous
experiments and observations.

2. “ On the Geology of Roxburghshire.” Part II. By David Milne,
Esq.,—the conclusion of a very interesting report.

MISCELLANEOUS.

MAIANTHEMUM BIFOLIUM.

Tuis very pretty plant, recorded as British in the ‘ Annals’ for
January, is a rediscovery and not altogether new to the British
flora. It has been already figured and recorded as English, but a
long while ago. In Gerarde’s ‘ Herbal,’ 2nd book, 90th chap. p. 409,
will be found a very characteristic portrait of it under the name of
Monophyllum or One blade. He classes it with his Wintergreenes
(Pyrole), and says ‘it growth in Lancashire in Dingley Wood, six
miles from Preston in Auldirnesse, and in Harwood near Blackburne
likewise.” “‘ It floureth in May, and the fruit is ripe in September.”
Let the Lancashire botanists look out for it next spring. It is strange
that Gerarde’s notice of it should have escaped our older botanists ;
and stranger still, that in the Linnzan Society’s copy it is marked
“ Convallaria bifolia”’ in Sir James E. Smith’s own handwriting,
apparently without his having noticed the localities given for it be-
low. In the south of Norway it is very abundant in pine-woods on
a gneiss soil*, and should be looked for in similar situations im the
north of Britain.—Epwarp Forsss.

DR. PATRICK NEILL.

There are few whose claims to public commendation are stronger
than those of Dr. Neill, who has been one of the most useful, but
least ostentatious, of Edinburgh’s citizens. At a late meeting of the
Caledonian Horticultural Society, Lord Murray proposed that the
members should at their first meeting in their new hall express their
sense of the obligations under which the Society lay to that gentle-
man for his distinguished and laborious services ; which was carried
by acclamation. In addition to this, it is proposed to request Dr. Neill
to sit for a bust, to be executed by John Steell, Esq., R.S.A. This
mark of approbation, however, should not be confined to the mem-
bers: the Doctor’s services as a citizen of Edinburgh, and the in-
terest he has taken in every public and benevolent undertaking, en-
title him to a more general compliment.

TO ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL COLLECTORS.

Mr. William Gardener, Dundee, will prepare during the ensuing
summer ‘‘ Botanical Parcels,” each of which ‘ will contain 500 spe-
cies of Scottish Phzenogamic and Cryptogamic plants, including as
many of the rarer species as possible, carefully selected, dried, named,
and localised ; and the charge, inclusive of printed labels, paper and

* It is also a common plant in the neighbourhood of Berlin, where it
occurs in profusion in the Park on a sandy soil.—W. Francis.

Meteorological Observations. 159

packing, will be 2/7.” Subscribers are requested to give in their
names as early as possible ; and we may add, that the good condition
and drying of former parcels of plants are borne testimony to by
Professor Balfour of Glasgow, J. G. Children, Esq., E. Doubleday,
Esq., &c.

THE COLLECTION OF BIRD-SKINS BELONGING TO THE LATE
DR. WILLIAM HOOKER.

This collection of bird-skins is to be disposed of; it consists of
from between 800 and 1000 specimens from various countries ; but it
is chiefly valuable for the number of Peruvian and Chilian species
which served Mr. Swainson for his descriptions in his “‘ T'wo cente-
naries and a quarter” and other works, and which would be valuable
for consultation in a public museum. Information regarding them
will be given by G. Wails, Esq., Newcastle.

PROFESSOR TRAIL’S MINERALOGICAL COLLECTION.

The Mineralogical and Geological collection of Professor Trail of
Edinburgh is to be disposed of, containing above 5000 specimens.
The mineralogical series contains about 3000 of these. The geo-
logical series is particularly illustrative of Scotland, Spain, Brazil,
Greenland and the Arctic regions, and among the fossil remains are
a set of the fossil fishes of the Orkney Islands, named by Agassiz.

=

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DECEMBER 1842.

Chiswick.— Dec. 1. Slight rain: overcast. 2. Densely clouded : clear and fine.
3. Foggy. 4. Foggy: overcast. 5. Light haze: very fine: foggy. 6—9. Foggy.
10. Overcast. 11. Foggy: clearand fine. 12. Rain: overcast and mild. 13.
Very fine: overcast. 14,15, Exceedingly fine. 16. Very fine: densely over-
cast. 17. Very fine. 18, 19. Foggy: clear and fine. 20,21. Hazy. 22. Very
fine. 22. Rain. 24. Very fine. 25. Clear: overcast and fine : stormy at night.
26. Cloudy and windy. 27. Rain: cloudy and damp: frosty. 28. Frosty:
clear and fine. 29. Densely clouded. 30. Cloudy and very mild. 31. Very
fine-— Mean temperature of the month 4°:12 above the average.

Boston.— Dec. 1—3. Cloudy. 4. Foggy. 5. Cloudy. 6. Foggy. 7. Cloudy.
8,9. Foggy. 10. Foggy: rain early a.m. 11. Cloudy. 12. Rain: rain early
AM. 13. Cloudy. 14,15. Fine. 16. Cloudy: rain p.m. 17—19. Fine. 20.
Cloudy. 21,22. Fine. 23. Cloudy. 24. Fine. 25, Fine: rainy. 26,
Windy: rain p.m. 27. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 28. Fine. 29. Windy. 30. Fine.
31. Windy : stormy p.m.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Rain: cloudy. 2. Showers: cloudy.
3. Clear: showers. 4. Cloudy: drizzle. 5,6. Bright: cloudy. 7. Cloudy.
8. Drizzle. 9. Fog. 10. Fog: cloudy. 11. Cloudy. 12. Rain: cloudy. 13,
14. Cloudy. 15. Bright: cloudy. 16. Bright. 17, 18. Showers. 19. Showers :
clear. 20. Showers: cloudy. 21, Cloudy: drizzle. 22. Showers. 23. Showers:
snow. 24, Showers. 25. Rain. 26, 27. Hail-showers. 28, 29. Cloudy.
30. Rain: drizzle. 31. Showers: frost.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Dec. 1, 2. Rain and wind. $. Fine and
fair. 4. Rain a.m.: cleared. 5,6. Rainepm. 7. Fair and fine. 8. Fair a.m.:
drizzly p.m. 9, Fair but cloudy. 10. Drizzly. 11. Fair: overcast p.m. 12. Wet
all day. 13. Storm: wind: rain: flood. 14. Rainp.m. 15,16. Storm: wind:
raine.M. 17, Fair. 18—23. Showersr.m. 24, Hoar-frost am. 25. Very
wet allday. 26. Veryweta.m. 27. Slight shower: frost p.m. 28. Frost a.m. :
rain pM. 29. Rain, butmild. 30. Rain and high wind. 31. Rain: cleared p.m.

The high temperature of December is remarkable, being nearly 10° higher
than the mean of the last twenty years, and 7° higher than Dec. 1841.

PP
“UBO

Ly
cr

+19-0

PF-F 16.2 | 88-0 92.0}"uNns

——S| ———— | —————_ |

£9.F¥ \LZ.SF |Z-GF | F-0S| LFF | $6-8E/ 08-6F| 6.1F | 2.09 | Sh [299.62 |E19.62 |692.62 | S¢2.62| 69.62 | 8E0-06 | OEI-0E | OZT.O¢ | ‘UROTT

Lg. \rrseesteeeesl zg, | cesses ‘u "MS “M *m |lava‘s| FE Ir 0s | 1g *S| o¢ FS | 9.09 | #.9¢ | €-1¢
6o. 09.0 [rete “m [rea 's| Sop [Scr | tp | $9 | 9.69] op | 9G | Z.ZF] 6.e¢ | 6.09
[T. reteeelttetee|eeseee “ma | “MS | fEh | OF | GE | If | Sr] OF | BF | F.SE] Z.8F | 0-ZF
(1. je abatwsloncces “A *m | 68 | IF |¥oe Sst | Ge] Ze | SP | Z-tE| 0.ZF | 0-G€
6L. "1 ¢9. | 10. ‘m | ‘s | oF | or | 1¢| Zp! sel oz | Ze | 0.4F | 9.09 | L8F
Te. “120. | Oz. ‘ms ['18A ‘S| Th | for | OF | OG | IG] Ip | TE | &.ZE| €.09 | 8.8F
Og, ceetelsertteleesees "MS *s Ze l€le | 1¢ | #8] gt | OS | 0.Ss | F-aF | 2-9€
0G. [tteeefteeeefeeeee| 269. | caw | tan “m | ‘tums | sg or | Se | spl] Ze} cz | OS | 2.98 | £.Zr | 2.98
8I. 9S.0 60. |¢Z0.| ‘s ‘mS | “Mm | “MS *s Zé | S€ | sr] OF] Te | OF | 9-2F | 8.E¢ | F-Lb
Ol. eeeeee eeaeee| seeeee "MS *s “M "mM *S OF CP Bg Lt CF —S 0.6% €.9¢ ZOG
ZO. |r 10. “~ ‘s “M “MS “M St | $F | &¢ I¢| gp | SS | 0.6€ | F.1¢ | §.TS
QO. "0" 10. "ms | *mss| ‘mM | ‘ms | ‘Ss 8h | tr | 6b | Lr| oF | SE | 0.68 | F.9F | 2.Sh
03. seescelesecee 10. “MS "MS “Mm “iM "mM fOr fog LE c.0F cs cr 0.6 0.OF §.6§
Ol. weecec|seereslsceses| soeres “Mm “MS ul[ed “mM "Ss {EP OF LE G.OF cE Lr §.6¢ Q.zS $.6E
Gle |°°"*"*|Q0. |*""°"; 090. | sm | “MS | wea! «mm | “MSS ey | OF | Oc | GF] IE | IG | Z-0S | 9.¢¢9 | $.0¢
sererag.gieetlag, [tet | eg ‘s | uyeo| «ms *s fpr for | og 8t| SF S¢ | Z2F | 9.F9 | 0.0¢
Ze treecelteeneeleecere *g "gs wl “5 "gs FS | 1¢ [$Q¢ cr | g¢ 9G | 8.OF | 0.¢¢ | §.8F
90. eeccce|tecscelccccce "g 3) wee "Ss "Ss SE SF c¢ LF O€ O¢ BOF G.Z¢ 8-6F
7¢. g ‘s |uyeo| -‘s | ‘as 8h | 0S | S¢ | FF] sp | IO | 8-8E| G.99 | 9.19
rites eases] 0, ‘ag *s | ‘ms ‘s ‘as oF | 1» | €¢ | Ze] og | 46 | 8-88] G.19 | $09
Decree! csescelaccece “35 ‘asa | ued | ‘as ore) er (ecg for 8&1 gE &p | §.ZE | 8.0F | 2-8
settee cesses] 50, ‘as | ‘asa | uiyeo| gs "as fer leer | Lp | er] ge | 6c | ¢.Ze | 0.cr | 8.Ze
QO. rrttetlecetes|eeeees "95 ‘aso | Wied | ‘as “M Or \€IF | SF 19.88] OF SP | 9.08 | Z.8F | Z.1F
Steere Meee “a ‘m |ujeo| «ms | “Mm os | cp $6 | Ge] te | Ze | 0.98 | 9.14 | &-ZE
10. *g ‘s |wmyeo| cs | ‘mw 8p er ¢Zr | sor] se | 6E |8.Ze| 8.cF | &.6€
NODES i (ance RS *s |uyjeo| ‘s | ‘ass fir | oF | 1¢ | OF | o¢ | OF | 8.0F | 9.09 | &.1F
Gecreslnccenelscenes mn ‘s | uyeo| ‘ms | ‘mss le | Le | 6F cr| 6€ | Go | O.br | 9.29 | Z.4F
seeeeelooeees *s ‘s) | mayeo:|| ss “M oS | Sb <6F |¢-908| 6 | ZS | FHF] 2.49 | LLP
sesecelecesecleocees| seeves | omy | sms | UUTeO | “MS "S oF | Ze | [Go |S.8F| op 6G | ¢.cF | §.99 | Z.0F
eae esacndliaatea| aqasae |i on e “ms | -¢s | ‘ass os 6b | Fo | SG| cE | Se | 8.6] 0.99 |0.z¢
renews! 10), ‘as._-| ‘ass | uyeo|] ‘°s ‘as tr | 6& | 79 | FF] ZG | FE | SEF] 0.19 | Z.6F
Sees salle. | ¢ OG) Ma le oles eS 2 | 2 |wpl-xw |s 2
BQuel ei E las] Soler] w | -2| oS] se]s2/F |e lesl B | Faye gs
Era 3/2 | 2 Siar | Se | Be fea) s S| Ete ediigour: | i ety
Sole sho = eer 35 aoe ae) ce ray ‘yOIMpuesg | “arrys 38
BS)" & ee ee | ° 8 ee ee | as ‘KouyiQ |-yung |* > | OMstuo | ‘sa + uopuoTy
Ulery put; *19JOULOW IY J,

—_—_ |_|] ——| —_ |.

————— | | —_——

‘Is
‘0g
‘6G
"8S
"16
0%
"cZ
"t ~P
"SZ
GS
ale

AM Histo Nw

66.62 | St.6% | $6.62 | F9.62 | SF.6z | 9F0.0€ | 8Z1.0¢ | FFT.0€
F¥-6G | 88.6% | 92-62 | 02.66 | $9.62 | TOT.0€ | G1Z-0 | Zas-0E
08-6 | F1.6Z | 68-62 | 19.62 | 29.62 | ZI1.0€ | FZT.0E | 2S1.08
£9.6Z | 19.62 | $2.62 | 2.62 | 69.6% | 626.6% | FF1-0€ | 00.0
GE.6G | GI-6Z | SF-6S | T1-6Z | 06.86 | 12.62 | 199.6z | FOE.6%
98-82 | 29.82 | 10-62 | 96.82 | £0.62 | IF 1.6 | 8FS.6z | 99¢.6z
2Q.8G | €8.8 | $1.66 | $8.62 | ZF.6z | 699.62 | S18.6z | SF8.6%
€F-66 | 92.62 | 09.62 | OF.68 | $1.62 | 169.62 | F52.6z | 969.6z
00-62 | 96.82 | 06.62 | 26.6 | 1-62 | 199.62 | F19.6z | 9E9.6z
60.62 | 9€.62 | ZF-62 | 62.62 | 69.6 | $S8.6% | F91-0¢ | F6T.0€
08-62 | 26.62 | 00.0€ | 01.08 | 82.62 | $82.08 | 80z-0E | 8zE.0E
84.6Z | 00.08 | [1-08 | ZI.0¢ | 28.62 | Z1g.0E | Z6E.0¢ | O&F.0¢
68.62 | 60.0€ | GI-0& | 9Z.0§ | 66-62 | 8Ft-0E | S8F-0E | SI¢.08
@6-6z | €2.62 | O1-0€ | 06.62 | ¢Z.6z | 18z-0€ | ZOF-0§ | F1g.0¢
9S.6Z | F€.6% | 08-66 | 69.62 | Z8.6z | 288-62 | 021-08 | 200.0
&¥-62 | 92.62 | 19-62 | 2.62 | 09.62 | GS6.6Z | 860-08 | 060.08
29.6% | 6F.66 | 02-62 | 12.62 | S¢.6z | 160.0€ |'901-0€ | FO1-08
89.62 | FZ.6 | 2.62 | 18.6% | 99.6% | $20.08 | 880-.0E | FFI-0S
89.62 | 8F.62 | 09-66 | 89.62 | FF.6¢ | 666.62 | 210-08 | 9Z0.0€
1f.6Z | ZF-66 | &¢-62 | 8E.6% | FE.6z | 208.62 | ZEG.6z% | 0Z8.6z
08.62 | 86.6% | 19.62 | Z8.6z | 99.6z | 168.62 | Z10-0¢ | 920.0
£0.08 | 81.08 | 00-08 | 20.0 | $8.62 | SOT.0€ | ¢0z.0¢ | 09z.0¢
88.08 | 6€.0E | 22-06 | 0E.0E | 00.08 | Z8z-0 | Z6E.0E | FSF-0E
GE.0E | 11.08 | 8Z-0E | ZZ.0E | 96.62 | 68E.0E-| FOF.0E | GFF-0E
16.62 | $6.6 | T1-0€ | 90.0 | 98.62 | 60¢.08 | E&S.0E | 0S¢E.0E
90.0€ | 81.0 | $0.0 | £0.08 | $Z.6z | 014-0 | EZS-.0E | F9z-0E
ZL-0€ | 06.62 | 10-06 | 86.6% | $8.62 | 1Z.08 | 262.0 | FFE-0€
84.62 | 92.6 | £0-0 | G1-0€ | €0-0€ | LFE.0€ | Q0F.0E | FSF-0E
00.08 | €2.6G | F1-0€ | F6.62 | €9.6Z | 00.08 | z88.0E | 0SZ-0E
79.62 | 0S.6Z | $2.66 | 8S.6z | 8SF.6z | 8Z0.0€ | 620.08 | OTT-0¢
88.62 | 09.62 | 06.6% | 29.62 | 99.62 | 266.62 | Z10.0 | 290-0
‘urd |*ure | ‘urd | ‘we * :
w | a | 6 | 6 [Se] UW | ew oss
= 2 S aa
*yormpues “ays 38 : Bes
dong -salyuinqg | °° PTSD ae
“19,901

AQ:
+ 3
cia

|
|

Seen
jo skeq

‘asunyyy ypinoajyddy yo ‘requncy * AA *A9Y ay) &9 SNoLsog yw ‘Iwo A “AIA 49 fuopuory avau ‘MOIMSIHD 7D Aya

"LANWUGO ‘asunpy younpuvgy Jv Suoysno]D Cd *AdY 947 2Q pup AUIHS-saTUIWA

220

i JDLnynIysopy ayy fo UaPLDH ayz JD
uosdwoyy “ayy 49 ‘ uoyeqoy “A ‘Amjasoag qunysisspy ay7 hg ‘NOaNO'T ‘hya100g yohoy ayy fo suampindpy ay} J apo suorpvasasgg Jo2s0j0L09ja/AT

On the Ist and 15th of each Month, Price Sixpence, ( Stamped Sevenpence,)
THE

CHEMICAL GAZETTE;

R,

JOURNAL OF PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY,

IN ALL ITS APPLICATIONS TO

PHARMACY, ARTS AND MANUFACTURES.

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM FRANCIS ann HENRY CROFT,

Late Students in the Universities of Berlin and Giessen.

The object of the Editors in undertaking the present Journal, is to
furnish all who are practically engaged in Chemistry—the Druggist,
the Chemical Assistant, the Manufacturer, indeed, all who may be
occupied in the application of Chemistry to Pharmacy, to the Arts and
Manufactures, and to Agriculture—with a clear and comprehensive
view of all that occurs, on the Continent as well as in this country,
relating to the Chemical part of their pursuits, which they trust they
may be enabled to accomplish, from the opportunities they have had
of studying in the laboratories of Rose, Mitscherlich and Liebig.

The interesting discussions and speculations which attend upon the
progress of philosophical and theoretical Chemistry as a branch of In-
ductive Science, find their appropriate vehicles in the pages of those
able and long-established Journals which are conducted upon a plan
sufficiently extensive to afford space for contributions so essential to
the advancement of knowledge. But whilst their value and import-
ance are fully admitted, there still appears to be required a Journal
suited equally to the wants of the practical as to those of the scientific
man ; and it is hoped that by the present work this deficiency may be
supplied. To a very large class of persons for whom information on
the improvements in Chemical and Pharmaceutical processes may be
desirable, Toe CuemicaL GAZETTE is designed to furnish the earliest
and most correct intelligence; and at the same time it will be the aim
of the Editors to make the work not altogether unacceptable to the
pure Chemist, by reporting on papers of a truly scientific nature.

Particular attention will be paid to any improvements in Analytical,
as well as in Medical and Pharmaceutical Chemistry. New works will
also be reviewed ; and a comparative examination will be given of the
Pharmacopeeias of different countries.

It is presumed, that by the publication of Two Numbers in the
Month, the object of furnishing early intelligence will be satisfactorily
accomplished ; whilst the very moderate cost will make it accessible
to atl classes of purchasers.

Communications and Advertisements should be addressed to the
Editors of * Tur CuemicanL GAzeETTE,”’ to the care of Messrs. R.
and J. KH. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

The Seventh Number is just published, and the Editors have to
acknowledge the great encouragement which the work has already
received.

LONDON :
PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold also by Hieuiey, 32 Fleet Street; Taytor and WAtTon, 28 Upper Gower Street ;
and by all Booksellers and Newsvenders.

THE CHEMIGAL GAGETTA

CONTENTS OF PART I.

INTRODUCTION. Page
Table of the Elementary Bodies, with their
Symbols and Atomic Weights ........sses00s 3, 89

SCIENTIFIC AND MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY:
On the Testing for Arsenic in cases of Poison-

TEs ecuinsdaia fats SAMAR Se We tek eabie doh Kens 4, 59, 60
On the Conversion of Ligneous Fibre into
Starch, by Prof, Gziebig ici. cencessecases RU ef
Op Diet: Fo iterain on Wb bac a tgeedh'syro Kine Wolds 04 8
On Glucinium and its Compounds..........0.00. 9
Pilrid.of the Spina DYME 6. cid. teteicdens ages 10
Solubility of the Sesquioxide of Iron in Car-
DONATE CEA TAMONIG ".....c00cseeccennsaedecgess 10
Analysis of the Gall-stone of a Sheep......... 11
Action of Sulphuretted Hydrogen on an Acid
Solution of Zinc and Arsenic Acid ......... 11
On the Conversion of Cinnamic Acid into
Peppers Are SEs nh Ly ch tiewe d's deb ohbv ent 29
On Allantoin and Allanturic Acid.........s0s00s 30
Passage of Iron into the Urine...........ce0 as Woe
On Artificial Musk, by M. Elsner..........cse0 32
Calculi from Intestines of Horses ......sesseeees 35
Carbonate of Potassa an Antidote for Arsenic 35
Uric Acid in the Urine of Cattle ...........000- 36
The Vomitif Purgatif of Leroy......scscecsseees 36
MICA Gere MN GEIS whi coun cn cendervevcddcrtaada 36
On Urea, and on the Non-existence of Lactate
Ot Trea WAMBO URC eo csisspsene oagasensdents 57
On fie Oxidesor Omichyle ,......c0rccecncenses 61
Urine during Pregnancy ......ssesscovscseesees 61
On the Red Colouring Principle of Cactus
Opuniic, Wig NEW itistein-...siesnenssscsesess 62
Reduction of Salts of Platina by Zinc ....... « | Ue
Superacetate of Soda in the Wrappings of a
Mummy, by Dr. H. Johnson........... fo meneame
On Lithofellinic Acid, by M. Wohler ......... 85
On a new Compound of Iodine and Oxide of
Léad,' by Me Durand’: ih. Win saddelsiiiies ceae 87
Tests and Antidotes for Bromine ....... eaoqhs eae
Bline Wri fayis a eiokn ts ag adscensedenrares take oka 89
Composition of native Boracic Acidof Tuscany 90
Artificial Ultramarine | 2.id.clii.cdevecesdeaoeaees ~
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY:
Separation of Chloride of Magnesium from the
Chlorides of Potassium and Sodium......... 11
Separation of Zinc from Nickel and Cobalt... 12
Separation of Lead from Bismuth............0++ 13
Tests for Iodine and for Copper .......s.eese0. 13
On the Use of Cyanide of Potassium ...... 36, 65
On the Use of Hyposulphites ...........sceses 40
Solubility of the Sulphates of Lime and Stron-
tia in Chloride of Sodium ..........eese00e rte)
On the Use of Glass of Borax in Analysis ... 91
Pest for Mapnesia | sukeuvts sso saasewenuns cee 93
Test for Frotosalts of Tron... .....cccseasesesesss » 94
Test for certain Vegetable Alkalies ......csss0. 94
PHARMACOLOGY :
Adulteration of Satfrom’......0. J adveesews octonede 14
. On the Barks of Commerce ......... 14, 41, 70, a
GUATRBYING «1.00. ska go eget peb ink tnadae Sane oboe a
On Copaiva Balsam, by M. Vigne.........see00. 73
Test for Alcohol in AEthereal Oils ..........0. 74
On Cralivamenn.. .55.', .s.dcpuciecsaveeakeSaepeaecagee 95
Best time for collecting Roots se deaseems seaneaen 100
CHEMICAL PREPARATIONS:
Preparation of finely divided Calomel.......... 17

of Hyperchloric Acid.....

eesseeeces 17.

Page
Preparation of Pure Sulphuric Acid............ 18
of Chloride Of ZimC.cs.cscscsoovevess Lim
of Pure Potassa and Soda......... 18
Unguentum contra Tineam ....+.. seer saiaipiew == si< 19
Employment of Sulphuret of Iron in Cuta-
neous Diseases. \...cceesneasenenenae ean ees 19
Preparation of Acthers .,.cecctbumaeaeememesse <> 20
Preparation of the Lactate of Iron .........+6. 46
of Oxide and Sulphate of Zinc... 47
Syrupus Olei Jecoris ...csccecseee eases, EO
Tinctura Rhet viadsdysixersuscnecnsteaiaapenssles's os 48
On Basic Iodide of Zinc......:isaa saliaiereen tes. 20
Preservation of Lunar Caustic ........ses.ss000. 48
Verbena officinalis .....scecseees TEAL. ces 48
On the different Methods of PeRE eee Iodide
of Potassinm: \;ycasaceeasaanine vhigtee mE ECnaN ig 50

Finely-divided Tartar Emetic . Seevehentekeceass |
Ferruginous Effervescing Powders ............ 78
Tinctura ferri acetici @therea ssrcccsecscvessese
On the best Methods of preparing the Butter

of Aritimony \ i. .:teseceeteene es Daiwa cetera, LOU
Preparation of Ferrocyanic Acid .......ssse.00+
of Ferrideyanide of Potassium...
CHEMISTRY APPLIED TO ARTS AND MANU-

FACTURES:
Theory of Saponification, by Prof. Liebig...... 19
On the Preparation of Ultramarine ............

On the Manufacture of White Lead............ 49
Purple of Cassius ..... - doenieate TB epee hae oo 2 ae

Preparation of Selenium .......cccsseccsese
On the Preparation of Carbonate of Barytes,
and its Use in the Manufacture of Soda ...
Preparation of Caoutchouc
On the Compounds of Carbon and Iron, Gad
how to determine the Carbon in Cast Iron,
Steel, &c.
Manufacture of Sulphuric ‘Acid from Gypsum
CHEMICAL SociETy or LONDON:

On Heat of Combinations .....csccccsseseeseseees 80
On Pyrogallic Acid ....... Ppa gee aamieti aeaeeas ee ee
On Analyses for Nitrogen .......ssssseceees 81, 111
On Astringent Substances......sccccsscscecceeves 109
On Galvanic Action ......... witht « Bere apegererces, 1 LU
On Acthogen and AXthonides....... A REE : ae

Saline Manures containing Nitrogen .........
REVIEWS:
Elements of Chemical Analysis, by E. A. Par-

Ttell, Eisqe. 5» ¢scsssc Nae dail aeen bi anaeenaseycis 25
Toxicological Chart, by W. Stowe oiiaje sc... 53
Selecia'é Praseriptis yc... vest dddna beds tebe Bd see's 54
English Patents, by A. Pritchard ........ dateccs 54
Easy Introduction to Chemistry, by G. Sparkes 55
Turner’s Elements of Chemistry .......... Seine! Om
The Pocket Formulary,. <..so/ss-k-useact dor... Sal

Gas Meters, their Unfairness demonstrated. . 83
The Literary and Scientific Almanac ......... 84
Is Selenium a true Element? by S. Piesse ...

PATENTS FOR IMPROVEMENTS IN CHEMICAL

PROCESSES:
Improvements in the Manufactory of Sulphu-

RIG WROTO ..', 55. conecet eee Pe PP Sistitass | a
in Tanning ..i:<s.01eddeseeaeeeeeen ss 28
in preparing Oils and Fatty Matters 55
—— in the Argand Lamp. gijes.es.sa0-% 56
— for removing Wool and Hair from
GEUGS oo. 50. codecs don cle sce asinine eee means aeae” ae
84

Published in Parts, at intervals of 3 or 4 months, price 6s. each Part,

SCIENTIFIC MEMOIRS;

SELECTED FROM THE
TRANSACTIONS OF
FOREIGN ACADEMIES OF SCIENCE AND LEARNED
SOCIETIES, AND FROM FOREIGN JOURNALS.

EDITED BY

RICHARD TAYLOR, F-\S.A., F.L.S., &c.

In addition to the encouragement which this work has received
from various learned bodies, and especially from the Royal Irish Aca-
demy, its objects have now been essentially promoted by the aid of
the Committee appointed by the British Association for the Promo-
tion of Science, for the purpose of procuring the translation of Foreign
Scientific Memoirs, consisting of Col.Sabine, Robert Brown, Esq., Rev.
F. R. Robinson, D.D., Sir J. F. W. Herschel, Prof. Wheatstone, Sir D.
Brewster, Prof. Owen, Prof. T. Graham, Prof. Miller, Sir W. Jardine,
and Prof. R. Graham, Fellows of the Royal Society, under whose direc-
tion several of those now published have been selected and translated.
Part XI., which is just published, contains the following Memoirs :
Dr. C. G, Enrenserce on numerous Animals of the Chalk Formation which are still
to be found in a living state. With Four Plates—M. A. Pe.tiser’s Inquiry into the
Cause of the Electric Phenomena of the Atmosphere, and on the means of collecting
their Manifestations.—M. Meutoni on the Cause of the Differences observed in the
Absorbing Powers of Polished and of Striated Metallic Plates, and on the application
of these Principles to the Improvement of Calorific Reflectors. —Prof. Lupwic Moser
on Vision, and the Action of Light on all Bodies.—Prof. Lupwic Mosrr’s Remarks
on Invisible Light.—Prof. Lupwia Moser on the Power which Light possesses of be-
coming Latent.—Abstract of some of the principal Propositions of Gauss’s Dioptric
Researches.—An Account of the Magnetic Observatory and Instruments at Munich :
extracted from a Memoir entitled ‘Ueber das Magnetische Observatorium der Kénigl.
Sternwarte bei Miinchen, von Dr. J. Lamonr,’ Director of the Observatory.

Published on the last day of every Month, Price 2s. 6d.
THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE,
AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE;
Being a Continuation of Tilloch’s ‘ Philosophical Magazine, Nicholson’s ‘ Journal,’
and Thomson’s ‘ Annals of Philosophy,’ and the ‘ Edinburgh Journal of Science.’
Conducted by

Sm DAVID BREWSTER, K.H. LL.D. F.R.SS. L. & E. &c.
RICHARD TAYLOR, F.S.A. L.S. G.S. Astr. S. &c.
RICHARD PHILLIPS, F.R.SS. L. & E. F.G.S. &c.
ROBERT KANE, M.D. M.R.LA.

Tue Philosophical Magazine commenced in the year 1798, and has
been carried on uninterruptedly to the present time, in three series,
the second of which, in continuation of the Annals of Philosophy, be-
gan in 1827, and the third, or present series, in 1832, being a continua-
tion also of the Edinburgh Journal of Science. The original articles
it contains are contributed by our most distinguished men of science,
whether natural philosophers, chemists, geologists, astronomers, or
mathematicians, and include many discussions of the most important
questions in all branches of physical inquiry. It also comprehends
notices of the labours of continental philosophers, especially in che-
mistry, both organic and inorganic, electricity, and mineralogy; and

the Proceedings of the Royal, Astronomical, and Geological Societies,
with selections from those of the Royal Irish Academy, and other
societies both British and Foreign; together with the Memoirs and
Proceedings (at large) of the Chemical Society, of whose publications
the Philosophical Magazine is the official medium.

The Second Series, in eleven volumes, with a general Index; and
the Third or present Series, in twenty volumes (with a general Index
to the first twelve), may be had at the office ; also a complete set, from
1798 to 1842, in one hundred volumes.

Published on the last day of every Month, Price 2s. 6d., with Plates,

THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY AND GEOLOGY ;

(Being a Continuation of The Magazine of Zoology and Botany, of Sir W. J.
Hooker’s Botanical Companion, and of Loudon and Charlesworth’s Magazine.)

CONDUCTED BY

Sir W. JARDINE, Bart.—P. J. SELBY, Esa.,
G. JOHNSTON, M.D.
C. C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A.—J. H. BALFOUR, M.D.,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.

Ir has been the aim of the Conductors of this work to effect the
establishment of a permanent and comprehensive Journal devoted to
the whole science of Natural History, each branch of which should
be viewed as essentially connected with the others by principles and
facts common to all. The ten volumes which have been already com-
pleted will show how far they have hitherto succeeded, both in making
known in this country the labours and discoveries of foreign Natura-
lists, and in placing before them regularly and expeditiously in return,
the valuable labours of our own countrymen in this department of
science. In what degree this Journal has been efficient for this pur-
pose will appear from the multitude of references to the original com-
munications in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, which
are to be found throughout the pages of the most distinguished foreign
journals, and by the number of those articles which they have adopted
for insertion.

The following notices may be appealed to as showing the estima-
tion in which the work is held in other countries :—

“This Journal occupies, from the value and quantity of its contents, a place among
the principal and best-conducted Journals devoted to Natural History.”—Archiv fur
Naturgeschichte : Berlin, 1841.

“The ‘ Annals of Natural History ’ now incorporates the Magazine successively
conducted by Messrs. Loudon and Charlesworth, and is becoming in England, what
the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ has long been in France, an index of the active
occupations and results of the observations of the zoologists, botanists, and geologists
of the country.” —Calcutta Journal of Natural History, October 1841.

‘There can be no doubt that the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History ’ will
sustain the same high position in the various departments of which it treats as each
of the Journals of which it is composed did previous to their union ; and it would seem
strange if it should not rise above it.”—Stlliman’s American Journal of Science and
Arts, Vol. 35. No. 1.

“The Annals of Natural History, one of the richest journals in original articles: it
moreover contains the proceedings of Scientific Societies, notices and reviews of En-
glish and Foreign works.”—Sundewall’s “‘ Arsherdttelser om Nyare Zoologiska Ar-
beten:” Stockholm, 1841.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 69. MARCH 1843.

XXV.—On a new Genus of Algz belonging to the family of
the Nostochine. By Gero. J. Autman, A.B., L.R.C.S.L,
Secretary to the Dublin Microscopical Society *.

[ With a Plate. ]

In the early part of October 1842, I observed a substance of
a pea-green colour abundant in the water of the Grand Canal
Docks near Dublin. This substance was unequally distri-
buted; being in some places collected in large quantity, while
in others the water was quite free from it. It consisted of
flocculent unattached masses varying much in size and occu-
pying very different depths, some floating upon the surface,
while others were observed suspended in the water, and might
be traced downwards till the depth alone concealed them from
the sight.

The general appearance of these masses, so far as their me-
chanical arrangement was concerned, might remind one of
certain substances in the act of precipitation from their solu-
tions, as camphor when undergoing precipitation from alcohol
by the addition of water, or soap when separated by an acid
from an aqueous or alcoholic solution, or perhaps still more
of the curd of milk when diffused through the uncoagulable
part of the fluid. In some places the green matter had been
left by the retiring water upon the stones of the margin, and,
here drying, had assumed a beautiful bluish green or verdigris
colour without lustre.

On subsequently visiting the Canal Docks at several differ-
ent periods, I observed that the substance under consideration
appeared sometimes in but very small quantity, while on other
occasions it was to be seen much more abundantly. This ap-
pearance and disappearance of the green matter would seem
to be independent of the direct rays of the sun, and is pro-
bably the result of barometrical and other meteorological in-
fluences.

* Read before the Society on the Ist of December 1842.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

162 Mr. G. J. Allman on a new genus of Algze.

Connected with the Dock is a deep shaft partly filled with
water. The shaft is covered over with boards, so that the
light is almost totally excluded. Into this some of the green
substance had made its way, and on bringing up some of it
in a phial, I found that it differed from that in the open dock
in being of a duller green; in other respects I could detect
no difference. I mention this as it illustrates an important
fact in the physiology of the green matter, and would appear
to establish the influence of light in the development of its
colour.

Under the microscope this singular substance is seen to
consist of exceedingly minute, simple, moniliform threads, with
the globules composing them of uniform diameter, and the
threads themselves variously but elegantly curved, and grouped
together without order in a gelatinous matrix.

The green substance of the Dock then is a minute Alga of
the family Nostochine, and evidently comes very near to the
genus Anabaina of Bory Saint Vincent, and still nearer to an
Alga discovered by Mr. Thompson in Ballydrain lake in the
county Antrim, and which he names “ Anabaina? spiralis,”
referring it doubtfully to Bory Saint Vincent’s genus*.

From Anabaina of Bory Saint Vincent, the present Alga, as
well as that of Mr. Thompson, differs in the uniform size of
the articulations, Bory’s genus being characterized by larger
globules occurring at distinct intervals in the series. Were
the size of the filaments to be considered of generic import-
ance, there might perhaps be found in their great minuteness
in the plant now under consideration another distinctive cha-
racter. The mere size however of the filaments is scarcely of
sufficient importance to entitle it to the rank of a generic cha-
racter, yet, when taken in conjunction with others whose im- —
portance must be admitted, it may materially assist us in
forming an opinion as to the real systematic rank of the Alga.
It must be recollected too, that in the minuteness of the fila-
ments the Anabaina impalpabilis is perhaps equally remark-
able, a fact, which, if the plant last named be a real Ana-
baina, would deprive this peculiarity of all value as a generic
distinction.

The absence however of the enlarged articulations in the
Alga of the Canal Dock is.a very obvious character, and upon
the whole I consider myself justified in establishing for it a
distinct genus, in which the Anabaina? spiralis of Thompson
will also find a place. I suspect too that Bory’s A. impalpa-

* See a very interesting paper by Mr. Thompson “ On a minute Alga

which colours the waters of Ballydrain lake near Belfast.”—Ann. Nat. Hist.
vol. v. p. 75.

Mr. G. J. Allman on a new genus of Alge. 163

dilis would be better removed to the new genus, as in the de-
scription of the species no allusion is made to the enlarged
globules, and as in the minuteness of the filaments as well as
in its general habit, it corresponds closely with the subject of
the present paper and with the 4.? spiralis. With respect
however to the right of A. impalpabiilis to occupy the ground
assigned to it by Bory I speak with no certainty, nor would
my present knowledge of the plant at all justify my meddling
with it.

The only plant entirely corresponding with Bory’s genus
which I have had an opportunity of examining in a recent
state is the Anabaina membranacea, specimens of which I ob-
tained in the neighbourhood of Dublin last spring. This spe-
cles possesses very distinctly the dilated globules; and in the
large size of the filaments, and the general character and ha-
bit of the plant, is so completely different from the Alga of the
Canal Dock, that I feel certain that any one who has once
seen the two will not hesitate as to their complete generic
distinction.

To the genus which I propose establishing for the reception
of the present Alga, as well as for that of Mr. Thompson, I
have given the name Trichormus: it may be characterized as
follows :—

TRICHORMUS.

Frond free, of indeterminate figure, consisting of simple, mi-
nute, moniliform, curved threads with articulations of uni-
form size, immersed in a gelatinous matrix. Name from
OpiE hair, and dpyos a necklace.

1. T. spiralis, Thompson. Plant either diffused through the
water or floating on the surface; filaments of a rich green
colour and regularly spiral; when dried on paper of a dull
green without lustre.

Colouring the water of Ballydrain lake near Belfast, Mr.
W. Thompson. July to October.

2. T. incurvus, mihi. Plant either diffused through the
water or collected on the surface; filaments of a pea-green
colour, crowded together confusedly in a gelatinous mass, va-
riously curved but never regularly spiral, assuming when dried
a fine verdigris-green colour without lustre.» Pl. V.

In the Grand Canal Dock, Dublin. October.

The difficulty experienced by naturalists in assigning to
many of the lower Algz their exact rank among organized
beings, renders any investigations into the structure and phy-
siological history of these doubtful organisms of peculiar in-
terest. So impressed was Bory Saint Vincent with a belief

2

164 Mr. G. J. Allman on a new genus of Alge.

in the animal nature of the beings which constituted his ge-
nus Anabaina, that he hesitated not to remove them from the
vegetable kingdom. The peculiar motion of reptation which
he describes them as possessing, and which he compares to
the crawling of worms, would appear to be the chief grounds
on which he assumes their animality, and he also tells us that
the analysis of Vauquelin and Chaptal is entirely in favour of
the animal nature of the Anabaine. 7

In the Alga which constitutes the subject of the present
paper no such motion could be detected, and the same ap-
pears to have been the case with the spiral Alga of Mr. Thomp-
son. In all the observations which I have had an opportu-
nity of making upon the green matter of the Canal Docks, the
vegetable nature of this substance would appear to be fully
borne out. The probability of its green colour depending on
the influence of light has been already mentioned, and this
fact, though not decisive, would yet go far to abolish any claim
to animality. The phznomena attendant on the spontaneous
decomposition of the Alga are altogether coincident with the
same view. When a large mass is placed in a limited quan-
tity of water, decomposition soon sets in, the green colour be-
comes duller, and finally assumes a dirty ferrugimous hue,
while the microscope can now no longer detect any trace of
the original moniliform structure. A disagreeable odour is at
the same time exhaled; but this odour is altogether different
from that of decomposing animal matter, and possesses a purely
vegetable character.

In the paper already alluded to, Mr. Thompson makes a
similar remark with respect to the Alga of Ballydrain lake, the ©
odour of which, in a state of decomposition, he compares to
that of water in which flax had been steeped (see ‘ Annals,’
vol. v. p. 78).

So far observations are in favour of the vegetability of the
Trichormi; at the same time however it must not be forgotten
that these curious organisms would appear to possess the power
of changing under circumstances their specific gravity, being
sometimes observed collected in large quantities upon the sur-
face, sometimes suspended for a considerable depth through
the fluid, and sometimes the whole mass will be found to have
sunk to the bottom and disappeared, again to rise to the sur-
face when circumstances favourable to its appearance should
occur.

All these phanomena, however, wonderful and unaccount-
able as they are, would hardly justify us in attributing them to
spontaneity; they are in all probability dependent on ex-
ternal causes, possibly of a meteorological character, and are

On Defective Organization among the Araneidea. 165

certainly quite distinct from real animal motion. In an inter-
esting memoir by Morren* on the genus Aphanizomenon, this
botanist ascribes to the agency of electricity motions some-
what similar to those of the Trichormus: Morren’s paper is
ingenious and well worth perusal, but it must also be admitted
that his theory is based on insufficient grounds, and his analo-
gies rather far-fetched and fanciful. :

I have to notice also the occurrence in company with the
Alga just described of the Aphanizomenon incurvum of Mor-
ren, the only record of which as a British plant is that of Mr.
Thompson of Belfast, who discovered it in Ballydrain lake in
July 1838 (see ‘Annals,’ vol. v.). Shortly after this it was also
found in the pond of the Dublin Zoological Gardens by Miss
Ball, who possesses specimens from that locality in her col-
lection.

In investigating the subject of the present paper I have
been enabled to examine dried specimens of Mr. 'Thompson’s
Alga. For the opportunity thus afforded me of comparing
my plant with the authentic A.? spiralis, I am indebted to
the kindness of Miss Ball, whose valuable collection that lady
obligingly allowed me to examine, and by whom I was libe-
rally supplied with any specimens I might require.

XXVI.—WNotice of several Cases of Defective and Redundant
Organization observed among the Araneidea. By Joun
BLACKWALL, Ksq., F.L.S.

Amonce the numerous difficulties with which arachnologists
have to contend in their endeavours to acquire a correct know-
ledge of the Araneidea, the great liability of those animals to
run into varieties, and the close resemblance which some spe-
cies bear to.others, are not the least formidable ; indeed, as cir-
cumstances conducing largely to the introduction of fictitious
species on the one hand, and to the confounding of those which
are distinct on the other, they have proved fertile sources of
error and perplexity. Ample evidence of the accuracy of this
statement may be obtained by a careful comparison of the
writings of those naturalists who hold the highest rank as
authorities in this department of zoology.

A considerable share of attention having been bestowed
upon variations in the colour and size of species, resulting
from differences in age, sex, food, climate, and other condi-
tions of a less obvious character, while those arising from ex-

* Histoire d'un genre nouveau de la tribu des Confervées nommé Aphani-

zoméne; lu a l’Académie Royale de Bruxelles le 2 Décembre 1837.—See
Annals, vol. v. p. 82.

166 Mr. J. Blackwall on Cases of Defective and

traordinary organic modifications, in consequence, perhaps, of
their less frequent occurrence, have been almost entirely over-
looked, the purport of the present communication is to illus-
trate by a few examples the importance which cases of the
latter description possess in relation to physiology and syste-
matic arrangement.

1. In March 1835, I found, under a piece of rock in a wood
near Oakland, Denbighshire, an adult female Theridion filipes,
Blackw., exhibiting an anomaly in organization which I never
witnessed before in this order of animals; it had a supernu-
merary eye situated between the two small ones constituting
the anterior intermediate pair, the total number of eyes pos-
sessed by this individual being nine, and their arrangement
symmetrical.

2. An immature female Thomisus cristatus, captured at
Oakland on the 20th of July 1835, had the two lateral pairs
of eyes only, the four small intermediate eyes being altogether
wanting, not the slightest rudiment of them being perceptible
even with the aid of a powerful magnifier. The size of this
spider was about one-fourth less than that of an adult.

3. In the summer of 1836, I took an adult female Lycosa
campestris in my father’s garden at Hendre House, Denbigh-
shire, which had a short but perfectly-formed supernumerary
tarsus connected with the base of the tarsal joint of the right
posterior leg on its outer side.

4. An adult male Lycosa Cambrica, Blackw., taken in a
marshy piece of land in a wood near Oakland in May 1839,
was quite destitute of the right intermediate eye of the ante-
rior row.

5. I captured an adult female Epeira inclinata at Oakland

on the 29th of August 1842, which was entirely without the
left intermediate eye of the posterior row, and the right inter-
mediate eye of the same row was not half the usual size.

6. An adult female Ciniflo atrox, Blackw. (Clubiona atrox,
Walck.*), taken near Hendre House on the 14th of Septem-
ber 1842, wanted the left intermediate eye of the posterior
row.

7. A collection of spiders made by Mr. Hamlet Clark near
Towcester, Northamptonshire, in the autumn of 1842, and
obligingly submitted to my inspection, contained an adult
female Epeira inclinata, whose right intermediate eye of the

* For the circumstances which have led to the separation of Clubiona
atrox and other species from the Drasside and Theridiide, and to the esta-
blishment with them of the new family Ciniflonide, see the Transactions of
the Linnean Society, vol. xviii. p. 606 et seq.

Redundant Organization among the Araneidea. 167

posterior row was not one-eighth of the natural size, being
merely rudimentary.

The particulars detailed in the foregoing cases, which serve
to establish the fact, that spiders, in common with many other
animals, occasionally exhibit instances of anomalous structure,
derive no small degree of interest from their novelty ; but when
it is borne in mind that all the examples except one have refer-
ence to those important organs the eyes, important, not only
as regards the function they perform, but also on account of
the extensive use made of them in the classification of the
Araneidea, that interest becomes greatly augmented.

Spiders with six and eight eyes have long been known to
arachnologists, and Mr. MacLeay has recently published an
account of one or two species discovered by him having two
eyes only*. That spiders possessing four eyes will be found
at a future period, when this neglected branch of natural sci-
ence shall be more extensively and zealously cultivated than it
has yet been, is highly probable ; it becomes a matter of some
consequence, therefore, to caution observers against mistaking
a mere defect in structure, like that recorded in case 2, for
such a discovery. Had the female Thomisus cristatus, in
which that defect was noticed, been an undescribed species,
and the only individual obtained, not a new genus alone, but a
new family and tribe also would probably have been proposed
for its reception f.

Whether there are spiders provided with an odd number of
eyes or not is a more doubtful conjecture ; should such exist,
symmetry in the arrangement of their visual organs certainly
may be expected to obtain; consequently, cases 4, 5 and 6,
which present instances of an odd number of eyes disposed
irregularly, would be regarded at all times with suspicion.
Against case 1, however, no such objection can be urged; and
as the spider there introduced to notice was undescribed when
captured by me, I should have felt much perplexity in assign-
ing it a place among the Araneidea, had I not been so fortu-
nate as to procure other specimens of it at the same time.

Interesting chiefly in a physiological point of view, cases 3
and 7 show that a liability to irregularity in structure is not
limited to the eyes, and that those organs are subject to pre-
ternatural variations in size as well as number.

I shall not attempt to speculate upon the cause of the or-
ganic modifications which form the subject of this article; to

* Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. ii. pp. 3, 4.

+ The difference in the number of eyes with which spiders are provided
has been proposed as the basis of their distribution into tribes. ‘Trausactions
of the Linnzan Society, vol. xviii. p. 602.

168 Mr. C. C. Babington on a new species of Carex.

attribute them to accidental circumstances would be, not
merely to acknowledge ignorance of the matter, but to express
that ignorance in most objectionable terms. The obscurity in
which the origin of these remarkable phenomena is involved,
careful investigation, conducted upon sound philosophical prin-
ciples, can alone dispel.

XXVII.—Description of a new species of Carex found near
Hebden Bridge in Yorkshire. By Cuaruzs C. BABING-
ToN, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.*

[With a Plate.]

Ir is now nearly two years since Mr. 8. Gibson of Hebden
Bridge was so kind as to forward to me a Carex, which he
had reason to believe would prove to be an undescribed spe-
cies. At that time he had only ventured to publish it in
Baines’s ‘Flora of Yorkshire,’ as a variety of C. cespitosa
(Gooden.), but in his letters to me he expressed a decided
opinion that it was distinct from that species. Although con-
vinced that it was indeed distinct from C. Goodenovii (C. cz-
spitosa, Gooden.), it is only within the last few days that I
have been enabled to examine its characters with the requi-
site care to qualify myself to publish it as a true species, and
to study the descriptions and figures in the works that treat
of this genus, so as to be enabled to say with confidence that —
it is an undescribed plant. As I have convinced myself of this,
I have now the pleasure of naming it in honour of its disco-
verer, than whom no person can be more deserving of com-
memoration by means of a plant of this genus, to the careful
study of which he has long and successfully applied himself.

Carex GiBSONI.

C. spica mascula solitaria, femineis 2—4 oblongis basi attenuatis,
infima breviter pedunculata, bracteis foliaceis, stigmatibus 2, fruc-
tibus lanceolatis in rostrum breve integrum attenuatis multinerviis
gluma 4 longioribus, acheniis late-obovatis apice rotundatis api-
culatisque. Pl. V.

C. cespitosa, 3. chlorocarpos, Gibs. in Baines’s Fl. of Yorkshire, p.143.

Root creeping. Stems 6—8 inches high, triquetrous with
flat or concave faces, the angles rough towards the top. Leaves
from near the base of the stem, and usually about equalling it
in height, flat, slender, shghtly rough at the edges and mid-
rib beneath, particularly towards the end. Bracts without

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Dr. Richardson on the Ichthyology of Australia. 169

sheaths; lower rather broad, leafy, often overtopping the
spikes ; second long, setaceous ; the rest small, short. Spikes
lax below, scarcely an inch long. Glumes oblong, blunt, pur-
plish brown with a broad green band up the midrib, at least
one-third shorter than the fruit; on the barren spike paler
and obovate-lanceolate. Perigone nearly twice as long as the
nut, gradually narrowing from below the middle to the top,
pale green, with numerous and rather strongly marked ribs,
which do not extend to the apex ; beak very short, truncate,
entire. Nut compressed, rather longer than broad, widening
upwards, rounded above, with a short somewhat conical beak,
from which the style is deciduous, pale brown, opake.

Found at Wood Hey near Hebden Bridge, Yorkshire, in
1840, by Mr. S. Gibson of that place: flowering in June.

In C. Goodenovii (C. cxespitosa, Gooden., Sm.) the fruit is
elliptical and very slightly longer than the glumes, the nut
roundish and rather broader than long, the glumes purple
with a slender pale green keel.

In C. cespitosa (C. stricta, Gooden., Sm.) the fruit is elliptic-
oblong, and the same length as the glumes.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

a. Glume of the female spikes.
b. Fruit, pericarp including the nut. ce. Nut.

XX VIII.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By
_Joun Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of
Hospitals, Haslar.
[Continued from p. 28. ]

SERIOLA CULTRATA, Knife-edge Seriole.

Sciena cultrata, G. Forster, No. 212; J. R. Forster, MS. iv. 9, apud Schn.
Cichla cultrata, Bl. Schn., p. 3438.
‘Scomber clupeoides, Shaw, Brit. Mus. [The Se. clupeoides of Broussonnet
is a Cybium, C. & V. viii. p. 178.]
Tuis fish was taken with a hook off Norfolk Island on
Cook’s second voyage. It differs from the other Seriole de-
scribed in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ in the extremely acute
under surface of the head, in the first dorsal being continuous
with the second, though lower, and in other particulars. We
must refer to Schneider for J. R. Forster’s account of it, but
it is to be regretted that he does not state whether the vomer
and palate-bones are toothed or not. The following particu-
lars are drawn from an inspection of George Forster’s figure.
The pectoral fins are small and somewhat falcate. The ventrals
are also small, and are attached by their internal borders to the belly,

170 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

at the fore-part of a groove, which runs backwards to the anus. The
first dorsal is low, nearly even, and contains eight spines, which are
united to each other and to the second dorsal by a notched mem-
brane that reaches above their middles. The drawing also indicates
a short spine at the base of the first ray of the second dorsal, though
only eight spines in all are enumerated by Forster. ‘The fore-part
of the soft fin is the highest, and forms a rounded peak, rising
abruptly one-fourth above the succeeding rays, which become gra-
dually and evenly shorter. The last ray is not elongated. The anal
spines are stronger, and nearly as long as the dorsal ones, and are in
like manner connected by a notched membrane to the soft part of the
fin. This is similar in form to the opposing dorsal, excepting that
it wants the projecting peak at its beginning. Both it and the se-
cond dorsal stand in a furrow formed by a low fillet of integument on
each side. The caudal is deeply forked. The following is Forster’s
enumeration of the rays:—Br.6; D. 8|24; A. 3/26 ; C. 223 Vieas
P. 15. In the figure 26 rays are marked in the soft dorsal. The
lateral line is moderately curved over the pectoral. The length of
the specimen was 84 inches, and the figure is of the natural size.
The following front view will give some notion of the wedge-shaped
form of the head.

CAPROS AUSTRALIS (Nod.), Australian Boar-fish.

In Polack’s account of New Zealand, John Dories are enu-
merated among the fish which frequent the coasts of that
promising colony, and there is much probability of his having
correctly applied the name, since we find that Dories closely
resembling the common species, if not actually the same,
exist in the seas of Japan and the Cape of Good Hope, in
nearly similar latitudes. Among the drawings which Dr.
Lhotsky caused to be made of the fish of Port Arthur in
Van Diemen’s Land, there is a well-executed figure of a fish

the Ichthyology of Australia. 171

which appears to possess external characters intermediate
between those of Zeus and Capros, but which, from the absence
of spiniferous shields at the bases of the dorsal and anal, and
on the ventral line, must necessarily be placed in the latter
genus. Hitherto only one species of Capros has been de-
scribed ; itis an inhabitant of the Mediterranean Sea; but one
example of it has been taken on the coast of Cornwall. The
Australian species does not seem to have been seen by any of
the naturalists of the English or French scientific expeditions,
probably because it inhabits great depths, like its Mediter-
ranean congener, and is brought to the surface only by
storms.

-'The body, excluding the trunk of the tail and much of the head,
is a regular short oval, whose vertical axis, lying between the first
dorsal and anus, is equal to rather more than two-thirds of the lon-
gitudinal one. The trunk of the tail is longer and more slender than
that of either Zeus faber or Capros aper.

In the general shape and details of its head the resemblance is
greater to the common dory than to the boar-fish, though the snout
is more protractile than in the latter. ‘The figure represents the jaws
thrust out and extended, and, from the transparency of the integu-
ment, the forms of the bony parts are well shown. Their close cor-
respondence with the same parts in Zeus faber gives confidence in the
general correctness of the artist, though he has doubtless omitted
some of the minute details which were not likely to attract the no-
tice of any one except an ichthyologist. ‘The under jaw does not
project beyond the upper one when the mouth is open; the maxil-
lary is wider below and more broadly and obliquely truncated than
in the dory. ‘The scaly cheek has the high subrhomboidal form of
that fish, and the narrow smooth preoperculum makes an angle
nearly as obtuse and approaching to a curve: near its anterior end
a rounded shoulder is shown, looking backwards. The interopercu-
lum, as large and as long as in the dory, is slightly curved on the
edge like an italic S. The eye, smaller than that of the European
boar-fish, though a little larger than that of the dory, is surmounted
by a superciliary crest and cranial ridges, exactly as in the latter,
but the little spine on each side of the occiput does not appear in
the figure. The gill-flap is rounded; none of the opercular pieces
are streaked or furrowed, nor are any spines shown either on the
scapular or humeral bones. There are three small scaly patches
behind the eye, on the site of the supra-scapular plates.

Rays :—Br. 6?; D.7|—18; A. 2/—17; C. 13; V. 15.

The pectorals are small and rounded. The ventrals are also
rounded, and attached farther back than the pectorals, as in Capros :
a groove is shown in the belly of the fish, reaching to the anus, for
their reception when folded back : the spine is very little shorter than
the soft rays, and is not represented asrough. The separation of the
two dorsals is as complete as in the common dory. The first dorsal
is farther back, and occupies less space than in either the dory or

Ig Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

common boar-fish. It stands over the anus and is very tall, though,
as it has been curtailed of its proportions in the figure, owing to the
smallness of the paper, its exact height cannot be stated. The first
ray is the longest, and the others decrease in succession to the last,
which is short: none of them are represented with filamentous tips.
The membrane ends at the base of the very short ray which begins
the second dorsal. ‘The rays of the second fin increase gradually
but slightly as they become more posterior. ‘There appear to be two
anals, as in the dory, of which the first is very small, consisting of
only two spines: the second spine is only half the length of the first,
and no membrane is shown connecting it with the second fin, which
resembles the soft dorsal in form. In drawing the simple tapering
dorsal or anal rays of a dory the articulations are very likely to be
overlooked, as is the case in the figure we are commenting upon.
The caudal fin is very slightly rounded, as in the dory.

The scales are represented as considerably smaller than in the
common boar-fish. ‘The lateral line is more boldly curved, and ap-
proaches nearer the dorsal line anteriorly; posteriorly it descends
very gradually to assume a straight course through the tail.

The general colour is a pale straw-yellow, with much metallic
lustre, without spots. The fins are pale carmine, and there is a
carrine blush on the fore-part of the back, with deeper tints of the
same on the tips of the scales, top of the head, scapulars, and some
parts of the muzzle. The gill-membrane is deep lake-red, and there
are some purplish tints on the gill-flap and humeral bones.

The figure is said to be of the natural size, and measures

Dimensions. :
inches. lines.
From the lips, with the jaws protracted, to the end of caudal.. 10 6
—_— —— — —_ ——_ ——— base of ditto... 9 38
Leneth of trunk of tail ..50....0esesbes consonants nuceaseseneedgeneneee Liss
Bheteht of ith so 5 620s iis Gives Lins eedeesonbebas «ses .f eee 0 7
Cs DOD Y oie evepeatecdccevesesoecacns osnangteeada eee sae
Lensthof head, jaws protruded \.....:..3..s.cccesss ance eeee eee 3°38
Diarneter oF Onbi6 (30a ves 20 cas i ieee besa sale wds phen tense eeeeee 0 8
From lips: to edge,.Of Orbit. ....-ecscvescensin dana} aeuaic Spann stan 2 33

AMPHACANTHUS NOTosTiIcTUS (Nob.), The Loorooga.

No. 17. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This Amphacanthus is named “ Loorooga” by the natives
of the country round Port Essington, and is said by Mr. Gil-
bert to be common to all the shallow parts of the harbour.
In general form it resembles marmoratus, and still more nearly
guttatus, but it is unlike the latter and some of the spotted
species allied to it in the form of the profile of the forehead,
which is not concave above the orbit, but evenly convex.
From dorsalis, which exhibits a similar disposition of spots, it
differs in the spots being black instead of whitish.

The profile, excluding the fins and a small part of the tail, isa
regular oval, whose vertical axis rather exceeds half the longitudinal

the Ichthyology of Australia. L732

one, and is equal to one-third of the total length of the fish. The
regular curve of the forehead corresponds with the part of the back
on which the soft dorsal is set. There is no gibbosity either before
or behind the eye, and the space between the eyes is convex trans-
versely as well as longitudinally, its breadth being increased by the
projection of the edge of the orbit at its anterior angle. The con-
vex scaroid intermaxillary projects a little from the general curve of
the head. .

The length of the head is rather more than one-fifth of the total
length, or exactly one-fourth when the caudal is excluded. ‘There
are about fifteen teeth in each intermaxillary, and one more in each
limb of the lower jaw. ‘The upper teeth are notched at the tip, one
point being larger, lanceolate and denticulated; the other point,
shorter and standing at the shoulder of the other, is concealed by
the integument when in situ. The lower teeth are also notched, but
the points are scarcely so acute, and the larger one does not exceed
the other so much. They are also irregularly denticulated. There
are two frontal ridges, which are visible in the dried specimen, to-
gether with a faint indication of a mesial one, which must be quite
imperceptible in a recent fish. ‘The hind head is marked, over the
posterior angle of the eye, with short winding lines, forming a sort
of rustic-work, and there are also some ridges and pits on the pre-
orbitar and two following bones of the chain. The projecting an-
terior edge of the orbit shows faint crenatures under a lens. The
posterior half of the cheek is minutely scaly. The limbs of the
preoperculum meet at an acute angle, and the upper limb is nearly
twice the length of the lower one; the corner is scarcely rounded,
and lies under the anterior quarter of the orbit. The surface of the
bone is marked by irregular branching streaks and ridges, as is like-
wise the operculum down to its lower third, which, with the inter-
operculum and suboperculum, is smooth. The bones of the humeral
chain are finely and deeply striated. The gill-opening extends for-
wards beyond the angle of the preoperculum.

Pave: —)), 13/10; A. 7/9; C.174; P.15; V. 2/8.

The pectoral has an oblique edge and rounded tip, and measures
about one-fifth of the total length. The dorsal contains thirteen
spines exclusive of the anterior couchant one. The first spine, as in
the other species, touches the base of the second one, and is upwards
of one-third shorter than the rest, which differ little from each other
in height, the eighth, however, being the tallest, and the others de-
creasing very gradually each way. ‘The spines are transversely com-
pressed, with lateral sharp edges and acute tapering points. They
lie alternately to the right and left when recumbent, and the mem-
brane is attached to the alternate edges. Each of them is deeply
impressed by two, or even three, longitudinal furrows. ‘The arti-
culated portion of the fin is rounded, its middle rays being highest
and overtoppmg the spines. The anal is similarly formed. The
caudal fin when fully spread is lunate on the margin, the depth of
the arc being about one-third of the length of the central rays. The
height of the trunk of the tail is one-fifth of that of the body. The

174 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

lateral line curves like the back, but nears it slightly in its progress,
and changes suddenly to a straight course through the tail. It is
formed by a series of simple linear elevations which become conti-
nuous towards the tail; two or three next the shoulder emit ob-
lique folds upwards. All the scales,are small and firmly imbedded
in the integument.

The colours of the specimen are faded, but blackish dots are di-
stinctly seen on the sides. ‘They coalesce into short curved lines
on the back, become,smaller as they descend beyond the lateral
line, and disappear altogether above the level of the pectorals. ‘There
are vestiges of dark shades on the spinous parts of the dorsal and
anal; the rest of the fins appear to have been pale and spotless. A
pale band, of a pearly hue in the dried specimen, runs obliquely for-
wards and downwards from behind the eye, and includes the gill-
cover, preoperculum, and the scaly half of the cheek. ‘Two or three
short bars run back from the preorbitar over the scaly part of the
cheek.

DimeEnstons, inches, lines.
Length from upper lip to extremity of upper caudal lobe ......... 8.2
Sa Se ET under: ditto... 3:21 .$secceeaee (ae
CaSO ie St Rein iraa base of caudal....: cae 6 3
eM net be A) atin 1 Pees So beginning of anal ......... 3 10
a oe ees VETS nies bo cee 2 AS
se ventralis: .\.s..120s ae 2 4
WE PEORO. EUG: | al Late ean tly besa ae dorsal. ..c...4..35 eee pa
——_— —_—__ —________—__——- upper angle of gill-opening 1 8
—____-—_—_——-—— centre of eye ..........eeeee as
Dong diameter of orbit 20.622. ..ccedcdee den decdeondenaoh ence emmamne 0 6
Wertreal atta es jcc colels cad ed eedics Weeds eek eee 0 4
Height,of body before anal :2y...05...5 485 sas ces netaeese gene ane Z 10
trmrk. Of Ci) viociicis. cae ceswh se ds. yuh sneeaaitys een ae
ROME AE ICEO:. < cisls ss pic cass. vins'n.s opines sine ot eaisinae ene st 0 5
CONS AL LUIS o's xs nine te slv''s 0 «0:0 sain cis 0 3.08,010 9 sien de RR 4 8
spinous part of Gitto .......ssesscssssescccedsanve- sseuswens 3 6
Soft part Of AILEG. 02. ..scsconecccesssereset ses te hey eenmnme Ins
Height of eighth dorsal spime . (...0.s0+ sedeicesdaceeee pap eeg ae 011
SOCOM AGO nc 0.45 a aiek scat neeaamivion docles vin: cattle aaa 0 9
a ——— thirteenth 62. idtei ce ceceaccdesien as sil saeeds ence ds Sinem 0 9%
———— middle rays of soft dorsal ...........cecesceceeesceeeeeeees i
———— third anal spine ............cceseeecsneeceeceee cencenceacees 0: 112
Seventi Gitte °0.2....7sccfeses donnee auct evened eeneeeeneanan 0 102
— middle soft rays of ditto .\.:....3.:...:.:00eyecen pean 1. 0
Length of pectorals 3... .c.cce.sssseebs.scsscteessdeuelhoet seen 1 6
exterior. ventral Spine... ....:.0...<teocipdaes sean Le
—— Inibertor ithe 220). {ae a. saplagpekes cic cee 010
—— —— caudal lobes .......cccecccccecceccecceteecseeceneeeveseseuce 1 8
+. Central caudal rays... 2. cause JepenhSahten siecle sdeahenaeen Lao
Depth’ of, caudal motels. iti.0..oise.casWieitan« WEILL 5 ho odm eS cae 0 4

AMPHACANTHUS GYMNOPAREIUS (Nob.), Naked-faced
Amphacanthus. __

No. 14. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This species, the ‘ Nurdoot’ of the aborigines of Port Es-

the Ichthyology of Australia. 175

sington, inhabits the quiet secluded bays of the harbour,
where the water is shallow and the bottom soft and sandy.

It is a more elongated species than the preceding one, has a more
slender tail, and possesses on the whole a neater form, its profile
being very similar to that of Harpurus inermis of Forster, of which
a drawing exists in the Banksian library*. The vertical height of
the body is contained thrice and one-third in the total length. The
vertical fins are lower than in the preceding, the spines are not so
strong nor so acutely furrowed, and the soft parts of the anal and
dorsal are less rounded, being rather highest anteriorly. The caudal
is forked to the depth of one-third of its length; the pectorals are
short and rounded. The profile to the commencement of the dorsal
is very slightly arched, or almost straight, and the forehead is flat-
tened transversely. A central ridge running from the occiput to
between the nostrils is visible in the dry specimen ; it is faintly fea-
thered by minute streaks. The lateral ridges are short and indi-
stinct. The thin, anterior crest of the orbit projects more suddenly
and acutely than in the Amphacanthus notostictus, and it is more di-
stinctly serrated. ‘The cheek is entirely destitute of scales, and there
are very few on the temples. ‘The limbs of the preoperculum meet
at a right angle; the upper one is shorter than in nofostictus, and
the more rounded and minutely serrated corner is consequently
brought farther back, being placed under the posterior third of the
orbit. The occiput may be said to be minutely granulated rather
than furrowed, and the pits and streaks of the suborbitars and oper-
cular bones are delicate and indistinct. The furrows are more evi-
dent on the humeral bones, but even there they are less deeply im-
pressed than in notostictus.

The teeth of the upper jaw are notched with unequal points, the
larger point being denticulated. In the lower jaw the points of the
teeth are still more unequal, one being placed at the base of the
other. .

Rays :—B.5; D.13)10; A. 7A. ee OBR Wee 3 Es V. 2/3.

If any peculiar patterns of colour are exhibited by the recent fish,
they have entirely disappeared in the prepared specimen, the only
colour remaining being an uniform dark reddish brown. The fins are
colourless and spotless. In the absence of any peculiar markings [|
have relied on the nakedness of the cheek as a specific character,
though I have not been hitherto able to verify its importance by an
examination of other species. The fish selected by the authors of
the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ as a type of the genus is described as
having the cheek and temples covered by innumerable little scales,
and nothing is said of any of the other Amphacanthi differing in this
respect. We have seen that the Amph. notostictus has the anterior
half of the cheek naked, and in the present species it is wholly so.

Dimensions. inches. lines.
Length from upper lip torts of eaudal lobe (2. eee
eed base of caudal fin..........ccsseceseceos 6 7%
—_— SUGL ~ . nadard poate Teter one ree eal oa dav ek be. oi &

* Amphacanthus punctatus, Bl. Schn. p. 210; Cuy. et Val. x. p. 146.

176 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

Dimensions (continued). inches, lines.

Length from upper lip to anus’ of 0... ccscssesecenvereesssedquuenaiaat 2 8%
PA VETIEVAIS igs one vee nseresssveceesens samiiime De

a Corsa ee ee eee co 1 got

——_—_—_______—— tip of gill-cover............ccceceeeeeeeee i 2
——-—- centre Of eye s..02.60. SiO ee Hee
Diameter of orbits . yis.s0s--tanpdsbeedepitaebes ceebee eeahingscoe seumeem 0 6
Length of caudal lobe. .; :. 1... ss0<de> sysnameeharevele Spices ; | vOna ara 1 11
central caudal rays... J.) .%cade ages semdine- fbsdun es agaeeal 1 0
Depth of caudal fork ic... capes cecwees dan saepheypasace mamaria saan 0 9
Length of pectoraly. 5.0. ssass see ssemangeasmayeessanter ans Cen tee ae,
WEMUEEIS' ni s'soveds vcurssers scis@sresyedae es cit ay env Raney ae 0 10

Height of eiehth dorsal epine!.. 520. S207 Cee pave ea ee 0 95

first and thirteenth ditto.2...00.00,0. yess ene en 0 53

abterior soft (Vays | sicyweeies .dteieds.0l00s aaa ere 0 8}
third anal spine 22: /...5..5o.eseveswadacs 0 seein See 0 9

seventh and anterior soft rays ........cscsosscansastesiees 0 7%
DOG Y™ sic Sais faegsnnseaslers sinitaals coca daaieg ot dade aati 2,8
PRAM OF PAN 2 oo ie vias 4d. Ses -'vednyin » 0s plane eas a 0 5

Length of trunk of tail ............ vas anevdustases' salad 4s 0h 0 7%

ACANTHURUS GRAMMOPTILUS (Nod.), The Lurgee.

No. 13. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This Acanthurus is named ‘ Lurgee’ by the natives of Port
Essington, and is very abundant in the bays near the head
of the harbour. It appears to have a greater affinity with
the Ac. matoides than with any other species described in
the ‘ Histoire des Poissons; but as matoides is said to have
filiform tips to the ventrals and caudal as well as a pointed
dorsal and anal, I am induced to keep them distinct, though
I am unable to say how far it 1s correct to do so, having seen
neither figure nor specimen of matoides. Ac. nigro-fuscus
(Forsk.), which resembles the Port Essington fish in colour,
has the profile slightly curved in the form of the Italian /.
The Lurgee has the pale ring round the base of the caudal
which exists in Ac. Blochii, and seems to agree with that
species in some other characters; but the caudal spine, though
it is not remarkably large, can scarcely be said to be little.

The profile is fully as convex as that of the mata of Russell (82),
but the body is more elongated, being less high at the pectorals.
The height of the body is equal to half the length of the oval, com-
prised between the tip of the snout and base of the caudal lancet.
The dorsal is less high and more angular behind than that of the
mata ; but the anal and caudal are as represented in Russell’s figure.
When the latter fin is fully spread out in the Lurgee, the tapering
falcate tips project about a fourth part beyond the straight interme-
diate edge; when only partially displayed, the edge of the membrane
is lunate, and the upper tip of the caudal is just perceptibly longer
than the under one. The tapering ventrals are acute, but their points
are not filiform. Each jaw contains eighteen or nineteen teeth, the
upper ones, and the central pair of under ones, being crenated on
their sides and rounded tips; while the lateral ones of the lower jaw

the Ichthyology of Australia. 177

are crenated on their obliquely truncated crowns only. The eye is
more elevated than in the mata, and the descending limb of the pre-
operculum slopes much more forwards to meet the much shorter
horizontal limb at an obtuse angle : the corner of the bone is slightly
rounded, and its surface is marked by six or seven diverging lines.
The opercular, scapular, and humeral (coracoid) bones are conspi-
cuously furrowed, but no streaks or ridges are visible upon the sub-
operculum, very small interoperculum or cranium.

Rays:—D. 9/26; A. 3/24; C.16¢; P.15; V. 1/5.

The first dorsal spine is small, and not easily detected except by
dissection ; it stands on the fore-part of a subglobular interspinous
bone, and Sale as a trigger to the second spine, which is articulated
to the same bone, the mechanism bearing much resemblance to that
of the dorsal spine of a Monacanthus. The other spines lengthen
gradually as they approach the jointed rays, becoming at the same
time more slender. The first anal is small, short, and so much en-
veloped by integument that it is very likely to be overlooked. ‘The
scales on the body are small and strongly ciliated; those on the
head and breast are smoother and still smaller. The lateral line is
parallel to the back until it assumes a straight course through the
tail along the upper lip of the lancet sheath.

Colour of the dried specimen dark yellowish-brown, deepening to
chestnut-brown on the head and about the gill-opening. The pec-
torals are pale, the other fins dusky brown, the anal and posterior
part of the dorsal being deeper. ‘There are five dark longitudinal
streaks on the dorsal, and some lines more faintly traced on the
border of the anal, both these fins being also very narrowly edged
with black. An indistinct pale bar crosses the base of the caudal,

and there are some very faint transverse lines on the distal end of
the fin.

DIMENSIONS. inches, lines,
Length from upper teeth to tips of caudal lobes ..,.......2:s0006

—— ends of central caudal rays......... 6 1]
ae base of caudal lancet ............+8. (eel?
Se beginning of amal,.........scccseveees 3 11
———_—___—_____--__ beginning of dorsal ...........0.0008 Bee
oe WEMCIAP SIME 6059.20 arden baes at a F
—_—$__——_—_—__—--——-. gill-openings........cccesesneeeeeseees geo
————-———— pectorals ...circcccseccscnccecsessenens 2. 8
BM gw intnat <nacpsc merce ana in titan sae Mcp Lik

ei din se do spiigrkiscdnesaass basnassdarvoaparoes 0 5}
Be aso. yh ge esac stdens nice scanesond cones cane exe of 8
MMPPHED GIMME. 25.0, cccsurievercierssesiecececscancvecenies 0 4
TN Sivas, Vins Cava irivvoaees tevces ts sede cstes ae
longest articulated rays darted Wiles hl de kote dics rt
BANAL SPINE .0.3.5..00cee stvecveeess Piboeth ves save bane 0 10
OE eee Badtd SUhtadeisds sthbinnbidn sete doar Beta
MeMMPCCMERAL CANAL TAayGi01....0..s0cssscncsecesccscaecevensaecees 1 4
- projection of upper falcate caudal tip ......s:..sseeene 0 9
Se PFOJECHION Of lower ittO,...ccssecsserescncccsccarsesesesece 0 6
Length MTACOL 0. occ ccscsscnceccesccacsceswers gif dic od shleeohicen 1 i
EN eos cices cave uycdaste oncvshocsecssevoseyup oss t. Lo
ae ALMA ro cerippn | eriaetey oye seneace 1 5

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 3 Ni

178 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

ATHERINA HEPSETOIDES (Nod.), Tasmanian Sauclet.

Several examples ofan Atherine, corresponding very closely
in external form with the Mediterranean Sauclet, were sent
to me from Port Arthur by Mr. Lempriere. Long maceration
in spirits and friction against larger fish during the voyage
home have destroyed the colours of the specimens, but their
forms are tolerably perfect, and a sedulous comparison of the
specimens with the figure and detailed description of the
Sauclet in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ elicited the very few
tangible differences which are comprised in the following
notice.

The body is rather more elevated than that of the Sauciet, its
height forming only the eighth part of the total length ; the nape is
also a little narrower, but the roundish form of the body, the pro-
portional length of the head, the comparative size of the eye, and
- its position removed its own breadth from the tip of the snout, the
great protractility of the intermaxillaries, the minuteness of the teeth,
the total recession of the maxillary beneath the edge of the triangu-
lar preorbitar when the jaws are closed, and the numbers and form
of the dorsal rays, are all exactly as in the Sauclet ; the first dorsal
has likewise the same relative position above the middle of the ven-
trals as in that species, but it commences at a point nearer to the
tip of the snout than to the base of the caudal, instead of exactly in
the middle of the fish. Moreover, the anal fin contains two rays
above the number ascribed to hepsetus in the ‘Histoire des Poissons.’
There are four oval cells on each side of the flat forehead and snout,
‘with a lengthened triangular space between the rows, bisected by a
slightly elevated, acute, mesial ridge.

The rays of the fins are dotted with black; the silvery lateral band,
which retains its colour and form after the scales are removed, is
similar in breadth and situation to that of hepsetus, and the back is
ornamented with black specks ranged round the edges of the scales.

Rays :—D. 9|—1]11 : A. 1/14; C. 152; P. 15; Vi Ua

The interior of the peritoneum and the ovarium are black. In
the specimen examined the ova were numerous and large, occupying
more than two-thirds of the cavity of the abdomen. The spine con-
sists of 48 vertebrae, whose bodies have an exact hour-glass form.
Several of the anterior spinous processes have dilated semi-membra-
nous edges, which are gradually restricted as they recede from the
cranium. At the 20th vertebra the lateral processes are bent down-
wards, and unite to form a canal for the passage of the vessels, and
perhaps for the reception of the point of the air-bladder. At the
twenty-fourth vertebra the change from lateral to inferior spinous
processes is complete. ‘There is a slight membranous expansion of
the intermediate processes, but it is not very evident. In A. pres-
byter the transverse processes, from the 25th to the 30th vertebra,
expand and unite below, to form a funnel, which encloses the end of
the air-bladder. In hepsetus a less conspicuous dilatation of the
processes of four vertebrae commences at the thirty-third,

the Ichthyology of Australia. 179

DimeEnsIoNs. inches. lines,

Length from tip of snout to point of caudal .........seseeeeeeens 4.38
—__ PASC Ol CAUCE coe scccwaessnssece seas ok
————— second dorsal ...cccccccocccose: a eae

0 et aa ORS oe ee ve Me 2 43
—-—— ————_ ANUS cecececescecencecnrsceveccessnces t ae
—_——_——_——— first dorsal ........c.ccssccseceeneeeees | le a

mn ———— VENtTAlS ...c.cceccsseccccccveccceccces bo 64

— ——-_ edge of gill-cover ......sseceecceees Oe °83

Diameter Of eye .....cccececesnsccsecevecccocnsencacecoesssscaoanseace 0 2%

Length of snout before eye .......cseeeeere ee Pee ee ee O.. .2%
BURT DOGY vs ccncnrccnassrcecnecctacnverssecasscscteccsesesqesenenes 0 6

MEIER GLOTSOL — o. 0. c on cavgensqavecesccccesccsecccccences gutesardt Jae 24
ITER Ss Gace a inna et adascenasapdaccdtnends ap adaakencen 0 4
MMI PIRBOEQIS 9). 0c ccc acnoccecnctecsveavencsnsescidbrevscnsnvectes aah ¢
RSE Miia s ctedde saa etek de wesigeuns vbsdionts Saat ton daee One

ATHERINA PRESBYTEROIDES (Nod.), Tasmanian Roseret.

Three examples of an Atherine, strongly resembling the
sandsmelt (A. presbyter) so common on the south coast of
England in physiognomy and general proportions, were sent
to me from Port Arthur by Mr. Lempriere.

The ‘Tasmanian fish is however more elevated, owing to the greater
protuberance of its belly ; the length of its head and the height of its
body are equal to each other, and also to a fifth of the total length
of the fish, caudal included. ‘The portion of the snout lying before
the orbit is one-fourth of the entire length of the head, and the
diameter of the eye is a little greater, being one-third of that length.
The mesial ridge of the snout is not prolonged so far back as in
presbyter, but rises rather higher, forming a short obtuse eminence
between the nostrils. The inequalities of the cranium are more
rounded than in the sandsmelt just named, and there are oblique
pores leading to cells over the orbits, but no open oval pits as in
hepsetoides. 'The intermaxillaries have as little protractility as those
of presbyter ; the teeth appear to be of the same size as in that spe-
cies, and there is an equal correspondence in the depressions of the
preorbitars and shapes of the opercular bones.

Rays :—D. 9|—10 or 11; A. 1|12; C. 154; P.11; V.1)5.

The first dorsal is small in all its dimensions; its rays slender and
flexible: it stands wholly anterior to the anus, commencing just
perceptibly behind the ventrals. I could not satisfy myself whether
the first ray of the second dorsal was spinous or jointed. ‘The anal
spine is short and very flexible. As the pectoral rays are fewer than
in the other Atherines, they were repeatedly counted and found to
correspond exactly in all tne three specimens. All the rays of the
ventrals are equally soft and flexible, and the jointed ones split so
readily to the base when handled that they might easily be reckoned
as exceeding the normal number. ‘The scales are rather large, and
there are only two rows of them above the silvery lateral band, while
in presbyter there are three. ‘The scale on the summit of the back,
immediately before the spinous dorsal, embraces the first ray ina
narrow notch.

N 2

180 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

The specimens having been sent home in brine containing much |

undissolved salt, have suffered injury from the friction, and the ori-
ginal tints of colour cannot be made out, but they appear to have
been much darker on the upper parts than the English Atherine.
The A. pectoralis and endrachtensis, which are New Holland species
of the same subdivision of the genus with presbyteroides and the
lacunosa of Forster, which frequents the coasts of New Caledonia
and New Guinea, and may be expected to be found on the northern
shores of Australia, have only five or six rays in the first dorsal, and
also differences in the other fins, that readily distinguish them from
the Tasmanian Roseret, which moreover shows no traces of the black
tip to the pectoral, so characteristic of pectoralis. 'The vertebree are
forty-six in number, and have the same hour-glass form with those
of hepsetoides.

Dimensions. inches. lines.

Length from tip of snout to points of caudal ......sccscssssereres “Fabie’
—_—_—_- ———— base of ditto sircccccccccevecceceeees 5 eae |
——-——— QMS. | jioien saan oie an noapic aide 18
—_——— -____-__——_._ first dorsal .....cccccscesececoeeseeees Ty tee

A a VENTTAIS §cicccocccccccncccessccce oeeite J ene
————_ edge of gill-cover ......csseeseeeeee Orne
$$ CVE eercreccccccccoceccencscceccseeens 0" .2
Diameter of the eye ..ciacele.ddeeusadeseudavascsees ove levWsieaaeemm 0 3
denvth-ofipectorals iis Jiacubvcdtaasaasedesdak@enbs /sh doa Aa ars w:) ts em
Height OF DOdY .sssseecevesereennees ssigeati Cabienid sesews> «hy tab men aan 0.48

BY ta Ot OOCHIUE iy ones y04 oonmine sean pares tani teeriadstin $ watan shinee 0. 3%

ATHERINA NIGRANS (Nod.), The Yalgurnda.

No. 9. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

My. Gilbert informs us that this little fish is a tolerably
abundant inhabitant of the freshwater streams that flow mto
the harbour of Port Essington, and that it is very easily taken
with a hook baited with flies or fresh meat. Yalgurnda is its
native name. It is a member of that group of Atherines which
is characterized by the peculiar angular form of the mouth.
Five American examples of the group, and one from New
Holland, the A. Jacksoniana, are described in the ‘ Histoire
des Poissons.” The Yalgurnda inhabiting the opposite ex-
tremity of the Australian continent to Jacksoniana is readily
distinguished from it by its higher form, fewer rays in the first
dorsal, and black lateral band, instead of a bright silvery and
green one.

The profile of the Yalgurnda is a pretty regular ellipse, which is
terminated anteriorly by the thin jaws, and posteriorly by the trunk
of the tail, whose height is about one-tenth of the total length of the
fish, while the greatest altitude of the body is one-fourth of that
length. The dorsal and anal curves are similar, and the first dorsal
fin commences on the summit of the arch of the back, and a little
posterior to the anal spine. The first ray of both dorsals, of the
anal and of the ventrals, is moderately strong with a pungent tip,

the Ichthyology of Australia. 181

differing in this respect from the same rays in most Atherines, which
have them equally slender and flexible with the other rays. Ath. Hum-
boldtiana alone, of the species figured in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’
_ Seems to have the anterior ray of these fins stiff and pungent. The
four posterior rays of the first dorsal are very slender and flexible,
and the two nearest to the spine have filamentous tips overtopping
it by half their height. The spine of the second dorsal is slightly
curved, and but little shorter than the jointed ray which immediately
succeeds it. ‘The fin rises somewhat as it runs backwards, and ends
in an acute point, which reaches to the base of the caudal. The
anal is very similar to the second dorsal and is equally pointed, but
its spine is scarcely so long. The naked trunk of the tail, bounded
by the three vertical fins, forms more than a seventh part of the en-
tire length of the fish. The ventrals are attached before the middle
of the pectorals, and their soft rays end in a thread-like tip, which
overlaps the commencement of the anal. The pectoral is acute, its
fourth and fifth rays being the longest: the lower ones are short,
giving a rounded form to that part of the fin. The caudal is forked.

Rays :—D. 1|/4—1|12; A.1]18; C.174; P.138; V. 15.

The head forms a fifth part of the length of the fish; the snout is
flat, and the intermaxillaries are horizontal near the symphysis, but
their limbs bend at a right angle: the lower jaw has a similar but
less acute flexure. The teeth, moderately strong, stiff, and sufficiently
visible to the naked eye, form a narrow villiform stripe on each jaw.
The edges of the vomer and palate-bones are rough to the touch,
but a common eye-glass is insufficient to show their teeth. The
diameter of the small eye is just equal to the portion of the snout
which lies before it. The preoperculum forms an acute angle, as in
the Mullets, and there are three rows of scales on the triangular
cheek enclosed by its limbs, a larger scale covering the corner of
the bone. The scales of the body are large, there being only thirty
on the lateral line, exclusive of several small ones on the base of the
caudal. A vertical row on the most elevated part of the side con-
tains ten scales, of which four are above the lateral line and five
below it. The disposition of the scales is in very regular longitu-
dinal rows, the exposed disc of each forming a vertical ellipse acute
at both ends, and approaching to a hexagon. ‘The lateral line is
marked by a pore in the disc of each of its scales, which are similar
in size and form to the others on the body. An even black stripe, co-
incident with the scales of the lateral line, terminates at the base of
the caudal, and is continued forwards over the gill-cover, upper half
of the eye, and sides of the snout. This black stripe replaces the
usual silvery lateral band, of which there is no other vestige. All
the scales above it have narrow black borders, which produce rows
of meshes. ‘The scales below the band are destitute of dark mark-
ings. ‘There are some blackish tints on the fins, most evident on
the dorsals.

Dimensions. inches. lines.

Length from upper teeth to tip of caudal fin ..........ceeeneeeoes #02
base; oftepudal vccsadasig satsclnddeweas 2458

182 Mr. W. Wilson on the Structure and Functions

Dimensions (continued). inches. lines.
Length from upper teeth to beginning of second dorsal ...... Lind
$$ —$—__—_—_____—___—___—__ ffirst ditto .........005 Lin/it
a anal ieee ccaccccccence OE
—_—_—-————— ventrals .......... ooanavesnesscvboshan 1 113
——__—_. PECUOTAlS ..c.csscver cas ouhbaesthnaee 0
edge of pillseover. 'icliguect-aeneee O 73
Diameter of the eye .ivsis.ctvesscededettpusstbskws sbenvegusseereaeee 02
Lenoth of snout before the eye °i.....064. 2. sdvdinoudessschsabeeeuee 0-2
Bleight of body. ..s...0is.tissevsssecctiecneanstvenbeeteeneeene tne nee 0-9
Length of naked part of tail ...scessessssaceeneoes deceneocsbbbeese » O 4%

[To be continued. |

XXIX.—On the Structure and Functions of the Pollen Gra-
nules. By Wituiam Wixson, Esq.

In the ‘ London Journal of Botany’ for November 1842, the
results of a sedulous inquiry into the true structure and func-
tions of the pollen-collectors of Campanula were presented to
its readers; and in the following month a letter from Arthur
Hill Hassall, Esq. appeared in the same Journal, directing
my attention to his own remarks on the same topic, published
in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for October
last.

In acknowledging Mr. Hassall’s courtesy, I beg to say that
I had not seen his paper, or it would have been discussed
when mine was written.

Mr. Hassall has misunderstood me. I endeavoured to state
that the pollen granules are taken bodily into the interior
of the collecting hairs, and are ultimately lodged in the im-
bedded cavities ; but Mr. Hassall supposes that I allude only
to the pollen tubes. Having met with only one instance of
tubes from a pollen granule thus imbedded, I did not insist
upon it as a fact, but reserved that point for future inquiry. _

I must entirely dissent from Mr. Hassall’s views. In the
first place, I cannot admit the propriety of terming that part
where the collecting hairs are found, a “stigma.” He says
that the papillz of the stigmatic branches “resemble the hairs
in everything save length ;” but if the views of physiologists
are right, as I believe them to be, there must be an essential
difference between these papille (rounded sides of vesicles of
cellular stigmatic tissue, according to Lindley,) and the col-
lecting hairs, concerning the anatomy of which Mr. Hassall
considers Brongniart to have given a satisfactory account; for
the hairs are regarded by the latter as an extension of the cu-
ticle covering the whole surface of the style.

In the second place, I deem it premature and hazardous,

of the Pollen Granules. 183

especially after Brongniart’s statement in reference to the
stigmatic tissue as the proper passage for the pollen tubes, to
advance the opinion that they “ penetrate the interspaces be-
tween the hairs ;” and I would ask, is not the cuticle a barrier
to any such penetration? If the fact be as he supposes, I con-
sider it quite capable of being demonstrated by careful and
minute dissection. The formation of pollen tubes is by no
means conclusive; for Mr. Hassall has elsewhere said (p.103)
that this occurs “on parts of the flower distant from the
stigma.” In one case I observed a cluster of pollen granules
upon the style, with pollen tubes so completely interlaced as
to form an entangled mass of flocculent matter; but none of
these tubes seemed to have any intimate connexion with the
style. I dare not even assert that they were not produced under
the influence of the stigmatic fluid ; for, since the publication of
my paper, I have seen that the stigmatic branches ultimately
become revolute, and their papillose surfaces are thus brought
into contact with the pollen adhering to the style; but this
takes place long after the emission of the pollen, so that it is
difficult to regard the evolution of the stigmatic branches as
marking the precise time of fecundation.

Mr. Hassall’s intended experiment on the flowers of Cam-
panula pyramidalis, interesting as it will be, will not prove
that fecundation is not effected by means of the collecting
hairs. In opposition to Brongniart, I have shown that they
are really the recipients of the pollen granules, and that traces
of a foramen exist at the extremity of each hair which has
performed its function. I cannot suppose that all this singular
mechanism is intended merely to astonish the microscopic
observer, and the conclusion is to my mind irresistible, that
there must be an important relation between this function of
the hairs and the fecundation of the plant; and this even if
the pollen tubes cannot be traced from the base of the hair to
the ovarium. Notwithstanding all that has yet been ad-
vanced on the subject, I confess myself to be somewhat scep-
tical as to the necessity for the introduction of pollen tubes
into the ovarium of any plant.

I have only to add, that subsequent observations on the
flowers of another species, Campanula Rapunculoides, confirm
what I have already published in the ‘ Journal of Botany’ on

this subject.
W. WILSsoN.
January 18, 1843.

184 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Chonos.

XXX.— Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in the Isle of
Chonos by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis WALKER, Hsq.,
Eas

Lamprotatus Numitus, Mas. Niger, abdomen eneum, antenne nigra,
pedes fulvi, femora nigra, ale sublimpide.

Corpus breve, convexum, nigrum, parum nitens, scitissime squameum,
parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine; vertex latus ;
frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: an-
tenne nigra, graciles, filiformes, thorace non longiores; articulus 1"° longus,
gracilis; 2° longicyathiformis; 3"° et 4"° minimi; 5" et sequentes breves,
usque ad 10"™ paullo curtantes: thorax longi-ovatus : prothorax transversus,
brevis, antice angustus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsi-
dum suture bene determinate, postice approximate ; paraptera et epimera
magna; scutellum subconicum: metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angus-
tus: petiolus brevis: abdomen zeneum, brevi-ovatum, nitens, lzve, glabrum,
thorace multo brevius; segmentum 1" magnum; 2"™ et sequentia brevis-
sima: pedes fulvi, simplices, subzequales ; coxze nigree ; femora nigra, apice
fulva ; tarsi apice fusci: alz sublimpidee ; squamulz picez; nervi fusci;
nervus humeralis ulnari fere duplo longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubi-
tali multo longior; stigma mediocre. (Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin, 24.)

Ptcromalus? Oxynthes, Fem. ler, antenne nigra, pedes nigri, tarst
Suse, ale subfusce.

Corpus angustum, convexum, atrum, nitens, subtilissime squameum, parce
hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace vix latins; vertex latus; frons
impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antenne
nigrze, subclavate, graciles, thorace non longiores; articulus 1° longus,
linearis ; 2" longicyathiformis; 3"° et 4°‘ minimi; 5"S et sequentes breves,
usque ad 10" curtantes; clava longiconica, acuminata, articulo 10° plus
duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus: meso-
thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture non bene determi-
nate ; paraptera et epimera magna; scutellum subconicum: metathorax
brevis, declivis, postice angustus : petiolus brevissimus: abdomen fusiforme,
leeve, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace multo
longius; pedes nigri, simplices, subzequales; trochanteres picei; genua
picea; tarsi fusci, apice picei: alze subfuscze; squamule piceze ; nervi fusci ;
nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali
multo longior; stigma parvum. (Corp. long. lin, 1; alar. lin, 13.)

Entedon Ufens, Fem. Viride, abdomen nigro-purpureum, antenne ni-
gre, pedes fulvi fusco-cincti, femora viridia, ale sublimpide.

Corpus sublineare, convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce
hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine ; vertex latus; frons
impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennze
nigre: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevis: mesothoracis scutum
longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinate, postice approxi-
matz ; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, obconicus, declivis:
petiolus brevis: abdomen brevi-ovatum, lave, supra depressum, subtus ca-
rinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace multo brevius; discus nigro-purpureus;
segmentum 1"™ sat magnum ; 2"™ et sequentia breviora, subzequalia: pedes
fulvi, simplices, subzequales ; coxze virides; femora viridia ; tarsi apice fusci ;
mesopedum et metapedum tibiee apice fuscee: alee sublimpide ; squamulz
picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis ulnari brevior,
cubitalis brevissimus; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 4; alar. lin. 14.)

jz

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Coquimbo. 185

Closterocerus Pelor, Mas. Viridis, abdomen purpureum, antenne ni-
gre, pedes flavo-fulvi, femora nigra, ale sublimpide.

Corpus angustum, sublineare, convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squa-
meum, parce hirtum : caput transversum, brevissimum, impressum, thorace
paullo latius ; vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres,
non extantes: antenne nigre, subfiliformes, hirte, graciles, thorace non
longiores ; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo precedente plus duplo lon-
gior: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus : meso-
thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinate,
postice approximate; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, decli-
vis, obconicus : petiolus brevissimus : abdomen sublineare, depressum, lave,
purpureum, basi viride, thorace paullo brevius et angustius: pedes fulvi,
graciles, subzequales; coxz nigra; femora nigra, apice fulva; tarsi flavi,
apice fusci: alze sublimpide ; squamule picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus ulnaris
humerali duplo longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis brevissimus in alz dis-
cum abrupte declivis; stigma minutum. (Corp. long, lin. 3; alar, lin. 1.)

ee

XX XI.—Descriptions of Chalcidites discovered in Coquimbo
by C. Darwin, Esq. By Francis Waker, Esq., F.L.S.

Lamprotatus Tubero, Fem. <Ater, abdomen nigro-purpureum, antenne
fusce, pedes fulvi, femora picea, ale limpide.

Corpus breve, robustum, convexum, atrum, nitens, scitissime squameum,
parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace latius ; vertex latus; frons
impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antennz
fuscz, extrorsum crassiores, thorace non longiores; articulus 1"° niger,
longus, gracilis; 2“° piceus, longicyathiformis ; 3"* et 4"° minimi; 5° et
sequentes usque ad 10"™ breves, approximati; clava conica, acuminata, ar-
ticulo 10° duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, mediocris,
antice angustus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine multo latius ; parapsidum
suturee sat bene determinatz; scutellum subconicum; paraptera et epimera
magna: metathorax magnus, obconicus, declivis: petiolus sat longus: ab-
domen subrhombiforme, lzve, nigro-purpureum, supra planum, subtus ca-
rinatum, thoracis dimidio vix longius: pedes fulvi, simplices, subzequales ;
coxe nigrz ; femora picea, apice basique fulva; tarsi apice fusci: ale lim-
pide; squamule piceze; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo lon-
gior, radialis ulnari vix brevior, cubitali multo longior; stigma minutum.
(Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin. 23.)

Var. ®. Antennis articulus 1"s viridis: abdomen zneum : femora nigra;
tibize picez.

Lamprotatus? Neevolus, Mas? Viridis, antenne picee, pedes piceo-

virides, tarsi flavi, ale limpide.

Corpus angustum, convexum, viride, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce
hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace latius; vertex latus ; frons im-
pressa, abrupte declivis: antenne subfiliformes, graciles, piceee, thorace
paullo longiores ; articulus 1"s longus, linearis, nigro-viridis; 2"s longicya-
thiformis ; 3"5 et 4"5 minimi; 5"5 et sequentes usque ad 10"™ breves, ap-
proximati; clava longiconica, acuminata, articulo 10° plus duplo longior :
thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, mediocris, antice angustus: meso-
thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene determinate,
postice approximate; scutellum subconicum: metathorax mediocris, obco-
nicus, declivis: abdomen ademptum : pedes virides, graciles, subzequales ;
trochanteres picei; genua flava ; tibiz piceo-virides ; tarsi flavi, apice fusci :
alze limpidee ; squamulze picez ; nervi fusci; nervus humeralis ulnari multo

186 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Coquimbo.

longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior ; stigma minutum.
(Corp. long. lin. 1?; alar. lin. 13.)

Gastrancistrus Polles, Fem. Viridis, abdomen nigro-cupreum, pedes

piceo-virides, tarsi fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus angustum, convexum, viride, nitens, leve, parce hirtum: caput
transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus; frons impressa,
abrupte declivis : oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz nigre, cla-
vate, submoniliformes, thorace non longiores, articulus 1"* longus, gracilis ;
2"° longicyathiformis ; 3"* et 4"° minimi; 5"° et sequentes breves, approxi-
mati, usque ad 10"™ latescentes : thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, bre-
vissimus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture bene
determinate, postice approximate; scutellum subconicum: metathorax
mediocris, obconicus, declivis: peticlus brevissimus: abdomen fusiforme,
nigro-cupreum, basi viride, supra depressum, subtus carinatum, apice acu-
minatum, thorace paullo longius et multo angustius: pedes virides, simpli-
ces, subzequales ; trochanteres picei; genua fulva; tibize piceze, apice fulve ;
tarsi fulvi, apice fusci: alze limpide ; squamule picez ; uervi fusci; nervus
humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo
longior; stigma sat magnum. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 12.)

Platyterma Nephele, Mas. Viridis, abdomen cupreo-eneum, antenne

flava, pedes flavi, ale limpide.

Corpus sublineare, sat angustum, convexum, lete viride, nitens, scitissime
squameum, parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo Jatius ;
vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes:
antenne subclavatz, flava, thorace paullo longiores ; articulus 1" longus,
gracilis ; 2" longicyathiformis; 3"° et 4"° minimi; 5"° et sequentes breves,
approximati, usque ad 10"™ curtantes; clava ovata, articulo 10° multo latior
et plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus : prothorax transversus, brevissimus :
mesothoracis scutum longitudine paullo latius; parapsidum suture vix con-
spicue ; scutellum subconicum : metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angus-
tus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen depressum, lve, sublineare, cupreo-
zeneum, thorace paullo brevius et angustius: pedes flavi, simplices, sub-
zequales ; coxze virides ; tarsi apice fusci: alee limpide; squamule fulve ;
nervi flavi; nervus humeralis ulnari multo longior, radialis ulnari vix brevior,
cubitali multo longior; stigma minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 3-1; alar. lin.
11-13.)

Pteromalus Toxeus, Fem. Cupreus, antenne nigra, pedes fulvi, femora

nigra, ale iimpide. :

Corpus robustum, convexum, cupreum, parum nitens, scitissime squa-
meum, parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thoracis latitudine ; vertex
latus; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non ex-
tantes : antenne nigre, subclavate, thorace non longiores, articulus 1% lon-
gus, sublinearis; 2" longicyathiformis; 3°° et 4° minimi; 5" et sequentes
usque ad 10°" breves, approximati; clava conica, acuminata, articulo 10°
plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus: mesothoracis
scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture vix conspicue; scutellum
brevi-obconicum: metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angustus: abdemen
ademptum: pedes fulvi; coxz nigree ; femora nigra, apice fulva ; tarsi apice
fusci: alee limpidz ; squamulz picez ; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari
duplo longior, radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior; stigma
minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 1$?; alar. lin, 24.)

Pteromalus Sestius, Fem. Niger, abdomen cupreum, antenne nigr@, pedes
Sulvi, femora nigra, ale limpide.
Corpus robustum, convexum, nigrum, parum nitens, scitissime squameum,

©

, & iw

— =e 4
ce a

wr as
i

.

Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Coquimbo. 187

parce hirtum : caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex la-
tus ; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres, picei, non extantes :
antenne nigra, subclavate, thorace non longiores; articulus 1" longus,
gracilis; 2"° longicyathiformis; 3°° et 4"° minimi; 5"° et sequentes usque
ad 10"™ breves, approximati; clava conica, acuminata, compressa, articulo
10° latior et multo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevis-
simus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius ; parapsidum suture sat bene
determinate, postice approximatz ; scutellum subconicum : metathorax bre-
vis, declivis, postice angustior : petiolus brevissimus : abdomen Jongi-ovatum,
cupreum, nitens, leve, supra depressum, subtus carinatum, apice acumina-
tum, thorace paullo Jongius et angustius : pedes fulvi, simplices, subzequales;
cox nigrze ; trochanteres picei; femora nigra, apice fulva ; tarsi apice fusci :
ale limpidz ; squamule piceze; nervus humeralis ulnari duplo longior, ra-
dialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior ; stigma minutum. (Corp.
long. lin. 14; alar. lin. 2.)

Pteromalus Rheebus, Fem. Niger, abdomen nigro-eneum, antenne ni-
gre, pedes fulvi, femora nigra, ale limpide.

Corpus convexum, nigrum, scitissime squameum, parum nitens, parce
hirtum : caput transversum, breve, thorace paullo latius; vertex latus ; frons
impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes: antennz
nigre: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus: mesothoracis
scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture: vix conspicue; scutellum
brevi-conicum : metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angustior: petiolus bre-
vissimus: abdomen ovatum, nigro-zeneum, nitens, leeve, supra depressum,
subtus carinatum, thorace paullo longius : pedes fulvi, simplices, subeequales ;
coxe nigrz ; femora nigra, apice fulva; tarsi apice fusci: ale limpide ;
squamule picez ; nervifulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 1; alar. lin. 13.)

Pteromalus Vitula, Mas. Cupreus, abdomen viride, discus purpureus, an-~
tenne picee, pedes nigri, tarsi fulvi, ale limpide.

Corpus cupreum, convexum, parum nitens, scitissime squameum, parce
hirtum: caput transversum, breve, thorace latius; vertex latus; frons
abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non extantes : antenne pice, sub-
clavate, thorace non longiores ; articulus 1"* longus, gracilis; 2° longicya-
thiformis ; 3"* et 4° minimi; 5"° et sequentes breves, approximati, usque ad
10"™ curtantes et latescentes; clava conica, acuminata, articulo 10° latior
et duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax transversus, brevissimus : meso-
thoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture sat bene determi-
nate ; scutellum subconicum: metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angustus:
petiolus brevissimus: abdomen sublineare, depressum, nitens, lzve, viride,
thorace angustius et paullo brevius; discus obscure purpureus: pedes nigri ;
trochanteres picei; genua fusca ; tibize apice fulvee; tarsi fulvi, apice fusci :
ale limpide; squamulz piceze; nervi fulvi; nervus humeralis ulnari fere
duplo longior; radialis ulnari non brevior, cubitali multo longior; stigma
minutum. (Corp. long. lin 3; alar. lin. 12.)

Pteromalus Cinoe, Fem. Nigro-eneus, abdomen eneum, antenne nigra,

pedes nigri, tarsi flavi, ale limpide.

Corpus crassum, convexum, nigro-zneum, nitens, scitissime squameum,
parce hirtum: caput transversum, breve, nigrum, thorace paullo latius;
vertex latus ; frons impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi picei, mediocres, non
extantes: antenne nigre, clavate, thorace non lovgiores; articulus 1° lon-
gus, gracilis; 2"° longicyathiformis; 3"S et 4"° minimi; 5"° et sequentes
breves, usque ad 10" curtantes et latescentes; clava ovata, articulo 10°
multo latior et plus duplo longior: thorax ovatus: prothorax brevissimus :
mesothoracis scutum longitudine latius; parapsidum suture vix conspicue ;

?

188 Mr. Walker’s descriptions of Chalcidites from Coquimbo.

scutellum obconicum: metathorax brevis, declivis, postice angustus : petio-
lus brevissimus : abdomen longi-ovatum, zeneum, leve, supra planum, subtus
profunde carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo longius et angustius ;
segmentum 1"" sat magnum; 2"™ et sequentia brevia: pedes nigri, simpli-
ces, subzequales ; trochanteres picei; genua fulva; tibiee apice flave ; tarsi
flavi, apice fusci; propedum tibize piceze, tarsi fulvi: alee limpidze, medio-
cres; squamule picez ; nervi flavi; nervus humeralis ulnari duplo longior,
radialis ulnari brevior, cubitali longior ; stigma minutum, (Corp. long, lin.
11; alar. lin. 2.)

Tetrastichus Narczeus, Fem. Niger, antenne nigre, pedes flavi, femora

picea, ale limpide.

Corpus sat latum, convexum, nigrum, nitens, leeve, parce hirtum: caput
transversum, brevissimum, thoracis vix latitudine; vertex sat latus; frons
impressa, abrupte declivis: oculi rufi, mediocres, non extantes: antennz
nigree, subclavatze, thorace non longiores: thorax ovatus: prothorax trans-
versus, supra non conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum longitudine vix latius ;
parapsidum suture remote, bene determinate, postice approximate ; scu-
tellum obconicum, bisuleatum: metathorax transversus, brevis, postice an-
gustus : petiolus brevissimus: abdomen longi-ovatum, supra planuin, subtus
carinatum, apice acuminatum, thorace paullo angustius et multo longius :
pedes flavi, simplices, subeequales ; coxze nigree; femora picea, apice flava;
tarsi apice fusci: alz late, limpidz ; squamulz piceze; nervi fulvi; nervus
ulnaris humerali duplo longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis longus; stigma
minutum. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 13.)

Platygaster Sylea, Fem. Altra, antenne nigre, pedes nigri, tarsi pice,

ale subfusce.

Corpus convexum, atrum, nitens, leve, parce hirtum: caput transversum,
breve, thoracis latitudine ; vertex latus; frons abrupte declivis, non im-
pressa : oculi picei, parvi, non extantes: antennz nigrz, subfiliformes, gra-
ciles, ad os insertee, thorace multo longiores; articulus 1"° longus, subclava-
tus; 2" longicyathiformis; 3°"° et 4°° longi, subeequales; 5"° et sequentes
usque ad 10" breves, subrotundi: thorax longi-ovatus : prothorax brevissi-
mus, supra Vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum longitudine non latius;
parapsidum suturee vix conspicuee ; scutellum subrotundum, non productum :
metathorax mediocris, obconicus, declivis: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen
subfusiforme, thorace longius et angustius; segmentum 1"™ magnum; 2°™
et sequentia brevia: pedes nigri, simplices, subeequales, femoribus tibiisque
clavatis, trochanteribus genubus tarsisque piceis: alze subfuscee ; squamule
piceze. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 12.) :

Omaloderus intrepidus (Betthylo affine, n. g. Haliday MSS.). Niger,

antenne fusce, pedes fusci, ale limpide.

Corpus angustum, sublineare, nigrum, planum, leve, nitens, fere glabrum:
caput oblongum, thorace paullo latius : oculi picei, laterales, anteriores, sat
magni: ocelli 3 picei, capite postico insidentes, approximati, triangulum
fingentes; medius perparum antepositus: antennee fusce, 14-articulate ?,
graciles, moniliformes, thorace non longiores; articulus 1" validus, 2"° mi- ,
nor; 3"° et sequentes usque ad 14"™ parvi, breves, subeequales: thorax longi-
ovatus: prothorax sat magnus, conicus, postice incurvus: mesothoracis
scutum brevissimum, longitudine plus duplo latius; parapsidum suture
bene determinate, parallelz; scutellum obconicum, parvum: metathorax
magnus, obconicus: petiolus brevis: abdomen longi-ovatum, thorace paullo
brevius; segmenta transversa, subegualia: pedes fusci, simplices, sub-
zequales ; coxze nigrze; tarsis articuli 1° ad 5°™ curtantes : ale anguste, lim-
pide ; squamulz pice; nervi fulvi, proalis areolas cubitales 3 et subcubi-
tales 2 fingentes. (Corp. long. lin. 14; alar. lin. 13.) -

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds. 189

XXXII.—Some Rectification of the Nomenclature of Austra-
lian Birds. By GrorcE Rospert Gray, Esq.

My Dear Sir, British Museum, Dec. 14, 1842.

Tue Earl of Derby having kindly lent me the three volumes
of the drawings of Australian birds which were made by
Mr. White, the author of the ‘ Journal of New South Wales,’
formerly in the library of the late Mr. A. B. Lambert, from
whence Dr. Latham described most of the Australian species
published in the Supplement to the ‘Synopsis of Birds and
Index Ornithologicus,’ my brother has examined for me the
synonyma of these species, and I send you for insertion in the
‘ Annals’ the result of his labours, as they must be of consi-
derable use to those ornithologists who have not the oppor-
tunity of consulting the original drawing.

Mr. Strickland kindly assisted my brother in comparing
some of the figures with the specimens in the collection of
the British Museum.

IT am, my dear Sir,
Yours very truly,

R. Taylor, Esq. J. Kk. Gray.
Names proposed.
Vutrtur audar, Lath. Aquila audazx.
Syn. Aquila fucosa, Cuv.; Aquila albirostris,
Vieill.
Fatco azillaris, Lath. Elanus azillaris.

Circus axillaris, Vieil/.; Elanus melanopterus,
V. & H.; Elanus notatus, Gould.

Fatco nisus, Lath. Astur approximans.
Falco canus, Lath. MS'.; Sparvius cirrocepha-
lus, Viedl.; Astur torquatus, Gould.

Fatco radiatus, Lath. Astur radiatus,
Sparvius radiatus, Vied/,; nec Astur recbats,
V. § H., Gould.
Fatco connivens, Lath. Athene connivens.

Falco glaucopis, Lath. MS.; Buteo connivens,
Vieill.; Athene? fortis, Gould.

Fatco lunulatus, Lath. Falco lunulatus, Lath.
Sparvius lunulatus, Viedl.; Falco frontatus,
Gould; Falco longipennis, Swains.

Lantus torquatus, Lath., Vieill. Cracticus torquatus. °
Vanga destructor, juv., Zemm.

Lanivs robustus, Lath., Vieill. Graucalus f

Lanivs erectus, Lath., Vieill. Falcunculus ?

190 Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds.

| _ Names proposed.
Lantus frontatus, Lath. Falcunculus * frontatus,Vieill.
Lantus flavigaster, Lath., Vieill., very doubt- Tyrannus ? ?
ful if an Australian species ?
Corvus versicolor, Lath., Vieill. ?
Corvus cyanoleucus, Lath. Grallina cyanoleuca.
Cracticus cyanoleucus, Viedll.; Grallina mela-
noleuca, Vieill.; Tanypus australis, Opp. ;
Grallina australis, G. R. Gray.
Corvus melanoleucus, Lath. Cracticus melanoleucus, Vieill.
Corvus olivaceus, Lath. Psophodes crepitans.
Corvus auritus, var. Lath. MS.; Muscicapa cre-
pitans, Lath. Suppl.; Pica olivacea, Vieill.

:

Coracias sagittata, Lath. Mimeta viridis, ? .
Philemon sagittatus, Viedll.

Coractas pacifica, Lath. Hurystomus pacificus.
Galgulus pacificus, Vieill,; Coracias australis,

Swains.

Gracuta viridis, Lath., Vieill. Mimeta viridis, King.

Cucutus cyanocephalus, Lath., Vieill. Hudynamys orientalis, 2 ?

Cucuuvs phasianus, Lath. Centropus phasianus, V. & H.
Corydonix phasianus, Vieell.

Cucutvus palliolatus, Lath., Vieill. Chrysococcyar ?

Cucuuuvs plagosus, Lath., Vieill. Chrysococcyx plagosus.
Nec C, lucidus, Gm, V. & H.

Sirra chrysoptera, Lath. Sittella chrysoptera, Sw.
Neops chrysoptera, Vell.

Tonvus rubecula, Lath. Myiagra rubecula.

Platyrhynchus rubecula, Vieil.; Platyrhynchus
ruficollis, Vieill.?; Myiagra rubeculoides, V.

& H.

Merrops chrysopterus, Lath. Anthochera mellivora, V. & H.
Philemon chrysopterus, Vzeill.

Meroprs auritus, Lath. —?——?
Philemon auritus, Veil.

Merors cyanops, Lath. Entomyza cyanotis, V. & H.
Philemon cyanops, V7ez/I.

Merors garrulus, Lath. Manorhina garrula.
Philemon garrulus, Viedl.; Myzantha garrula, -

V. & H.
Menroprs ornatus, Lath. Merops ornatus, Lath.

Copied by Lath. Syn.
Philemon ornatus, Viedl.; Merops melanura,
VG Hd,

* Falcunculus gutturalis, V. & H. Oreica cristata.
Turdus cristatus, Lewin; Oreica guttura-

lis, Gould.

Pn»

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds. 191

Names proposed.

Crrtuta melanops, Lath. Glyciphila melanops.
Melithreptes melanops, Vieill.; Certhia melli-
vora, Shaw; Meliphaga albiventris, Steph. ;
Meliphaga melanops, V. & H.

Crrtuia fenuirostris, Lath. Acanthorhynchus tenui-
Copied by Vieill. O. D.t. 60, and by Lath. —rostris, Gould. -
Syn

Melithreptes tenuirostris, Viedl/.; Certhia cu-
cullata, Shaw; Melithreptes cucullatus,
Vieill.; Meliphaga tenuirostris, V. & H.

Crertuia leucophea, Lath. Glyciphila ? leucophea.
Glyciphila subocularis, Gould. (

Crrtuta pipilans, Lath. | Melithreptes atricapillus, juv. ?
Melithreptes pipilans, Viei/l.
Certara mellivora, Lath. Anthochera mellivora,
Copied by Vieill. O. D. t. 88. eo
Creadion mellivora, Viedl.; Certhia goruck,
Shaw,
Certuia atricapilla, Lath. - Melithreptes atricapil-

Certhia lunulata, Shaw; Meliphaga lunulata, Jus, Vieill.
V. & H.; Gymnophrys torquatus, Swazns. ;
nec Meliphaga atricapilla, Jard. & Selby.

Cerruia sanguinolenta, Lath. Myzomela ?
Meliphaga sanguinolenta, Zemm.; Melithre-

ptes sanguinolenta, Vieill.

Cerruia dibapha, Lath. Myzomela dibapha.
Melithreptes dibapha, Viedl.; Le Kugameta,
Vieill. O. D. t. 58; Scarlet Creeper, Lewin.

’ Crrruia canescens, Lath. Meliphaga ——?
Melithreptes canescens, Viedll.
Cerruti pyrrhoptera, Lath. Meliornis Australasiana?
Melithreptes pyrrhopterus, Viedll.
Cerruti agilis, Lath. Glyciphila ?

Melithreptes agilis, Vell.

Crertuia cerulescens, Lath. Zosterops cerulescens.
Copied by Vieill. O. D. t. 83.
Melithreptes czerulescens, Viedll.; Zosterops
tenuirostris, Gould.

Cerruia chrysotis, Lath. Ptilotis chrysotis.
Very similar to Vieill. O. D. t. 84. ,
Philemon chrysotis, Viedl.; Ptilotis fusca,

Gould; nec Meliphaga chrysotis; Lewin; Ptilotis Lewinii, Sw.
Ptilotis chrysotis, Gould.

Turvus inguietus, Lath., Vieill. Seisura inquieta,
Seisura volitans, V, & H.

192 Mr. G.R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds.

Names proposed.

Turpus melanops, Lath., Vieill. Ptilotis melanops.
Meliphaga melanops, Zemm.; Muscicapa my-
stacea, Lath. ; Certhia auriculata, Shaw; Phi-
lemon erythrotis, Vieil/. ; Meliphaga aurico-
mis, V. § H.; nec Muscicapa auricomis, Lath.
Turvus dubius, Lath., Vieill. Seisura inquieta, 3?

Turvvus dilutus, Lath., Vieill. Colluriocincla diluta.
Colluriocinela strigata, Sw., juv.?

Turpus gutturalis, Lath., Vieill. Pachycephalagutturalis, V.&H.

Muse. pectoralis, Lath.

Turpus harmonicus, Lath., Vieill. Collurtocincla -——?
Turpvus prasinus, Lath., Vieill. Pachycephalus ?
Turvuvs volitans, Lath., Vieill. Seisura volitans.

Nec Seistira volitans, V. & HH.
TurbDvs cyaneus, Lath., Vieill. Entomyza cyanotis, Sw.
Turpus tenebrosus, Lath., Vieill. Artamus f
Turvvs lunulatus, Lath., Vieill. Oreocincla lunulata.

Oreocincla Nove Hollandix, Gould; Meliphaga
lunulata, Z’emm.

Turvus fuliginosus, Lath., Vieill. Turdus ?
Turpvus melanophrys, Lath., Vieill. Manorhina melanophrys.

Manorhina viridis, Vzez//.; Myzantha flaviros-

tre, V. & 77. :

Turpvus muscicola, Lath., Vieill. Seisura inquieta.
Turpus cyanocephalus, Lath., Vieill. Cuculus ?
Turpvus mazillaris, Lath., Vieill. Meliphaga mazillaris, Temm.
Turvvs frivolus, Lath., Vieill. Pomatorhinus >
Turpvus sordidus, Lath. Artamus sordidus,Gould.

Artamus albo-vittatus, Val.; Artamus linea-
tus, Vieill.

Turvus brachypterus, Lath., Vieill. Sphenura brachyptera, Licht.
Malurus brachypterus, Zemm.; Dasyornis au-
stralis, V. & H.

Turpvus mellinus, Lath., Vieill. Meliphaga ?
Lox1a fascinans, Lath. Estrelda ?
Coccothraustes fascinans, Vieill.
Loxia bella, Lath. Amadina ?
Fringilla bella, Viedl.; Coceothraustes bella,
Vieill.
Loxia nitida, Lath. Amadina ?
Copied though altered by Lath.
Coccothraustes nitida, Vieild.
FrINGILLA nitida, Lath., Vieill. ° Amadina ——— ?
Muscicapa coccinogaster, Lath., Vieill. Petroica :

Copied by Lath.
Muscicapa barbata, Lath., Vieill. Rhipidura —-—?

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds. 193

Names proposed.

Muscicapa rhodoptera, Lath., Vieill. Rhipidura
Mouscicapa crepitans, Lath., Vieill. Psophodes crepitans,V.& H.
Muscrcara pectoralis, Lath., Vieill. Pachycephalus guttura-
ON Be a =
Musercapa cucullata, Lath., Vieill. Petroica bicolor? Gould.
Muscicara rhodogaster, Lath., Vieill. Petroica ?
Muscrcara flavigastra, Lath., Vieill. Képsaltria australis.

Muscicapa australis, Lath.; Pachycephalus
australis, V. § H.; Todus flavigaster, Lath. ;
Platyrhynchus flavigaster, Vieill.; Sylvia fla-
vigastra, Lath.? Eoépsaltria flavicollis, Sw.

Mouscicapa malachura, Lath. Stipiturus malachurus.

Malurus palustris, Viez//.; Malurus malachu-
rus, Zemm.

Muscicara melanocephala, Lath., Vieill. Malurus melanocepha-
Sylvia dorsalis, Lewin. lus, V.& H.

Moracitta atricapilla, Lath., Vieill. Rhipidura? V. & H.

Moracitia cerulescens, Lath., Vieill. Motacilla ?

Syzvia sagittata, Lath., Vieill. Acanthiza sagittata.
Anthus minimus, V. & H.?

Syzvia inornata, Lath. Melithreptes ? PTY,
Motacilla inornata, Viezll.

Syzvia chrysops, Lath., Vieill. Ptilotis chrysops.
Meliphaga chrysops, V. & H.

Syzvia rufiventris, Lath., Vieill. Pachycephalus rufiventris.

Turdus pectoralis, Lewin ; Pachycephalus pec-
toralis, VY. & H.; nec Muscicapa pectoralis,

Lath.
Syzvia flavigastra, Lath., Vieill. Kopsaltria australis.
Syxvia rubricata, Lath., Vieill. Origma rubricata.

Motacilla solitaria, Lewin; Saxicola solitaria,
’ V. & H.; Origma solitaria, Gould.

Syzvzia casta, Lath., Vieill. Poéphila?
Syzvia Jeucophea, Lath., Vieill. Muscicapaor Petroica
-Syuvia rubricollis, Lath., Vieill. Diceum hirundinaceum.

Motacilla hirundinacea, Shaw; Sylvia hirundi-
nacea, Lath.; Pipra gularis, Lewin; Pipra
Desmarestii, Leach; Diczum atrogaster,
Less.; Malurus hirundinaceus, Vieill.; Par-
dalotus gularis, Temm.

Syzvia lateralis, Lath. Zosterops lateralis.
Malurus hirundinaceus, var. Viedll. ; Zosterops
dorsalis, V. & H.
Syzvia versicolor, Lath., Vieill. Chrysococcyz

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

r

194 Mr. G. R. Gray on the Nomenclature of Australian Birds.

Prpera superciliosa, Lath.

Prpra cerulescens, Lath.
Pipra cerulea, Vieill.

Hrrunpo caudacuta, Lath., Vieill.
Hrrvunpo pacifica, Lath., Vieill.

Carrimuteus vittatus, Lath., Vieill.
Aigotheles lunulatus, Jard. & Selby.

Caprimu.eus strigoides, Lath., Vieill.
Podargus humeralis, V. & H.

CaprimuLeus megacephalus, Lath., Vieill.

Carrimuteus gracilis, Lath., Vieill.
Podargus humeralis (V. & H.), Gould.

CotumBa melanoleuca, Lath., Vieill.
Cotumsa pallida, Lath., Vieill.

Perpix varius, Lath.
Hemipodius varius, Gould.

Arpea maculata, Lath.

Numentvs rostratus, Lath. MS.
Numenius australasianus, Gould.

Trinea aurita, Lath., Vieill.

RecurvirostTrRa americana, Lath. MS.
Recurvirostra Nove Hollandiz, Vieill.

Scotopax australis, Lath.
Scolopax Hardwicku, J. £. Gray.

CHARADRIUS magnirostris, Lath.

Cuaraprivs grallarius, Lath., Vieill. ?
Cuaraprius frenatus, Lath., Vieill. g
Charadrius longipes, Viell.

Cuaraprivs griseus, Lath., Vieill.
Cuaraprivs fuscus, Lath., Vieill.
Rauuuvs tabuensis, Lath. MS.

Names proposed.
Pardalotus supercilio-
sus, Vieill.

Pardalotus id

Acanthylis caudacuta.

Cypselus ?

Aigotheles Nove Hol-
landie, V. & H.

Podargus strigoides.

Podargus i
Podargus ?

Carpophaga melanoleuca.
Columba ?
Turnia varius, Vieill.

Nycticorax caledonica, juv.
Numenius cyanopus, Vieill.

Tringoides hypoleucus ?

Recurvirostra rubricol-
lis, Temm.

Gallinago australis.

Burhinus magmirosiris, Il.

Cidicnemus grallarius.

Hiaticula —— ?
Hiaticula P
Porzana plumbea.

Nec R. tabuensis, Gm. ; Crex plumbea, J. E.

Gray; Gallinula immaculata, Sw.

Larus pacificus, Lath., Vieill.

Larus pacificus, Lath.

Larus leucomelas, Vied//. ; Larus Georgii, Vig.

Anas melanoleuca, Lath., Vieill.
Anas semipalmata, Lath., Vieill.

Anas rhynchotis, Lath.
Rhynchaspis maculatus, Gould.

Anseranus melanoleucus,
Less.

Spatula rhynchotis.

Messrs. Austin on some new Crinoidea. 195

XXXIII.—Descriptions of several new Genera and Species
of Crinoidea. By Tuomas Austin, Esq., and THomas
Austin, Jun., Civil Engineer.

In deference to the recommendation of the British Association
for the Advancement of Science, we have endeavoured, in esta-
blishing our new genera and species, to adhere as closely as
possible to the rules which have been sanctioned by that
body; and though we have experienced considerable diffi-
culty in extricating some groups from the confusion in which
they were involved, we trust on the whole that our labours
will be found to be in accordance with the liberal and en-
lightened views propounded by the Committee appointed to
report on the means of rescuing the nomenclature of Zoology
from the almost inextricable confusion it has fallen into.

Family PoTeRiocRINID&, Austin,

containing the following genera: Poteriocrinites, Cladocrinites,
and Synbathocrinites.

Genus Poteriocrinites, Miller.
The generic characters defined by its founder.

Sp. P. dudleyensis, Austin, sp.

Definition.—The plates surrounding the body agree in
number and arrangement with the generic character. The
upper series or ray-bearing plates are abruptly truncated on
their superior edges, which are excavated and have central
ridges for the articulation of the rays. These ridges extend
the whole width of the plates. The unique specimen examined
somewhat resembles P. granulosus in figure, but the dorso-
central plates are less dilated; and it differs from that spe-
cies in the absence of granule, all the plates being quite
smooth. Column and rays unknown.

This is the only instance in which the genus Poteriocrinites
has been met with in other strata than the carboniferous lime-
stone. The specimen is in the cabinet of J. Johnson, Esq.

P. isacobus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The plates surrounding the body accord in number
and arrangement with the generic type. Main rays five, each
composed of a single joint. These are succeeded by others
until the last series amount to forty. Each subdivision, like
the main rays, is composed of a single joint. Column un-
known.

This is an exceedingly minute species, from which circum-
stance we had given it the specific name minimus in our pro-

O 2

196 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

posed list of Crinoidea, which appeared in No. 63 of the ‘ An-
nals and Magazine of Natural History’; but as this term
came within the objection pointed out by the British Asso-
ciation, we have not hesitated in proposing one less objec-
tionable, and perhaps more characteristic.

P. radiatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Dorso-central plates (pelvis) much elongated, with
several highly raised narrow ridges which run across the su-
tures, and uniting with similar ridges on the adjoining plates
form series of triangles around the body. Ray-bearing plates
broad, with nearly circular excavations for the insertion of the
rays. Column and rays unknown.

P. rostratus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The plates forming the cup of this species are iden-
tical in number and arrangement with the generic type. The
upper portion is elongated into a proboscis or oral tube,
situated centrally, of considerable length, and covered with
plates which are ornamented with reticulating ridges. The
proboscis terminates at its apex with several tooth-hke plates.
Main rays five, once subdivided, making ten. Tentacula
somewhat distant from each other. Column composed of
large and small joints alternately.

P. quinquangularis, Austin, sp.

Def-—Dorso-central plates more conical than im the generic
type. Proboscis elongated, with elevated ridges crossing the
plates transversely. Main rays five, with one or more subdi-
visions. Column quinquangular near its attachment to the
body, but gradually becoming circular as it recedes from that
point.

P. plicatus, Austin, sp.

Def—Form and arrangement of the body-plates coincide
with the generic type. Five broad, elevated, strongly defined
ridges or folds run upwards from the dorso-central plates,
through the first series of perisomic plates: when near the
upper edges of these plates the ridges divide and branch out-
wards at an angle of about 45°, terminating at the base of the
rays, and forming a figure approaching to the letter Y. A
similar ridge then crosses from each horn of the letter, and
terminates also at the base of the rays. Rays unknown, but
their points of attachment are nearly circular, with a central
ridge. Column circular, slightly enlarging at its attachment
to the dorso-central plates.

and Species of Crinoidea. 197

P.? dactyloides, Austin, sp.

PDef.—The perisomic plates appear to coincide with the ge-
neric character of Poteriocrinites. Rays five and undivided.
The ray-joints are long near the body, but go on gradually
diminishing in size to their terminations. The proboscis shows
the reticulated structure peculiar to Potertocrinites. This spe-
cies appears to be small.

Genus Cladocrinites*.

This genus includes the species which Mr. Phillips named
provisionally Jsocrinites, but as Von Meyer had previously
founded a genus of that name, composed of quite a distinct
suite of fossils, we have ventured to remove the so-called Jso-
crinites of Mr. Phillips into our proposed new genus.

Generic definition.—Dorso-central plates five ?, resembling
a tumid supra-columnar joint. First series of perisomic plates
(costals) five; second series or ray-bearing plates five: all
these plates are remarkably short in comparison with the
length and size of the rays. Column generally enlarging at
its junction with the body, and apparently devoid of auxiliary
side-arms.

C. Egertoni, Phill. sp.

The specific definition has already been given by Mr. Phil-
lips ; we however differ in opinion with respect to the portion
of the fossil which is to be considered as the body and which
the rays. We consider all the joints above the second series
of perisomic plates as belonging to the rays, Mr. Phillips, on
the contrary, counts the rays only as commencing at the cu-
neiform joints.

. C. nobilis, Phill. sp.

Mr. Phillips included this beautiful species amongst the

genus Poteriocrinites ?

C. tuberculatus, Mull. sp.
Miller described this Crinite as a Cyathocrinite, to which
genus it does not belong.

C. longidactylus, Austin.

Def—The perisomic plates conform to the generic type.
The five main rays are each composed of two joints only, from
which proceed two secondary rays; these again subdivide, the
inner branches extending a considerable distance before the
last bifurcation takes place ; but the outer branches divide at
about half the distance that the inner rays do. The total

* From hlados, a branch.

198 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

divisions amount to forty. The rays are remarkably long in
proportion to the size of the body. Column circular.

r C. brevidactylus, Austin.

The plates forming the cup agree with the typical character.
The rays are shorter and less numerous than in the preceding
species. Main rays five, divisions amounting to twenty or
more. Column circular, and varying in different stages of
growth.

C. pentagonus, Austin.

Def.—The perisomic plates answer to the typical character.
Main rays five, subdivisions fourteen. Proboscis or oral tube
large and central, and covered with five vertical bands of plates.
Rays fourteen? Column: upper portion pentagonal, gradually
becoming circular and moniliform.

C. macrodactylus, Phill. sp.

Family Encrinip&, Austin,

contains the genera Encrinites, Mill.; Hucalyptocrinites, Cu-
pressocrinites, Goldf., and Euryocrinites, Phill.

Family PENTACRINID&.

P. rotundus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The only portion of this species known is a columnar
fragment, which differs from all other Pentacrinites in being
circular, but it still retains the peculiar generic character, in
the stellated crenulations on the articulating facets of the
columnar joints. These pentapetalous figures are more dilated,
to suit the circular form of the joints, than in others of the
genus.

Family MarsuPIocRINIDZ,
consisting of Marsupiocrinites and Crotalocrinites.

Genus Crotalocrinites*.
Def.—Dorso-central plates five; first series of perisomic —
plates five; second series five. On the latter are a series of
wedge-shaped plates which bear the rays: the exact number
of these plates is unascertained. Column with a pentapetalous
perforation.
C. rugosus, Miller, sp.

Def.—The plates surrounding the body agree with the ge-
neric character. Rays numerous, probably amounting to one
hundred. Column composed of thin joints articulating ito
each other by radiating striz. The columnar canal is penta-

* From krotaion, a bell.

and Species of Crinoidea. 199

petalous. The rays are remarkably small in proportion to the
size of the animal.

Miller has fallen into such important errors respecting this
Crinite, that it is difficult to believe the fossil he describes to
be identical with this which we are now describing ; but ha-
ving access to the specimens he founded the species on, and
comparing them with others, we cannot doubt their identity.

Miller placed it with his genus Cyathocrinites as C. rugosus.
The plates he erroneously described as scapulars with a single
excavation for the articulation of the arm-joints have no ex-
cavation whatever, for there is a regular series of wedge-shaped
plates resting on them, and from which the rays, amounting
to nearly one hundred, proceed.

Family PLATYCRINIDA,
containing the genera Platycrinites, Cyathocrinites, and Caryo-
crinites.
Genus Platycrinites, Miller.

Genus erroneously described by its founder as having a
divided pelvis. On referring to Miller’s own specimens it is
evident the fossils we are about to describe belong to the ge-
nus Platycrinites, which has in reality an undivided dorso-
central plate, though Miller thought otherwise. This can be
demonstrated by numerous well-preserved specimens, both in
our own cabinet and in other collections also.

P. mucronatus, Austin, sp.

Definition given in the first poition of our Monograph now
in course of publication.

P. antheliontes, Austin, sp.
Described in our Monograph now in the press.

P. spinosus, Austin, sp.
Defined in Monograph.

P. trigintidactylus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Perisomic plates agree with the generic character, but
are somewhat broader than in the typical species /evis. Main
rays and subdivisions thirty, closely tentaculated to their ends.
Proboscis or oral tube long, central, and plated to its apex with
rather small, smooth, hexagonal plates. Column circular at
its attachment to the body, but gradually becoming elliptical
as it recedes from it.

; Family ACTINOCRINID&, Austin,

contains the following genera: Actinocrinites, Rhodocrinites,
Melocrinites, and Tetracrinites.

200 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

Genus Actinocrinites, Miller.
Described by its founder.

A. elephantinus, Austin, sp.

The perisomic plates agree with the generic type in number
and arrangement, but the radiating folds or ridges which or-
nament them are less strongly marked and fewer in number.
The plates are also smaller in proportion to the size of the
animal. Proboscis or oral tube much elongated, in some spe-
cimens exceeding two inches in length. Proboscidial plates
hexagonal, with an elevated ridge in the centre of each, and
which is surrounded by a circle of minute tubercles. Main
rays and subdivisions fifty, furnished with numerous tenta-
cula. Column circular, with two small joints intervening be-
tween those of larger size.

A. cataphractus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The plates surrounding the body agree with the ty-
pical character in number and arrangement. The proboscis
or oral tube of this species presents many interesting points
of structure. It is covered from its base to the apex with a
set of abruptly conical plates arranged spirally. The inter-
mediate spaces are covered with smaller plates slightly ele-
vated in their centres. Both sets, as well as the plates between
the rays and proboscis, are beautifully embossed with minute
mammiform eminences. The perisomic plates radiate in single
ridges. Rays thirty, furnished with long and close-set tenta-
cula. Column: it is impossible to define the structure of the
column, as no certainty exists respecting it in this or other
species, for it is evident that at different seasons considerable
modifications took place.

There is a strongly marked difference between this species
and the ¢riacontadactylus, although each possess the same
number of rays. The ¢riacontadactylus has its proboscis co-
vered with exceedingly minute plates, while those of the cata-
phractus are of striking peculiarity.

A. aculeatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Perisomic plates answer to the generic type in num-
ber and general arrangement. The radiations are less strongly
marked than in some other species. Oral tube elongated and
covered with minute plates, most of which are furnished with
a thorn-like projection in their centres. Rays and subdivisions
forty. Two rows of minute tubercles ornament the outer sides
of each of the rays. Column varying according to the period
of the year in which the animal died.

and Species of Crinoidea. 201

A. crassus, Austin, sp.

The plates surrounding the body agree with the typical cha-
racter in number and arrangement, but they are comparatively
broader and devoid of the radiated markings. Rays numerous,
but their number unknown. Column unascertained.

A. granulatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The perisomic plates agree in number with the ge-
neric type. ‘The first series of plates are larger in proportion
to the size than in the typical species; the upper series are |
also broader. The plates covering the portion above the rays
are finely granulated, excepting the six plates surrounding the
valyate anal pore, which are smooth. Mouth not quite central,
but situated below the large dome-shaped plate which crowns
the centre. ‘Total number of rays unknown, but they were
probably numerous, as indicated by their points of attachment
to the body. Columnar articulation large and circular. Column
unknown.

This is a highly interesting specimen as showing the val-
vate anus, and is supposed to be unique in that respect.

A, levissimus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Body-plates answer to the typical character in num-
ber and arrangement, but they are comparatively larger than
in any other known species. The first and second series are
flat and smooth, the remainder are slightly rounded, and have
faint and partial radiations. Plates covering the viscera fur-
nished with conical projections in their centres. Divisions of
the rays fifty, closely tentaculated. Column as in other spe-
cies, varying at different periods of growth.

A. longispinosus, Austin, sp.

Def.—The plates surrounding the body agree with the ge-
neric type, but the radiations are less strongly marked. The
coronal plates, or those protecting the upper portion, are elon-
gated into spines of very great length. Oral tube long and
covered with minute plates. Rays forty. Column varying
at different seasons.

Genus Rhodocriniies, Miller.

This is another genus of Miller’s which requires an emended
definition. He describes the dorso-central plates (pelvis) as
composed of three instead of five pieces, and the first series
of plates resting on them as quadrilateral, when, in fact, they
are hexagonal. These mistakes were no doubt owing to the
smallness of the specimens examined by Miller, which ren-
dered them liable to be misunderstood. In consequence of

202 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

these errors Mr. Phillips has repudiated the genus altogether,
and endeavoured to found a new one under the name of Géi-
berisocrinus. We have carefully examined Miller’s specimens
and compared them with the species from the Yorkshire lime-
stone which have been described by Mr. Phillips, and we are
quite convinced that they are generically identical with each
other ; it is therefore evident that either the genus Rhodocri-
nites or the Gilbertsocrinus must be suppressed.

Though Miller was unquestionably wrong in his generic
definition, there can be no possible doubt as to the identity of
the fossils on which he founded his genus; we therefore, on
mature consideration, think it just that the merit of priority
should be conceded to him ; and we trust that Mr. Phillips will
coincide in this opinion.

If this principle is not to be recognised, every trifling error
of an observer may be taken advantage of, like a flaw in an
indictment, and the slightest mistake in his definitions be suf-
ficient to annul a long-established genus. In this manner we
might claim the right to rename the genus Platycrinites on
the plea that the dorso-central plate is undivided instead of
tripartite, as in Miller’s generic character.

Def.—Dorso-central plates five, quadrilateral, with a small
perforation at each of their inner angles, which, when the
plates are united, form the pentapetalous opening into the
column.

First series of plates resting on the dorso-central five, hex-
agonal; second series five, heptagonal ; these latter support
five hexagonal plates, which are succeeded by a like number
of pentagonal ones. On the upper edges of each of these
plates rest two lengthened hexagons, to which the ray-bear-
ing plates are attached. Between these latter are several pen-
tagonal and hexagonal plates.

Mr. Phillips appears to consider the pentagonal plates be-
low the lengthened hexagons as the scapule or ray-bearing
plates; but this we consider erroneous, as all the plates we
have described as perisomic clearly envelope and form part of
the body, above which the rays become distinctly developed,
and were possessed of flexure, which their lower portions
must have been deficient in had they been as described by
Mr. Phillips.

R. costatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Plates surrounding the body agree in number with
the generic type. A strong rib or fold extends from each of
the five angles of the dorso-central plates to about two-thirds
the distance between those points and the rays; they then

and Species of Crinoidea. 203

divide, each branch ending at the base of the rays. All the
perisomic plates are radiated. Abdominal plates small and
mammiform. Mouth lateral. Rays forty. Columnar joints
alternately thicker and thinner.

R. granulatus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Perisomic plates agree as to number and arrange-
ment with the generic type, but instead of elevated ribs, as in
the last species, the same end—strength—is attained by the
superior thickness of the plates lying in the line of the rays.
In consequence of this increased solidity, these plates are more
elevated than the adjoining ones, the elevations being greatest
in their centres. All the perisomic plates are minute, elevated,
and finely granulated. Mouth lateral. Rays probably twenty.
Columnar joints alternately larger and smaller.

Genus Tetramerocrinites*, Austin.
Def.—Dorso-central plates four, pentagonal. First series
of perisomic plates eight, four of which are heptagonal, and
the remaining four pentagonal, alternating with each other ;
second series or ray-bearing plates eight, with a double exca-
vation in each for the insertion of the ray-joints ; several in-
tervening plates occur, but the number is unknown.

T. formosus, Austin.

Def.—Little is known of this species beyond the descrip-
tion given in the generic definition. The unique specimen
obtained of this species departs from the usual quinary type
in the arrangement of its rays, which are in four groups of
four each, instead of five, as is more generally observed in the
Crinoidea. The depressions in the quadripartite dorso-central
plates for the attachment of the column are small but deep.
The body piates are all beautifully radiated from their centres.
Column and rays unknown.

Family PeriEcHocrRINITESt, Austin,
comprising the genera Periechocrinites and Sagenocrinites.

Genus Periechocrinites, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three. It is difficult to define
the perisomic plates in this genus in the same manner as in
other genera, because they do not occur in regular series as in
Actinocrinites, but are regular only in the line of plates which
run from the dorso-central plates to those bearing the rays.
These may be considered as the principal plates, as they are

* From teétrameres, consisting of four parts. + From periecho, to surround.

204 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

more equally developed than the intervening ones, and di-
vide the body into compartments. These series are easily
distinguished by their prominence from the intermediate
plates. A series of three traverse the lower portion of the
body ; these are succeeded by two other series of three each,
which branch off at a considerable angle and form the points
of attachment for the rays. Within the forks formed by these
branches are groups consisting of three or more smaller and
less prominent plates than those already described. In each
of the compartments between the ray-bearing series is a
group of several irregularly shaped hexagonal and pentagonal
plates, sometimes amounting to seventeen or eighteen; in other
cases the number is less, for greater irregularity is observable
in this genus than in any other yet described. Rays composed
of double series of joints.

P. articulosus, Austin.

The perisomic plates agree with the generic description,
which has, in fact, been taken from this the typical species.
Rays eighty, composed of double series of joints: the rays
may really exceed the number specified above, but we have
clearly seen their development up to that amount. Column
circular, and subject to the same periodical changes as in

other genera.
P. costatus.

The perisomic plates agree with the generic definition.
Mr. Phillips has in Murchison’s ‘ Silurian System’ erroneously
described this species as Actinocrinites (moniliformis). 'To that
genus it bears no resemblance either in the number or ar-
rangement of the plates forming the calcareous framework.
To bring this species within the generic character of Actino-
crinites, it is necessary to consider the scapulz as situated at
least three series of plates below the true ray-bearing plates.
It is scarcely necessary to remark, that such a method of de-
termining species is quite unsatisfactory in every point of view,
and must lead to important errors if adhered to.

Miller originally admitted it into the genus Actinocrinites,
on the evidence of a columnar fragment ; but as the form of
the column possesses no peculiarity of structure sufficiently
striking to warrant specific distinction, we have altogether re-

named it.
P. globosus.

The number and arrangement of the perisomic plates answer
to the generic type. Rays and column unknown.

ee

and Species of Crinoidea. 205

Genus Sagenocrinites*, Austin.
Def.—Dorso-central and perisomic plates unknown, as the
only portions hitherto discovered are the rays and plated in-
tegument, which extends between their lower divisions in the
Same manner as the membranous web is stretched between
the toes of many aquatic birds. The peculiar construction of
these portions clearly proves them to belong to an undefined

‘genus.

S. expansus, Phillips, sp.

Mr. Bi aips has defined this species as far as the existing
knowledge respecting it warranted in Murch. ‘Sil. Syst.’ ; but
he has placed it provisionally with the Actinocrinites, to which
it in no respect appertains.

S. giganteus, Austin.

Body-plates unknown. Rays unequally developed and va-
rying in their diameters ; secondary rays composed of a double
series of thin joints articulating by radiating strize as in various
columns. A plated integument connects the lower portions
of the rays.

Family Mrerocrinip&, Austin,

contains the genera Dimerocrinites and Tetramerocrinites.

Genus Phenicocrinites +.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three ? First series of perisomic
plates, or those in the line of the rays, five ; second series five ;
third series, or ray-bearing plates, five and cuneiform. Between
these, the principal series, are several smaller plates, the num-
ber unascertained.

P. simplex, Phillips ? sp-

Def.—The arrangement of the perisomic plates agrees with
the generic type. Rays ten, composed of single series of joints,
and furnished with plumose tentacula. The column is short
as compared with Actinocrinites. No indication of auxiliary
side-arms has been observed in this species. Base furnished
with several fibres of attachment.

This is supposed to be the Actinocrinites simplex of Phillips,
who states that “ the pelvic, costal, and other plates of the body
agree with Miller’s technical formula of Actinocrinites.”. We
cannot discover this agreement in any of the essential points,
and have therefore removed it into a new genus.

Family AstrRAcRINIDAt,
consisting of the genera Astracrinites and Aporocrinites.

* From sagene, a fishing-net. + From phoiniz, a palm-tree.
+ From astron, a star.

206 Messrs. Austin on new Genera

Genus Astrocrinites, Austin.
Def.—Dorso-central plate quadrangular, to which four pairs
of elongated plates are attached, imparting a lobed shape to
the fossil. In the retiring angles at the base of the four lobes
are a like number of ambulacra. Mouth central. Anus lateral.

A. tetragonus, Austin.

Def.—The plates of this species agree with the generic de-
finition. Each of the elongated plates has two or three rows
of minute tubercles around its outer margin, apparently for
the attachment of spines. The ambulacra have each a double
row of pores placed centrally, with marginal tubercles. Near
the centre of the dorso-central plate is an oval eminence, ap-
parently analogous to the madreporiform tubercle on the dorsal
surface of the true Starfishes.

Genus Sycocrinites*, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three, forming a pentagon. First
series of perisomic plates five, on which rest other series of
plates, answering, though larger in proportion, to the abdo-
minal (pectoral) plates of those Crinites which possess rays.
Mouth central, anal pore lateral. Column unknown.

S. clausus, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three ; perisomic plates five, on
which rest a second series of five plates which answer to the
interscapular plates of those Crinites possessing rays; a third
series of five plates close in the apex, excepting a minute cen-
tral opening which is considered to be the mouth, and which
was probably valvate. The anus is situated laterally at a point
between the first and second series of plates. Column un-
‘known.

S. Jacksoni, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three, forming a pentagon. Pe-
risomic plates five. Apex closed in by five plates. Mouth
central and valvate, anal pore lateral. Columnar attachment
small, Column unknown.

S. anapeptamenus, Austin.

Def.—Dorso-central plates three, forming a pentagon. First
series : perisomic plates five, all hexagons. The second series
of plates arch over the apex, leaving a central opening which
was probably protected by a plated integument. Anal pore
lateral and projecting. Column unknown.

* From sukon, a fig.

and Species of Crinoidea. 207

Genus Echinocrinus, Agassiz.
E. spinosus, Austin, sp.

Def.—Body conico-globose, with five double rows of ambu-
lacral plates, and the like number of interambulacral spaces.
The five pairs of avenues run from the mouth to the columnar
point of attachment. The ovarian plates surround the mouth
instead of the anal opening, as in the recent Echini, but which
organ is as yet undiscovered in these fossil animals. The
whole surface is covered with spines, but these are of two
sorts ; the one kind, though few in number, are long and fur-
rowed longitudinally. The prominences near their bases are
circular, and in their ends are cup-like excavations by which
each one fits on to the tubercle in the centre of each plate.
The second sort of spines are short, and are rather numerously
but irregularly scattered over the plates and around the cen-
tral spine. Column unknown.

E. anceps, Austin, sp.

The only part of this species yet discovered is a beautiful
fragment showing the internal structure of the ambulacra and
a few of the adjoining plates. On showing the specimen to
Professor Agassiz some time since, he pronounced it to be the
internal surface of a portion of the HE. pomum. Though the
Professor’s name ranks deservedly high in science, and how-
ever presumptuous it may appear to dissent from such an
authority, we are compelled in this instance to do so, for the
following reasons :—the ambulacral pores of the specimen in
question are much wider asunder than in the H. pomum, the
plates themselves are much larger, and above all, are beyond
comparison thinner than in the species Prof. Agassiz assigned
them to.

Since Professor Agassiz saw the specimen in question, we
have had many opportunities of examining the internal struc-
ture of the £. pomum, and we can find no resemblance what-
ever between the two species.

It appears to us that the name of our genus Sycocrinites
and that of the Echinocrinus of Professor Agassiz require
amendment, as their terminations imply affinities which do
not exist.

A great majority of the new species defined in the foregoing
paper were discovered and collected from the strata in which
they occur by the authors.

¢

Kingsdown, Bristol, January 18, 1843.

208 Dr. T. Taylor on two new species of British Musci.

XX XIV.—On two new species of British Musci. By Tuomas
Taytor, M.D., Dunkerron, Kenmare. Communicated
by William Gourlie, Jun.*

TRICHOSTOMUM SAXATILE, MSS,

Specific character.—Caule subramoso, abbreviato, erecto, conferto ;
foliis ovato-lanceolatis, concavis, margine reflexis, integerrimis, —
epiliferis, apice obtusiusculis, nervo sub summo apice evanescente;
peristomii dentibus brevibus, laciniis alternatim angustioribus,
operculo suberecto, calyptra hine fissa.

Hab. In locis montosis, saxa majora coronans. Comitatus Kerriensis,
Hiberniz.

Caules $—-1 unciales, aggregati, innovationibus binis. Folia flavo-
virescentia, anni preeteriti fuscescentia, nunquam, uti multis conge-
neribus solenne, in acumen elongatum producta. Capsula oblonga
aut obovata. Peristomium breve, trabeculis dentium lacinias vix
jungentibus. Operculi rostrum inclinatum. Calyptra fissura unica
ceteris altior; unde genus vix firmum.

This plant, in the ‘ Flora Hibernica,’ has been referred to a
variety of Trichostomum fasciculare, Schrader, growing on
stones at Carig Mountain. Subsequent careful examination
of better specimens shows it to be very distinct in the want
of fascicled branches, but especially by the short peristome,
whose teeth are united at their bases by a pale membrane
rising above the mouth of the capsule. The inclined rostrum
of the lid and nearly dimidiate calyptra are unusual in the
genus.

BRYUM RECURVIFOLIUM, MSS.

Spec. char.—Caule erecto, subsimplici, subflexuoso ; foliis oblongo-
ovatis, acutis, laxis, ex amplexante basi recurvantibus, margini-
bus flexuosis, minutissime serrulatis.

Apud montem Knockavohila, prope Dunkerron in Comitatu Kerri-
ensi, Hibernie. Anno 1842.

Habitus Dicrani squarrosi, Schrader, 2—4 uncialis, inter Hypna
aliosve muscos adscendens, vix cespitosa, luteo-viridis. Caules
seepius duos surculos annotinos erigentes, atque ex eodem puncto
radices setaceas, purpureo-nigricantes paucas demittentes. Folia
canaliculata, subdistantia squarrosa, caulis apicem versus conferta
atque majora, dense cellulosa, nervo valido pallidiori in cuspidem
‘ brevem excurrente ; marginibus pallidis minutissime celluloso-ser-
rulatis.

Although the fructification is not known, yet there can be
little hesitation in referring this remarkable species to the
genus Bryum. With the habit of Dicranum squarrosum,
Schrad., it has the structure of Bryum cuspidatum, Schreber.
A very small quantity, and only in one spot, has hitherto
been found.

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Bibliographical Notices. 209

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Natural History of New York. Zoology, or the New-York Fauna,
comprising detailed descriptions of all the Animals hitherto observed
within the state of New York, with brief notices of those occasion-
ally found near its borders, and accompanied by appropriate illus-
trations. By James KE. De Kay. Part I. Mammalia. 4to. Albany,

1842.

Tue appearance of the advertisement of a zoological work in
America extending to ten quarto volumes, devoted to the natural
productions of a particular province, induced us, in these days of
cheap publications, to procure a sight of the first part of the under-
taking. It is the result of one of those State-Surveys, several of
which have been previously completed by other districts, and it tells
much for the enterprise of the country that an examination on such
a scale should have been undertaken, and still more so that the
results should be so early commenced to be laid before the public,
thereby repaying to the state value for the employment it had given
to its scientific men; and it might stand as an example to the go-
vernments of older countries, not to store up the results of the ex-
pensive labours of years for the unlikely probability of rendering
them perfect after the generation of their projectors shall have
ceased to exist: ‘‘ go ahead” may sometimes be taken as a useful
motto.

By authority of acts of the Assembly the above-mentioned Survey
was made: ‘‘ William L. Marcy, governor, arranged the plan of the
Survey in the summer of 1836, and assigned its departments as fol-
lows: the Zoological department to James E. De Kay; the Bota-
nical department to John Torrey; the Mineralogical and Chemical
departments to Lewis C. Beck; the Geological department to Wil-
liam W. Mather, Ebenezer Emmons, Timothy A. Conrad, and Lard-
ner Vanuxem. ‘This arrangement was subsequently altered by the
institution of a Paleontological department, under the care of Mr.
Conrad, and by the appointment of James Hall to supply his place
as a geologist. The results of the Survey appear in the following
volumes, and in eight several collections of specimens of the animals,
plants, soils, minerals, rocks and fossils found within the state, one
of which collections constitutes a museum of natural history at the
capital of the state, and the others are distributed among its col-
legiate institutions.” The volume before us, being the first of the
series, is prefaced by an introduction of 188 pages, which will prove
interesting to the general reader ; it gives a rapid sketch of the pre-
sent condition of the arts and sciences, of the progress of agricul-
ture, internal navigation, railroads, horticulture, newspaper-press,
history of the antiquities, and of the Aborigines; in fact, touching
on almost every topic.

The real commencement of the book, or of the Zoological part,
has a short preface devoted to the description of the surface and
boundary of the state, with a tabular view of the mammalia indige-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. P

210 Bibliographical Notices.

nous to it, comprised in forty-five genera, including fossil as well as
recent and introduced animals. New York lies wholly within the
temperate zone, and contains more than 46,000 square miles. Al-
though situate within the same parallels of latitude which include
the greater part of Italy, the south of France, and the northern parts
of Spain, yet, from the well-established facts of the more southerly
position of the isothermal lines on the western shores of the Atlantic,
its mean annual temperature cannot be compared with that of the
above-mentioned countries, but rather with those lying from 15° to
20° farther north. The result of ten years’ observations at New
York gives 165 days, or about five months, as the mean duration of
winter. Few mountains in the state exceed 5000 feet, yet, from the
peculiarity of climate, their summits have a temperature much lower
than mountains of even higher altitude in corresponding parallels in
Europe. The great inland seas, Erie and Ontario, have also their
influence on the climate and the productions, while the long gut of
land known by the name of Long Island, reaching to the Atlantic, is
the extreme southern limit of the migrations of the arctic species,
and the most northern termination of the wanderings of the birds of
the torrid zone.

Through the Zoological part the descriptions appear to be care-
fully made out. The synonyms are chiefly taken from works relating
to the fauna of North America, a more extended list, perhaps, being
not called for in a work of comparatively provincial character; but
the remarks on the habits of the animals, or their ceconomical and
commercial utility, are extremely limited ; these in one view may not
be considered strictly scientific, at the same time they are very im-
portant. In the description of the beaver it is stated, that in the
state of New York this animal is now nearly extirpated, while in
little more than 200 years previously (1635), 14,891 skins were ex-
ported ; such is the passing away of many of formerly abundant spe-
cies. ‘The New York and European beavers are considered identical.

Among several of the North American animals which have been
considered specifically the same with those of Europe by various
authors, it is to be regretted that any doubt should still exist in a
matter so interesting in their geographical distribution, especially
when the communication between the two continents has become
so speedy andregular. The Mustela vulgaris, Rich. Faun. Bor. Am.,
there considered identical with that of Europe, is given as MW. pusilla ;
but of the ermine, M. Hrminea, auct., though given under the spe-
cific designation of ‘‘ Noveboracensis,” there still seems to exist a
doubt. ‘The sable is given as M. Martes and European synonyms
quoted ; and the observation (with which we feel inclined to agree)
is made—‘‘ I am inclined to believe that the American sable is very
distinct from the pine marten of Europe, with which it is usually
arranged,” and to which is added, ‘‘ I have no means of making
the direct comparison.”” ‘The American black rat, Mus Americanus,
is given as a new species different from the M. Rattus introduced,
varying from it in its dentition, relative length of ears and tail; it
is very rare, only one specimen having been obtained. The new

Bibliographical Notices. 212

genus Orisorex is proposed, differing from Sorex in the large and
prominent ears ; it rests on two small species, one northern, another
southern. The characters given are—‘‘ Ears large, prominent, beyond
the fur; nose elongated; eyes distinct ; tail quadrangular; teeth 33 *.”

A short list of the extra-limital species is given at the end of each
genus.

The volume is illustrated with thirty-three engraved and litho-
graphed plates, but they in general do not equal the beautiful title-
page and the style of the other parts of the work. The engraving
workmanship is finely executed, of which the first two plates, the
lower figure on plate 6, and plate 16, are good examples ; but the
drawing of all the large animals particularly, and many of the others,
is bad and stiff. Plates 13 and 18, the latter a lithograph, should
not have been admitted. Notwithstanding these criticisms, we
wish well to this undertaking, and trust that some of our societies,
or public libraries, will import the work, its price excluding it from
the reach of many of our private zoologists.

Icones Plantarum. By Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H., &c. Part IX.
Bailliére, London, 1843.

We rejoice to find, by the appearance of this, the first part of the
sixth volume, that Sir W. J. Hooker is determined to continue so
peculiarly valuable a work as that before us. It must be quite un-
necessary for us to enter upon its praises, as no botanist can now
require any further observation than to be informed of its appear-
ance. We will only say that Sir W. Hooker deserves the gratitude
of all botanical students for having boldly commenced it in so cheap,
and although cheap, so excellent a form, and at the same time so
complete in its execution. This part contains, if possible, even a
larger proportion than its predecessors of new and highly interest-
ing plants.

Flora Italica. By A. Bertoloni, Eq. Aur., M.D. Bononie, 1842.

The first part of the fifth volume of this justly celebrated work
has reached us. As we have referred to it on previous occasions,
we wish only to record the commencement of another volume for
the benefit of our botanical readers. It contains the order Dode-
candria and a part of that of Jcosandria (including in the former
the genus Euphorbia), and fully supports the high character acquired
by its predecessors.

Booxs ReEcEIvep.
Transactions of the Berwickshire Naturalist’s Club. Vol.ii. Part 1.
8vo. 1842. Privately printed by the Club.

This commences the second volume of the Club’s Transactions,
and contains an excellent address by the late President, Mr. Darling,
detailing the acts, &c. of the past year, together with one or two
papers of local interest ; among them a short notice of the discovery
of Smilacina bifolia in the woods at Howick and Kenwood,

* Delphinus phocena, orca, and Delphis are considered specifically iden-
tical in the North American and British seas.

P2

212 Bibliographical Notices.

Illustrations of the Zoology of South Africa. By Dr. Andrew Smith.
Parts 16 & 17. 4to. Smith, Elder and Co., 1843. .
The ornithological part of these numbers is devoted to the genus
Drymoica, of which fifteen species are described and figured, only two
being considered identical with the birds represented by Le Vaillant.
We have also a very interesting series of figures of a species of Naia,
exhibiting its variations and its young state, some of which are so
very dissimilar that we cannot wonder at their being kept distinct
by persons who have only seen specimens in spirits. We consider
the illustrative department improved, and some of the figures very |
well finished.
PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION.

Mr. Gray and Dr. Richardson are preparing a work on the fishes
of China, to be illustrated with figures taken from the living speci-
mens. It will appear in quarterly parts, in small folio.

A new Dictionary of Natural History has been undertaken in Paris
under the auspices of M. Ch. D’Orbigny, entitled “ Dictionnaire uni-
versel d’ Histoire Naturelle.” The new articles, not in any of the
previous dictionaries, are said to be not less than 20,000. The ety-
mology of scientific terms is to be given. ‘here will be an atlas of
plates, and the whole will be preceded by an introduction containing
a detailed plan of the work, with the ancient history of, the sciences.

Mr. J.C. Bellamy, Author of ‘‘ Natural History of South Devon,”
has announced a work entitled, The Housekeeper’s Guide to the Fish-
Market for each Month of the year ; and an account of the Fishes and
Fisheries of Devon and Cornwall, in respect of Commerce, Giconomy,
Natural History, and Statistics.

Hodgson’s Zoology of Nipal: Mammalia.

The prospectus is as follows :—‘‘ Mr. Brian Houghton Hodgson,
who has for some years past resided in an advantageous situation for
the collection and study of the various quadrupeds and birds of the
hills, proposes to publish by subscription a work, calculated alike to
satisfy the scientific and the sporting communities.

«« The drawings are admirably faithful, and comprise some 850 birds,
and 132 species and varieties of quadrupeds and their allies. The
text will furnish all procurable information as to the habits and in-
stincts of the subjects portrayed by the pencil; and the author will
have the assistance of able co-operation in England*, where the work
will be got up in the best style, under the superintendence of Mr.
Frank Howard, who has produced Capt. W. C. Harris’s ‘ Portraits
of African Animals.’

« The first division of this work will contain 100 lithographic plates,
printed on super royal, folio, carefully coloured from the original
drawings, to appear in parts, each containing twenty plates, every

* As it has been mentioned in the Indian Journals that Sir W. Jardine
would superintend the publication of Mr. Hodgson’s work, it may be proper
to state here that there is no foundation for such a report.—Ep.

Zoological Society. 213

alternate month, which, together with an 8vo volume of letter-press,
will form a complete illustration of the Mammalia of Nipal.”

Mr. James Hamilton Fennell, author of a very entertaining and
instructive History of Quadrupeds, is preparing to publish by sub-
scription a volume on “‘ Shakespeare’s Knowledge of the Works and
Phenomena of Nature.” From among the authorities given in the
Prospectus in favour of such a work, we select the following :—

** All the images of nature were ever present to Shakespeare, and
he drew them not laboriously, but luckily.” —Dryden.

‘* Whatever object of nature, or branch of science, he either
speaks of or describes, it is always with competent, if not extensive
knowledge ; his descriptions are still exact; all his metaphors ap-
propriate, and remarkably drawn from the true nature and inherent
qualities of each subject.”—Pope, in the Prefuce to his edition of
Shakespeare’s Works, 1725 and 1728.

“ Mr. Fennell’s subject is a delightful one, and when finished in
the manner that portion of it is treated which I have seen, cannot
fail to make a very popular volume. It is an appendix tu the text
which many readers of Shakespeare must have felt the want of.” —
William Yarrell, Esq. in a Letter to a Friend, dated Jan. 29, 1838.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 22, 1842.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The reading of the Second Part* of Prof. Owen’s Monograph on
the Apteryx australis, Shaw, including its Myology, was completed.

The following is the descriptive portion of this communication :—

MuscLES OF THE SKIN. >:

No detailed description of the muscles of the skin in Birds has
been given either in the systematic works on comparative anatomy,
or in particular treatises ; these muscles appear indeed in general to
be too irregularly or too feebly developed to have attracted much
attention ; brief notices are recorded of some peculiarly developed
cutaneous muscles, as those which spread the plumes of the peacock,
and erect the hackles of the cock; the compressors of the subcuta-
neous air-cells are noticed in the anatomical account of the Gannett
_ (Sula Bassanat), and a more constant cutaneous muscle, viz. that
which supports the crop in gallinaceous birds, is briefly mentioned
and figured by Hunter {.

In the Apteryz, the subject of the present Myography, the cuta-
neous system of muscles presents a more distinct and extensive

* See Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. il. part 4. p. 25%,

Splanchnology and Osteology.
+ Proceedings of Zoological Society, 1832, p. 91.
t In description of pl. 10, vol. i. of Physiological Catalogue of Hunterian

Collection, by Owen, 4to. 1833-1841.

214 Zoological Society.

development than has hitherto been met with in the class of Birds—
a condition which is evidently connected with the peculiar thickness
of the integument, and probably with the burrowing habits of the
present species, which possesses in this structure the power of
shaking off the loose earth from its plumage, while busy in the act
of excavating its chamber of retreat and nidification.

Constrictor colli.tThe whole of the neck is surrounded by a thin
stratum of muscular fibres, directed for the most part transversely,
and extending from an attachment along the median line of the skin
at the back of the neck, to a parallel raphé on the median line of the
opposite side: this muscle is strongest at its commencement or
anterior part, where the fibres take their origin in a broad fasciculus
from the outer part of the occipital ridge ; these run obliquely down-
wards and forwards on each side of the neck, but are continued
uninterruptedly with those arising from the dorsal line of the skin
above mentioned; the direction of the fibres insensibly changing
from the oblique to the transverse. The outer surface of this
muscle is attached to the integument by a thin and dense layer of
cellular tissue, devoid of fat; the under surface is more loosely con-
nected with the subjacent parts by a more abundant and finer cellu-
lar tissue.

Use.—To brace the cervical integument, raise the neck feathers,
and in combination with the following muscle to shake these parts.

Sterno-cervicalis.—Origin. Fleshy, from the posterior incurved —

process of the sternum, from the ensiform prolongation and middle
line of the outer and posterior surface of the same bone. Insertion.
The fibres pass forward, and diverging in gently curved lines, ascend
upon the sides of the broad base of the neck, and are inserted by a
thin but strong fascia into the median line of the dorsal integument.
This muscle is a line in thickness at its origin, but becomes thinner
as it expands; the antcrior part is covered by the posterior fibres of
the constrictor colli.

Use.—To retract the skin of the neck, and brace that portion
which covers the base of the neck; when these are the fixed points,
it will depress and protract the sternum, and thus aid in inspiration.

Obs.—In its position and the general course of the fibres, this
muscle is analogous to that which supports and assists in emptying
the crop in the common fowl; but the cesophagus presents no par-
tial dilatation in the Apteryx, and the situation of the crop is occu-
pied by a large mass of fat enclosing one or two absorbent glands.

Sterno-mazillaris.—This muscle appears at first view to be the
anterior continuation of the preceding, but is sufficiently distinct to
merit a separate description and name. Origin. Fleshy; from the
anterior part of the middle line of the sternum. Ins. It passes di-
rectly forwards along the under or anterior part of the neck, expand-
ing as it proceeds, and gradually separating into two thin symme-
trical fasciculi, which are insensibly lost in the integument covering
the throat and the angle of the jaw. It adheres pretty closely to
the central surface of the constrictor colli, along which it passes to
its insertion.

Use.—To retract the fore-part of the skin of the neck, and also

ee

Zoological Society. 215

the head. Each lateral portion acting alone would incline the head
to its own side: the whole muscle in action would bend the neck ;
but the movements of the head and neck are more adequately and
immediately provided for by the appropriate deeper-seated muscles,
and the immediate office of the present muscle is obviously connected
with the skin. Nevertheless, in so far as this muscle acts upon the
head, it produces the same movements as the sterno-mastoideus in
Mammalia ; and it is interesting to observe, that in the long-necked
Ruminants (as the Giraffe), the sterno-mastoid muscles arise by a
common origin, and the insertion is by an extended fascia into the
angles of the jaw : I consider, therefore, that the sterno-mastoid is
represented by the sierno-mazillaris in the Apteryz, the only bird in
which this muscle has hitherto been described.

Dermo-transversalis.—The skin covering the dorsal aspect of the
lower two-thirds of the neck, besides being acted upon by the con-
strictor colli, is braced down by a thin stratum of oblique and some-
what scattered fibres, which take their origins by fascize attached to
the inferior transverse processes of the sixth to the twelfth cervical
vertebre inclusive; the fibres pass obliquely upwards and _ back-
wards, and are inserted by a thin fascia into the median line of the
skin, covering the back of the neck.

Platysma myoides.—The representative of this cutaneous muscle
is a thin triangular layer of muscular fibres, taking their origin from
the outer side of the ramus of the jaw, and diverging as they descend
to spread over the throat, and meeting their fellows at a middle
raphé of insertion beneath the upper larynx and beginning of the
trachea, which they thus serve to compress and support.

Dermo-spinalis.—Origin. By a thin fascia from the ends of the
spinous processes of the three anterior dorsal vertebrae. Jns. The
fibres slightly converge to be attached to the integument covering
the scapular region.

Dermo-iliacus.-_Origin. Fleshy, from the anterior margin of the
ilium. Jns. The fibres pass forwards and slightly converge to be in-
serted into the scapular integument.

Dermo-costalis—A muscle resembling the preceding in form.
Origin. Fleshy, from the costal appendages of the seventh and
eighth ribs. Jns. The fibres pass forwards and join those of the
preceding muscle, to be inserted into the scapular integument.

Obs. ‘The three preceding muscles are broad and thin, but well-
defined ; they would appear to influence the movements of the rudi-
mentary spur-armed wing through the medium of the integument,
as powerfully as do the rudimental representatives of the true muscles
of the anterior extremity.

There are also two muscles belonging to the cutaneous series, and
inserted directly into the bones of the wing. One of these, the
dermo-ulnaris, is a small, slender, elongated muscle, which takes its
origin from the fascia beneath the dermo-costalis ; its fibres pass
backwards, and converge to terminate in avery slender tendon which
expands into a fascia, covering the back part of the elbow joint.
Use. To extend the elbow joint and raise the wing.

The dermo-humeralis is also a long and narrow strip, deriving its

216 Zoological Society.

origin from scattered tendinous threads in the subcutaneous cellular
tissue of the abdomen: it passes upwards, outwards and forwards,
and is inserted fleshy into the proximal part of the humerus, which
it seems to depress*.

Muscues oF THE Trunk.
A. On the Dorsal Aspect.

The muscles on the dorsal aspect of the vertebral column in Birds
have only of late years received any attention from Comparative
Anatomists: they have been mentioned rather than described by
Tiedemann and Meckel: Carus has given a side-view of the super-
ficial layer of muscles in the Sparrow-hawk ; their best description
is contained in the second edition of the ‘ Lecons d’Anatomie Com-
parée’ of Cuvier.

The muscles of the back are in general so feebly developed in
birds of flight, that they were affirmed by Cuvier to be wanting
altogether in the first edition of the ‘ Lecons.’ And this is almost
true as respects their carneous portion, for they are chiefly tendinous
in Birds of Flight. In the Struthious birds, and in the Penguin,
in which the dorsal vertebree are unfettered in their movements by
anchylosis, these muscles are more fleshy and conspicuous; but they
attain their greatest relative size and distinctness in the Apteryz.

From the very small size of the muscles which pass from the
spine to the scapula and humerus in the Apteryz, the true muscles of
the back, which correspond to the second layer of the dorsal muscles
in Man, become immediately visible on removing the dorsal integu-
ments and fascie; they consist of the sacro-lumbalis, longissimus
dorsi, and spinalis dorsi. The first two muscles are blended toge-
ther at their posterior origins, but soon assume the disposition cha-
racteristic of each, as they advance forwards.

The sacro-lumbalis is a strong and fleshy muscle, six lines in
breadth, and three or four lines in thickness: it is, as usual, the most
external or lateral of the muscles of the back, and extends from the
anterior border of the ilium to the penultimate cervical vertebra.
Origin. By short tendinous and carneous fibres from the outer half
of the anterior margin of the ilium, and by a succession of long,
strong, and flattened tendons from the angles of the fifth and fourth
ribs, and from the extremities of the transverse processes of the
third, second, and first dorsal vertebrz; also by a shorter tendon
from the transverse process of the last cervical vertebra; these

* In Mammalia the cutaneous muscles form a more continuous stratum
than in the Apteryx and other birds, and hence have been grouped together
under the common term panniculus carnosus; they have also, in geueral,
both their origins and insertions in the integument; but in Birds, in
which the integument supports so extraordinary an abundance of the epi-
dermic material under the form of feathers, the muscles destined to its
especial motions require a more fixed attachment from which to act. The
Rhinoceros, in which the integuments, from the thickness and density of its
corium, is in a similar condition as regards the resistance to be overcome
by the skin-muscles, presents an analogous condition of its panniculus car-
nosus, having it divided into several distinct muscles, most of which take
their origin from bone or fascia attached to bone.

Zoological Society. 217

latter origins represent the musculi accessorii ad sacro-lumbalem ;
they have not hitherto been described in the class of Birds: to bring
them into view, the external margin of the sacro-lumbalis must be
raised. These accessory tendons run obliquely forward, expanding
as they proceed, and are lost in the under surface of the muscle.

Insertion. By a fleshy fasciculus with very short tendinous fibres
into the angle of the sixth rib, and by a series of corresponding fas-
ciculi, which become progressively longer and more tendinous, into
the angles of the fifth, fourth, third and second ribs, and into the
lower transverse processes of the first dorsal and last two cervical
vertebre ; the last insertion is fleshy and strong; the four anterior
of these insertions are concealed by the upper and outer fleshy por-
tion of the sacro-lumbalis, which divides into five elongated fleshy
bundles, inserted successively into the upper transverse processes of
the first three dorsal and last two cervical vertebre. These last in-
sertions seem to represent the continuation of the sacro-lumbalis in
Man, which is termed the cervicalis descendens or ascendens.

Longissimus dorsi.—This muscle is blended posteriorly both with
the sacro-lumbalis and the multifidus spine, and anteriorly with the
outer portion of the spinalis dorsi. It extends as far forward as the
thirteenth cervical vertebra. Origin. From the inner or mesial half
of the anterior margin of the ilium; from a strong aponeurosis at-
tached to the spines of the eighth, seventh and sixth dorsal vertebre ;
and from the transverse processes of the sixth, fifth, fourth and third
dorsal vertebrze. Ins. The carneous fibres continued from the second
origin, or series of origins, incline slightly outwards as they pass for-
ward, and are inserted into the posterior articular processes of the
first three dorsal vertebre, receiving accessory fibres from the spinalis
dorsi. ‘The fasciculi from the transverse processes above mentioned
incline inwards, and are also inserted into the posterior oblique pro-
cesses of the vertebre anterior to them; they soon begin to form a
series of oblique carneous fasciculi, which become more distinct as
they are situated more anteriorly ; they are at first implanted in the
vertebra next in front of that from which they rise, and then into
the vertebra next but one in front ; sothat the most anterior of these
tendons of insertions, to which can be traced any of the fibres of the
main body of the longissimus dorsi, is that which is implanted into
the thirteenth cervical vertebra; it is this fasciculus which is joined
by the first or most posterior of the fasciculi of the longus colli
posticus.

A series of oblique carneous fasciculi, evidently a continuation of,
or part of the same system with those in which the longissimus dorsi
terminates anteriorly, is continued between the upper transverse and
the oblique processes of the vertebre as far forward as the fourth cer-
vical vertebra. This series of muscles seems to represent the trans-
versalis colli*, which is the anterior continuation of the longissimus
dorsi in Mammalia, but it differs in being inserted into the oblique,
instead of the transverse processes. In the direction of their fibres

* It is the ‘ grand transversaire’ of Cuvier, loc. cit. p. 282; but he describes
it as passing from the anterior articular process of one vertebra to the pos-
_ terior articular process of the next in front.

218 Zoological Society.

these fasciculi resemble the semispinalis colli, but are inserted into
the oblique processes instead of the spines of the vertebrae. There
are no other muscles with which they can be compared in the Mam-
malia than these two, with neither of which however do they pre-
cisely correspond ; they seem however clearly to represent the second
series of oblique muscular fasciculi in the trunk of Fishes. Rather
than hazard expressing an incomplete or false analogy, I shall term
these collectively the fasciculi obliqui.

Obliquus colli.__The fasciculi which rise from the first two dorsal
and five lower cervical vertebre are joined near their tendinous ter-
minations by corresponding fasciculi of the longus colli posticus, and
the strong round tendons continued from the points of convergence
of these fascicles are inserted successively into the posterior oblique
processes of the twelfth to the sixth cervical vertebra inclusive ; the
two fasciculi next in succession receive no accessory fibres from the
longus colli posticus; the anterior one derives an extensive origin
from the upper transverse processes of the eighth, seventh, and sixth
cervical vertebre. It must be observed, however, that the whole of
each fasciculus is not expended in the strong round tendinous inser-
tion above described; the portion which arises from the anterior
ridge of the transverse process passes more directly inwards than
the rest, and is attached to the tendon which terminates the fascicu-
lus immediately behind ; at the middle of the neck these accessory
fibres approach to the character of distinct origins. The tendons of
insertion, moreover, severally receive accessory fleshy fibres from
the base of the oblique processes of the two vertebrze next behind ;
and thus they become the medium of muscular forces acting from
not less than five distinct points, the power of which is augmented
by each tendon being braced down by the oblique converging series
of muscles immediately anterior to it. The fasciculus from the
eighth cervical vertebra, besides its insertion by the ordinary tendon,
sends off externally a small pyramidal bundle of muscular fibres,
which soon terminates in a long and slender tendon which is in-
serted into the oblique process of the third cervical vertebra. Cor-
responding portions of muscle are detached from the two anterior
fasciculi, which converge and terminate in a common slender tendon
inserted into the posterior oblique process of the fourth cervical ver-
tebra ; and thus terminates this complex muscle or series of muscles.

Longus colli posticus.—The most internal or mesial of the super-
ficial muscles of the dorsal aspect of the thoracic and cervical regions,
called cervicalis ascendens by Meckel, and compared in part with
the spinalis dorsi by Cuvier, cannot be the representative of either
of these muscles, since they both co-exist separately with it in the
Apteryx. At its posterior part the muscle in question seems to be
rather a continuation of the Jongissimus dorsi; its anterior part offers
a strong analogy with the mesial portion of the complexus and bi-
venter cervicis; it appears to me to be evidently the analogue of the
first, or mesio-dorsal series of oblique fibres of the muscular system
in Fishes, but I shall adopt the name of the longus colli posticus
applied to it by Cuvier*. It commences by long and slender, but

* Lecons d’Anat. Comp., 2nd edit. vol. i. p. 284.

tee pee

Zoological Society. 219

strong, subcompressed tendons from the spines of the sixth, fifth and
fourth dorsal vertebra: these tendons gradually expand as they pro-

_ ceed forwards and downwards, and send off from their under surface

muscular fibres which continue in the same course, and begin to be
grouped into distinct fasciculi at the base of the neck: the first of
these bundles joins the fasciculus of the Jengissimus dorsi, which is
inserted into the posterior articular process of the thirteenth cervical
vertebra; the succeeding fasciculi derive their origins from a broad
and strong aponeurotic sheet attached to the spines of the fourth,
third and second dorsal vertebre : the second to the eighth fasciculi
inclusive are compressed, broad and fleshy, and are inserted in the
strong round tendons described in the preceding muscle, and attached
to the oblique processes of the twelfth to the sixth cervical ver-
tebre inclusive: the ninth fasciculus, which forms the main anterior
continuation of the Jongus colli posticus*, is larger than the rest, and
receives, as it advances, accessory fibres from the spinous processes
of the seventh to the third cervical vertebree inclusive, and is inserted,
partly fleshy, partly by a strong tendon, into the side of the broad
spine of the vertebra dentata. A slender fasciculus is detached from
the mesial and dorsal margin of the longus colli posticus, near the
base of the neck, which soon terminates in a long round tendon:
this tendon is braced down by short aponeurotic fibres to the spines
of the fifth to the second cervical vertebree inclusive, immediately be-
yond which it again becomes fleshy, and expands to be inserted into
the occipital ridge : this portion is the digastrique or biventer capitis
of Cuvier.

Spinalis dorst.—The displacement of the dorsal portion of the pre-
ceding muscle and the Jongissimus dorsi brings into view the spi-
nalis dorsi, which is a well-developed and distinct muscle in the
Apteryx. Origin. By two long, narrow, flattened tendons, from the
spines of the eighth and seventh dorsal vertebre : these pass obliquely
downwards and forwards, expanding as they proceed, and terminate
in two fasciculi of muscular fibres: the posterior one passes forwards
beneath the anterior one, and inclining inwards and upwards divides
into two portions, inserted by long tendons into the spines of the
second and first dorsal vertebre ; it then sends a few fibres forwards
to join the outer and anterior fasciculus, which is partly inserted by
a slender tendon into the spine of the last cervical vertebra: the rest
of the fibres of the second fasciculus join the portion of the longis-
simus dorsi which is implanted into the oblique process of the last
cervical vertebra. ‘The three inserted tendons of the spinalis dorsi
are also the medium of attachment of fibres continued from the
multifidus spine, beneath them.

Multifidus spine.—The series of muscles so called arises by fleshy
fibres from the transverse processes of the five last dorsal vertebre,
which pass upwards, forwards and inwards, to be inserted by four flat
tendons into the spines of the seventh to the third dorsal vertebree
inclusive, and by the tendons of the spinalis dorsi into the two an-
terior dorsal spines.

Obliquo-spinales.—The removal of this muscle brings into view

* ¢ Accessoires du long postérieur du cou,’ Cuvier, loc. cit. p. 284.

220 Zoological Society.

a series of long, narrow, flat tendons, coming off from the spines of
all the dorsal vertebrae, and slightly expanding as they proceed for-
wards and obliquely downwards and outwards ; they become fleshy
half-way from their origin, and are inserted into the posterior
oblique and transverse processes of the six anterior dorsal vertebre,
and into the posterior oblique processes of the three last cervical
vertebree.

Interspinales.—The interspinales muscles do not exist in the
region of the back, unless we regard the preceding oblique fibres as
a modified representation of them. The most posterior fasciculus
of muscular fibres, which is directly extended between the spinous
processes, commences at the interspace of the spines of the two last
cervical vertebree, and the series is continued as far as the vertebra
dentata.

Interarticulares.—The muscles which form the more direct con-
tinuation of the obliquo-spinales are continued from the posterior
oblique or articular processes of one vertebra to the posterior arti-
cular process of the next in front.

Obliquo-transversales.—A third series of deep-seated intervertebral
muscles is situated external to the preceding, and passes obliquely
between the upper transverse process and the posterior articular
process of the vertebra in front. ‘These fasciculi appear to be a
continuation of the multifidus spine in the neck.

Intertransversales.—There are also two series of short carneous
fasciculi passing the one between the upper, and the other between
the lower transverse processes.

Levatores costarum.—The first or most anterior of this series of
muscles seems to represent the scalenus medius ; it arises from both
the upper and lower transverse processes of the Jast cervical verte-
bra, and expands to be inserted into the first rib, and into the upper
and outer part of the second rib. The remaining levatores success-
ively diminish in size as they are placed backwards; they come off
from the transverse processes of the six first dorsal vertebra ; those
from. the first and second expand to be inserted into the rib attached
to the same transverse process and to the one next behind; the rest
have a single insertion: the angle and the part of the rib imme-
diately beneath are the situations of their attachments.

B. In Front of the Neck.

Longus colli.—This muscle is represented by a series of closely
succeeding long, narrow fasciculi, arising from the heemapophyses of
the sixth to the first dorsal and from the ten posterior cervical ver-
tebre ; and sending narrow tendons, which increase in length as they
are given off more anteriorly, obliquely forwards and outwards, to be
inserted into the costal processes of all the cervical vertebrze save the
two first: the highest or foremost tendon is attached to the tubercle
at the under part of the ring of the atlas; but this tendon is also
the medium of insertion of a fasciculus of muscular fibres arising
from the upper transverse processes of the sixth, fifth, fourth, third

and second cervical vertebree.
The Rectus capitis anticus major is continued, or arises by as many

Zoological Society. 221

distinct tendons, from the five superior tendons of insertion of the
preceding muscle ; these origins soon become fleshy, converge, and
coalesce previous to their insertion into the base of the skull.

The Rectus capitis anticus minor is a strong fleshy triangular muscle
arising from the anterior part of the body of the first four cervical
vertebre.

The Rectus capitis lateralis arises from the upper transverse pro-
cesses of the sixth to the second cervical vertebra inclusive.

The Jntertransversales are short, ill-defined muscles, blended with
aponeurotic processes which pass from one transverse process longi-
tudinally to the next in advance.

C. Muscles of the Tail.

Levator caude.—Origin. From the posterior and superior extre-
mity of the ischium. Jus. Into the spines of the caudal vertebree.

Adductor caude superior.—This muscle is smaller than the pre-
ceding, with which it runs parallel; it rises below from the posterior
extremity or tuber of the ischium, and is inserted into the transverse
processes of the caudal vertebree.

Adductor caude inferior.—Origin. From the tuber ischii, and the
ligament connecting this with the posterior extremity of the pubis.
Ins. Into the transverse processes of the caudal vertebre.

Depressor caude.—Origin. From the under part of the middle
line of pelvis. Ins. Into the inferior spines of the caudal vertebre.

D. Muscles of the Abdomen.

Obliquus externus abdominis.—Origin. Fleshy, from the second
and third ribs, and by a strong aponeurosis from the succeeding
ribs near the attachment of the costal processes, and from those pro-
cesses. Ins. The fleshy fibres are continued from this aponeurotic
origin to nearly opposite the ends of the vertebral ribs; they run
almost transversely, very slightly inclined towards the pubis, to within
half an inch of the linea alba, and there terminate, by an almost
straight, parallel line, in their aponeurosis of insertion. ‘The fibres
of this aponeurosis decussate those of the opposite side, and adhere
to the tendinous intersections of the rectus beneath. The aponeu-
rosis from the last rib passes to be inserted into a strong ligament
extending between the free extremities of the ossa pubis, leaving the
abdomen behind the last rib defended only by the internal oblique
and transversalis.

Obliquus internus abdominis.—Origin. From tke whole of the an-
terior and outer surface of the pubis; aponeurotic from the upper
part, fleshy for half an inch from the lower or ventral extremity : the
carneous fibres run longitudinally, and cannot be distinctly defined
from the intercostales on their outer border, or from the rectus ab-
dominis on their inner or mesial border, which forms the medium of
the insertion of the internal oblique.

Rectus abdominis.—I give this name to the mesial continuation of
the preceding muscle, which arises by a strong, flat, triangular ten-
don from the lower or ventral extremity of the pubis and from the
inter-pubic ligament: it soon becomes fleshy ; the carneous portion
is interrupted by three broad, oblique, but distinct aponeurotic inter-

222 Zoological Society.

sections, and is finally inserted into the xiphoid and lateral processes
of the sternum and the intervening fascia.

Transversalis abdominis.—A layer of loose, dark-coloured cellular
tissue divides the internal oblique from the transverse abdominal,
except at its origin from the pubis, and for half an inch anterior to
that part.

The transversalis then proceeds to derive carneous fibres from the
inner surface of the vertebral ribs near their lower third; they pass
obliquely upwards and forwards, and terminate by a regular, slightly
concave line midway between their origins and the extremities of
the ribs; a strong aponeurosis passes thence to the linea alba, but
becomes thin at the pubic region, where a mass of fat is interposed
between it and the peritoneum.

Diaphragm.—This muscle presents more of its normal mammalian
character in this than in any other known bird. It is perforated by
vessels only, in consequence of the non-development of the abdominal
air-cells. The origin corresponding to that of the lesser muscle in
Mammalia is by two strong and distinct, short, tendinous pillars from
the sides of the body of the last costal vertebra; they are united by
a strong tendon or fascia, forming the anterior boundary of the aortic
passage. ‘The tendinous pillars may be traced forward for some way
in the central aponeurosis, expanding without crossing; they are
then lost in that aponeurosis, which is perforated by the gastric arte-
ries and veins; divides anteriorly to give passage to the gullet and
the apex of the heart; the aponeurosis expands over the anterior
part of the thoracic air-cells, and becomes, at its lateral circumfe-
rence, the point of attachment of muscular fibres arising from the
inner surface of the anterior ribs, and forming apparently a continu-
ation of the transversalis abdominis.

Intercostales externi.—Origin. From the posterior edge and ex-
tremity of the costal processes or appendages. Ins. They run down
to be inserted severally into the rib posterior to that to which the
process affording them origin is attached. These processes are sup-
ported by strong triangular aponeuroses continued from their anterior
and upper margins, severally, to the rib anterior to them.

A strong muscle arises from the anterior or costal angle of the
scapula, and passes backwards to be inserted into the extremity of
the third vertebral rib and its corresponding sternal portion. ‘This
muscle is a direct inspirator.

Muscuss oF THE ANTERIOR EXTREMITY.

Serratus magnus anticus.—This muscle consists of three portions ;
the first and anterior portion arises by a short, strong aponeurosis
from the last cervical rib, and is inserted into the lower edge of the
anterior two-thirds of the scapula: the second middle portion arises
from the lower end of the second vertebral rib, near the attachment
of the costal process, and from the anterior margin of the same rib,
and is inserted into the lower edge of the posterior two-thirds of the
scapula: the third, posterior and smallest portion rises from the costal
process of the third rib, and ascends to be inserted into the posterior
extremity of the scapula. ©

Zoological Society. Pais

This muscle is a direct inspirator : by drawing down the scapula
it depresses the sternum through the medium of the strong coracoi-
deum, increases the angle between the vertebral and sternal ribs, and
dilates the thoracic air-cells.

Levator scapule——This seems to be the most anterior portion of
the series of muscles which constitute the serratus magnus. Origin.
Two flat fleshy strips from the inferior transverse and costal processes
of the last and penultimate cervical vertebre. ns. Into the inner
and upper side of the middle third of the scapula. It depresses as
well as draws forwards the scapula, and thus aids the serratus in the
action of inspiration.

Serratus anticus minor.—Origin. From the outer part of the costal
process of the sternum. Jns. Into the posterior part of the base of
the coracoideum.

Trapezius.—This flattened oblong quadrilateral muscle arises from
the fascia, extending upon the back from the spinous processes of
the posterior cervical vertebre, and is inserted into the conjoined
extremities of the scapula and coracoideum.

There is no representative of the rhomboidei.

Latissimus dorsi.—This muscle consists, as usual in Birds, of two
portions, both of which have their origin from a continuation of the
fascia (attached to the dorsal spines) which also gives origin to the
trapezius: the fibres of the smaller and anterior slip converge to
their insertion: the fibres of the posterior and broader strip are
slightly twisted, the posterior edge being folded inwards as they also
converge to join the preceding, and to be inserted with it into the
posterior and inner side of the proximal extremity of the humerus.

Deltoides.—This is a single long and narrow triangular muscle, of
which the base is attached to the conjoined extremities of the scapula
and ceracoid, and to the capsule of the shoulder-joint; the apical
insertion is into the upper and outer third of the humerus, which this
muscle directly raises.

Infraspinatus.—A muscle which may be compared either to the
infraspinatus or teres major comes off from the lower margin of the
anterior two-thirds of the scapula, passes behind the shoulder-joint,
where it is closely attached to the scapula, and is inserted into the
inner and posterior part of the proximal end of the humerus.

Musculi pectorales.—The pectoral muscles, which present their
feeblest condition and lowest development in the Apteryz, are never-
theless similar in number and arrangement to those which in some
birds of flight are known to outweigh all the other muscles of the
body.

The pectoralis major is represented by two very thin triangular
layers of muscular fibres, the anterior of which is three lines broad
at its base, and is attached to the sternum immediately exterior to
the perforation of that bone: the second, posterior, and somewhat
narrower portion, rises immediately behind the preceding, from the
osseous bridge separating the perforation from the notch; the two
portions converge as they extend upwards and outwards to unite
and be inserted into the anterior and internal surface of the proximal
third of the humerus.

224 Zoological Society.

The pectoralis medius seu secundus is a similar, thin, feeble, but
broader triangular layer of carneous fibres; which arise anterior to
the preceding, just below the coracoid socket of the sternum, and
converge as they wind over the shoulder-joint to be inserted into
the upper surface of the proximal extremity of the humerus, of which
they thus become an elevator.

The pectoralis minor seu tertius arises above and between the ori-
gins of the pectoralis secundus and the anterior strip of the pectoralis
major, also partly from coracoid process ; its fibres converge to be in-
serted into the proximal end of the humerus, above and behind th
pectoralis mqor.

Coraco-brachialis.—This is represented by two small strips of mus-
cular fibres which rise from the posterior part of the coracoideum,
and are inserted, one directly below the other, ito the proximal
third of the humerus.

Obs.—The close adherence to the ornithic type of the muscular
system of the anterior extremity in the Apéeryz is very remarkable,
especially as regards the position and course of the pectoralis medius,
since the physiological conditions of the circumstances attending that
muscle are wanting in the Apferyz.

Here we have a true bird, exhibiting a remarkable modification of
the whole ornithic structure, in reference to exclusively terrestrial
life and nocturnal habits ; and we learn, I think, from this adherence
to a typical organization, in a very rare exception, that the teleolo-
gical conclusions respecting that typical construction, as it is mani-
fested in the general rule, are in no ways affected by such an excep-
tion; because the modification of one part necessarily affects that of
many others, perhaps of the whole body. If, for example, the fixa-
tion and structure of the lungs require a broad sternum and con-
comitant modifications of the coracoid and scapula for the mecha-
nical part of the respiratory process, then it may be more convenient
for the levator of the humerus to rise below that bone from the
sternum, and actin the due direction by a modification of its course ;
although the locomotion of the bird may in no way be facilitated by
the aggregation of muscle beneath the centre of gravity, nor the size
of the levator be such as to render its particular position a matter of
any consequence in regard to that centre.

The motions of the rudimental wing and its terminal hook would
seem to be produced as much by the cutaneous muscles which con-
verge to be inserted into the integument connected with it, as by
the feeble representatives of the true wing-muscles above described.

Muscuss oF THE PostTERIOR EXTREMITY.

The most superficial of the muscles on the outer side of the leg is
that broad thin expanded one which combines the functions of the
tensor vagine and rectus femoris, and also, according to some anato-
mists, as Cuvier and Meckel, those of the gluteus maximus; since
however it is exclusively inserted into the leg, I shall describe it with
the other muscles moving that segment of the posterior extremity.
The removal of this muscle, of the sartorius, and the biceps cruris,
is requisite to bring into view the glutei.

Zoological Society. 225

Gluteus externus.—The external gluteus (glutaus medius of Meckel),
as in most Mammalia, is smaller than the middle or internal gluta,
but is relatively larger in the Apteryz than in birds of flight, in which
it is described as the pyriformis by Cuvier. This muscle, however,
besides its origin from the outside of the pelvis, overlaps part of the
gluteus medius, and has its insertion into the femur at some distance
below the great trochanter, all of which are marked characteristics
of the gluteus magnus. Origin. It takes its origin from the superior
margin of the os innominatum, extends along an inch and a quarter
of that margin, directly above the hip-joint, and is chiefly attached
by distinct short tendinous threads, which run down upon the exter-
nal surface of the muscle: it rises also by carneous fibres from the
external surface of the innominatum for three lines below the superior
margin. Insertion. The fibres converge and pass into a tendinous
sheet, beginning on the external surface of the muscle half-way down
its course, which ends in a broad, flat, strong tendon, inserted into a
rising on the outer side of the femur nearly an inch below the great
trochanter. It abducts and raises the femur.

Gluteus medius.—Origin. A large triangular, strong and thick
muscle, has an origin of three inches extent from the rounded an-
terior and superior margin of the ilium, and from the contiguous
outer surface of the bone for an extent varying from an inch to eight
lines. Jns. Its fibres converge to a strong, short, broad and flat ten-
don, implanted in the external depression of the great trochanter,
having a bursa mucosa interposed between the tendon and the bony
elevation anterior to the depression.

Gluteus minimus.—Origin. It rises below the preceding muscle
from the anterior and inferior extremity, and from one inch and
three-fourths of the inferior and outer margin of the ilium, and con-
tiguous external surface, as far as the origin of the gluteus medius ;
also by some fleshy fibres from the outside of the last rib. Jus. These
fibres slightly converge as they pass backwards to terminate in a
broad flat tendon which bends over the outer surface of the femur, to
be inserted into the elevation anterior to the attachment of the gluteus
magnus.

A muscle which may be regarded. either as distinct, or a strip of
the preceding one, arises immediately behind it from half an inch of
the outer and inferior part of the ilium ; its fibres run nearly parallel
with those of the gluteus minimus, and terminate in a thin flat
tendon, which similarly bends round the outer part of the femur, to
be inserted into the outer and under part of the trochanter imme-
diately below the tendon of the gluteus medius. This muscle is
peculiar to the Apteryx, and the preceding portion, or gluteus mini-
mus, is absent in most birds.

Use.—All the preceding muscles combine to draw the femur for-.
wards, and to abduct and rotate it inwards.

Ilacus internus.—This is a somewhat short thick muscle, of a pa-
rallelogrammic form, fleshy throughout; rising from the tuberosity
of the innominatum in front of the acetabulum immediately below the
gluteus minimus, and inserted at a point corresponding to the inner
trochanter, into the inner side of the femur near the head of that

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Q

226 Zoological Society.

bone, which it thus adducts and rotates outwards. ‘This muscle is
present both in the Ostrich and Bustard, but Meckel says it is want-
ing in the Cassowary.—Arch. xiii. 261.

Pyramidalis.—The same kind of modification which affects the
thacus internus, viz. the displacement of its origin from the inner
surface of the ilium to a situation nearly external, affects this muscle,
which, from its insertion and triangular form, I regard as the ana-
logue of the pyramidalis. It arises fleshy from the outer surface of
the extended ischium for the extent of an inch, and converges to a
broad flat tendon which is inserted into the trochanter femoris oppo-
_ site, but close to, that of the gluteus minimus, which it opposes, ab-
ducting and rotating the femur outwards.

Adductor brevis femoris.—A small, long and slender muscle arises
from the innominatum immediately behind the acetabulum, passes
over the back part of the great trochanter, becomes-partially tendi-
nous, and is inserted into the back part of the femur in common with
the following muscle.

Adductor longus.—A long broad and thin muscle, separated from
the preceding by the ischiadic nerve and artery. ‘The origin of this
muscle extends one inch and a quarter from near the upper margin
of the innominatum which is behind the acetabulum ; it is joined by
the preceding strip, and is inserted into the whole of the lower two-
thirds of the back part of the femur.

Adductor magnus.—This broad and flat muscle has an extensive
origin (two inches) from the outer edge of the ischium and the
obturator fascia ; its fibres slightly diverge as they pass downwards
to be inserted into the back part of the lower half of the femur, and
into the upper and back part of the tibia.

Obturator internus.—This arises from the inner side of the oppo-
site margins of the pubis and ischium, where they form the posterior
boundary of the obturater foramen, and from the corresponding part
of the obturator fascia; the fleshy fibres converge in a slightly pen-
niform manner to the strong round tendon which glides through the -
notch, separated from the rest of the foramen by a short, strong, trans-
verse, unossified ligament, and is inserted into the posterior part of the
base of the trochanter. In its length and size this muscle resembles
the corresponding one in the Ostrich and other Struthious birds.

Gemellus.—This is represented by a single small fleshy strip
arising from the margin of the obturator foramen, close to the emer-
gence of the tendon of the obturator internus, with which it is s Jomned.
and co-inserted into the femur.

Quadratus.—I consider a broad fleshy muscle which arises from
the pubis, below the obturator foramen, and which increases in breadth
to be inserted into the femur internal and posterior to the obturator
tendon, to be the true analogue of the guadratus femoris.

Muscuzs of THE LEG.

Tensor vagine and Rectus femoris.—The largest and most remark-
able of the muscles which act upon the bones of the leg is that
already alluded to as the most superficial of those on the outer
side of the thigh. It has a broad, thin, triangular form, arises from

Zoological Society. 227

the spines of the sacrum by a strong but short aponeurosis which
soon becomes fleshy; the carneous fibres converge as they descend*,
and pass into a thin aponeurosis at the lower third of the thigh:
this is closely attached to the muscles beneath (vastus externus and
crureus), then spreads over the outer and anterior part of the knee-
joint, is inserted into the patella, and into the anterior process of the
head of the tibia.

Owing to the great antero-posterior extent of the origin of this
muscle, its anterior fibres are calculated to act as a flexor, its pos-
terior ones as an extensor of the femur: all together combine to
abduct the thigh and extend the leg, unless when this is in a state
of extreme flexion, when a few of the posterior fibres glide behind
the centre of motion of the knee-joint.

Sartorius.—The origin of this muscle is proportionally as much
extended as that of the preceding, with which itis posteriorly conti-
nuous: it comes off aponeurotic, from the anterior and superior
margin or labrum of the ilium; the fibres soon become fleshy, and
the muscle diminishes in breadth and increases in thickness as it de-
scends: it is inserted by short and strong tendinous filaments ob-
liquely into the anterior part of the tendon of the broad rectus, and
into the upper and anterior end of the tibia. Its insertion is partly
covered by the internal head of the gastrocnemius.

It bends and adducts the thigh, and extends the leg.

Biceps flexor cruris.—This is a single muscle, corresponding with
the preceding in the characteristic modifications of its extended ori-
gin, in relation to the great antero-posterior development of the pel-
vic bones. It is exposed by the removal of the broad rectus. Orig. By
a broad and thin aponeurotic tendon, which at first is confluent with
that of the rectus, but soon becomes distinct. Jns. The fleshy fibres
converge as they descend along the back and outer part of the thigh,
and finally terminate in a strong round tendon, which glides through
a loop formed here principally by a splitting of the tendinous origin
of the gastrocnemius externus, and is inserted into the process on the
outside of the fibula one inch from its proximal extremity. By
means of the loopt the weight of the hinder parts of the body is
partially transferred, when the leg is bent, to the distal end of the
femur; and the biceps is enabled, by the same beautiful and simple
mechanism, to effect a more rapid and extensive inflection of the leg
than it otherwise could have produced by the simple contraction of
its fibres.

Semimembranosus.— Origin. From the side of the coccygeal ver-
tebree, and from the posterior end of the ischium; it crosses the

* They are not divided into a superficial and deep layer, as in the Ostrich,
but form a simple stratum, as in the Cassowary. Meckel regards the rectus
as entirely wanting in the Cassowary, supposing the present muscle to be
the analogue of the gluteus maximus and tensor vagine united. He says
that Protessor Nitzch observed a like absence of the rectus femoris in the
Emeu. The muscle which these anatomists call the rectus in other birds, is
a strip of the crureus, arising high up from the femur, and which in the
Ostrich takes its origin from the os pubis.

¢ Which in the common fowl is formed chiefly by a ligament extended
from the back of the outer condyle of the femur to the head of the tibia.

Q2

228 Zoological Society.

superficial or internal side of the semitendinosus. Ins. Into the fascia
covering the gastrocnemius and the inside of the tibia.

Semitendinosus.—This muscle arises from the posterior and outer
part of the sacrum and ischium: it is a flattened triangular muscle,
which receives the square accessorius muscle from the lower and
posterior part of the femur. It gradually diminishes as it descends,
and having passed the knee-joint, sends off at right angles a broad
and square sheet of aponeurosis, which glides between the two ori-
gins of the gastrocnemius internus, and is inserted into the lower part
of the angular ridge continued from the inside of the head of the
tibia. The terminal tendon, continued from the apex of the muscle,
then runs along the outer or fibular margin of the internal head of
the gastrocnemius, and becomes confluent with the terminal tendon
of that muscle.

Crureus.—This is a simple but strong muscle : it commences at
the upper and anterior part of the thigh by two extremities, of which
the outer and upper one has its origin extended to the base of the
trochanter ; the inner and inferior comes off from the inner side of
the femur, beneath the insertion of the gluteus magnus ; the two por-
tions blend into one muscle much earlier than in the Ostrich.

Gracilis.—On the inner side of the crureus, but more super-
ficially, lies a narrow, compressed, long muscle, which rises by two
heads, one from the anterior and upper part of the femur, the other
from the os pubis ; both soon become blended together and transmit
a broad thin tendon to be inserted into the lower and lateral part of
the patella with the crureus.

Vastus internus.—Two other muscles succeed the preceding, and
rise beneath it from the inner and anterior part of the femur; they
have a similar insertion, and obviously represent the vastus internus.
The fibres converge to a middle aponeurosis, which increases to a
strong short tendon, inserted into the upper and anterior projection
of the tibia.

Popliteus.—This small muscle is brought into view when the super-
ficial muscles of the leg which are inserted into the foot are removed.
Its carneous fibres extend from the fibula inwards and downwards to
the tibia. It is of relatively smaller extent than in the Cassowary.

Gastrocnemius.—This consists, as in other birds, of several distinct
portions, the chief of which correspond with the external and inter-
nal origins of the same muscle in the Mammalia. The gastrocne-
mius externus has two strong, narrow, rather flattened tendinous
origins, which are attached, one about a line below the other, to the
external ridge above the outer condyle of the femur; they are
continued into each other about an inch below their bony attach-
ments, and thus form a loop or pulley (lined by a synovial sheath)
through which the tendon of the biceps glides; a strong ligament
from the outer ridge of the fibula passes backwards to be attached
to the confluence of the two tendons. The carneous fibres of the
external gastrocnemius come off from the outer side of tne inferior of
these tendons, and from the fascia covering the outer surface of the
muscles of the leg: they are continued in a somewhat penniform
arrangement two-thirds down the leg, upon the inner surface of the

cS
Poa» %

Zoological Society. 229

muscle, where they end ina strong subcompressed tendon. This joins
its fellow tendon, from the internal gastrocnemius, behind the ankle-
joint, and both expand into a thick, strong, ligamentous aponeurosis,
which extends over three-fourths of the posterior part of the tarso-
metatarsal joint. ‘The lateral margins of this fascia are bent down
under the flexor tendons behind the joint, and become continuous
with a strong ligamentous layer gliding upon the posterior surface
of the distal condyles of the tibia, and attached to the tendons of the
peroneus and tibialis anticus ; the conjunction of the thickened ten-
dons of the gastrocnemii with this deeper-seated layer of ligamento-
tendinous substance constitutes a trochlear sheath lined by synovial
membrane, through which the flexor tendons of the toes glide. The
synovial membrane of the ankle-joint is continued upwards half

-an inch above the articular surface of the bone, between it and the

cartilaginous pulley. Below the joint the margins are inserted into
the lateral ridges of the tarso-metatarsal bone, becoming gradually
thinner as they descend, and ending below in a thin semilunar edge
directed downwards.

The gastrocnemius internus has two powerful heads, one from the
femur, the other from the tibia; the first arises fleshy from the in-
ternal condyle of the femur, expands as it descends, and receives
additional fibres from the lower edge of the accessorius semitendi-
nosi. About one-fifth down the tibia, this muscular origin, in the
right leg, terminated in a short flattened tendon, which became at-
tached to the inner side of the tibial portion of the gastrocnemius
internus. In the left leg the tendon soon divided; one portion
passed to the soleus, the other went to join the tibial portion of the
gastrocnemius internus. The second head, which is separated from the
preceding by the insertion of the semitendinosus, arises partly from
the internal and anterior part of the strong fascia of the knee-joint by
short tendinous fibres, which almost immediately become fleshy, and
partly from a well-defined triangular surface on the inner and ante-
rior aspect of the head of the tibia: the fleshy fibres converge,
receive the tendinous slip from the femoral portion, and end on the
inner side of the muscle in a strong flattened tendon, about two-
thirds down the leg: this joins the tendon of the gastrocnemius ex-
ternus, and is inserted as described above.

Soleus.—A slender flattened muscle arising from the inner and
posterior side of the tibia, the tendon of which joins that of the gas-
trocnemius internus, behind the tarsal joint.

The flexor perforatus of the inner toe lies immediately anterior
to the external gastrocnemius ; it arises fleshy from the outer condyle
of the femur, below the tendinous origin of that muscle, and terminates
in a slender flat tendon half-way down the leg. Its tendon glides
behind the tarsal joint through the sheath of the gastrocnemius, ex-
pands beneath the metatarsal joint, perforates the flexor of the proxi-
mal phalanx of the third toe, and then bifurcates to be attached to
the sides of the second phalanx, giving passage to the perforans tendon
of the last phalanx.

Flexor perforatus of the middle toe.—This arises by very short
tendons from the proximal end of the fibula, and from the ligament

230 . Zoological Society.

attached to the bicipital pulley: it continues to derive a thin stratum
of fleshy fibres from the fascia covering the anterior surface of the
muscles of the leg: the fleshy fibres terminate half-way down the
leg in a flattened tendon, which pierces the tendon of the first per-
foratus of the middle toe, then runs forward to the outer toe, expands
into a thick ligamentous substance beneath the proximal phalanx,
and sends off two tendinous attachments on each side, one to the
proximal, the other to the second phalanx, and is continued to be
finally inserted into both sides of the third phalanx.

Flexor perforatus digitorum pedis is the strongest of the three;
it arises fleshy from the posterior part of the distal extremity of the
fernur, above the external condyle, and also by a distinct flattened
tendon, one inch in length, from the proximal end of the tibia: this
tendon moreover receives the long slender tendon sent off obliquely
across the front of the knee-joint from the pectineus, by which its
origin is extended to the pelvis. ‘This accessory tendon perforates
the inner fleshy surface of the muscle, and is finally lost about half-
way down the carneous part. Before the flexor digitorum is jomed
by the tendon of the pectineus, it subdivides posteriorly into four
muscular fasciculi: the anterior division receives principally the above
tendon. The muscle becomes wholly tendinous two-thirds down the
leg ; its tendon passes through the posterior part of the pulley of the
gastrocnemius, and expands as it passes along the metatarsus: a thick
ligamentous substance is developed in it, opposite the joint of the
proximal phalanx of the second toe, into the sides of which it is
inserted, dividing for that purpose, and giving passage to the two
other flexor tendons of that toe. The second portion of the present
muscle terminates in a tendon situated behind the preceding, which
passes through a distinct sheath behind the tarsal jomt, expands
into a sesamoid fibro-cartilage beneath the corresponding expansion
of the previous tendon, which it perforates, and then becomes itself
the perforated tendon of the second phalanx of the second toe, in the
sides of which it is inserted. ‘The third portion of this muscle ends
in a somewhat smaller tendon than the preceding. ‘The fourth and
most posterior portion soon becomes a distinct muscle; its fleshy
fibres cease on the inner side, one-fourth down the leg, but on the
outside they are continued three-fourths down the leg: its tendon
passes through the gastrocnemial pulley behind the ankle-joint, and
divides to form a sheath for the first perforatus of the fourth toe ;
it is then joined by a tendon passing through a pulley across the ex-
ternal malleolus, and finally becomes the perforated tendon of the
first metacarpal bone of the middle or third toe.

Pectineus (Rectus anticus femoris of Meckel).—This is a long,
thin, narrow strip of muscle arising from the spine of the pubis, ante-
rior to the acetabulum, and passing straight down the inner side of
the thigh; it degenerates into a small round tendon near the knee,
which tendon traverses a pulley, formed by an oblique perforation in
the strong rotular tendon of the extensors of the leg, and thus pass-
ing across the knee-joint to the outer side of the leg, finally expands,
and is lost in the flexor perforatus digitorum last described. It 1s this
muscle which causes the toes to be bent when the knee is bent.

Zoological Society. 231

Peroneus longus.—Origin: tendinous from the head of the tibia,
and by carneous fibres from the upper half of the anterior margin of
the tibia; these fibres pass obliquely to a marginal tendon, which
becomes stronger and of a rounded form where it leaves the muscle.
The tendon gives off a broad, thin, aponeurotic sheath to be inserted
into the capsule of the tarsal joint ; it is then continued through a
synovial pulley on the side of the outer malleolus, and is finally in-
serted or continued into the perforated tendon of the middle toe.

Tibialis anticus.—This muscle is overlapped and concealed by the
peroneus; it arises partly in common with that muscle, and partly
by separate short tendinous threads from the outer part of the head
of the tibia; it gradually becomes narrower, and finally tendinous
two-thirds of the way down the leg; its strong tendon glides
through the oblique pulley in front of the distal end of the tibia,
expands as it passes over the ankle-joint, and is inserted into the
anterior part of the proximal end of the tarso-metatarsal hone, sending
off a small tendinous slip to the aponeurosis covering the extensor
tendons of the toes, and a strong tendon which joins the fibular side
of the following muscle.

Extensor longus digitorum.—This lies between the tibialis anticus
and the front and outer facet of the tibia, from which it derives an
extensive origin ; its tendon commences half-way down the leg, runs
along the anterior part of the bone, first under the broad ligamentous
band representing the anterior part of the annular ligament, then
through a ligamentous pulley, and inclines to the inner or tibial side
of the anterior surface of the metatarsal bone, where it expands and
divides into three tendons. Of these the innermost is given off first,
and subdivides into two tendons, one of which goes to be inserted into
the base of the last phalanx of the second toe; the other portion is
principally inserted into the middle toe, but also sends off a small
tendon to the inner side of the proximal phalanx of the second toe.
The second tendon is inserted by distinct portions into the second,
third and Jast phalanges of the middle toe. The third tendon supplies
the outer toe.

Extensor brevis digitorum.—A small extensor muscle arises from
the insertion of the tibialis anticus, and sends its tendon to the outer
side of that of the great extensor digitorum.

Extensor pollicis brevis.—An extensor of the small innermost toe
arises from the upper and inner side of the tarso-metatarsal bone.

Flexor perforans digitorum.—This strong penniform muscle arises
fleshy from nearly the whole of the outer surface of the fibula, also
from the posterior part of the tibia and the interosseous space; the
tendon of the biceps perforates its upper part in passing to its in-
sertion. It ends in a strong flat tendon at the lower third of the
leg, which tendon runs through a particular sheath at the back part
of the tarsal pulley, becomes thickened and expanded as it advances
forwards beneath the tarsus, receives a strong accessorial tendon
from the muscle which bends the innermost toe, and finally divides
into three strong perforating tendons, which bend the last joints of
the three long toes.

In the outer, or fourth toe, both the perforans and perforatus ten-

232 Linnean Society.

dons are confined by a double annular ligament; the exterior one
being continued from the adjoining toe, the inner and stronger one
from the sides of the proximal phalanx of the outer toe.

The second and third toes have two perforated tendons; one in-
serted into the sides of first, and the other into sides of second
phalanx.

Mr. Gould then proceeded to characterize a new species of Pei
meles from Port Essington, and a new species of Dasyurus from the
same locality.

PERAMELES MACROURA. Per. corpore supra nigro et flavescenti-
albo penicillato, infra sordidé albo; pilis rigidis obsito; caudd
pilis parvulis parce tectd, longitudine dimidio corporis equante ;
supra nigra, infra fuscescenti-albd ; auribus mediocribus.

une. lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 16 3
COUR LONE SEIS Jase Pasd

—. ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 3 4
—— tarsi digitorumague i.) 4.') ee Oe avid
BOTCS NO URES iyo)

Hab. Port Essington.

The P. macroura greatly resembles the P. nasuta, having the same
elongated form of head, character of fur and colouring, but is distin-
guishable by its longer tail.

Dasyurus HALLUcATUS. Das. supra flavescenti-fuscus, nigro-

penicillatus, maculis albis ornatus ; corpore infra albo ; cauda im-
maculatd ad apicem nigra.

unc. lin.
Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basn ... 11 O
CORTE a0. on sigs in eStore 9-0
——— ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 2 6
— tarsi digitorumque . 1 14
FR ET SERN pt

Hab. Port Essington.

This species most nearly resembles the Dasyurus Geoffroii, but is
of a smaller size, and has the thumb of the hind-foot more developed.

Accompanying the specimen from which the above description is
taken was another individual, which differs only in having the
ground-colour of the body nearly black ; hence it would appear that
the present species is subject to the same kind of variation in its
colouring as the Dasyurus Maugei, the black variety of which has
received the name viverrinus.

LINNAZAN SOCIETY.

June 7, 1842.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read ‘‘ An Account of a Fish, nearly allied to the genus Hemi-
ramphus, taken in Cornwall.” By Jonathan Couch, Esq., F.L.S., &c.

Mr. Couch states, that in the month of August 1841, several indi-
viduals of this little fish were found swimming at the surface of a
large pool in the rocks near Polperro, where they had been left by
the reezding tide, having been swept thither by a continued south-
west wind, which had also driven in many individuals of Motella

Linnean Society. 233

glauca and other fishes that do not ordinarily select such a situation.
Their length was half an inch; the head proportionately large, espe-
cially across; the body slender; eye large; snout in front of it
short and abrupt; upper jaw arched; under stout, projecting toa
considerable extent, but in some specimens more than in others, the
point declining, and the sides not appearing to be formed of parallel
rami of the jaw, but rather of a cartilaginous substance; vent placed
posteriorly ; body, which is equal from the head to this point, taper-
ing thence to the tail; lateral line, so far as could be distinguished,
straight; dorsal and anal fins single, posterior, opposite, the latter
beginning close behind the vent, and both reaching nearly to the
tail, their membrane at first broader, but narrowing in its progress ;
pectoral fins and tail round. ‘The colours of different specimens
varied greatly, some being dark with a tint of green, others cream-
coloured but sprinkled with specks; regular and thickly set narrow
stripes passed from the back obliquely forward, breaking into dots at
the sides, in the darker coloured specimens; belly dark.

Mr. Couch was unable to discover ventral fins even with the aid
of alens. He has no doubt of the specimens being in a very early
stage of their existence, but cannot refer them to any known species.
He thinks it indeed doubtful whether they really belong to the genus
by the name of which he has provisionally designated them, or even
to the same family, some parts of their structure seeming to indicate
an affinity with the genus Ammodytes.

The paper was accompanied by magnified figures.

June 21.—Edward Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read ‘‘ Observations on the Growth and Reproduction of Entero-
morpha intestinalis.’ By Arthur Hill Hassall, Esq.

Mr. Hassall states that, in the earliest stage of their development,
the tapering filaments consist of a single series of cells placed end to
end. Each of these cells afterwards becomes bisected by a longitu-
dinal line, and other lines subsequently appear, so that the original
cells are ultimately divided into several, each of which in its turn
enlarges and is in like manner divided. From the continued growth
and unlimited division of the cells, the filaments increase to an in-
definite size, soon lose their original confervoid character, present a
reticulated appearance, and instead of being attenuated become cy-
lindrical and hollow. :

Mr. Hassall proceeds to state, that in each articulation of the fila-
ments, and often when they are not thicker than a horse-hair, a dark
central nucleus is gradually developed, which is the reproductive
germ. He thinks there can be little doubt that this, as well as the
cell in which it is contained, undergoes repeated division in the same
manner as the reproductive globules of the Ulue. These reproductive
bodies germinate while still inclosed within the cells in which they
were developed, and while the parent filament retains all its fresh-
ness and vigour, giving rise to the jointed and tapering filaments
first described; which in this state, after the rupture of the parent
cell, and while their bases are still fixed within it, bear a strong re-
semblance to a parasitic Conferva. This development, division and
growth of cells and reproductive bodies appears, Mr. Hassall adds,

234 Linnean Society.

to be going on continually and successively, so that most specimens
of the plant present examples of each different stage of its formation.

These observations lead Mr. Hassall tou regard Hnteromorpha in-
testinalis as having a twofold relation, viz. to the Conferve in its
young articulated filaments, and to the Ulve in its reproduction from
globules which undergo repeated division. He objects. to the tauto-
logy of the specific name, and proposes that of Jacustris in its place.

Read also the conclusion of Mr. Clark’s paper ‘‘On the Sea Cocoa-
nut of the Seychelles, Lodoicea Sechellarum, Comm. and Labill.”

[The substance of this paper has been already given in vol. vi.
p- 408, and also in the Proceedings of the Bot. Soc. of Lond., p. 153
of our last Number. ]

November 1.—R. Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read ‘‘ A Notice of the African Grain called Fundi or Fundungi.”
By Robert Clarke, Esq., Senior Assistant Surgeon to the Colony of
Sierra Leone. Communicated by Jacob Bell, Esq., F.L.S.

This Lilliputian grain, which is described by Mr. Clarke as being
about the size of mignonette-seed, is stated to be cultivated in the
village of Kissy and in the neighbourhood of Waterloo by indus-
trious individuals of the Sooseo, Foulah, Bassa and Joloff nations,
by whom it is called ‘‘ hungry rice.” The ground is cleared for its
reception by burning down the copse-wood and hoeing between the
roots and stumps. It is sown in the months of May and June, the
ground being slightly opened and again lightly drawn together over
the seed with a hoe. In August, when it shoots up, it is carefully
weeded. It ripens in September, growing to the height of about
eighteen inches, and its stems, which are very slender, are then bent
to the earth by the mere weight of the grain. They are reaped with
hooked knives. ‘The patch of land is then either suffered to lie fal-
low, or planted with yams or cassada in rotation. Manure is said to
be unnecessary or even injurious, the plant delighting in light soils
and being raised even in rocky situations, which are most frequent
in and about Kissy. When cut down it is tied up in small sheaves
and placed in a dry situation within the hut, for if allowed to remain
on the ground or to become wet the grains become agglutinated to
their coverings. The grain is trodden out with the feet, and is then
parched or dried in the sun to allow of the more easy removal of the
chaff in the process of pounding, which is performed in wooden mor-
tars. It is afterwards winnowed with a kind of cane fanner on mats.

In preparing this delicious grain for food, Mr. Clarke states that
it is first thrown into boiling water, in which it is assiduously stirred
for a few minutes. The water is then poured off and the natives add
to it palm oil, butter or milk ; but the Europeans and negroes con-
nected with the colony stew it with fowl, fish or mutton, adding a
small piece of salt pork for the sake of flavour, and the dish thus pre-
pared is stated to resemble kous-kous. The grain is also made into
a pudding with the usual condiments, and eaten either hot or cold
with milk ; the Scotch residents sometimes dressing it as milk-por-
ridge. Mr. Clarke is of opinion that if the fundi grain were raised
for exportation.to Europe, it might prove a valuable addition to the

Linnean Society. 235

list of light farinaceous articles of food in use among the delicate or
convalescent.

Specimens of the grass accompanied Mr. Clarke’s communication,
and were examined by Mr. Kippist, Libr. L.S., who added some ob-
servations on its botanical characters.

It is a slender grass with digitate spikes, which has much of the
habit of Digitaria, but which, on account of the absence of the small
outer glume existing in that genus, must be referred to Paspalum.
Mr. Kippist regards it as an undescribed species, although speci-
mens collected at Sierra Leone by Afzelius are in the collections of
Sir James E. Smith and Sir Joseph Banks, on the former of which
Afzelius has noted that it is much cultivated by the negroes in Sierra
Leone.

Mr. Kippist distinguishes the species by the following characters: —

Paspalum exile, glaberrimum, caule filiformi, racemis subternis digitatis,
axi partiali spiculis singulis angustiore, spiculis parvis sub-biserialibus
pedicellatis, glumis ovatis acutiusculis paleis sequalibus, foliis lineari-
lanceolatis margine serrulatis.

Gramen sub-bipedale, inferné ramosum; racemi tenues, 3—4-pollicares,
subsessiles; axes partiales angustissime, planz, margine minuté den-
ticulatz ; spiculze vix lineales ; glume exterioris respectu racheos, (val-
vulze floris masculi superstitis) nervi 7—9 zequidistantes, interioris 5,
quorum laterales approximati; paleze minutissimé striate ; folia plana ;
vagine longissime ; ligule truncate integree.

Read also a letter from N. B. Ward, Esq., F.L.S., containing a
statement furnished to him by Mrs. Williams, the widow of the late
missionary of that name, respecting the transportation of the Musa
Cavendishii to the Navigators’ Islands, and its culture there. Mr.
Williams left England on the 11th of April 1839, and arrived at
Upolu, one of the Navigators’ Islands, at the end of November. He
carried with him, in one of Mr. Ward’s glazed cases, a young plant
of Musa Cavendishii, which bore the voyage well. It was trans-
planted into a favourable situation, and in May 1840 a cluster of
fine fruit (in number exceeding 300) was produced ; after which the
parent plant died, leaving behind more than thirty suckers, which
were distributed to various parts of the island. In May 1841, when
Mrs. Williams left to return to England, the greater part of these
were in a fructifying state, so that there cannot be a doubt of this
valuable plant quickly becoming abundant, not only in Upolu, but
also in the neighbouring islands. Mrs. Williams further states that
the fruit is highly prized by the natives as being much finer and very
different in flavour from any of the species or varieties previously
growing in these islands.

November 15.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Read a Note ‘‘ On the permanent varieties of Papaver orientale,
wee. rorster, M.5., F.L.5., &c.

Dr. Forster states, that ever since the introduction of Papaver brac-
teatum, Lindl., into England, he has regarded it as a permanent va-
riety of P. orientale, of which P. bracteatum, as having fertile seeds,
while those of P. orientale are usually sterile, was to be considered
the original plant. He retains, however, the name of orientale for

236 Linnean Society.

the species, both as being the earlier and as being applicable to all
the varieties, four of which he now distinguishes as permanent by the
following characters :—

1. P. orientale bracteatum, characterized by its height, its bractez,
its large and deep red petals, and its uniformly perfect seeds.

2. P. orientale precox, the common “‘ Monkey Poppy” of the old
gardeners, and the most common variety in England, distinguished
by its somewhat depressed capsule and sterile seeds. It flowers along
with the former, generally about the 10th of May, the flowers being
of a fine deep orange inclining to cinnabar.

3. P. orientale serotinum, resembling the last except in that its
petals incline more to what is called salmon-colour, but principally
characterized by its flowering nearly a month later, along with P.
somniferum, L., early in June. Dr. Forster has several times tried in
vain to make it flower with the commoner sort. The seeds are always
imperfect, and the flower and capsule of the same shape as in the last.

4. P. orientale, capsuld et floribus longioribus, which are its prin-
cipal distinguishing characters. It flowers in May a few days after
the old English sort, but is only met with on the Continent: the
petals are of the same colour, but the leaves are rather smaller.
Dr. Forster states it to be common in the gardens of Belgium as
the only variety cultivated, the two last-named varieties being there
unknown. It holds a middle rank between them and P. orientale
bracteatum, being tall and bearing seeds, which are sometimes pro-
lific, and well deserves to be introduced into English gardens.

Dr. Forster adds, that about ten years ago Mr. Curtis showed him
a bed of seedlings of the second year in full flower in May, which
had round capsules and orange flowers like P. orientale, but which
he stated to have been derived from seeds of P. bracteatum. Mr. Cur-
tis attributed the change to the bees having transported the pollen
of that plant, but the uniform appearance of the whole bed led Dr.
Forster to think this explanation doubtful. He further states, that
he has been assured in the South of Europe that the best opium and
in the largest quantity is obtained from P. orientale bracteatum ; and
as this plant suits the English soil and seeds freely, he thinks it
might often be advantageously substituted for P. somniferum.

Read also a Note ‘‘ On Secale cornutum, the Ergot of Rye;’’ and
‘‘On a species of Asplenium, related to A. Trichomanes, L.” By A.
Haro, M.D., of Metz, communicated by the Secretary.

In the latter communication Dr. Haro calls attention to a fern dis-
covered by himself in the well of an old castle. ‘The well in which
it was found is described as being large, four-cornered, and having
at the top on one side a square window, freely admitting air and
light. The opposite wall is lined with the fern, which lies flat upon
the stones, to which the fronds are said to be attached throughout
their length by slender roots, rendering it difficult to remove them
even with a knife. Dr. Haro submitted the plant to a Professor of
the faculty of Nancy, who regarded it as a new species, more distinct
from A. Trichomanes than A. viride or A. Petrarche, and supplied
the following descriptive characters of these four species :—

A. Trichomanes, frondes patule, glabre, impari-pinnate ; stipes nigres-

Miscellaneous. 237

centi-vernicosus, supra membranula crenulata et ab insertione pinnu-
larum utrinque decurrente manifesté appendiculatus ; pinnule medi
ovate inzequilaterales, superiores oblongz et. basi oblique cuneate,
impar crenulata, omnes obtusze obfuséque crenate.

A. Harovit, frondes decumbentes saxoque fibrillis tenuissimis adfixe,
glabre, impari-pinnatz; stipes nigrescenti-vernicosus, supra membra-
nula obsoleta et ab insertione pinnularum utrinque decurrente appen-
diculatus; pinnulze medize hastato-rhomboidee, trilobate, superiores
oblonge basi obliqué attenuate vel cuneate, impar pinnatifida, omnes
obtusze sed acuté dentate.

A, viride, frondes erecto-patule, glabre, impari-pinnate ; stipes viridis,
supra canaliculatus, tnappendiculatus ; pinnule mediz feré omnes ovato-
rhomboidez, inzequilaterales, impar crenulata incisa, omnes obtuse
obtuséque crenulatze.

A. Petrarche, frondes erecto-patule, glanduloso -villose, impari-pinnate ;
stipes obscuré nigrescens, supra applanato-canaliculatus, inappendicu-
latus ; pinnulze mediz oblonge basi obliqué truncate vel cuneate et
inde valdé ineequilaterales, pinnatifide, lobulis obtusis inzequaliter cre-
nulatis, superiores supra rachin decurrentes.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ON THE PRESENCE OF THEINE IN THE LEAVES OF ILEX PARAGUYENSIS.

Recent chemical researches have proved that the bitter tonic sub-
stance called Theine, found in the leaves of tea, is identical with Caf-
feine, obtained from the seeds of coffee. On this subject Liebig re-
marks—‘‘ We shall never, certainly, be able to discover how men
were led to the use of the hot infusion of the leaves of a certain shrub
(tea), or of a decoction of certain roasted seeds (coffee). Some cause
there must be, which would explain how the practice has become a
necessary of life to whole nations. But it is surely still more remark-
able that the beneficial effects of both plants on the health must be
ascribed to one and the same substance, the presence of which in
two vegetables, belonging to different natural families and the pro-
duce of different quarters of the globe, could hardly have presented
itself to the boldest imagination.”

It is curious to remark, that a beverage called Guarana, used by the
people on the banks of the Amazon, and in all probability procured
from the leaves of Paullinia sorbilis, should yield a crystalline matter
also identical with Theine, and that Theobromine, or the principle
yielded by chocolate, should be in many respects analogous. Mr. John
Stenhouse of Glasgow has recently detected Theine in the leaves of
the Ilex paraguyensis, Y erba Maté, or Paraguay Tea, which is the com-
mon beverage of a large portion of the inhabitants of South America.

This is a fact of great interest, when taken in connexion with the
previous discoveries above alluded to, as tending to show that the
same principle is found in many of those substances which are em-
ployed by mankind in different parts of the world to furnish a tonic
and refreshing beverage. ‘Theine is procured easily according to
Mr. Stenhouse, by making an infusion of tea, precipitating by acetate
of lead, filtering, evaporating the clear solution to a thickish con-
sistence, and then subliming (?) from a sand-bath. In this way he has
been able to procure 14 per cent. from Assam tea without the use of

238 Miscellaneous.

alcohol or ether. The best test for Theine is ammonia, which, when
added and heated to dryness, gives a beautiful rose-colour precisely
similar to murexide. From the facility with which Theine is ob-
tained and its tonic qualities, it is probable that it may be ere long
used medicinally as a substitute for quinine and other remedial agents
of a similar nature.—J. H. B.

SULA MELANURA.

“In our ornithological memoranda we neglected to state that
during our stay at St. Kilda, a black-tailed Solan Goose was men-
tioned to us as being occasionally seen intermingled with the other
and more common kind. We at first regarded this as an accidental
variety, but we have since recalled to mind that there is a distinct
species described by naturalists under the title of Pelecanus melanurus,
so called from the character in question. We believe that this is
the first ascertained instance of its occurrence in any of the British
Islands.” —J. Wilson, Voy. round West. Isles, vol. i. p. 113, note.

CAPTURE OF BOTTLE-NOSED WHALES.

There has been recently a considerable capture of bottle-nose
whales at the island of Eday, amounting to between sixty and
seventy. They were generally of fair dimensions, about fourteen feet
long on an average ; and on being sold by public roup on the Mon-
day following, brought 146/.—Jnverness Courier.

NOTE ON PAGURUS PRIDEAUXII.

There is an omission in my notice of this species in the last Num-
ber of the ‘ Annals,’ p. 103, which, in consequence of the obscurity
thereby occasioned, is perhaps worth correcting. ‘The comment on
Dr. Leach’s observations should have been, not to the effect that it
was singular that P. Prideauxii inhabits so many different species of
shells, but, that there should be no allusion to its connexion with
Adamsia (Actinia) maculata, with which species I have always found
it associated. I had already mentioned in this Journal (vol. v. p.251)
the occurrence of the Pagurus in Trochi ['T. cinereus, &c.] and Bulla
lignaria :—to these may now be added Buccinum undatum and Natica
Alderi. 'The smaller shells thus resorted to, as the last-named, and
Trochus cinereus, may be said to have merely formed the apex of the
tenement, as “‘ the thin horny expansion attached to the aperture of
the shells, and forming as it were an extension of the body-whorl in
a spiral form *,”’ constituted from one-half to two-thirds of the entire
habitation of the crab.

Dr. Coldstream, in treating of the Actinia maculata obtained by him
at ‘‘ Torbay, and in Rothsay and Kames bays in Bute,” remarks,
that the shell which it covered was ‘‘ always found inhabited by a
variety of the hermit-crab.” The “variety” thus alluded to was
probably P. Prideauxii. By Dr. Coldstream and also by myself, the
Actinia and Pagurus under consideration have always been found as-
sociated. Dr. Leach makes no mention of their connexion; and Mr.
Edw. Forbes states that not a single specimen of the Actinia taken

* Dr. Coldstream in Edin. New Phil. Journ. vol. ix., and copied in John-
ston’s British Zoophytes, p. 219.

Meteorological Observations. 239

in the course of a season by him about the Isle of Man “had either
hermit-crab or horny disk.” (Annals, vol. v. p. 183.) It would thus
appear, that on the British coasts this strange companionship is not
invariably constant. By Dugés the two species have been found as-
sociated on the coast of France.

Dr. Coldstream enters pretty fully into the subject of the ‘“« horny
expansion,” and after speculating upon its formation, thinks that it
is probably ‘‘ produced by the Actinia.”” Opposed to this view how-
ever is the fact, that shells possessing the horny expansion are fre-
quently dredged in localities where the Actinia was never met with
—and where the P. Prideauxii never occurred. I have often found
them tenanted instead by Pagurus Bernhardus.

On examining such shells with horny expansions as are preserved
in my cabinet, I find the expansions to consist simply of a develop-
ment, or continuation of the Alcyonium echinatum (and which it oc-
curred to Dr. Coldstream might be the case) beyond the shell itself
after this is covered, or nearly so, by the zoophyte. May not this
Alcyonium be selected by the Actinia as a base upon which to fix
itself, on account of its papillary eminences thereby enabling it—the
parasite—to retain a firmer hold or “‘ seat” ?>—-W. Tuompson.

Belfast, Feb. 10, 1843. ay eam

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1843.

Chiswick.— January 1. Clear and fine. 2, 3. Frosty: fine. 4. Rain: clear.
5. Clear: rain and sleet. 6. Frosty: overcast. 7,8. Cloudy. 9. Clear and
frosty. 10. Stormy and wet: very boisterous. 11. Clear and frosty: very fine.
12. Hazy: clear: hurricane at night. 13. Stormy and wet: very boisterous :
barometer at noon exceedingly low. 14. Clear and windy: densely overcast :
snow at night. 15. Cloudy: clear and frosty. 16. Cold and dry: fine. 17. Over-
cast. 18. Hazy: dense fog. 19. Dense fog. 20—22. Hazy. 23. Very fine:
overcast : stormy, with rain at night. 24. Overcast. 25. Very fine. 26, 27,
Cloudy. 28. Cloudy: clear and fine. 29. Overcast. 30. Very fine. 31. Uni-
formly overcast: stormy, with rain at night.—Mean temperature of the month
3° above the average. The barometer on the 13th was lower than it kas been
observed in the neighbourhood of London since 1821.

Boston.—Jan. 1—3. Fine. 4. Rain. 5. Cloudy: rain and snow early a.m.
6. Fine. 7. Cloudy. 8. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 9. Fine. 10. Windy: rain
early A.M.: stormy r.M., with snow. 11. Windy. 12. Cloudy: raine.m. 13.
Stormy: rain early a.m. (barometer 2 p.m. 27°80): rain p.M.: stormy night.
14. Stormy: snow e.m. 15—18. Cloudy. 19. Foggy. 20—23. Cloudy. 24,
Cloudy: rain early am. 25. Fine. 26. Cloudy: rain earlya.m. 27. Cloudy.
28, Windy. 29. Cloudy. 50. Cloudy: stormy p.m. 31. Fine.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Hail-showers, 2. Snow. 3. Cloudy.
4, Showers: large hail—broke windows. 5. Hail-showers. 6. Showers. 7. Hail-
showers—broke windows: thunder and lightning. §&. Snow-showers and hail.
9. Snow-showers: rain. 10. Snow-showers. 11. Snowing at noon: clear at
night. 12. Clear: frostandsnow. 13. Snow: thaw-showers. 14, Frost: thaw-
showers. 15. Showers. 16. Showers: cloudy. 17. Drizzle. 18. Cloudy:
drizzle. 19. Showers: clear. 20—22. Clear. 23. Clear: drops. 24. Cloudy.
25. Cloudy: drizzle. 26. Clear: rain. 27. Rain: showers. 28. Drizzle:
showers. 29—31. Showers.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Jan. 1. Frost a.m.: shower: frost p.m.
2, Frost a.m.: froste.m. 3%. Showers. 4, Snowand rain. 5, Frost: high wind.
6. Drizzling rain. 7. Rain and wind. 8. Snow: frost. 9. Snow: rain: wind,
10. Snow: frost. 11. Frost: lunar halo. 12. Hard frost. 13—15. Frost:
drifting snow. 16, Thaw a.m.: frostr.m. 17, 18. Thaw: rain, 19. Thick
fog and thaw. 20. Fair, but cloudy. 21. Fair a.m. : drizzly P.M. 22, Rain
early a.m.: cleared. 23. Rain. 24. Fair, butmisty. 25. Rainr.m. 26. Wet
a.M. 27. Wetr.m. 28. Storm of wind and rain, 29. Wet and stormy. 430,
Heavy showers, 31. Rain.

T10.1
anand c.g 20.8 | P61] 8641 ‘ung 16.66 |s¢.6¢ eg ch 88 e058 cr-Ft| 2.2€ | Loh | OF Sh8.6z |9FS-62 02F.62 | ZOF.6z| 8.6% | 699.62 | 18.64 | 22.62 |‘uRey

| | | Ce | ee, | | | | |
—

eae, SS ee”

tF ae Sy 4, A ah Hea: a Il i a ba *s cp | cr [$66 | 0S | OF] FF | IS | £.3t | 8.6F | &-SF | 68.82 | FZ-6Z | 08.6% | 99.62 | OF-6z | F88.6% | 186.62 | $96.62 | “IE
6y | 6€- TIT |" TAR AMEE Nt “mM ‘m (3zp | cp | cr] oo | 1g] 98 | so | 2.66 | &.9¢ | S19 | BF.6z | $8.82 | 99-62 | 8.62 | 91.62 | $02.62 | $06.62 | 892.62 | “og @

Bb | GE. reefers] creree | oom |u| peo | “mM | ts | Zp | eh [FOF | BF | OF] Br | oS | ELF | L.Zo | FGF | BI.62 | 68.62 | OF.62 | 09.62 | 8E.6z | 928.62 | 116.62 | F96°6% | *6z
GS 3 Brees os a heal “M “A “M ‘s (2p | oF | ch | ZG] Eo] Sh | OF | O.IS | BOG | 8.79] 2.6% | 96.82 | 09.62 | 98.62 | OI.6z | 22.62 | 206.6% | $08.62 | *8z
sr | 1g. seerro | MS | SM | UBD | “MS *s 6+ | sp | erl| eo} og! o¢ | g¢ | 0.8F | 0.%¢ | 2-09 | 90.62 | ZI.6z | 8.62 | 69.62 | FF.6z | 106.62 | 696.62 | 266.6% | °Zz
BE | QT. ret"] 80. [eeeees| crete | oan ‘ms | tM | “MS *s te | Sp | et | St! sr! se | 1g | Z.cr | 9.64 | 2-46 | OF.62 | 82.6 | 22.62 | £2.62 | 0S.6z | 010-0 | 8E0-0€ | 0F0.08 | *9z
[ha2| COPE ees | | Sa "Ms | WW[vd | “ALS ‘a or | or | 1% | Ze | 6E| FF) GF | 8.ZF | 0.8F | 9.ZF | 99.66 | GF.6% | 02.62 | $0.62 | $¢.6z | 666.62 | 660-08 | 940.0 | “Sz
fF Q&- | Z0.| 220-| *s ‘ms | uypeo| “ms | ‘s |fep | cep | sr | Ze | sp] 6& | SF | F.h | 0.Zé | €-SF | 0€.62 | 18.62 | 09.64 | IF.62 | ZF.6z | 268.6% | 698.62 | 968.62 | “Fz
6e veneel og. [teres | og *s | wyeo| °s ‘s er | iF | Ze esp |o-1b| SF | Bb | &IF | OFF | Z.SF | EF-6 | 29.62 | OF.62 | 69.62 | £9.6z | 268.6z | 260-08 | 90.08 | ‘ee D
oe seve] Zo, [eters | ag ‘asa | unyeo | “ms *g cr | IF [gee | Zb | ¢.0F| FE | FF | BFE) 8.1F | 8-0F | 69.62 | 12.62 | $2.62 | 12.62 | #2.6z | £00.08 | 8E0-0E | 090.0€ | *%z
FE mreraiganaes este og. | “O° | ORO > “6 ‘a | 8s | oF | 62 Ze | Le] te | Ih | ZFE| F.0F | 8-88 | IZ.62 | 98.62 | $2.66 | 82.62 | $9.62 | 800.08 | 0€0-0€ | ZE0.0E | *1Z
le sel gg. [eet | mss | ca | wea | a ‘a | 66 | sb | OF | FF 1 G.1F| 62 | 6E | 9-08 | Z.FF | E-8E | 00.0E | T1.0€ | 85.62 | 1.08 | 00.0g | 980.08 | Zez-0E | ZEE-0E | *0%
O€ acsoeneaaeea|: “cere ae SAS "s | wea | °s “MA Pr | O€ |ZIF | SF Iv| FS | FF | 8.0 | F-6F | 8-OE | ST-0€ | OI-0E | 8G.0E | SZ.0€ | 01-0¢ | QEF-0E | ZOS-0E | 8ES-0E | *6I
8e seevesieeereel 7CQ,| “MS “ORAMS| Ujed| “Ms | “Mm |S/p | Zep | 68 OF | Sr] EE | GF | 0.ZE| F.FE | F-EF | ZO.0E | $8.62 | 61.0 | 90.0€ | 96.6% | QzE.0E | FSF-0& | 9OE-0E | “ST
Ze ¢0. |" | "ms | “mu | wea! “ms | ‘mu | Zp | pp | 8a] er] fe! Ze | ZF | 9.98 | Z.1F | 8.0 | 69.62 | £9.6z | 26.62 | 88.62 | $8.62 | ZBI-0E | 861-0€ | F1Z-08 | “ZT
Ze eeeeleceree/ seers) oop | “mu | “ou | ma | “mM | Ze | t6e | 6G | Ih | Qe} OF | IF | OIE | 0.6¢ | €.8E | 06.62 | 29.62 | 98.6 | 8E.6% | 90-62 | OTE-6z | BF6.62 | FS8.66 ‘91 O
as seeneciooesee/ QET. | “MU | “MUU |) WIZ} “A ‘s 6s | Ze \¥oz | #8 | Le) 93 | OF | G.ZE|0.1F | S-FE | F6.8% | ZO-8%S | 06-8 | 9.8% | €9.8Z | QZ8-8z | 020.62 | ZZ6.8z | “ST
1s OGeuWOTen ee Iga | oak “mM ‘ms |zea M| og | Fe [Sts | Se | Ze} 83 | 6E | 4.9E | F.SF | 8-9E | 19.82 | ZS.8z | 69.8% | 69.8 | FS-8% | 002.82 | 080.62 | 9F0.6Z | “FT
S QZ. | #0.|E2G-| ‘9 "MRO! 'S “MS ’s |Stg | $6 | 8/98] O€!] LE | OF | GIS |8.GF | 0-TF | 19.82 | 26-83 | £0.8 | 00.82 | OT-8Z | 181-86 | 649-83 | FSE-8G | “ET
1g “""*1 6G. | 880. | “as ‘a9 | wyeo| ‘u |reAu| cz | ze | oc [gcse | #2! &@ | SF | 0-88 | 9.6E | $-ZE | 28.8% | $8.82 | 62.82 | €2.8% | 99-8z | 902.8% | 0ZI-6% | 862-82 | “SI
&& seeeel gg. [srees | smu | sms | “mM | ‘ms | “A | Fee | Ze | 83] 98 | 6] [€ | OF | BFE | 0.EF | &.FE | 62.86 | 94.82 | F4-8G | 82-86 | 14.8z | 96Z.8z | 80T-66 | FIT-66 | “IL
ke FO. | 90. | SEI. | “Mu | “MU | TM “a ‘mM |ole | oe | 1¢ Sor |¢.9g| OF | Zt | 8.FE | 0.ZF | 8-9E | SF.8z | ZE.8Z | 02-8z | ZF.8% | 6F-8z | 890.6% | 90Z-6z | 68-8 | “OT
Feil Ms | OSL LCL Ws rel a “ms | Wed | “MS | “AL 68 | FS |¥Es \¢EF 1¢| 2& | Lr | 8.cE | f-1F | SFE | VF.8S | 90.6% | 62.8 | 2E.62 | 08.62 | 90z.6z | 659.62 | $89.62 | °6
sg | ZI. 00.1] 20. |t°°°*) GOT. | An *m |uyeo| ‘ms | ‘Ms | ge | Spe | og $86] Os! OF | SF | &.0F | EOF | Z-OF | I-62 | $2.82 | 91-62 | 86.82 | £0.62 | 118-62 | 228.62 | 888.62 | *8 C
Ze | 1h. jtreres|seere*] e717, | OGO. | “ms | “MS | weO | “mM | “MSS | FE | FE | IF | HF OF! OS | OF | 0-ZE | 6.FF | 8-TF | 16.82 | 21.6% | 02.62 | 19.6% | 9.6% | 689.62 | 216.62 | 96.62 | °Z
ZG olny nesses ttsewon ir qpeniisurtes!| SACS) | FA OT BO” | Ak “A 68 | 68 | ZE | OF cg| te | If | 2.78] Gr | 2.98 | €G.Az | 19.62 | 2.62 | 26-62 | $2.62 | 266.62 | 080.06 | FET-08 | *9
FE | OZ. |" "SL. | QO. | SST. | “MU | “MU | WYeD | “mM "a se | og | I¢ | 8& | 98] Ie | IE |9.SE | &-FF | 8.88 | £6.62 | 19.62 | $6.62 | 99.62 | 88.62 | 222.62 | 020.08 | 988.62 | °S
lg Gite \iziferel cece lee A "MS | “AA “MA *s ss | Ze | Ig | 6F If | 16 | SF | G.0E | Z.GF | &-1F | GS-62 | O6.6z | 09.62 | £9.62 | 6F.6z | $88.62 | 226.62 | 888.62 | *F
en ae ST pI ee tl *s |uyeo| ‘ms | ‘mu | ct | cg | 12} se |¢.Zz| Za | SF | 8.62 | £.8€ | Z.0€ | 69.62 | €8-6z | #Z-62 | 00.08 | 28.62 | ZOT-0€ | 20Z-0E | 96Z.0E | *S
cg | Ul. sosseiasance| ecsse OMT |e °AN =| UTED) COANE |} AR te | ce | og | ge | ze} 6t | gE |9-EE | 8.6 | 0.98 | I1-0 | 60-0¢ | 10.0¢ | Z6.6z | 29.62 | 210-0 | 980-0E | 090-0¢ | °z
sé | 90. seoveeleeeees) C10, | “MU | “mM |UWed| ‘a | "Mu | EE | FE [$Zo | 6 |S-EE!| Ss | Ih | o-8E| 2-9 | S.8E | 10.0 | 00-08 pao Oe | Eee 68.62 | IL-0 | 292.0 | 864-0 | *T
Sry X) mM es) es) og es v te zis m= 2 |-u l-xpy eo Zl curd |-ure | urd | ure : : mi]
Meals oe oF ed all retest oie Coa | Tell lea es nt iN Pp : 00 ur xe ae ue
SmeerSe a |e (2) 22/85 | 2 joe | eR PTET ELF ISE| EL OR | seme [po) | 6 [oe | ol ee ian ad
. - sles] ct = as.) > t 7 Se | eee Ie kit Sa ae as: ae ae, area ae, Se eS r
—$—=oj/0 F) Sie [eo] =o | os. S] B= | 2° |yormpueg| ‘ays | 3g |. en *yoLmpues *ar1ys = ths 5 a eS
mole) BP | FIBE| FR] R | P YR] BS [Mouuo |-auma [°F [mero] su tuopuor | “eougig” | -sorguima | P| WMO |B es
Co eee ee ° =
—e . So
a 4 “ule y ‘pul *I9JIULOUIIY J, *19JIULOIV | = ey

"LANWUGO ‘asunpy younpungy yo SuoysnoyjyD *— ‘Ady 247 AQ pun SaUlHs-saluaWag
‘ssunyy yzuvsajddy yw ‘requng *A\ ‘Ady 247 Ag {NoLsog 7” ‘yea A AI 49 fuopuoT nau ‘MOIMSINY) 2D Ajar20g pounqynay4oF] ay? JO UapLVE) ay] 4D
uosdwoy 7 “yy 49 { uojaqoy ‘ay ‘Aumjzauoag qunjsissp ayz hg ‘NoaNnoryq ‘hyo100g yohoy ay7 fo siuampindyy ay] yo apou suoYwasasgy) JVNTo;0L0aja VT

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 70. APRIL 1843.

XXXV.— Observations on the Habits of a Tenthredo or
Sawfly. By Pirrre Huser*.

[ With a Plate. ]

THE insect which is the subject of this memoir is, I conclude,
somewhat rare in our country [Geneva], as I have not yet ob-
served it except in the larva state; and these larvee are so un-
common, that in looking diligently for them, I have scarcely
found more than one or two every year. My design is to make
known the first period of its history, looking for the time when
more favourable circumstances may enable me to complete it.
I especially regret my inability to give the description of the
perfect insect; but, as we know with respect to a great num-
ber of insects, all the philosophic interest attaches to the hi-
story of the larve. Itis these indeed which most frequently
exhibit to our sight that industry which so justly excites our
admiration.

This insect belongs to that division of the Saw-flies (Tenthre-
dinide), the larvee of which, not furnished with membranous feet
(prolegs), have only six coriaceous feet belonging to the thorax,
and whose hind part or abdomen is armed laterally with two
hard and horny processes which diverge from one another
nearly in a straight line. These very prominent processes, I
believe, are attached to the last ring but one. The last ring
did not appear to have organs like the anal prolegs of cater-
pillars ; it is, on the contrary, of a coriaceous and solid sub-
stance, variegated with a brown colour above; it terminates in
an oval margin, and opens upwards in order to serve as a
passage for the rejectamenta of the insect; but in some cases
it also performs the office of a foot. The head is wholly coria-
ceous, its eyes are very distinct and prominent; it is furnished
with strong and rather short jaws, with two antenne placed
near the eyes, and with two or three pairs of palpi, the length
of which exceeds that of the jaws, and which serve the purpose

* From the Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle
de Genéve, tom. ix. part 2, 1842.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol, xi. R

242 M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly.

of a hand for holding the leaf upon which the insect is feed-
ing or working. The length of this larva varies from six to
eight lines, it is half a line thick; its ordinary colour is bluish
ereen, the head is yellowish, and the feet are black; there
is a small black spot on the first ring. In its first stage this
insect lives upon the hazel-tree.

Most larvee of Tine@ and other insects expert in forming for
themselves cases (fourreaua) carry them about with them, but
(during the early period of its life at least) the larva in question
is obliged to leave its case fixed to the leaf out of which it has
been formed; it therefore preserves all the verdure of the
leaf itself; at last, however, comes the time when this larva
separates the case from the leaf and carries it from place to
place. The case in which it envelopes itself is of a very sin-
gular form; it is a very much lengthened hollow cone, very
narrow at the end with a rather wide mouth; it is made of a
strip or band of a hazel-leaf rolled in a spiral form and com-
posed of a number of variable whorls; this strip, very nar-
row at the lower extremity, at first produces only very nar-
row whorls and of small diameter, for at first the larva wants
but a very narrow case. When complete it is from twelve to
fourteen lines in length, and two lines in diameter at its ori-
fice ; it is composed of more than ten turns, the exterior part
of the case presenting the upper surface of the leaf, the ser-
rated edge of which is preserved entire, turned towards the
point of the cone. This dwelling is very spacious for our larva,
and it can turn itself about in it with the greatest ease.

It forms this cone by cutting along the edge of the leaf a
narrow strip, which it then winds spirally around itself by a
method which I shall presently describe. When this portion
has taken the desired form or position, it goes on cutting the
band a little further up, and always nearly parallel with the
edge of the leaf. By little and little it rolls around itself a
fresh portion, and so on during all the time of its growth ; so
that the cone, which was at first very short, lengthens every
time that the larva works at it. But it is not content with
clothing itself; it feeds as it goes on, it even eats prodigiously ;
only, while eating, it takes good care to attend to the arrange-
ment of the strip or band necessary for its clothing; it eats
according to method, and with the double object of providing
itself at once with board and lodging ; I say lodging, for this
case, being too roomy to be justly considered as a mere gar-
ment, serves it rather as an asylum than as a defence against
the inclemency of the weather.

Another part of the skill of this insect consists in knowing
how to roll this bandage round itself, which unsupported would

eo

M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly. 243

fall by its own weight like a shred of the leaf. It will be sup-
posed that it is by means of its silk, skilfully employed, that
it succeeds in giving it the requisite position and fixing it in
its place. 7

I shall give a full description of the method which it prac-
tises, a process in some degree analogous to that of the roll-
ing caterpillars, which consists in carrying threads from the
surface of the rolled portion to that part of the leaf which
they wish to join to their work. The weight of their body,
resting on the first threads, brings the leaf near to the centre
of the roll, and fresh threads tend to keep it in this position.
But the manner in which our larva works every time that a
fresh portion of leaf is to be added to his case deserves greater
detail.

There are generally three skeins cr wefts* stretched from
the mouth of its case to the leaf. The first weft or skein is
situated on the body of the case; this is the shortest, and
reaches the leaf by the shortest course ; the second proceeds
from the middle of the last whorl and also goes to the leaf; and
the third is fastened on still higher up, that is to say, at the
point where the rolling of the band begins. These wefts are
composed of threads parallel to each other, and nearly perpen-
dicular to the orifice. After the larva has bitten the leaf so far
as to separate enough for rolling up, it comes half out of its
case, mounts on the first weft and produces a fresh one which
I shall call No. 1 dis, similar, except that the threads are fixed
higher on the roll and on the leaf. After this operation it re-
enters its funnel, and comes out again at the space which lies
between the second and the third older wefts ; it mounts upon
the second, makes it bend with its weight, or perhaps by the
contraction of its body, and establishes a weft No. 2 dis, com-
posed of a score of silk threads ; lastly it places itself on the
third, and from thence makes a new weft No. 3 dis. By this
means the work of rolling up goes on in succession, and the
whole portion cut off -is rolled up at once, the spiral cone ac-
quiring a quarter of a whorl at each time; it gains each day
acomplete whorl. In fact, it is the cone which is rolled suc-
cessively on the bandage. Now the three wefts dis become
fundamental, and serve as types for three new wefts, which in
their turn will be succeeded by others. Such is the tenor of
this process so far as I have been able to ascertain. The roll
turns during the operation of fixing the threads, and not at
all while the larva cuts out the bandage. We should mention

* A row of parallel threads is obviously intended. The word trame of

the original has been rendered weft, with some doubt however of its being
the proper term.—R. T,
R 2

244 M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly.

that the rolling caterpillars make cylinders with leaves, whereas
in the present case the rolling up must be oblique in order to
produce a spiral, and this, probably, is what renders necessary
the complex process which the larva of the Saw-fly of the
hazel employs.

The axis of the cone or case of our larva is frequently placed
at right angles to the tangent which might be drawn at the
edge of the leaf; yet the orifice is not parallel to this edge ;
on the contrary, this opening is very oblique, and such as it
should be in order that the band of which it is formed in roll-
ing up may only cover over the last spiral by its edge, so as
to form a prolongation of the case, and not a simple coating.

It sometimes happens that this larva, whether by chance
or by design, detaches its case from the leaf: this especially
occurs when the leaf withers ; for then it is obliged to seek for
a fresher one, a thing which frequently happened to those
which I had under my observation at home. I have often
amused myself by cutting the little bands and suspending the
case underneath the leaf, by means of some one of the scattered
silks which remained at the mouth, as the larva itself does
when its case is wholly finished. But I operated before the
time, and it had still several whorls to add to its cone: had I
left but a single thread, it would have been sufficient to bring
back its case towards the leaf, for this larva, of a slender form,
is gifted with an unequalled agility and suppleness. Coming
more than three-fourths out of its cone, it bent itself ina
thousand ways, and by its skill succeeded in reaching the leaf,
to which it fastened some imperceptible threads of silk; it
clung to these threads, then drawing its body forwards, it
made the case approach the leaf by help of the side legs and
the two processes near its hinder extremity ; then bound it
with new and shorter threads of silk, so that it nearly touched
the lower surface of the leaf.

The cone had now to be made to travel in this situation.
The process which it employs is most ingenious: it leans for-
ward out of its case on the side to which it intends to direct
it, and, as far as it can reach, stretches threads of silk from
the leaf to the case. This latter, held back by former threads,
does not as yet move at all; but the caterpillar, with its accus-
tomed ingenuity, cuts the former threads with its jaws ; if they
resist too much, it stretches its body so as to force away the
cone, when the last attachments break: in this way the cone
is suspended only by the new threads, its centre of gravity is
now displaced and is carried forward. A fresh similar man-
ceuvre effects a new step; thus travels this heavy load, sus-
tained by threads of silk which are substituted for each other

M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly. 2A5

in succession. Our traveller at last arrives at the end of its
journey, that is to say, at the end of the leaf. It then brings
its case near its under surface, and adjusts it or places it in
such a way as to be situated in the plane of the leaf; but on
the outside he sets it up as sailors raise a mast on its base,
only so as to be placed horizontally in the air, and that instead
of drawing the cords on the side where it wishes to make it fast,

it finds the means of establishing shorter and shorter thr eads
of silk, and bursts the old threads that kept it in a vertical
position. It has, in short, the art to lead the spiral tube to the
suitable place and into the position requisite for again begin-
ning its rolling up. It cuts off the inequalities and adjusts it
so neatly to the edge of the leaf, which is also prepared before-
hand for this purpose, that the junction of the two pieces
shall be imperceptible. The leaf fits exactly at the edge of the
case ; threads of silk, carefully stretched within, sew together
(if we may so speak) the two parts, and the caterpillar then
setting itself to gnaw the leaf, eats it parallel to its edge, so
as to give it the dimensions of the bandage of the case.

I shall conclude this notice with the last experiment that I
made on one of these larve, and the result of which presents
some very curious particulars. It was still young, it had com-
posed its case of twelve whorls, and I saw that it had added
one or two turns of new ribbon. It was working at it when
I took it out in order to lay it bare; I then perceived that the
portion of the case newly added being looser than it ought,
and consequently the whorl being too wide at this part, the
insect had obviated this inconvenience by spinning around
itself such a number of threads that they formed a narrow
sheath at the orifice of the case.

The larva being exposed, was gently laid upon a fresh and
tender hazel-leaf, the underside of the leaf being turned up-
wards. At first it appeared embarrassed ; it tried to turn upon
its back, and it was only after many trials and efforts that it
succeeded in effecting this ; from this time it regained courage,
and sought to carry its head from right to left of its body in
order to reach the leaf in this position ; but the want of a point
d’appui for a long time hindered it from accomplishing this.
However, by dint of twisting itself about, it at last succeeded,
placing its spinneret upon the leaf on its right side; by a cir-
cular movement of the head, it led a thread from thence to its
left side passing above its body; from that time it no longer
apjeared embarrassed ; the movements became quicker and
quicyer; it had soon made a lace-work of silk above itself,
fitting well enough to hold it closely against the leaf, yet
without cramping it. By help of these threads it became

246 M. Huber on the Habits of a Saw-fly.

easier and easier to raise up the anterior part of its body, and
to stretch longer or more oblique threads, at its choice; in
order to do this, it bent its body in the form of an arch above
the leaf, so as to make supports of all the threads which it
had stretched above it. The play and muscular strength of
its rings made of all these threads so many ladders, which
helped its body to advance on the cordage which it had spread ;
and the plaited nature of the rings of its belly, and especially
the large size of the last rig but one, greatly contributed to
the success of its efforts : the motion begins at the tail, it ad-
vances, the rings swell and contract successively, they quit
the threads to which they correspond in order to rest on other
more advanced threads, and the whole body travels two lines
in advance. The caterpillar then spreads fresh threads above
itself, and by the same process gains a little ground every
time ; in short, it attains the object of its efforts, “being always
turned on its back ; when it has reached the edge of the leaf
it stops. Such is its way of proceeding when naked.

I was very curious to know how it would repair the loss of
its covering at an age when the size of its body differs from
what it was at first, and when a turn of ribbon two lines in
width is not sufficient for it. I had the satisfaction of seeing
this work done, which was worthy of some skilful tailor in a
desert island who might be obliged to make his own garment.
T will explain it in two words: the caterpillar had the tact to
make itself a complete covering out of a single fold, which it
cut to its measure, after having rolled it around itself. For
that purpose, after having made a deep fold in the leaf around
itself, it made a hole in the middle of the leaf, enlarged it by
degrees, and rolled this wide shred about itself, just as we
should draw a covering over us. The covering folded upon
itself forms a double envelope, which the insect converts to its
use in this position, by sewing it with numerous threads at
the two ends.

Nature, as we see, is rich in ingenious expedients: so much
originality in the means, so much variety in the processes, so
much skill and depth in her views, what do these declare?
what do they proclaim,—if not the indisputable, the infinite
wisdom of the Creator of all things ?

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. The caterpillar, natural size.

Fig. 2. The same, magnified.

Fig. 3, 4. Different appearances of the rolling-up of the case before the
caterpillar forms its threads.

Fig. 5, 6, 7. Various positions of the caterpillars in forming the case by
means of their threads.

Fig. 8. The closed case.

Mr, G. R. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera. 247

XXXVI.— Descriptions of new species of Coleopterous Insects
belonging to the Genus Apocyrtus, collected by Hugh Cu-
ming, Esq., im the Philippine Islands. By G. R. WaterR-
HOUSE, Esq., Assistant Secretary and Curator to the Zoo-
logical Society. |

[Continued from vol. ix. p. 311.]
Order COLEOPTERA.
Sect. CURCULIONIDES.

Div. Pacuyruyncuipes, Schonh.
Genus Arocyrtus, Erichson.

In the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for June 1842, seventeen new
species of Apocyrtus are characterized ; descriptions of others I had
prepared, but as they extended the paper to too great a length for a
monthly journal, I was not sorry to lay aside the latter half of my
work for revision, especially as I found several of the species ex-
ceedingly difficult to determine. Those already described, for the
most part, present well-marked characters ; there are some, however,
which upon re-examination I think are doubtful. The Ap. metallicus
and Ap. levicollis, notwithstanding the differences in their markings,
I am now inclined to regard as varieties.

Apocyrtus gibbirostris and A. subfasciatus—The insect described
under the former of these names I am now convinced is a female,
the abdomen is somewhat convex beneath, and the terminal segment
is conical; the apex of the elytra is slightly produced, and there is
a small depression immediately in front of the prominent point.
The male has the abdomen slightly concave, the terminal segment
semicircular and coarsely punctured (in the female it is less di-
stinctly punctured) ; the apex of the elytra is rounded, and the ex-
treme point does not form a kind of tubercle as in the female; the
thorax is rather larger in proportion to the elytra, and the rostrum
is destitute of the hump; it is thickly punctured, and has a broadish
longitudinal groove extending from the base and terminating about
half-way towards the apex ; on each side immediately in front of the
eye is an oblong fovea joining the transverse groove which separates
the rostrum from the head. ‘This is the insect, I feel little doubt,
described by M. Chevrolat under the name Apocyrtus Hrichsoni*,
a name which has priority over mine. The specimens upon which
I founded the Ap. subfasciatus are all males, and possibly are va-
rieties of the Ap. gibbirostris (or rather EHrichsoni) ; they, however,
differ from those, which are certainly the males of gibbirostris, in
having the thorax tuberculated instead of being punctured, and also
in the markings, as pointed out in the published description.

Ap. geniculatus.x—The rostrum in this species is shorter and
broader than others of the genus; it is rather longer than broad, and
the sides are parallel; the transverse groove at the base is rather more
strongly marked in the female than in the male, where it is in the

* See * Revue Zoologique,’ No. 7. 1841, p. 226.

248 Mr. G. R. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera

form of a sharply indented line ; the surface is convex, punctured and
glossy, and has a longitudinal line on the basal half ; in front of the
eye isan oblong fovea, broad near the eye and pointed in front; this
fovea is bounded above and below by a ridge, the lower ridge forming
the upper boundary of the groove for the antenna. The male Ap.
geniculatus has the terminal segment of the abdomen semicircular and
punctured, and this is preceded by two very short transverse seg-
ments as usual; but in the female the hindermost of these two trans-
verse segments undergoes a singular modification in form, being
produced posteriorly so as completely to hide the terminal segment,
and having a deep emargination, and terminating in two spines be-
hind ; the last segment is smooth and very glossy. In one other spe-
cies of Apocyrtus (Ap. inflatus), I have found the same sexual pecu-
liarities in the abdominal segments.

Apocyrtus rufipes.

Ap. niger, nitidus; pedibus splendide rufis, genibus tarsisque nigris; capite
punctato; rostro crebre punctato; thorace globoso, antice posticeque
truncato, tuberculis rotundatis crebre obsito: elytris rugoso-punctatis.
Long. corp. 51—44 lin.

Mas: thorace valde globoso; elytris thorace angustioribus, postice rotunda-
tis; rostro supra concavo.

Femina: elytris thorace latioribus, subovatis, ad apicem spinis duabus ar-
matis ; rostro supra convexiusculo.

The male of this species is remarkable for the large size and nearly
spherical form of its thorax. The head has some scattered punc-
tures, and a distinct longitudinal groove between the eyes; the ros-
trum is thickly punctured, and its upper surface presents a large,
but somewhat shallow concavity; this occupies the whole width of
the rostrum in front, between the antenne, but becomes gradually
narrower towards the transverse depression at the base; on each
side, in front of the eyes, are two fovez, one above the other; the
upper one is the largest, and joins the transverse groove at the base
of the rostrum. The legs are of a very bright red colour; the tip of
the femora, the cox, apex of the tibiz, and the tarsi are black. The
thorax is thickly covered with glossy, rounded tubercles, and has a
slight longitudinal channel. The elytra are scarcely dilated in the
middle, convex, and distinctly punctured ; the punctures are con-
fluent, and have a tendency to arrange themselves in striz. The
terminal segment of the abdomen is semicircular and coarsely punc-
tured.

An insect agreeing with the above in all essential characters, and
which I feel no doubt is the female, is remarkable for the possession
of two spines at the apex of the elytra,—a character which I have
found in a female of another species of the present genus. It differs,
moreover, in having the thorax proportionately smaller, and the ely-
tra rather broader than the thorax, being more dilated in the mid-
dle. They have a small subapical hump on the suture, out of which
springs a brush of hairs, as in the female Ap. geniculatus and some
others of the genus, and the terminal segment of the abdomen is
conical and presents numerous irregular ruge. ‘The rostrum, instead

belonging to the genus Apocyrtus. 249

of being concave above, as in the male, is slightly convex, more
densely punctured, and is slightly humped behind: in the middle is
a shallow longitudinal groove. The elytra are more thickly punc-
tured—this is also the case in the females of some other species.

Apocyrtus Germar?.

Ap. niger, femoribus, ad basin, antennisque piceo-rubris ; capite inter oculos
et rostro rugosis ; thorace antice posticeque truncato, lateribus rotundato,
tuberculis minutis, nitidis, crebre obsito; marginibus anticis lateralibusque
squamis viridibus ornato, fascia postice eodem colore: elytris globoso-
ovatis, thorace conspicue latioribus, rugosis, fasciis tribus subinterruptis,
lineisque duabus Jongitudinalibus ad apicem viridibus. Long. corp. 4
lin. ; lat. 14 lin.

This species departs somewhat from the rest of the genus in its
proportions, which nearly resemble those of Otiorhynchus gemmatus,
but the thorax is rather broader; the antenne are rather shorter
than in other Apocyrti. The size is equal to that of Otiorhynchus
scabrosus.

The rostrum is separated from the head by a transverse groove in
front of the eyes, and is very nearly equal to the head in length;
the upper surface is rugose, and has two irregular ridges which con-
verge behind, but do not meet. ‘The head is rugose between the
eyes, where there is a distinct longitudinal impression. The eyes
are round and but little prominent. ‘The thorax is subglobose, and
truncated before and behind ; it is thickly covered above with glossy
tubercles, has a green band in the anterior margin, and a second
transverse band towards the posterior margin; these bands, which
are formed of scales, are joined on the sides of the thorax by a lon-
gitudinal series of scales. ‘The elytra are of a short, oval form, or
subglobose, but acuminated at the apex ; the surface is rugose and
subtuberculated: they have a narrowish transverse band near the
base, a second in the middle, and a third towards the apex, besides
two oblong marks on the apical portion; these bands are formed of
green scales, and are somewhat interrupted in parts: the antennx
ana legs are pitchy ; the thighs are reddish, excepting at the apex,
where they are nearly black.

Apocyrtus inflatus.

Ap. inflatus, Erichson, Act. Acad. Ces. Leop. &c. vol. xvi. Suppl. p. 378.
pl. 48. f. 8; Sehonh, v. pt. 2. p. 824.

This species is readily distinguished from others described in this
paper by the great size of its almost spherical body as compared
with the head and thorax, and by its more prominent eyes. The
head, thorax, abdomen beneath, base of the thighs, and tarsi are
black, and the elytra are red or pitchy red, but broadly margined
with black. Between the eyes are some green scales, and there is
a small patch of these scales on each side of the thorax, and some-
times they form an interrupted line on the middle above ; near the
outer margin of each elytron are three spots, one at the base, another
near the middle, and the third towards the apex, also formed of
green scales; the sides of the meso- and metathorax are likewise

250 Mr. G.R. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera

adorned with scales. The legs are bright red. The rostrum is finely
punctured above, and has a short central impressed line at the base,
and a large fovea on each side at the base. The head is separated
from the thorax by a deep transverse impression, and has a longitu-
dinally impressed line and some punctures between the eyes, which
are round and prominent. ‘The thorax is subglobose, but contracted
and somewhat produced before and behind; the surface is covered
with largish, rounded, glossy tubercles, and there is an indistinct
dorsal channel. ‘The elytra are twice as broad as the thorax, very
convex and nearly spherical, but they are produced into a kind of
neck in front to meet the thorax, and near the apex they are sud-
denly contracted ; at the apex they are pointed. The upper surface is
coarsely sculptured, rugose and subtuberculated, and the impressions,
though irregular, have a tendency to be arranged in lines. Length,
5 to 63 lines; width 24 to 3 lines.

The specimens before me are females. ‘They have the antepe-
nultimate segment of the abdomen extremely narrow in the antero-
posterior direction, and the penultimate segment is large, produced
over the last segment and deeply emarginated, and terminating in
two spines or pointed processes behind.

Apocyrtus impius.
Ap. impius, Lrichson, l.c. p.380. pl. 48. f. 9.
Ap. niger, opacus, squamulis virescentibus adspersis; elytris ovatis, con-
vexis, rugulosis, punctatis. Long. corp. 4 lin. Erichs.

The above description, from Erichson, is applicable to the female
sex of a species which Mr. Cuming found in great abundance in
the Philippine Islands. It is very closely allied to the Ap. profa-
nus, but differs in form and in sculpturing. It is of a dullish black
colour and sprinkled with blue-green scales; the thorax is globose,
and thickly studded with glossy rounded tubercles; the elytra are
thickly, but not very coarsely punctured. In the male, the rostrum
is rugosely punctured, somewhat concave at the base, and has a mo-
derately broad and deep longitudinal furrow in the centre, and a
_ deepish oblong fovea on each side in front of the eye—the trans-

verse furrow at the base of the rostrum runs into this. ‘The head is
punctured and has an impressed line between the eyes, which are
but little prominent. The thorax is as broad or broader than the
elytra—these are nearly cylindrical, or but indistinctly swollen in
the middle, from whence they become gradually narrower, and are
rounded at the extremity. The abdomen is punctured beneath, and
is tolerably well-clothed with minute ash-coloured hairs; the ter-
minal segment is semicircular and rather coarsely punctured. ‘The
female has the rostrum convex above, more thickly punctured than
the male, and with the longitudinal impression indistinct ; the trans-
verse impression at the base is very deep, and suddenly curves in
front of each eye to join the lateral fovea, which is deep. The sides
of the thorax are boldly rounded, but this segment is narrower than
the elytra—these are distinctly dilated in the middle and acuminated
behind; the apex is somewhat produced. ‘The abdomen is convex
beneath, and the terminal segment is smooth, glossy, and slightly

belonging to the genus Apocyrtus. 251

concave. This sex is more densely clothed with scales than the
other ; the males, indeed, are often almost destitute of scales.

Apocyrtus profanus.

Ap. profanus, Erichs. 1.c. p. 379; Schonh, v. pt. 2. p. 852.

Spherogaster profanus, Eschsch.

Oblongus, fuscus, parum nitidus, thoracis pectorisque lateribus parce viridi-
squamosis ; fronte canaliculata, thorace granulis nitidis crebre adsperso ;
elytris subovatis, subconvexis, thorace parum latioribus, crebre granu-
latis, margine basali dense viridi-squamosis, femoribus ferrugineis.

Var. @. Elytris tibiisque etiam ferrugineis.

The above description, which is from Schoenherr, very well cha-
racterizes an insect brought home in tolerable abundance by Mr.
Cuming. I have before me specimens exhibiting three distinct va-
rieties: the first is black, and well-clothed with green scales; the
second is pitchy, has the femora reddish at the base, and is less densely
clothed with scales, and the third is of a pitchy red colour, almost
destitute of scales; these being chiefly confined to a narrow band
across the base of the elytra. I may add, of the first variety there
are both sexes, of the second variety there are but females, and of
the red variety* there are no females.

This species greatly resembles the Ap. zmpius, butis usually rather
smaller, and the elytra differ in having minute glossy tubercles.

The rostrum is rugose above, has a broad and shallow longitudi-
nal impression in the middle, and another on each side of this, which
is broad at its commencement, near the transverse line at the base
of the rostrum, and becomes gradually narrower to its point of ter-
mination, which is in a line with the point of insertion of the an-
tennz: on the side of the rostrum is a deep longitudinal groove
which runs into the groove for the antenne. The thorax is globose
and covered with minute glossy tubercles: in the male it is very
nearly equal in width with the elytra; in the female the sides are
less boldly rounded, and it is decidedly narrower than the elytra—
these are covered with ruge and minute tubercles. In the male the
elytra are rounded at the extremity, and the terminal segment of
the abdomen is semicircular and rugose. In the female the elytra
are ovate, and attenuated and pointed behind; they have a subapical
prominence on the suture. ‘The terminal segment of the abdomen
is conical, glossy, and has a large shallow fovea. Length from 33
to 5 lines.

Apocyrtus Chevrolatiz.

Ap. niger, femoribus rubris, antennis, tibiis, genibusque piceis : capite inter
oculos punctato et linea longitudinali impressa; rostro rugoso, basi ca-
naliculato; thorace subgloboso, tuberculis crebris obsito, dense viridi-
squamoso, linea transversa in mediam denudata ; elytris convexis, ovatis,
rugosis et tuberculis minutis obsitis, squamis viridibus ornatis, fasciis
duabus, et plaga utrinque subapicali, denudatis. Long. corp. 4—5 lin.
This species is about equal in size to the Ap. profanus, which it

very nearly resembles also inform; it is readily distinguished by the

* The difference of colour certainly does not arise from immaturity.

252 Mr. G.R. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera

beautiful bands of golden green, or blue scales with which it is
adorned. The thorax is nearly covered with scales, the only denuded
_ parts being a band across the centre and a small space follow-
ing the posterior margin. On the elytra is a coloured band at the
base, and a second in the middle, and the apical third of the elytra
is covered with scales, with the exception of an oblong space on
each side between the suture and outer margin. ‘The antenne are
pitchy, and sometimes reddish at the base; the legs are also pitchy,
but the femora are red at the base; sometimes the red extends almost
to the joint, and in some specimens the apical half of the femora is
dusky. The rostrum is rugose above, and has two iregular ridges
at the base; these nearly meet near the transverse impression which
separates the head from the rostrum, but diverge in front; on the
side of the rostrum is a deep longitudinal groove, which commences
at the anterior angle of the eye and runs into the groove for the an-
tenna. In the male the thorax is scarcely narrower than the elytra,
and the terminal segment of the abdomen is semicircular, coarsely
punctured, and has a fovea in the middle. In the female the elytra
are more ovate, decidedly broader than the thorax, and pointed at
the apex; the terminal segment of the abdomen is conical, has a
few punctures and some irregular little grooves near, and running
for the most part parallel with, the margin.

Apocyrius acutipennis.

Ap. niger, parum nitidus ; rostro rugoso, linea longitudinali ad basin im-
pressa; capite inter oculos squamis viridibus ornato; thorace convexo,
lateribus rotundatis, tuberculis nitidis crebre obsito, fascia antica, lateribus,
maculisque duabus, squamis viridibus vestito; elytris ovatis, tuberculis
minutis subacutis crebre obsito, fasciis duabus, maculisque tribus sub-
apicalibus viridibus. Long. corp. 44—5 lin.

Fem.: elytris ad apicem divergentibus, et acutis.

Mas: elytris ad apicem subrotundatis.

This species is very closely allied to the Ap. Chevrolatii, but is at
once distinguished by the black colour of its legs and antenne, by its
having a spot on the suture towards the apex of the elytra, the space
between the eyes is broader, &c. The rostrum is very rugose, has a
longitudinal depression in the middle and another on each side of
this : on the side in front of the eye is a longitudinal groove, which
posteriorly joins that which separates the rostrum from the head, and
anteriorly it partially runs into the antennal groove’; not so distinctly
joining that groove as in Ap. Chevrolatii. ‘The thorax is globose in
the male and but little narrower than the elytra, which are slightly
dilated in the middle and somewhat rounded at the apex. In the
female the thorax is less globose, proportionately smaller, and the
elytra larger, more ovate, and at the apex they slightly diverge,
are curved downwards and acutely pointed : here the terminal seg-
ment of the abdomen is impunctate and remarkable for a deep and
largish fovea at the apex, a character which the female Ap. Chevrolatii
does not exhibit, neither has the corresponding sex of that species
the acute apex to the elytra. In the male of the present species the
terminal segment of the abdomen is semicircular and rugose. As re-

belonging to the genus Apocyrtus. 253

gards the markings, which are formed of bluish green scales, they

consist of a narrow line on the front and sides of the thorax and two

spots, one on each side of the centre: on the elytra are two bands,
one at the base and the other in the middle, a spot on the suture
between this last band and the apex of the elytra, and a subapical
patch on each side, which sends out a branch to join the central
fascia at the outer margin of the elytron, which has an almost unin-
terrupted band of scales. In the female insect I have further to no-
tice that the elytra have a hump on the suture situated rather behind
the apical third.

Apocyrius concinnus.

Ap. niger, parum nitidus ; rostro rugoso; therace subgloboso, crebre tuber-
culato, pone medium linea transversa, marginibus anticis lateralibusque
aureo-viridibus ; elytris ovatis, crebre tuberculatis, ad apicem fasciisque
duabus, aureo-viridibus. Long. corp. 4 lin.

This species very closely resembles the Ap. acutipennis (like that,
differing from Ap. Chevrolatii in having black legs), but differs in
having the markings of a golden-green colour, a narrow band on the
thorax rather behind the middle, and the whole apex of the elytra
covered with scales; these, though somewhat scattered, do not arrange
themselves into spots as in acutipennis. In form and sculpturing there
are moreover some points of distinction. The rostrum is very rugose,
and does not exhibit any longitudinal channel; the elytra in the
female are not produced into an acute angle at the apex as in acuti-
pennis, and the terminal segment of the abdomen in this sex is de-
stitute of the large fovea, and is rather coarsely punctured. The elytra
are more thickly tuberculated. ‘The space between the eyes is con-
siderably broader and more distinctly punctured than in Ap. Chevro-
latii.

Apocyrtus bispinosus.

Ap. niger, squamis viridibus adspersis; thorace valde globoso, tuberculis
erebre obsito; elytris rugosis, subseriatim tuberculatis, ad apicem bispi-
nosis ; femoribus rufescentibus. Long. corp. 34 lin.

This species is less than the Ap. impius of Erichson, and has the
elytra more constricted at the base. The rostrum is thickly punc-
tured, and has a broadish but shallow longitudinal impression ; it is
separated from the head by a transverse groove, which runs on each
side into a large fovea situated immediately in front of the eye; these
lateral pits contract the hinder part of the rostrum, which is some-
what humped and raised above the plane of the head. The head is
distinctly punctured between the eyes, where there is a longitudinal
groove; the eyes are large and but little convex. The thorax is
truncated before and behind, but nearly of a spherical form; above
it is thickly studded with glossy, rounded tubercles, and rather
sparingly sprinkled with bright green scales. ‘The elytra are very
convex and of a short ovate form; the apex of each elytron is pro-
duced into a spine, which is evident to the naked eye, and there is a
small hump at the suture at a short distance from the apex; the
surface of the elytra is very rough, being broken up into ruge and
tubercles—the latter form longitudinal striz. Bright green scales are

254 Mr. G.R,. Waterhouse on some new Coleoptera.

as it were sprinkled on the elytra. The antenne have a slight
pitchy hue, and so have the tibie; the femora are red, but blackish
at the extremity.

The specimen from which this description is taken is a female, and
has the terminal segment of the abdomen conical and covered with
rugz. The insect, which I suspect to be the male, differs in having
the elytra narrower and rounded at the extremity, the rostrum rather
coarsely punctured, and has three oblong furrows at the base.

Apocyrtus adspersus.

Ap: ater; squamis viridibus adspersis; tibiis antennisque piceo-nigris, fe-
moribus rufescentibus ; rostro rugoso, ad basin distincte transversim im-
presso, foveis tribus oblongis impresso ; capite inter oculos punctato atque
linea longitudinali impresso ; thorace subgloboso, antice posticeque trun-
cato, tuberculis nitidis crebre obsito. LElytris thorace paulo latioribus,
rugosis et tuberculis minutis crebris. Long. corp. 3 lin.

The form of this insect is very nearly the same as in Apocyrius pro-
Sanus, Eschsch., but the elytra are rather shorter in proportion. The
rostrum is rugose, punctured, has a very distinct transverse impression
at the base, a broadish and shallow longitudinal groove in the mid-
dle, extending from the base and terminating nearly im a line with
the antenne, and on each side of this is a similar groove. The head,
between the eyes, is distinctly punctured, and has a longitudinally im-
pressed line; the eyes are round and but little convex. The thorax
is nearly globose, but truncated before and behind; its surface is
thickly studded with glossy tubercles. ‘The elytra are about half as
long again as the thorax; they are truncated in front, increase in
width in the middle, where they attain a diameter very slightly ex-
ceeding that of the thorax, and at the apex they are somewhat acu-
minated, but rounded at the point ; their surface is subsulcated, very
rough, having coarse confluent punctures and small pointed tubercles.
Numerous round bright green scales are scattered on the thorax and
elytra, and there are a few on the head between the eyes. The tibize
and antennee are pitchy, and the thighs are of an obscure red colour,
excepting at the apex, where they are dusky.

This is a small species about equal in size to Phyllobius argentatus,
and less than the dp. bispinosus; the female is readily distinguished
from the corresponding sex of the insect last mentioned by the want
of the spines at the apex of the elytra; the thorax is smaller in pro-
portion. The male differs from the supposed male of Ap. bispinosus in
having the rostrum more coarsely sculptured, and in the longitudinal
groove in front of the eye being distinctly joined with the antennal
groove ; this groove is represented in ¢ bispinosus by an oblong fovea
which does not run into the antennal groove ; the thorax is smaller
in proportion to the elytra.

Apocyrius pulverulentus.

Ap. niger, squamis viridibus minutissimis dense pulverulentis; pedibus
rufo-testaceis, vel piceo-testaceis, pilis minutis albis vestitis; antennis
piceis ; rostro rugoso, canaliculato; thorace subgloboso, tuberculis nitidis

SC —

Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells. 255

erebris; elytris ovatis, thorace paulo latioribus, tuberculis minutis crebris

obsitis. Long. corp. 28—3+ lin.

This species is a trifle less than the last, from which it may be
distinguished by the very, minute size of the scales with which it is
covered, or as it were powdered, for they do not completely cover the
body; the minute tubercles on the thorax and elytra are free from
scales; the abdomen beneath is rather sparingly furnished with
whitish hairs. The legs are shorter, and the femora are less clavate
than in Ap. adspersus.

XXXVII.—Descriptions of new Shells from the Collection of
Captain Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., C.B. By Ricnarp
BrinsLey Hinps, Esq., Surgeon R.N.

{Continued from p. 21.]

Mitra Beicheri. Testa fusiformi, turrita, elongata, solida; anfracti-
bus levigatis, transversim inequaliter sulcatis vel exaratis, divi-
sionibus duabus superioribus majoribus ; epidermide nigro induta
sed infra lactea; columella quadriplicata; labio externo tenui.
Axis 48 lin.

Geog. Gulfs of Nicoya and Papagayo, Central America; dredged
from a muddy floor in 17 fathoms.

This fine shell approaches in size the largest species of the
genus, and is surpassed by none insymmetry and outline. In
shape it is fusiform and turreted, the spire rather produced,
and the last whorl not occupying more than half the entire
length. ‘The shell itself is milky white, but is everywhere
covered by asmooth black epidermis. The whorls are ploughed
with deep channels or sulci at unequal distances, of which
the two superior divisions have the greatest breadth, but the
inferior of the two is the broadest; and they overlap each
other more than is usual in the genus. The columella is fur-
nished with four plaits, the upper being somewhat distant,
and the lower not very distinct. The outer lip is thin and
uneven, by reason of the sulci which terminate on its margin;
the inner is slightly developed.

The shell is named after the Commander of the expedition,
and, handsome as it is, commemorates but feebly his devotion
to conchology. ‘I'wo specimens, an adult and a young shell,
are in the collection ; a third is in my own collection, and I
know of the existence of no others.

Ranella Californica. 'Testa ovata, ventricosa, fusca ; anfractibus uni-
seriatim tuberculatis, transversim granoso-striatis, tuberculis co-
nicis subdistantibus ; varicibus magnis cavernosis ; anfractu ultimo
mmultiseriatim obsolete tuberculato, fasciis duabus angustis pur-

256 Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells.

pureis indistinctis cincto; apertura alba; labio externo crenato

et dentato, interno transversim striato. Axis 52 lin.

Geog. San Diego, California.

There is some chance that this shell may be confounded
with R. ventricosa, as the more prominent features of both
have only a comparative value. This, however, is a much
larger shell, is without any disposition to tuberculation near
the suture, the varices are much bolder and cavernous, the
tubercles on the spire fewer and larger, and the pillar lip is
set with many small transverse ridges.

1. Conus marchionaius. Testa oblonga, turbinata, alba, fusco angu-
late reticulata; spira depressa, ecoronata, mucronata, spiraliter
striata; anfractibus sulcatis; apertura inferne paululum effusa,
ad basin striata; epidermide diaphano levi induta. Axis 16 lin.
Geog. Port Anna Maria, Nuhuhiva, Marquesas; dredged from a

sandy floor in 7 to 10 fathoms.

A difference of opinion seems to exist as to what is the
base colour of this and similar species. My own opinions
were open to proof, till a specimen with a repaired fracture
appears to me to decide it. After repairing the injury, the
animal for a time has discontinued the reticulation, and a
portion of a pure white has been produced. After awhile
the meshes are again continued. A variety of this shell oc-
curs in which the reticulation is of a pale yellow colour.

2. C. patricius. Testa pyriformi, tumida; spira acuminata, minute
tuberculata vel coronata; anfractu ultimo striato, superne plicifero,
inferne valde contractato; apertura lineari; labio externo tenui,
acuto ; epidermide fulvo levi induta. Axis 13 lin. |
Geog. Gulf of Nicoya, Central America; dredged from sandy mud

in 7 fathoms.

Shell much contracted in the lower portion of the last
whorl, somewhat tumid below the shoulder ; spire moderately
produced, minutely coronated, at the angle of the last whorl
thrown into small folds; aperture narrow and linear; the
outer lip very thin. Epidermis of a clear fulvous colour,
beneath which the shell is of a uniform fawn-colour.

3. C. celebs. ‘Testa pyriformi, alba; spira retusa, conica, ecoronata ;
anfractu ultimo lineis elevatis equidistantibus transversim dispo-
sitis ; apertura lineari, inferne paululum effusa, alba ; columelle basi
et spire apice violaceo ; epidermide olivacea, fragili. Axis 12 lin.
Geog. Ambow, Feejee Islands. A single specimen was captured

on the coral reefs.

CyrTuLus*, n. g.

Testa fusiformis ; anfractus ultimus et penultimus turbinatus ; spira
per saltum ascendens ; apertura linearis in canali brevi effuso de-

* xveros incurvus, orvaros columna.

Mr. R. B. Hinds’s Descriptions of new Shells. 257

sinens ; columella valde arcuata, superne callosa; labium exter-

num acutum; umbilicus parvus. Epidermis levis.

C. serotinus.

Geog. Port Anna Maria, Nuhuhiva, Marquesas.

Shell somewhat fusiform, the last two whorls turbinate,
whence a spire, less than half the length of the body-whorl,
suddenly ascends; everywhere smooth, except the spire, which
is nodulose and transversely ridged, and covered with the re-
mains of a brown epidermis. The last whorl much lengthened,
squarish, flattened, and not at all ventricose; the aperture
terminating in a short effuse canal, and towards the centre
expanded, from the conformation of the columella. Outer lip
thin and sharp; inner not at all produced. Columella with
a large callosity above, arcuate in the centre, corresponding
to a contraction which occupies the circumference of the last
whorl. A smaller callosity below assists to cover the umbi-
licus. Axis 39 lines.

I am disposed to place this new genus among the Pyru-
lide, in which group it holds an analogous situation to Swain-
son’s genus of fossil shells, Clavalithes, among the Turbinel-
lide. ‘The structure of the spire, formation of the canal, and
peculiar convolution of the lower whorls seem to display its
affinities here. But as the plaits on the columella are variable
in Clavalithes, and Cyrtulus may still be confounded with it,
the points of difference will be found in the short expanded
canal, deeply incurved columella, and in the absence of the
papillary spire,—a character on which Mr. Swainson dwells,
as being indispensable to the existence of his genus.

1. Phos Veraguensis. Testa ovata, elongata, costulata; costulis nu-
merosis cequalibus, lineis elevatis decussatis et cancellatis ; anfrac-
tibus subplanulatis, superne fuscis, inferne albidis; ultimo albo
fasciato. Axis 15 lin.

Geog. Pueblo Nueva, coast of Veragua; dredged in some num-
bers from 26 fathoms, mud.

This may be regarded as the American analogue of the
Asiatic shell, Phos senticosus.

2. P. crassus. Testa ovata, elongata, solida, costata ; costis rudibus
subdistantibus, lineis impressis decussatis ; labio externo grandi-
dentato, interno prorsum producto.

Geog. Panama and Gulf of Fonseca; dredged as solitary shells in
from 3 to 14 fathoms, mud.

The characters of this shell are all prominent. It is solid,
the ribs large and coarse, crossed by prominent lines; teeth
on the outer lip large, internal ridges strongly marked ; inner
lip considerably produced forwards. The colour is a lightish
brown, somewhat deeper on the ribs.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. S

258 Mr. C. C. Babington on Fumaria micrantha.

XXX VIII.—On Fumaria micrantha, Lag., and F. calycina,
Bab. By Cuartes C, Bazsrnerton, M.A.,, F.L.S., F.G.S.,
&c.*

Tue difference of opinion which has for some time existed
between Dr. Arnott and myself concerning the identity of the
Fumaria micrantha (Lag.) and the F. calycina (Bab.) having
been now set at rest, I feel myself bound to communicate the
fact to the public at the earliest opportunity. In the original
paper upon these plants by Dr.Walker Arnott (published by the
Bot. Soc.) he expressly states that he had not seen and did not
know of an authentic specimen of F. micrantha, and there ap-
pearing to me to be many weighty reasons for not considering
the F. calycina as identical with it, I have, up to the present
time, resisted the application of La Gasca’s name to my plant.
The reasons referred to have been already communicated to
the Botanical Society, but will not now be published, as they
are quite superseded by information which I have recently
obtained.

Learning accidentally that, in a small but valuable work,
entitled ‘ Introduction 4 une Flore analytique de Paris, a Fu-
maria was noticed under the name of F. micrantha (Lag.), I
applied to Dr. A. Weddell, one of its authors, for information
concerning that plant, sending at the same time a specimen
of the Edinburgh F. calycina. In reply he informs me that
Prof. Parlatore, Curator of the Grand-ducal Herbarium at Flo-
rence, who, it is well known, has long been employed upon a
monograph of the Fumariacee, compared the French plant
“ with authentic samples” of that of La Gasca, and thus with
certainty determined their identity. Dr. Weddell has now
carefully examined my specimen from Edinburgh of F, caly-
cina, and sent to me a portion of one of his own specimens of
the French F. micrantha, at the same time giving his opinion
that the Parisian and Scottish specimens belong to the same
species. In this opinion I fully concur ; and as it is clear, from
what has been already stated, that they agree with the plant of
La Gasca, the Scottish plant must be denominated F. mz-
crantha, and the name which I applied to it will sink into a
synonym. I may add, that Dr. Weddell refers F. prehensilis
(Kitaib.) to this species (on the authority of authentic speci-
mens), not to /. capreolata, as was done by Dr, Arnott.

In the course of the summer of 1842 my valued friend
Mr. Borrer observed that the F. mzcrantha was plentiful near
Guildford in Surrey, and it is probable that it will prove to be
far from a rare plant in Britain.

* Read before the Botanical Society at Edinburgh.

Propositions relative to the Nomenclature of Zoology. 259

XXXIX.—Series of Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of
Zoology uniform and permanent, being the Report of a Committee
Jor the consideration of the subject appointed by the British Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science*.

ALL persons who are conversant with the present state of Zoology must be
aware of the great detriment which the science sustains from the vagueness
and uncertainty of its nomenclature. We do not here refer to those diver-
sities of language which arise from the various methods of classification
adopted by different authors, and which are unavoidable in the present state
of our knowledge. So Ieng as naturalists differ in the views which they are
disposed to take of the yatural affinities of animals there will always be di-
versities of classificatio., and the only way to arrive at the true system of
nature is to allow perfect liberty to systematists in this respect. But the evil
complained of is of a different character, It consists in this, that when
naturalists ave agreed as to the characters and limits of an individual group
or species, they still disagree in the appellations by which they distinguish it.
A genus is often designated by three or four, and a species by twice that
number of precisely equivalent synonyms; and in the absence of any rule on
the subject, the naturalist is wholly at a loss what nomenclature to adopt.
The consequence is, that the so-called commonwealth of science is becoming
daily divided into independent states, kept asunder by diversities of language
as well as by geographical limits. If an English zoologist, for example, visits
the museums and converses with the professors of France, he finds that their
scientific language is almost as foreign to him as their vernacular. Almost
every specimen which he examines is labeled by a title which is unknown
to him, and he feels that nothing short of a continued residence in that
country can make him conversant with her science. If he proceeds thence
to Germany or Russia, he is again at a loss: bewildered everywhere amidst
the confusion of nomenclature, he returns in despair to his own country and
to the museums and books to which he is accustomed.

If these diversities of scientific language were as deeply rooted as the ver-
nacular tongue of each country, it would of course be hopeless to think of
remedying them ; but happily this is not the case. The language of science is
in the mouths of comparatively few, and these few, though scattered over di-
stant lands, are in habits of frequent and friendly intercourse with each other.
All that is wanted then is, that some plain and simple regulations, founded
on justice and sound reason, should be drawn up by a competent body of
persons, and then be extensively distributed throughout the zoological world.

The undivided attention of chemists, of astronomers, of anatomists, of
mineralogists, has been of late years devoted to fixing their respective lan-

* From the Report of the Association for 1842, p.105. The Committee appointed
by the Council, Feb. 11, 1842, consisted of the following members :—Mr. Darwin,
Prof. Henslow, Rev. L. Jenyns, Mr. Ogilby, Mr. J. Phillips, Dr. Richardson, Mr.
H. E. Strickland (reporter), and Mr. Westwood: to whom were subsequently added
Messrs. Broderip, Prof. Owen, Shuckard, Waterhouse and Yarrell. The Report states
that an outline of the proposed rules having been drawn up, copies were sent to emi-
nent zoologists at home and abroad, with a request that they would favour the Com-
mittee with their comments; and that many valuable suggestions had already been thus

obtained.— Ed.
S 2

260 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

guages on a sound basis. Why, then, do zoologists hesitate in performing
the same duty ? at a time, too, when all acknowledge the evils of the present
anarchical state of their science.

It is needless to inquire far into the causes of the present confusion of
zoological nomenclature. It isin great measure the result of the same branch
of science having been followed in distant countries by persons who were
either unavoidably ignorant of each other’s labours, or who neglected to in-
form themselves sufficiently of the state of the science in other regions. And
when we remark the great obstacles which now exist to the circulation of
books beyond the conventional limits of the states in which they happen to
he published, it must be admitted that this ignorance of the writings of others,
however unfortunate, is yet in great measure pardonable. But there is another
source for this evil, which is far less excusable,—the practice of gratifying
individual vanity by attempting on the most frivolous pretexts to cancel the
terms established by original discoverers, and to substitute a new and un-
authorized nomenclature in their place. One author lays down as a rule,
that no specific names should be derived from geographical sources, and un-
hesitatingly proceeds to insert words of his own in all such cases; another
declares war against names of exotic origin, foreign to the Greek and Latin ;
a third excommunicates all words which exceed a certain number of. sylla-
bles ; a fourth cancels all names which are complimentary of individuals, and
so on, till universality and permanence, the two great essentials of scientific
language, are utterly destroyed.

It is surely, then, an object well worthy the attention of the Zoological
Section of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, to devise
some means which may lessen the extent of this evil, if not wholly put an
end to it. The best method of making the attempt seems to be, to entrust
to a carefully selected committee the preparation of a series of rules, the
adoption of which must be left to the sound sense of naturalists in general.
By emanating from the British Association, it is hoped that the proposed
rules will be invested with an authority which no individual zoologist, how-
ever eminent, could confer on them. The world of science is no longer a
monarchy, obedient to the ordinances, however just, of an Aristotle or a Lin-
nus. She has now assumed the form of a republic, and although this revo-
lution may have increased the vigour and zeal of her followers, yet it has de-
stroyed much of her former order and regularity of government. The latter
can only be restored by framing such laws as shall be based in reason and
sanctioned by the approval of men of science ; and it is to the preparation of
these laws that the Zoological Section of the Association have been invited
to give their aid.

In venturing to propose these rules for the guidance of all classes of zoolo-
gists in all countries, we disclaim any intention of dictating to men of science
the course which they may see fit to pursue. It must of course be always at
the option of authors to adhere to or depart from these principles, but we
offer them to the candid consideration of zoologists, in the hope that they
may lead to sufficient uniformity of method in future to rescue the science
from becoming a mere chaos of words.

We now proceed to develope the details of our plan; and in order to make
the reasons by which we are guided apparent to naturalists at large, it will be

requisite to append to each proposition a short explanation of the circum-
stances which call for it.

Zoology uniform and permanent. 261

Among the numerous rules for nomenclature which have been proposed by
naturalists, there are many which, though excellent in themselves, it is not
now desirable to enforce*. The cases in which those rules have been over-
looked or departed from, are so numerous and of such long standing, that to
carry these regulations into effect would undermine the edifice of zoological
nomenclature. But while we do not adopt these propositions as authoritative
laws, they may still be consulted with advantage in making such additions to
the language of zoology as are required by the progress of the science. By
adhering to sound principles of philology, we may avoid errors in future,
even when it is too late to remedy the past, and the language of science will
thus eventually assume an aspect of more classic purity than it now presents.

Our subject hence divides itself into two parts; the first consisting of Rules
for the rectification of the present zoological nomenclature, and the second of
Recommendations for the improvement of zoological nomenclature in future.

: PART I.
RULES FOR RECTIFYING THE PRESENT NOMENCLATURE
[Limitation of the Plan to Systematic Nomenclature. |

In proposing a measure for the establishment of a permanent and universal
zoological nomenclature, it must be premised that we refer solely to the Latin
or systematic language of zoology. We have nothing to do with vernacular
appellations. One great cause of the neglect and corruption which prevails
in the scientific nomenclature of zoology, has been the frequent and often
exclusive use of vernacular names in lieu of the Latin binomial designations,
which form the only legitimate language of systematic zoology. Let us then
endeavour to render perfect the Latin or Linnzan method of nomenclature,
which, being far removed from the scope of national vanities and modern
antipathies, holds out the only hope of introducing into zoology that grand
desideratum, an universal language.

[Law of Priority the only effectual and just one. ]

It being admitted on all hands that words are only the conventional signs
of ideas, it is evident that language can only attain its end effectually by
being permanently established and generally recognized. This consideration
ought, it would seem, to have checked those who are continually attempting
to subvert the established language of zoology by substituting terms of their
own coinage. But, forgetting the true nature of language, they persist in
confounding the name of a species or group with its definition ; and because
the former often falls short of the fullness of expression found in the latter,
they cancel it without hesitation, and introduce some new term which ap-
pears to them more characteristic, but which is utterly unknown to the science,
and is therefore devoid of all authority+. If these persons were to object to
such names of men as Long, Little, Armstrong, Golightly, &c., in cases where
they fail to apply to the individuals who bear them, or should complain of
the names Gough, Lawrence, or Harvey, that they were devoid of meaning,
and should hence propose to change them for more characteristic appella-

* See especially the admirable code proposed in the ‘ Philosophia Botanica’ of Linnzns. If
zoologists had paid more attention to the principles of that code, the present attempt at

reform would perhaps have been unnecessary.
+ Linneus says on this subject, ‘‘ Abstinendum ab hac innovatione que nunquam cessa-

ret, quin indies aptiora detegerentur ad infinitum.”

262 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

tions, they would not act more unphilosophically or inconsiderately than they
do in the case before us; for, in truth, it matters not in the least by what
conventional sound we agree to designate an individual object, provided the
sign to be employed be stamped with such an authority as will suffice to
make it pass current. Now in zoology no one person can subsequently claim
an authority equal to that possessed by the person who is the first to define a
new genus or describe a new species; and hence it is that the name origin-
ally given, even though it may be inferior in point of elegance or express-
iveness to those subsequently proposed, ought as a general principle to be
permanently retained. To this consideration we ought to add the injustice
of erasing the name originally selected by the person to whose labours we
owe our first knowledge of the object; and we should reflect how much the
permission of such a practice opens a door to obscure pretenders for dragging
themselves into notice at the expense of original observers. Neither can an
author be permitted to alter a name which he himself has once published,
except in accordance with fixed and equitable laws. It is well observed by _
Decandolle, *‘ L’auteur méme qui a le premier établi un nom n’a pas plus
qu'un autre le droit de le changer pour simple cause d’impropriété. La, pri-
orité en effet est un terme fixe, positif, qui n’admet rien, ni d’arbitraire, ni
de partial.”

For these reasons, we have no hesitation in adopting as our fundamental
maxim, the “ law of priority,” viz.

§ 1. The name originally given by the founder of a group or the
describer of a species should be permanently retained, to the exclu-
sion of all subsequent synonyms (with the exceptions about to be
noticed).

Having laid down this principle, we must next inquire into the limitations
which are found necessary in carrying it into practice.

[ Not to extend to authors older than Linneus. |

As our subject matter is strictly confined to the binomial system of nomen-
clature, or that which indicates species by means of two Latin words, the one
generic, the other specific, and as this invaluable method originated solely
with Linnzeus, it is clear that, as far as species are concerned, we ought not
to attempt to carry back the principle of priority beyond the date of the
12th edition of the ‘Systema Nature.’ Previous to that period, naturalists
were wont to indicate species not by a mame comprised in one word, but
by a definition which occupied a sentence, the extreme verbosity of which
method was productive of great inconvenience. Jt is true that one word
sometimes sufficed for the definition of a species, but these rare cases were
only binomial by accident and not by principle, and ought not therefore in
any instance to supersede the binomial designations imposed by Linnzeus.

The same reasons apply also to generic names. Linnzeus was the first to
attach a definite value to genera, and to give them a systematic character by
means of exact definitions; and therefore although the names used by pre-
vious authors may often be applied with propriety to modern genera, yet in
such cases they acquire a new meaning, and should be quoted on the author-
ity of the first person who used them in this secondary sense. It is true,
that several of the old authors made occasional approaches to the Linnean
exactness of generic definition, but still these were but partial attempts ; and
it is certain that if in our rectification of the binomial nomenclature we once

Zoology uniform and permanent. 263

trace back our authorities into the obscurity which preceded the epoch of
its foundation, we shall find no resting-place or fixed boundary for our re-
searches. The nomenclature of Ray is chiefly derived from that of Gesner
and Aldrovandus, and from these authors we might proceed backward to
fElian, Pliny, and Aristotle, till our acnlpgical: stinelives would be frittered
away amid the refinements of classical learning*.

We therefore recommend the adoption of the following proposition :—

§ 2. The binomial nomenclature having originated with Linnzeus,
the law of priority, in respect of that nomenclature, is not to extend to
the writings of antecedent authors.

[It should be here explained, that Brisson, who was a contemporary of
Linneus and acquainted with the ‘ Systema Naturee,’ defined and published
certain genera of birds which are additional to those in the 12th edition of
Linneus’s work, and which are therefore of perfectly good authority. But
Brisson still adhered to the old mode of designating species by a sentence
instead of a word, and therefore while we retain his defined genera, we do
not extend the same indulgence to the titles of his species, even when the
latter are accidentally binomial in form. For instance, the Perdix rubra of
Brisson is the Zetrao rufus of Linneeus ; therefore as we in this case retain the
generic name of Brisson and the specific name of Linnzus, the correct title
of the species would be Perdix rufa. ] ;

[ Generic names not to be cancelled in subsequent subdivisions. |

As the number of known species which form the groundwork of zoological
science is always increasing, and our knowledge of their structure becomes
more complete, fresh generalizations continually occur to the naturalist, and
the number of genera and other groups requiring appellations is ever be-
coming more extensive. It thus becomes necessary to subdivide the contents
of old groups and to make their definitions continually more restricted. In
carrying out this process, it is an act of justice to the original author, that
his generic name should never be lost sight of; and it is no less essential to
the welfare of the science, that all which is sound in its nomenclature should
remain unaltered amid the additions which are continually being made to it.
On this ground we recommend the adoption of the following rule :—

§ 3. A generic name when once established should never be can-
celled in any subsequent subdivision of the group, but retained in a
restricted sense for one of the constituent portions.

[ Generic names to be retained for the typical portion of the old genus. |

When a genus is subdivided into other genera, the original name should
be retained for that portion of it which exhibits in the greatest degree its
essential characters as at first defined. Authors frequently indicate this by
selecting some one species as a fixed point of reference, which they term the
“type of the genus.’ When they omit doing so, it may still in many cases
be correctly inferred that the first species mentioned on their list, if found
accurately to agree with their definition, was regarded by them as the type.
A specific name or its synonyms will also often serve to point out the parti-
cular species which by implication must be regarded as the original type of a
genus. In such cases we are justified in restoring the name of the old genus

* “ Quis longo eyo recepta vocabula commutaret hodie cum patrum ?”—Linneus.

264 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

to its typical signification, even when later authors have done otherwise. We
submit therefore that

§ 4. The generic name should always be retained for that portion
of the original genus which was considered typical by the author.

Example.—The genus Picumnus was established by Temminck, and in-
cluded two groups, one with four toes, the other with three, the former of which
was regarded by the author as typical. Swainson, however, in raising these
groups at a later period to the rank of genera, gave a new name, Asthenurus,
to the former group, and retained Picumnus for the latter. In this case we
have no choice but to restore the name Picumnus, Tem., to its correct sense,
cancelling the name Asthenurus, Sw., and imposing a new name on the 3-toed
group which Swainson had called Picwmnus.

[ When no type is indicated, then the original name is to be kept for that sub-
sequent subdivision which first received it.]

Our next proposition seems to require no explanation :—

§ 5. When the evidence as to the original type of a genus is not ~

perfectly clear and indisputable, then the person who first subdivides
the genus may affix the original name to any portion of it at his dis-
cretion, and no later author has a right to transfer that name to any
other part of the original genus.

[A later name of the same extent as an earlier to be wholly cancelled. |

When an author infringes the law of priority by giving a new name to a
genus which has been properly defined and named already, the only penalty
which can be attached to this act of negligence or injustice, is to expel the
name so introduced from the pale of the science. It is not right then in
such cases to restrict the meaning of the later name so that it may stand side
by side with the earlier one, as has sometimes been done. For instance, the
genus Monaulus, Vieill. 1816, is a precise equivalent to Lophophorus, Tem.
1813, both authors having adopted the same species as their type, and there-
fore when the latter genus came in the course of time to be divided into two,
it was incorrect to give the condemned name Monaulus to one of the por-
tions. ‘To state this succinctly,

§ 6. When two authors define and name the same genus, both
making it exactly of the same extent, the later name should be can-
celled in foto, and not retained in a odd sense*,

This rule admits of the following exception :—

§ 7. Provided however, that if these authors select their respective
types from different sections of the genus, and these sections be after-
wards raised into genera, then both these names may be retained in
a restricted sense for the new genera respectively.

E‘xample.—The names Gidemia and Melanetia were originally co-exten-
sive synonyms, but their respective types were taken from different sections
which are now raised into genera, distinguished by the above titles.

[No special rule is required for the cases in which the later of two generic

* These discarded names may however be folerated, if they have been afterwards pro-
posed in a totally new sense, though we trust that in future no one will 4nowingly apply an
old name, whether now adopted or not, to a new genus. (See proposition g, infra.)

Zoology uniform and permanent. 265

names is so defined as to be less extensive in signification than the earlier, for
if the later includes the type of the earlier genus, it would be cancelled by
the operation of § 4; and if it does not include that type, it is in fact a distinct
genus. |

But when the later name is more extensive than the earlier, tine following
rule comes into operation :—

[A later name equivalent to several earlier ones is to be cancelled. |

The same principle which is involved in § 6, will apply to § 8.

§ 8. If the later name be so defined as to be equal in extent to two
or more previously published genera, it must be cancelled in foto.

Example.—Psarocolius, Wagl. 1827, is equivalent to five or six genera
previously published under other names, therefore Psarocolius should be
cancelled.

If these previously published genera be separately adopted (as is the case
with the equivalents of Psarocolius), their original names will of course pre-
vail; but if we follow the later author in combining them into one, the fol-
lowing rule is necessary :-—

[A genus compounded of two or more previously proposed genera whose cha-
racters are now deemed insufficient, should retain the name of one of them. ]

It sometimes happens that the progress of science requires two or more
genera, founded on insufficient or erroneous characters, to be combined to-
gether into one. In such cases the law of priority forbids us to cancel all
the original names and impose a new one on this compound genus. We must
therefore select some one species as a type or example, and give the generic
name which it formerly bore to the whole group now formed. If these ori-
ginal generic names differ in date, the oldest one should be the one adopted.

§ 9. In compounding a genus out of several smaller ones, the earli-
est of them, if otherwise unobjectionable, should be selected, and its
former generic name be extended over the new genus so compounded.

Example.—The genera Accentor and Prunefla of Vieillot not being con-
sidered sufficiently distinct in character, are now united under the general
name of Accentor, that being the earliest. So also Cerithium and Potamides,
which were long considered distinct, are now united, and the latter name
merges into the former.

We now proceed to point out those few cases which form exceptions to
the law of priority, and in which it becomes both justifiable and necessary to
alter the names originally imposed by authors.

[A name should be changed when previously applied to another group which
still retains tt. |

It being essential to the binomial method to indicate objects in natural
history by means of two words only, without the aid of any further designa-
tion, it follows that a generic name should only have one meaning, in other
words, that two genera should never bear the same name. For a similar
reason, no two species in the same genus should bear the same name. “When
these cases occur, the later of the two duplicate names should be cancelled,
and a new term, or the earliest synonym, if there be any, substituted. When
it is necessary to form new words for this purpose, it is desirable to make
them bear some analogy to those which they are destined to supersede, as
where the genus of birds, Plectorhynchus, being preoccupied in Ichthyology,

266 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

is changed to Plectorhamphus. It is, we conceive, the bounden duty of an
author when naming a new genus, to ascertain by careful search that the
name which he proposes to employ has not been previously adopted in other
departments of natural history*. By neglecting this precaution he is liable
to have the name altered and his authority superseded by the first subsequent
author who may detect the oversight, and for this result, however unfortu-
nate, we fear there is no remedy, though such cases would be less frequent
if the detectors of these errors would, as an act of courtesy, point them out
to the author himself, if living, and leave it to him to correct his own inad-
vertencies. This occasional hardship appears to us to be a less evil than to
permit the practice of giving the same generic name ad libitum to a multi-
plicity of genera. We submit therefore, that |

§ 10. A name should be changed which has before been proposed
for some other genus in zoology or botany, or for some other species
in the same genus, when still retained for such genus or species.

[A name whose meaning is glaringly false may be changed. |

Our next proposition has no other claim for adoption than that of being a —
concession to human infirmity. If such proper names of places as Covent
Garden, Lincoln’s Inn Fields, Newcastle, Bridgewater, &c., no longer sug-
gest the ideas of gardens, fields, castles, or bridges, but refer the mind with the
quickness of thought to the particular localities which they respectively de-
signate, there seems no reason why the proper names used in natural history
should not equally perform the office of correct indication even when their
etymological meaning may be wholly inapplicable to the object which they
typify. But we must remember that the language of science has but a limit-
ed currency, and hence the words which compose it do not circulate with
the same freedom and rapidity as those which belong to every-day life. The
attention is consequently liable in scientific studies to be diverted from the
contemplation of the thing signified to the etymological meaning of the sign,
and hence it is necessary to provide that the latter shall not be such as to
propagate actual error. Instances of this kind are indeed very rare, and in
some cases, such as that of Monodon, Caprimulgus, Paradisea apoda and
Monoculus, they have acquired sufficient currency no longer to cause error,
and are therefore retained without change. But when we find a Batrachian
reptile named in violation of its true affinities, Wastodonsaurus, a Mexican
species termed (through erroneous information of its habitat) Picus eafer, or
an olive-coloured one Muscicapa atra, or when a name is derived from an
accidental monstrosity, as in Picus semirostris of Linnzus, and Helix dis-
juncta of Turton, we feel justified in cancelling these names, and adopting that
synonym which stands next in point of date. At the same time we think it
right to remark that this privilege is very liable to abuse, and ought there-
fore to be applied only to extreme cases and with great caution. With these
limitations we may concede that

11. A name may be changed when it implies a false proposition
which is likely to propagate important errors.

[ Names not clearly defined may be changed. ]

Unless a species or group is intelligibly defined when the name is given, it
cannot be recognized by others, and the signification of the name is conse-

* This laborious and difficult research will in future be greatly facilitated by the very useful
work of M. Agassiz, entitled “ Nomenclator Zoologicus.”

Zooloyy uniform and permanent. 267

- quently lost. Two things are necessary before a zoological term can acquire
any authority, viz. definition and publication. Definition properly implies a
distinct exposition of essential characters, and in all cases we conceive this to
be indispensable, although some authors maintain that a mere enumeration of
the component species, or even of a single type, is sufficient to authenticate
a genus. To constitute publication, nothing short of the insertion of the
above particulars in a printed book can be held sufficient. Many birds, for
instance, in the Paris and other continental museums, shells in the British
Museum (in Dr. Leach’s time), and fossils in the Scarborough and other
public collections, have received MS.names which will be of no authority until
they are published*. Nor can any unpublished descriptions, however exact
(such as those of Forster, which are still shut up in a MS. at Berlin), claim
any right of priority till published, and then only from the date of their pub-
lication. The same rule applies to cases where groups or species are pup-
lished, but not defined, as in some museum catalogues, and in Lesson’s ‘ Traité
d’Ornithologie,’ where many species are enumerated by name, without any
description or reference by which they can be identified. Therefore

§ 12. A name which has never been clearly detined in some pub-
lished work should be changed for the earliest name by which the
object shall have been so defined.

[ Specific names, when adopted as generic, must be changed. |

The necessity for the following rule will be best illustrated by an example.
The Corvus pyrrhocorax, Linn., was afterwards advanced to a genus under
the name of Pyrrhocorax. Temminck adopts this generic name, and also
retains the old specific one, so that he terms the species Pyrrhocorax pyr-
rhocorax. The inelegance of this method is so great as to demand a change
of the specific name, and the species now stands as Pyrrhocorax alpinus,
Vieill. We propose therefore that

§ 13. Anew specific name must be given to a species when its old
name has been adopted for a genus which includes that species.

N.B. It will be seen, however, below, that we strongly object to the
further continuance of this practice of elevating specific names into generic.

[| Latin orthography to be adhered to. |

On the subject of orthography it is necessary to lay down one proposition,—

§ 14. In writing zoological names the rules of Latin orthography
must be adhered to.

In Latinizing Greek words there are certain rules of orthography known
to classical scholars which must never be departed from. For instance, the
names which modern authors have written Aipunemia, Zenophasia, poioce-
phala, must, according to the laws of etymology, be spelt A’pycnemia, Xeno-
phasia and poocephala. In Latinizing modern words the rules of classic
usage do not apply, and all that we can do is to give to such terms as clas-
sical an appearance as we can, consistently with the preservation of their
etymology. In the case of European words whose orthography is fixed, it is
best to retain the original form, even though it may include letters and com-
binations unknown in Latin. Such words, for instance, as Woodwardi,

* These MS. names are in all cases liable to create confusion, and it is therefore much to
be desired that the practice of using them should be avoided in future.

268 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

Knight, Bullocki, Eschscholizi, would be quite unintelligible if they were
Latinized into Vudvardi, Cnichti, Bullocci, Essolzi, &c. But words of bar-
barous origin, having no fixed orthography, are more pliable, and hence,
when adopted into the Latin, they should be rendered as classical in appear-
ance as is consistent with the preservation of their original sound. Thus the
words Tockus, awsuree, argoondah, kundoo, &c. should, when Latinized, have
been written Toccus, ausure, argunda, cundu, &c. Such words ought, in all
practicable cases, to have a Latin termination given them, especially if they
are used generically.

In Latinizing proper names, the simplest rule appears to be to use the ter-
mination -us, genitive -2, when the name ends with a consonant, as in the above
examples ; and -zus, gen. -¢?, when it ends with a vowel, as Latreille, Latreillii,
&e.

In converting Greek words into Latin the following rules must be attended

to :—

Greek. Latin. Greek. Latin.
ac becomes 2. €@ becomes th.
os terminal, us. x x ch.
OV 99 um. K 95 Cc.
ov becomes u. yx 55 nch.
ot 2 ce. YY »” ng:

e i.
uv Pr] jy: be) ile

When a name has been erroneously written and its orthography has been
afterwards amended, we conceive that the authority of the original author
should still be retained for the name, and not that of the person who makes
the correction.

PARS 1,
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVING THE NOMENCLATURE IN FUTURE.

The above propositions are all which in the present state of the science it
appears practicable to invest with the character of laws. We have endeayour-
ed to make them as few and simple as possible, in the hope that they may be
the more easily comprehended and adopted by naturalists in general. We are
aware that a large number of other regulations, some of which are hereafter
enumerated, have been proposed and acted upon by various authors who have
undertaken the difficult task of legislating on this subject ; but as the enforce-
ment of such rules would in many cases undermine the invaluable principle
of priority, we do not feel justified in adopting them. At the same time we
fully admit that the rules in question are, for the most part, founded on just
criticism, and therefore, though we do not allow them to operate retrospec-
tively, we are willing to retain them for future guidance. Although it is of
the first importance that the principle of pricrity should be held paramount
to all others, yet we are not blind to the desirableness of rendering our sci-
entific language palatable to the scholar and the man of taste. Many zoolo-
gical terms, which are now marked with the stamp of perpetual currency, are -
yet so far defective in construction, that our inability to remove them without -
infringing the law of priority may be a subject of regret. With these terms
we cannot interfere, if we adhere to the principles above laid down; nor is
there even any remedy, if authors insist on infringing the rules of good taste
by introducing into the science words of the same inelegant or unclassical
character in future. But that which cannot be enforced by law may, in some

Zoology uniform and permanent. 269

measure, be effected by persuasion ; and with this view we submit the follow-
ing propositions to naturalists, under the title of Aecommendations for the
improvement of Zoological Nomenclature in future.

[ The best names are Latin or Greek characteristic words. |

The classical languages being selected for zoology, and words being more
easily remembered in proportion as they are expressive, it is self-evident that

§ A. The dest zoological names are those which are derived from
the Latin or Greek, and express some distinguishing characteristic of
the object to which they, are applied.

[ Classes of objectionable names. |

It follows from hence that the following classes of words are more or less
objectionable in point of taste, though, in the case of genera, it is often neces-
sary to use them, from the impossibility of finding characteristic words which
have not before been employed for other genera. We will commence with
those which appear the least open to objection, such as

a. Geographical names.— These words being for the most part adjectives
can rarely be used for genera. As designations of species they have been so
strongly objected to, that some authors (Wagler, for instance) have gone the
length of substituting fresh names wherever they occur ; others (e.g. Swain-
son) will only tolerate them where they apply exclusivel) ly, as Lepus hiberni-
cus, Troglodytes europeus, kc. We are by no means disposed to go to this
length. It is not the less true that the Hirundo javanica is a Javanese bird,
even though it may occur in other countries also, and though other species of
Hirundo may occur in Java. The utmost that can be urged against such
words is, that they do not tell the whole truth. However, as so many authors
object to this class of names, it is better to avoid giving them, except where
there is reason to believe that the species is chiefly confined to the country
whose name it bears.

6. Barbarous names.—Some authors protest strongly against the introduc-
tion of exotic words into our Latin nomenclature, others defend the practice
with equal warmth. We may remark, first, that the practice is not contrary
to classical usage, for the Greeks and Romans did occasionally, though with
reluctance, introduce barbarous words in a modified form into their respective
languages. Secondly, the preservation of the trivial names which animals
bear in their native countries is often of great use to the traveller in aiding
him to discover and identify species. We do not therefore consider, if such
words have a Latin termination given to them, that the occasional and judi-
cious use of them as scientific terms can be justly objected to.

e. Technical names.—All words expressive of trades and professions have
been by some writers excluded from zoology, but without sufficient reason.
Words of this class, when carefully chosen, often express the peculiar charac-
ters and habits of animals in a metaphorical manner, which is highly elegant.
We may cite the generic terms Arvicola, Lanius, Pastor, Tyrannus, Regulus,
Mimus, Ploceus, &c., as favourable examples of this class of names.

d. Mythological or historical names.—When these have no perceptible re-
ference or allusion to the characters of the object on which they are conferred,
they may be properly regarded as unmeaning and in bad taste. Thus the
generic names Lesbia, Leilus, Remus, Corydon, Pasiphae, have been applied
to a Humming bird, a Butterfly, a Beetle, a Parrot, and a Crab respectively,

270 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

without any perceptible association of ideas. But mythological names may
sometimes be used as generic with the same propriety as technical ones, in
cases where a direct allusion can be traced between the narrated actions of a
personage and the observed habits or structure of an animal. Thus when the
name Progne is given to a Swallow, Clotho to a Spider, Hydra to a Polyp,
Athene to an Owl, Nestor to a grey-headed Parrot, &c., a pleasing and bene-
ficial connexion is established between classical literature and physical science.

e. Comparative names.—The objections which have been raised to words
of this class are not without foundation. The names, no less than the defini-
tions of objects, should, where practicable, be drawn from positive and self-
evident characters, and not from a comparison with other objects, which may
be less known to the reader than the one before him. Specific names expres-
sive of comparative size are also to be avoided, as they may be rendered in-
accurate by the after-discovery of additional species. The names Picoides,
Eimberizoides, Pseudoluscinia, rubeculoides, maximus, minor, minimus, &G. are
examples of this objectionable practice.

Jf. Generic names compounded from other genera.—These are in some de-

gree open to the same imputation as comparative words; but as they often
serve to express the position of a genus as intermediate to, or allied with, two
other genera, they may occasionally be used with advantage. Care must be
taken not to adopt such compound words as are of too great length, and not
to corrupt them in trying to render them shorter. The names Gallopavo, Te-
traogallus, G'ypaetos, are examples of the appropriate use of compound words.

g. Specific names derived from persons.-—So long as these complimentary
designations are used with moderation, and are restricted to persons of emi-
nence as scientific zoologists, they may be employed with propriety in cases
where expressive or characteristic words are not to be found. But we fully
concur with those who censure the practice of naming species after persons
of no scientific reputation, as curiosity dealers (e. g. Caniveti, Boissoneautz),
Peruvian priestesses (Cora, Amazilia), or Hottentots (Klass?).

_h. Generic names derived from persons.—Words of this class have been
very extensively used in botany, and therefore it would have been well to
have excluded them wholly from zoology, for the sake of obtaining a memo-
ria technica by which the name of a genus would at once tell us to which of
the kingdoms of nature it belonged. Some few personal generic names have
however crept into zoology, as Cuvieria, Mulleria, Rossia, Lessonia, &c., but
they are very rare in comparison with those of botany, and it is perhaps de-
sirable not to add to their number.

t. Names of harsh and inelegant pronunciation.— These words are grating
to the ear, either from inelegance of form, as Huhua, Yuhina, Craxirex, Esch-
scholtzi, or from too great length, as chirostrongylostinus, Opetiorhynchus,
brachypodioides, Thecodontosaurus, not to mention the Lnaliolimnosaurus
crocodilocephaloides of a German naturalist. It is needless to enlarge on the
advantage of consulting euphony in the construction of our language. Asa
general rule it may be recommended to avoid introducing words of more than
five syllables.

k. Ancient names of animals applied in a wrong sense.—It has been cus-
tomary, in numerous cases, to apply the names of animals found in classic
authors at random to exotic genera or species which were wholly unknown
to the ancients. The names Cebus, Callithrix, Spiza, Kitta, Struthus, are
examples. ‘This practice ought by no means to be encouraged. The usual

al

Zoology uniform and permanent. 271

defence for it is, that it is impossible now to identify the species to which the
name was anciently applied. But it is certain that if any traveller will take
the trouble to collect the vernacular names used by the modern Greeks and
Italians for the Vertebrata and Mollusca of southern Europe, the meaning of
the ancient names may in most cases be determined with the greatest preci-
sion. It has been well remarked that a Cretan fisher-boy is a far better com-
meéntator on Aristotle’s ‘ History of Animals’ than a British or German scho-
lar. The use however of ancient names, when correctly applied, is most de-
sirable, for “in framing scientific terms, the appropriation of old words is
preferable to the formation of new ones*.”

l. Adjective generic names.—The names of genera are, in all cases, essen-
tially substantive, and hence adjective terms cannot be employed for them
without doing violence to grammar. The generic names Mians, Criniger,
Cursorius, Nitidula, &c. are examples of this incorrect usage.

m. Hybrid names.—Compound words, whose component parts are taken
from two different languages, are great deformities in nomenclature, and na-
turalists should be especially guarded not to introduce any more such terms
into zoology, which furnishes too many examples of them already. We have
them compounded of Greek and Latin, as Dendrofaleo, Gymnocorvus, Mo-
noculus, Arborophila, flavigaster ; Greek and French, as Jacamaralcyon, Ja-
camerops ; and Greek and English, as Bullockoides, Gilbertsocrinites.

n. Names closely resembling other names already used—By Rule 10 it was
laid down, that when a name is introduced which is zdentical with one pre-
viously used, the later one should be changed. Some authors have extended
the same principle to cases where the later name, when correctly written, only
approaches in form, without wholly coinciding with the earlier. We do not,
however, think it advisable to make this law imperative, first, because of the
vast extent of our nomenclature, which renders it highly difficult to find a
name which shall not bear more or less resemblance in sound to some other ;
and, secondly, because of the impossibility of fixing a limit to the degree of
approximation beyond which such a law should cease to operate. We con-
tent ourselves, therefore, with putting forth this proposition merely as a re-
commendation to naturalists, in selecting generic names, to avoid such as too
closely approximate words already adopted. So with respect to species, the
judicious naturalist will aim at variety of designation, and will not, for ex-
ample, call a species vivens or virescens in a genus which already possesses a
viridis.

0. Corrupted words.—In the construction of compound Latin words, there
are certain grammatical rules which have been known and acted on for two
thousand years, and which a naturalist is bound to acquaint himself with be-
fore he tries his skill in coining zoological terms. One of the chief of these
rules is, that in compounding words all the radical or essential parts of the
constituent members must be retained, and no change made except in the
variable terminations. But several generic names have been lately introduced
which run counter to this rule, and form most unsightly objects to all who are
conversant with the spirit of the Latin language. A name made up of the
first half of one word and the last half of another, is as deformed a monster
in nomenclature as a Mermaid or a Centaur would be in zoology; yet we find
examples in the names Corcorax (from Corvus and Pyrrhocorax), Cypsnagra

* Whewell, Phil. Ind. Sc. y.i. p. lxvii.

272 Propositions for rendering the Nomenclature of

(from Cypselus and Tanagra), Merulaxis (Merula and Synallaxis), Loxigilla
(Loxia and Fringilla), &c. In other cases, where the commencement of both
the simple words is retained in the compound, a fault is still committed by
cutting off too much of the radical and vital portions, as is the case in Bu-
corvus (from Buceros and Corvus), Ninox (Nisus and Noctua), &e.

p- Nonsense names.— Some authors having found difficulty in selecting ge-
neric names which have not been used before, have adopted the plan of coining
words at random without any derivation or meaning whatever. The following
are examples: Viralva, Xema, Azeca, Assiminia, Quedius, Spisula. To the
same class we may refer anagrams of other generic names, as Dacelo and Ce-
dola of Alcedo, Zapornia of Porzana, &c. Such verbal trifling as this is in
very bad taste, and is especially calculated to bring the science into contempt.
It finds no precedent in the Augustan age of Latin, but can be compared only
to the puerile quibblings of the middle ages. It is contrary to the genius of
all languages, which appear never to produce new words by spontaneous ge-
neration, but always to derive them from some other source, however distant
or obscure. And it is peculiarly annoying to the etymologist, who after seek-
ing in vain through the vast storehouses of human language for the parentage
of such words, discovers at last that he has been pursuing an zgnis fatuus.

q. Names previously cancelled by the operation of § 6.—Some authors con-
sider that when a name has been reduced to a synonym by the operations of
the laws of priority, they are then at liberty to apply it at pleasure to any new
group which may be in want of a name. We consider, however, that when a
word has once been proposed in a given sense, and has afterwards sunk into
a synonym, it is far better to lay it aside for ever than to run the risk of ma-
king confusion by re-issuing it with a new meaning attached.

r. Specific names raised into generic.—It has sometimes been the practice
in subdividing an old genus to give to the lesser genera so formed, the names
of their respective typical species. Our Rule 13 authorizes the forming a
new specific name in such cases ; but we further wish to state our objections
to the practice altogether. Considering as we do that the original specific
names should as far as possible be held sacred, both on the grounds of justice
to their authors and of practical convenience to naturalists, we would strongly
dissuade from the further continuance of a practice which is gratuitous in itself,
and which involves the necessity of altering long-established specific names.

We have now pointed out the principal rocks and shoals which lie in the
path of the nomenclator; and it will be seen that the navigation through
them is by no means easy. The task of constructing a language which shall
supply the demands of scientific accuracy on the one hand, and of literary
elegance on the other, is not to be inconsiderately undertaken by unqualified
persons. Our nomenclature presents but too many flaws and inelegancies
already, and as the stern law of priority forbids their removal, it follows that
they must remain as monuments of the bad taste or bad scholarship of their
authors to the latest ages in which zoology shall be studied.

[ Families to end in ide, and Subfamiles in ine. ]

The practice suggested in the following proposition has been adopted by
many recent authors, and its simplicity and convenience is so great that we
strongly recommend its universal use.

§ B. It is recommended that the assemblages of genera termed fa-
milies should be uniformly named by adding the termination ideé to

Zoology uniform and permanent. 273

the name of the earliest known, or most typically characterized genus
in them; and that their subdivisions, termed subfamilies, should be
‘similarly constructed, with the termination ine.

These words are formed by changing the last syllable of the genitive case
into ide or ine, as Strix, Strigis, Strigide, Buceros, Bucerotis, Bucerotide,
not Strixide, Buceride.

[ Specific names to be written with a small initial. ]

A convenient memoria technica may be effected by adopting our next pro-
position. It has been usual, when the titles of species are derived from pro-
per names, to write them with a capital letter, and hence when the specific
name is used alone it is liable to be occasionally mistaken for the title of a
genus. But if the titles of species were invariably written with a small ini-
tial, and those of genera with a capital, the eye would at once distinguish the
rank of the group referred to, and a. possible source of error would be avoided.
It should be further remembered that all species are egua/, and should there-
fore be written all alike. We suggest, then, that

§ C. Specific names should always be written with a small initial
letter, even when derived from persons or places, and generic names
should be always written with a capital.

| The authority for a species, exclusive of the genus, to be followed by a di-
stinctive expression. |

The systematic names of zoology being still far from that state of fixity
which is the ultimate aim of the science, it is frequently necessary for correct
indication to append to them the name of the person on whose authority they
have been proposed: When the same person is authority both for the specific
and generic name, the case is very simple ; but when the specific name of one
author is annexed to the generic name of another, some difficulty occurs.
For example, the Muscicapa crinita of Linneus belongs to the modern genus
Tyrannus of Vieillot; but Swainson was the first to apply the specific name
of Linnzeus to the generic one of Vieillot. The question now arises, Whose
authority is to be quoted for the name Tyrannus crinitus? The expression
Tyrannus crinitus, Lin., would imply what is untrue, for Linneus did not use
the term Tyrannus ; and Tyrannus crinitus, Vieill., is equally incorrect, for
Vieillot did not adopt the name crinitus. If we call it Tyrannus crinitus,
Sw., it would imply that Swainson was the first to describe the species, and
Linnzus would be robbed of his due credit. If we term it Tyrannus, Vieill.,
_erinitus, Lin., we use a form which, though expressing the facts correctly, and
therefore not without advantage in particular cases where great exactness is
required, is yet too lengthy and inconvenient to be used with ease and rapi-
dity. Of the three persons concerned with the construction of a binomial
title in the case before us, we conceive that the author who jirs¢ describes
and names a species which forms the groundwork of later generalizations,
possesses a higher claim to have his name recorded than he who afterwards
defines a genus which is found to embrace that species, or who may be the
mere accidental means of bringing the generic and specific names into con-
tact. By giving the authority for the specific name in preference to all others,
the inquirer is referred directly to the original description, habitat, &c. of the
species, and is at the same time reminded of the date of its discovery ; while
genera, being less numerous than species, may be carried in the memory, or

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. T

5 ye gene

274 On the Nomenclature of Zoology.

referred to in systematic works without the necessity of perpetually quoting
their authorities. The most simple mode then for ordinary use seems to be
to append to the original authority for the species, when not applying to the
genus also, some distinctive mark, such as (sp. ) implying an exclusive refer-
ence to the specific name, as Tyrannus erinitus, Lin. (sp.), and to omit this
expression when the same authority attaches to both genus and species, as
Ostrea edulis, Lin.* Therefore,

§ D. It is recommended that the authority for a specific name, when
not applying to the generic name also, should be followed by the di-
stinctive expression (sp.).

[New genera and species to be defined amply and publicly. ]

“A large proportion of the complicated mass of synonyms which has now
become the opprobrium of zoology, has originated either from the slovenly
and imperfect manner in which species and groups have been originally de-
fined, or from their definitions having been inserted in obscure local publica-
tions which have never obtained an extensive circulation. Therefore, although
under § 12, we have conceded that mere insertion in a printed book is suffi-
cient for publication, yet we would strongly advise the authors of new groups
always to give in the first instance a full and accurate definition of their cha-
racters, and to insert the same in such periodical or other works as are likely
to obtain an immediate and extensive circulation. ‘To state this briefly,

§ KE. It is recommended that new genera or species be amply de-
fined, and extensively circulated in the first mstance.

[ The names to be given to subdivisions of genera to agree in gender with the
original genus. |

In order to preserve specific names as far as possible in an unaltered form,
whatever may be the changes which the genera to which they are referred
may undergo, it is desirable, when it can be done with propriety, to make
the new subdivisions of genera agree in gender with the old groups from which
they are formed. This recommendation does not however authorize the
changing the gender or termination of a genus already established. In brief,

§ F. It is recommended that in subdividing an old genus in future,
the names given to the subdivisions should agree in gender with that
of the original group.

[ Eiymologies and types of new genera to be stated. |
It is obvious that the names of genera would in general be far more care-
fully constructed, and their definitions would be rendered more exact, if
authors would adopt the following suggestion :—
§ G. It is recommended that in definmg new genera the etymo-
logy of the name should be always stated, and that one species should
be invariably selected as a type or standard of reference.

In concluding this outline of a scheme for the rectification of zoological
nomenclature, we have only to remark, that almost the whole of the proposi-
tions contained in it may be applied with equal correctness to the sister sci-
ence of botany. We have preferred, however, in this essay to limit our views

* The expression Tyrannus erinitus (Lin.) would perhaps be preferable from its greater
brevity.

Rey. D. Landsborough on the Rook. 275

to zoology, both for the sake of rendering the question less complex,
and because we conceive that the botanical nomenclature of the
present day stands in much less need of distinct enactment than the
_ zoological. The admirable rules laid down by Linneus, Smith,
Decandolle, and other botanists (to which, no less than to the works
of Fabricius, Illiger, Vigors, Swainson, and other zoologists, we
have been much indebted in preparing the present document), have
always exercised a beneficial influence over their disciples. Hence
_ the language of botany has attained a more perfect and stable con-
dition than that of zoology; and if this attempt at reformation may
have the effect of advancing zoological nomenclature beyond its
present backward and abnormal state, the wishes of its promoters
will be fully attained.

(Signed ) H. E. StrRickLAND. J. S. Henstow.
June 27, 1842. Joun PHILLIPS. W. E. SHuckKArD.
Joun RICHARDSON. G. R. WATERHOUSE.
RicHARD OWEN. W. YARRELL.
LEONARD JENYNS. C. Darwin.
W. J. BRopeErIp. J. O. WEsTWoop.

XL.—On the History and Habits of the Rook, Corvus fru-
gilegus, Linn. By the Rev. Davin LANDsBoRoUGH.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Tuoveu birds were my early favourites, I have never made
much progress in ornithology. In some future communica-
tion, however, I may attempt to give a list of the birds found
in the south-west of Scotland. Before doing so I shall ven-
ture to give you some notices of a few of them, though they will
be unworthy of appearing even as short addenda to the highly
interesting ornithological articles, furnished from time to time
by that accurate observer of the works of nature—Mr. W.
Thompson of Belfast. I have little leisure for such pursuits,
and I shall merely subjoin a brief sketch of a pet Rook with
which I have the pleasure of being acquainted.

I visited him a few days ago at Ardrossan, and was glad to
find, that though a dozen winters have passed over his head,
he has all the vivacity of early life. He is a crow of aristocratic
extraction; at all events he is of high descent, having been
reared on one of the highest trees at Shieldhall, where his an-
cestors, it is believed, had their favourite residence for many
generations. When he was well fledged he was brought down
to the abodes of men by one of the aspiring youths of Shield-
hall (George Oswald, Esq., now in India) as a present to his
aunt Miss Oswald, and by her the pet crow, prized for his

T 2 3

276 | Rey. D. Landsborough on the

own good qualities, and loved for the donor’s sake, was brought
down to her sweet villa at Ardrossan. Her villa was conti-
guous to that of Miss Hamilton of Holmhead, and as our
rook had then the free use of his wings, and was of a social
disposition, he paid frequent visits to his neighbours, and soon —
formed acquaintance with the occupants of Miss Hamilton’s
poultry-yard, consisting of a cock and two hens. ‘The inti-
macy increased ; the visits became longer and longer, till at
last the crow became domiciled along with them; and when ~
Miss Oswald left Ardrossan, being unwilling to break asunder
the ties of affectionate friendship, she left the’ crow in its
adopted dwelling-place. The longer they were acquainted the
stronger did the friendship become, though it was evidently
most ardent on the part of the crow. He was exceedingly
attentive to his chosen friends the hens, and would often ar-
range their feathers and dress them to his own taste, so that
his officious services were sometimes rejected as troublesome.
The cock was still a greater favourite, and he roosted every
night beside him, nestling under his wing.

After this platonic friendship had subsisted for several
years, one of the hens became sick and died. During her ill-
ness he was unremitting in his attentions, waiting on her most
affectionately ; but he could not ward off the stroke of death.
A. still greater calamity awaited him, for the favourite cock
also died. He was unceasing in his attention to him during
his trouble, and when he died he was so disconsolate that he
would not taste food for several days.

At last old age, W hich indeed had carried off the others,
crept on the remaining hen. When she became feeble and
helpless he scarcely ever left her for a moment, striving to
cheer her by innumerable little acts of kindness. There were
two steps up from the poultry-yard to the house in which they
roosted, and when she became too weak to mount the steps,
as he could not himself lift her up he always came to the
kitchen-window, and kept up an incessant clamour till some of
the servants came out and lifted her up.

For two days before her death she could not leave the roost-
ing-house, and he remained along with her bringing her food,
laying it down before her, and coaxing her to eat it.

Notwithstanding his unwearied assiduity and. affectionate
attentions the poor hen died, and it was thought that he would
not long have survived her. He was quite disconsolate. Life
had lost its charm. He scarcely tasted food and became al-
together changed; so that from being lively and cheerful and
active, he dr ooped and became timid and spiritless.

Some young poultry were purchased in the hope that they

Lpateereess
na ees t-
Bese Ce

History and Habits of the Rook. 277

might cheer him, but he seemed quite afraid of them and
avoided their company.

After months had passed away he gradually recovered his
spirits, and he is now as brisk and lively a bird as you can
look upon. He is no longer afraid of the inmates of the
poultry-yard; but though he associates with them, they have
not succeeded in gaining his affections. He knows all the in-
mates of the house, and takes with pleasure a bit of bread or
of cold meat from their hands. Unfortunately he is so much
__ of an epicure as to be particularly fond of a new-laid egg, and
_ when the exulting cackle of a hen proclaims that she has de-
_ posited a treasure, there is generally a race between the ser-

vant and the rook, each being eager to seize the prize.

Fora long time he was allowed the free use of his wings, but
“complaints were lodged against him by the proprietors of the
neighbouring villas that he was in the habit of perching on the
roofs of their houses, and of picking the lime from the skews,

casting it up into the air. This frolic was an overt act of mis-
chief; but his accusers did not take into account that it was
c njoined with another act of utility, for it was only the
loosened pieces of lime that he removed, and chiefly, we doubt
not, that he might get at the vermin concealed underneath.
As no person would become bound for his more sober de-
meanour when he got into his altitudes, the poor fellow was
condemned to have one of his wings clipped, that as a degraded
biped, he might, like his accusers, walk on the face of the
earth. It is vexing to see him, when he attempts to fly with
the remaining wing, falling down to the ground after being
provokingly twirled round.
The only way in which he can now taste some of the de-
parted joys of exalted station is by mounting an old apple-tree
| in the garden, the lowest branches being within his reach, and
when he has reached the highest he shows how delighted he
is by proud cawings and cacklings.
__ He is a very cleanly bird, as his glossy plumage shows.
When a pail of water is placed within his reach, he immediately
enters it and splashes it about with great delight. He is still
more delighted when there is a fall of snow, for he rolls in it,
flaps and flutters amongst it, taking it up in his bill and throw-
ing it about with the ereatest glee and merriment.

ix @ live this kind-hearted rook ! and as we have reason
and revelation to guide, may we remember that we are bound
bad surpass him in his amiable qualities.

I am, dear Sirs, yours &c.,

Manse of Steverston, Ayrshire, Davip LANDSBOROUGH.
Feb. 13, 1848. .

278 Dr. M. Barry on the Pitted Tissue of

XLI.—Note in reply to Dr. Griffith’s Remarks on the Pitted
Tissue of Plants, on Muscle, &c.* . By Martin Barry,
M.D., F.R.SS. L. & E.

IT HAVE to acknowledge the courtesy shown in the remarks of
Dr. Griffith, and regret that his opinions differ so widely from
my own; but am compelled to say, I find nothing in his com-
munication that alters in any particular my views, or that re-
quires more than general notice at my hands.

“The appearances observed by Dr. Barry in the blood,”
which Dr. Griffith thinks were “ misinterpreted,’ I cannot
suppose that Dr. Griffith ever saw ; if I may judge from the
description he has given. That they are however visible, is
proved by the following description given by another, who did
see the appearances in question. Whether they have been
“ misinterpreted,” the future may determine.

“ Bristol, August 19, 1842.

*« Dr. Barry has pointed out to me, among the corpuscles of newt’s
blood, preserved in their own serum, without any reagent having
been applied to them, many which had the form of a flask with a
projecting neck, or which might be still better compared to the body
of a pair of bellows with its projecting nozzle. The projecting por-
tion appeared to be a filament, having a much higher refracting
power than the general substance of the corpuscle. He also showed
me, in a portion of blood to which corrosive sublimate had been
added, a corpuscle which was evidently destitute of the ordinary nu-
cleus; and which contained what appeared to be a filament which
presented transverse markings that resembled those of muscular
fibrillee, the interspaces being oblique. ‘The appearance resembled
that of Dr. Barry’s fig. 9 3. [Phil. Trans. 1842, plate 5.], except that
there was no trace of nucleus.

(Signed) «W. B. Carpenter.”

My preparations of muscle have been seen by many, to
whom I could refer for their opinions regarding them. Among
our own countrymen may be mentioned Robert Brown, D.C.L.,
and Professors Owen and Sharpey, besides the gentlemen from
whom I have received the testimonials at foot. To the kind-
ness of Professor Sharpey I am indebted for the beautiful
preparation of muscle from the tail of the tadpole mentioned
by Dr. Griffith. The following note was sent me by one who
had closely examined that preparation.

“6 Holles Street, Cavendish Square, Oct. 13, 1842.

* My pEar Srr,—On returning home today after seeing your ex-
quisite preparations of muscular tissue, I was anxious to express my
thanks for your kindness and patience in exhibiting the series to me.
I went to your house by no means prepared to admit the existence of

* Annals of Natural History, No. 68, for Feb. 1843, p. 95.

Plants, and on Muscle. 279

the spiral fibre ; on the contrary, somewhat prepossessed against such
a theory; for while I had already made up my mind as to the non-
existence of the discs advocated in Mr. Bowman’s very ingenious
paper in the ‘ Philos. Trans.,’ I had not been able to bring my belief
to the idea of substituting a spiral thread or fibre to account for the
peculiar markings on the muscular fasciculi. You have, however,
conyinced me, for in several instances I was enabled to follow the spiral
thread round its axis, and to see the continuity of both sides of the
chain. In one or two instances I observed it drawn out or separated
so far as not to leave a doubt of its reality.. In the same way I di-
stinctly recognised the double spiral (especially in one preparation
where the two spirals had not an equal obliquity), and I can conceive
that the longitudinal lines or fibrillated appearance of the larger fas-
ciculi depends upon the even juxtaposition of many minute spirals.
*-« The reason, probably, I had failed in previously making out
this structure, resulted from my expectation of seeing this appear-
ance throughout the whole length of a filament; but I now observe
how minute is the care necessary to separate parts, and how small
often is the portion favourably situated or sufficiently isolated to ad-
mit of a distinct view of this curious structure.

‘« There are also many circumstances connected with the different
refrangibility of objects of great importance in explaining why a
spiral fibre should be so much more easily seen in one tissue than
another; and thus it is that reagents are often most usefully ap-

_ plied where different parts of the same object refract the light nearly

equally. I think, through your help, I have at last settled my belief
as to the true character of the markings of muscle, and for which I
beg you to accept the thanks of
* Yours faithfully,
(Signed) “ Joun DaLRYMPLE.”
** To Martin Barry, M.D.”

The following, connected with the same subject, was re-
ceived from Dr. Carpenter, bearing the same date as his tes-
timonial above given.

_ “TJ have this day had the opportunity, through Dr. Barry’s kind-
ness, of examining several of his preparations of muscular fibre,
especially those from the heart of the turtle and from the shrimp.
I have distinctly seen single spiral threads continuous with fasciculi ;
in one or two instances so little elongated as to resemble a cork-
screw ; in others drawn out more or less straightly. In several
fibrille, which had been isolated without disturbance of their struc-
ture, I have seen appearances closely corresponding with those repre-
sented by Dr. Barry in figs. 52 and 56 of his last paper [Phil. Trans.
1842]. I may add, that I have seen these appearances even more
distinctly under my own microscope, which is furnished with one of
Powell’s latest 1-16th objectives, than under Dr. Barry’s instrument,
in which lower powers were used.

(Signed) “ Witiiam B. Carpenter.”

The microscope I use is one of Schiek’s achromatics, si-

280 Prof. KE. Forbes on a new British Starfish.

milar to those employed by Professors Ehrenberg, Schwanns
and R. Wagner. On this subject I cannot refer to a higher
authority than that of Joseph Jackson Lister, who, after a
close examination, describes my deeper object-glasses as “very
finely corrected every way.”

XLII.—On a new British Starfish of the genus Goniaster.
By Prof. Epwarp Forsss, V.P.W.S., F.L.S., F.B.S. &c.

[ With a Plate.]

Tue very splendid addition to the catalogue of British Star-
fishes, the only one found since the publication of my work on
those animals, which I am about to describe, was discovered by
an active naturalist, Mr. Robert Maclaurin of Coldingham,
who exhibited it to the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club at their
meeting held December 21, 1842, where he pointed it out as
distinct from any recorded British species. It was found be-
tween St. Abb’s Head and the Isle of May, and was brought
up on the lines of the fishermen from a depth of about 30
fathoms.

It belongs to the same group of Goniasters with the G.
eqguestris, to which species it is nearly allied, but differs re-
markably in form from any species of the genus. The ar-
rangement and form of the granulations, tubercles, marginal
plates, and those remarkable bodies to which I have in the
description applied the name of stomata, further distinguish
it from its immediate ally. .

Sp. Ch. Goniaster abbensis. . G. corpore planiusculo, orbiculari, an-
gulis in brachiis productis, infra et supra tuberculis, granulis sto- .
matibusque vestito.

Description.— Upper surface.—Disc round, interrupted by.
the bases of five short arms, each of which is as long as a third
of the breadth of the disc. Surface plane, thickly covered by
granules, among which are irregularly interspersed numerous
mammilliform tubercles (transformed spines), and at intervals
spinules in pairs forming stomata (transformed pedicellarie ?)
of an ovate form. No appearance of an anal pore. Madre-
poriform tubercle nearer the margin than centre, large, ru-
gose. Upper surface of arms (w hich are prolongations of the
angles of disc) similarly covered with the centre.

Margin bordered by a double series of irregularly quadeats
plates, somewhat arched at their free borders, and each edged
by a single row of minute square granules. The upper series
bear from one to four mammiform tubercles: when more than

Mr. Waterhouse on a new genus of Carabideous Insects. 281

one, two are usually larger than the rest. On the lower series
the tubercles are usually more numerous than on the upper.

Under surface.—The triangular spaces between the avenues
are granulated; among the granulations numerous large sto-
mata, in form linear and compressed, each placed in a smooth
space surrounded by a close border of flattened mammiform
tubercles, those forming the lateral borders largest. The
avenues are linear, contracting towards the arms. Suckers
biserial. Border of avenues formed by transverse plates, each
bearing four or five elongated tubercles, two of which face the
avenue. These plates are each bordered by a series of gra~
nules.

Eye-cover formed of one large transversely-ovate tubercle
terminating the ray, and three or four smaller ones on each
side, with a circle of minute granules immediately surround-
ing the (red) eye.

Dimensions.—Breadth across the apt 54 inches ; length of
arm 13 inch; breadth of arm at base ; 2 inch.

Colour-—When fresh Mr. Maclaurin states it was of an
orange-yellow, which with crimson-red, are the usual hues of
the Cushion-stars. Dried, it is of a pale yellow.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

fig. 1. The starfish, seen from above. frig. 4. Marginal plates.
fig. 2. Portion of upper surface. fig. 5. Border of avenue.
fig. 3. Ditto of under surface. frig. 6. Eye-cover.

XLIII.—Description of a new genus of Carabideous Insects
brought from the Falkland Islands by Charles Darwin, Esq.
By G. R. Wareruovse, Esq., Assistant Secretary and
Curator to the Zoological Society, &c.

‘Section GEODEPHAGA.
Fam. FERONIID/E.
Lissoprenus*, nov. gen.

Corpus depressum, elongatum ; lateribus elytrorum subparallelis.

Labrum transversum, antice emarginatum.

Labium profunde emarginatum, dente in medio paulo producto, ad
apicem truncato.

Palpi filiformes, articulo ultimo ad apicem truncato.

Mandibule mediocres, edentule, acutz.

Antenne mediocres, articulis subeequalibus.

Pedes mediocres ; tibie anteriores in maribus incrassate, et tarsi ar-
ticulis quatuor dilatati.

This genus is founded upon an insect discovered by Mr. Dar-

* Aicoos smooth, and xregcv, in allusion to the almost total absence of
sculpturing on the elytra. _

a

Woe eae

282 Mr. Waterhouse on a new genus of Carabideous Insects.

win in the Falkland Islands. Some of the specimens were found
in the month of March under a dead bird on the sea-coast in
K. Falkland Island. Both by myself and Mr. Darwin this
insect was upon a cursory inspection supposed to be a species
of Sphodrus, but upon examination it was found to exhibit
characters which separate it from that and other published
genera. ‘lhe more conspicuous are, the swollen anterior tibiee
of the male; the femora are also stouter in this sex, and the
Jour basal joints of the anterior tarsi are dilated, and (with the
exception of the basal joint, which is triangular,) they are
broader than long. The antennz do not exhibit the short
second and long third joint as in Sphodrus, but have the joints
all nearly equal in length, the second joint being scarcely
shorter than the third, which is not longer than the following
joints. In size the present insect is about equal to the Oma-
seus melanurus, and an idea of its proportions may perhaps
be best conveyed by comparing the two: the body is more
depressed than in O. melanurus, the head is a trifle broader,
and the antenne are more slender ; the thorax presents nearly
the same outline, but the sides are not rounded quite to the
base as in that insect. The elytra also present nearly the
some outline, but besides being less convex, they have the re-
flected margin much broader and more distinct; the legs are
nearly of the same proportions ; the dilated tarsi of the male
are broader, the tibize stouter, and the internal emargination
much less distinct, and situated nearer to the apex of the tibie.
The principal specific characters may be thus expressed :—
Lissopterus quadrinotatus. Liss. niger subnitidus; antennis pedi-
busque piceis, vel rufo-piceis; thorace supra paulo convexo, sub-
quadrato postice angustiore, lateribus indistincte rotundatis, foveis
duabus oblongis impresso, medio canaliculato; elytris elongato-
ovatis, lateribus subparallelis postice rotundatis, supra subde-
pressis, leevibus, indistinctissime striatis, notis quatuor rufis ornatis.
Long. corp. 64—8 lin. ; lat. 22——3 lin.
Var. 3. Elytris immaculatis, pedibus nigris.

Colour black; head and thorax glossy, elytra dull; head
rather broad and subdepressed, with a slight transverse groove
in front marking the posterior boundary of the clypeus, which
is transverse and slightly emarginated in front, where it is of
a pitchy hue; two shallow fovez situated partly on the cly-
peus and partly on the head ; eyes rather small, rounded and
convex; labrum and mandibles pitchy ; antenne and palpi
pitchy-red. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; in
front but little narrower than the elytra, and behind about
one-fifth narrower than in front; the sides slightly rounded,
but becoming nearly straight and parallel towards the posterior

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 283

angles, which are nearly right angles; the upper surface is
but little convex, the reflected lateral margins are rather
broad, the dorsal channel moderately distinct, but obliterated
near the anterior and posterior margins of the thorax ; on each
side, behind. are two oblique, long, smooth foveze, between
which is a transverse impression situated at about one-fourth
of the distance from the base towards the apex of the thorax—
this transverse impression is not strongly marked. LElytra
elongate-ovate, above subdepressed, the lateral reflected mar-
gins broad and distinct, the surface nearly smooth but ex-
hibiting indistinct strize, and these are most faintly punc-
tured; two smallish red spots are observable on each elytron
near the outer margin, one towards the base of the elytron,
and the other on the apical fourth; the legs are pitchy or
pitchy-red. ‘Sometimes the red spots on the elytra are obli-
terated, the legs are nearly black, and the antennz and palpi
are pitchy.

Obs.—As regards one of the characters upon which I found
the present genus, I allude to the male sex having four of the
joints of the anterior tarsi distinctly dilated, I may call at-
tention to the remark by Dejean in his observations on the
Feronie, viz. that this group is distinguished from the Har-
pali by the structure of the intermediate tarsi (i.e. they are
not dilated), and by the fourth jomt of the anterior tarsus,
which is never dilated in the male sex. The genus Lissopterus
therefore affords a remarkable exception to a general rule.

XLIV.—The Birds of Ireland By Wn. Tuompson, Esq.,
Pres. Nat. Hist. Society, Belfast.

[Continued from vol. x. p. 179.]

Tue Rine-Dove *—Columba Palumbus, Linn.—is common
throughout the wooded districts of the island.

Mr. Waterton is rather disposed to believe that in his part of York-
shire there is an annual increase by migration to the numbers of na-
tive birds. Mr. Selby states, in general terms, that there is not any
such increase. ‘Ihe great numbers that congregate in autumn, and
remain together during winter in Ireland, I have always considered
as our indigenous birds only, collected together in their choicest
haunts, however widely separated they may have been in the breed-
ing-season.

Belvoir Park near Belfast, with its fine and extensive woods, is
quite a preserve for these birds, and throughout the autumn and
winter they may be daily seen there in the afternoon, in multitudi-

* Commonly called Wood Quest and Wood Pigeon in the north of Ire-
land.

284 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

nous numbers, occasionally not less than five hundred appearing in
one flock. Mr. Selby remarks that the ring-dove prefers fir and
ash-trees to roost in, but in this park, the beech apparently is pre-
ferred above all other species. Not only is a wood consisting of
these trees their chief resort, but in mixed plantations their tops
may be seen dotted with these birds, when none appear on other
equally lofty deciduous trees, pines, or firs. It was a very pleasing
sight on one occasion here to see a number of these birds descend
from the highest trees to drink at the river Lagan—which bounds
the demesne at one side—before retiring to roost. On November 30,
1838, which was a very dark day, several hundreds were settled on
the trees apparently for the night, so early as half-past two o'clock
in the afternoon. The immense flocks here, rising en masse from
their roosting-places with thundering noise, remind us of the vast
flights of the passenger pigeon in North America, of which we are so
fully informed in the graphic narrations of Wilson and Audubon.

The earliest date im my journal, with reference to large flocks
roosting in Belvoir Park, is Sept. 16, 1840, and in the spring of the
preceding year, they are noted as seen in very large flocks so late as
the 25th of March.

But they breed here fully as early as in the north of England,
occasionally even earlier than the latter end of February—the time
mentioned by Mr. Selby; lofty trees are generally selected for the
nest, but in a locality where the species was protected I have in
more than one instance known the nest to be placed not more than
seven feet from the ground, in young fir-trees. ‘Their cooing, with
which the woods resound in the early spring, and their singular flight
at this season, rising and falling suddenly in the air, render the ring-
dove highly attractive. Although this bird will, where protected,
display little fear of man, particularly in the breeding-season, it is
generally very wary, and when assembled in flocks, extremely so : its
sense of hearing must be remarkably acute, as the slightest noise,
even at a distance, will alarm a flock, and cause the temporary de-
sertion of its intended roosting-place.

The large flocks alluded to divide into foraging parties in the
morning, though some few may be seen about their roosting-places
at all times of the day. In severe frosts they are driven to the tur-
nip-fields, to feed upon the green tops of the plant. I have seen large
flocks regaling on beech-mast ; and they are partial to ploughed fields,
on account of the seeds and other vegetable matter turned up. Useful
in consuming the seeds and roots of weeds injurious to the crops, yet
Mr. Waterton, who looks upon all the feathered race in the most fa-
vourable light that trath will warrant, does not consider the ring-dove
of any service to man. A friend, whose country-seat is in the valley
of the Lagan, and near to Belvoir Park, where the species is so nume-
rous, reports, that he has often seen ring-doves pluck gooseberries
and currants from the bushes in his garden, but never knew them to
attack his cherries. They are very destructive to young plants of
the cabbage tribe, which are preferred to the tender tops of turnips.
Quantities of all kinds of his grain, when ripe, are stated to be de-

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 985

stroyed by these birds, which are accused of flying against the
standing stalks, and prostrating them, to feed upon the pickles, and
alighting with the same evil intent on the masses prostrated by
storm or rain, as well as on the “‘ stooks.”” Wheat is their favourite
—and it is said that for it ‘‘ they will fly a mile farther” than for
any other grain.

Though the ring-dove is prized in the north of Ireland, the young
are not regularly sought after for the table, as they are stated by
Mr. Waterton to be in Yorkshire. This gentleman in his ‘ Essays
on Natural History,’ and Mr. Macgillivray in his ‘ British Birds,’ give
full and interesting accounts of the species. In France and Switzer-
land I have, in summer and autumn, observed the ring-dove to be
equally common as in the British Islands*.

Rocx-Dove, Columba Livia, Brisson+.—About the rock-
bound and caverned coasts on all sides of Ireland, and the
adjacent islands, this species has occurred to me. It is like-
wise to be found at inland caves and grottos, such as in lime-
stone districts especially are not unfrequent. Some authors
speak of the sea-coast only as frequented by the rock-dove,
but from personal observation it can be stated, that caverns,
be they inland or marine, are its natural abiding-places ; and
whether situated in the inland solitude, close by the din of
the water-fall, or the “roar of ocean’s waves,” are equally
resorted to.

* The Stock-Dove, C. @nas, is unknown both to Ireland and Scotland.
In England it is said to frequent only the midland and eastern counties.

| This bird is the parent of the common tame pigeon. When the dove-
cot is not far distant from the nestling-places of the wild birds in the rocks,
the tame ones often resort thither and pair with them, and the mottled pro-
duce seen frequenting wild localities often puzzle the tyro ornithologist.
It may be mentioned, on account of the period of time that elapsed on the
occasion, that a tame pigeon taken from Belfast to the Falls, two miles
distant, and shut up in a room for twelve months, immediately on being
liberated flew back to its old quarters.

The following paragraph on carrier pigeons appeared in the Leinster Ex-
press newspaper in Dec. 1842 :—“‘ One of these pigeons was let loose from
Palmerston-house, near Chapelizod, the seat of the Earl of Donoughmore,
when it accomplished the journey to Castle Bernard, which is upwards of
sixty-two miles, in two hours ; yet the flight was much impeded, as the day
was both dark and hazy, accompanied with a strong head wind at the time.
At the late fair of Ballinasloe, Thomas Bernard, Esq. took with him one of
these birds, which he let go in the town at eleven o’clock a.m. with a note
appended, directing dinner to be ready at Castle Bernard at the given time,
as he purposed being home that day, when the bird took its flight, and
the message was delivered in eleven minutes after, having travelled twenty-
three miles Irish in that wonderful short space of time, or, in other words,
at the rate of 1255 miles an hour. These pigeons, of which Mr. Bernard
has a large flock, are so domesticated, that he can handle them as he pleases,
and so very tractable are they, that whenever he calls, they attend the call
promptly.”

An interesting note on the attachment shown by a tame pigeon to her
mate, which had been shot and gibbeted in a pea-field, is related by Mr,
Jesse, in his ‘ Gleanings of Natural History,’ p. 112, 1st series,

286 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

On examining the crop of some of these birds shot in the month
of June 1832, at the wild peninsula of the Horn (co. Donegal), where
they are very common, they were found to be filled with the seeds
of rushes. When visiting the island of Achil, on the 29th of June
1834, in company with Mr. R. Ball, we saw several rock-doves feed-
ing on the low sandy tract near Keil, and approached them within
about twenty-five paces. On remarking to Lieut. Reynolds, R.N.
of the Coast Guard service, then stationed there, how near they
permitted the approach of our party, he stated that on the preceding
day he killed twenty-one of them about the same place, and that he
had killed as many as fifty and fifty-two in one day there, although
more than two were never procured at one shot. In this wild di-
strict they are seldom molested, and consequently exhibit little fear
of man. In the level tract alluded to there is no ambush to con-
ceal the sportsman, who must walk up directly within sight of the
birds until within shooting distance. It is only at a particular sea-
son that they are seen here, when, according to my informant, they
are attracted to the locality by a ‘‘small pea” which is abundant,
and is always found in the crops of those killed. We requested to
be shown the plant, and found it to be the common bird’s-foot tre-
foil (Lotus corniculatus). When walking along the top of the fine
marine cliffs about Portpatrick, in Wigtonshire, in Aug. 1838, in
company with Capt. Fayrer, R.N., he remarked, on some rock-doves
being sprung, that he had shot many of them there as they came to
feed on the ‘‘ wild liquorice,” a favourite kind of food—this also I
found to be the Lotus corniculatus. About the marine cliffs near
Ballantrae, in the adjoining county of Ayr, I have remarked these
birds to be common, and have seen flocks of them alight in the fields
of green or unripe corn, near the coast*.

In August 1826, when visiting the celebrated cascade at Tivoli,
near Rome, rock-doves presented a singular and beautiful appear-
ance, as numbers of them kept flying in and out of the gloomy re-
cesses of the rock, close to where the mass of waters was precipi-
tated: viewed from the heights above, they looked so remarkably
small, that at first sight I was deceived as to their species.

At the end of April 1841, I observed rock-doves to be numerous
about the precipitous and caverned cliffs of the island of Sphacteria,
forming part of the western boundary of the noble bay of Navarino.
When there on the 29th and 30th of that month, the officers of
H.M.S. Beacon set out in a boat for the purpose of entering the
caves to shoot them, and returned on each day with several brace.
They remarked, that of the great numbers seen, all were on the
western or sea side of the island, although as fine caverns are on the
eastern or bay side. Again, when becalmed in the A‘gean Sea on the
10th of June in H.M.S. Magpie, a likely place for these birds pre-
senting itself in a rocky islet, N.E. of Port Nousa, in the island of
Paros, a boat was lowered for the commander and myself to go in
pursuit of them. A few were seen about its caves and cliffs, anda
young bird of the year which was shot on wing was in full plu-

* Mr, Macgillivray gives a full and excellent account of this species
from personal observation in Scotland.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 287

mage, but still retained some fragments of down about the head.
On this occasion I could not but think how very different was the
scene and climate from that in which I first became initiated in rock-
dove shooting, by thus visiting marine caves for the purpose. This
was in the snow-white range of caverned cliffs extending for some
distance westward of Dunluce Castle, near the Giant’s Causeway.
The rock-dove was equally common in both localities.

Tue TurtLe-Dove—Columba Turtur, Linn.—is an occa-
sional visitant to Ireland, and has been obtained in the coun-
ties ranging farthest to the south-west and north-west. It
has appeared in spring, summer and autumn, and probably
visited the island in some instances to increase its species,
although no instance of its breeding here is known to me*,
In four or five successive years it has occurred.

Mr. Templeton records the turtle-dove as ‘‘ seen at Cranmore
and Shanes-Castle ;” the former his own residence near Belfast, the
latter that of Earl O’Neil, situated on the borders of Lough Neagh.
About the year 1820, one of these birds was seen by a friend at
Fisherwick Lodge ; which, with the two localities just named, is in
the county of Antrim. The collection of J. V. Stewart, Esq. of
Rockhill, Letterkenny, contains a specimen shot in the north-west
of the county of Donegal. About Youghal, the species has two or
three times been met with by R. Ball, Esq. I have been informed
by Dr. Harvey of Cork, that ‘“‘ Mr. Fennell of Ballibrado, near Cahir,
county of ‘Tipperary, shot a turtle-dove there in the spring of 1830,
when several of them were seen during a few weeks about his place;
in the following year, likewise, he saw three or four of these birds
in the same locality.” In March 1834, a turtle-dove shown me by
Mr. Glennon, bird-preserver, Dublin, was said to have been shot at
Carton, the seat of the Duke of Leinster; and at the same time it
was mentioned that the species had for two or three summers visited
Simpson’s nursery-grounds, near the metropolis. By the late T. F.
Neligan, Esq. of Tralee, one of these birds was obtained near that
town on September 20, 1834: its crop was filled with wheat. To
T. W. Warren, Esq. of Dublin, I am indebted for notes to the effect,
that in the year 1834 he saw a recent example of this species, which
was shot in the county of Wexford; that two specimens in his col-
lection were shot near Malahide, county of Dublin, in the summers
of 1835 and 1836—two or three years before this time, he more
than once met with a bird of this species feeding in a field of vetches,
in the locality whence the specimens were procured, but it was too
wary to admit of his approach within gun-shot. H.H. Dombrain,
Esq. states, that one was shot in the summer of 1886, in Lord
Roden’s demesne, Dundalk. On the 10th of July 1837, I saw a

* Since the above was written, I have been credibly informed that a pair
of turtle-doves bred in a plantation near Downpatrick in the summer of
1842. They remained to a late period in the locality, one of them having

‘been killed on the 12th of November. Dr. Burkitt of Waterford mentions

two specimens obtained near that town—in 1834 and 1836,

288 Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland.

turtle-dove in the shop of Mr. Glennon, who assured me that it had
been killed about three weeks previously near Donnybrook, a few
miles from Dublin. George Selby, Esq. of Alnwick, Northumber-
land, (brother to the distinguished naturalist, and imbued with simi-
lar tastes,) on visiting Belfast in October 1837, informed me that
one of these birds, which admitted of a close approach, was seen by
him on the road-side between Armagh and Aughnacloy in the first
week of that month.

When on a tour in Holland and Switzerland in the summer of
1826, the turtle-dove was met with, and in the former country was
very tame. When proceeding in H.M.S. Beacon from Malta to the
Morea in the spring of 1841, a few of these birds appeared on the
24th, 25th, 26th, and 27th of April, coming from the south on their
way from Africa to Europe. ‘They generally came singly, and:not
more than two were seen in company*. On the 29th of Apmil I
saw one near Navarino; and again on the 6th of May in the island
of Syra:—at the end of this month, numbers were observed in the
spacious gardens of the old seraglio at Constantinople.

Tue Puorasant—Phasianus Colchicus, Linn.—is a species, which,
having unquestionably been introduced to Ireland, has only claims to
be considered in a supplementary note. The period of its introduc-
tion is unknown to met. Smith would seem to have imagined that
it was indigenous to the island, as in his ‘ History of Cork’ it is ob-
served—‘‘ They are now [about 1749] indeed very rare, most of our
woods being cut down.” This splendid bird has for a long time past
been common in many parts of the country, where it is carefully
preserved and protected. In Down and Antrim the ring-necked ya-
riety is not uncommon; and I have seen a few examples (shot in a
wild state) of the female in the assumed plumage of the male, but,
although his colours were there, they were always dull in hue com-
pared with the gloss and splendour of the adult plumage of the
veritable cock—on the dissection of one of these, the eggs were ob-
served to be not larger than clover-seed.

I have often remarked the aversion of the pheasant to take wing
when near its home, and have seen it, even when cantered directly
up to, or charged on horseback, run across a considerable stretch of
field to the preserve, rather than take wing. Attention hasbeen |
called by some writers to the effect of thunder in prompting the
pheasant to crow, and on this subject the following note appears in
my journal :—“ April 7, 1833. When walking along the banks, of
the Lagan today between four and five o’clock, there were a few
peals of thunder, at the immediate commencement of each of which,
the pheasants in Belvoir Park crowed, although their ‘ most sweet
voices!’ were not to be heard at any other time.” Mr. Waterton
does not believe in the capture of pheasants by means of the fumes
of sulphur, but though never present at any such poaching atiina, I

* In Annals, vol. viii. p. 128, are further particulars.
tT In the year 1589 it was noticed as common. See note on 1 Quail.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Birds of Ireland. 289

have no doubt from what has been related to me that they are so
taken, and that the vile practice is resorted to on the western, as
well as the eastern side of the Irish Sea. An observant friend has
often remarked that during the absence of the pheasant from its nest
the eggs (sometimes thirteen in number) were covered with hay,
which he believed to have been always placed there by the bird
itself.

Upon looking to notes on the food observed in opening nine phea-
sants, killed at various times and places during five months—from
December to Apri] inclusive—I find that the stones of haws or fruit
of the white-thorn were contained in seven of them; in addition to
these were grain, small seeds, and peas: one exhibited a few roots
of plants and twigs of trees: another was nearly filled ‘with grass :
one only contained any insects—all presented numerous fragments
of stone. A pheasant which frequented our own garden daily for some
time in summer was accused of feeding on black currants; the tops
of turnips are sometimes eaten; and a fine cock bird was in the
habit of visiting a stable-yard in the vicinity of Belfast very early in
the morning for the purpose of feeding there.

The Bishop of Norwich, in his ‘ Familiar History of Birds,’ men-
tions an ungallant and furious assault of a cock-pheasant upon a
young lady when quietly walking on the highway, but who, never-
theless, seized her assailant and carried him home. Though, per-
haps, not a rare instance in the case of the barn-door fowl, it may
be worth noticing, that a fine cock of this species kept in our own
yard, on more than one occasion assaulted an old cook who nowise
meddled with him, though she did sometimes lay hold of some of
the members of his seraglio. She was once indisposed for a few
days after his attack, on which occasion he, according to her own
version, had struck her ‘‘ severely with his spurs between the ribs.”

In April 1842 the following paragraph appeared in a Dublin news-
paper :—“‘On Sunday se’nnight, a child named MarthaCollins, living
at Harold’s-cross, was sent by her mother to a livery-stable yard
in the neighbourhood, kept by a Mr. Smith. On entering the yard,
a cock flew at the child and struck her three or four times in the face
and other parts of the head, cutting her with each blow. A woman,
also named Collins, resident in the yard, hearing the screams of the
little sufferer, ran to her assistance and rescued her. On the Tuesday
following, it was considered necessary to have medical aid, and the
child was shown to Dr. Monks, who at once pronounced the case
fatal. ‘The child expired the next day. An inquest was held on the
body, and a verdict according to the above-mentioned circumstance
returned.”

In the work last mentioned, a mousing hen is alluded to (vol. ii.
p-97. 3rd ed.), which reminds me that in my young days there was
a hen of our own stock which took an especial delight in mouse-
hunting, and often have I seen her carrying her victims about as if
in triumph.

Goup Pueasanr (P. pictus), Sitver Pugasant (P. nyctheme-
ris). As itis interesting to know the age which these birds will

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. U

290 M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus.

attain in captivity, one or two notes on the subject may here be in-
troduced. A fine male silver pheasant has been known to me to
live twenty-one or twenty-two years. Such gold pheasants as I
happened to learn the age of did not exceed half that period, though
which species can really be termed the longer lived, I am unable to
state. Such of the latter as came under my knowledge died almost
instantaneously, and when in the highest condition as to flesh and
plumage. Some years ago I saw at Glenarm Park a brood partly of
the common, and partly of the silver pheasant, which had thriven
very well together under the maternity of a ‘‘ barn-door”’ hen—the
young of both species made their first appearance on the same day.

It may here be mentioned that a pair of Pea-Fowu (Pavo eristatus)
which we had for some time, paid due respect to the hall-door, as
there they would eat only of bread or biscuit (moistened), although
at the back door, or in the yard, they would feed freely on potatoes.

George Matthews, Esq. informs me that many years ago at
Springvale, county of Down, where nearly fifty Guinza-Fowt (Nu-
mida Meleagris) were kept, they flew about in company every eyen-
ing before roosting, and then settled for the night on the highest
trees about the place, which were ash. On a field of barley being
reaped there, a nest of these birds was discovered, containing be-
tween two and three hundred eggs.

[To be continued. }

XLV.—Anatomical Researches on the Nervous and Circu-
lating Systems of the 'Triton aquaticus, or Aquatic Sala-
mander. By G. Nicoxvucci of Naples. Communicated
by Dr. Grant, Professor of Comparative Anatomy and Zoo-
logy in University College, London.

Tue object of the brief investigations which we now detail is
merely a summary indication of the nervous and circulating
systems of the Aquatic Salamander, in preparing a complete
monograph of which we have been for some time engaged.

1. Nervous System.

The encephalic mass of the Salamander occupies a great
part of the cavity of the cranium, and is formed by two oblong
hemispheres, having a median furrow on their upper and
under surface. The pineal gland, sufficiently developed, fills
the space that the hemispheres present on the under side by
diverging a little from each other, and closes the large cala-
mus scriptorius between the two enlargements of the medulla ~
oblongata, which, extended as far as the tail, presents a lon-
gitudinal median furrow. It is around the brain itself, and
most especially externally along the furrow that separates
the lobes of the medulla oblongata, that the chalky follicles of

M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus. 291

Comparetti are visible, which appear to penetrate as far as the
auditory organ, and which are again met with under the skin,
of the use of which we are ignorant. Certainly they cannot
be confounded with the dermal follicles which secrete the
mucus with which the surface of the Salamander is covered,
as they are considerably larger than these and quite different
in colour.

The spinal marrow has not any enlargement corresponding
with the nervous plexuses, which are directed to the anterior
and posterior extremities; but the nervous filaments which
spring from it have only a double root, which appears evi-
dently in all the costal nerves, resembling what Delle Chiaje
has observed in the Proteus. The brachial plexus is formed
by three cervical nerves, which send off, before they unite,
filaments both for the skin and the surrounding muscles, and,
again united, divide into two branches, of which the shorter
radial does not go so far as the fore-arm, dividing itself
into infinite ramusculi; and the cubital, having furnished
branches to the muscles of the arm, parts into four digital
branches, each directed to its own finger. The plexus ischia-
ticus also consists of three lumbar nerves, of which the
median sends branches to the genital organs and to the
kidneys, the posterior sends small filaments to the neigh-
bouring muscles, and the superior join to form two trunks,
the anterior and posterior sciatic; the first the shorter, which
does not reach so far as the thigh; the second, which extends
to the foot, parting into two branches, one which supplies the
two digital nerves to the first two fingers, and the other those
of the remaining three.

The great sympathic nerve appears to have its origin from
the third cervical nerve, from which a filament is seen to be
given off, which, passing across the other cervical nerves that
form the brachial plexus, gives origin to the exceedingly mi-
nute ganglions on the spinal nerves precisely where their double
roots join, and terminates in the first of the lumbar nerves,
which unites with the others in forming the plexus ischia-
ticus.

The cerebral nerves of the Salamander are reduced to the
first, second, fifth, eighth and ninth pairs. The first of these
or the olfactory, springing from the anterior part of the cere-
bral hemispheres, immediately distributes itself in the nasal
cavity ; the second or the optic, springing from the rudimental
optic thalami? (lobes), turns towards the eye, the bulb of which
it penetrates entire ; and the fifth or the trigeminus, taking its
rise immediately in the upper part of the medulla oblongata,
trifurcates after having given origin to a ganglion, the first

U

om

292 M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus.

branch directing itself in a great measure to the skin of the
muzzle and to the internal parts of the eye, the second to the
maxillary angle, and the third partly to the skin of the head
and partly to the inside of the mouth. The eighth pair or
the acoustic, rising immediately from the brain, and m con-
tact with the calcareous granules, enters into the auditory ca-
vity ; and the ninth or the pneumo-gastric, having a common
origin with the fifth, at first enlarges into a ganglion, then
resolves itself into three branches; the outer directed to the
skin, the inner to the heart and the aorta, and the median
further parts into two branches, one for the stomach and the
other for the lungs.

2. Circulating System.

A. Arterial System.—From the conical ventricle of the
heart, placed above a single (? double) auricle, rises the bulb of
the aorta, which sends out three great trunks from both sides :
the upper of which may take the name of carotid, since it en-
tirely distributes itself in the head, and at first sends a super-
ficial branch into the interior of the mouth, then another which
soon divides into two; the internal, which supplies a branch
to the eye and enters the cranium, passing over the brain and
anastomosing with the opposite branch; and the external,
wholly directed to the ear. ‘The last most conspicuous branch
is the maxillary, which supplies also a small branch to the
muscles of the neck. The third or lower trunk, having anasto-
mosed, by means of a transverse branch, with the median, is
directed entirely to the lungs, where it forms a very delicate
network joined by its extremities with the ramifications of the
pulmonary vein.. The median trunk is that which makes a
curve and then descends to form the aorta ; but before it bends,
a little after its quitting the bulb, it sends out a branch which
turns directly towards the nasal fosse, supplying besides a
ramuscule to the eyeball. The aorta, which runs through the
whole body to the extremity of the tail, furnishes from its
commencement in cpposite directions the subclavian arteries,
which branch off in their turn into the brachial, ulnar and
radial, terminating in the four digitals for the upper limbs,
before they enter which they furnish a large branch (arteria
manmaria) anastomosing with the ischiatic arteries, and from
which separate so many ramusculi for the abdominal muscles
and skin. ‘Thence from the aorta there rises lower down the
celiac artery, from which originate all the arterial vessels of
the abdominal cavity. Because there arises from this the cysto-
hepatic artery directed towards the gall-bladder and to the
liver, where it is dispersed in a multiplicity of branches ; the

M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus. 293

pancreo-duodeno-gastro-splenic divided into the pancreo-duo-
denal and the gastric, which previous to its being divided
upon the stomach sends two pretty large branches to the
spleen. Two other small trunks which spring from the cceliac
are all directed to the small intestine (arterie mesenterice
superiores) ; whilst another branch (a. mesenterica inferior)
goes off direct from the aorta to disperse itself on the large
intestine.. Betwixt the cceliac and the last-described artery, the
aorta always sends off branches to the testicles and the vasa
deferentia in the males, to the ovaries and oviducts in the fe-
males ; to the adipose bodies ; to the kidneys in 10—12 ramus-
culi. Along the course of the aorta there pass off from it at
right angles and in opposite directions the intercostal arteries,
and from the last the vesical and the ischiadic, which, having
‘given a superficial branch to the surrounding muscles, and
anastomosing with the mammary, turn towards the hinder
Tegs, soon divided into the femoral, tibial and fibular, extend-
ing to the fingers, divided into the five digitals. ‘The aorta
being prolonged into the tail, first gives small branches to the
cloaca, and moreover lateral branches as far as to the extre-
mity of the tail.
B. Venous System.—¥rom the union of the digital veins
arise the femoral and tibial of the hinder limbs, which are
united, in the interior of the pelvis, to the caudal vein, from
‘which then arise the renal afferent vein, which receives the
vesical and is dispersed through the whole kidney by the aid
of considerable lateral branching trunks; the wméiiical, which
runs isolated along the ventral side of the body so as to reach
‘the liver and there lose itself; the vena porte, which ascending
- suecessively collects many intestinal branches, the splenic vein,
‘the pancreatic, the gastric, and divides thus enlarged in the
‘liver ; whilst the renal efferent vein, arising by the side of the
kidneys from the many trunks which seem to be anastomosed
with the renal efferent veins in the same manner as the pul-
monary artery and veins are upon the respiratory sac, turns to
- the vena porte *.

- »* Jacobson was really the first person who made mention of this peculiar
.,eireuit of the blood in the kidneys which occurs in fishes and reptiles, but
__ not in birds, as Nicolai has demonstrated (Oken’s ‘ Isis,’ 1806, p. 404) ; but

the description given of it by Jacobson was altogether donbtful and confused,
‘so that many anatomists either paid little regard to it, or considered it as a
thing not at)all demonstrated (Duvernoy in ‘ Cuvier, Lecons d’Anat. Comp.’
2nd-edit.,| Paris, 1839, tom. vi. pp. 254, 255). Meyer (Analekten fiir ver-
_gicich. Anat., Bonn, 1835) pointed out traces of it, in the ana pipa, some-
what more distinctly than the Danish anatomist ; and Wagner in Jike man-

er made it the subject of his investigation (Lehrbuch dev vergl. Anat.,
iy: 2 r ;

294 M. Nicolucci on the Anatomy of the Triton aquaticus.

The vena cava posterior collects the branches of the dorsal
skin, the spinal branches of the ovary and the oviducts in the
females, of the testicles and deferential canals in the males,
and of the adipose bodies, and running by side of the liver
receives there the hepatic véin ; thence discharges itself into
the single auricle of the heart. The cava superior is formed
of the jugular veins which carry back all the blood of the
head, from the subclavian which bring back the nutritive
liquid from the upper limbs, and from the pulmonary veins.

Leipsig, 1834, pp. 172, 178). But none of these has unfolded this question
with so much accuracy as Delle Chiaje.

We shall not now repeat what the above-mentioned anatomists have said
upon the venous system of Jacobson,—a discussion on which we shall enter
in our Monograph,—but shall state that the observations of Delle Chiaje have
already been recorded in his ‘ Notomia Comparata’ (Naples, 1836, ii. 104
—114. pl. 53. f. 1. Qq K B, in the Rana esculenta, 3 H 45 v 8 for the
Coluber natrix), in the ‘ Ricerche anatomico-fisiologiche sul Proteo serpen-
tino (Naples, 1840, inserted in the ‘ Antologia di Sc. Nat. di Piria e Scacchi’
for March 1841), and more particularly in the ‘ Monografia del Sistema cir-
colatorio sanguigno degli animali rettili,’ presented with 16 plates imperial
4to to the R. Acad. of Sciences, and mentioned in the Annual Discourse,
1838, of the Secretary Cav. Monticelli, and in our translation of Tiedemann’s
‘General and Comparative Anatomy ’ (Nap. 1840, p. 142). We ought lastly
to notice that Delle Chiaje two years ago undertook for us the injection of
the entire Jacobonisan system (which he appropriately denominates the uro-
entero-hepatic) in an eft, and that the description of it traced by us in the
salamander was taken from an injection, which at our request he was so
good as to make for us, thus enabling ourselves to repeat it, as we often
have done, with every kind of facility.

With regard to the office of the kidneys in reptiles and fishes, the opinions
of Jacobson appear probable enough that they assist in the function of the
hzmatosis, although Bojanus (Oken’s ‘ Isis,’ 1 bd. 7 hft. p. 873) and Carus
(Lehrb. d. vergleich. Zoost. ii. Leipsig, 1834, p. 700) maintain that all the
blood must be carried directly into the liver. This function of the kidneys
was expressed by Jacobson (De peculiari systemate venoso, &c. Hafnize, 1821)
in the following terms: “ This venous system is charged with carrying into
the kidneys, or into the kidneys and liver, the venous blood coming from
the hinder and middle part of the body, making it subserve the functions of
the secretions of those organs.” And this for a double reason, both because ,
the lungs, or at least the branchie, in reptiles and fishes, do not present to the
air so ample a surface as in the higher animals, to the vascular ramifications
which carry the blood there into contact with the aérial fluid; and also be-
cause the venous blood, mixing in the heart with the arterial blood returned
from the pulmonary veins, this is conveyed there in a state the most fitted
for the wants of nutrition ; and this clearly takes place partly in the kidneys
and partly in the liver, and partly also, it may be said, in the skin, where the
blood undergoes a modification in its proper elements, and from being venous
and useless for nutrition becomes arterial and nutritive.

It appears, then, that subsequent to Delle Chiaje, who was the first to give
its topographical description and delineation, nothing new has been added
to the anatomical knowledge of the Jacobsonian system ; nor, since Jacob-
son, any new idea respecting its physiological interpretation.

Bibliographical Notices. 295

[The zootomical labours of Delle Chiaje have now been
familiar to the anatomists of Europe for nearly a quarter of a
century, and they reflect great honour on him and on his
country. It must therefore be gratifying to all foreigners to
observe the zeal and candour of his fellow-labourers at Naples,
in thus reclaiming for their distinguished countryman the
merit of originality to which he is so justly entitled.—~

R. E. G.]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Climate of the South of Devon and its influence upon Health ; with
short accounts of Exeter, Torquay, Babbacombe, Teignmouth, Daw-
lish, Exmouth, Budleigh-Salterton, Sidmouth, &c. By Thomas
Shafter, M.D., Physician to the Exeter Dispensary, Lying-in-
Charity, &e. Pp. 258. 12mo. Churchill: London, 1842.

In this work, although chiefly embracing statistics and medical topo-
graphy, there are many interesting observations relative to natural
history, and on that account it may with propriety be noticed in
this Journal.

The work was written ‘‘ in accordance with the suggestion of Sir
James Clark, that in order to determine the true character of the
climate of the south-western part of England, observations should be
made in some of its principal localities.”

This has been already done in regard to Bristol and Clifton by
Drs. Carrick and Symonds, and in regard to the Land’s End by Dr.
Forbes. Dr. Shafter’s publication is a continuation of the subject.

The work is divided into two parts; the first treating of the cli-
mate and diseases of South Devon, and the second of its geology,
natural productions, ceconomical history and statistics.

The climate of Devon generally is warm and moist: this depends
partly on its latitude and partly on its position as regards the ocean,
nearly half of its circumference being sea-coast. ‘The mean annual
temp. of South Devon is 51°29’, or nearly 1° higher than that of
London ; one of its most striking characteristics is equability of tem-
perature. ‘The indications of the barometer, although not very dis-
similar from those of London, yet show that the atmosphere of the
district is both less dense and less liable to changes in its density
than is the case in the metropolis. It is charged with moisture, and
a slight depression of temperature causes deposition of dew or a fall
of rai. In general language it may be stated, that from March to
September the climate is dry, and during the remainder of the year
humid. The mean annual fall of rain amounts very nearly to 32
inches, being about 7 inches more than fall in London. The average
number of wet days (i. e. days in which a fall of rain, however slight,
takes place) amounts to rather more than 162, while in London it
amounts to 178.

Frost is not unfrequent during winter and spring, but is rarely of
long continuance, Snow rarely falls in any great quantity, or re-

296 Bibliographical Notices.

mains on the ground above two or three days, except on the high
lands. Thunder and lightning are comparatively unfrequent, and
very rarely indeed are the storms attended by serious or awful con-
sequences. ‘lhe prevailing winds are west and north-west. “‘ During
the winter season the south-west wind is often accompanied by a
warm thick mist, which is peculiarly relaxing, and from its frequency
not unaptly styled Devonshire weather.”

“The chief characteristic then of the climate of this district is that
of being warm, soft, mild, equably calm and free from storms : though
subject to a large share of rain, yet it seldom occurs that a whole
day is so unceasingly wet, as not to afford some hours, whether early
or late, sufficiently fine for outdoor exercise.” The general mildness
of the climate is indicated by many tender and delicate exotics
flourishing in the open air and not being destroyed during the winter.
Among them we may notice Hrythrina laurifolia, Laurus Camphora,
Camellia japonica, Thea viridis and Bohea, Magnolia fuscata, Arundo
Donax, Agave americana, Passiflora brasiliensis, Hydrangea hortensis,
Mimulus cardinalis, Myrtus communis, Punica Granatum, Citrus medica,
Limonum, and aurantium, Olea europea, Gladiolus cardinalis and psitta-
cinus, various species of Alstremeria, Callistemon salignum, Cheiranthus
tristis, Salvia angustifolia, Ceanothus azureus.

In illustrating the effects of climate upon the constitutions of the
inhabitants, a description is given of the diseases incidental to the
district. The results are deduced from the cases admitted to the
Exeter Dispensary during ten years, and embrace 11,258 patients,
of whom 4535 were males and 6723 females. September appears to
be the healthiest month in the year. A diagram is given showing
the relative number per cent. of sick persons in each month, and full
tables are given illustrating the prevalence of particular diseases.

This being more immediately connected with medicine, we do not
enter upon it. We would recommend to all medical men this part
of the work, as well as the notice of those diseases in which the cli-
mate of Devonshire proves beneficial.

In treating of the geology of the district Dr. Shafter remarks,’ that
the rocks which occur present a very extensive series, ‘‘ ranging from
the granite to the lower cretaceous group; the series however is by
no means complete, many of the intervening rocks being wanting.
‘Those which present themselves for investigation are granite, grau-
wacke slates, carbonaceous rocks, schists, limestone, new red sand-
stone (including Exeter conglomerate), greensand, granitic green-
stone and trap rocks.”

The indigenous Phanerogamous plants of Devonshire are said to
amount to about 800, and the following is given as the number of
species in the different natural Orders :—

MonocoryLEDONESs.
(STAINED | er uls often coe 75 Aroidew 200"), UU a IONS
CY pelaCede octet it's ruses eaters 43° Asphodelete 20), 2 Egor, 5
PUbGIUCE was eet alae ong 16 And referable to eight other
UTCINGACGee TC ce fe ce e9os ae natural Orders. 2. .5)°.. Oth S

PLUVIGLES. Cat Fes Pace 10 asthe

Bibliographical Notices. 297

> AF 10 3 DicoTyLEDONES.
eemmpertes 2 2! OV sis 0 72° UChenopodee ys e024 ,. 15
Sealer a Soi A 44° Borapines 20 13
Leguminose ..........., 39 PrimulaceeeandLentibularie 13
| alate ai SRC 38 (Geraniaceze and Oxalidee., 14
Rosacez and Pomacee .... 86 Rubriacer.............. il
re 35 Hypericinee ...... RMB S 9
Scrophularine and Oroban- Bathpervives.”.15219 Paty oi, 9

eee Os SIT) Di 31 Solanez ...... g POY SSG 18
Caryophyllacee and Linee,. 31 Euphorbiacee .......... 8
Corylacez and Salicineee .. 28 Papaveracez............ 7
Beene lace Oo ee. oS 20 And referable to thirty-nine
PUMNMOUEE ccc secs thf 18 other Ordérs:! VY 6 113

..The Grasses form nearly two-thirds of the Monocotyledons, and
together with the Composite one-fourth of all the Phanerogamous
plants ; while Crucifere, Leguminosae, Umbellifere, Rosacee and La-
biate form together one-fourth more. Amongst the plants peculiar to
the county are noticed Linosyris vulgaris and Lobelia ureus : Primula
veris and Campanula rotundifolia, of common occurrence in the ad-
joining counties, are but rarely met with. Hrica vagans is chiefly re-
stricted to the serpentine formation ; Iris fetidissima and the Elm are
frequent in the red sand; the Cistacee, Clematis vitalba and Inula
Conyza on the limestone, and the Oak on the schist formation.

We trust that the example which has been set by Dr. Shafter will
be followed by others, and that ultimately we may expect to have
full accounts of the climate and natural productions of the various
counties of England.

The tables of statistics of life and disease have been made with
great care and are well worthy of attention.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles :— Zoologie, M. Milne Edwards.
Botanique, MM. Ad. Brongniart et-Guillemin. Paris: Fortin,
Masson and. Co,

Sept. 1842.—Zoology.—M. F. Dujardin on the Anatomy of Gor-
dius and Mermis. The author gives the details of structure in the
Gordius aquaticus and Gordius tolosanus. He confirms the account
given by M. Siebold of the extraordinary structure of the animals of
this genus. ‘‘ They are,” says M. Dujardin, “ without mouth, without
anus, without intestine, without veritable nerves or vessels. ‘They
have internally a fleshy muscular tube with thick walls. They have
_ only a single aperture situated at the posterior extremity and serving
doubtless the function of generation.” Wanting all the organs ne-
cessary to the preservation of the individual, M. Dujardin is led to
suppose that the Gordius may be the last stage of development of a
worm, in which those organs have been atrophied in consequence of
the excessive growth of the tegumentary system and of the organs
destined for the continuation of the species. His genus Mermis differs
from Gordius in the structure of its integument, in the presence of a
minute terminal mouth, and in the mode of development of the ova.

298 Bibliographical Notices.

There is something so anomalous in the structure of these worms,
that we cannot admit the accounts of it to influence our generali-
zations until we have further observations, and above all a careful ex-
amination of animals of different ages. There is no difficulty in pro-
curing material to work upon ; will no British observer take up the
subject >—M. E. Robert on the Habits of Ants. —M. Bouchard-Chan-
tereaux on the genus Productus, in which he proves that the dorsal
valves of these shells is not imperforate as is generally supposed, but
the contrary, and attached by a ligament like its allies —Compara-
tive history of the Metamorphosis and Anatomy of Cetonia aurata
and Doreus parallelipipedus, by M. Leon Dufour : an elaborate paper
beautifully illustrated.—A translation of Mr. H. Goodsir’s import-
ant paper on the Development of the Eggs and Metamorphoses of
Caligus, from the ‘ Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal’ for July
1842.—M. Lucas on new Insects from Algeria.—M.H. Mittre on four
new Shells, viz. 1. Helix Minorciensis (allied to H. serpentina) from
Port Mahon ; 2. Helix Telonensis (allied to H. glabella) from 'Toulon ;
3. Helix Nyeli from Port Mahon, and 4. Cardium aquilinum from
Toulon Roads. This paper wants figures.

Botany.—On the genera Polysaccum and Geaster, by MM. L. R.
and ©. Tulasne. Their observations on the first are at variance with
those of M. Corda: figures excellent.—On the dry Gangrene of Po-
tatoes, as observed for some years in Germany, by M. de Martius
(from the ‘Comptes Rendus’): a paper highly interesting to the
vegetable pathologist, in which it is shown that the disease depends
on the presence of a parasitic fungus.~-On two plants new to the
French Flora, by M. Delastre: these are Cirsium spurium and Li-
naria pretermissa (new ; very near L. minor).—On the Nectaries of
Plants, by M. L. Bravais.—On new Plants of Madagascar, &c., by
M. Bojer.

Oct. 1842.—Zoology.—On the Embryo of Syngnathus Ophidion,
Linn., by M. de Quatrefages : an elaborate memoir on the early hi-
story of these curious marsupial fish, illustrated by beautiful figures.
—Researches on the composition of the Blood in some domestic ani-
mals, by MM. Andral, Gavarret and Delafond.—Researches on Di-
gestion, by MM. Bouchardet and Sandras.— Memoir on Belemnites,
by M. Alcide d’Orbigny. Commencement: an excellent paper.

Botany.—On the Distribution of the Arborescent Vegetables on
the coast of Scandinavia, and on the north side of the Grimsel in
Switzerland, by M. Ch. Martens. ‘‘ If we except the oak and the
beech, the succession of trees is the same on the Grimsel and in the
North.”—On the genus Xiéphophora, and on the question whether we
find in the Fucacee the two modes of propagation observed in the
Floridee ? by Dr. Montagne.—On two genera confounded with
plants of the family of Myrsinacee, by M. Alph. DeCandolle: these
are, Parastemon, founded on the Embelia urophylia of Wallich, and
Kellana, on the Myrsine Kellan of Hochstetter.—On the Flora of
Southern Brazil, by MM. Aug. de St. Hilaire and Ch. Naudin.
Third part. The plants enumerated belong to the family Malvaceae.
—M. Gay on the Flowers and Fruit of Fumaria offcinalis.—M. OC.

0 ee eS te ee ee eee

Bibliographical Notices. 299

Dareste on a Monstrosity of Delphinium Ajacis.—M. Bunge on the
genus Braya.— Count Jaubert and M. E. Spach, a Monograph of the
genus Cicer: eight species enumerated.—_Monograph of the genus
Halimodendron, by the same botanists: three species described.—
Third Century (5—8 decades) of new Exotic Cellular Plants, by
Dr. Montagne.

Noy. 1842.—Zoology.—Continuation of M. d’Orbigny’s memoir on
the Belemnites ; the author arranges them under five groups: Ist, the
Acuari; 2nd, Canaliculati; 3rd, Hastati ; 4th, Clavati; and 5th, Dilatati.
These divisions not only present good zoological characters, but are
respectively concentrated in different geological formations.—M. de
Quatrefages on Hleutheria dichotoma, a new genus of Radiata allied to
Hydra. Several highly original papers by this naturalist have lately
appeared in the ‘ Annales,’ founded on researches among the Inver-
tebrata of the coasts of France. Most of the animals he has described
may be looked for in our own seas. The new zoophyte here fully
investigated is microscopic, and appears to us to be rather an ally of
Lucernaria than of Hydra, very possibly the young state of some
known species. The author has a tendency to see too much, and
to put too great faith in the description of Hydra by M. Corda.
His generic character, ‘‘ Ocular points at the bases of the arms: no
feet,” is insufficient and unphilosophical.—M. 8. Lovén on the Me-
tamorphosis of an Annelide, see ‘ Annals Nat. Hist.’ vol. xi. p. 43.—
M. 8. Loyén on Myxostoma cirrhiferum: an excellent paper on the
curious parasite which infests the arms of Comatula.—M. Brullé on
the Classification of Animals in parallel series, concluded.—M. Flou-
rens on the Development of Bone.

Botany.—M. Montagne on Exotic Cellulares, continued.—Count
Jaubert and M. Spach, Monograph of Chesneya.—Prof. Bernhardi on
the characters of Tulipacee and allied families (a translation from the
‘Flora’ for 1840).—M. Desvaux on anew Fig and some plants fur-
nishing Milk.—M. Goeppert on the Anatomical Structure of some
Magnoliacee (from the ‘ Linnza’). The researches of the author lead
him to deny the analogy asserted to exist between Tasmannia and
Drimys on the one hand, and the Conifere on the other. The re-
sult is important, as removing an uncertainty from the study of fossil
botany.

Dec. 1842.—Zoology.—Observations on the structure and func-
tions of some Zoophyta, Mollusca and Crustacea of the coasts of
France, by M. H. Milne Edwards. Every communication from the
pen of M. Milne Edwards is of great value. In this paper he gives
some most interesting notices: 1. On the Hermaphrodism of Pectens
(in describing the testicle there is no mention of Spermatozoa),
2. On the Organization of Carinaria Mediterranea: the distinction of
sexes in the animals of this species is first made out. In describing
the respiratory system no mention is made of the presence or absence
of cilia on the branchiz, the structure of which is.compared to that
of the branchie of the Pleurobranchus. [We have sought for cilia
on the branchie of Firola in vain, but with better glasses and under
more favourable circumstances they may perhaps be detected.] ‘The

}
‘a

300 Bibliographical Notices.

nervous system is well made out. 3. On the existence of a Gastro-
vascular apparatus in the Calliope of Risso, a Mollusk of the family
of Holidee. {'The phenomenon herein described may be well seen
in the Montagua viridis, Forb. of our own seas.] 4. On the Sper-
matophores of the Cephalopoda. All these notices are illustrated by
beautiful figures.—On the Neutral Nitrogenous Substances occur-
ring in Organization, by MM. Dumas and Cahours.—-Remarks rela-
ting to Insects found in the neighbourhood of Paris, by M. E. Ro-
bert.—Note on the existence of the Urea in the Normal Blood, by
M. Simon (from Miiller’s ‘ Archiv’ ).

Botany.—Observations on the structure of Dotted Vessels, by Prof.
Mohl (from the ‘ Linnza’).—Observations on the Flower and Ovary
of Ginothera suaveolens, by Dr. Duchartre: an elaborate paper with
beautiful illustrations.—Note upon the Mineral Bases occurring in
the Walls of Cells, by M. Payen.—Review of some observations on
the Development of the Appendages of the Vegetable Axis, by M.
Ch. Naudin.—Prof. Bernhardi on the Sesamee (from the ‘ Linnza’).
—Prof. Koch on the Strawberries of Germany and France (from the
‘Flora’).—M. Meyer on the species of Ayrimonia (notes on sixteen
species, results of examination of nine), from the Bulletin of the
Imperial Academy of Petersburg.—Fischer, Meyer and Schrenk on
Schrenkia and Cryptodiscus, new genera of Umbellifere: extracted
from a Russian work on the plants of Longaria.

The London Journal of Botany. By Sir W. J. Hooker, K.H. &c. &c.
No. 11, Nov. 1842, to No. 15, March 1843.

Contents :—Botanical Excursions in South Africa; by C. J. F.
Bunbury, Esq. (Nos. 11, 13.).—On a new species of Thuja, and on
Podocarpus Totarra of New Zealand ; by Sir W. J. Hooker (No. I1.
t. 18, 19.).— Memoir to determine the use of Pollen in Natural Clas-
sification ; by Dr. Aldridge (No. 11. t. 20.).—-On the Hair-collectors
of Campanula; by W. Wilson, Esq. (No. 11. t. 20.).—Figures and
descriptions of three species of Podocarpus; by Sir W. J. Hooker
(No. 12, t. 21, 22, 23.).—Genera of Ferns; by J. Smith, A.L.S.
(No. 12.).—On the Vegetation of the Feejee Islands, Tauna, New
Ireland and New Guinea; by R. B. Hinds, Esq. (No. 12.) Notes
of a Botanical Tour in the Azores; by H. C. Watson, Esq. (No.18,
15.).—Descriptions of four new-genera of Plants from the Organ
Mountains [Boromania, Leucopholis, in Composite; Hockinia, in
Gentianee ; Napeanthus, in Cyrtandacee.] (No. 13.).—Contributions
towards a Flora of South America: Mr. Schomburgk’s Plants from
Guiana; by G. Bentham, Esq. (No. 13.).—Contributions towards a
Flora of South Africa; by Dr. Meisner (No. 13, 14.).—Biographi-
cal Sketch of F. Bauer; by Dr. Lhotsky (No. 14.).—Notes on a
Botanical Excursion in South Carolina; by Dr. A. Gray (No. Td:).
—Notes on the Distribution of Plants in Aberdeenshire ; by Dr.
Dickie (No. 15.).—Some data towards the Botanical Geography of
New Holland; by Dr. Lhotsky (No. 15.).—Brief descriptions of Ju-
niperus Bermudiana and Dacrydium elatum; by Sir W.J. Hooker

a
ee

Bibliographical Notices. 301

(No. 15. t. 1,.2.).—Botanical Information ; Botanical Letters from
Dr. Hortmann in Surinam (No. 11.); also from Mr, Drummond in
New Holland (No. 12.), and extracts from M. Boissier’s Spanish
Botany (No. 12.) ; Notice of Le Conte Jaubert and M. Spach’s Illus-
trationes Plantarum Orientalium ; Mr. H. C. Watson’s geographical
distribution of British Plants, third edition; and of the Rev. J. E.
Leefe’s ‘ Salictum Britannicum Exsiccatum’ (No. 15.).—Botanical
Collections noticed: China, South Africa, Caucasus, Swan River
(No..15.).

Salictum Britannicum Exrsiccatum. Fase. I.
By the Rev. J. E. Leefe, M.A.

Ina former number of the ‘Annals’ we announced that a work
under the above title was in preparation, and we have now the plea-
sure of informing our readers that the first fasciculus has reached us.
We beg to recommend the collection most strongly; the specimens
are ample, in good preservation, and very complete; and the notes
appended to them are usually of considerable value. Great addi-
tional interest is given to these specimens by their having been in-
spected, and the nomenclature authenticated, by Mr. Borrer, whose
acquaintance with willows generally, and particularly those of Bri-
tain, is probably unequalled. We hear that the great labour and
amount of time which the preparation of this fasciculus has required
causes Mr. Leefe to have considerable doubt of being able to con-
tinue the publication, but we earnestly hope and expect that this
part will be so well received by botanists as to cause him to come to
a different determination. Owing to some accident the author has
not appended his name to the collection, nor named any publisher, we
therefore think it right to add his name and address, viz. ‘‘ Rev. J.
K. Leefe, Sigston, North Allerton, Yorkshire.”’ We believe that
the collection may be procured from Messrs. Whittaker and Co., Lon-
don, and recommend an early application, as very few copies were
prepared. ‘The price is extremely moderate.

PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION.

Mr. Hassall informs us that he has long been collecting materials
for a History of the British Freshwater Algze.. Mr. Hassall states,
that should any botanists be desirous of investigating those species
which occur in their own neighbourhoods, he will have much plea-
sure in assisting them in the determination of those species, which
plan he hopes may conduce much to the completeness of the work.

The simplest mode of transmission, he states, is to place a frag-
ment of each species in a piece of moistened linen, and to enclose a
number of such packages in an envelope of tin-foil.

Illustrations of Indian Ornithology ; a series of fifty coloured Litho-
graphic Drawings of Indian Birds, accompanied by descriptive Letter-
press. By T. C. Jerdon, Assistant-Surgeon, Madras Medical
Establishment.

The origmal drawings have been executed by native artists, from
pencil sketches by the author, and under his immediate superintend-

302 Zoological Society.

ence. Several of them were exhibited at a meeting of the Literary
Society of Madras some time ago, and were much admired for their
beauty and accuracy.

The subjects for the present publication will be selected so as to
present an agreeable variety, and most of them will be figured here
for the first time.

The drawings will be lithographed both on quarto and royal octavo
paper. The colouring will be finished under the author’s own super-
intendence. : |

The letter-press will contain a full description of the species figured.

The work is proposed to be published by subscription. Subscri-
bers’ names received by Mr. Lizars, Engraver, Edinburgh.

We have, at the same time, received a specimen of one of the il-
lustrations, which is well executed and carefully coloured.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Feb. 22, 1842.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The following ‘“‘ Monograph of Crassatella, a genus of Acephalous
Mollusks (Family Mactracea),” by Mr. Lovell Reeve, was read.

The genus Crassatella was instituted by Lamarck for the purpose
of associating certain bivalve mollusks that had been hitherto dis-
tributed amongst the Mactre and the Veneres. Their shells exhibit an
interesting peculiarity of character, differing from the former in being
thick and solid, and for the most part covered with a strong brown
epidermis ; and from the latter in the position of the ligament. The
genus, however, as introduced by Lamarck, was yet imperfect; it
included five species that could not easily be distinguished from his
Amphidesmata, and was therefore susceptible of farther division,
With the view of uniting the intermediate species of these genera, a
new genus was proposed by Deshayes, under the title of Mesodesma,
and I have found great convenience in adopting it in my ‘ Systematic
Conchology.’ Thus out of eleven species described by Lamarck as
Crassatelle, six only can be allowed toremain. Since his time, how-
ever, several new and important species have been discovered; two
have been described by Sowerby in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society,
one by the same author in his ‘ Appendix to the Tankerville Cata-
logue,’ and I have now the pleasure of exhibiting tex more, which
I believe to be entirely new to science.

To make this a complete monograph, I mention all the species, di-
stinguishing the new ones by the addition of the specific characters.

1. CrassaATELLA CASTANEA. Crass. testd ovato-trigond, gibbosd,
umbonibus plané erosis, epidermide castaned, quasi politd nitente,
indutd ; intus subfuscd ; latere antico rotundato ; postico angulifero,
abrupto. Reeve, Conch. Icon.* Crassatella, pl. 1. f.3. |

* Having made accurate drawings of the Crassatelle, with a view to
publication at some future period, I venture to refer to a pictorial and de-
scriptive repertory of species now in course of preparation, to be entitled
** ConcnoLoaia Iconica,”

Zoolagical Society. 303

Long. 34; alt. 3 poll. Mus. Stainforth, Saul, Walton.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandiz.

The Crassatella castanea is the largest and perhaps the best defined
species of the genus; its shell is covered with a shining horny epi-
dermis, and both valves are singularly eroded at the umbones. I
know of three specimens of this fine shell, and each of them fully
exhibit this last-mentioned peculiarity.

2. CrassaATELLA Kineicota. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.
p. 481; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 1. f. 5.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandie. Mus. Stainforth.

A specimen of this species, in the possession of the Rev. Mr.
Stainforth, is the only one that I have seen.

3. CRASSATELLA DECIPIENS. Crass. testd ovatd, subgibbd, epider-
mide fusca indutd, vividé radiatd, radiis ab umbonibus ad margines
sepe extensis ; latere antico subangulato, strus brevibus ornato ;
postico subquadrato, pariim productiore. Reeve, Conch. Icon.
Crassatella, pl. 1. f. 4.

Long. 23; alt. 24 poll.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandie.

Crassatella Kingicola, Nobis (falso), Conch. Syst., vol. i. pl. 44. f. 3.

This species, which has lately arrived from New Holland in great

abundance, has been received by most collectors as the Crassatella
Kingicola of Lamarck; I moreover regret that it has been errone-
ously figured under that title in my ‘ Conchologia Systematica.’ This
error was kindly pointed out to me by Mr. Sowerby, and I am now
satisfied that the shell of Lamarck’s Crassatella Kingicola, which is
accurately figured in the ‘ Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,’ is
one of extreme rarity. Mr. Cuming possesses a gibbous variety of
the C. decipiens, but it is not sufficiently distinct to demand especial
notice. Mr. Owen is we believe engaged upon the anatomy of this
species.

4, CRASSATELLA PULCHRA. Crass. testd ovato-trigond, depressd,
obsolete radiata, epidermide crassa, fibrosd, molliusculd, indutd ;
transversim sulcaid, sulcis profundis, regularibus ; latere antico
rotundato ; postico subangulato. Reeve, Conch. Icon, Crassatella,
pl. 3. f. 16.

Long. 22; alt. 2 poll. Mus. Cuming, Stainforth.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandiz.

De Blainville appears to have figured this shell in his ‘ Manuel
de Malacologie’ as the Crassatella sulcata of Lamarck; but it is of a
totally different form, nor does it agree with the Mactra sulcata of
Bruguiére, to which he refers in the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique’; I
therefore now propose to distinguish it by the above new title. ‘The
shell of the Crassatella sulcata approaches rather in form to that of
the Crassatella rostrata, the anterior side of which is specially cha-
racterized as being productiore ; the grooves too in that species run
irregularly across the valves, and are not parallel with the lines
that mark the increase of growth. The shell of the Crassatella pul-
chra, on the contrary, is of a plain triangular form; the posterior

304 Zoological Society.

side is but slightly produced, the grooves are very deep, and they
run parallel with the lines of growth.

5. CrassaTELLA LAPIDEA. Crass. testd ovato-orbiculatd, epider-
mide fibrosd indutd, umbonibus parvis, striatis ; intis subfused ;
latere antico rotundato, abrupto, striis nonnullis brevibus ornato ;
postico subangulato. Weeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 7.

Long. 13; alt. 14 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ad insulam Negros, Philippinarum.

Mr. Cuming met with one true pair only and a few odd valves of
this species at the Island of Negros in coarse sand in seven fathoms
water. The shell somewhat resembles that of the Crassatella donacina,
but may however be readily distinguished.

G. CrassATELLA DONACINA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.
p- 481. Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 19.

This shell, figured in Delessert’s ‘ Recueil de Coquilles,’ pl. 4. f. 1,
a, b, is extremely rare. The only specimens I have seen are in the
collections of Miss Saul and the Rev. Mr. Stainforth.

7. CRASSATELLA UNDULATA. Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832,
p. 56; Reeve, Conch, Icon. Crassatella, pl. 1. f. 2. a. and 6.

8. CrASSATELLA ANTILLARUM. Crass. testd trigono-ovaid, vix
gibbosd, crassa, epidermide fibrosd indutd ; intis brunned, prope
ad marginem albicante ; umbonibus subdepressis, leviter undulatis ;
latere antico rotundato, postico subangulato. Reeve, Conch. Icon.
Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 8.

Long. 33; alt. 21 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ad insulam Margaritta, Antillarum.

Mr. Cuming informs me that this beautiful species was dredged
up in the pearl-fisheries at the island of Margaritta in the West
Indies. It is erroneously figured in Delessert’s ‘Recueil de Co-
quilles’ as the Crassatella rostrata of Lamarck. ‘The rich chocolate
colour of the interior of this shell is very remarkable, approaching
somewhat in that respect to that of the preceding species.

9. CRASSATELLA JUBAR. Crass. testd subovatd, valde inequilaterali,
gibbosd, extis vivide radiata, radius ferruginosis, ab umbonibus,
jubarum similitudine, divergentibus ; ad utrumque latus irregulari-
ter multistriata ; epidermide fusca, subquassd, sparsim indutd ; in-
tus alba, ad extremitatem posticam brunned ; umbonibus plicatis,
compressis ; latere antico inclinato, rotundato, postico arcuato,
elongato, acuminato. Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 11.

Long. 23; alt. 13 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ad oras occidentales Nove Hollandie.

A single specimen of this fine shell was procured by Mr. Cuming
in Hamburgh; it had been received from that prolific portion of the
globe above noted, and has made a valuable addition to the genus.
It has the general form of the C. gibbosa; the sides are profusely
striated, and the entire surface is richly illumined with brownish rays,
diverging like solar beams from the umbones to the margin.

Ren AFC)

Zoological Society. 305

10. CraAssATELLA suLcATA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.
p- 481; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 6. a. and 6.

Hab. ad oras Nove Hollandiz.

This is another very rare species; I know of two or three odd
valves, but only one true pair, which is in Mr. Cuming’s collection.

11. CrassaTELLA rosTRATA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.
p: 481; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 10.

Hab. ad insulam Ceylon.

The figures which have been just published by M. Chenu in De-
lessert’s ‘ Recueil de Coquilles’ as the Crassatella rostrata of Lamarck,
are certainly not that species, nor do they at all correspond with his
description of it, particularly in that part which says intiis margine
crenulato; I have moreover every reason to believe that they are
drawn from specimens of the new species from the island of Marga-
ritta, which we have called Crassatella Antillarum. The Crassatella
rostrata is a well-known species from Ceylon, and the only large
one of the genus that is distinctly crenulated at the margin.

12. CrassaTELLA GisBosa. Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832,
p- 56; Reeve, Conch. Syst., pl. 44. fig. 2; and Conch. Icon. Cras-
satella, pl. 1. f. 1. a. and 0.

13. CrassaATELLA CoRBULOIDES. Crass. testd suborbiculatd, valde
gibbosd, umbones versis profunde sulcatd, epidermide fuscd in-
dutd ; latere antico rotundato, postico producto, subitd rostrato.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 2. f. 9.

Long. 13; alt. 1 poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab. P

The title of corbuloides is selected for this new and very character-

istic species, on account of its short gibbous form; the anterior side
is suddenly beaked, like some of the Corbule, and cannot well be
confounded with the Crassatella gibbosa, to which it is nearly allied.

14. CrassaTELLA RADIATA. Sowerby, App. Tank. Cat.; Reeve,
Conch. Syst., pl. 44. fig. 1; and Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 12.

Hab. ad insulam Singapore.

This species, originally described by Sowerby from a specimen
belonging to the late Earl of Tankerville, was found by Mr. Cuming
at the island of Singapore, in coarse sand at seven fathoms’ water.

15. CrRASSATELLA SUBRADIATA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.
p. 482; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 15. a. and 6.

I have little doubt but that the shell now before me, from the col-
lection of the Rev. Mr. Stainforth, is the Crassatella subradiata of
Lamarck. Unfortunately there does not exist any drawing of it, nor
does it appear in Delessert’s ‘ Recueil de Coquilles,’ in which M. Chenu
professes to illustrate all the species described by Lamarck that have
not yet been figured.

16. CrassaTELLA conTrARIA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. v.
p- 481; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f.18. Mus. Stain-
forth, Saul.

Venus contraria, Gmelin.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Xx

306 Zoological Society.

Venus divaricata, Chemnitz.

Crassatella divaricata, D’Orbigny.

Hab. ad insulam Lancerotte, Canariarum.

I have only seen three specimens of this very interesting shell.
The above locality is quoted from D’Orbigny’s ‘ Mollusques des Iles
Canaries ;’ it is the only species of Crassatella he found in that di-
strict.

17. CrassaTELua ziczac. Crass. testd subtrigond, depressd, lute-
old, epidermide tenui indutd ; radiis binis interruptis ab umbonibus
ad margines divergentibus, lineis roseis, fleruosis, ubique pietd ;
intis subrosaced ; latere antico breviculo, rotundato; postico sub-
angulato ; lunuld utrinque radiis roseis vivide virgatd. Reeve,
Conch. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 13.

Long. 14; alt. 1 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ad insulam Corrigidor, Philippinarum.

This species was found by Mr. Cuming at the island of Corrigidor,
in coarse sand at six fathoms water; he possesses it in several stages
of growth, all of which are covered with fine rose-coloured zigzag
lines.

18. CrassaTELLA TRIQUETRA. Crass. testd trigond, solidd, rosa-
ced, epidermide tenui indutd, transversim striata; maculis rosets
irregularibus vivide pictad ; ints rosaced, verstis marginem albi-
cante ; margine tenuiter crenulato ; lateribus subrectis, vix rotun-
datis ; lunuld utrinque magnd, radiis roseis vivide virgatd. Reeve,
Cench. Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 14.

Long. $; alt. 8 poll. Mus. Stainforth, Cuming, &c.

Hab.

I am unfortunately ignorant of the locality of this pretty little

species ; it is of a warm rose-colour, radiately spotted with deep pink,
and is of a solid triangulax form.

19. CRASSATELLA ORNATA. Crass. testa trigond, subdepressd, pal-
lidd, lineis spadiceis brevibus, longitudinalibus, varie pictd, trans-
versim striatd ; intuis albdque brunned, margine tenuiter crenulato,
latere antico rotundato, postico fleruoso, angulato. Reeye, Conch.
Icon. Crassatella, pl. 3. f. 17.

Mesodesma ornata ? Gray.

Long. 13; alt. Z poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab.

A specimen of this shell, in the collection of Miss Saul, is the only

one we have seen at present. The above title has been decided upon
because there is an inaccurate figure of it in Griffith’s ‘ Cuvier’s
Animal Kingdom’ with the name of Mesodesma ornata; it is not ac-
companied with any description, but we believe it to be intended for

this shell.

March 8.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair,

Mr. Waterhouse called the attention of the Members to two new
species of Marsupial animals from South Australia, and forming part
of a collection presented to the Society by J. B. Harvey, Esq.; one

a 4

| oe ia age aia
eke ,

Zoological Society. 307

belonging to the genus Phascogale ; and the other, of which only an
imperfect skin had been procured, Mr. Waterhouse observed, was
evidently a new species of Perameles, nearly allied to the P. Lagotis
of Mr. Reid, but differed from that animal in having much smaller
ears, a less hairy tail, and in being of a brown colour above, pen-
cilled with white. ‘The fur is dense and very soft; on the upper
part of the body it is of a slate-grey colour next the skin ; each hair
of the ordinary fur is brownish white towards the apex, and shaded
into deep brown at the point. ‘The longer and less soft hairs are
very broadly annulated with white near the point, and black at the
the point. The fur on the under parts of the body is white—rather
impure; and next the skin it is tinted with palish grey. On the
side of the body and head a yellowish hue is observable. The ears
are of moderate size, rather broad, and well clothed with hairs; on
the inner side these are of a dirty white colour, slightly tinted with
yellowish, and so are those on the outer side, excepting towards the
margin, where they are of a brownish black hue. The tail is im-
perfect ; it must have been, however, longer than in any known
Perameles (excepting the P. Lagotis), the part attached to the skin
measuring eight and a half inches. It is well clothed with hairs,
which completely hide the skin, though they are rather short: on
the upper part they are of a rich brown colour, excepting towards
the apex, where they are longer and entirely white; on the under
side they are dirty white. The feet are unfortunately wanting. The
length of the head and body is about sixteen inches, and the ear
measures about one inch in length.

Mr. Waterhouse gave to this animal the name of its discoverer, a
Corresponding Member of the Society, and one to whom the Society
is mdebted for very many valuable collections. Its principal cha-
racters may be thus expressed :—

PerAMELES Harveyr. Per. pilis mollibus ; corpore supra fusco
alboque irrorato, infra albo; caudd longa, supra fusca, infra et
ad apicem sordide albd.

Hab. Port Adelaide,

The Phascogale presents the following characters :—

PHascoGaLe auBires. Phasc. pilis brevibus et permollibus ; corpore
supra nigro et flavescenti-irrorato, infra albo; pedibus albis ;
cauda longa supra fuscescente, infra fusco-albd.

une. lin

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 3 9
ad basin auris .... O 104

—— MARIE obi, Weed Vee a Monte Gd otha » O97

— a os me wate tele» vs 3. 2
tarsi digitorumque.......... Senay OL SH

Hab. Port Adelaide. :

The fur in this little animal is shorter than in other species of
Phascogale hitherto described, and extremely soft; it is of a deep
slate-grey colour next the skin, but externally, on the upper parts of
the body, the colour is brownish, a tint produced by the admixture
of black and yellow, the hairs being annulated with the latter colour

X 2

308 Zoological Society.

near the point, and black at the point. The under parts of the body
are greyish white, each hair being deep grey and tipped with white.
The feet are white. The tail is furnished throughout with very
minute hairs. It approaches most nearly to the P. murina, but differs
in being rather larger, in general colouring, and especially in having
the tail of a dark colour, and not white, as in that species.

March 22.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The following paper, by Mr. Lovell Reeve, entitled ‘‘ Descriptions
of new species of Shells, principally from the collection of Hugh
Cuming, Esq.,” was read.

Buximus smaracpinus. Bul. testd oblongo-ovatd, nitidd, viridt,
apicem versus subpurpured ; fascia albd per anfractuum suturas
decurrente ; apertura rotundato-ovali, peristomate albo, reflero.
Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 173. fig. 6.

Had. ad insulam Mindanao, Philippinarum.

Long. 23; lat. 13 poll.

The whorls of this shell exhibit a pleasing gradation of colour ;
commencing at the apex in deep purple, it passes through pale yel-
low to a bright sea-green.

Hexrx Vartroni. Hel. testd ovatd, depressd, anfractibus ventricosi-
usculis, ultimo superne productiore ; rubido-fuscd, radiis longi-
tudinalibus obsolete pictd ; epidermide tenut, peculiariter maculosd,
indutd ; aperturd subquadrato-ovali, marginibus nigerrimis, dis-
junctis ; labro acutissimé reflero. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. i1.
pl. 166. fig. 23.

Hab. ad insulam Ceylon.

Long. 21; lat. 13 poll.

I name this remarkable shell in honour of my friend William
Walton, Esq., a zealous and assiduous collector; it is of a dark
ruddy brown colour, and has a very black polished lip; it is, how-
ever, especially characterized by its curiously speckled epidermis. ~

SIPHONARIA CHARACTERISTICA. Siph. testd orbiculari, conicd,
exttis longitudinaliter costatd, costis irregularibus, interstitus ni-
gricantibus, apicem versus valde decorticatis ; intis nigerrimo-
Suscd, impressione musculari scabrd, profundeé notatd ; impressione
siphonali characteristice imbutd, Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. i.
pl. 138. fig. 3.

Hab. In sinu Panamensi.

Long. 24; lat. 1%; alt. 14 poll.

This shell approaches very closely to the Siphonaria gigas of Sow-
erby ; we venture, however, after a close comparison between speci-
mens of each in different stages of growth, to pronounce it a distinct
species. It is of a more irregular form, and the separate impressions
of the muscle and the siphon are remarkably distinct.

Parmopuorus corrucatus. Parm. testd elongato-quadratd, tenui,
depressd, extis leviter corrugatd ; vertice obtuso, prope ad partem
posticam inclinato. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. i. pl. 189. fig. 1.

Ffab. ad insulam Madagascar.

Long. 13; lat. ? poll.

Zee ee ee ee

:

Zoological Society. 309

Principally distinguished by the position of the vertex, which is
more posterior than in any other species; the wrinkled sculpturing
upon the outer surface is also a well-defined peculiarity.

PARMOPHORUS INTERMEDIUS. Parm. testd ovatd, elevatiusculd,
antice attenuata ; extiis radits asperrimis, quasi serratis, ornatd ;
vertice prominulo, incurvo ; margine crenulato. Reeve, Conch.
Syst., vol. ii. pl. 139. fig. 5 and 6.

Hab. ad insulam Bohol, Philippinarum.

Long. ?; lat. 3 poll.

This beautiful little shell, which may be considered as intermediate
in its generic characters between the Parmophori and the Hmargi-
nule, is most elegantly radiated on the outer surface, and the only
species of this genus at present known that is serrated at the margin.

EMARGINULA conoipEA. Hmarg. tesid conoided, albicante, extiis
striis numerosis creberrimé radiaid ; vertice centrali, acuto ; mar-
gine valde crenato, sinu marginali profunde inciso. Reeve,
Conch. Syst., vol. i. pl. 140. fig. 7.

Hab. ?

Long. 4; lat. 2; alt. 5 poll.

A very characteristic shell, in the collection of William Walton,

Esq.

CALYPTRHA CINEREA. Cal. testd suborbiculari, extis a vertice ra-
diatd, radiis spinis parvis numerosis irregulariter ornatis ; intis
cinereo nitente, cyatho magno, albo, subpellucido, lateraliter flex-
woso. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 144. fig. 4.

Hab. Cape Horn.

Diam. 13; alt. 1 poll.

An immense number of these shells, just brought to England, were
found attached to a single log of wood floating off Cape Horn. ‘The
interior is lined with a very dark, ashy, highly polished enamel, but
the cup is of a pure transparent white, offering a remarkably rich
contrast of colour. ‘The exterior of the shell is irregularly covered
with numerous small spines, becoming, as in most of the Calyptree,
obsolete with age.

April 26.— William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

The following “ Description of a new Dorsibranchiate Gasteropod,
discovered at Madeira,” by the Rey. R. ‘T. Lowe, was read.

Class MOLLUSCA.
Ord. GASTEROPODA.
Fam. Nupisprancuia# (Les Tritoniens, Lam.).
Gen. PEPLIDIA.

Char. Gen.— Corpus limaciforme, repens, oblongum; posticé com-
presso-triquetrum, dorso abrupteé (ut in Scyllzd) cristatum s. alato-
carinatum ; apice attenuato, acuto. Caput antice (ut in Thethye, L.)
veliferum ; velo semicirculari, margine fimbriato-lacero, ciliolato :
ore inter labia buccalia subtis, simplici. Tentacula (ut in Doride)
duo. Orificium generationis ad colli dextrum. Branchie diplo-

r
310 Zoological Society.

morphze: s. in medio dorsi (ut in Doride) circa anum stellatim
ramose, arbusculiformes, ramis pectinato-ciliatis; et per latera
utrinque (ut in Tritonia Thethyeve) longitudinaliter biseriate,
conico-papilliformes ; papillis apice subdivisis, ciliatis.

Obs. Corpus totum glabrum, leve, subpellucidum. Oculi nulli.

Spec. Peplidia Madere, nob.

Hab. in mari Maderensi-atlantico, inter rupes littorales in aquis
zestu relictis ; rariss.

A single example of this beautiful and extremely interesting mol-
lusk was discovered on the 24th of April, 1841, by Dr. Lister, in a
pool left by the tide amongst a reef of rocks called the Gorgulho,
situate a little to the west of Funchal. It presents a combination of
generic characters, by which, if it approximates in each apart by turns
to Doris, Thethys, Tritonia, and Scyllea, it differs notably from all.
The large dorsal star-like tuft of branchiz, and the tentacles, resem-
ble those of Doris ; but it differs totally in other characters : the veil
before the head, though smaller and differently fringed, together
with the rows of branchiferous papillze down the back or sides, bring-
ing it somewhat nearer Thethys, from which it is essentially distin-
guished, as it is also from Tritonia and Scyllea, by its Doridian
character of the ano-dorsal five-branched rose or star of branchie.
And if agreeing with the last of these two genera in the carinate or
crested tail, it is at once distinguished by the presence of the frontal
veil.

The whole upper surface of the animal, which is from one inch
and a half to two inches and a half long, about one-third of an inch
broad and half an inch high, is of a pale dull red, mottled or freckled
with brighter orange-red and yellow, and thickly speckled all over
with dark chestnut-brown spots and dots, which are larger and sub-
confluent in two sublateral darker lines or rows, meeting behind the
branchial star upon the back, and smaller on the sides and veil. The
tentacles above, and the foot alone beneath are immaculate, the latter
being pale pellucid flesh-colour, with the extreme edges yellow.

The edges of the veil, and the tips of the dorsal or sublateral
branchiferous papille are fimbriato-ciliate. Of the latter, there are
two rows on each side: the lower consisting each of six small and
inconspicuous or obsolete papillz ; the upper, each of three much

larger and more elongate or subcylindric bodies, placed at equal di- .

stances from one another, two in advance, and the third a little behind
the ano-dorsal rose. ‘The head or apex of each of this third or last
pair forks into two parts, one of which 1s subdivided or ciliferous,
like the other pairs; the other branch of the fork is simple and cla-
vate, ending abruptly in a dark red sort of knob or button. The
orifice of generation is on the right side of the neck, beneath the
first of the upper row of branchiferous papille. During the animal’s
life it appeared simple, but on contraction after death it was found
to be composed of two apertures close together; the male organ be-
ing exserted from the anterior.

The ano-dorsal branchial tuft or star is very large, and placed at

a ae

Zoological Society. 311

the top of a strong hump or protuberance; the vent being in its
centre, as in Doris. It appears, in general, equally five-rayed ; but
assumes occasionally, as it also does sometimes in Doris, the appear-
ance of being composed of two bifurcated lateral, and a simple ante-
rior branch or ray. Its divisions are regularly and beautifully pec-
tinate. The caudal fin-like crest begins a little behind it; and its
edge is crisped or irregularly notched and plicate, and even obsoletely
ciliate here and there, or fimbriate. In swimming, this crest is stiffly
expanded into a broad fin, ending abruptly behind, as in Cuvier’s
fig. 4. of Scyllea pelagica (Mém. des Moll.), but with the edge even
or entire.

In a glass of sea-water, in which this animal lived more than six
weeks, it had the usual habits of a Doris, but these with more acti-
vity : swimming about violently when disturbed or when provided
with a fresh supply of water, in which operation the hind part of the
body, with the crested fin-like tail, is lashed from side to side with a
strong and regular sculling motion ; the fore-part, with the head or
veil expanded also to its full dimensions, being at the same time beat
with equal force and regularity in a contrary direction, or obliquely
upwards and downwards, stroke for stroke ; these parts (the veil and
crest) performing thus alike the office of true fins. At night, espe-
cially when thus in motion, it appeared most brilliantly phosphores-
cent; the light flashing progressively but very rapidly along the
body, especially from all the branchial tufts and the edges of the
veil and crest. At other times it remained quiescently adhering to
the sides of the glass, or moving slowly up and down as if in search
of food; seeming to use the veil as a feeler, but with the tentacles
reflexed. Sometimes it crawled in the usual inverted posture along
the surface of the water. It is by no means a shy or timid animal.

After five or six days, it deposited in the night-time a pale orange-
coloured long and narrow riband of eggs, resembling a tape-worm,
and loosely coiled up spirally on the side of the glass, to which it
was partially attached by one edge. ‘This egg-band was about three
inches and a half long and two lines broad, narrowing a little to-
wards one end. On two subsequent occasions, at intervals of ten
days or a fortnight, it again deposited two similar but smaller bands ;
after which, though apparently remaining in full vigour, it retained
not more than two-thirds of its former bulk.

Its mode of swimming perfectly resembles that of the larva of the
gnat so common in our English cisterns of rain-water.

The next paper read was from W. J. Broderip, Esq. In this
paper the author proceeds with his descriptions of Shells brought to
this country by H. Cuming, Esq.

In the second volume of the ‘ Zoological Journal’ will be found my
notice of the Voluta aulica of Solander, a shell which formed one of
the principal ornaments of the Portland Museum, of that of M. de
Calonne (in the catalogues of which it is noted as unique), of the

Tankerville collection (in the catalogue of which Mr. Sowerby

speaks of it as ‘‘ an extremely scarce and fine shell; the only speci-

-

312! Zoological Society.

men we have seen”), and of my own cabinet, which is now in the —

British Museum.

Mr. Cuming has laid before me some Volutes which he brought
from the Philippine Islands, and which, after a careful examination,
I think must be referred to this scarce species. Not one of them,
however, is identical with the variety in the British Museum (var. @.),
which is still, as far as I know, unique.

Voluta aulica.

Var. a. Without nodules or bands, spotted with large red flakes :
Mus. Brit. Figured in the Tankerville catalogue (G. B. Sowerby).

Var. b. Flesh-colour, subnodulous, girt with two broad rich red
bands mottled with white; spire mottled with red and white, apex
coral-red. Length nearly 4 inches, breadth 18.

Var. c. Flesh-colour, nodulous, lineated longitudinally with close-
set, red, somewhat undulated lines, mottled here and there with white,
girt by two interrupted rich red bands; spire mottled with red and
white, apex coral-red. Length 45, breadth 23th inches.

Var. d. Nodulous, whitish, lineated with very close-set, delicate,
paie yellowish undulated lines ; body whorl girt with two broad yel-
lowish red bands mottled finely with the sround-colour. The upper
band is bordered above with a row of rich dark brown spots approach-~
ing closely to black, each spot being placed upon a nodule : the lower
edge of this band is serrated as it were, and each of the teeth is
marked with a spot immediately under the upper spots, but more
dashed and somewhat less intense. The upper edge of the lower
band is marked in a similar manner, but the spots are less defined.
Above the shoulder of the body whorl is a band of similar colour,
with its lower edge dashed with markings of the same colour as those
which ornament the other bands, and at similar intervals. ’wo simi-
larly coloured spots appear below the third and fourth nodule of the
spire just above the suture of the body whorl, which suture almost
hides one below the second of those nodules, counting from the edge
of the lip. Upper part of the spiral whorls coloured after the same
pattern, and brought out by the pale ground-colour of the lower
part. Apex yellowish red. Length 34 inches, breadth 14.

This description will convey a very faint notion of one of the most
beautiful shells I ever saw.

Var. e. Sharply nodulous. Dull red, blotched with flesh-colour ;
a faint band, palest in the middle at intervals, girds the body whorl
below the middle. ‘The tips of the nodules are of the same colour as

the blotches. Length 41 inches, breadth 22.

Var. f. Very sharply nodulons, the muricated nodules becoming
high ridges extending almost half-way down the body whorl. Dull
coral-red, with here and there a dash of whitish between the nodules.
A very faint band may be traced below the middle of the body whorl,
and on its darker upper and lower borders a few white spots ad
at intervals as they approach the lip. Length 42ths, breadth 23th
inches.

Var. g. Bluntly but highly nodulous on the back, the nodules on

Ee a ee

Zooloyical Society. 313

the lower side rather sharper. Whitish, lineated longitudinally with
close-set undulated livid lines blotched with clouds and dashes of
livid red. A broad pale band girds the body whorl below the middle.
Apex reddish white. Length 5}; breadth 3 inches.

All these varieties, with the exception of var. a, are in the museum
of Mr. Cuming.

Conus Vicror. Con. testd subcylindraceo-conicd, fiavd, maculis
albis inspersd, fasciis 2 moniliformibus latis, nigro-brunneis vel
brunneo-castaneis, latis concinne ornatd ; spire mediocris, pyra-
midalis, anfractibus excavatis longitudinaliter striatis, subcancel-
latis, apice subacuto.

Long. 12; lat. 2 poll.

Mus. Cuming, Harford.

Hab. ?

This brilliant Cone strikes the eye at once. The bright star-like
spots with which the dark necklace-bands are interrupted and re-
lieved, and the yellow ground-colour which takes the form of three
alternating bands, render it attractive, and_the more minutely it is
examined the more it gains on the attention. The necklaces form-
ing the moniliform bands, when looked at with a lens, present the
appearance of some of the flattened platted chains executed in gold
and silver, and the shell altogether is a choice piece of workmanship.

The species to which Conus Victor bears most resemblance are
Coni nobilis and Ammiralis ; but it comes much nearer to the last in
shape and general character, differing, however, from it in the deeper
excavation and sculpture of the spire, to say nothing of the discre-
pancy in the arrangement of the colouring, which in the only two
specimens that I have seen is identical. Of these, the richest in
colour is in the fine collection of Mr. Cuming, and the younger, but
very perfect specimen, in the choice cabinet of the Rev. A. Harford.

A paper by Mr. Lovell Reeve, entitled ‘‘ Descriptions of four new
species of Achatina, a genus of Pulmobranchiate mollusks of the
family Colimacea,’ was then read.

Acuatina LactEA. Ach. testd oblongo-ovatd, solidd, intis ex-
tusque quasi fossili, lacted, epidermide levidensi sparsim induta ;
spird regulari, anfractibus longitudinaliter striatis, linetsque mi-
nutis circumdatis ; aperturd suboblongd, labro solidiusculo.

Reeve, Conch. Syst. vol. i. pl. 177. fig. 6.

Long. 4,1, ; lat. 2;'5 poll. Mus. Cuming, Stainforth.

Hab. Zanzibar.

This beautiful shell, which is in a perfectly live state, and covered
with a slight scattered epidermis, is of a rich uniform cream-colour,
without the least indication of any pattern; the whorls are very
fully striated longitudinally, the strie rather irregularly following
the growth of the shell; and they are again characterized by having
a number of fine lines running around the upper half of them in an
opposite direction. ‘The columella, the aperture, indeed the entire
shell, both inside and out, is of rich cream-colour, and by this alone
it cannot fail to be recognised.

314 Entomological Society.

AcHATINA TINcTA. Ach. testd oblongo-ovatd, tenuiculd, albicante,
maculis grandibus longitudinalibus vivide tinctd, epidermide flavidd
indutd ; spird partm elatd, apice obtuso, rosaceo ; aperturd ob-
longd, albd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst. vol. 11. pl. 179. fig. 18.

Long. 3,3, ; lat. 1} poll. Mus. Cuming, Stainforth.

Hab. ? probably some part of Africa.

The Achatina tincta has a white shell covered with a yellowish
epidermis, and it is singularly stained in a longitudinal direction
with a deep morone colour. The stains take almost the form of
bands in some places, but exhibit no degree of regularity.

ACHATINA KRANSII. Ach. testd ovatd, vix ventricosd, rufo-
castaned, epidermide durd, nitente, indutd; anfractibus, ultimo
excipiente, longitudinaliter strigatis, strigis albis, nunc rectis,
nunc sinuosis, distantibus, de suturis, longitudine variabili, por-
rectis ; spird breviusculd, apice obtuso ; apertura ovatd, albd.

Reeve, ene Syst. vol. u. pl. 179. fig. 19.

Long. 24; lat. 14 poll. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. ba Natal, coast of Africa.

I have named this species, at the request of Mr. Cuming, in
honour of Dr. Krans, who presented it to him on his arrival from
Cape Natal, where he had formed a very interesting collection of
shells. Itis of a dark chestnut colour, and the last and penultimate
whorls are marked with small zigzag stripes running from the sutures
about half-way down them ; they are distant and somewhat irregular.

Acuatina picta. Ach. testd ovato-conicd, levi, luted, maculis, quasi
fasciis, viridibus, conspersim ornatd; anfractibus planiusculis,
suturis maculis castanets, transversis, vivide pictis ; spird subelatd,
apice minuto, rosaceo ; aperturd orbiculari, flavidd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst. vol. 11. pl. 178. fig. 10.

Long. 14; lat. % poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab. ad insulam Cuba, Indiarum Occidentalium.

This elegantly painted shell is allied to the Achatina fasciata
in form, though it is certainly of lighter texture. The ground-colour
is a bright yellow ; there are a few bright green bands crossing the
whorls at intervals ; and the sutures of the whorls are ornamented
throughout with a banded row of stained chestnut-coloured spots,
for the most part touching each other. I only know of one speci-
men, and it exhibits as distinct an assemblage of characters as can
well be imagined.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

May 2nd, 1842.—_W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., President, in the
Chair.

Frederick Parry, Esq., exhibited two cases of splendid Lepidoptera
from Assam and Jamaica, including specimens of Papilio Agestor,
Gray, and P. Cloanthus, Westw.

Mr. A. White exhibited the remarkable cocoon of the North Ame-
rican Bombyz crepuscularis, Abb. and Sm., one end of which is closed
with a valve.

ers Ye, i bail

Entomological Society. 315

__Mr, Ingpen exhibited a specimen of the common white butterfly
which had died in the act of passing from the larva to the chrysalis
.. state.

Mr. Westwood exhibited specimens of the pupze of a small species
of Cicada, from the body of each of which one or several elongated
appendages (clavarie) had been produced. Likewise a numerous
collection of the portable cases formed by various insects, chiefly
Lepidoptera allied to Otketicus, Guild., as well as numerous draw-
ings of other kinds of cases, observing that in all the instances which
had fallen under his notice the larva closes the mouth of the case by
fixing the edges of the aperture where the front of the body has for-
merly protruded to the stems or leaves of trees, whereas in a draw-
ing by Abbott in the British Museum, copied by Mr. Doubleday in
the ‘ Entomologist,’ pl. 1. fig. 15, the case ofa species allied to Otke-
ticus is affixed by a stalk at the open end to the twig. Mr. Edward
Doubleday, who was present, however, affirmed the correctness of
the drawing in this respect.

Mr. Shuckard mentioned that he had found specimens in the in-
digenous collection of the British Museum of Anthocopa Papaveris,
and of the genus Ammobates, Latr., both hitherto unrecorded as na-
tives of this country. He also exhibited some fine hymenopterous
insects from New Holland, including a gigantic species of Megalyra,
Westw.

A paper was read by Mr. Westwood, containing descriptions of
some new exotic Lamellicorn Beetles :—

Silphodes Indica, W. S. castaneo-fusca, lateribus rufescentibus ;
elytris striaio-punctatis, mediocriter setoso-marginatis ; tibiis ane
ticis extiis (et inter dentes) serratis ; tarsis anticis simplicibus.
Long. corp. lin. 54.—Hab. East Ind. Mus. Melly.

Silphodes Madagascariensis, W. 8S. piceo-castanea, lateribus pe-
dibusque magis rufescentibus ; capite antice latiort; elytris minus
ovatis, punctatis punctis majoribus, strusque tribus levibus, punc-
of utringue marginatis ; lateribus longe setosis. Long. corp. lin,

53.—Hab. Madagascar. Mus. Melly.

Silphodes dubia, W. S. nigricans, lateribus vie setosis ; prothorace
levi ; elytris sub lente irregulariter punctatis, lineis tribus levibus
in singulo, punctis utrinque marginatis ; tibiis anticis externe (et

inter dentes) serratis.—Long. corp. lin. 44.—Hab. ? Mus,
Hope.
June 6, 1842.— W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., President, in the

Chair.

Mr. Bond brought for distribution amongst the members, speci-
mens of Blethisa multipunctata and Callidium violaceum, and Mr.
Evans specimens of Cleonis nebulosa and a rare species of Chryso-
mela.

Mr. 8. Stevens exhibited a box of Coleoptera captured near Chart:
ton, Kent, comprising several rare species.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited some branches of the spindle trees gr owing
in Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields, covered with multitudes of a species of
Coccus.

316 Entomological Society.

Mr. F. Bond exhibited specimens of Schizocerus pallipes & and
Cladius difformis 8, from Stanmore, Middlesex ; also a beautiful va-
riety of Pecilophasia marginata. He also presented a number of
cocoons of the small Honey-Moth.

Mr. Stephens exhibited larvee of Nyssia zonaria bred from eges
received from Mr. Gregson.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a specimen of a species of Typhlopone,
together with a female of a large species of Ant which had lost its
wings, brought from Algiers by M. Lucas, to the former of which
was attached the following note :—‘‘ Fourmie trouvée dans une four-
miliére qui par sa présence fait fuire les vrais habitans de la fourmi-
liére ;” the wingless ant being one of the latter. This fact was of
interest as determining the real nature of the genus Typhlopone,
which Mr. Shuckard has regarded as composed of female Dorylide,
but which Mr. Westwood considered to be true Formicide. He also
exhibited specimens of a new species of Cetoniide from Madagascar,
remarkable for the thick coating of coloured hairs on the hind tarsi
(since figured in the ‘ Arcana Entomologica,’ under the name of Chro-
moptilia diversipes, W.]. He also exhibited the pupa of a species of
Humenia, a genus of butterflies, presented to him by M. Boisduval,
which was attached by the tail as well as girt round the middle of
the body, thus proving this anomalous genus to consist of gigantic
Polyommatide. Also a singular larva of some unknown Coleopterous
insect [Passalus ?] which possesses only four feet, the third or poste-_
rior pair being reduced to a very minute size.

The following memoirs were read :—

Description of a new British Julus. By George Newport, Esq.

Iulus pilosus, Newp. Very like Tulus terrestris, but smaller and
more elegantly formed. Black, shining, segments fifty-six, deeply
striated longitudinally, with the margin of each, more especially of
all the posterior segments, set with fine white hairs ; anal spine
compressed and elongated.

The chief characteristics of this species are the fringe of delicate
hairs at the posterior margin of the segments, and the number of the
latter, which amounts to fifty-six; while in Julus terrestris, with
which this species may readily be confounded, there are never more
than fifty-one, and usually but fifty. It occurs in the neighbourhood
of London at the end of May, but is not common.

Description of Depressaria Gossypiella, a small moth which is
very destructive to the cotton plant inIndia. By W.W. Saunders,
Esq., President.

The insect in question, which was communicated to the author
by Dr. Royle, has committed great ravages in the cotton plantations
at Broach in Western India, whence it was sent by Dr. Barn, super-
intendent of the government cotton plantations. In a commercial
point of view, therefore, the means to be employed for its destruction
are of importance. The eggs are deposited in the germen at the time
of flowering, and the larva feeds on the cotton seed until the pod is
ready to burst, a little previous to which it opens a round hole in the

Entomological Society. StF
side of the pod through which it descends to the ground, into which
- it burrows about an inch, where it assumes the pupa state.
Depressaria Gossypiella. Dark fuscous brown, the head and thorax

somewhat lighter in colour ; fore wings with an undefined round
blackish spot on the disk a little above the centre of a fascia of the
same colour, crossing the wings a little above the apex, which itself
is black; under wings silvery gray, darker towards the hinder
margin. Length ths of an inch.

Descriptions of new Australian Chrysomelide allied to Cryptoce-

phalus. By W. W. Saunders, Esq., President.

_The name Anodonta having been previously employed in zoology,
the author proposes the name of Idiocephala in its stead, and de-
scribes the following new species :—

Sp. 7. Idiocephala similis, S. Black ; head, thorax and elytra deeply
punctured, the latter with the surface undulating, somewhat fuscous
at the apex ; body beneath with the sides of the mesosternal region
and of the abdominal segments silvery pilose ; legs with a purplish
iridescence. Length 544th of an inch. Cabinet Ent. Club.
Inhabits New Holland.

Sp. 8. Idiocephala Tasmanica, 8. Head rufous brown, with three
round yellow facial spots ; antenne brown, darker at the tip, basal
joint yellow ; thorax rich rufous brown, margins yellow, and with
two yellow longitudinal lines on the disk behind; elytra rufous brown,
with the apex and margin round the scutellum yellow, each with
four longitudinal carine ; legs rufous brown. Length +2 th of
an inch. Cabinet Ent. Soc. Lond. Inhabits Van Diemen’s
Land. C. Darwin, Esq.

Sp. 9. Idiocephala Darwinii, S. Head black, with a large trian-
gular patch in front; antenne dusky brown, basal joints rusty
brown beneath ; thorax rufous brown, pitchy in front ; elytra punc-
tate-striate, dark metallic green, the apex luteous ; legs horn-

coloured ; tarsi dusky. Length ;?,thofan inch. Cabinet Ent.
Soc. Lond. Taken near Sydney, N. S. Wales. C. Darwin, Esq.
Sp. 10. Idiocephala semibrunnea, S. Head shining black; face
rufous brown; antenne black, basal joints rufous brown; thorax
rufous brown ; scutellum shining black ; elytra brown, punctate-
striate, margined with black, which ascends half-way along the su-
ture ; legs horny brown ; tarsi pitchy. Length ;9,th of an inch.
Cabinet Ent. Soc. London. ‘Taken near Sydney by Mr. Darwin.

Monograph of the genus Nyctelia. By G. R. Waterhouse, Esq.,
who exhibited the extensive collection of that group belonging to
the Marquis de Breme, who was present at the meeting.

{This memoir has subsequently been published in the Proceedings
of the Zoological Society. ]

Descriptions of new species of insects collected at Adelaide in
South-Western Australia by Mr. Fortnum. By the Rev. F. W. Hope.

Fam. Buprrestip&.
Sp. 1. Stigmodera Fortnumi. Violacea, capite viridi, thorace

318 Entomological Society.

punctulato lateribus flavo-marginatis, medio purpurascentt ; elytris
ternisque latis fasciis flavis insignitis. Long. lin. 18, lat. lin. 8.

Sp. 2. Stigmodera Parryi. Nigra, capite antice argenteo ; thorace
nigro-punctato ; elytris miniatis ad basin maculis ternis atris in-
signitis, binis externé humeralibus et elongatis, tertioque infra scu-
tellum posito. Long. lin. 3}, lat. lin. 1.

Sp. 3. Stigmodera Guerin. Violacea, thorace nigro marginibus
auratis ; elytris anticé et postice nigro-violaceis, in medio fascid
latd flava insignitis. Long. lin. 38, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 4. Conognatha Bremei. Nigra, capite eneo, medio fortiter
impresso ; thorace bronzeo, disco punctatissimo lined longitudinali,
in medio viv impressd, foved utringue fortiter insculptd ; elytris
nigris, binis fasciis rubris. Long. lin. 9, lat. lin. 33.

Sp. 5. Conognatha coccinata, Hope. Coccinea, cdpite viridi an-
tennisque concoloribus ; thorace leté miniato maculis ternis viri-
dibus insignito ; elytris coccineis, tribus fasciis lete viridibus or-
natis, primd basalt duobus aliis fere apicalibus. Long. lin. 54,
lat. lin. 2.

Fam. CANTHARIDA.
Tmesidera, Westwood in Guérin, Mag. Zool.

Sp. 6. ['mesidera violacea, Hope. Violacea, capite nigro ; thorace
nigro antice capite latiori, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis fere
rectis ; elytris varioloso-rugosis ; corpore infra rubro. Long, lin.
54, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 7. Tmesidera assimilis. Negra, antennis pedibusque concolo-
ribus et nitidis ; elytris rubro-testaceis lineis partm elevatis. Long.
lin. 44, lat. lin. 14.

Sp. 8. T'mesidera rubricollis. Nigra, thorace rubro, elytris atris
subrugosis pedibusque concoloribus ; corpore infra nigro. Long.
lin. 3, lat. lin. 1.

Fam. CaraBip&.

Sp. 9. CalosomaCurtisii. Viride, thorace fere glabro postice fortiter
impresso ; elytris striato-punctatis et rugosis, punctisque impressis,
in triplict serie ordinatis ; infra piceum; pedibus antennisque piceis,
Long. lin. 10, lat. lin. 4.

Sp. 10. Calosoma Australe. Nigro-eneum, thorace subcordato
punctulato, postice utrinque fortiter impresso ; elytris nigro-eneis,
confertim punctato-striatis, punctis subeneis in triplici serie or-
dinatis. Long. lin. 10, lat. lm. 33.

Fam. HeTeRomorPuiIDs&, Hope.
Silphomorpha, Westwood.

Sp. 11. Sil. Orectocheiloides, Hope. Corpore supra nigro-piceo
lateribus thoracis marginibusque elytrorum pallidioribus, infra
brunneo-picea, antennis pedibusque concoloribus. Long. lin. 64,
lat. lin. 23.

Sp. 12. Adelotopus Fortnumi, Hope. Niger, marginibus lateralibus
thoracis piceis, palpis ferrugineis ; corpus infra atro-piceum, seg-
mentis abdominis postice brunneo-piceis, pedibus concoloribus. Long.
lin. 34, lat. lin. 13.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 319

Fam. HarpaLip&.
Acinopus, Ziegler.

Sp. 13. Ac. Australis, Hope. Niger, thorace magno, transverse sub-
rugoso, marginibus externis thoracis postice lete cupreis ; elytris
fere glabris, marginibus subeneis et punctatis. Long. lin. 9, lat.
lin. 24.

Fam. Byrruip2#.

Sp. 14. Anthrenus Australis. Niger, capite atro, thorace medio
concolori marginibus externis albis ; elytris tribus fasctis undatis
albis ; corpore infra nigro. Long. lin. 14, lat. lin. $

Fam. MELyrip&.

Sp. 15. Dasytes nigricans, Hope. After pubescens, thorace longi-
oribus capillis obsito; elytris atro-brunneis marginibus externis
pallidioribus. Long. lin. 1, lat. lin. $.

Sp. 16. Dasytes fuscipennis. After, antennis rubris ; thorace pu-
bescente, nigro ; elytris fusco- seg ai punctatis, pedibus concolori-
bus. Long. lin. 13, lat. lin. %.

Fam. PsELAPHID.
Articerus, Dalman.

Sp. 17. Articerus Fortnumi. Sanguineus, capite elongato-ovato
fronte rotundato ; thorace feré quadrato, angulis anticis rotundatis,
medio impresso ; elytris thorace latioribus marginibus posticis ni-
gricantibus ; abdomine sstice rotundato utrinque maculd nigrd
insignito. Long. lin. §, lat. lin. }.

Mr. Evans communicated a notice log to an exotic species of
caterpillar of large size and black colour with red spots, the hairs of
which are so rigid that they penetrate into the flesh when incau-
tiously handled, causing much pain and inflammation.

Mr. Westwood stated that he had recently acquired the greater
part of Latreille’s original collection of bees from the Abbé Blondeau,
by whom it had been purchased at the sale of the collection of Baron
Déean.

Mr. Edward Doubleday (in allusion to Mr. Saunders’s paper) stated
that in North America he had observed that the cotton plants are not
attacked by any of the Tineide, but that they suffer greatly from the
attacks of several species of Noctuide.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

February 9, 1843.—Professor Graham in the Chair.

Professor Graham then read a highly interesting account of his
botanical excursion in Ross-shire, during August 1842, with a party
of friends :—

The party left Edinburgh on the 21st of August, and met at Ding-
wall—thence they walked by Garve, Auchnalt, &c. for Kinlochewe.
On the low hills near Garve they found a sprinkling of alpine vegeta-
tion, and i io sata alba, beautifully in flower, in a pool near the top of

320 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

one of them, at a higher elevation than had been previously observed.
The season having been remarkably dry, all the lakes were far below
their usual level, and in consequence such plants as Lobelia Dort-
manna, Subularia aquatica, &c. were seen, wondering at each other,
in flower and fruit, on dry ground. ‘Things, however, were now
changed, for the party had scarcely a dry day during the whole of
their excursion, and few such as admitted of the vegetation being
carefully examined. Several days were spent among the mountains
about Loch Maree, which are chiefly composed of red sandstone,
with quartz tops, and by no means prolific in interesting vegetation.
Cornus suecica, Saussurea alpina, Hieracium alpinum, Rubus Cha-
memorus, Arbutus alpina, Azalea procumbens, Cherleria sedoides, Sib-
baldia procumbens, &c. were among the rarest plants observed; and
rather unusually, all the six Lycopodie were picked nearly in one spot.
Tofieldia palustris, Thalictrum alpinum and Malaxis paludosa occurred
at the bottom of the cliffs, and Salix herbacea was found sparingly
on the red sandstone below the summit cliffs of Ben Tarshan. Op-
posite Applecross, in a bog which the tide could seldom reach, were
picked specimens of Blysmus rufus two feet high. Here there is an
extent of limestone country, easily recognised at the distance of se-
veral miles by a marked improvement in the pasturage. On it the
party met with Schenus nigricans, Gentiana amarella, Listera ovata and
Epipactis latifolia, with pale flowers, but searched in vain for Dryas
octopetala, which occurs profusely in similar soils in Sutherland. In
an old deserted garden between Sheildag and Janetown they observed
Althea officinalis, Aconitum Napelius and other introduced plants.
They also saw near Janetown Ulex europeus (a rare plant in the west
of Ross-shire) growing freely, and producing abundance of seed,
and the elder seemed to thrive peculiarly well. The mountains at
the head of Loch Duich seemed to the party the finest they had
seen, more magnificent even than those at the head of Loch Torri-
don, which again were more imposing than the much-extolled, and
certainly very superb, groups bordering Loch Maree ; but differences
in the weather might have had some influence on the effect produced.

Proceeding southward, the party enjoyed one fine day at Clunie,
and examined with considerable attention some very promising
mountains to the south-west of the inn. These are crumbling and
micaceous, but want elevation to produce alpine plants, and the
mildness of the western climate renders that all the more necessary.
The only interesting vegetable feature was an immense profusion of
Saussurea alpina; though in spring, before vegetation gets rank, it is
not unlikely that these cliffs might be found more productive. A
patch of snow observed on the south side of Maamsool, a mountain
about twenty miles north of Clunie, made the party desirous of
visiting it; but here again the weather baffled their intentions. ‘The
party took Ben Nevis on their route, but the same cause rendered
them unable to examine as they wished its magnificent cliffs. ‘They,
however, picked some interesting plants, and among the rest Carex
savatilis, but only in one spot.

In concluding his remarks, Dr. Graham observes :—=‘‘ The scenery

eos

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. H°821

_ we passed in the west of Ross-shire was magnificent; and in fine

weather, if ever such shall occur in that district, it may occasion
less disappointment, botanically, than we experienced. The disap-

_pearance of the forests from this and a great part of the Highlands

of Scotland is a phenomenon which I cannot account for. Certainly
it is not a change of climate, for in many districts the forests have
perpetuated themselves by their own seedlings ; and even where they
have not, solitary seedlings of Scotch fir, birch and poplar occasion-
ally spring up and thrive. It could not have been that the trees were
cut for the purposes of the population, for the population is, and
always must have been, from want of food, very limited. Fir is the
only natural agent | can think of which was capable of effecting such
destruction, but the remains of the trees have no appearance of ha-
ving been burnt; and I doubt whether any of my companions, after
our experience ina season which has parched up all of Scotland ex-
cept the district we were in, will believe they ever could have been
long enough dry to burn.

A letter to Professor Graham from Mr. N. B. Ward, F.L.S., on
the introduction of the Musa Cavendisii into the Navigator Islands,
was read :—

** When Mr. Williams was about to leave England in 1839 for the
Navigators, he was anxious to take with him some useful plants, and
particularly the Musa. He inquired of me whether I thought that it
would travel safely in one of the glazed cases, and having received
an answer in the affirmative, he applied to his Grace the Duke of
Devonshire, who kindly gave him a healthy young plant. Mr. Wil-
liams left England on the 11th of April 1839, and arrived at Upolu,
one of the Navigator Islands, at the end of the following November.
The Musa bore this long voyage well, and was transplanted into a
favourable situation soon after its arrival. In May 1840 it bore a
fine cluster of fruit, exceeding 300 in number, and weighing nearly
a hundred-weight. The parent plant then died, leaving behind more
than thirty young ones. ‘These were distributed to various parts of
the island, and in the following May (1841) when Mrs. Williams left
the island, all of these were in a fructiferous state, and producing
numerous off-sets. Supposing the plants to continue to increase in the
same ratio, there will be in the ensuing May (of 1843) more than
800,000 of them, and as the son of Mr. Williams is established as a
merchant at Upolu, is owner of two vessels constantly employed in
trading between the various islands in the South Pacific, and is more-
over actuated by the same benevolent disposition which was a striking
characteristic of his late father, there cannot be a doubt, but that, in a
very short time, they will be common in all the islands. To estimate
the importance of the introduction of this plant, we must bear in
mind the great quantity of nutritious food furnished by the Banana.
Humboldt has told us that he was never wearied with astonishment
at the smallness of the portion of soil, which, in Mexico and the ad-
joiming provinces, would yield sustenance to a family for a year, and
that the same extent of ground, which in wheat would maintain only
two persons, would yield sustenance under the Banana to fifty, al-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Y

322 Geological Society.

though in that favoured region the return of wheat is never under
seventy, and sometimes as much as a hundred-fold. The return, on
an average, in Great Britain, is not more than nine for one.”

Mr. Ralf’s paper on the Diatomacee, No. 3, was then read, con-
taining descriptions of the genera Striatella Tessella and Tetra cyclas.

‘“On the Development of Leaves ;” by Dr. Dickie, Lecturer on
Botany, King’s College, Aberdeen. The author concluded by stating,
“that it cannot be said that the forms of leaves in flowering plants
have any dependence whatever on their venation, since young leaves
are lobed, &c. previous to the appearance of the veins. The truth
appears to be, that the quantity of cellular tissue in a leaf determines
the development and positions of the veins, and not the opposite.”

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 29, 1842.—A paper “ On the Fossil Foot-prints of Birds and
Impressions of Rain-drops ‘in the Valley of the Connecticut.” By
Charles Lyell, Esq., V-P.G.S.

The deposit in which these impressions, long known on account
of the researches of Prof. Hitchcock, occur, is situated in a trough of
hypogene rocks, about five miles broad, the strata, which consist of
sandstone, shale and conglomerate, dipping uniformly to the east at
angles that vary from 5° to 30°. Mr. Lyell first examined the red
sandstone at Rocky Hill, three miles south of Hartford, in Connec-
ticut, where it is associated with red shale and capped by twenty
feet of greenstone. Many of the beds are rippled, and cracksin the
shale are filled by the materials of the superincumbent sandy layer,
showing, the author observes, a drying and shrinking of the mud
while the accumulation of the strata was in progress. The next
quarries he examined were at Newark in New Jersey, about ten
miles west trom New York city. The excavations are extensive,
and the strata dip, as is usual in New Jersey, to the north-west, or
in an opposite direction to the inclination in the valley of Con-
necticut, a ridge of hypogene rocks intervening. The angle is about
35° near Newark. ‘The beds exhibited ripple-marks and casts of
cracks, also impressions of rain-drops on the upper surface of the fine
red shales. Mr. Lyell states, that he felt some hesitation respecting
the impressions first assigned to the action of rain by Mr. Cunning-
ham of Liverpool, but he is now convinced of the justness of the
inference, having observed similar markings produced on very soft
mud by rain at Brooklyn in Long Island (New York). On the
same-mud were the foot-prints of fowls, some of which had been made
before the rain and some after it.

Mr. Lyell next visited the red and green shales of Cabotville, north
of Springfield in Massachusetts, where some of the best Ornithich-
nites have been procured, chiefly in the green shale. The dip of the
beds is 20° to the east, a higher inclination, the author says, than
could have belonged to a sea-beach. He observed in the same quar-
ries ripple-marks as well as casts of cracks, and he was informed
that the impressions of rain-drops have likewise been found.

In company with Prof. Hitchcock, Mr. Lyell afterwards examined
a natural section near Smith’s Ferry, on the right bank of the Con-

Geological Society. 323

necticut, about eleven miles north of Springfield. The rock con-
sists of thin-bedded sandstone with red-coloured shale. Some of the
flags are distinctly ripple-marked, and the dip of the layers on which
the Ornithichnites are imprinted, in great abundance, varies from
eleven to fifteen degrees. Many superimposed beds must have been
successively trodden upon, as different sets of tracks are traced
through a thickness of sandstone exceeding ten feet; and Prof.
Hitchcock pointed out to the author that some of the beds exposed
several yards farther down the river, and containing Ornithichnites,
would, if prolonged, pass under those of the principal locality, and
make the entire thickness throughout which the impressions prevail,
at intervals, perhaps twenty or thirty feet. Mr. Lyell, therefore, con-
ceives that a continued subsidence of the ground took place during
the deposition of the layers on which the birds walked.

It has been suggested, but the opinion has not been adopted by
Prof. Hitchcock, that the eastward slope of the beds represents that
of the original beach. With a view to this question, Mr. Lyell exa-
mined the direction of the ripple-marks, and found that it agreed with
the dip, or was at right angles to the supposed line of beach; but he
adds, though this agreement presents a formidable objection to the
suggestion above alluded to, if the ripples were produced by waves,
yet it does not disprove the opinion, as the ripples do not exceed in
dimensions those which are produced by sand blown over a muddy
beach, and often distributed at right angles to the coast-line. In-
stances of this effect of the wind Mr. Lyell has remarked along the
shores of Massachusetts. Nevertheless he is of opinion that the
rippled layer of sandstone in question contains too much clay to have
resulted from blown sand, and he is disposed to think that in most
of these localities the strata have been tilted, instances of such dis-
turbance having been pointed out to him by Prof. Hitchcock in the
state of Massachusetts, and by Mr. Percival near Newhaven in Con-
necticut. In reference to this subject, he says, that a few miles from
Smith’s Ferry a conglomerate, several hundred feet thick, containing
angular and rounded fragments of trap and red sandstone, the base
being sometimes a vesicular trap and trap tuff, passes upwards into
the very flags on which Ornithichnites occur; and from this he infers,
that there were eruptions of trap, accompanied by upheaval and par-
tial denudation, during the deposition of the red sandstone.

With respect to the impressions having been made by birds, Mr.
Lyell states, that until he examined the whole of the evidence he
entertained some scepticism, notwithstanding the luminous account
given by Prof. Hitchcock. In proof of their being the foot-prints of
some creature walking on mud or sand, he mentions, Ist, the fact of
Prof. Hitchcock’s having seen 2000 impressions, all, like those he had
himself examined, indented in the upper surface of the layer, the
casts in relicf being always on the lower surface ; and 2ndly, that
where there is a single line of impressions the marks are uniform in
size, and nearly uniform in distance from each other, the toes in the
successive steps turning alternately right and left. Such single lines,
Mr. Lyell says, indicate that the animal was a biped, and the trifid
marks resemble those which a bird leaves, there being generally a

‘2

324 Geological Society.

deviation from a straight line in any three successive prints ; and his
attention having been called to indications of joints in the different
toes, he afterwards clearly recognised similar markings in the recent
steps of coots and other birds on the sands of the shores of Massa-
chusetts. Prof. Hitchcock has shown, that the same impression ex-
tends through several lamin, decreasing in distinctuess in propor-
tion as the layer recedes from that in which it is most strongly marked,
or in proportion as the sediment filled up the hollows and restored
the surface to a levei; and Mr. Lyell states, that he has observed a
great number of instances of this fact.

He also says, that he can scarcely doubt that some of the impres-
sions on the red sandstone of Connecticut are not referable to birds,
but he believes that the gigantic ones described by Prof. Hitchcock
are Ornithichnites. At Smith’s Ferry they are sc numerous that
a bed of shale many yards square is trodden into a most irregular
and jagged surface, so that there is not a trace of a distinct footstep ;
but on withdrawing from this area to spots where the same tracts are
fewer, the observer, Mr. Lyell says, is forced to admit that the effect
in each case has been produced by this cause.

On examining the shores on some small islands about fifteen miles
south-east from Savannah, the author was struck with the number as
well as the clearness of the tracks of raccoons and opossums imprinted
in the mud during the four preceding hours, or after the tide had be-
gun toebb. At one spot, where the raccoons had been attracted by
the ovsters, the impressions were as confused as when a flock of
sheep has passed over a muddy road ; and in consequence of a gentle
breeze blowing parallel to the line of cliffs composed of quartzose
sand, the tracks had in many places already become half-filled with
blown sand, and in others were entirely obliterated ; so that if the
coast should subside, the consolidation of this sand would afford
casts analogous to those of Storeton Hill in Cheshire, yet the im-
pressions had been made and filled in a few hours.

When considering the broad question whether the fossil foot-prints
were made by creatures walking on mud or sand after the ebbing of
the tide, Mr. Lyell reminds his readers of the fact that in the United
States, as in Saxony and Cheshire, the tracks in sandstone and shale
are accompanied by littoral appearances, as ripple-marks, the casts
of cracks in the clay, and often by the marks of rain.

In regard to the age of the red sandstone of the valley of the
Connecticut and New Jersey, the author states he has nothing
to add to what had been previously advanced, by which its position
had been shown to be between the carboniferous and cretaceous
series. In the neighbourhood of Durham, Connecticut, he had col-
lected in the sandstone, fishes of the genera Paleoniscus and Cato-
pterus, but no other organic remains, except fossil wood.

In conclusion, Mr. Lyell remarks, Ist, that the Ornithichnites of
Connecticut should teach extreme caution in inferring the non-
existence of land animals from the absence of their remains in con-
temporaneous marine strata; 2ndly, that when this red sandstone of
Connecticut was deposited, there was land in the immediate vici-
nity of the places where the Ornithichnites occur; and that but for

Miscellaneous. 325

them it might naturally be inferred that the nearest land was several
miles distant, namely, that of the hypogene rocks which bound the
basin of the Connecticut. Now, the land that caused the sea-beach,
Mr. Lyell says, must have been formed of the same sandstone which
was then in the act of accumulating, in the same manner as where
deltas are advancing upon the sea. |

In a postscript, Mr. Lyell states, that subsequently to writing the
paper he had read the luminous report of Mr. Vanuxem on the Or-
nithichnites described by Prof. Hitchcock, and though it agrees in
substance with his own account in some particulars, yet that he has
left his notice as it stood.

MISCELLANEOUS.
ON THE PEARL OYSTER OF CEYLON.

‘« Iv may interest some of your conchological acquaintances to know
that Avicula radiata of Leach is the far-famed Pearl Oyster of Cey-
lon. I have got plenty of all ages destined for the Belfast Museum.
I send youasketch* of the fry which roves about near the surface of
the sea; it in scarcely any respect resembles the full-grown shell.”
Vide Nat. Misc., vol. i. pl. 43.—KH tract from R. Templeton’s, Esq.,
R.A., letter from Colombo in Ceylon, May 19, 1842.

FOSSIL REMAINS IN ESSEX.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Fossil remains of Mammalia have been met with
so often in the county of Essex that their occurrence now almost
ceases to excite surprise, but a large portion of a fossil tusk of the
elephant has very recently been found at Grays Thurrock, of di-
mensions so large as to favour the impression, that the animal to
which it formerly belonged must have arrived at the maximum size
of those giants of the animal kingdom.

This fine fossil in its present state is two feet eleven inches in
length; it is broken off at both ends, and appears to have formed
the middle third part of the tusk in length. At its larger extremity
it is 195 inches in circumference, and when it is considered that no
part of the cavity forming the alveolus can be seen, that portion
being broken off and with it more of the larger end of the tusk pro-
bably ;—bearing this in mind, we may fairly infer that the tusk was
quite as long as our conclusions warrant in drawing from the facts
before us.

At its smaller end it is broken off at that part which gives us fifteen
inches circumference, and as to its length, by following the two outer
curvatures of this fragment to a point, these lines meet at a distance
of about three feet from the smaller circumference ; and if we allow
little more than two feet from its larger end for the alveolus and other
missing portions, we then have a length of between eight and nine
feet when this tusk was whole.

* The figure will be given in one of the Plates of our present volume.—Ep.

326 Miscellaneous.

This fossil was discovered about a month ago in a bed of detritus,
thirty feet from the surface, in a brick-field, at the locality before
mentioned in this county; a locality rich in mammalian and other
fossil remains, vide pages 262 and 263, vol. ix. of this work; and it
is now in the collection of Mrs. Mills of Lexden Park, near Colches-
ter, to whose kindness I am indebted for the measurements of this
relic of days long gone by; another fact illustrating the alteration
in the fauna of our planet.

I am, Gentlemen, yours very truly,

Stanway, Feb. 4, 1843. Joun Brown.

NOTICE OF THE DISCOVERY OF AN ELECTRICAL FISH ON THE AMERICAN
COAST. BY D. HUMPHREYS STORER, M.D.

A species of Ray possessing electrical powers has been known to
the fishermen of Cape Cod and New York for many years, and called
by them the cramp-fish or numb-fish. Mitchell, in his paper on the
“ Fishes of New York,” contained in the first volume of the Transac-
tions of the Literary and Philosophical Society of New York, refers
to this species; he had never seen it, but, from the facts he was
enabled to collect respecting it, he supposed it to be identical with
the European species ‘‘ Raia torpedo,” and as such introduces it into
his memoir. In my Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts, I merely
observed that a Torpedo was found on the coast of Cape Cod, but
being unable to procure a specimen, I could not identify it. I have
had the good fortune to procure a fine specimen within the last
month, which was captured at Wellfleet; it was 4 feet 2 inches in
length, and proves to be a Torpedo nobiliana, Bonaparte. It agrees
perfectly with Mr. Thompson’s description, in the fifth volume of the
‘Annals of Natural History,’ of a specimen taken on the Irish coast
in 1838.

As some time may elapse before I can publish a contemplated
paper on our fishes, I would avail myself of your valuable Journal to
make the above-mentioned fact known to ichthyologists.—Silliman’s
Journal, Jan. 1848.

ON A PECULIAR SENSATION CAUSED BY SOME MOLLUSCA. BY FRANCIS
M. JENNINGS.

On the 2nd of May, 1842, I brought before the Cork Cuvierian
Society a short notice of a curious fact I had observed in some fresh-
water mollusca, viz. a power of causing a peculiar sensation when
placed on the tongue ; this may be experienced by putting the Lim-
neus periger, a small univalve shell which abounds in most ponds and
lakes in this country, into the mouth, and allowing the foot of the
animal to remain for a few minutes on the tongue, when the sensa-
tion will be felt, varying in intensity according to the size of the ani-
mal and the length of time it is allowed to remain.

The sensation, though not decidedly painful, is yet rather dis-
agreeable whilst it continues, frequently lasting from one to two
hours, being exerted with greater energy during warm than cold
weather, I tried a few experiments to ascertaini whether the power

Meteorological Observations. 327

arose from an acid secretion, capable of being emitted at pleasure by
the animal, but so far without success.

I hope these few observations will be the means of directing the
attention of naturalists to this subject, which has hitherto, I believe,
escaped their notice.

Brown Street, Cork, March 4, 1848. Francis M. Jennines.

Mr. Jennings having sent the foregoing to me to forward for pub-
lication, I beg to add, that I repeated his experiment with a similar
result to that he describes. I understand that Mr. Armstrong of
this city, having, in collecting Ancyli, put some of them into his
mouth, experienced the same painful action from the contact of
these animals with his tongue.- As I am not aware that the subject
is rightly understood, I think it worth bringing under notice.

Dublin, March 13, 1843. Ropert Batu.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1843.

Chiswick.—Feb. 1. Very fine: cloudy. 2. Heavy rain: overcast. 3%. Stormy
showers: boisterous. 4. Stormy: very boisterous, 5, Clear and frosty. 6.
Cloudy. 7. Hazy: sleet. 8. Dense fog: hazy and cold. 9. Cold easterly
haze. 10. Densely clouded. 11. Uniformly overcast. 12. Slight drizzle.
13. Frosty: hazy: sharp frost at night. 14. Frosty: cloudy: severe frost.
15. Sharp frost: snow flakes: frosty. 16. Dry air and frosty: overcast. 17.
Clear and frosty: very fine: stormy at night. 18. Stormy, with drifting snow.
19. Overcast: heavy rain. 20. Rain: foggy. 21. Foggy: fine: foggy. 22,
Slight rain: cloudy. 23. Very fine. 24. Foggy: cold easterly haze. 25. Slight
drizzle: stormy. 26. Sleet: drizzly. 27. Stormy and wet: barometer very low.
28. Cloudy.— Mean temperature of the month 3°:8 below the average.

Boston.—Feb. 1. Fine. 2. Rain: stormy, withraine.m. 3. Fine: stormy,
with snow p.m.: stormy night. 4. Stormy: hailand snowr.m. 5. Fine. 6.
Fine: rain and snow r.m. 7. Cloudy: raine.m. 8. Cloudy. 9. Fine. 10. Fine:
rain p.M. 11. Rain: rainearly a.m.:raine.mM. 12. Cloudy. 13. Fine. 14—
16. Cloudy. 17. Fine. 18. Cloudy: snow a.m. 19. Cloudy: rainr.m. 20,
Cloudy: rain early a.m.: raine.m. 21. Cloudy. 22. Rain: rain early a.m.:
rain a.M. 23. Fine. 24. Cloudy. 25. Cloudy: rain and snow r.m. 26—28,
Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—¥Feb. 1. Showers. 2, At 14 p.m. wind N.W.:
stormy, with drift, 3. Snow-drift: at 12 at night a storm began. 4. Cloudy:
thaw: frost. 5. Cloudy: frost. 6. Bright: frost: thaw: aurora, 7. Clear:
frost:thay. 8. Bright: thaw: damp. 9,10. Cloudy: frost. 11. Drizzly
showers: clear hoar-frost. 12. Clear frost: clear hoar-frost. 15. Showers:
snow-showers. 14. Snow-drift. 15. Clear: snowing. 16, 17. Snow-showers :
clear. 18. Clear: cloudy. 19. Bright: cloudy. 20. Bright: thaw. 21. Cloudy :
thaw. 22. Snow-showers: cloudy: frost. 23, Clear and frosty. 24. Bright:
cloudy: thaw. 25. Cloudy: frost. 26. Cloudy: snow-showers, 27. Snow-
showers: clear and frosty. 28. Clear and frosty : snow-shewers.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Feb. 1. Heavy showers p.m. 2. Snow-
showers. 3. Snow: frost p.m. 4. Frost and snow. 5. Fine, but frosty. 6.
Frost a.M.:rainr.mM. 7. Thaw: high winde.m. 8. Mild and fair. 9. Fair,
but chilly. 10. Sprinkling of snow: frost. 11,12. Fair: no frost. 13. Frost :
fine. 14. Frost. 15. Frost: shower of snow. 16—18. Frost. 19. Slight
frost. . 20. Snow and sleet. 21. Slight rain. 22%. Fair. 23, 24. Showery.
25. Fine and fair. 26. Fair, but cloudy. 27. Fair. 28. Frost a.m.: slight
snow.

I a ee a a a a ea

68-2 |6Z.F 8.06'8.88 ¢.7¢| F-1¢| $.1F] 6.46 | 9.1F | 9.98 |F62-62 |S9Z.6% 689.62] 98S-62] 1¢.6z | Za¢.62 | FF9.62 | 209.62 | ‘uvayy

eg 181.3
“Uva aatsbeae Q1.G} SE.) UInNg

—— | | | ee | ef | | | ee | | | | | ar

\

| Ree | ce Saeeanieeneniesr CET. | “ou ‘a |wyeo| ‘au |*muu| og | #8 | ze $I | 6e] Te | IF | &-ZE| F.0F | 8.96 | 02.62 | 99-62 | 8F-62 | 61.66 | €8.8z | 600.62 | FEF-6% | ZZ0.66 | *8z
ce | 80-\o¢.0|'""*"| 61. | 980. | ‘au | “ou | wyeo| ‘au | ‘au [ere | ce | e€ | oF} ge] Ze | OF | 8.FE | 9.88 | 8.98 | £P.6z | F9.66 | 90.66 | 01.62 | 88.82 | 8F8.86 | 686-86 | 086.86 | *Zz
Gee cctes*2 90: ‘a | wed | ‘a ‘u | te | og | ge Ze | os! FE | OF | 8-88 | 0.68 | F-FE | 99.62 | $2.6 | 18.64 | 69.62 | 26.62 | 9ZE-6% | 109-6 | 909.62 | “9a
Ge teesee senses [eran ‘aua | wyeo| ‘ou | -u |pe | oe [tre | or | ge| ze | se | 2.98 | 9.EF | 0.28 | 08.62 | £8.62 | 09-62 | £9.62 | $8.62 | 969.62 | 619-62 | 819.66 | *¢z
Le pease ‘aua | wyeo| ‘a | ‘au |¥oe | foe | se for | sel Fe | SP | 0-88 | 0.6r | Z.8€ | 06.6 | 16-62 | 19.66 | $9.62 | €€.6z | Z19.66 | OF9.66 | 869.66 | “to
Pee oo yes**/ ST ‘oua | “mM ‘a ‘as | 62 | Fe [$te | 16 |G-0F| Ze | Eo | 9-€F | 0.0 | 8.FF | 28.62 | $8.66 | OF.63 | $8.62) E1.6 | GFF.66 | 613-66 | 82F-60 | “ez
6 | £0. |*°""*"| OT- ‘a ‘a "s | cass | eg |$o¢ | ce | iF | s8e| IF | Bo |0-1F | &.6F | €.€F | 08.62 | 42.62 | 0€-66 | 8.66 | 00.66 | 9FZ.6 | 198.6 | 082.62 | *zz
gs | SS. '1¢.0| SI- ‘3 ‘a ‘as ‘a | og | Ze ee | 68! sel Ze | tg | &-Ze| 9. | Z-1F | 62.62 | 62.66 | 9€.6% | £2.63 | 01.62 | 928.6 | 128-62 | 96.62 | “1a C
Rea: Sem he ees 2 ‘9 2) ‘a | -aue |goe | ce | eg | Ze |S.0e] ce | 6. | 2-48 | 6.88 | b-ZE | 62.6% | 94-62 | 82.66 | 08.60 | F0.62 | 19Z.66 | FSE-66 | G2Z.06 | *0Z
SUB | reersjrasees|eostes ‘aud Z) ‘a | aua |$/e | oe |€Zz | 6€ | Os | te | Ze | 9-18 | CE | Z.FE | 62.62 | 18-66 | OF.66-| 19.66) 18.62 | 118.6% | $98-66 | FIF.66 | “61
| 8% ethno ‘oud | ‘a ‘a | ‘au | 6% |€ce | az \¥se | Se} Te | FE | 9-86 | 9.98 | Z.0E | £8.62 | 98.62 | 09.66 | 09.62 | 92.66 | 00F.62 | SGF-66 | OLF.6% | *8T
PF. [tebe secacee|="92== “U ‘au |‘muu| 62 | ce | 61 | og | Fal OF | ZS | FOB | 8.ZE | F-8z | 62.62 | 99.62 | £¢.6% | SF.66 | $2.66 | OZF.66 | GNG-66 | OZF.6% | “ZT
| GZ [teetee eeeeee|eeeeee “Ul ‘au | cu | zo | ze | Zt | te | £6] 06 | ZE | 8-Sz | 9.62 | Z.9z | SF-6z | 61-62% | 82.6% | SI.6G | 00.62 | 61.66 | F&Z-66 | 321.62] “OT
OS, | eae beable Coe pas ‘u ae tu |9Zz | og [Zt | e¢ | Sa} Go | 6% | 8.8% | 0.6€ | F.9% | 82-64 | 16-68 | 61.66 | OF.62 | 12-62 | 166.68 | OZF.62 | FFF.6S| “ST |
| 0g aise ‘a “MM ‘a | po |Ste ($0 re |¢-ee| ot | 6& | Z8e | 9.68 | 8.62 | 29-62 | €2.6z | 89.62 | 99.62 | S¢.6z | $19.62 | IZZ.6z | 812.62 | “Ft O|
eG jee o Rosnsy ‘9 | wea} ‘a ‘a oz |etr | oz} Ze | ze} St | Bb | 0-FE| 3.aF | G.98 | 98.6z | 8-62 | 92.66 | 6.62 | 02.66 | £28.66 | 010.08 | FI0.08 | “ET
| ¥E Il. | 10. |""""| ‘as | ‘aua | wyeo| ‘au | ou -| og |gte | te \g1r | Se} Zo | IF | LE] FBP | 2-ZE | ST-0E | €E-0E | G0.0E | 80.08 | £2.62 | 0€0.0€ | OF0.0E | 090.0€ | “SI
i “Se Soell pomciemens| 6a || SOUS ‘a ‘ou ‘U os |¢ir | te | oF |¢.Ze| og | IF | &-G8 | F-0F | &.ZE | ZE-0E | GZ-0E | 80.0E | 20.08 | 6¢.6z | 658.66 | 946.62 | 088.62 | *T1
| GE [reeres|eceree[ereeeslerrres| QOT. | cu | cou | uyeo| ‘ou | ‘u |¢ce | ce \¢1e | GE | Se] LE | BF | SSE | Z.OF | €.9¢ | 6a.0E | EE-0E | Z0.0E | 90-0€ | €9.6z | TE8.66 | 188.62 | 788.66 | “OT
re laesecsfeceece 610.| *U ‘ou | wyeo| ‘ou Ul re |$ee | Ze | 1b |o-8e| 8 | 66 | 8.96 | F.6€ | o.Ze | 98.08 | 0€-08 | 90.0€ | 00.08 | 02.62 | 68.66 | 996.62 | 946.62 | “6
&& EI. | ZO. | 0SZ. | “MS | ‘au | [va | *ou ‘a | 1p | Ze | se Ser jo-oe| se | se |zZ-Fe| 9-Ze | Z.g¢ | ZT.0€ | FZ-0E | 60.08 | £0.08 | 22.66 | FZ0.0E | 8E0.0E | ZS0.0E | *8
Tg |reereeiseere*!Q9. | OG. | 8G0. | “aS |*‘auU | Wie | ‘aU | *U os | te fee Str | Fe] ce | Le | 9-86 | Z.8E | &.FE | SE.0€ | OF-0€ | G0.0E | $0.0E | 2.6 | 068.66 | £66.62 | 986.62 | *Z »)
Ig "16.0 [*""""| 60. | or ‘muu | wyeo| cu | ‘mu | gg |¥og | oz | Ze | ce!| Ie | SE | 0.zE| g.ZE | G.GE | 02.08 | O1-0E | 96.66 | F6.6z | 09.6 | 962.62 | 898.66 | 288.62 | °9
6g |rrttireresteeee*] go. | oco.| ‘a |'muu} wyeo| cu | ‘mu | Fe | Fe ¥8z | se |c.0e| 62 | Ge | 9.28 | 0.68 | Z.zE | F0.0€ | 06.62 | 98.6% | 08.62 | 99.6% | 862.66 | £98.62 | 8€8.6z | *¢
6 | QB. jee} OT. | OOT. | “UU |*Muu| “A ‘u -m | te | se lgoz| Ze | Fe! O€ | GE | 0-SE | 9.0F | O-E | £6.62 | 08.62 | 08.62 | 09.62 | 68.82 | BFE.66 | £92.68 | BFE.68 | ‘F
Tp [hastetirssenel-reee*| Oz. $e | 1g | se | Ze | Le| to |. Gr | %6E) FTE | 8.0F | 22.62 | 98.82 | 02.68 | 98-8 | 00.66 | O£T.62 | 219.62 | Z0S.62 | *E
SF sesetligte te" See | te | trl] pp | Se} Le | Sb | 0.8F| 0.€¢ | $.0¢ | 66.82 | Z8.8z | 12.62 | 82-62 | EI-62 | 19.66 | GFZ.66 | Z19.62 | *%
pets se | for \fZp | oF | SF] Sb | EG | 8-SF] 9-19 | 8.ZF | 86.82 | FI-6z | 88.62 | 09.62 | EF.62 | SE8.6% | G06.62 | P96.66 | *T
to — : ° SO met | aye eyrre oerre *rrre
mE) L = Q)|F4/ & o Q| Pel w| Bo = S = Kad wy | xt p | ‘urd | sure | ‘urd | ‘wre =“ é mie! aa;
Sonemes S| 2 [22 | cei se) F [oe 2h BEIPEL? LF SE) 2 LE [rswes |e] te | | o | 6 OR] NI PN Seal cre
: 4 Seay Sea oS = > ae : eine Per id
—Hea/ort) Sis |PS| 2 )/o2}] § | Bs | © |yormpueg| omys | 3 8 |. Peas ‘yotupueg | — ‘arlys BS]. aes
iB S a g gl ee 35 eo P : oe a. ‘Kauyig |-yung | °° YOMSIYD | “SH PUOpUucT | <KsuyiG -souuing | °° OIMstyO ae wy
2. a>} l ° &
3 3 “ule y *puLM *1OJIMOW IIT, *19JIULOAV one |
nS

"KANUNGO ‘asunpy younpung yo SuoysNo]D *C ‘Ady 947 4g pu {AUIHS-saluaWaAC

‘gsunyyr yqunsajddy yo ‘aequng * Ad *A0q 242 49 SNoLsog 7p “Wea A ‘aN 49 SuopuorT «nau ‘MOIMSIHD J hyavog jounynaysoy] ayy fo UapLvgy ayy yD
wuosdwon 7 ‘aq 49 { uoqwaqoy ‘ay ‘AunzaL0a9 quojsssp ay) hg ‘NOaNO] ‘hja120g jvhoy ay] fo siuampivdp ay2 Jo app suorwasasgg, 7020j0.L09]9 Vy
LL WN qo"’ “IN 5 ssp ay] hq Pergo On [R07 2%, | ad | } 90 VW

ADVERTISEMENTS.

WORKS on ORNITHOLOGY, BOTANY, &c.
NOW ON SALE AT VERY REDUCED PRICES,

BY T. & W, BOONE,

99 NEW BOND STREET.
AUDUBON’S BIRDS OF AMERICA, 447 plates beautifully coloured

and bound in four volumes, elephant folio, with descriptions in five volumes, im-
perial 8vo, elegantly whole bound, Russia gilt leaves, by Clarke. 1101.
A remarkably fine and complete copy, and cost the Subscriber 315/. The bind-
ing only, cost 53.

GOULD’S BIRDS OF EUROPE, 449 beautifully coloured plates.
5 vols. imperial folio. Half-bound, Russia gilt top. 60/. A very fine and com-
plete copy, and cost the Subscriber 86/,

GOULD’S CENTURY OF BIRDS from the Himalaya Mountains,
80 plates, comprising 100 figures beautifully coloured. Imperial folio, half-bound,
Russia gilt top. 10/. 10s. Published at 16/. 16s.

GOULD’S TOUCANS. 3 Parts, Sie ca containing 34 plates,
coloured. 51, J5s. 6d.

EDWARDS’S NATURAL HISTORY OF BIRDS, &c. 362 plates,
eoloured. Elegantly bound red morocco, gilt leaves, with English text, uniformly
half-bound, in all 8 vols. Royaldto. 12/.12s. A very fine orginal coloured copy.

LATHAM’S GENERAL HISTORY OF BIRDS, with numerous
coloured plates and Index complete. 11 vols. 4to, Russia,.marbled leaves. 164.
Lond. 1781—1828.—A very fine original copy.

DESMAREST’S Histoire naturelle des Tangaras, des Manikins et des
Todiers, 72 plates, coloured. Royal folio. Boards. 41. 10s. Published at 360 franes.
Paris, 1805.

AUDEBERT et VIEILLOT, Histoire naturelle des Colibris, Oiseaux-
mouches, Jacamars, Promerops, Grimpereaux et Oiseaux de Paradis, 189 plates.

2 vols. royal folio. Boards. 4/. Paris, 1802.
’ YVIEILLOT, Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux de Amérique Septentri-
onale, 124 plates, two vols. in one. Royal folio. Boards, 3. Paris, 1807.

BRISSON, Omnithologie, 250 fine plates. Six vols. 4to, neat. 2/. 2s.
Paris, 1760.

CUVIER, Aves. ‘Translated by Griffiths. Plates coloured, three vols.
Royal octavo. 6/. 6s. Published at 10/.10s. London, 1829.

This part of the Work cannot now be obtained separately from the Publishers.

ALBIN, Histoire naturelle des Oiseaux, 306 coloured plates. 3 vols.
quarto, neat. 2/. 8s. Haye, 1750.

JARDINE and SELBY’S Tilustrations of Ornithology, 151 coloured
plates. Complete in Parts. 6/. 5s. . Published at 15/. 15s. Edinb. 1829. An
original Subscription and finely-coloured copy.

FAUNA BOREALI-AMERICANA:. the Birds by Swainson and
Richardson. 73 coloured plates. Quarto. Boards. 1/. 15s. Published at 4/. 4s.
London, 1831.

BROWN’S (P.). Illustrations of Zoology, 53 coloured plates. Royal
4to. Calfextra. 1/.16s. London, 1776. Fime original copy, containing tiiree
extra plates.

Illustrations of the FAMILY OF PSITTACID, OR PARROTS ;
the greater part of these Species hitherto unfigured ; drawn from life, and on stone,
by Enwarp Lear, A.L.S. Only 100 copies printed. T. and W. Boone have
purchased the few remaining copies of this elegant Work, containing forty-two
plates, beautifully coloured, in folio, uniform with Gould’s Birds of Europe, and
now offer them at 6/. 6s. each in boards, As the stones are cleaned, no more
copies can be printed.

DONOVAN’S Natural History of British Insects. Numerous coloured
plates. Sixteen vols. in eight. Half-bound Russia. 81. 8s. Yondon, 1792—1813.

CURTIS'S BOTANICAL MAGAZINE, with continuation by Sir W.
J. Hooker. Plates coloured. Complete. 4to. Dec. 1840. Sixty-three volumes,
bound in thirty, calf extra, and four vols, in numbers, 427.

Also on Sale, various other Works in the different branches of Natural History.

a ih or Th e200 7 me,

A LIST OF A PEW BOOKS,
Including some recent purchases in France and Germany,

TO BE HAD OF

WILLIAM PAMPLIN,

45 FRITH STREET, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON.
(Lately removed from 9 Queen Street.)

Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Several odd volumes of, for 1839,
1840, &c., at 7s. per volume. Paris.

Artedi. Historia Piscium naturalis et literaria &c. cum tabulis,
auctore J. G. Schneider. 4to. 5s. Lipsiz, 1789.

Aristoteles De Natura Animalium, &c. Theophrastus De Hi-
storia Plantarum, &c. Theod. Gaza interp. 4 matchless copy. Folio. 2/. 2s.
Venetiis, 1513,

Boase. Treatise on Primary Geology, &c. Morocco extra. 7s. 6d.
1854.

Boate. Natural History of Ireland, &c. Plates. 4to. 15s. Dublin,
1726.

Brez. Flore des Insectophiles, &c. Very neat and interleaved. 5s. 6d.
Autrecht, 1791.

Deleuze. Histoire du Muséum royal d’Histoire naturelle. Plates.
12s. 6d. Paris, 1823.

Drury’s Exotic Insects. 2 vols. 4to. Fine coloured plates. 2/. 2s.
1770.

E:llis. Natural History of curious and uncommon Zoophytes. 63
plates. 4 fine copy. 4to. 1l.17s. 6d. 1786.

Esllis. Essay towards a Natural History of Corallines, &c. 39 Plates.
4to. 2/.2s. 1755.

Esilis. Essai sur ]’Histoire naturelle des Corallines, &c. 39 coloured
plates. 4to. 1/. 1ls. 6d. A la Haye, 1756.

F’orskal. Descriptiones Animalium, Avium, Amphibiorum, &c. que
in itinere orientali, &. Map. 4to. Various copies from 9s. Havniz, 1775.

Goppert. Systema Filicum Fossilium, &c. cum tab. 44. 4to, Va-
rious copies, from 1/. 11s. 6d. Breslau, 1836.

Eiaworth. Lepidoptera Britannica. Several copies of the earlier
parts. 1803, &c.

Haworth. Miscellanea naturalia ad Historiam naturalem spec-
tantes. 7s. 6d. 1803,

Hfubner. Larve of European Lepidoptera. A coloured copy very
nearly complete, that is to say, 412 plates and four sheets of text. Uncut and
unbound. 10/. 10s. Augsburg.

Hanley. Conchologist’s Book of Species. Plates, some coloured.
os.6d. 1842.

Langius. Historia Lapidum figuratorum Helvetie, &c. Numerous
plates. 4to. 12s. Venetiis, 1708.

Latreille. Sur les Crustacées, &c. 6s. Paris, 1810.

Linnei Fauna Succica, &c. curante Retzius. Coloured plate. 4s. 6d.
Lips. 1800.

Lainnzi Ameenitates academice. Best edition. 10 volumes com-
plete. 1/7. 11s. 6d. And several other copies with only the nine vols. Erlang, 1787.

Muller, Wiirmen des siissen und salzigen Wassers mit Kupfern.
Numerous plates, Several copies. 4to. 14s. Kopenhagen, 1771.

MWiuller. Another edition of same work. 4to. 14s. 1800.

Miuller. Vermium terrestrium et fluviatilium seu animalium infu-
sorium, &c. The three parts in one volume. 4to. 12s. 6d. Havniz, 1773.

*,* W. P. has a large quantity of separate volumes of various Memoirs, Trans-
actions and Proceedings of different Societies, both English and Foreign.

London, May Ist, 1843,

™

Sie,

> IKI
R ex e'le

V CARO
x
rm

Ce
erent

Treerr bi |

MEE HS

errr rrr
\epteneen maaan

{re

}

S ~y

Tt

srnereg Tatu eUeiy

/ Dialomacee. D.C Sowerby fo

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 71. MAY 1843.

XLVI.—Additional Evidence proving the Australian Pachy-
derm described in a former Number of the ‘ Annals’ to be
a DinoTHERIUM, with remarks on the Nature and Affinities
of that genus. By Prof. Owrn, F.R.S.

In the January Number of the ‘ Annals of Natural History ’
(p. 7) I described some fossils transmitted from Australia by
Sir Thos. L. Mitchell, and referred them to the Proboscidian
family of Pachyderms, pointing out the close resemblance of
the broken tooth (figs. 2 and 3, p. 9) to the molars of the Di-
notherium and Mastodon, but more especially to those of the
Dinotherium, on account of the size and shape of the trans-
verse ridges ; although, as their number in the entire tooth

Fic. 1.

ia ie VE a ips L
07 1 I \ SRA let —— -
hy Wt A teal t | yi i
CMA A Pill 1 | Sigs
{ WP fee aN: uu AWN.
; I if MY Ni \ WY i eS 3 SM ag ¥ Fn a a) 7,
Sa! Wee EF NN D
= Za Zi
ome, a 4 4
RS - i test

SS seat i Lge
wy le ———— PN Zz y
" : a i), ee

Dinotherium Australe: one-third nat. size.

could not be ascertained from the fossil, it could not with cer-
tainty be referred to that genus.

I have this morning been favoured by Sir Thos. Mitchell
with a letter containing two figures of the portion of the jaw-
bone referred to in his former letter, but which he has not been
able to procure for transmission, and these figures prove the
Australian Pachyderm to be a Dinotherium, not a Mastodon.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Z,

330 Prof. Owen on a new species of Dinotherium,

In the genus Mastodon the antero-posterior diameter of the
molars and the number of the transverse eminences or pall's
of tubercles on their grinding surface increase, as the teeth
are placed further back in the jaw: thus, in the M. giganteus,
whose teeth bear most resemblance to the Dinotherian type,
the first and second molars have two transverse ridges, the
third and fourth have three ridges, and the last molar has
four or five ridges. In the portion of jaw from the Darling
Downs, figured by Sir Thomas Mitchell, which contains the
third and fourth molars, the former (fig. 1, 6) hasthree transverse
ridges, and is of greater antero-posterior extent than the fourth
molar, which has only two transverse ridges. In the shape
as well as proportions of the teeth, the Australian fossil agrees
with the different species of Dinotherium that have been dis-
covered in the Miocene of Europe. The Australian species
is somewhat less than the Dinotherium medium of Kaup. The

Fig. 2.

—
=

A

il i

SS ———-

SS ; ki
eo )

| ’
f W y
yy)
Le
i) | ‘
Ha ; i y
i Hil iin lyst \
4 aS
i iN \ a S\N
i (| ha
8 4 J) Br tna
y 4 q Be "
iar D th Z ty, ay
H
; st } Dy
f3

q

Grinding surface of third and fourth molars.
Dinotherium Australe: one-third nat. size.

degree of correspondence, in both size and shape, of the teeth
in the jaw figured by Sir Thos. Mitchell with the portion of
the molar represented at p. 9, figs. 2 and 3, would indicate the
latter to be part of an anterior molar of the same species of
Dinotkerium, if not of the same individual. The traces in the
femur of the unobliterated junction of the condyloid epiphysis
with the shaft of the bone indicated it to have belonged to a
young though nearly full-grown animal, and it would seem
that the last molar of the lower jaw had not come into place,
for in the figure of the portion of the jaw, the cavity which
contained it appears to be indicated at a, fig. 1. The sum-
mits of the ridges of the fourth molar are represented sharp
and unworn, like those of a tooth that had been recently ac-
quired.

We may thus assume, with a high degree of probability,
that the portions of jaw, femur and teeth associated together,

with remarks on the Nature and Affinities of that genus. 331

on the Darling Downs, belonged to the same animal; and on
this assumption proceed to apply the anatomical facts so at-
tained to a resolution of the mooted question of the nature and
affinities of the genus Dinotherium.

The only bone of the extremities referable to any of the
European species of Dinothere which has hitherto been dis-
covered is a scapula, described by Prof. Kaup in his ‘ Osse-
mens Fossiles de Darmstadt,’ 4to, 1832, p. 13. If the pha-
- lanx of the gigantic Pangolin, figured in the same work, pl. 2.
ad. figs. 4—7, had belonged, as the discoverer of the Dino-
therium supposed, to his most extraordinary genus, it would
have indicated an affinity to the Edentata, which would have
rendered the Dinothere with its huge incisive tusks a still
stranger and more anomalous creature than its cranial and
dental organization prove it to be.

The opinions of Prof. Kaup have been opposed by MM. de
Blainville and Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire upon the evidence
afforded by the entire cranium and dental system, which was
exhibited in Paris in 1837*. This evidence was deemed con-
clusive in proof that the Dinotherium belonged to the family
of the Herbivorous Cetaceat, or, to use the words of M..de
Blainville, that it was a gigantic Dugong with inferior incisors
developed into tusks{. The Professor then adverts to the
question, whether the Dinothere had four or two locomotive
members, and, in reply, states it to be more probable that it
had but two anterior pinniform extremities or ‘ en nageoires.’
M. Isid. Geoffroy St. Hilaire recognises, with M. de Blain-
ville, in the Dinotherium numerous analogies with the Du-
gong, and especially with the Manatee, “et c’est dans le
groupe si remarquable, et jusqu’a présent si peu nombreux,
auquel appartiennent ces deux genres, que le Dinotherium
lui parait devoir trouver sa place naturelle.”—ZJbid. p. 429.

The anatomy of the Dugong and Manatee—their membrana
nictitans, their vesicule seminales and double corpus caverno-
sum, their renal system, larynx and dentition, their pectoral
mamme, &c.§, all combine to prove the close affinities of the

* “ Quoique nous soyons bien éloignés de penser qu’un seul os, une seule
facette d’un os, soient suffisants pour reconstruire la charpente osseuse ou le
squelette d’un mammifére, ici nous croyons que la téte entiére et le sy-
stéme dentaire complet, sont tout-a-fait suffisants pour mettre notre thése
hors de doute.”—M. de Blainville, Compte Rendu de I Acad. des Sciences,
March 20, 1837 (p. 422). ‘

+ “ Le Dinotherium a constitué un genre de mammiféres‘de la famille
des Dugongs et des Lamantins.”—Ibid. p. 422.

t “ En un mot, c’était, suivant nous, un Dugong avec les incisives en dé-
fense inférieures.’’—Jbid.

§ See Proceedings of the Zoological Society, March 27, 1838.

Z 2

332 Prof. Owen on a new species of Dinotherium.

Herbivorous Cetacea of Cuvier with the Pachyderms, and
especially with the group containing the Dinotherium. But
the close relation manifested by this extinct genus to the Mas-
todon, in its molar teeth and inferior tusks, strongly argued
it to belong to the proboscidian rather than to the aquatic or
cetaceous family of Pachyderms. The femur associated with
the jaw and teeth of the Dinotherium from Darling Downs
gives the required evidence of its having been, like the Mas-
todon and Elephant, a heavy terrestrial quadruped, and the
differences which I have pointed out (ante p. 8) between the
femur of the Australian Pachyderm and that of the Mastodon
guganteus may be regarded as indicating the distinctive cha-
racters of the femur in the genus Dinotherium.

Although this much-desired evidence has thus unexpect-
edly reached us from Australia, it cannot be doubted that it
will be ultimately corroborated by the discovery, in the rich
depositaries at Kpplesheim and at Anch, of bones of the ex-
tremities associated with the characteristic teeth of the Dino-
theres.

It is well known that the double transverse-ridged grinding
surface, which characterizes the teeth of the Tapir, and is ex-
hibited on a gigantic scale in those of the Dinothere (Cuvier’s
Gigantic Tapir), and by the Mastodon giyanteus in its anterior
molars, is likewise present in the molars of the Manatee and
Kangaroo: and the similarity is sufficiently close to have
warranted perhaps the supposition, if we had had only the re-
mains of the jaw and teeth to reason from, that some still
more gigantic form of Macropus than the Gigas and Titan of
the Wellington bone-caves had formerly existed in Australia:
but it might, on the other hand, have been contended that a
gigantic form of Herbivorous Cetacean had formerly browsed
on the shores of Australia; and, indeed, without other evi-
dence, the advocates of M. de Blainville’s hypothesis might
have held this conclusion to be quite compatible with the ad-
mission of the generic relationship of the fossil of the Darling
Downs with the Dinotherium of Europe. The happy disco-
very of the femur, while it shows that the mammal in question
was neither Kangaroo nor Manatee, proves that the genus to
which it truly appertains was a quadrupedal and terrestrial
Pachyderm with thick and stout extremities adapted to the
support and progression of the massive frame which charac-
terizes the known Proboscidian Pachyderms.

I propose to designate the Australian Pachyderm by the
name of Dinotherium Australe.

London, March 138, 18438.

Remarks on a Collection of Australian Drawings. 333-

XLVII.—Remarks on a Collection of Australian Drawings of
Birds, the Property of the Earlof Derby. By H. EK. Srricx-
LAND, Esq., M.A.

In the March Number of the ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ Mr. G. R.
Gray has given a list of certain Australian birds long since
described by Latham, but which, from the brevity and incom-
pleteness of that author’s descriptions, have remained till now
in much obscurity. By the aid of the original drawings, from
which alone Latham compiled his descriptions, Mr. Gray has
been enabled to refer the greater part of these hitherto doubtful
species to their true place in the modern system, and by ap-
plying the “ law of priority” to their specific names has done
an act of justice to the father of British ornithologists.

Having had the pleasure of co-operating with Mr. Gray
in comparing these drawings with specimens in the British
Museum, and having then acquiesced in most of the conclu-
sions to which he arrived, I should not have now referred to
them, were it not that the Earl of Derby has kindly permitted
me to take these drawings to my own residence, and by a
careful comparison of them with specimens in my collection,
I have obtained a tew additional results.

Mr. Gould has also examined these drawings with much
attention, and has communicated his remarks upon them,
which, with his permission, I have inserted in the present no-
tice, distinguishing them by the initials J. G.

These water-colour drawings, comprised in three folio vo-
lumes, are 225 in number, the first being a landscape in Nor-
folk Island, the next ten are mammalia, and the rest birds.
There is no title-page, date or artist’s name, but the backs are
lettered “ New South Wales Drawings,” and there is every
reason to believe that the whole of them were made in the
Australian regions. It has been supposed that the artist was
John White, author of the ‘ Voyage to New South Wales,’ 4to,
London, 1790, soon after which date they came into posses-
sion of Mr. A. B. Lambert. Mr. Gould however remarks,
“this is probably a mistake; they were perhaps made by
some convict. Mr. Lambert told Mr. Prince, upon showing
him the drawings some time before his death, that they were
made by an artist in the colony for one of the governors, by
whom they were presented to Mr. Lambert. I am strengthened
in this opinion by observing among them many of the deni-
zens of the penal settlement of Norfolk Island, a part never I
believe visited by White.”

‘In 1800 they were borrowed by Dr. Latham, as appears
from an autograph letter from him to Mr. Lambert, inserted

334 Mr. H. E. Strickland on the Earl of Derby’s

into the first volume. It was this circumstance which con-
ferred on these drawings a far greater value than they would
intrinsically have possessed. Dr. Latham not only wrote on
each drawing with his own hand the name which he intended
the species to retain, but drew up from these designs a great
number of original specific descriptions, which he published
for the first time in the second Supplement of his ‘ Synopsis,’
4to, London, 1802, and which are repeated in his ‘General
History of Birds,’ and in the works of Shaw, Vieillot and other
compilers. But inasmuch as many of the drawings are but
rude and unscientific copies of nature, and the descriptions
are often very vague copies of the drawings, these nominal
species have hitherto lain in great obscurity, which will now
be in great measure removed by the fortunate discovery, at
Mr. Lambert’s death, of the original designs.

The plates 121, 122, 126, 127, 129, 131, 134, 136 and 139
of Latham’s second Supplement are copies, more or less exact,
of some of these drawings; and it further appears that a M.
Francillon, a French artist, copied others of them early in the
present century, as some of the plates in Vieillot’s ‘Oiseaux
Dorées,’ said to be from M. Francillon’s designs, are manifest
copies from this collection. From that time till very recently
the “ New South Wales Drawings” remained in oblivion, to
the no small inconvenience of the science, for had Messrs. V1-
gors and Horsfield and other writers on Australian ornitho-
logy had an opportunity of consulting them, it would have
saved us many superfluous synonyms and cleared up many
difficulties.

These remarks, it is hoped, will prove the great value of
original drawings when they have been used as the basis of
specific descriptions. How much useless lumber was removed
from zoology by the valuable memoir of Lichtenstein on the
original designs for Marcgrave’s ‘ History of Brazil,” now pre-
served at Berlin! (See Oken’s ‘Isis,’ 1820.) And Mr. Gray
would confer an equal boon if he would give us a catalogue
raisonnée of the yet unpublished drawings made by Forster
during Capt. Cook’s voyage, and preserved in the British
Museum. There are also numerous unascertained species
described by Latham from drawings once belonging to Lady
Impey, Gen. Davies, and other persons, which, if they could
be now discovered, would prove of the utmost value to modern
science. Let me hope that these observations may aid in
bringing some of these lost documents to light, and in sub-
mitting them to the criticisms of zoologists.

I now proceed to make some specific remarks by way of a
commentary and supplement to Mr. Gray’s paper, premising

fe, ee

Collection of Austrahan Drawings. 335

that the determination of many of these species is rendered
difficult by the rudeness of the designs, and by the changes
which some of the colours have undergone, especially the
whites, which being metallic colours have become oxydized,
and are now changed to black. Another difficulty arises from
some of the birds being drawn of the natural size and others
reduced, without any indication when this is the case, so that
the dimensions given by Latham from the drawings are often
faulty. Hence, after all the pains bestowed by Mr. G. R. Gray,
Mr. Gould, and myself, some few of the drawings still fail to
be identified with any known species. These may either re-
present true species unknown to modern science, or they may
possibly be, as Mr. Gould conjectures, mere inventions of the
artist.

Page 189 of the present vol. After ‘‘ Faxco nisus, Lath.,” insert
var. 6. (This bird is the Accipiter torquatus, not Astur approximans,
J.G.) Also note that the larger species, Astur approximans of Vi-
gors and Gould, is unquestionably a true Accipiter and not an Astur.
(The true Falco radiatus of Latham is also not an Astur but an Ac-
cipiter, J. G.).

(Faxco lunulatus, Lath., is perhaps a young Ieracidea, J. G.*)

(Lanivs robustus, Lath., represents one of the numerous varieties
of plumage of Graucalus mentalis. It must now I suppose be called
Graucalus robustus, J. G.)

Lantus erectus, Lath., judging from the figure, is more like a Ma-
lurus than a Falcunculus, but I am unacquainted with any species
like it.

P. 190. Corvus versicolor, Lath., is a true species of Strepera, of
a gray colour, allied in form and size to Strepera graculina. I pos-
sess a specimen, and Mr. Gould has shot it in New South Wales.
The name versicolor being decidedly erroneous, Mr. Gould proposes
to call it Strepera cinerea.

Corvus cyanoleucus, Lath. As this bird was also very accurately
described by Latham in his second Supplement under the name of
Gracula picata, and as the name picata is more correctly descriptive
than cyanoleuca, I should prefer making the permanent designation
of the bird Grallina picata (Lath.) rather than Grallina cyanoleuca
(Lath.).

For Cucuuus phasianus, Lath., read Cucutus phasianinus, Lath.,
and it should therefore now stand as Centropus phasianinus.

P.191. (Czrruia melanops, Lath. Syn. Sup. ii. p. 165. descrip-
tion 1, is perhaps the same as Glycyphila fulvifrons, J. G.)

(Certura melanops, var. Lath. l. c. description 2, is certainly Gly-

cyphila fulvifrons, J. G.)

* Mr. Gould and I have compared the drawing of Falco lunulatus, Lath.,
with specimens of Jeracidea berigora and Falco frontatus, Gould, Though
differing from both, it most resembles the Jeracidea. The name Falco fron-
tatus may therefore be allowed to stand.

336 Mr. H. E. Strickland on the Earl of Derby’s

(Certuia leucophea, Lath., is not Glycyphila subocularis as Mr.
Gray makes it, but is the Climacteris picumnus, Tem., J. G.) This
is sufficiently evident on comparing the drawing of C. leucophea with
Mr. Gould’s figure of the female Climacteris picumnus. ‘This bird
should therefore be designated as Climacteris leucophea (Lath.).

The Certhia atricapilla of Lath. is figured and described with a
white chin, which distinguishes it from the Meliphaga atricapilla of
Sir W. Jardine’s ‘ Illustrations of Ornithology,’ ser. 1. pl. 134. f. 1.
Mr. Gray unites it to Melithreptus lunulatus (Shaw), but that differs
in having a white band at the back of the head. ‘The Certhia atri-
capilla, Lath., is therefore either a distinct species from both the
above, or it may possibly be the young of Jardine’s M. atricapilla.

Certhia sanguinolenta is probably the female of Myzomela dibapha.

To the synonyms of Crerruia dibapha, Lath., add Melphaga car-
dinalis, V. and H. (nec Certhia cardinalis, Lath.) and Certhia austra-
lasie, Leach.

(CERTHIA canescens, Lath., is perhaps the Colluriocincla cinerea, V.
and H., J. G.)

Crrtuia cerulescens, Lath., is the Zosterops dorsalis, Vig., not the
Z. tenuirostris, Gould. It is also the Sylvia lateralis of Latham, and
the latter specific name seems preferable to cerulescens. Add Certhia
diluta, Shaw, and Philedon ceruleus, Cuv., to the synonyms of Zos-
terops lateralis.

Add Certhia xanthotis, Shaw, to the synonyms of Certhia chry-
sotis, Lath.

P. 192. Mr. Gray makes the Meliphaga auricomis of Vigors,
Swainson and Gould, to be distinct from Muscicapa auricomis, Lath.,
but I do not see on what grounds. This bird is figured no less than
four times over in the “New 8S. Wales Drawings”’—once as Tur-
dus melanops, and again under Latham’s MS. names of Muscicapa
australis, Sylvia mystacea, and Muscicapa nove hollandia. These three
last references Latham seems to have afterwards incorporated into
one species, described in his second Supplement under the name of
Muscicapa auricomis. 'The species should therefore retain the ap-
propriate name of Ptilotis auricomis.

Turvvs harmonicus, Lath., is, I have no doubt, a synonym of Col-
luriocincla cinerea, Vig., which should therefore stand as Colluriocincla
harmonica.

Turpuvs prasinus, Lath., seems to be the young of Pachycephala
rufiventris (Lath.).

(Turpvs tenebrosus, Lath., is perhaps the young of Artamus sor-
didus, J. G.)

To the synonyms of ‘Turpus lunulatus, Lath., add Turdus varius,
V. and H., and perhaps also 7’. varius of Horsfield’s ‘ Java.’

(Turpvus fuliginosus, Lath., is Merula nestor, Gould, J. G.), and
will now stand as Merula fuliginosa.

(Turvvus mazillaris, Lath., is perhaps the Sphecotheres australis,
Sw., J. G.)

(Turpus mellinus, Lath., is the young male of Sericulus chrysoce-
phalus, J. G.)

Collection of Australian Drawings. 337

Loxta bella, Lath., and Lozia nitida, Lath., constitute a well-
known species of Hstri/da, which may stand as Hstrilda bella, Lath.
(Loxia fascinans, Lath., is my Micrea macroptera, Myiagra ma-
croptera, Vig. I presume it must now be termed Micreca fascinans,
pats.
P.193. To the synonyms of Muscicapa pectoralis, Lath., add Tur-
dus lunularis, Steph., and Lanius albicollis, Vieill.

I feel quite satisfied that Muscicapa cucullata, Lath., is the same
as Petroica bicolor, Swains., which should therefore stand as Petroica
cucullata (Lath.). Grallina bicolor, V. and H., is another synonym
of it.

Muscicapa rhodogastra, Lath., is synonymous with Sazicola rho-
dinogasira, Drap., and Muscicapa lathami, Vig. It therefore stands
as Petroica rhodogastra (Lath.).

Moracitta atricapilla, Lath., is possibly the young male of Seri-
culus chrysocephalus, as it bears some resemblance to the drawing of
Turdus mellinus, Lath.

(Mr. Gould considers that the Syivia sagittata, Lath. (which is
certainly the Anthus minimus, Vig.) will probably rank as the type
of a new.genus; but for the present we may follow Mr. Gray in
calling it Acanthiza sagittata.)

(Syxv1a leucophea, Lath., is Micreca fascinans (Lath.), J. G.)

(Syzvia versicolor, Lath., is Chrysococcyx lucidus, J. G.) This
seems to be the Chrysococcyx plagosus of Mr. Gray, who I believe
regards the true C. lucidus of New Zealand as a distinct species.
The toes, having been erroneously drawn, induced Latham to make
it a Sylvia.

P.194. The following synonyms refer ‘to Hirunpo caudacuta,
Lath. : Chetura australis, Steph. ; Hirundo fusca, Steph., and Chetura
macroptera, Sw.

(Hirunvo pacifica, Lath., is Cypselus australis, Gould, J. G.) It
should therefore be designated Cypselus pacificus.

To the synonyms of Carrimuxeus vittatus, Lath., add Caprimul-
gus cristatus, White, and Agotheles australis, Sw.

CaprimuLeus megacephalus, Lath., appears to be the same as Po-
dargus stanleyanus, V. and H., and perhaps also Caprimulgus gracilis,
Lath.

CotumsBa melanoleuca, Lath., is the same as Columba picata, Lath.,
Columba armillaris, Tem., and Columba jamiesoni, Quoy. It will
stand as Phaps picata (Lath.), Selby.

A comparison of the original drawing of Charadrius magnirostris,
Lath., with a specimen in my collection has convinced me that this
bird is no other than Gdicnemus grallarius (Lath.). We have here
an instructive example of the mode in which errors arise and are
propagated in natural history. ‘The artist who drew the bird which
Latham named Charadrius magnirostris has represented with consi-
derable exactness the plumage of Cdicnemus grallarius, but by
throwing too strong a shade into the nasal groove, he led Latham
to describe the beak as ‘‘ very broad, resembling the Tody genus.”
Next came Illiger, who in his ‘ Prodromus Systematis Mammalium

338 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

et Avium,’ published in 1811, had the rashness to found a genus,
Burhinus, on Latham’s imperfect description of a rude drawing, and
the consequence has been that for the last thirty years our systems
of ornithology have been haunted by a ‘‘ Burhinus magnirostris > —
a vox et preterea nihil, unknown both to nature and to science. The
original drawing which led to all this confusion has now assisted in
dispelling it.

Cuaraprivs griseus, Lath., is I conceive the Charadrius virginia-
cus, Borkh. (C. marmoratus, Wagl., C. pectoralis, Less., C. affinis,
Boié).

The following remarks refer to some additional species of Latham
not in Mr. Gray’s list :—

Fatco ponticerianus, var. Lath., is the Haliastur leucosternus
(Gould).

Corvus melanops, Lath., is the Graucalus melanops.

Gatunvuta porphyrio, var. B. Lath., is Porphyrio melanonotus,
Tem.

Faxico melanops, Lath., is the Accipiter torquatus, 'Tem. (Nisus
australis, Less.) As the black round the eye which suggested the
specific name of melanops seems to be an invention of the artist, I
would reject that name on the ground of its serious incorrectness,
and retain the later one of torquatus.

Fatco albicilla, var. Lath., is the [chthyaétus leucogaster (Lath.),
young (Haliaétus sphenurus, Gould).

Fauco clarus, Lath., is perhaps the young of Astur nove hollandie
(Lath.). ;

Fatco pacificus, Lath., is perhaps a peculiar state of Milvus isurus,
Gould, with the head pure white.

Muscicapa erythrogastra, var. 2. Lath. Syn. Sup. i. p. 216, is
perhaps a new species of Petroica, differing from P. multicolor by
having a white eyebrow.

(Cucuuus flabelliformis, Lath., may perhaps be the Cuculus cine-
raceus, Vig., J. G.) |

ARDEA antigone, var. Lath., is Grus antigone (Lin.) (Grus orien-
talis, Frankl.).

Lantus curvirostris, Lath., is Cracticus torquatus (Lath.) (Vanga
destructor, 'Tem.).

ArpeEa maculata, Lath., is Nycticorax caledonica, young.

Besides the above there are several other species which Latham
originally described from these drawings, but which, having been
long since identified and made known to naturalists, it is unnecessary
to enumerate.

XLVIII.—Notes on the Botany of Sicily. By Joun Batt,
B.A., M.R.LA.

Havine observed in a recent number of this Magazine a

paper upon the Botany of Sicily, containing a list of spe-

cies observed or recorded as belonging to that island, I have

been induced to refer to some notes made during a very hasty

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. $39

tour, which I did not at the time conceive to be worthy of
publication. On looking over the catalogue of species given
by Mr. Hogg I was struck with the extreme meagreness of its
contents, extending to scarce half the number of species already
known as natives of Sicily, though probably a far more complete
one would come far short of adequately representing the exube-
rant richness of its gorgeous flora. It is indeed extraordinary
that an island so easily accessible to travellers, which presents
to them probably less of difficulties and inconveniences than
any part of the South of Europe, and which offers so many ob-
jects of surpassing interest, both those already known, the theme
of the historian and the poet, and those yet in store to reward
the investigations of the antiquarian or the naturalist, should
be so little visited and so imperfectly known. To be told that
the temple of Segesta stands in solitary grandeur amongst
mountains rarely tracked by the foot of a traveller, that the
guide can scarcely determine the uncertain course amidst the
pathless sands where arise the colossal ruins of Selinuntium,
that there are yet unexplored tracts where hundreds of new and
beautiful species would doubtless reward the botanist, whilst
the geology offers many most interesting problems to the future
historian of the earth, seems a sort of reproach on the activity
and energy of the numerous travellers who yearly quit En-
gland, seeking throughout Kurope for new objects of inquiry.
I find that even amongst the limited number of species which
it was possible for me to collect during a hurried ride round
the island under an almost vertical sun, there is a great por-
tion not contained in the catalogue furnished by Mr. Hogg ;
and I think it may tend to show what the real extent of the
Sicilian flora must be, and at the same time be interesting to
botanists who may visit the South of Europe, to give a list of
the known species of the single family of Grasses, to which I
have paid some attention, with some remarks, attracting their
notice to various points which may be studied on the spot by
any one having sufficient time to spare for the purpose. I
have added a few notes of my tour, pointing out localities for
some of the more remarkable plants, those interesting either
for their rarity, beauty, or scientific importance. The autho-
rities for most of the species in the following list, not seen by
myself, are extracted from the first volume of Bertoloni’s
‘ Flora Italica,’ a work well known to many of your readers
as indispensable to the student of Italian, indeed of European
botany; as unsurpassed, and scarcely equalled, for the accu-
racy of its descriptions, the soundness of its criticism, or the
extent of research which has been bestowed upon it.

The traveller landing in Sicily from Naples is at once sur-

340 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

prised by the almost total change in the vegetation. The least
curious’ eye must be struck by the strange forms of the dis-
torted Opuntia, the dark glossy foliage of the Carubia, or the
stiff motionless aloe (Agave americana), which within a short
period has become universally diffused ; but to the botanist
few of the new objects which meet him in every direction will
be more attractive than the beautiful and varied species of —
Graminee.

The neighbourhood of Messina, particularly the sandy tract
extending to the now undreaded Charybdis and the Pelorian
promontory, is peculiarly rich in plants of this class ; here will
be found the beautiful Panicum teneriffe*, R. Br. (Saccharum
teneriffe, F\. Gr.), the Lamarckia aurea, Meench., Stipa tor-
tilis, Dsf.; many species of Festuca of the Vulpia group, in-
cluding F. alopecurus, Pers., and F. ligustica, Bert. (whether
the latter be distinct from F. geniculata, W., is I should think
doubtful) ; the Avena condensata, Link, which occurs here and
elsewhere on the east coast (it may be doubted whether this
should not be united with A. neglecta, W.), and Atgilops tri-
aristata, W. The genus Agilops requires further study and
illustration ; though favoured by specimens from the Botanic
Garden at Pisa, I can find no permanent character by which
to distinguish 41. neglecta, Savi, from 4. ovata, nor do the
remarks of Bertoloni enable me to separate 4. triaristata,W.,
from 4. triuncialis, L. Amongst the species of other orders,
the botanist will notice several maritime Umbellifere, inclu-
ding Thapsia Garganica, Fl. Gr., and Cachrys Sicula, L., and
among the less conspicuous plants the Gnaphalium tenuifo-
lium, Psl.+, which seems to have some claims to the rank of a
distinct species.

The rocks near St. Alessio are covered with beautiful spe-
cies, including Scadbiosa cretica, L., Matthiola rupestris, R. Br.
(which seems too near to M. sinuata), Dianthus velutinus,Guss.,
Silene fruticosa, L., Euphorbia ceratocarpa, and E. biglandu-
losa, Dsf., Lythrum Grefferi, Ten., Artemisia arborescens, L.,
Centaurea sicula, L., and C. cineraria, L.; also Cineraria bico-
lor, W. (it is to be wished that some botanist would clear up the
confusion that exists as to several species of this group). The
neighbouring sands abound in rare plants ; the Matthiola tri-
cuspidata, R. Br., is conspicuous ; amongst the Graminee, the
scarce Bromus fasciculatus, Presl, Festuca (Vulpia) ciliata,
DeC., a beautiful and distinct species, Ff. maritima, Kunth

* J have not observed the reddish tint given to the figure in the ‘ Flora
Greca.’
+ Filago Gallica, 8. DC. Prod.

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 341

(Triticum maritimum, L., Bertol. Fl. It.); it seems quite im-
possible to separate this from the group forming the genus
Sclerochloa of Link. I here found a variety of Bromus ste-
rilis, L., with the panicle dense and pendulous, and the mem-
branous margin of the calycine valves broader and whiter than
usual, giving the plant a beautiful silvery appearance ; it is
very possibly a distinct species. A few miles to the southward
of St. Alessio is Taormina (the ancient Taurominium): as the
traveller stands above the vast area of its theatre, his eye is
distracted from the glorious prospect which extends from the
southern point of Calabria on the one hand, across the Ionian
Sea, to the rocks of the Cyclops and up to the snowy peak of
Kitna, by the gorgeous vegetation which mantles over this
mighty monument of ancient art. The Acanthus mollis, Phlo-
mis fruticosa, and Solanum sodomeum are conspicuous, and
here the botanist first notices the beautiful little Sedum ceru-
leum abundant on the walls and rocks. I should think that
no spot in Sicily would better reward the naturalist or anti-
quary for a halt of some days: the small town of Taormina
contains many beautiful remnants of Norman architecture, and
the numerous half-ruined towns and villages that are perched
on the summit of lofty and seemingly scarce accessible rocks
must abound in objects of interest; while the little inn at
Giardini, though not very inviting, is one of the most tole-
rable in the country. No one visiting the supposed site of the
scenes described in the Odyssey—the island of Polyphemus,
will fail to remark the singular geological phenomena there
presented ; where beds of a very recent tertiary limestone are
interposed between the more ancient columnar lava and an
upper stream, which is not to be distinguished from that which
advances into the sea from the neighbouring shore ; inducing
the suspicion that the whole may have undergone material
changes even since the date of the Homeric record. Indeed it
is still to be determined whether the shells contained in a large
portion of the Sicilian tertiary strata be not identical with ex-
isting species*, thus referring the period of elevation to a more
recent epoch than has hitherto been suspected. The marshy
ground south of Catania contains many interesting plants,
such as Ginanthe globulosa, Bupleurum Odontites, L. (nec Sm.),
&c.; one group of the genus Phalaris may be well studied
here, as within a confined range may be found P. paradoa, L.,
P. nodosa, Spr., P. aquatica, L. (P. cerulescens, Auct.), and
P. minor, W.; it may be worth inquiry whether the characters

* [ have been informed that several supposed extinct species have been
dredged up by Mr. Forbes in the Levant.

342 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

of the last species be not subject to variation. Of the vege-
tation of Etna much has been written, yet I am satisfied that
a more lengthened examination than has yet been given, espe-
cially to its western slopes, would amply reward the botanist
who would undertake it. Upon the Monte Rosso, the lowest
of the long line of craters which have been opened by the suc-
cessive eruptions, many of the species of the lower region
will be found, amongst them Sedum amplexicaule, DeC. (Sem-
pervivum tenuifolium, Fl. Gr.). The extent of snow at the
period of my ascent prevented my examination of the upper
region ; the last plants which I saw in flower were Viola Ait-
nensis, Psl. (which is doubtless, as DeCandolle has placed it,
a variety of V. calcarata), and Hrophila precox, DeC., scarcely
an inch in height; this most of the foreign botanists consider
distinct: I presume that the EZ. verna, 8. of Hooker’s ‘ British
Flora’ is this species. The limestone tract round Lentini is
covered with beautiful plants, such as Ononis ramosissima,
Dsf., Phlomis Herba-venti, L., Lonicera implexa, Bert., Eryn-
gium triquetrum, Vahl., and £. pusillum, L.

In wandering over the barren rocks where once stood Sy-
racuse, the mind is so prepossessed by the thousand confused
memories of former days as to forget its accustomed occupa-
tions, and at first even the most hardened botanist will hesi-
tate lest in pursuing his vocation he sacrilegiously disturb the
ashes of some of that illustrious race who once made this spot
celebrated ; he will however speedily overcome his scruples
on noticing several scarce species, such as Origanum heracleo-
ticum, Marrubium hispanicum and Pteris cretica; these grow
in different parts of the Latomie, the enormous quarries which
alone attest the extent of the ancient city ; in the same place
I found the Melica minuta of Bertoloni, ‘ Fl. It.? Kunth seems
not to have well understood this group, as the M. ramosa, Vill.
of Bertoloni seems certainly distinct from its allies; it is a
scarce plant; I have seen it only in the Roman stations men-
tioned in the ‘FL. It.2 The Melia Azedarach, a quite tropical
tree, has become naturalized about Syracuse. As the guides
conduct all travellers up the stream of the Anapus, where the
Papyrus grows in great luxuriance to a height of eight or ten
feet, no one can avoid remarking this, the king of the Cype-
raceous tribe ; as it grows in several other similar situations, I
see no reason to doubt Gussone’s correctness in supposing it
a native of Sicily. At or near the mouth of the Anapus I
noticed Rottboéllia cylindrica and fasciculata? ; a large Glyce-
ria near to G. fluitans in character, but approaching G. aqua-
tica in habit, probably a new species of the genus; two spe-

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 343

cies of Frankenia, (F. levis and another doubtful one,) together
with several litoral species.

The limestone hills which lie to the westward of Syracuse
contain many interesting species, but have been scarcely at
all examined ; I noticed Salvia triloba, L., Convolvulus tricolor,
L., a doubtful Pyrus, Ophrys tenthredinifera, W., and Orchis
lactea, Poir. It is only on arriving on the southern shores of
Sicily that the traveller discovers the semi-tropical character
of its vegetation; here the ground is covered with the dwarf
palm, Chamerops humilis, L., and many species of Helianthe-
mum, and waving in the breeze will be seen those singular
shrubs Ephedra distachya, and E. fragilis, Dsf.* On the sea-
banks grow Momordica Elaterium, and Mesembryanthemum
crystallinum, and here and there tufts of the beautiful and
anomalous grass Lygeum spartum. Amongst many scarce
Umbellifere 1 gathered on the sands near Terranova Orlaya
maritima, Koch, Krubera leptophylia, Hoffm., Kundmannia
(Sium) sicula, DeC., &c.; also Bromus lanceolatus, B. scoparius,
B. maximus, several varieties, Ammophila arundinacea, &c. It
would be impossible within the limits of a brief sketch to give
any notion of the great variety of the vegetation of this coast,
I have no doubt but that many interesting species would re-
ward any examination that may be given to it: Girgenti, from
the surpassing interest attaching to its architectural remains,
would naturally be chosen as head quarters ; in the same neigh-
bourhood a large number of fossils of the tertiary strata might
be collected with little trouble: amongst the rare plants al-
ready known in the neighbourhood, I may mention Ornitho-
galum arabicum, L., O. narbonense, L., Scabiosa dichotoma,
Lavatera Agrigentina, and L. cretica ; the first four I observed
near to the so-called temple of Juno. I suspect that the nu-
merous species of the tribe of Cynaree have not yet been suffi-
ciently examined ; I found a species of Carduncellus, probably
undescribed ; the Cirsium Italicum, DeC. Pr., though scarce in
Italy, is here frequent: there are also many Sicilian species of
Euphorbia omitted in Mr. Hogg’s list; besides those already
noticed there are, EL. trinervis, Bert., H. melapetala, Gaspar.,
E. cuneifolia, Guss., E. orientalis, L., E. spinosa, L., E. ptero-
cocca, Spr., E. Cupani, Guss., and probably many more.

In the beautiful district lying between Trapani and Palermo,
the naturalist who will explore the pathless mountain ranges,
such as that which runs to the westward from Alcamo, will

* Any botanist carrying a microscope or a powerful lens should carefully
examine the structure of the inflorescence and fructification of these plants,
as in the dried state this becomes impossible ; at present very little seems to
be known on the subject.

344 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

be sure of being amply rewarded for his labour ; it would pro-
bably be easy to obtain such letters as would ensure resting-
places within a reasonable distance from the scene of his ope-
rations; but the less adventurous or more hurried traveller
may well content himself with the vicinity of Palermo, which
does not disappoint the expectations excited by the magni-
ficence of the first view which he obtains from the heights
above Monreale. Within the amphitheatre which he overlooks,
there are three different regions for the botanist to examine,
the sea-coast, the plain, and the hills around: in the first,
amongst other rarities, will be found Medicago oliveformis,
M. tribuloides, M. Helix, &c. ; two tropical grasses, Pennisetum
distylum and Dactyloctenium egyptiacum, &c. In the plain
round the town grow Narcissus serotinus, Crocus longiflorus,
Zizyphus Lotus, Saccharum egyptiacum, and the beautiful
Lobelia tenella, Biv., which is frequent upon damp walls. On
the hills near San Martino I gathered Matthiola tristis,
Lychnis Celi-Rosa and L. Coronaria, Andropogon pubescens,
Vis., and a new species of Dactylis, to which I propose to give
the name disticha, from its peculiar habit; amongst other
species from the hilly district, Professor Parlatore, a young
Sicilian botanist of great promise, has discovered Lepidium
bonannianum, Chamepeuce stellata, DeC., and a new Agro-
pyrum, which he has named A. panormitanum. That this,
which is considered the well-known district of Sicily, should
present some new object to every inquirer, may give some idea
of how much remains to be done by naturalists in this country ;
it is not too much to suppose that the following list of Grasses,
which contains about 240 species*, may be nearly a hundred
short of the real number hereafter to be ascertained; I can
only hope that the foregoing brief sketch may have the effect
of stimulating the zeal of future travellers, more especially of
those who may be able to devote a longer period to their visit
than 1 was myself able to do. In the following list I have
given localities for most of the rarer species, and where the
plant rests on my own authority; and have affixed a note of
interrogation where I do not actually possess specimens from
the locality mentioned, even where I do not feel any doubt on
the subject.

Note.—I may remark, in respect to Mr. Hoge’s observa-
tions on the temperature of Palermo, that in July 1841 the
thermometer rose on three successive days to37° R. or 115° 2 F.
in the shade; and I have understood that this is not much
above the usual heat during the prevalence of the sirocco.

* Mr. Hogg’s two lists have somewhat less than one hundred.

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 345

CATALOGUE OF SICILIAN GRASSES.

_ Anthoxanthum odoratum, L.

gracile, R. and S.

Saccharum Ravenne, Spr.

Aigyptiacum, W. banks of the Oreto, Palermo, Gussone.
cylindricum, Lam. Sea-coast.

Phalaris Canariensis, L. Certainly indigenous on the sandy coast,
north of Messina, &c., J. B. sp.

nitida, Psl. Palermo, Gussone.

——- nodosa, Spr. Vizzini, Noto, Gussone.

— aquatica, L. Near Catania, &c., J. B. sp.

——— minor, W. Near Catania, J. B. sp.; Terranova, Gussone.

paradoxa, L. Not unfrequent, J. B.

arundinacea, L.

Phleum pratense, L.

, 2. nodosum, J.B. sp. This can scarcely be separated

even as a variety.

echinatum, R.andS, Madonie, Gussone. P. felinum, Fl. Gr.,

is this plant.

asperum, Pers.

Behmeri, W., J. B.

Micheli, All. Madonie, Gussone; lower region of Etna,

J.B?

arenarium, L., J. B.?

tenue, Schr. Near Messina, J. B.

Crypsis aculeata, Ait.

— schenoides, Lam. Near Palermo, Gussone. *

alopecuroides, Schr.

nigricans, Guss. Several places along the south coast. I
suspect it will prove to be only a stunted variety of the last species.

Alopecurus pratensis, L.

agrestis, L.

bulbosus, L., J. B.? This is perhaps a var. of the last.

» geniculatus, L. I do not know whether A. fulvus, Sm., has
been observed in Sicily ; I cannot agree with Bertoloni in consi-
dering it a form of the last; the rounded anthers and different
character of the herbage seem to me constant characters.

utriculatus, Pers. Catania, J. B.?

Polypogon monspeliensis, R. and 8S. ‘This beautiful grass is common
in salt marshes, growing sometimes, as at the mouth of the Anapus,
to a height of three feet. Gussone has described a remarkable
variety with the arista only equalling the calycine valves, not
three times as long.

maritimus, R. and S. Sea-coast, Gussone. ‘This species,
though like the last, is quite distinct.

Milium effusum, L. Madonie, Gussone.

scabrum, R. and S. Madonie, Gussone. This, the M. vernale,

M. B., is I think certainly a good sp. It always has a much sim-

pler panicle and the stem scabrous.

— cerulescens, Pers. Near Syracuse, Gussone.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2A

346 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

Gastridium lendigerum, R. and §., J. B. sp. I cannot agree in the
reunion of this genus with Milium. In an extensive natural order
it is surely necessary to allow great weight to habit in establish-
ing generic distinctions.

muticum, Spr. In severai places. Observation may per-
haps show that the differences are not permanent which separate
this from the preceding very variable species.

Agrostis pallida, DeC. Castelvetrano, &c.

canina, lu.

nitens, Guss. ‘Trapani, from the salt-marshes, Gussone.

Sicula, Kunth (A. glaucescens, Spr.). Jam not acquainted

with this species, nor does it appear that Bertoloni is so either.

alba, L. Very common and variable: amongst other forms
there are A. vulgaris, E. B.; A. stolonifera, L.; A. pumila, L.; and

I should say the following :—

verticillata, Vill. Syracuse, J. B. I cannot find satisfactory

characters, though assisted by Bertoloni’s observations.

pungens, Schreb. Palermo.

Cynodon Dactylon, Pers. Very common.

Digitaria Sanguinalis, W. A very variable species.

Panicum verticillatum, L. Fields about Palermo, Gussone.

viride, L. Common.

glaucum, L. Common. Bertoloni has well distinguished

these plants.

Crus-Galli, L. Common.

zonale, Guss. Fields near Palermo and Boccadifaleo, Guss.

——— Teneriffe, R. Br. Not unfrequent, J. B.

repens, L.

compressum, Biv. Neighbourhood of Palermo, J. B. sp.

Aira cristata, L.

grandiflora, Bert. This is I think frequent on rocky ground.

aquatica, L.

agrostidea, Spr. Madonie, Herb. nost.; meadows at Bucheri,

Gussone.

cespitosa, LL. Nebrodes, Gussone.

pubescens, Vahl. Frequent on the sea-coast, J. B. sp.

flecuosa, L. Mountainous parts, J. B.

articulata, Pers. South coast, Gussone; lower region of Etna,

J.B. sp. The Etna plant has a slightly different appearance, but

is scarcely distinguishable asa variety : itis the Aira Ainensis, Psl.

caryophyllea, Madonie, Herb. nost.; Terranova, Jan.

Tenorii, Guss., A. pulchella,W. Sicily, Gussone. This should

be placed next to the last species, to which it is nearly allied,

though certainly distinct.

capillaris, Spr. Palermo, Gussone.

——_——, y. Bert., 4. intermedia, Guss. Palermo, Gussone ;

Madonie, Herb. nost.

Pollinia distachya, Spr. Palermo, Taormina, and elsewhere on the
east coast, J. B. sp.

Andropogon hirtum, L. Frequent, J. B. sp.

angustifolium, Fl. Gr. Frequent, J. B. Should Bertoloni

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 347

be correct in distinguishing this from the 4. Ischemum, L., the
common French species, it will be necessary to rename the A. an-
gustifolium, H. and K.,a Mexican species, which ought then to
recover the name JA. stenophyllus, R. and §. Syst. Nat.

Andropogon pubescens, Vis. I found this species, which is nearly allied
to A. hirtum, L., on dry rocky ground near the monastery of San
Martino, seven miles from Palermo. It is widely spread along the
coast of Barbary, and has been found in Abyssinia and Nubia by
Schimper and Kotschy.

Sorghum halepense, Pers. Palermo, Biv.

Holcus lanatus, L., J. B.?

— mollis; li., J. B.

Arrhenatherum avenaceum, P. de B.

Melica ciliata, L. South coast, J. B. sp.

Cupani,Guss. Madonie, Gussone.

Bauhini, W., J. B.? ‘These three species are very nearly al-

lied ; with the assistance of Bertoloni’s remarks, both groups may

be well studied in Sicily. If great difference of habit suffices to
constitute a genus, these might well be separated.

uniflora, W. Etna, J. B.

—— pyramidalis, Bert. Not rare, J. B.

minuta, L. Latomie, Syracuse, J. B. sp.

Molinia cerulea, Meench. Etna? J. B.

serotina, M. and K.

Sesleria cerulea, Scop.

, 0. tenuifolia, Schrad.

, ¥. cylindrica, R. and 8.

———., e. nitida, R. and 8. I fully concur in the propriety
of uniting all these supposed species, as well as the S. elongata, W.,
into one. The above forms, with many intermediate ones, will be
found in Sicily. The var. «. has been found in the mountains of
Madonie and Cammarata by Gussone.

fichinaria capitata, Dsf. Frequent in the south of Sicily,
J. B. sp.

Poa aquatica, L.

—-— fluitans, L.

—— annua, L.

—- bulbosa, Sm. Frequent, J. B.

, 2. vivipara. Lower crater of Etna (Monte Rosso),

J. B. sp.
—-— trivialis, L.
—- fertilis, Kunth, J. B.
—-— pratensis, L.
—— nemoralis, LL. Etna? J.B.
—- compressa, L. Madonie, Herb. nost.
—- pilosa, L. Sicily, J. B.
—— Hragrostis, L. Frequent, J. B.
—-— tritica, Psl. A doubtful species.
Briza minor, L., J. B.?
media, L. Not common.
mazima, L. Very common.
2 A.2

348 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

Dactylis glomerata, L.
— ———,, 3. glaucescens, W.

————,, y. hispanica, W. These supposed species are cer~
tainly mere forms of a common type; they are all found in Sicily.
disticha, nobis*. Near Palermo, J. B.

——— litoralis, W. Marshes near Catania, Gussone.

— repens, Dsf. Salt marshes at Spaccaforno and Cape Passaro,
Gussone.

Dactyloctenium Aigyptiacum, W. Near Palermo, sp. in Herb. nost.

Cynosus cristatus, L.

— echinatus, L. Very common.

— elegans, Dsf. Madonie, Castrogiovanni, Gussone.

Lamarckia aurea, Meench. This beautiful species is not uncommon.

Pennisetum distylum, Gussone. Lower part of the Monte Pellegrino,
Palermo, Gussone.

Festuca expansa, Kunth (Poa divaricata, W., Bert.). Salt marshes
of Trapani. .

divaricata, Dsf. (Triticum divaricatum, Bert.). Sea-coast in

various places, J, 8. sp.

maritima, DeC. Gall. (Triticum maritimum, L., Bert.). St.

Alessio, J. B. sp. ; coast at Capaci, Gussone.

rigida, Kunth. Common, J. B.

distans, Kunth (Poa distans, L., Bert.). Palagonia, Gusta

~, B. (F. thalassica and F’. Hostii, Kunth, Poa maritima,

Huds.). The above species form a very natural group which can

scarcely be well separated into different genera. I agree with Ber-

toloni in believing that there are intermediate forms connecting

Poa distans, L., and P. maritima, Huds., though the opposite opi-

nion is held by high authority.

unioloides, Kunth (Triticum unioloides, Vahl, Bert.). Near

Palermo and Termini, Gussone.

Poa, Kunth (Triticum tenellum, L., Bert.). Sicily, J. B.?

rottboéllioides, Kunth (Triticum loliaceum, Sm., Bert.). Near

Messina, J. B. sp.

tenuicula, Link (Triticum festucoides, Bert. i. 808). On vol-

canic sand in the lower region of Etna, J. B. sp. This is I sup-

pose the 7. hispanicum of Mr. Hogg. The whole group still re-

quires some careful study and the examination of living specimens,

as both the natural limits of the species and the synonymy are in

great confusion.

Sicula, Psl. Hills of Floresta and Val di Mazzara, Gussone.

Michelii, Kunth (Keleria macilenta, DeC., sec. Bertoloni).

Sands of Vittoria, Gussone.

ligustica, Bert. Frequent, J. B. sp.

geniculata, W. Sea-coast, Jan.

——_ uniglumis, Sol. Messina, &c., J. B. sp.

—— myurus, L.

——_ , B. (F. bromoides, L.). Both are common.

ciliata, DeC. St. Alessio, J. B. sp.

* It may turn out that this is the Wangenheimia disticha of Moench (Cy-
nosurus Lima, L.). I have not seen specimens of a good description.

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 349

Festuca alopecurus, Pers. I have specimens from near Messina agree-
ing with the plant so named by Tenore.

incrassata, Salz. Sea-shore at Girgenti and Alicata, Gussone.

poeformis, Spr. Sands of Etna, Gussone ; Madonie, Jan.

ovina, L. I am quite of the opinion of Bertoloni, ‘ Flora Ita-

lica,’ i. 601, in uniting this with F. duriuscula, L., and the various

supposed species there mentioned, but am inclined to consider the

following as distinct. ’

rubra, L. I am quite sure that I observed the large sea-side

form of this plant on the east coast of Sicily, J. B.

heterophylla, L. Woody region of Etna, Gussone. The cha-

racters of this species remain very constant in cultivation.

exaltata, Psl.

calamaria, Sm. Woods of Etna, J.B.?

pratensis, Huds. Sicily, Gussone.

, B. (F. elatior, L.). Coast near Syracuse, J. B. sp.

I am unable to find any permanent characters by which to separate

these extreme forms, which are connected by many intermediate

varieties.

serotina, L.

cerulescens, Dsf. Mountains near Palermo, Val Damone,

Gussone.

cristata, L. (Keleria phleoides, Pers.). Frequent,’ J.B. sp.

hispida, Savi. Castelvetrano, Bronte, Gussone.

Aitnensis, Psl. Lower region of Etna. This plant should be

sought for, as it seems little known; Bertoloni believes it to be

nearly allied to or identical with Poa cenisia, All.

gracilis, Meench. (Brachypodium sylvaticum, R. and S.). On

Etna, J. B.?

pinnata, Huds. (Brachypodium pinnatum, R. and §8.)._ Fre-

quent, J. B. sp.

phenicoides, L., Mant. Frequent, J.B.sp. Extremely near
the last species.

Bromus secalinus, L.

, B. (B. velutinus, Schr.). Polizzi, Gussone.

squarrosus, L.

mollis, L. It occurs both in the pubescent and glabrous

form.

racemosus, L. (B. arvensis, Sm.). Bertoloni is probably cor-
rect in referring the B. arvensis, E. B., to B. racemosus, L.; but I
believe that the plant named B. racemosus by Smith and most
English botanists is the glabrous form of B. mollis before men-
tioned. B. commutatus, Schrad., should probably be referred to
the present species. The B. arvensis of the Italian botanists, and
perhaps of Linnzeus, is certainly different from the English species.
intermedius, Guss. Boccadifalco, &c., Gussone. This is not
unlikely to prove a variety of B. mollis.

lanceolatus, Roth. Not unfrequent, J.B. sp., and certainly
distinct.

scoparius, L. Terranova, J. B. sp.; Palermo, Val di Maz-
zara, Gussone. This species has been much confused ; it is nearly
allied to the last.

—~—— =gpe- -> sed

350 Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily.

Bromus giganteus, L. Woody region of Etna, J. B.?

— asper, L. I suspect that this and the preceding species, and

possibly the following one also, will ultimately be placed in the

same group with Triticum ciliatum, DeC.

erectus, Huds. The extreme forms of this species are at least

as distinct as Festuca pinnata, Huds., and I’. phenicoides, L.

— sterilis, L.

, 2. argentea. Coast near St. Alessio, J. B. sp. I

know not on what authority Bertoloni has united the B. jubatus,

Ten., with this species.

— scaberrimus, ‘Ven.

——— maximus, Psl.

, B. (B. madritensis, Guss.). This latter is considered

distinct by Professor Parlatore, who has well illustrated the Sici-

lian species of this genus. A great variety of forms exist in the

island, but I can only separate my specimens into two specific

groups, and even of these the limits are not very well defined.

The synonymy is in inextricable confusion.

tectorum, L. Frequent.

rubens, L. Val di Mazzara and hills about Palermo, Guals:

fasciculatus, Psl. Near St. Alessio and Selinonte, J.B. sp. ;
Val di Mazzara, Gussone: a very distinct species. Had I not been
desirous of avoiding unnecessary change in a mere catalogue, I
should have followed Prof. Parlatore in separating the Bromi seca-
lint as a distinct genus, to which he has given the name Serra-
falcus, in the small monograph already referred to.

Stipa pennata, L. Hills of Termini and Altavilla, Gussone.

capillata, L. ‘Terranova, Castelvetrano, Gussone.

tortilis, Dsf. Frequent, J. B. sp.

Aristella bromoides, Bertoloni (Stipa Aristella, L.). Not unfrequent,
J. B.

Avena sterilis, L.

Fatua, L.

fallax, Ten. Hills about Palermo and Caltavoturo, Gussone.

pubescens, L. Sicily, J. B.?

pratensis, L. Frequent, J. B.

condensata, Link. In many places on the coast, J. B. sp.

neglecta,{Savi. Terranova, Gussone. It is admitted that most of

the characters which separate this and the preceding are variable.

parviflora, Dsf.

flavescens, L. (To this Bertoloni refers Trisetum splendens, Psl.)

Sragilis, L. (Gaudinia fragilis, R and S.). Common, J. B.

Danthonia provincialis, DeC. Lower region of Etna, J. B. ?

Lagurus ovatus, L. Very common.

Arundo Donax, L.

plintana, Turr. Chiefly about Palermo. This is the A. mau-

ritanica, Dsf., of Mr. Hogg.

Ampelodesmos, Cyr. Common.

——— Phragmites, L.

———— epigejos, Li.

———. moniana, R, and S. Etna, J. B.?

Mr. J. Ball on the Botany of Sicily. 351

Ammophila arundinacea, Host. Sea-shore at Terranova, J. B. sp.
Lolium beige L.

8B. (L. strictum, Psl.). Sands near Messina, J. B. sp.

- 28a aise L.

— temulenium, 2. (L. speciosum, Guss.). Frequent, J. B.

Rottboéllia incurvata, L. fil. In many places, J. B. sp.

——_ filiformis, Roth. Less frequent than the es J.B.
Nothing but a careful study of the living plants will settle the still
doubtful question as to the identity of these two species.

cylindrica,W. Mouth of the Anapus near Syracuse, J. B.
sp.; Mondello, Gussone.
fasciculata, Dsf. South coast, J. B.

Psilurus nardoides, Trin. Frequent in the lower region of Etna,
J.B. sp.

Elymus europeus, lu. In woods. I believe I have seen Sicilian spe-
cimens of E. crinitus, Schreb.

Hordeum bulbosum, L. Mistretta, Gussone.

murinum, L. Not common: near Syracuse, J. B. sp.

pratense, Huds. Mountainous parts.

maritimum, With. Frequent, J. B. sp.

Aigilops ovata, L. Common.

neglecta, Req., Savi. J.B. sp.?

triaristata, Req.? J.B. sp.

triuncialis, L. J.B.sp.? As I before remarked, I am unable
to distinguish the species of this genus; I believe that I have
found the above four forms, and probably the . triticoides, Req.,
and 4. cylindrica, Host, are also to be found; the genus calls for
careful examination.

Secale Montanum, Guss. Frequent, J. B.

Triticum estivum, sylvestre. Frequent in various situations, and to
all appearance spontaneous, J. B. See Bert. Fl. It. i. 796.

villosum, Psl. Frequent, J. B. sp.

junceum, li. Sandy sea-shores, J. B.

— scirpeum, Guss. Salt marshes at Sferracavallo, Serra di

Falco and Termini, Gussone.

repens, L,

>

. W.
-, y- Bert. (T. litorale, Host). Coast near S* Agata,

Gussone.

— panormitanum (Agropyrum panormitanum of Parlatore). I
have not yet seen specimens of this plant. It is to be feared that
many of the described species of this section are merely variable
forms of two or three types. Bertoloni unites T. glaucum of Host
with T. repens, L.

—— caninum, Huds. May not even this be an extreme form of
T. repens?

Lappago racemosa, W. This is scarce in Sicily.

Nardus stricta, L.

Lygeum spartum, L. This singular and beautiful plant is almost con-
fined to the south coast between Terranova and Sciacca.

352 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

XLIX.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By
JoHn Ricuarpson, M.D., F.R. S.5 &c., Inspector of
Hospitals, Haslar.

[Continued from p. 182.]

BaTRACHUS DIEMENSIS (Le Sueur?), Tasmanian Frog-fish.

No. 34. Mr, Gilbert’s list.

Mr. GiuBert says that “ this fish is an inhabitant of the mud
at the head of the harbour of Port Essington, where it may be
frequently seen creeping over the surface when the tide has
left. It is very difficult to capture, for on the shghtest ap-
pearance of danger it plunges down instantaneously.”

Not having at hand the journal of the Academy of Science
of Philadelphia, in which M. Le Sueur describes the Batrachus
diemensis, 1 am unable to affirm the correctness of the desig-
nation which I have given to Mr. Gilbert’s specimen. The
diemensis is quoted in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ as a syno-
nym of the qguadrispinis of that work, and with this the Port
iKissington fish agrees in having two spines on the suboper-
culum similar to the opercular ones; but quadrispinis has
three spines in the first dorsal, its markings are described as
merely crowded dots on a pale ground, and nothing is said of
the finely streaked and reticulated arrangement of the pale
tint on the upper surface of the body, and in the axilla of the
pectoral, which exists in Mr. Gilbert’s fish. The figure of
Lophius dubius in White’s ‘ Voyage to Botany Bay,’ which 1s
referred by Cuvier to Batrachus dussumieri, is so bad, that the
only mode of discovering what it was intended for is a careful
comparison of all the species which frequent Port Jackson.

Teeth all very short, appearig conical and acute under the mi-
croscope, but to the naked eye forming villiform bands. ‘The band is
broadest at the symphysis of the lower jaw, but laterally and on the
intermaxillaries it is reduced to a single, or at most a double row of
teeth. On the vomer and palatine bones the dental stripe is three
or four rows deep, and it widens posteriorly. The lower lip is fringed
with short, thick filaments; there are a few on the maxillary; one
small one projects from the membrane on each side of the snout over
the limb of the intermaxillary, and about five somewhat larger ones
mark out the edge of the preoperculum. ‘The upper edge of the orbit
is furnished with a short palmated filament, and there is a smaller
simple one further back. One row of pores with tumid lips runs

above the orbit, and another below it: they meet behind, pass |

on in a single line to the nape, and thence with a slight arching to
the end of the soft dorsal. A second row commencing before the
ventrals, runs under the pectoral to the end of the anal; a third
one, not so crowded and less complete, may be detected on the mid-
dle of the side; and a few pores are scattered over the body. When

a

the Ichthyology of Australia. 353

the skin is moistened it wrinkles, particularly behind the pectorals
and on the upper part of the sides, forming many soft, forking and
anastomosing ridges which enclose innumerable little pits, each of
which is marked by a black spot, while the ridges have a pale yel-
lowish brown colour. In drying the skin becomes quite even, and
the site of the wrinkles on the top and sides of the body and head is
occupied by a fine meshwork of yellowish lines. Towards the belly
there appear merely dark specks scattered over the yellowish ground.
There are also five or six large irregular dark blotches on the sides
and back. The skin is scaleless.
Rays :—B. 6; D. 2—18; A. 16; P. 20; C.13; V.1]2.

-The pectorals are oval. The first dorsal is represented by two
warty points scarcely projecting above the skin: there is no vestige
of a third spine. The soft dorsal, commencing a short way behind
these points, has the free compressed tips of its rays covered with
thick skin ; its last ray is short, and may be merely a division of the
one which precedes it. ‘The same may be said of the last ray of the
anal. ‘The opercular spines are rather flat and obtuse, and, as in
quadrispinis, the upper one is twice the length of the under one.
The suboperculum is armed with two similar spines, and also by a
third shorter one or rather angular point beneath them.

DimeENsIoNs. :
inches, lines,

Length from upper lip to end of caudal fin .............cseeeeee 5
Fe eee Gl CEO TS: Widens. tude leades added 6 0

a GNM cera suphn gpavaw shan Sn deden onldsadvpm 4 7
——————— gill-opening .........ccccesceceseeeeees 2 3
NS 5s anaes ceninn Ve ais inscp roe negiercadsscanesersacens u 8
50S sing saath dn a's nc seo yaidas cesses essen ecens nar’ 1 8
MOT IS Docc, . cicee ca sUaceasececesnseecsccceoressacssovsess 1 1
SPE ST pc ths crineneacacspesdaedsceucelevatkiversvocactes 1 5

Lasrus Gouupit (Nob.), Gould’s Wrasse.
Sp. British Museum, No. 40, 12, 9, 62.

The ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ contains descriptions of only
four Labri of the Southern seas, viz. L. pecilopleura of New
Zealand, L. ephippium and macrodontus of Java, and L. gayi
of Juan Fernandez. The British Museum possesses a fish
brought from Western Australia by Mr. Gould, which appears
to be nearly allied to L. macrodontus, but to differ in the num-
ber of the fin-rays as well as in some other particulars. The
specimen consists of the dried skin of one side of the fish, and
the bones of the head have been much cut away, so that the
proper form of the profile cannot be exactly ascertained. No
traces of the original colour remain, but Mr. Gould reports
that it was an unform olive in the recent fish. In the denti-
tion this species approaches to the genus Cossyphus, but the
fins are not so extensively scaly, there are no crenatures on the
preoperculum, and the general aspect is dissimilar. It differs

354 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

in various characters from any of the Cossyphi described in the
‘ Histoire des Poissons.’

Head short and obtuse. Two long obtuse nearly cylindrical teeth
stand near the symphysis of each jaw (in all four above and four
below), followed by a series of nine short conical ones. The edges
of the jaws are naked and crenated, with some small granular teeth
bursting through. [Part of the upper jaw is concealed by the dried
incurved lip. The vomer and palate bone are cut away.] There is no
canine tooth at the angle of the mouth. The snout, under-jaw, sub-
orbitar and top of the head to the occiput, are naked. The cheek is
covered by small, vertical-oval, remote, impressed scales, which form
seven rows before the curve of the preoperculum, but diminish to
two towards the temples, the scales at the same time increasing
in size. The hinder edge of the preoperculum is free and quite
smooth. The anterior border of the operculum is also smooth and
is vertically striated; the rest of the bone is entirely scaly, so as to

conceal its junction with the suboperculum: the scales form five,

rows, and increase in size towards the gill-opening. <A row of still
larger scales protects the suboperculum, and five rows of smaller
ones, though not so small as those on the cheek, cover the interoper-
culum, the lower edge of this bone being smooth. The free edge of
the gill-cover is rounded, its tip being formed by the rounded, scale-
less, membranous lobe. The situation of the suprascapular bone is
denoted by the peculiar form of the scales, and there is a patch of
smaller scales on the temple, which does not reach to the top of the
head. ‘The scales of the body are large, there being forty in a lon-
gitudinal row, including two rows of smaller ones on the base of the
caudal*. ‘The lateral line is very slightly arched, and becomes quite
straight under the end of the dorsal. It is formed by a raised tube
on each scale, ending in a bushy cluster, the branches of which are
not very distinct.

Rays :—D. 1110; A. 3|10; C.14%; P.17; V.1]5.

The spinous part of the dorsal is slightly arched and is lower than

the articulated portion, which ends in a point formed by the penul- .

timate and two preceding rays, the eighth soft ray being the longest.
The spines are much compressed with thin edges and a round tip,
except the three last, which are more cylindrical and acute. The
membrane is notched behind each spine. The soft part of the anal
resembles the corresponding portion of the dorsal: the spines are
much wider and more thin and rounded at the ends than the dorsal
ones ; the membrane forms a broad edging to each spine. The caudal
is moderately rounded. The pectoral is also rounded off. The ventral
is pointed ; its greatly compressed spine is shorter than the fifth soft

ray, and has only half the length of the second and third rays, which —

are the longest.

* There are twenty or twenty-one scales in a vertical row, of which seven
are above the lateral line. A fewsmall scales exist on the base of the articu-
lated portions of the dorsal and anal, but none on the spinous parts. The
edges of the scales are rounded, thin and membranous.

ee

the Ichthyology of Australia. 355

DIMENSIONS. inches, lines,
Length from end of snout to end of caudal .......s.+ plat sieves» 38 6
—_—__—_—— base of caudal .......cceccesseeseee 35 6
$$ —_— ——_— anal fin wecrsessccccccenceeccceeeee 22 0
_ GUUS, “ ecancsvesareveceeesusedvasense 20 6
—_——_——_ VEMITAL ncccscccncedercesswedsiarcns 13 0
——_— MONG) Joc ice tha dandgenes eaenesains 12 6
—————--—— ——-—_— _ pectoral ...rrscrcccscccceeceecerons 10 3
pa edge of gill-cover ......ssseeeees 10 3
centre of eye .sescs..s eeeveeseners 5 6
Height of first dorsal spine..,.......00 UE RS one pan ph) | at 6
REE BERGE 6 cs gh donne tin sta code dpesndnape ah etb ens nee 2 Z
PMTEEE oc cannsvatsssets acess ee ere eA SP Aaa ere 1 6
EEE ctcactiteckes tasers de ebsevaaescicederne 1 9
aribest Bolt ray Of dorsal .........021.6+eccesecsseccens 5 6
— MINE TA Soret ee cn saicae sitet wccscanbeccedees 2 0
_- MMAEEIMEO? Bis). WSS «3 skiddibnn cases elf da Wedseed cwei cut’ 2 3
————-— third ditto ..........cccccaceoeesesoes POS ABLE . ddnwkieigeaiale 2 6
longest Soft ray, of anal ...ss.s00+s..pssvedsneee sv oenae 5 6
a BOGY about......0.s50e VR gek es necaeon as shastebinve a 12 or 13 0

Lasrus cranopus (Nod.), Azure-toothed Wrasse.
No. 16. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This wrasse bears the name of “ ngurmin” among the Ab-
origines of Port Essington, and is very abundant in that har-
bour, where it inhabits deep water with arocky bottom. The
specimen was captured at Black Point. It seems to have the
closest affinity with the Labrus macrodontus of Lacepéde and
japonicus of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ differing from them
only in the arrangement of the shades of colour, in the want
of a canine tooth at the angle of the mouth, and in the minor
development of the bony edges of the upper and lower jaws.

The profile rises in a straight line from the upper lip, at an angle of
45° with the axis of the fish, and then curves abruptly to join the
very slightly arched dorsal line. The curve of the belly is similar to
that of the back, and the body, which is highest in the pectoral
region, tapers from thence to the trunk of the tail, whose height is
about one-third of that of the body. The length of the head mea-
sured to the tip of the gill-flap equals the height at the breast, and
somewhat exceeds one-third of the length of the fish, excluding the
caudal fin. The canine teeth, strong, curved, and of an azure blue
colour, stand in a pair on each side of the symphysis of each jaw.
In the upper jaw the outer or posterior tooth of each pair is compa-
ratively short and small; in the lower jaw the corresponding tooth
is as tall and strong as the one next the symphysis, from which it
diverges by a lateral curve. The naked bony edges of the upper and
lower jaws are thin, of a blue colour, and are armed with minute
granular teeth; the upper ones, with the exception of one within the
base of the canines, scarcely perceptible to the naked eye; the lower
ones resembling crenatures of the bone, and amounting to about
sixteen in number, the four next the angle of the mouth being

356 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

slightly larger than the rest. The eye is small, placed high up, and
equidistant from the edge of the upper lip and tip of the gill-flap, but
more remote from the under edge of the interoperculum. The ante-
rior nasal orifice is incapable of admitting more than the point of a
fine needle ; the posterior one is larger and of an oval shape. ‘There
are seven rows of small roundish depressed scales on the cheek, not
touching each other; they increase a little in size as they approach
the temple, and the rows there are reduced to two. Five irregularly
tiled vertical rows of larger scales cover the bony operculum and
suboperculum, increasing in size as they recede from the preoper-
culum. ‘The gill-cover ends in a projecting rounded thin mem-
branous lobe, beneath which there is a conspicuous curved notch,
formed by a narrowing of the suboperculum and the expansion of
the very thin edge of the wide interoperculum. A single row of
six small scales runs along the upper part of this bone, immediately
beneath the edge of the preoperculum. ‘The angle of the suboper-
culum is widely rounded, its edge slightly detached and very entire,
and its surface somewhat uneven and porous. The suprascapular
region is marked out by a patch of scales of smaller size than those
of the body. ‘The lateral line is traced on the fourth row of scales,
taking into the reckoning the row of smaller scales which forms the
wall of the groove in which the dorsal stands. It runs parallel to
the curve of the back until near the end of the dorsal, when it gra-
dually assumes a straight course through the tail. Thirty scales
enter into its composition, and the arbuscle on the disc of each
consists anteriorly of six branches, mostly inclining upwards and
seldom divided: posteriorly the branches are fewer, and near the
caudal fin the line is formed by a straight tube almost continuous
from scale to scale, and having a few very short and slender branch-
lets diverging from it upwards and downwards at right angles. This
composition of the lateral line is much like that of Cossyphus schen-
leinit of Agassiz (C. and V. xii. p. 143), which further nearly agrees
with our fish as well as with Labrus macrodontus and L. japonicus in
the numbers of the fin-rays. Short crowded streaks are faintly
visible with a lens on the edges of the scales, and similar striz are
more plainly seen towards the bases of the uncovered discs of the
paler scales on the lower parts of the body.

Rays :—B. 6; D. 13|7 A. S10; °C. 122: Pologeee 1|5.

‘Though the normal number of gill-rays of the Labri be only five,
the specimen here described, which consists of the right side of the
fish, has six that can be reckoned without risk of mistake. In
the recent fish the gill-membrane must be greatly concealed by the
dilated interoperculum. The spinous rays of the dorsal, anal and
ventral fins are all moderately strong and pungent. The dorsal ones
are overtopped by small membranous processes; the height of the
fin augments gradually up to the penultimate branched ray, which is
the tallest, and forms an acute though not slender point, the last ray
being deeply divided and rounding it off behind: the first spine has
one-third of the length of the tallest jointed ray. The form of the
anal resembles that of the dorsal: its third spine is the strongest of

the Ichthyology of Australia. 357

the three, and is twice the height of its first one. The ventral spine
is more slender, and is one-third shorter than the soft acute point of
the fin, which reaches nearly to the vent. The caudal fin forms one-
sixth of the total length of the fish, and is moderately and somewhat
irregularly rounded ; its upper corner being acute and rather longer
than the under one. |

The original colours of the specimen have disappeared, but the
distribution of some of the darker tints may still be made out. The
top and sides of the head have a dark brownish hue, which is sepa-
rated from the inferior orange or reddish yellow parts by an even
line running from the corner of the mouth beneath the angle of the
preoperculum and pectoral fin. ‘There is a purplish brown patch on
the chin. ‘The light tints of the under surface rise in the axilla of
the pectoral to the middle of the side, and are continued at that
height to the caudal. The upper parts have in the dried fish a not
very uniform leaden hue. Three broad dark bars descend from the
spinous part of the dorsal to the lateral line; there is a fourth be-
fore the fin, and a fifth more obscurely seen at the end of the soft
part. The intermediate paler spaces are narrower than the bars. All
the fins have a yellowish tint, except the three upper pectoral rays,
which have the dark hue of the dorsal bands. There are no mark-
ings on the dorsal, though the colour of the spinous part is somewhat
deeper than that of the soft part. Two diaphanous lines traverse the
middle of the anal, and five similar ones cross the caudal, followed
by dots on the end of the fin.

Dimensions, inches, lines,

Length from front teeth to tip of the caudal fin ....... vesseess 10 0
(a ee Wate, OPMUMEO TT satadscehissde avec ade. 8 8
VEN cc ades Gb Fo vaiedospneséea det eum» eh is) ee
WOM cs sducschessdastaveccesbactseus 3 3

U1 WEI STE So SAE yh cos er me 3 24
—-- PCUMPAN We sedy ct sas oss ibiwacepeboe tes 3 0
——_—__-——_— — ~ tip of gill-cover ...........ceeeee eae 2): seek
CHEMO, OLDIE ci Wiese teas edtapsieceds 1 5

NET oe usin cn i alwaiiciessnchivessexscsieseqseecdsndossnce 0 63
DRIER EAS rec crcndacssesussdeecacessessetsess opesesererseess 2 4
MemttAls .osenteress. Boeimecattals pie Sonica pnisinoe Ne sets aie daca 1 6
Ecce cede ctlvetentcersteascccecnasdcesroctsssceseesss oes 3 0
MIMO EAD Covewsevigedevavecossas Seu pennen eek sant Bessa 1 0

Laprus ? ris (Solander), Rainbow Labroid.

Labrus? iris *, Solander, Pisce. Nov. Holl.

This fish was obtained on Cook’s first voyage to the coast
of New Holland, off Bustard Bay, in the 24th parallel of south
latitude and 2083° meridian. Solander has not furnished us
with the means ofascertaining its proper genus, and we quote
his description chiefly to excite the attention of collectors who

* Labrus iris of Lacepéde is a Centrarchus, and is identical with his La-
brus macropterus,

358 Dr. Richardson on the Ichthyology of Australia.

may visit that part of Australia. Judging from the splendour
of its dress, we may suspect it to be a Julis. It will be readily
recognised by the extreme length of its upper caudal ray.

*« Labrus iris, Maij 24, 1770. Dorsum pallide olivaceum, infra
medium e cerulescenti albidum. Vitta in medio quadruplex, a. su-
perne lutescens, (3. pallide cyanea, y. lutescens, 0. griseo-czerulescens.
Supra os fasciz tres splendidz, a. intense czerulea, (3. flava, y.
Capitis latera pallide czrulescentia ad pinnas pectorales ducta. Vittz
cerulez per iridem continuantur. Obs. Vitta lateralis postice cyanea,
ad basin pinne caudalis arcuata et inferne reflexa. Pinna caudalis
rubescens, subpellucida; dorsalis lutescens ; pinnz pectorales e cor-
neo albidz, pellucidz ; ventrales et pinna ani albido-pellucidz. Obs.
Radius supremus pinne caudalis elongatus, ut cauda triplo longior.”
(Solander.)

TAUTOGA MELAPTERUS (Cuww. e¢ Val.), The Ardilga.

Tautoga melapterus, Cuv. et Val. xiii. p. 311.

Labrus melampterus, Bl. 285. Schn. 247.

No. 19. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

The ‘ Ardilga’ of the natives of Port Essington inhabits
deep water among sunken rocks, and readily takes a baited
hook. Mr. Gilbert’s specimen was captured at the Tamar
rock. It agrees so closely with the account of the large-
lipped Tautoga from the sea of Java, in the ‘ Histoire des
Poissons,’ that I have no hesitation in considering it to be
the same species. A few particulars which are more readily
observed in the dried skin than in a specimen preserved in
spirits are mentioned in the following notice.

The plaits of the large upper lips and the lobes of the lower one
preserve their form when dried. ‘The cranium above the posterior
angle of the orbit and the suborbitars show many undulating and
anastomosing lines, producing an irregular rustic-work; the upper
limb of the preoperculum is more faintly marked in the same way ;
and the operculum is sculptured in fine straight lines, radiating from
its upper corner. There are two rows of scales on the cheek deeply
imbedded in the skin, and a single vertical row containing five on
the temple. The lateral line is composed of twenty-seven scales,
each having on its disc a tapering tube with the point inclined up-
wards. ‘The exposed discs of all the scales on the body are im-
pressed by upwards of twenty faint fan-like streaks, which are con-
tinued over the thin membranous edges.

Rays :-—B.5; D.9j10; A. 2|10; C.133; P.13; V. 1|5.

The pectorals are rounded; the dorsal and anal fins end in acute
points. The dorsal contains an articulated ray fewer than the spe-
cimen belonging to the Leyden Museum, which is the one described
in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons.’ The posterior rays of the fin are one-
fifth longer than the first soft ray, and twice as high as the first
spine. The other spines increase gradually in height, the ninth
being just perceptibly shorter than the jointed ray which succeeds

Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve. 359

it. The anal contains only two spines, unless the anterior short one
has been removed in preparing the specimen. ‘The pointed ventral
reaches to the anus. The margin of the caudal is slightly concave,
the angles rather acute, and the upper one projecting a very little.

The colours of the specimen are tolerably well preserved, and
agree generally with the tints mentioned in the ‘ Histoire des Pois-
sons.’

The scales of the back and sides are dark and show greenish tints,
and each is sharply bordered by a dark purplish margin producing a
regular meshwork : there are faint traces of a paler crescent on each
scale within the marginal one. The under surface of the body,
bounded by a line running from the axilla of the pectoral to the
anal, is pale, each scale having also a pale margin, though of a dif-
ferent tint from the disc. There is a large circular violet-purple
blotch behind the eye, a dark patch on the preorbitar, and some
spots of campanula-purple on the preoperculum, suboperculum and
interoperculum. ‘The cheeks and operculum have a dull yellowish
hue. The colours of the pectorals and ventrals are effaced, except
that a dark mark remains on the base of the former. The dorsal and
anal fins are imperial purple, which is bounded by a line of deep
pansy-purple, the extreme border being pale. Many dots of pansy-
purple are spread over both fins, being roundish on the anal and ob-
long on the soft dorsal; a few larger drops extend to the pale bor-
der of the anal, and the scales on the base of the fins are edged with
emerald-green. The caudal is purplish without spots, its edge being
pale.

Dimensions. inches. lines.
Length from upper teeth to end of caudal ...............seeees 13 6
rs base.of Caudal wicctecsse vine dvetdons 11 3
ANUS ssssveccnsedcceccsooesscccescanes 6 9

_ RMI eae souk anes vce oda4 wat ieoewes 4 94

~ WEMMUEIS Fadeces sess dssevsn«veedess ts 4. 6
Se POCUGTANB 532, FEE LSE bs oes warts 4 2
—_—_—_—__———_~——- end of lobe of gill-cover ......... 4 3
- UE dv odeths na 2 Sae sags. h se awl aelnite rma’ 2 3
aac tn sion c sion ch'c 0) <nceenees vs osecieaspaedsscsesete 0 7
iyo re sg saites. srcvccoasssepcoccevsucesceesssavees? 3 6

[To be continued. ]

L.— Observations on the Growth, Reproduction, and Species
of the Branched Freshwater Conferve. By Arnruur H1uu
Hassauu, Esq.

In a paper read before the Natural History Society of Dublin,
a portion of which was inserted in the ‘ Annals,’ vol. ix. p.431.
allusion was made to the principal mode of growth of the
freshwater Confervze, viz. by the continued growth and bi-
section of all the cells entering into the formation of the fila-
ments. I come now to notice a second mode of development,

360 Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve.

scarcely less interesting and important as regards the classi-
fication of Conferve than the former.

In many species of Conferve, more especially amongst the
branched kinds, there is not only a longitudinal development
of the cells, but there is likewise a lateral growth of them, so
that if we examine any species in which this law is known to
exist, we shall observe, first, that the filaments differ consider-
ably in diameter in the same specimen; secondly, that the
largest filaments are near the centre of the specimen ; and
thirdly, that the diameter of all the filaments, whether these
be near the centre or circumference, gradually decreases from
base to apex; the observation of these three things proving
the existence of the law of lateral development of the cells, and
also showing it to be in proportion to their age. The propor-
tions of a specimen of branched Conferva are therefore, in
miniature, those of a tree or shrub.

I have observed this law of growth to exist in the following
Confervee: in the Vesiculasperms, many Diatomacee, and in
Conferva zonata, the filaments of all of which are simple; in
the Batrachiosperms, the genera Draparnaldia and Cheto-
phora, in Conferva glomeraia, C. crispata, C. flavescens, and
in C. egagropila, in all of which the filaments are branched.
It has no existence in the Conjugating Conferve, in many
Oscillatorie, in some of the species of the genus Desmidium,
and in the genus Bulbochete, all of which, save the last, have
simple filaments, whose diameter does not vary with age, but is
the same in the immature and mature condition of the species.

These laws of the lateral development of cells prevail
doubtless likewise amongst the majority of the marine ramose
Confervee, and it is important that it should be kept in view
in the framing of genera. :

The reproduction of the branched Conferve, whether ma-
rine or freshwater (for I believe it to be the same in both) is
still shrouded in much obscurity, but certainly differs essen-
tially, if we except the genus Bulbochete, from that of the Con-
fervee with simple unbranched filaments, the Synspores of
M. Decaisne, and the Vesiculasperms ; for in them there is no
intermingling or union of the contents of the adjacent cells,
either in the same or different filaments, and no formation of
a true spore; but there is, as in the Vesiculasperms, an infla-
tion of the reproductive cells, which inflation is produced by
an increase in the size of the small sporular granules, some
twenty, thirty or more of which are contained within each cell.
The determining cause whereby this increase of the granules
is produced is at present a mystery, the solution of which is
much to be desired. The inflation of the reproductive cells of

Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve. 361

the branched Confervz does not appear to have been noticed,
so far as I am aware, by any other observer save Vaucher, and
by him only in the Batrachiosperms, and yet it is of frequent
occurrence, and affords a character whereby often species may
be distinguished from each other, although at the same time
it changes the ordinary appearance of species so much as to
lead sometimes to the description of specimens so altered as
distinct species ; and this has doubtless been the case with
Conferva fracta of the ‘Flora Danica,’ which I take to be
nothing more than C. crispata in a state of reproduction.

It is then by means of the small granules to which refer-
ence has been made, which, although they have undergone a
considerable increase in size, are not one-twentieth part so
large as the true spores of the Conjugate and of the Vesicula-
sperms, that the branched Conferve are perpetuated; and
hence we see the necessity and wisdom of the law of lateral
growth to these Conferva, which otherwise would be placed
amongst the most minute objects of creation.

And it is, therefore, amongst the branched freshwater Con-
fervee that we are principally to look for members of the once
apparently important class of Zoospores. If there be such
things, and it can scarcely be doubted but there are, it is here
that they will chiefly be found. I have myself tried to detect
motion of the reproductive granules, (which motion, by the
way, is no conclusive proof of animality,) and once only in Con-
Serva glomerata did I observe any motion of bodies within the
cells; and these might possibly have been small animalculz
which had effected an entrance through the aperture said to
be provided for the escape of the zoospores, which aperture
I have observed only in Conferva glomerata, in which it in-
variably occupies a determinate situation at one side of the
upper extremity of each cell; a fact in itself so strong, as in my
opinion at once to throw discredit upon the explanation of
Agardh as to the manner of the formation of the aperture,
viz. by the reiterated pulsations or knocking of the confined
zoospores against the sides of the walls of the cells.

The freshwater species of the branched Conferve appear to
me to resolve themselves into the following genera, the whole
of which, including the genus Bulbochete, appear to form an
exceedingly natural group, which I propose to designate Mi-
crosperms. First, into the genus Bulbochete, which may be
thus defined :—

Genus BULBOCHATE.

Filaments attached, of equal diameter, branched; cells trun-

cate, setigerous, the setz being rigid, elongated and bulbous
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2B

362 Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve.

at their bases ; reproductive bodies situated either in in-

flated cells, when they are formed by the union of the con-

tents of true contiguous cells, or in the bulbous portion of

ae setae, which becomes much enlarged for their accommo-
ation.

The reproduction of this remarkable genus has until very
recently been wholly unknown. M. Decaisne, in his memoir
on the Classification of the Algze, contained in the numbers of
the ‘ Ann. des Sciences Nat.,’ for May and June 1842, alludes
to the mode of formation of the repreductive bodies by the
union of the matter of true cells in the same filament, but does
not appear to have noticed the second way in which they are
formed, viz. within the bulbous portion of the tube. The ob-
servations of M. Decaisne and my own remarks appear to
have been made nearly at the same period.

In the above account of the reproduction of the genus Bul-
bochete I have avoided using the term spore to designate the
condensed endochrome in the inflated cells which presents so
much the appearance of a true spore, for I conceive that it is
most probable that this separates, as in the other branched
species of Confervee, into numerous small reproductive gra-
nules.

The genus Bulbochete may be regarded as forming the con-
necting link between the simple and branched freshwater Con-
fervee; it agreeing with the Conjugate in the equality of its
filaments, with the Vesiculasperms in the union of the con-
tents of two distinct cells, and probably with the branched
species in the separation of the condensed endochrome in
the inflated cells into numerous reproductive vesicles.

But one species of this genus is described by British authors.
There are however, I suspect, not less than three or four di-
stinct species, which I would characterize as follows, refrain-
ing for the present from naming them, in the hope of having
further opportunities of examining them.

lst sp. Bulbochete setigera. Cells usually five times as long
as broad.

This I regard as the most common species of the genus,
and I have met with it in very great abundance in ponds on
Hertford Heath, High Beach, Cheshunt Common, as well as
other places.

2nd sp. Cells usually three or three and a half times as long
as broad; reproductive bodies formed by the union of the
contents of two adjacent cells, in one of which they are
contained.

Mr. Hassall on the Branched Freshwater Conferve. 363

3rd sp. Cells usually once and a half as long as broad; re-
productive bodies placed within the bulbs of the setz, which
become much enlarged for their accommodation.

Ath sp. Filaments very minute; cells usually four or five times
as long as broad. 3
The filaments in this are not one-third so large as those of

the preceding species.

Secondly, into the three well-known and intimately allied
genera Batrachiospermum, Draparnaldia and Chetophora,
which resemble in their mode of growth as well as in their
reproduction the branched Confervze of the following genus.

Thirdly, into the genus Microspora.

Nov. gen. Microspora.

Cuar. Frond attached, branched, filaments tapering and of
various diameter according to their age ; reproduction con-
sisting of minute vesicles, several of which are placed in
each inflated cell.

This important genus contains the following species, Con-
Serva glomerata, C. crispata, C. flavescens, C. agegropila, C.
Brownii, and most probably the majority of the marine
branched Conferve usually associated with the genus Con-
Serva, as well as many of the unbranched marine species.

I have omitted enumerating Conferva fracta and C. nigri-
cans as belonging to this genus, for I regard the first, as al-
ready stated, to be Conferva crispata in a state of reproduc-
tion; and the latter I strongly suspect to be some aquatic
production, probably a Chara in a state of decay, of which I
found a considerable quantity on a recent visit to Wimbledon
Common, the locality from which Mr. Dixon [Dickson ?]
obtained his specimens, presenting much the appearance of a
Conferva.

Fourthly and fifthly, into two genera characterized as be-
low, but which I shall leave for the present unnamed.

Ist genus. Filaments very sparingly branched, slightly con-
tracted at the joints ; endochrome rarely filling the cells.
There is but one species which I am at present able to refer

to this genus, the Conferva ericetorum of Roth, a plant which,
in common with some other observers, I was long inclined to
regard as a Conjugata and a member of the genus Mougeotia ;
however, the occasional presence of short branchlets seems
inconsistent with this opinion.

2nd gen. Filaments nearly equal, dichotomously branched ;
endochrome contained in a small tube which passes through
the cells in a waved manner.
SB2

364 Rev. F. W. Hope on new Inseets from Western Africa.

Species. Filaments slender, attached, tufted, about three-fourths
of an inch in height ; cells usually about seven times as long
as broad, slightly contracted at the joints; endochrome
black, contained in a small tube which passes through the
cells in a waved manner.

It is not at all easy to make out the structure of this pro-
duction, unless it be immersed in a solution of iodine, owing
to the extreme transparency of the filaments, the dark colour-
ing matter being situated only in the narrow thread which
passes up the filaments. To the unassisted sight the filaments
are of a blackish-gray colour.

Acton Green, Middlesex: several specimens.

LI.—On some new Insects from Western Africa. By the
Rev. F. W. Hops, F.R.S., F.L.S.

{Continued from vol. x. p..95. |
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,
From illness I have not until now been able to continue the
description of the new insects received from Western Africa.
Those described at present are remarkable for beauty and
richness of colouring, and exhibit all the splendour so peculiar
to tropical regions. From the Rev. Mr. Savage I have lately
received some additional observations respecting the Goliath
Beetles, which it is my intention to transmit to you on a future
occasion. In haste,
I remain, yours very sincerely,
February 22, 1848. F. W. Hops.

Sp. 35. Hydaticus discoidalis, Hope. Long. lin. 53; lat. lin. 3.
Affinis Hydat. dorsigero, Dupont, at minor. Oblongo-ovalis, thorace
obscure testaceo, suturali parte elytrorum nigra lateribus testaceis,
punctis minutisque per discum aspersis, corpore infra ferrugineo,
pedibus concoloribus.

Sp. 36. Hydrous rufofemoratus. Long. lin. 11; lat. lin. 5. Niger,
palpis rufo-testaceis, thorace glabro, elytrisque quibusdam lineis
punctato-striatis, punctis parum distinctis. Corpus infra atrum,
femoribus rubris, tibiis nigricantibus nitidis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 37. Hydrous distinctus. Long. lin. 9; lat. lin.4. Niger, forma
ovali elongata, palpis rufo-testaceis. Elytra glabra punctis haud sub
lente distinguendis, Corpus infra obscure atrum et subtomentosum,
femoribus tibiisque nigris et nitidis.

Hab. in Sierra Leona.

There are two other species undescribed in the same collection

Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa. 365

from Africa, but they are omitted, being in too bad a state to de-

scribe.

Sp. 38. Ampedus Savagei, Hope. Long. lin. 9; lat. lin. 21. Cyaneus,
capite thorace pectore femoribusque miniatis, elytris lete cyaneis
et striato-punctatis, abdomine nigro et nitido.

fab. circa Sierram Leonam.

This magnificent insect is named in honour of the Rev. Mr. Sa-
vage. The tibiz and tarsi are unfortunately wanting.

Sp. 39. Ampedus cyanocephalus. Long. lin. 6; lat. lin. 14. Cyaneus,
capite concolori antennisque atris. Thorax miniatus et punctatus.
Elytra lete cyanea et subtilissime striato-punctata. Corpus infra
subcyaneum, abdomine parum rubescente, lateribus thoracis mi-
Niatis pedibusque testaceis.

Hab. Cape Palmas.

Sp. 40. Ampedus auripennis, Hope. Long. lin. 9 ; lat. lin. 3. Viridis,
antennis atris, thorace convexo, virescenti-punctulato, elytris au-
ratis nitidis, sub lente minutissime punctatis. Corpus infra viride
punctulatum, pedibus concoloribus, tarsis spongiosis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 41. Ampedus Iris, Hope. Long. lin. 8; lat. lin. 2. Viridis,
antennis atris, thorace punctulato versicolori flavoque tomentoso.
Elytra concoloria, striato-punctata. Corpus infra rubrum, pedibus
pallidioribus.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 42. Ampedus cyanicollis. Long. lin. 6; lat. lin. 13. Violaceus,
antennis nigris, thorace cyaneo, elytris ad basem auratis nitidis,
posticeque cyaneis. Corpus infra pectore viridi, annulis abdominis
rufescentibus, pedibus flavis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 43. Ampedus auricollis, Hope. Long. lin. 7; lat. lin. 13. Atneus,
antennis atris, thorace lete aureo, elytris striato-punctatis et viridi-
eneis. Corpus infra concolor flavoque tomento obsitum, pedibus
flavis.

Sp. 44. Alaus ? interruptus, Hope. Long. lin. 8; lat. lin. 22. Affinis
Al. Reicheo, at minor. Fusco-brunneus, antennis atris, thorace
maculis minutis flavis asperso, elytrisque postice abrupte truncatis
flavoque irroratis cruceque flava interrupta notatis. Corpus infra
pectore flavo-ochraceo colore insignitum, abdomine griseo, pedi-
busque concoloribus.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

The genus Alaus requires subdividing, those from Africa differing
considerably from the Asiatic species. The type of the genus belongs
to the New World.

Sp. 45. Agrypnus Tropicus, Hope. Long. lin. 13; lat. lin. 34. Affinis
tomentoso Fab., at minor. Brunneus, thorace nigricanti, elytris
striato-punctatis tomentoque ferrugineo vestitis. Corpus infra
brunneum.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

366 Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa.

Sp. 46. Agrypnus laticollis, Hope. Long. lin. 16; lat. lin. 6. Niger,
antennis pedibusque fusco-ferrugineis, thorace lato punctulato
elytrisque fortissime sulcatis, interstitiis crebre punctatis. Corpus
subtus atrum, femoribus tibiisque piceis tarsisque auricomatis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

The above species in Africa seems to represent what Al. fuscipes,

Fab. does in Asia, and is the largest species yet described.

LoNGICORNES.

Sp. 47. Mallodon Downesii, Hope. Long. lin. 24; lat. lin. 9. Piceus,
mandibulis porrectis intusque hirsutis, apicibus 3-dentatis. Thorax
fere transverso-quadratus lateribus depressis et serratis, disco in
medio elevato, punctisque varlis sparsim dispositis. Elytra picea
ad suturam mucronata. Corpus infra piceum, annulis abdominis
postice rufescentibus, pectore aurato tomento obsito.

The above insect was taken at Fernando Po by my gallant friend

Captain Downes; I have also received it from Cape Palmas. Mal-

lodon picipennis and Raddoni are also taken at Sierra Leone.

Sp. 48. Acanthophorus Palinii, Hope. Long. lin. 17; lat. lin. 6.
Piceo-brunneus, antennis piceis, thorace marginato 3-dentato, an-
ticis spinis majoribus et recurvis, posticis minutis. Thorax flavo-
tomentosus, elytris piceis, maculis plurimis villosis obsitis. Corpus
infra flavo-tomentosum, tarsis infra rubro-spongiosis.

The above insect was sent to me by Mr. Palin, who fell a victim
to the unhealthy climate of Sierra Leone.

Sp. 49. Acanthophorus longipennis. Long. lin. 33; lat. lin. 11.
Piceus, thorace marginato 3-dentato, dentibus fere zequalibus, disco
in medio tuberculato. Elytra valde elongata, picea, ad humeros
parum scabra, maculisque irrorata, lineis longitudinalibus vix di-
stinctis. Corpus infra rubro-piceum, pedibus concoloribus.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Phyllarthrius*, novum genus.

Anienne articulo 1™° crasso, 24° minore, 34° minimo, 6 sequentibus
gradatim increscentibus et foliaceo-ramosis, externo articulo fere
ovali, apice subacuto.

Thorax fere orbicularis lateribus haud spinosis.

Elytra ad apicem gradatim increscentia, rotundata.

Pedes femoribus quatuor anticis incrassatis, posticis longioribus et
parum dilatatis.

The above characters will at once sufficiently distinguish it from

Amphidesmus, Esch., to which it approaches in form : its true locality

in the system is doubtful.

Sp. 50. Phyllarthrius Africanus. Long. lin. 63; lat. lin. 13. Flavus,
antennis atris, sex ultimis articulis foliaceis, thorace fere rotun-
dato, elytris postice sensim increscentibus flavis, apicibus autem
nigris, totum corpus infra nigrum tarsis solummodo auricomatis.

* From Qvanov and xedeoy, leafjointed Cerambyx.

Rev. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa. 367

The above insect was received from Sierra Leone and was collected
by Mr. Palin.

Sp. 51. Phyllarthrius unicolor. Wong. lin. 5; lat. lin. 14. Rubro-
piceus, thorace orbiculari, antennis binis primis articulis nigrican-
tibus, reliquis flavo-piceis. Elytra concoloria. Corpus infra testaceo-
rubrum, femoribus incrassatis. .
The above insect was received from Ashantee.

Sp. 52. Hamaticherus signaticollis, Hope. Long. lin. 10; lat. lin. 23.
Niger, antennis corpore longioribus, thorace 4-maculato, maculis
flavo-sericeis. Elytra ad apicem abrupte truncata linea aurato-
sericea longitudinali conspicua, reliqua parte disci atra. Corpus
infra nigrum, segmentis abdominis argenteo-sericeis, pedibus nigri-
cantibus, tarsis infra flavo-spongiosis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

The above species will at some future time be regarded as the type
of a subgenus allied to Hamaticherus.

Sp. 53. Hamaticherus viridipennis. Long. lin. 12; lat. lin. 4. Vi-
ridi-nitens, thorace nigro rugisque transversis obsito, elytris viridi-
bus, ad apicem abrupte truncatis et sub lente subtilissime punctu-
latis. Corpus infra atro-piceum, antennis pedibusque rubris.

Hab, Circa Sierram Leonam.

Sp. 54. Hamaticherus pilosicollis. Long. lin. 10; lat. lin. 3. Viridis,
capite thoraceque flavis capillis obsitis, disco supra linea longi-
tudinali, maculaque utrinque nigra nitida insignito. Elytra viridia
nitida ad apicem rotundata, sub lente vix punctulata. Corpus infra
nigrum flavisque capillis obsitum, pedibus concoloribus.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 55. Hamaticherus glabricollis. Long. lin. 84; lat. lin. 24. Vi-
ridis, antennis rubro-piceis, thorace nigro lateribus rugosis. Elytra
ad apicem truncata subbispinosa viridia nitida sub lente vix punc-
tata. Corpus infra nigrum, pedibus segmentisque abdominis pos-
tice rubro-piceis.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

The above three species are all metallic, and appear to belong to

a peculiar section. I amalso acquainted with others from the same

locality.

Sp. 56. lonthodes amabilis. Long. lin. 11; lat. lin. 3. Affinis for-
mose@, Serville, at major. Caput atrum, antennis pedibusque rubris.
Thorax niger, maculis argenteis insignitus, binis flavis in medio disci
positis, binisque aliis albidis utrinque ad lateraconspicuis. Elytra
leete purpurascentia in quibusdam locis obscura. Corpus infra ni-
gro-sericeum.

This lovely insect inhabits Sierra Leone.

Sp. 57. Callichroma assimile. Long. lin. 10; lat. lin. 24. Affine
. Call. Afro, Fab. et Cer. nitenti, Olivier. Viridi-nitens, antennis
pedibusque ferrugineo-flavis, thorace rotundato subspinoso, trans-
verse rugoso viridique aurato. Scutellum lete aureum, elytris vi-

368 Rey. F. W. Hope on new Insects from Western Africa.

ridibus suturaque interne aureo-vittata. Corpus infra aureum et
punctatum.
Hab. Circa Sierram Leonam.

Sp. 58. Callichroma letum, Hope. Long. lin. 15 ; lat. lin. 4. Cy-
aneum aut lete viride, antennis nigris, thorace utrinque fortiter
spinoso, dorso subtuberculato. Scutellum rugis transversis im-
pressum et auratum. Elytra lete purpurea aut viridia punctulata,
corpore infra concolori. Tarsi supra argentei infraque flavo-spon-
giosi.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

This splendid insect varies considerably in its colouring, being
sometimes purple, blue and green; it is closely allied to the C. albo-
tarsis of Fabricius.

Sp. 59. Callichroma atripenne, Hope. Long. lin. 124; lat. lin. 4.
Atrum, antennis pedibusque rubris, thorace utringue subspinoso,
rugisque transversis impresso. Corpore infra aurato tomentoso.
The above insect I have received from Cape Palmas and also from

Sierra Leone.

Sp. 60. Callichroma igneicolle. Long. lin. 123; lat. lm. 23. Viola-
ceum, antennis nigricantibus. Caput lete auratum. Thorax utrin-
que spinosus, igne auroque zstuans. Elytra elongata interne viri-
dia lateribus violaceis. Corpus infra auratum, pedibus violaceis.
The above insect seems to unite in itself the Asiatic and African

Callichromide ; it was received lately from Ashantee, and is one of

the most beautiful insects found in Africa.

Sp. 61. Promeces carbonarius. Long. lin. 93; lat. lin. 2. Niger,
antennis atro-violaceis, thorace fere rotundato utrinque subtuber-
culato, corpore infra concolori, pedibus rubris, femoribus quatuor
anticis incrassatis, reliquis elongatis.

It inhabits the vicinity of Sierra Leone.

Sp. 62. Euporus amabilis. Long. lin. 6; lat. lin. 3. Cyaneus, an-
tennis purpurascentibus, capite lete viridi, thorace cyaneo, dorso
varioloso-punctato. Scutellum aureum, elytra ad humeros violacea,
interne viridia et ad latera atro-cyanea. Corpus infra a femo-
ribus cyaneis, tibiis posticis binis in medio rubris.

Hab. Circa Palmas.

Sp. 63. Euporus chrysocollis. Long. lin. 7; lat. lin. 1. Viridis, ca-
pite antice concolori posticeque cyaneo. Antenne violacez. ‘Thorax
aureus, fortissime punctatus. Elytra in medio obscure viridia, su-
tura aureo-virescente lateribus externe violaceis. Corpus infra
auratum nitidum et punctatum, pedibus cyaneis.

This species was given me by Captain Downes, and taken by him
at Fernando Po; it is closely allied to the insect above described
under the name of amabilis.

Sp. 64. Sternodonta Palinii. Long. lin. 9; lat. lin. 23. Viridis, an-
tennis atris, articulo 1™° ceruleo. Capite fronte viridi posticeque
atro. Thorax ater, antice et postice linea transversa virescenti

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Sofi-billed Duck of Latham. 369

notatus, aliaque media aurantia. Elytra nigra fascia humerali

aurantia, secunda fere media, duabus maculis concoloribus fere ad

apicem positis. Intra humeralem fasciam et apicem totum discum

maculis minutis viridibus aspersum. Corpus infra viride, pectore

utrinque aurantio colore imbuto.

The above elegant insect is named after Mr. Palin, an assiduous
collector of insects at Sierra Leone.

Sp. 65. Sternodonta Princeps. Long. lin. 13; lat. lm. 6. Atro-
viridis, antennis pallidioribus, thorace 4 lineis transversis albidis
notato, elytris disco nigro binis fasciis obliquis variisque maculis
albido beryllinis insignitis. Corpus infra nigrum, segmentis abdo-
minis beryllino-viridibus.

Received from Ashantee in 1833.

Sp. 66. Sternodonta amabilis. Long. lin. 12; lat. lin. 5. Affinis Stern.
Imperiali, at major. Viridis, corpore pulvere fulvo aurato, fere om-
nino tecto. Thorax medio aurantius, antice posticeque viridis.
Elytra leete beryllino-viridia, ad basem nigra fascia notata, maculis-
que variis aurantiis conspicua. Corpus infra lete viride, pedibus
concoloribus.

The above insect is one of the most beautiful received from Africa.

It was obtained from the country of the Ashantees.

LII.—Some remarks on the Soft-billed Duck of Latham.
By Georce Rosert Gray, Esq.

Among the ducks described by Latham in his ‘ Synopsis’ is
one that he denominated the Soft-billed Duck. It was first
noticed however by Cook and Forster in their Voyages, and
to them Dr. Latham was indebted for the information which
supplied the material for his description. A representation of
this curious and rare species of duck is given by G. Forster
among his drawings, tab. 74. Gmelin was the first to give a
scientific name, which he did by translating Latham’s, as Anas
malacorhynchus. 'The specimens which have again brought it
into notice have recently been presented to the National Col-
lection by the New Zealand Company ; they are two in number,
and were brought from New Zealand by Dr. Dieffenbach ; it
is thus that the writer has had it in his power to examine it
and to compare it with the Australian soft-billed duck. He
soon discovered that Wagler was in error in considering it as
belonging to the same division. From the form of the hind
toe, the Australian species is a true duck near the Shovellers ;
while the present bird is more properly placed with the lobed
hind-toed ducks, such as the Pochards, and partaking in some
measure of the form of the Goosanders. It should therefore
be placed in the subfamily Fuliguline between Camptolaimus

370 Mr.G. R. Gray on the Soft-billed Duck of Latham.

and Branta; the former of which is the only one of that sub-
family that has the apical margins of the bill soft and some-
what flexible. The Australian soft-billed duck is the type of
the genus Malacorhynchus as established by Mr. Swainson in
1831. In 1832 Wagler used the same generic name, being
unacquainted with the fact that it had been previously em-
ployed: he seems to consider the New Zealand bird as the
type, but mentioned the Australian one as the second species.
This leaves us to conclude that Mr. Swainson’s genus Ma-
lacorhynchus must, by the law of priority, be retained for the
Australian Anas membranacea, while a new generic name
should be proposed for the New Zealand Anas malacorhynchus.

Capt.Cook in his ‘ Voyage’ mentions this bird as a “ blue-gray
duck, or whistling-duck as some called them, from the whist-
ling noise they make;” and Forster in his ‘ Voyage’ states, that
‘its bill had a remarkable membranaceous substance at the
extremity on both sides, probably because the bird is intended
to live by sucking the worms, &c. in the mud, when the tide
retires from the beach.” On the drawing is written (as if
called so by the natives) the word heweego; where is also re-
presented (and of which he speaks in his ‘ Voyage’) a narrow
white band across each wing that is not found in the specimen
before me.

Hymenouaimus. Bill as long as the head, equally com-
pressed, elevated at the base, with the culmen for three-fourths
of its length straight, and then slightly curved to the tip; the
sides from the culmen shelving to the lateral margins, of which
the basal half is firm and furnished with lengthened slender
laminz; the apical half of the margin composed of a soft flexible
skin that hangs over the lower mandible, widening towards
the tip, where it is somewhat truncate and the nail not very
prominent; nostrils situated near the middle of the bill and
oval. Wings short, slender, with the first, second and third
quills equal and longest, and the shoulder armed with a short
blunt spur. ‘Tail lengthened and composed of broad feathers
with the ends rather rounded. ‘'Tarsi nearly as long as the
middle toe exclusive of claw, fore-toes strong and fully webbed,
and the hind toe moderate and strongly lobed.

H. malacorhynchus (Gm.), n. Brownish blue ; the feathers
more or less margined with glossy green, especially on the
head and back; the breast varied with large spots of light
chestnut ; the secondaries (some tipped with white) with their
outer edges margined narrowly with velvety black. Bill white,
with the nail and the soft part black. Legs brown and web
black.

Mr. G. R. Gray on the Soft-billed Duck of Latham. 371

Length 20 inches; bill 24 inches; wings 8% inches ; tail 53
inches ; tarsi 13 inch.

Anas malacorhynchus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. 526; Lath. Ind.
Orn. ii. 862.

Malacorhynchus Forsterorum, Wagl. Isis, 1832.

As an appendix, I subjoin the descriptions of five species of
birds which are considered to be new to science.

Falco subniger. Deep brown, margins of feathers lighter ;
abdomen, greater wing-coverts, quills and tail blackish brown ;
bill and legs plumbeous.

Length 23 inches ; bill 1 inch and 1 line; wings 164 inches ;
tarsi 24 inches.

This bird has the form of the peregrine falcon, but is larger
in all its proportions ; judging from the plumage, it appears to
be an immature specimen of a species not hitherto described.
Its locality is unknown, but is supposed to be an Australian
species.

Falco guttatus. Black, the feathers of the back margined
with blue, and the mner webs of the quills and tail-feathers
spotted with rufous; throat and a semicollar on the neck
white, slightly tinged with rufous ; breast and beneath deep
rufous, spotted with black. Bull black, cere and legs yellow.

Length 123 inches; bill 3 of an inch; wings 92 inches;
tail 53 inches ; tarsi 13 inch.

Approaches mostly to the Falco frontatus of Gould in size
and colour, but the lower parts are deep rufous and distinctly
spotted with black. Itis from the Philippine Islands.

Astur cristatus. Glossy brown, top and back of the head,
where the feathers form a crest, black ; ear-coverts plumbeous;
throat white, with a very narrow streak of black down the
centre; breast rufous, varying with white; abdomen broadly
banded with white and rufous ; thigh white, with narrow bands
of rufous brown; tail ashy, with four dark brown bands. Bill
black and legs yellow.

Length 164 inches; bill 1 inch; wings 81 inches; tail 71
inches ; tarsi 2? inches. ;

This bird might at first sight be taken for a species of Baza,
as far as regards the position of its colours, but the festooned
bill and lengthened tarsi at once distinguish it from that
genus. It is an inhabitant of the Philippine Islands.

Tchitrea rufa. Rufous, with the base of the feathers paler,
the inner webs of the quills dusky.

Length 83 inches; bill 1 inch; wings 3 inches 8 lines; tail
43 inches ; tarsi 9 lines.

This fine species 1s from the Philippine Islands.

372 Mr. J. Ralfs on the species of Desmidium.

Caccabis Bonhami. Grayish isabella-colour, numerously
banded and vermiculated with dusky ; lower part of the back
and tail-coverts slightly speckled with black; front and line
above the eyes black, another line through the eyes white ;
the throat and sides of the neck pale blue, with some of the
feathers of the latter variegated with white ; breast plain isa-
bella-colour ; feathers of the sides varied with blotches of ru-
fous isabella and white margined with black ; abdomen nearly
white ; tail pale cinnamon, with the ends paler and vermicu-
lated with black. Bill and legs yellow.

Length 82 inches.

Female paler, entirely banded and vermiculated with dusky ;
sides and abdomen varied with white, which colour predomi-
nates on the throat. It is from the mountains of Persia, and
has much the appearance of the P. Heyii, Temm., to which it
also approaches in size.

LII.—Remarks on the species of Desmidium. By Joun Ratrs,
Esq., M.R.C.S., Penzance.

[ With a Plate. ]
Desmipium, dg.

FitamMents fragile, jointed, angular, with the angles of each jot
bicrenate, or cylindrical with a circular groove which produces

a crenate appearance, finally separating into single joints or

frustules.

This natural genus is not well defined either in Agardh’s ‘ Con-
spectus criticus Diatomacearum’ or in any of our British works.
Its best distinctive character appears to consist in the crenated
appearance of the filaments, which is least evident in D.mucosum*.

The filaments are of a pale green colour, simple, fragile, short,

* Since this paper was written I have had an opportunity of seeing Kiit-
zing’s ‘Synopsis Diatomearum,’ and as his character is the best’ have met
with I subjoin it :—

‘‘Desmidium. Corpuscula geminata in longam seriem conjuncta, itaque
filum articulatum constituentia, tubulo communi filiformi mucoso inclusa.”’
—In Linnea, 1833, p. 613.

Ehrenberg’s Desmidium differs widely from that of botanists. D. Swartzii
is the only species common to both, in consequence of his having made tri-
angular frustules one of the characters of his genus. His Desmidium, be-
sides D. Swartzi, contains five species, orbiculare, hexaceros, bifidum, acu-
deatum and apiculosum, all found in England. But these, not being united
into a filament, are distinguished from the genus as above described, just as
Frustulia, Ag., is from Fragilaria.

Ehrenberg defines his genus in the following terms :—

‘“* Desmidium animal liberum, lorica simplici, univalvi, triquetra inclusum,
szpe cateniforme,’—Die Infus. p. 140.

Mr. J. Ralfs on the species of Desmidium. 373

straight, and are scattered in loose bundles in the water, or form
a thin gelatinous fleece at the bottom of the pool. They are ge-
nerally twisted in a regular manner ; this is shown by the waved
darker line in D. Swartzvi, and in D. cylindricum and D. Bor-
rert by the apparent variableness in the diameter of the filament,
and by the different position of the angles, which causes the cre-
natures either to become less distinct or entirely to disappear at
certain intervals.

Whether D. mucosum is also twisted, I am unable to determine,
the crenated appearance of the jomts bemg caused by a shallow
groove running all round the jomt: all the joints seem to be si-
mular, and if twisted would not present any perceptible difference.

As the angles of the joints in all the species are, in a greater or
less degree, really or apparently bicrenate, this character is rather
a generic than.a specific one.

Most commonly each joint in the species of this genus has its
endochrome divided into two portions separated by a paler line,
which runs across between the crenatures, and in D. mucosum
corresponds with the groove passing round ‘the joint. A trans-
verse view shows the endochrome disposed in a stellate manner.

The species are found during great part of the year in clear
shallow pools or in old peat-pits ; those at present known are few
in number, and possess well-marked characters.

* Filaments with a mucous sheath.

1. D. cylindricum, Grev. Filaments slightly compressed, with two
angles; crenatures strongly marked; joints rather broader than
long*. Plate VIII. fig. 1. Grev. Scot. Crypt. Fl.t.293; Desmaz.
n. 1110.

In old peat-pits about Dolgelley, N. Wales ; sparingly near Pen-
zance.

D. cylindricum, Swartzi, Borrert and mucosum, growing together
in a watercourse on Chiltington common near Pulborough, Sussex :
Mr. Jenner; Cheshunt, Mr. Hassall.

The filaments are as thick as those of D. Swartziw, which spe-
cies it much resembles in the water. The jomts, inclusive of the
angles, which are colourless, are rather broader than long, and of
an oval form, with a small sharp notch m each angle. Those
joints in which the angles are not visible are about as long as
broad. The jomts seem to be connected by a thickened border.
The mucous sheath is not noticed by Dr. Greville or Agardh,
whose description in the ‘ Conspectus criticus Diatomacearum’ is
taken from Greville. The description in the ‘Scot. Crypt. Flora’
was probably drawn up from dried specimens, in which the sheath
is less evident.

* Length and breadth have here their usual meaning when applied to the
joints of the filament of a Conferva.

374 Mr. J. Ralfs on the species of Desmidium.

The mucous sheath is narrower than that of D. mucosum, and
in both a portion of it seems to belong to each joint ; in both also
it is elastic, which may be the cause why the joints separate so
easily. The elasticity is shown by its becoming longer than the
joints after their separation.

I learn from Mr. Berkeley, who kindly sent me a portion from
Desmaziéres’ specimen, that Desmaziéres figures the joints as
slightly compressed, with a rounded angle both of the filament
and sheath on each side, and thus agrees exactly with my own
observations.

Desmaziéres, however, representsthe endochrome in two parcels,
each consisting of five granules. In the specimens I have ex-
amined the endochrome has sometimes four and sometimes five
rays.

The filaments are twisted, and consequently at about every
tenth jomt the angles are very perceptible, whilst in the two
central joints they are almost invisible ; on altermg slightly the
position of the filament the angles im the latter become visible,
and in the former disappear.

On account of the oval form of the joints the angles of each are
separated, and thus the filament acquires a pinnatifid appearance ;
the notch is sharply defined, as if a triangular bit had been
snipped out.

2. D. mucosum, Breb. Filaments cylindrical, appearing very slightly
crenate ; joints generally half as long as broad. PI. VIII. fig. 2.
Conf. dissiliens, Eng.Bot. t.2464. (crenature in the figure too deep).
Cwm Bychan, W. Borrer, Esq.; Tunbridge Wells, Mr. Jenner ;

near Bedgelert and about Dolgelley, N. Wales; Swansea, S. Wales;

plentiful near Penzance, Cornwall; High Beach, Essex; Hertford

Heath and Wormley West end, Herts, Mr. Hassall.

Filaments slenderer than those either of D. Swartzw or D. cy-
lindricum, mucous, adhering firmly to paper, with a broad mucous
sheath, cylindrical, without any angles, in which respect it differs
from the other three species. Hach jomt has a shallow groove
passing round it (thus resembling a small pulley-wheel) which
gives the crenate appearance to the filaments ; the crenatures are
generally very shallow, sometimes nearly obsolete, but I have oc-
casionally seen them deeper, and thus more like the figure in
‘Eng. Bot.’ There is scarcely any depression between the joints ;
in this circumstance it differs greatly from D. cylindricum.

If kept in water for a few days it separates into single joints,
each joint having a perfect mucous covering ; both the filament
and sheath are cylindrical.

The endochrome generally is disposed im a stellate manner
(when seen transversely), having a small central ring and six or
seven rays.

Mr. J. Ralfs on the species of Desmidium. 375

Foreign specimens given me by Mr. Berkeley exactly agree
with the above description.

**K Filaments without a mucous sheath.

3. D. Swartzii, Ag. Filaments triangular ; joints shorter than broad.
Pl. VIII. fig. 3. Grev. Crypt. Fl.t.292; Ehren. Die Infus. p. 140.
t. 10. fig. 8; Pritch. Infus. p. 183.
Tunbridge Wells, M7. Borrer ; Swansea, S. Wales ; Caernarvon
and Dolgelley, N. Wales; Penzance.

Agardh seems not to have understood this species. In the
‘ Conspectus criticus Diatomacearum’ he says, “ fils planis tri-
angulisve,” and afterwards, ‘ Fila mihi plana visa, secundum Car-
michael revera triangula sunt ; secundum Lyngbye articuli soluti
cito figuram triangulam induunt. Iterum itaque hoc respectu
observanda.”

Dr. Greville’s description is very correct: the filaments are
no doubt triangular, as a little care in using the microscope may
easily determine. Under the lens two angles always appear at
the two margins of the filament. The third angle is marked by
the dark line caused by the greater thickness m that part. As
the filaments are twisted, the dark line regularly passes, as seen in
the sketch, from one margin to the other. By examining the fila-
ment where the angle (shown by the dark line) touches the mar-
gin and bringing the lens a little nearer, and then withdrawing
it again, both angles may be distinctly seen.

Transverse view triangular, the angles blunt, the sides slightly
concave ; endochrome in three portions placed in the angles, and
connected in the centre by three processes resembling stalks. But
this is only seen when the joints separate spontaneously.

When a joint is separated under the microscope, a cloud of
extremely minute granules is poured out, which for an instant
obscures the view.

It adheres but slightly to paper, is very fragile, but separates
spontaneously into single joints with less readiness than D. mu-
cosum and D. cylindricum.

Mr. Borrer has kindly presented me with a portion of a spe-
cimen given him by Mr. D. Turner as the Conferva dissiliens of

Dillwyn, but which is undoubtedly the plant now described.

4. D. Borreri. Filaments cylindrical, inflated, with two angles ;
joints about twice as long as broad. PI. VIII. fig. 4.

I have great pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. Borrer,
who directed my attention to it m a boggy ditch at Cwm Bychan
in July last, when I accompanied him in a very agreeable excur-
sion among the Welsh mountains.

We afterwards found it above Twll Da in a small pool near

376 Mr. Westwood on the Habits of a Saw-Fly.

Llyn y Cwn; I have also gathered it in old peat-pits near the
outlet of the Lianberris Lakes, and near Dolgelley, N. Wales.

It is a very distinct species, and in the great length of its
joints remarkably differs from the other species of this genus.

Filaments pale green, very slender, and without a mucous
sheath. The joimts are cylindrical when viewed transversely, and
have two minute angles. The endochrome, stellate, as in the
other species, has five or six rays.

That the crenatures are situated in the angles and not ina
groove as in D. mucosum, 1s shown by their prominence and dis-
appearance at regular distances as in D. cylindricum, which re-
sults from the twisting of the filament.

The notch seems less like an interruption of the outline than
in the other species, but rather as if the angles were attached to
the sides of the joint.

The jomts are somewhat inflated. When the angles are not
visible they resemble small barrels placed end to end. Where
the angles are fully displayed, the appearance may be compared
to the juxtaposition of two flower-pots by their mouths, the rims
and interval between which will represent the crenated angles.

On account of the great length of the joints, the division of the
endochrome into two portions is very strongly marked.

LIV.—Note on the Saw-Fly (Lyda inanita) the subject of M. Hu-

ber’s paper in the preceding Number. By J. O. Westwoop,
Esq., F.L.S. E.S., &e.

To Richard Taylor, Esq.
DEaR Sir,

Your readers will be interested to learn that the curious insect
whose proceedings are detailed in the last number of the ‘ Annals ”
is a native of this country. For ten years past I have observed
it on the rose-trees in my garden at Hammersmith, where I have
watched its proceedings i detail, and had prepared a history of
it with a view to publication. A short abstract of my observations
on it was published in my ‘ Introduction to the Modern Classi-
fication of Insects,’ vol. 1. p. 107, accompanied by a figure of the
case as well as of the perfect imsect (with which M. Huber was
unacquainted), and which is the Lyda inanita, which appears in
the imago state in the last week of May, flying about the bushes
in the garden with great velocity and settling on the leaves in the
sunshine, its splendidly golden-coloured wings rendering it a very
beautiful object.
I am, dear Sir, yours very truly,
Joun O. Westwoop.

Dr. Griffith on the Blood and Fibre. StF

LV.—On the Blood and Fibre. By Joun Wiuui14M Grirriry,
M.D., F.LS.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN, .
As Dr. Barry has noticed in the last Number of your valuable
Journal some observations I made in a former Number* on the
Blood and Fibre, I shall feel obliged by your inserting the fol-
lowing remarks, extracted from my paper in the Medical Gazette
in reply to Dr. Barry :—

“T leave the reader to judge whether the description of the fibre
in the blood-corpuscles, given by me, is sufficient to authorize any
one to give an opinion as to whether I have seen it or not. I be-
lieve that the consideration of the abstract appearances presented
by objects under the microscope, serves very often rather to call
forth the powers of the imagination as to what might cause such
appearances, than as the means of making out the real structure
of bodies; and, in examining different structures, we ought to
avail ourselves of the assistance of all the means of investigation
m our power—as dissection, chemical agents, heat, maceration,
&e. Were these made use of in all cases, I feel convinced we
should arrive at more satisfactory and less discrepant results.
Now the effect of maceration in the case of muscular fibre con-
vinces me that no such arrangement as that of a double spiral can
exist ; otherwise why do we have the separation into discs ? This
has been accurately figured and described by Mr. Bowman, and
every microscopist must have seen it. As regards the formation
of the tissues of the body from the blood-corpuscles, there seem
to me insuperable difficulties in these views. In addition to the
majority of the appearances which have been observed in the
blood having occurred after the blood has left its vessels, in many
cases they have been seen taking place, under the microscope, in
the blood removed from the body. Can these appearances be
called vital? Have we any right to believe that they take place
in the living body? Moreover, where do these forming or per-
fected fibres, &c. pass through the capillaries ? And how is it we
do not find in certain cases fibres, epithelium-cells, &c. existing
in the arteries, veins, or capillaries ?

“T must say, however, that no views have been yet advanced
which will explain some of the appearances presented by muscular
fibre. Some of those which have been figured by Dr. Barry cer-
tainly cannot be explained on the views advanced by Mr. Bow-
man; although I believe the appearance figured by him in the
‘ New Cyclopzedia of Physiology’ to be the real structure of the
muscle in its ordinary form.

* Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. No. 68. Feb. 1848.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2C

378 Royal Society.

“ Dr. Barry cannot, I feel convinced, imagine that I am ex-
ceeding the bounds of propriety in publicly noticing what he was
kind enough to show me in private. Feeling assured that his
object is no other than the advancement of science, I can only
say that I have no other motive ; but advance these objections to
his views with the idea that it is the duty of every one who has
the opportunity to throw his mite into the common heap; and
that the opposition of any theory will either bring forward evi-
dence explaining the difficulties, and thus fixmg truth on an
immoveable basis; or bring up some new views, by means of
which the old difficulty will be solved, and the same truth irre-
sistibly founded.”

9 St. John’s Square, April 1843.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ROYAL SOCIETY.

December 8, 1842.—The following papers were read, viz. :—

* Observations on the Blood-corpuscles, particularly with refer-
ence to opinions expressed and conclusions drawn in papers ‘ On
the Corpuscles of the Blood,’ and ‘On Fibre,’ recently published
in the Philosophical Transactions.” By T. Wharton Jones, Esq.,
F.R:S.

The author points out what he considers to be important errors in
the series of papers by Dr. Martin Barry, which have lately appeared
in the Philosopliical Transactions, and are entitled, “ On the Corpus-
cles of the Blood,” and “ On Fibre.” He alleges that Dr. Barry has
generally confounded the colourless corpuscles contained in the blood
with the red corpuscles of the same fluid; each of which latter kind
consists of a vesicle or cell, with thick walls, but in a collapsed and
flattened state, and having therefore a biconcave form, and in con-
sequence of its thick wall being doubled on itself, presenting under
the microscope a broad circumferential ring, which is illuminated
or shaded differently from the depressed central portion, according
to the focal adjustment of the instrument: while the colourless
corpuscles, on the other hand, are of a globular shape, strongly
refractive of light, and granulated on their surface, and are of less
specific gravity and of somewhat larger size than the red corpuscles.
The author quotes various passages from Dr. Barry’s papers in proof
of his assertions, and refers particularly to fig. 23 of his second
paper on the corpuscles of the blood. He farther states, that Dr.
Barry’s description of the appearances of what he terms the red
corpuscles, in paragraphs 53, 68, and 76 of his second paper, can,
in fact, apply only to the colourless corpuscles: and he observes,
that even when Dr. Barry does, at last, in his “ Additional Observa-
tions,” advert to the distinction between the red and the colourless
globules, he considers the latter as being merely “the discs” con-
tained in the red globules appearing under an altered state.

..

Royal Society. 379

The author regards as wholly erroneous the notion which Dr.
Barry entertains that a fibre exists in the interior of the blood-cor-
puscle; and that these fibres, after their escape from thence, consti-
tute the fibres which are formed by the consolidation of the fibrin
of the liquor sanguinis. The beaded aspect presented by the double
contour of the thick wall of the red corpuscle when it has been acted
upon either by mechanical causes or by chemical reagents, of which
the effect is to corrugate the edge, and to bend it alternately in op-
posite directions, has, in the opinion of the author, given rise to the
illusive appearance of an internal, annular fibre. ‘The appearance
of flask-like vesicles presented by some of the red corpuscles, with
the alleged fibre protruding from their neck, the author ascribes
altogether to the effects of decomposition, which has altered the
mechanical properties of the corpuscle, and allowed it to be drawn
out, like any other viscid matter, into a thread.

In conclusion, he remarks, that if these statements of Dr. Barry
should be recognised as fundamental errors in his premises, the
whole of the reasonings built upon them must fall to the ground.

“ Spermatozoa observed within the Mammiferous Ovum.” By
Martin Barry, M.D., F.R.S. L. and Ed.

In examining some ova of a rabbit, of twenty-four hours, the
author observed a number of spermatozoa in their interior.

Dec. 15.—A paper was read, entitled “ Experimental Inquiry into
the cause of the Ascent and Continued Motion of the Sap; with a
new method of preparing plants for physiological investigations.”
By George Rainey, Esq., M.R.C.S. Communicated by P. M. Roget,
M_D., FS.

The ascent of the sap in vegetables has been generally ascribed
to a vital contraction either of the vessels or of the cells of the plant :
the circumstances of that ascent taking place chiefly at certain sea-
sons of the year, and of the quantity of fluid, and the velocity of its
motion being proportional to the development of those parts whose
functions are obviously vital, as the leaves and flowers, have been
regarded as conclusive against the truth of all theories which pro-
fessed to explain the phenomenon on purely mechanical principles.
The aim of the author, in the present paper, is to show that these
objections are not valid, and to prove, by a series of experiments,
that the motion of the sap is totally independent of any vital con-
tractions of the passages which transmit it ; that it is wholly a mecha-
nical process, resulting entirely from the operation of endosmose ;
and that it takes place even through those parts of a plant which
have been totally deprived of their vitality.

The lower extremity of a branch of Valertana rubra was placed,
soon after being gathered, into a solution of bichloride of mercury.
In a few hours a considerable quantity of this solution was absorbed,
and the whole plant, which had been previously somewhat shrunk
from the evaporation of its moisture, recovered its healthy appear-
ance. On the next day, although the lower portion of the branch had
lost its vitality, the leaves and all the parts of the plant into which
no bichloride had entered, but only the water of the solution, were

2CzZ

380 Royal Society.

perfectly healthy and filled with sap. On each of the following days
additional portions of the stem became affected in succession; but
the unaffected parts still preserved their healthy appearance, and
the flowers and leaves developed themselves as if the plant had ve-
getated in pure water and the whole stem had been in its natural
healthy state. On a minute examination it was found that calomel,
in the form of a white substance, had been deposited on the internal
surface of the cuticle; but no bichloride of mereury could be de-
tected in those parts which had retained their vitality ; thus showing
that the solution of the bichloride had been decomposed into chlo-
rine, calomel, and water, and had destroyed the vitality of the parts
where this action had taken place; after which, fresh portions of the
solution had passed through the substance of the poisoned parts, as
if they had been inorganic canals. Various experiments of a similar
kind were made on other plants, and the same conclusions were de-
duced from them.

As the addition of a solution of iodide of potassium converts the
bichloride of mercury into an insoluble biniodide, the author was
enabled, by the application of this test to thin sections of the stems
of plants into which the bichloride had been received by absorption,
to ascertain, with the aid of the microscope, the particular portion
of the structure into which the latter had penetrated. The result
of his observations was, that the biniodide is found only in the in-
tercellular and intervascular spaces, none appearing to be contained
within the cavities of either cells or vessels.

As the fluids contained in the vessels and in the cells hold in so-
lution various vegetable compounds, their density is greater than
the ascending sap, which is external to them, and from which they
are separated by an intervening organized membrane. Such being
the conditions requisite for the operation of the principle of endos-
mose, the author infers that such a principle is constantly in action
in living plants; and that it is the cause of the continual trans-
mission of fluids from the intervascular and intercellular spaces
into the interior of the vessels and cells, and also of the ascent of
the sap.

Jan. 19, 1843.—*“ On the minute structure of the Skeletons or hard
parts of Invertebrata,” by W. B. Carpenter, M.D.

The present memoir is the first of a series which the author
intends to communicate to the Society, and relates only to the Mol-
lusca; and he proposes, hereafter, to extend his inquiries to the
skeletons of the Echinodermata, and the various classes of articu-
lated animals. After adverting to the classifications of shells pro-
posed by Mr. Hatchett and Mr. Gray, from the propriety of which
he finds reason to dissent, he proceeds to state the results of his
microscopic examination of the texture of shells under the several
following heads. First, shells having a prismatic cellular structure,
as the Pinna, and which are composed of a multitude of flattened
hexagonal calcareous prisms, originally deposited in continuous
layers of hexagonal cells, and thus constituting a calcified epithe-
lium, analogous with the enamel of the teeth. Secondly, those con-

Royal Society. 381

sisting of membranous shell-substance, the basis of which, after the
removal of its calcareous portion, presents nothing but a membra-
nous film, of greater or less consistence, composed of several layers,
but without the appearance of any cellular tissue: this membrane
the author regards as being derived from the mantle, of which it
was originally a constituent part, by the development of nucleolated
cells; and the various corrugations and foldings of which it is sus-
ceptible in different species, introducing many diversities into the
structure of the shells of this class. Thirdly, shells having a nacreous
structure, and exhibiting the phenomena of iridescence ; a property
which the author ascribes to the plicated form of the membrane of
the shell, combined with a secondary series of transverse corruga-
tions. Fourthly, shells exhibiting a tubular structure, formed by
cylindrical perforations oceurring among the several layers, and
varying in diameter from about the 20,000th to the 3500th part of
an inch ; but measuring on an average about the 6000th part of an
inch, and. presenting a striking analogy with the dentine or ivory
of the teeth. The last sections of the paper relate to the epidermis
and the colouring matter of shells.

References are made, in many parts of the paper, to illustrative
drawings ; which, however, the author has not yet supplied.

Feb. 9.—“ On the Structure and Mode of Action of the Ivis :” by
C. R. Hall, Esq. Communicated by P. M. Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S.

After reciting the various discordant opinions entertained at dif-
ferent periods by anatomists and physiologists, relative to the struc-
ture and actions of the iris, the author proceeds to give an account
of his microscopical examination of the texture of this part of the
eye, in different animals. He considers the radiated plice, which
are seen on the uvea in Mammalia, as not being muscular; but he
agrees with Dr. Jacob in regarding them as being analogous in
structure to the ciliary processes. The white lines and elevations
apparent on the anterior surface of the human iris, he supposes to
be formed by the ciliary nerves which interlace with one another in
the form of a plexus. The iris, he states, is composed of two portions ;
the first, consisting of a highly vascular tissue, connected by vessels
with the choroid, ciliary processes, sclerotica and cornea, and abun-
dantly supplied with nerves, which, in the human iris, appear, in a
front view, as thread-like strie ; and which are invested, on both
surfaces, by the membrane of the aqueous humour. They are more
or less thickly covered with pigment, which, by its varying colour,
imparts to the iris on the anterior surface its characteristic hue ; and,
by its darkness on the posterior surface, renders an otherwise semi-
transparent structure perfectly opake. The second component por-
tion of the iris consists of a layer of concentric muscular fibres, which
fibres, in Man and Mammalia generally, are situated on the posterior
surface of the pupillary portion of the iris; but which in Birds ex-
tend much nearer to the ciliary margin, and consequently form a
much broader layer. In Fishes and in some Reptiles they do not
exist at all.

The author then proceeds to inquire into the bearings which

382 Royal Society.

these conclusions may have on the physiology of the iris. He thinks
that the phenomena of its motions can receive no satisfactory expla-
nation on the hypothesis of erectility alone, or on that of the anta-
gonism of two sets of muscular fibres; the one for dilating, the
other for contracting the pupil. He is convinced that the contrac-
tion of the pupil is the effect of muscular action; but does not con-
sider the knowledge we at present possess is sufficient to enable us
to determine the nature of the agent by which its dilatation is effected.
He, however, throws it out as a conjecture, that this latter action
may be the result of an unusual degree of vital contractility, residing
either in the cellular tissue, or in the minute blood-vessels of the
iris. It is from elasticity, he believes, that the iris derives its power
of accommodation to changes of size, and its tendency to return to
its natural state from extremes, either of dilatation or of contraction ;
but beyond this, elasticity is not concerned in its movements.

Feb. 16.—‘“ On Fissiparous Generation :” by Martin Barry, M.D.,
F.R.S. L. and Ed.

The author observes that the blood-corpuscle and the germinal
vesicle resemble one another* in the circumstance of an orifice ex-
isting in the centre of the parietal nucleus of both. He pursues the
analogy still farther, conceiving that as a substance of some sort is
introduced into the ovum through its orifice, which the author
terms the point of fecundation, so the corpuscles of the blood may
undergo a sort of fecundation through their corresponding orifice ;
and also that the blood-corpuscle, like the germinal vesicle, is pro-
pagated by self-division of its nucleus; a mode of propagation
which he believes to be common to cells in general. The nucleus
of the germinal vesicle, or original parent cell of the ovum, gives
origin, by self-division, to two young persistent cells, endowed with
qualities resulting from the fecundation of the parent cell; these
two cells being formed by assimilation, out of a great number of
minuter cells which had been previously formed. This account of
the process, which takes place in the reproduction of the entire or-
ganism, explains, according to Dr. Barry, the mysterious reappear-
ance of the qualities of both parents in the offspring.

Certain nuclei, which the author has delineated in former papers
as being contained within and among the fibres of the tissues, he
conceives to be, in like manner, centres of assimilation, from obser-
ving that they present the same sort of orifice, that they are repro-
duced by self-division, and that they are derived from the original
cells of development ; that is, from the nuclei of the corpuscles of
the blood. He considers that assimilation of the substance intro-
duced into the parietal nucleus of the cell is part of the process
which propagates the cell; that the mode of reproduction of cells
is essentially fissiparous, and that the process of assimilation pre-
pares them for being cleft.

A pellucid point is described by the author as being “ contained
in a certain part of the cell-wall, and as representing the situation

* Dr. Barry requests us to add, that the words “in certain states’? are
wanted here.—Epir.

Royal Society. 383

of a highly pellucid substance, originally having little if any colour.”
This substance, which he considers as being primogenital and form-
ative, he denominates hyaline, and ascribes to it the following pro-
perties. It appropriates to itself new matter, thus becoming enlarged ;
then divides and subdivides into globules, each of which passes
through changes of the same kind. Under certain circumstances,
it exhibits a contractile power, and performs the motions called
molecular. It is the seat of fecundation, and it is by its successive
divisions that properties descend from cell to cell, new properties
being continually acquired as new influences are applied; but the
original constitution of the hyaline not being lost. The main pur-
pose for which cells are formed is to reproduce the hyaline; and
this they do by effecting the assimilation which prepares it to
divide; such division being thus the essential part of fissiparous
generation.

The remaining part of the paper is occupied with a detailed ac-
count of these processes as they occur in the development of the
ovum, and also in the changes exhibited by the corpuscles of the
blood, in which fissiparous reproduction also takes place, and the
red blood-disecs are converted into fibrin, and thus give origin to
the various tissues of the organs. The same theory of fissiparous
reproduction he also applies to the formation of the muscular fibre,
in connexion with his belief that it is composed of a double spiral
filament. Contractile cilia, he supposes, are also formed by the
elongation of nuclei, the filaments proceeding from them in opposite
directions. The author considers, lastly, the subject of the fissipa-
rous reproduction of the Infusoria, and particularly of the Volvox
globator, the Chlamido-monas, Baccillaria, Gonium, and the Mona-
dina in general; and applies the same theory to gemmiparous repro-
duction, and to the so-called spontaneous generation of infusoria and
parasitic entozoa.

March 16.—“ Further Observations on the descending fluids of
Plants, and more especially the Cambium.” By George Rainey, Esq.
Communicated by P. M. Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S.

The author relates an experiment in ‘proof of the sap descending
from the upper to the lower part of an exogenous tree, through vessels
which are continuous from the leaves to the roots ; the course of
these vessels being shown by the addition of a solution of iodide of
potassium after they had taken up by absorption a quantity of a
solution of acetate of lead. The fluids in these vessels are, he con-
ceives, separated from the sap, which is ascending from the roots,
only by the membrane of which they are composed. When the
leaf-buds of a tree are vegetating, large separations are observable
between the cells of the bark, and also between the bark and the
wood; while no such separations are apparent when the leaf-buds
are entirely inactive. ‘These separations are various in size, and
irregular in form; their parietes consist of rows of cells, piled up
one above another, like the bricks of a wall: and their cavities all
communicate with one another. From these and other anatomical
facts, which are given in detail by the author, he concludes that the

384 Royal Society of Edinburgh.

propulsion of the sap along the vessels, resulting from the opera-
tion of endosmose, will explain the descent of the cambium, which,
being the nutritious portion of the vegetable fluids, corresponds in
its nature to the chyle in animals.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. :

March 27, 1843.—“ On the Growth and Migration of the Sea
Trout of the Solway (Salmo trutta).” By Mr. John Shaw, Drum-
lanrig. Communicated by James Wilson, Esq., F.R.S.E.

The author has here pursued the same course of experimental in-
quiry regarding the Sea Trout as that formerly followed in relation
to the salmon. Having obtained impregnated ova from a pair of
spawning fish, he conveyed these ova to his experimental ponds.
This was on the lst of Nov. 1839, and the young were excluded from
the egg in seventy-five days. They resembled salmon of the same
age, but were somewhat smaller and paler. They took two years to
grow about 7 inches, and the majority were then converted inte
smolts, but about one-fourth did not assume the silvery lustre, and
this peculiarity, Mr. Shaw thinks, distinguishes a like proportion even
in the rivers. He then experimented on the smolts in the natural
streams, and found that after descending to the sea they returned as
herlings (Salmo albus of Dr. Fleming) in July and August, with an
addition to their weight of 7 or 8 ounces. ‘These herlings spawn
towards the end of the season of their first ascent, and after revisiting
the sea they ascend the rivers again in the ensuing months of May
and June, with an average weight of 25 lbs. This increase takes
place almost entirely in the sea. After spawning for the second time,
they descend for the third time to the sea, and make their appearance
again in fresh water in the course of the ensuing summer, weighing
4lbs. They are now in their fifth year, including the two seasons
they had passed as fry, anterior to the assumption of the migratory
dress and instinct. Descending seawards for the fourth time, they
weigh about 6 lbs. when next seen in the rivers in the course of their
sixth summer. These at least were the progressive changes and rates
of increase observed by Mr. Shaw in specimens distinctly marked,
and carefully noted when retaken successively from year to year.
The peculiar marks imposed each season are detailed in his paper,
and the whole subject is illustrated by an extensive series of speci-
mens from the day of hatching to the middle of the sixth year. These
specimens are now in the Society’s museum.

April 17.—Professor Connell read a paper on the Presence of
Organic Matter in the purest Water from Terrestrial Sources.

Sir John MacNeill then read a Biographical Sketch of the late Sir
Charles Bell, K.H.

Dr. Douglass Maclagan read a notice regarding the Bebeeru Tree
of British Guiana. Of this last paper we present a brief sketch.
The plant bearing the above Indian name, and also called Sipeeri by
the Dutch colonists, furnishes the hard and heavy timber known by
the name of Greenheart. ‘The object of the present paper was to

Zoological Society. 385

state the result of experiments made by the author on the bark and
seeds of the tree, which had been found by Mr. Rodie, late surgeon
R.N., to contain a vegetable alkali possessed of the power of check-
ing intermittent fevers. Dr. Maclagan stated that the tree was un-
known to botanists. Sir William Hooker and Dr. Lindley had seen
the fruit and declared it to be lauraceous, but the author had been
unable to find in Nees v. Esenbeck’s ‘Systema Laurinarum’ any genus
or even suborder of lauraceous plants to which he could refer it.
With regard to its chemical qualities, Dr. Maclagan stated that he
had obtained both from the bark and seeds two distinct alkalies, both
uncrystallizable ; to one of which he applied Mr. Rodie’s name Be-
beerine ; to the other he gave the name of Sipeerine. They could
be separated by anhydrous ether, the bebeerine being soluble in that
menstruum, whilst the sipeerine was not. Dr. Maclagan had likewise
obtained, especially from the seeds, a peculiar crystallizable and de-
liquescent acid, which he called bebeeric acid, and which seemed to
be distinct from every vegetable acid hitherto described.

The author stated that he had instituted experiments with a view
to ascertain if a soluble salt of the alkalies could be procured which
might be used as a substitute for sulphate of quinine when dear. He
stated as the results of his trials that the produce did not amount to
more than one and a half of sulphate per cent. from the bark ; but he
still calculated that if the bark could be got at a moderate price, the
salt of the alkalies might be prepared at a cost inferior to that of
sulphate of quinine. Dr. Maclagan stated that the bark appeared to
be better suited for the purposes of manufacture than the seeds. The
author mentioned that sulphate prepared under his directions had been
sent out to Demerara, and had been tried there with marked success
in intermittent fever by Dr. Watt. He had likewise used it with suc-
cess in a few cases of ague in Edinburgh, and also in periodic head-
ache, so that he had no doubt of its possessing considerable power as
an antiperiodic remedy. Lastly, he mentioned that a secret prepa-
ration, sold under the name of Warburg’s Fever Drops, reputed a
good antiperiodic, appeared to him to be a tincture of bebeeru seeds.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
May 10, 1842.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Gould exhibited and pointed out the characters of two new
species of Kangaroo. The first of these belongs to the section to

which Mr. Gray gave the name Petrogale, as was described under
the name

PETROGALE concinNA. Pet. corpore supra rufescente fusco alboque
irrorato, ad latera flavescente, subtis albo; cauddé dimidio apicalt
pilis longis vestitd, his flavescenti-albis ad apicem nigris ; pedibus
pallide fuscis, pilis sordidé albis crebre interspersis ; auribus me-
diocribus ad apicem paulo attenuatis.

unc. lin,

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 14 0

caude ;

386 Zoological Society.

une. lin
Longitudo tarsi digitorumque.........+600. 3.9
Sa te Pre 1 4

———— ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 2 11
Hab. North-west coast of Australia.

This species of Petrogale is remarkable for its small size, the gene-
ral pale colouring and the bright rusty tint of the upper parts of the
body ; these parts are freely pencilled with whitish and with brown ;
the sides of the neck and body are of a delicate yellowish hue, or
might be described as very pale rust, and this is the prevailing hue
of the head, which is nearly of a uniform tint; but is white, or
nearly so, on the sides of the muzzle at the tip, and there is a trace
of the usual white mark on the cheeks; above the eye is a spot of a
pale rust-colour, and an indistinct brownish mark running towards
the nostrils from the front of the eye; the ears are clothed within
with white hair; externally they are of the same palish rusty yellow-
ish hue as the upper surface of the head ; the chin, throat and whole
under parts are white, with a faint yellowish rusty tint ; the outer side
of the hinder legs is of a brighter tint than the sides of the body, but
less red than the back; the feet are of a very pale brownish colour,
freely pencilled with dirty white; a small space at the base of
the tail is covered with fur of the same texture and colour as that
of the body; beyond this the hairs of the tail are harsh, at first
about half an inch or rather more in length, but becoming gradually
longer towards the apex, where they are more than an inch long;
these hairs are of a yellowish white colour, but the apical third of
each hair is black. This species was brought to England by Lieut.
Emery, of H.M.S. Beagle, and is now in the British Museum.

The second species belongs to the section or genus Halmaturus,
and received from Mr. Gould the specific name Binoé, in honour of
Benjamin Bynoe, Esq., to whom science is indebted for the discovery
of many new and interesting objects in zoology. It is nearly allied
to Halm. agilis, but in size is about equal to Halm. Thetis. ‘The fur
is harsh and adpressed, and for the most part of a very pale brownish
yellow tint; the back, however, is freely pencilled with black, the
longer hairs having the exposed portion of this colour; a slight
brownish grey hue is observable next the skin in the hairs of the back,
but they are nearly uniform throughout their length, if we except a
small black point to the shorter hairs, and the exposed black portion
of the longer hairs ; the sides of the body and the limbs are of a paler
hue, and are not pencilled with black; the abdomen may be de-
scribed as of a dirty yellowish white colour; the tail is very nearly
uniform in tint with the body, but a small portion at the apex is
covered with brownish black hairs; the upper surface of the head
is slightly tinted with brownish, and a mark of this colour runs from
the eye to the tip of the snout on either side; adjoining this mark
below is a pale mark; the ears have yellowish white hairs on the
inner side, and rusty yellow hairs on the outer side; but along the
anterior margin, and at the tip externally, the ears are black. The
principal characters may be thus expressed :—

Zoological Society. 387

Hatmaturvs Bino#. Halm. corpore pallidé fuscescenti-flavo, supra
nigro penicillato, subtis dilutiore ; caudd ad apicem fuscescenti-
nigra ; auribus extern ad apicem, margineque antice, nigris.

> unc, lin.

Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.... 21 0
ad basin auris .... 4 6

—- ROMMER IRas) ek Binet ales Pets Sbate> orgies cad 20 O
bars digitorumaque ono. ob ss ene 7.9

PS. AS Ss Be aaa la ppd wea we 2 3

Hab. Port Essington.

The following paper, by Mr. Lovell Reeve, entitled ‘‘ Monograph
of the genus Tornatella, a small group of Pectinibranchiate Mollusks
of the family Plicacea, including descriptions of seven new species,
from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq.,”’ was then read.

TorNATELLA, Lamarck.

Testa ovalis, cylindracea, plerumque transversim striata, rar0 leevis-
sima, spira brevi, apice acuto; apertura longitudinali, superné
angustata, inferné integra, rotundata; columella incrassata, valde
plicata ; labro simplici, solido, acuto. Molluscum marinum, pecti-
nibranchiatum, operculo corneo, minuto, instructum.

The very wide range of characters which were selected by Linneus
for the determination of genera induced many inaccuracies in his
method of classification which might certainly have been avoided, if,
instead of generalizing upon the external variations of the shell, he
had pursued a more searching inquiry, like his contemporaries
Adanson and Forskael, into the nature of its animal inhabitant.
His genus Voluta, for example, founded upon the character of the
columella being obliquely plaited, included both phytophagous and
zoophagous mollusks, animals both with and without proboscis, and
respiratory siphon. ‘The presence or absence of these organs, distin-
guishing the plant-eating from the flesh-eating mollusks, is however
still indicated to a certain extent in the shell, by the basal forma-
tion of the aperture ; and Bruguiére, the conchologist of the ‘ Ency-
clopédie Méthodique,’ appears to have sagaciously detected the
difference between the shells of the true Volute and those which
were subsequently selected by Lamarck for the formation of this
genus ; the base of the aperture being sinuated or canaliculated in
the one, and entire in the other. But the alteration proposed by
Bruguiére was little or no improvement upon the arrangement of
Linneus ; for in removing the Tornatelle to his genus Bulimus, they
became associated with a miscellaneous assemblage of mollusks, dif-
fering most essentially both in their organization and habits. They
were then distinguished by Lamarck by the above generic title;
whilst De Blainville included them, together with some air-breathing
mollusks, in a new genus under the name of Pedipes. The arrange-
ment followed by the learned author of the ‘ Manuel de Malacologie’
was thus scarcely better than that of his predecessor Bruguiére ; he,
however, cautiously abandoned it, when the propriety of Lamarck’s
distribution of the Tornatelle was subsequently confirmed by Gray
in the discovery of their being operculated.

388 Zoological Society.

Of the following thirteen species referred to this genus, seven are
entirely new ; five were collected by H. Cuming, Esq. in the Philip-
pine Islands, one by Dr. Riippell on the shores of the Red Sea, and
one by Dr. Siebald on the coast of Japan.

1. TornaTELLA FLAMMEA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. vi.
part 2. p. 219; Lister, Synop. Conch., pl. 814. f. 24; Sowerby,
Genera of Shells, No. 24. f. 1; Kiener, Iconographie des Coquilles,
pi.1. 4,51. _ Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. 1. pl’ 206. £.°%

Auricula flammis lateritits, Martini.

Voluta flammea, Gmelin.

Bulimus variegatus, Bruguiere.

Hab. ad insulam Java.

This shell, which is distinctly figured both by Lister and Martini,
is marked with a number of flesh-coloured stripes, running in a lon-
gitudinal direction from the spire.

Var. a. Strigis rubris in maculis semilunaribus aperté divisis.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 6.

Hab, ad insulam Ticao, Philippinarum.

A beautiful variety, in which the longitudinal flesh-coloured stripes
are divided into distinct patches, of the form of a crescent. Found
by Mr. Cuming at the island of Ticao, in sandy mud at seven
fathoms’ depth.

Var. 8. Testdé minore, maculis semilunaribus frequentioribus, indi-
stinctis.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 1.

fZab. ad insulam Corrigidor, Philippinarum.

This variety is constantly smaller and of deeper colour; the cres-
cent-shaped spots are thicker, and run so indistinctly the one into
the other as often to be completely clouded over.

2. ToRNATELLA SOLIDULA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. vi.
part 2. p. 220; Chemnitz, Conch., vol. x. pl. 149. f. 1405; Kiener,
Iconographie des Coquilles, pl. 1. f.2. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii.
pl. 206. 1. 7.

Voluta solidula, Linneeus.

Bulimus solidulus, Bruguiére.

Hab. ad insulas Philippinarum, &c.

Several varieties of this shell, varying in colour from a bluish grey
to a reddish brown, were found by Mr. Cuming amongst the Philip-
pine Islands, in sandy mud at different depths, from 7 to 25 fathoms ;
they are, however, by no means confined to this locality.

8. TorRNATELLA coccinaTA. Torn. testd cylindraceo-ovatd, trans-
versim striata, alba, maculis coccineis minutis profuse ornatd ;
epidermide luted, leviter indutd; spird depresso-conicd, suturis
profundis, apice precipue exserto, acutissimo ; columella biplicata,
plicd maxima bilobd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. 11. pl. 206. f. 10.

Hab. ad insulam Mindanao, Philippinarum.

This beautiful shell is very distinct from any variety of the pre-

ceding ; the spire, which is remarkably sharp-pointed at the apex, is
somewhat depressed and rounded ; and the shell altogether is covered

Zoological Society. 389

with a number of small bright scarlet spots. It was found by Mr.
Cuming at the island of Mindanao in sandy mud at the depth of
twenty-five fathoms.

4. TorNATELLA GLABRA. Torn. testa ovatd, transversim striata,
albd, nitidiusculd, maculis leucopheis varie denigratd ; spird sube-
latd, apice acuto ; columella biplicatd, plicd maxima vir biloba.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 12.

Hab. ad insulam Negros, Philippinarum.

Mr. Cuming collected several of this species at the island of Ne-
gros. The shell is by no means a new one, but it has been hitherto
confounded with the Tornatella solidula, probably in consequence of
its resemblance in colour. It differs in form, and besides being more
highly polished, is stamped with a certain peculiarity of character by
which it cannot fail to be recognised.

5. ToRNATELLA TESSELLATA. Torn. testd oblongo-ovatd, albd,
transversim striatd, striis plus minusve approximatis, interstitiis
maculis helvinis tessellatis ; spird elatd, apice precipue acuto ; co-
lumella biplicatd, plicéd maxima parim bilobd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 3.

Hab. In sinum Persicum.

This elegant little shell was found by Dr. Riippell at the Red Sea,
on the sands at low water. It is finely striated in a transverse di-
rection, and the interstices are neatly tessellated with numerous pale
flesh-coloured square spots.

6. TorNATELLA FascraTA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. vi.
part 2. p. 220; Martini, Conch., vol. ii. pl. 43. f.442 and 443; En-
cyclopédie Méthodique, pl. 452. f. 3. a, 6; Kiener, Iconographie des
Coquilles, pl. 1. f. 3; Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 11.

Voluta tornatilis, Linnzeus.

Auricula bifasciata, Martini.

Bulimus tornatilis, Bruguiére.

Hab. ad oras Devoniz, Insule Britannice.

Several of this well-known species have been recently dredged up
from sandy mud at the depth of five fathoms, off the coast of Devon-
shire.

7. ToRNATELLA SIEBALDII. Torn. testd ovato-conicd, transversim
striata, rubicunduld, irregulariter dibaphd, spird elatdé, suturis al-
bis, apice acuto ; columelld uniplicatd, aperturd ovatd, labro tenui,
acuto.

Hab. ad oras Japoniez.

This shell, which was brought by Dr. Siebald from Japan, is ir-
regularly stained with a ruddy brown, exhibiting the appearance of
having been dyed in two distinct colours; the sutures of the spire
are perfectly white, and so is also the columella.

8. TorNATELLA BuLLATA. Kiener, Iconographie des Coquilles,
pl. 1. f. 4; Lister, Synops. Conch., pl. 714.
Hab. Indian Seas.
A small cylindrical bulla-shaped shell, which we have not included
in this monograph without considerable hesitation.

390 Zoological Society.

9. TorNATELLA niTIDULA. Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. vi.
part 2. p. 221; Encyclopédie Méthodique, pl. 452. f. 2. a, 6; Sow-
erby, Genera of Shells, No. 24. f. 2; Kiener, Iconographie des Co-
quilles, pl. 1. f. 5; Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 5.

Hab, ad insulam Bohol, Philippinarum, &c.

Some specimens of this shell, found by Mr. Cuming at the island
of Bohol, in sandy mud at eleven fathoms’ depth, are smaller and
more cylindrical than those hitherto known.

10. TornareLia vircata. Torn. testd rotundato-ovatd, subcylin-
draced, alba, transversim belle striatd, longitudinaliter strigis la-
tis, nigerrimis, sinuosis, subdistantibus, vivide ornatd ; spird brevi,
suturis distinctis, apice subobtuso ; columella uniplicatd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 8 and 9.

Hab. ad insulam Masbate, Philippinarum.

This is a beautiful shell, and very distinct from any other species ;
it is of a pure transparent white, ornamented with a regular series
of broad dark black stripes running down from the spire. Found
by Mr. Cuming at the island of Masbate, in sandy mud at the depth
of seven fathoms.

11. TornatELia venusta. D’Orbigny, Voyage dans l’Amérique
Méridionale, Mollusques, p. 399. pl. 56. f. 4 to 6.

Hab. ad Peruviam, propé ad Paytam.

A small fusiform shell, highly deserving of the title by which
D’Orbigny has distinguished it.

12. TornaTELLA inscuLPTA. Torn. testd parvd, ovatd, sulcis
parallelis numerosis transverse insculptd ; spird indistinctd, apice
acuto; maculis subaquilis ubique pictd ; columelld biplicatd, plica
maxima precipue bilobd.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 206. f. 2.

Hab. ad insulam Masbate, Philippinarum.

It is to be regretted that Mr. Cuming did not succeed in obtain-
ing live specimens of this very characteristic shell, of which he found
two only, lying dead upon the sands at the island of Masbate. ‘The
spire is rather prominent, but still so indistinct as scarcely to exhibit
the volution of the whorls; the shell is then neatly sculptured from
the apex to the base with transverse lines running exactly parallel
with each other, and the whole surface is painted with light brown
spots.

13. TornaTELLa oryzA. Torn. testd minutd, oblongo-ovatd, ebur-
ned, nitidd, transversim sulcatd, sulcis plus minusve approaimatis ;
spird regulari, apice subacuto ; columelld uniplicatd ; aperturd
ovatd, superneé attenuatd ; labro simplici, solido, acuto.

Hab. ad insulam Cabbalonga, Philippinarum.

A small species, unlike any hitherto described; it is perfectly

white (a fine ivory white), and deeply sulcated from top to bottom.

In concluding this monograph, it may be as well to state that the
Tornatelle auricula and pedipes of Lamarck should be referred to the
genus Auricula. The Tornatelle are strictly marine, dwelling in
several fathoms’ water ; whilst the species just alluded to are inland,
and amphibious, inhabiting swamps and marshy places.

Zoological Society. 391

June 14.—Richard Owen, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following paper, by George Gulliver, Esq., F.R.S., entitled
“« Observations on the Muscular Fibres of the Gfsophagus and Heart
in some of the Vertebrate Animals,” was read.

The present communication is a continuation of the observations
on the muscular fibres of the cesophagus and heart published in the
‘ Annals Nat. Hist.’ vol. v. p. 349.

The author applies the term voluntary to the striated muscular
fascicles—extending along the entire length of the gullet, and even
on the commencement of the cardiac extremity of the stomach in
several animals, along more or less only of the tube in man and
some other mammals, and wholly absent from it in many of the
lower Vertebrata—because this fibre has all the anatomical charac-
ters of the muscular fibre of animal life, which no completely in-
voluntary muscle has hitherto been found to possess. ‘‘ If we are
to judge of the office of the fibre in question from its structure, it
must be concluded that in many Vertebrata the whole length of the
gullet is capable of voluntary motion, in some the lower or poste-
rior portion is not obedient to the will, while in others the motions
of the entire gullet must be quite involuntary.

«That the muscular coat of the gullet should differ in animals of
different orders will not appear surprising ; but it was hardly to be
supposed that a difference in the cesophageal sheath would be found
in some genera of the same order. Yet such is the fact in the Fere ;
and it is probable that further research into the anatomy of this
order will disclose more differences in their minute structure, espe-
cially as my observations on the blood have shown that there is a
remarkable diversity in the size of the blood-corpuscles or red par-
ticles of some of the subdivisions of the Carnivora*.

“‘ Perhaps the extent of the muscular coat of the gullet may vary
in the same subject at different periods of life. In young and middle-
aged mares and geldings some of the muscular fibre of animal life
may be generally traced on the gullet four or five inches from the
stomach; but in a gelding twenty-five years old this fibre could not
be found on the last ten inches of the gullet; and in an/aged rabbit
I found the striated muscular fascicles but sparingly on the last inch
of the gullet, although in this animal generally they are most abun-
dant in this situation.

“A summary of my inquiry concerning the extent of the voluntary
muscular fibre on the gullet is subjoined. Some of the results
may be modified by more facts, which are yet required to furnish
a satisfactory view of the subject. I have had no opportunity of
becoming acquainted with the researches of M. Ficinus and M. Va-
lentin, referred to by Dr. Baly in his translation of Professor Miil-
ler’s ‘ Physiology,’ vol. ii. p. 851.

QUADRUMANA.

In this order, as in the human subject, the muscular fibre of
animal life does not invest the lowest portion of the gullet.

* See Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 577 ; vol. viii. p.533; and Appendix to
Gerber’s General Anatomy, p. 6-7.

392 Zoological Society.

CHEIROPTERA.

In the pipistrelle, the sheath of the gullet, excepting 1-16th of
an inch at the stoumachic end, was formed of the muscular fibre of
animal life.

FER.

Insectivora.—In the three British genera the muscular fibre of
animal life covers the whole length of the gullet.

Canide.—The muscular fibre of animal life extends to the sto-
machic end of the gullet. In the silvery fox none of this fibre could
indeed be detected on the terminal third of an inch of the gullet,
which should be examined again in another individual.

Viverride.—In the African civet cat the striated muscular fasci-
cles do not cover the last portion of the gullet.

Felide.—The stomachic end of the gullet is not clothed with the
muscular fibre of animal life; but in the caracal a few irregular
fibres were observed on the cardiac end of the gullet, perhaps be-
longing to the muscular fibre of animal life, although they were quite
destitute either of transverse or longitudinal streaks.

Mustelide.—In the otter the muscular fibre of animal Re covers
the gullet, excepting about half an inch of its stomachic extremity ;
in three species of Mustela this fibre invests the whole gullet.

Phocide.—In the seal no muscular fibre of animal life was found
on the gullet within an inch of the stomach.

Urside.—In the genus Nasua, and in the sloth-bear and Ame-
rican bear, the gullet is throughout clothed with the muscular fibre
of animal life, which in the latter animals is very thick and red on
the last portion of the gullet, and extends on the cardiac extremity
of the stomach.

CETACEA.

In a porpoise no muscular fibre of animal life could be found on
four inches of the stomachic end of the gullet, although this fibre was
abundant on the rest of the thoracic portion of the gullet.

RUMINANTIA.

The voluntary muscular fibre runs along the entire length of the
gullet, and sometimes to a short distance on the cardiac extremity
of the stomach. The striated muscular fibre on the last portion
of the gullet is often mixed with a much greater proportion of the
muscular fibre of organic life.

RopeEnTIA.

The whole length of the gullet is clothed with the muscular

fibre of animal life.
MaRsvPIALIA.

In the kangaroo and the squirrel-flying opossum no muscular

fibre of animal life was found on the stomachic end of the gullet.
Birps, REepriLes, AND FIsHEs.

I have carefully searched for the striated muscular fascicles in
the gullet of the birds and reptiles mentioned in the table, but in
vain. In Birds the fibre of the superficial coat of the gullet is often

Zoological Society. 393

disposed transversely, in which respect it may be seen with the
naked eye to differ from the cesophageal muscular sheath of mam-
mals. Ina few fishes the striated muscular fascicles invested the
entire length of the gullet, and extended some distance on the sto-
mach in others, as in the pike and bull-head. In the barbel some of
these fascicles were found on the gullet or termination of the pha-
rynx opposite to the posterior border of the gill-cover. In Fishes
the striated muscular fasciculi of the gullet appear, from the mea-
surements now given, to be much smaller than the fasciculi of the
muscles of the body; and a like difference, though to a much smaller
degree, often exists in mammals.

‘In the heart of the smaller species of the lower Vertebrata di-
stinct muscular fibres are often not to be found, the structure being
less distinct than in the heart of many mammals ; generally composed
of bands or fillets not easily separable from each other, and com-
monly about ,)5th of an inch broad. These fillets are seldom
clearly streaked transversely ; they are irregularly and most minutely
granulated, without the longitudinal arrangement of the granules
so plainly visible in the beaded primitive fibrils of the heart of
Mammalia. In short, the known points of resemblance between
the muscular fibre of the heart of mammals and that of voluntary
muscle are generally wanting in the structure of the heart of the
smaller species of the lower Vertebrata, for the latter is more nearly
allied to the muscular tissue of organic life as it exists in other
parts.

“In some of the voluntary muscles of many of the smaller Mam-
malia and Birds, as the common mouse and Fringillide, the existence
of a sheath around the fibres appears to be questionable ; and in the
heart of such animals the fibres are remarkably indistinct. In the
common water-vole i noticed a very clear appearance of primitive
fibrils, yet these seemed to be nowhere collected into fascicles. In
the great pectoral muscle of various small birds, as the common swift,
the transverse streaks are very indistinct, and often difficult to be
seen, although they are very plain in the muscles of the leg; yet in
this bird the former muscle is highly developed, and almost con-
stantly in action, while the latter are but small and little used. It
will be recollected that the above remarks apply only to particular
muscles, and are not to be considered as at all invalidating the ad-
mirable demonstration of the sarcolemma in many muscles by Prof.
Schwann and Mr. Bowman, and the parallel observations of Dr. Jones
Quain and Mr. W. J. E. Wilson*. As before observed, the fibres
of the heart of Mammalia seem to have no intervening cellular (fila-
mentous) tissue; this tissue, however, is easily observed in the heart
of many lower vertebrate animals; and I have very recently seen
minute wavy filaments, having all the characters of cellular tissue,
in the heart of the bear, and of some other mammals which had died
in confinement.”

The term fibre, as used in this paper, corresponds to the primitive
fasciculus of Fontana, Miller, and Bowmant. As in the heart there

* See Phil. Trans. part ii. 1840, p. 475. t+ Loc. cit. p. 458.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2D

394 Zoological Society.

is often a tolerably clear appearance of fascicles, and as frequently
only of the fillet-like bands, both are set down in the table annexed
to the author’s paper as fibres: the larger size of the fascicles at
once distinguishes them from the bands, the primitive fibrils of the
muscular tissue being out of the question. In the snake and newt
the bands composed the tissue of the auricles, while a collection of
these bands into fascicles appeared and was measured in the ven-
tricles ; the measurements show many parallel instances, and one in
which the fascicles appeared in the auricle and the bands in the ven-
tricle.

Mr. Gould exhibited to the Meeting an extensive collection of |
Australian Halcyonide, and characterized two new species belonging
to this family as follows :—

Haucyon riatyrostris. alc. capite, dorsoque ex erugine viridi-
bus ; alis cauddque virescenti-ceruleis ; guld pallidé luteola, héc
colore gradatim apud nucham et partes corporis inferiores in cer- -
vinum, vel arenaceo-luteolum transeunte.

Spot before the eye buff; head and back verditer green ; wings
and tail greenish blue; throat very pale buff, gradually passing into
the rich sandy buff of the hack of the neck and the whole of the
under surface ; bill black; the base of the under surface of the lower
mandible flesh-white.

Total length, 73 inches ; bill, 12; wing, 32; tail, 25; tarsi, 4

Hab. Navigators’ Islands.

For the knowledge of this new species Mr. Gould is indebted to
the kindness of Mr. Cunningham, who collected it, and to Mr. Ben-
nett, at Sydney, at whose suggestion Mr. Cunningham presented it,
with some other interesting birds, to Mr. Gould, for the advancement
of zoological science.

Hautcyon sorpipus. Halc. capite, dorso, plumis scapularibus tec-
tricibusque alarum fuscescenti-virescentibus, alis virescenti-ceruleis,
tertiariis ad apicem viridi-tinctis ; caudd virescenti-ceruled ; tor-
que collari, corporeque inferiore pallidé luteolis.

Hab. North coast of Australia.

Head, back, scapularies and wing-coverts brownish oil-green;
wings greenish blue, gradually changing into green on the tips of
the tertiaries; collar surrounding the back of the neck and all the
under surface buffy white; tail greenish blue; upper mandible and
tip of the lower one black; base of the latter flesh-white.

Total length, 9 inches ; bill, 21; wing, 44; tail, 3; tarsi, 3.

From the collection of Benjamin Bynoe, Esq.

June 28.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
A Monograph on the Coleopterous family Phyllophoride, by the
Rev. F. W. Hope, was read. Following are the characters of the
new species and genera contained in this paper.
Family Poytiopnorip#, Hope.
Genus Phyllophorus, Hope.
Foemina antennis filiformibus 11-articulatis, articulo 1™° magno, ex-

<<

Zoological Society. 395
_ terné crassiore, duobus proximis brevibus, 7 sequentibus gradatim
increscentibus et feré trigonis, ultimo autem ovale, apice parum
_minori. Palpi haud securiformes. Caput impressum, maxillis
obtusis unidentatis. Thoraz lateribus carinatis, angulis posticis
subspinosis, anticis subrotundatis. /ytra thorace quintuplo lon-
giora, sulcata et rugosa, lateribus elevatis.
Phyllophorus gigas. later gigas, Fab., Syst. Eleut.

Genus Tetralobus, Serville.

Tetralobus flabellicornis. later flabellicornis, Fab.
Tetralobus cinereus, Gory, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France, tom. i.

p. 220. pl. 4. fig. 1.

Tretrratosus Gory. Tetr. Mas, fusco-cinereus, capite feré qua-
drato, antic? subexcavato, angulis anterioribus rotundatis. Thorax
marginatus, valdé converus, ad scutellum elevatus, utrinque de-
pressus, angulis posticis obliqué acutis. Elytra thorace triple
longiora, postice rotundata, lineis elevatis parum distinctis, tomen-
tosa. Corpus infra piceo-cinereum, pectore pubescenti. Pedes
tomentosi, femoribus compressis, tibiis subarcuatis, tarsisque flavo-
membranaceis. Annuli abdominis utringue foveolati. Long. corp.
184 lin. ; lat. 54 lin.

Hab. forsitan in Africa.

Foemina differt, long. 21 lin., lat. 6 lin.; antennis serratis, arti-
culo ultimo tribus antecedentibus quali, subacuto, abdomine
multo convexiore.

A small variety of the above species exists in the rich cabinet of
M. Dupont at Paris, and has been named by him 7. Sennarius. It
measures twenty lines in length, and differs also in the colour of its
pubescence.

TerraLosus Duronti. Tetr. nigro-cinereus, capite fere quadrato,
antice excavato, tomentoso, angulis anticis rotundatis. Thorax
converus, subtilissime punctulatus haud foveis binis in medio im-
pressus. Elytra thorace triplo longiora, ad suturam subacuminata,
lineis viz distinctis. Corpus infra piceum, tomentosum, binis ulii-
mis annulis foveis, utrinque fortiter impressis. Pedes, femoribus,
tibiisque compressis. Long. corp. 28 lin. ; lat. 9 lin.

In Museo Dom. Dupont.

It is probable that the above species is from Africa. It was re-
ceived by M. Dupont (in whose honour it is named) from a foreign
traveller, who is lately dead. No locality is mentioned. ‘The an-
tenn are imperfect.

TerrraLopus Savacer. Tetr. totum corpus supra fusco-brunneum,
aurantiisque capillis obsitum. Caput fere quadratum angulis anticis
rotundatis, antice excavatum. Thorax convezxus, angulis posticis
acutis. Elytra thorace duplo longiora, auratdque pubescentid tecta.
Corpus infra abdomine piceo, pectore aurantiis capillis lengis ob-
sito, femoribus tibiis piceis tarsisque infra auricomatis. Long.
corp. 13 lin.; lat. 4 lin.

The above species I have much satisfaction in naming after an

American clergyman, the Rev. T.S. Savage. His zeal in the col-

2D2

396 Zoological Society.

lecting of insects in Western Africa has tended to add greatly to
our stock of information regarding the entomology of those countries.
Respecting the Goliath Beetles, he has in store for us many important
observations, having collected them in the bush: his remarks on
them may shortly be expected to arrive in this country.

Tetralobus Australasie. Gory, Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de France.

TrTraLosus Fortnumi. Tetr. totum corpus fuscum, auratd pubes-
centid tectum, antennisque pedibus ferrugineis, elytrisque suturd acu-
minatis. Caput vir emarginatum punctatum, fronte foved antice im-
pressd. Antenne ferruginee. Fasciculus antennarum e lamellis
novem rubro-ferruginets. Thorax angulis anticis lateralibus,
porrectis rotundatis ; posticis acutis, disco varioloso-punctato, lined -
que longitudinali parum impressd. Scutellum postice rotundatum.
Elytra striato-punctata, striis punctis fortiter impressis, interne
acuminata, externeque rotundata. Corpus infra atro-piceum aureo
tomentosum, capillis pectoris longioribus. Pedes ferruginei, tarsis

subtis pallidioribus et excavatis. Long. corp. 12 lin.; lat. 3 lin.

The above insect was lately sent to this country by Mr. Fortnum,
from the new settlement of Adelaide, and although closely allied to
T. Australasie of Gory, is yet distinct; it is the smallest species that
has fallen under my notice, and has been named in honour of the
above assiduous collector.

TETRALOBUS Parryr. Tetr. niger, capite fere quadrato, antrorsum
foveolato, angulis anticis parum rotundatis. Oculis flavis. Tho-
raz latus punctulatus. Elytra thorace triplo longiora, depressa,
striata, striis valdé distinctis. Corpus infra nigrum, segmentis
abdominis utringue foveolatis, pedibus piceis, antennis ferrugineis.
Long. corp. 18 lin. ; lat. 64 lin.

Hab. in Nubia. In Museo Dom. Parry.

Captain Frederick Parry lately received this species in a box with
other Nubian insects. It is of a remarkably depressed form, approach-
ing somewhat in this respect to Tetralobus Goryi, which latter msect,
however, is certainly much more convex, and differs from it also in
various other minor points.

_ TaTRALobus Manevesit. Fam. fusco-picea, antennis articulo
primo concolore, reliquis ferrugineis. Caput feré quadratum, punc-
tatum, oculis rubris et nitidis. Thorax valde convexus, angulis
anticis rotundatis, posticis acutis, lined longitudinal media, foved
utringue compressdé insignitus. Elytra viv acuminata, striato-
punctata. Corpus infra rubro-piceum, antennis tarsisque ferru-
gineis. Long. corp. 17 lin.; lat. 44 lin.

Hab. in Nova Hollandia.

The above insect was sent to me by Capt. Mangles, the Egyptian
traveller, in whose honour it is named. He received it from the
vicinity of the Swan River.

Since the above was written, I have discovered the male in the
collection of the Linnean Society, and the following is a concise de-
scription of it :—

Fusco-piceus, articulo primo nigricanti, reliquis ferrugineo flabellatis.

Zoological Society. 397

Caput feré quadratum, vix emarginatum. Thorax convexus, mar-

ginibus lateralibus subcarinatus. Scutellum valdé depressum.

E£lytra acuminata, substriato-punctata et sparsim punctulata. Cor-

pus infra fusco-piceum, pectore aurata pubescentia tecto, pedibus

ferrugineis et auricomatis.

Trrratosus auricomus. Tetr. aureo-tomentosus, antennis flabella-
tis nigris, thorace posticé producto, elytris thorace triplo longioribus,
auricomatis, apicibus rotundatis. Corpus infra aureo-tomento-
sum, pedibus concoloribus. Caput anticé rotundatum, fronte sub-

foveolata. Antenne articulo 1” inequali elongato subsecuriformi, .

24 et 3% minutis, reliquis trigono-ramosis, ultimo sublongo
compresso, apice emarginato. Thorax antice rotundatus, con-
vexus, in medio disci foved utrinque impressd, angulisque posticis
acutis. Elytra auricomata vir sublineata. Corpus infra tomen-
tosum, annulis abdominis utrinque subimpressis. Long. corp. 12
lin. ; lat. 3% lin.

In Muszo Dom. Guerin.

Hab. in Africa.

Since the above description was written a more exact locality has

been given me.

Hab. “‘Le fort de Sedou, au bord de la riviére Casamance, dé-

couvert par M. le Capitaine Mion.”

TETRALOBUS ROBUSTUS. Fem. flavo-fusca, antennis valdé com-
pressis. Caput antice excavatum, flavisque capillis obsitum.
Thorax convexus, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis acutis. Ely-
tra striata, ad apicem dehiscentia, subacuta. Corpus infra flavo-
Suscum, pectore aurato tomento obsito pedibusque concoloribus.

From the remarkable compressed antenne I am inclined to con-
sider this insect, which was received from the island of Madagascar,
as the type of a distinct genus. The following characters may be
deemed sufficient to mark its peculiarities, which are chiefly taken
from the antenne, and hence it has been named

Piezophyllus*.

Caput rotundatum, antennis valdé compressis, undecim articulatis, ar-
ticulo 1™° crasso, 24° brevi, octo sequentibus gradatim decres-
centibus, ultimo apice acuto. Thorar angulis anticis rotundatis,
posticis acutis. H/ytra subacuminata e sutura dehiscentia late-
ribus medio subsinuatis. Pedes robusti, tibiis subincurvis.

Other peculiarities might be mentioned; but as it is well-figured,
however, its other characters may easily be distinguished.

PIEZOPHYLLUS SuHuckuarDI. Tetr.atro-piceus, capite fere quadrato,

antice parum excavato, angulis anticis suboblique truncatis anten-
nisque ferrugineis. Antenne articulo 1” fere trigono, crasso,
240 3% brevibus, 7 sequentibus lamelligeris; antennis capite
thoraceque equalibus. Thorax valdé conveeus, lateribus carinuld
insignitis, angulisque posticis subacutis. Elytra sulcata. Corpus
infra atro-piceum, pectore hirsuto, flavisque capillis longis obsito.

* Piezophyllus, from #éfa premo, and Quaaoy folium.

vee

398 Zoological Society.

Pedes picei, auricomi, femoribus tibtisque subcompressis. Long.
corp. 24 lin.; lat. 7 lin. 9 Long. corp. 21 lin.; lat. 7 lin.

I am indebted to Mr. Shuckhard for the above insect, and the
species is most probably the Fetralobus Dumolinii of Dupont’s cabinet.
The antenne and tarsi of this specimen were in too imperfect a
state to describe.

PrezopHyLuus Spencer. Tetr. niger, antennis fusco-picets, articulo
primo nigricante. Caput fere quadratum, anticé excavatum. Tho-
rax robustus, valdé convexus, lined longitudinalt impressa fovedque
utringue insignitus et crebrissime punctulatus, angulis posticis feré
rectis et acutis, carinuld abrupte interruptd. Hlytra ad apicem
dehiscentia, subacuta. Corpus infra atrum, pectore auricomato
pedibusque concoloribus. Long. corp. 16 lin.

ffab. in agro Senegalensi.

This singular insect is described from the rich cabinet of Monsieur
Dupont in Paris, and it appears to belong to the same subgenus as
Tetr. Shuckhardi. ‘The same insect I have seen before, and as it was ~
named after Mr. Spence, the celebrated entomologist, I have retained
that name.

Ozynopterus* mucronatus. later mucronatus, Olivier.

Olivier suspects that this insect is the female figured by Voet
(vid. Coleop. tab. 45. fig. 34.) ; it was originally described from the
cabinet of the Prince of Orange, and certainly differs from the Fla-
bellicornis of Drury, which Olivier seems to doubt. The following
short Latin characters separate it at once from Tetralobus.

Genus Oxynopterus, Hope.

Caput antic€é subemarginatum, antennis ¢ apicibus flabellatis ely-
trisque in utroque sexu acuminatis. Thorar angulis anticis feré
rotundatis, posticis acutis. Hlytra striata et mucronata, pedibus
veluti in Tetralobo.

Each joint of all the tarsi is clothed beneath with a row of short
golden-coloured plush, as in other species belonging to this genus.

Oxynorrerus Aupovuini. Ovzyn., Mas, brunneo-cinereus, capite
fortiter excavato, parum tomentoso. Thorax emarginatus, postice
subsinuatus, anticé aurantiis capillis obsitus, depressus. Scutellum
rotundatum. Klytra brunneo-cinerea, parum tomentosa. Corpus
infra nigro-cinereum. Pedes concolores, femoribus tibiisque com-
pressis, tarsisque piceis. Long. corp. 62 lin. ; lat. 23 lin.

The above species was described by me, during my late residence
in Paris, from the collection at the Jardin des Plantes. It is named
in remembrance of the late Professor Audouin, who succeeded to the
entomological chair held by the celebrated Latreille. The locality
was not stated; I believe it, however, to be from the East Indies,
although I cannot actually specify its real locality. It seems to
differ considerably from mucronatus of Olivier.

Oxynoprerus Cuminett. Ovyn. fusco-flavus, antennis ferrugineis.

* From égvva acuo, and xtegou penna.

Zoological Society. 399

Caput clypeo rotundato atro, medio disci subsulcato. Thorax
Suscus, marginibus elevatis, angulis anticis parum productis, pos-
ticis acutis et extits divergentibus. Scutellum posticé rotundatuim
atrum. Elytra acuminata fusco-flava, tribus lineis pariim elevatis
insignita. Corpus infra atro-piceum, femoribus concoloribus. Me-
sosternum fortiter excavatum, cornu aprosterni ad medios pedes
porrecto. Long. corp. 36 lin.; lat. 11 lin.

Foemina magnitudine differt, thorace etiam paullo latiore antennis-
que compressis.

The light castaneous appearance of the elytra of the above insect
must in a great measure be attributed to abrasion : when recently
captured it was remarkable no doubt for a golden pubescence above
and beneath, which is a characteristic of other allied species. The
above magnificent species is named in honour of Mr. Cuming the
conchologist, whose important discoveries at Manilla in various
branches of zoology entitle him to the thanks of the naturalists of
England. [t may be mentioned with regard to the above insects,
that the joints of all the tarsi are clothed with a row of short golden- .
coloured plush; the head and thorax are covered also with very short
gray pile, and in the male the elytra are fulvous red, whilst in the
female they are saturated on the disc with brown; the latter sex
is also a quarter of an inch larger than the male. It is also worthy
of notice that the joints of the antennz to which the leaflets are at-
tached gradually increase after the third joint, the extreme being the
most marked.

OXYNOPTERUS LATIPENNIS. Nigro-fuscus, antennis concoloribus,
elytris acuminatis et piceis. Caput fere quadratum, anticé excava-
tum rugoso-punctatum. Thoraz latus, angulis anticis vix productis,
posticis acutis, lateribus marginibus elevatis. Hlytra atro-picea
tomentosa, apicibus acutis. Corpus infra nigrum, pedibus ferru-
gineis. Long. corp. 24 lin.; lat. 8 lin.

Hab. in Africa. |

The above species was received by me in a box of insects from

the Cape of Good Hope: for some time I was induced to regard it as
an Asiatic species, but since I have lately received a species nearly
similar in form from Sierra Leone, it may be an African insect. It.is
remarkably broad for a male; the disc of the thorax also is slightly
convex. A label attached to it has ‘ Gold Coast’ written on it.

In Muszo Dom. Hope.

Foemina adhuc latet.

Oxynoprerus Javanus. Oxyn. fusco-flavus et aureo-tomentosus, an-
tennis ferrugineis. Caput atrum, antennis thorace fere duplo lon-
gioribus. Thorax anticé emarginatus, angulis utrinque productis,
posticis acutis et divergentibus. LElytra acuminata fusco-picea
aurato-tomentosa. Corpus infra nigrum, pedibus nigricantibus to-
mento supra aspersis, tarsisque auricomatis. Long. corp. 28 lin. ;
lat. 7 lin. ? Long. corp. 28 lin. ; lat. 8 lin.

Foemina differt antennis compresso-serratis et fuscis.

Hab. in insula Jave.

400 Zoological Society.

The above insects, male and female, were brought to-this country
by Dr. Horsfield from the island of Java; at first I was inclined to
consider the species as the mucronatus of Olivier, but the figure in
Voet is quite different. I have no hesitation in recording it as another
species, and it may be remarked here that the above insects are ina
good state of preservation, and that all the species of flabellate Elaters
with pubescence should be described immediately they are captured,
as when dead they change considerably in colouring, often turning
black and greasy, so that it is impossible accurately to describe them
as in their original state.

LEPTOPHYLLUS StTRACHANI. Lept. (Mas) piceus, capite anticé ex-
cavato antennis, capite cum thorace feré duplo longioribus, ely-
trisque acuminatis. Caput fere quadratum, anticé excavatum ru-
gosum, antenne thorace duplo longiores, lamellis elongatis et ferru-
gineis. Thorax undique marginibus elevatis conspicuis, angulis an-
ticis parim productis, obtusis, posticis acutis et extus divergentibus.
Elytra valdé acuminata marginata picea et aurato-tomentosa.
Corpus infra concolor, femoribus tibiisque compressis. Femina ad-
huc latet. Long. corp. 26 lin. ; lat. 7 lin.

The above species was brought to this country by Mr. Strachan,
long time a resident at Sierra Leone. His zeal in urging his friends
to collect insects in that climate has been the means of considerably
enriching our metropolitan collections, and to him chiefly we are
indebted for our acquaintance with the Goliath beetles. I have named
the insect above described in honour of this gentleman, who has
exhibited such a remarkable zeal in favour of zoology. When his
health declined in consequence of the bad climate, he yet made ar-
rangements with his friends for enriching our collections at home.
He returned to England, after resigning his laborious situation,
broken in health but unsubdued in spirits, and hence we may hope
that his health will shortly be re-established. The following cha-
racters appear to me sufficient to form into a subgenus, allied to
Oxynopterus, the above insect which I have denominated Lepto-
phyllus, from the long leaflets which compose the antenne.

Leptophyllus*, Hope.

Caput feré quadratum, anticé emarginatum. Antenne 11-articulate,
1™° magno, 2% subtrigono, octo sequentibus feré equalibus et la-
mellatis, undecimo triplo majori. Thorax angulis anticis rotun-
datis, posticis acutis, lateribus marginatis et carinatis. Hlytra
posticé acuminata, pedibus unguibus feré zequalibus.

The anatomical sections of this genus are so fully figured by Mr.

Westwood that there is no necessity for more ample details, as they

may be detected on reference to the plate.

Pectocerat+, Hope.
Caput fortiter emarginatum. Antenne valdé pectinate, novem ulti-

* From Aerros tenuis, and Qvaroy folium.
+ wexros or wnxtos combed, and*xéeas horn, in short, comb-horned an-
tenne.

Zoological Society. 401

mis articulis, dentibus gradatim increscentibus, ultimis longissimis.
Thorax anticé rotundatus, angulis posticis acutis. Hlytra acu
minata, pedibus simplicibus.
The remaining characters may easily be seen in the accompanying
plate. It appears to me that the above genus is mediate between
Tetralobus and Ludius and Ctenicera.

Pecrocera Cantori. Pect. fusco-castanea, antennis valde pecti-
_ natis brunneis. Thorax niger tomentoque aureo aspersus. Elytra
FSusco-castanea, apicibus acuminatis. Corpus infra pilosum, cinereis
flavisque capillis obsitum. Segmenta abdominis utrinque brunneo-
maculata, maculis glabris. Long. corp. 10 lin.; lat. 24 lin.
Hab. in agro Assamensi.
The above insect I received from Dr. Cantor before he quitted
England, and I have since received it from the Khasyah Hills: it is
named in honour of the above zealous naturalist.

Pecrocera Mexuiuu. JFlavo-fusca griseoque variegata, antennis
pectinatis. Thorax angulis posticis acutis, subtomentosus. Llytra
postice valde acuminata, pedibusque fusco-flavis et pubescentibus.
Long. corp. 12% lin. ; lat. 3 lin.

Hab. circa Semlaa in agris Thibetianis. E Muszo Dom. Melly

descriptus.

Mr. Gould exhibited a new species of Hawk, belonging to the
genus Hanus, which he thus characterizes :—

Exanus scrirtus. Lian. Sronte et lined superoculari albis ; capite
et corpore subtus saturate cinereis, rufescenti-fusco lavatis ; tectri-
cibus alarum fulgidé nigerrimis ; parte ale interiore notd latd
mgrd, per humerum et antibrachium eductd, instar litere V (aut
potius VV, utriusque ale pagind interiore in conspectu,) im-
pressd.

Forehead and line over the eye white; head and all the upper
surface dark grey, washed with reddish brown ; wing-coverts deep
glossy black ; primaries greyish brown, becoming nearly white on
their webs, all but the first two or three margined with white at the
tip ; secondaries brownish grey on the outer web, white on the inner
and at the extremity; tertiaries brownish grey; two centre tail-
feathers grey ; the remaining tail-feathers pale brown on their outer
webs and white on the inner; lores black; all the under surface and
edge of the shoulder white ; on the under surface of the wing fol-
lowing the line of the bones a broad mark of black assuming the
form of the letter V, or if both wings are seen at once, of a W ; bill
black ; cere and legs yellow; claws black ; irides orange.

Total length, 154 inches; bill, 14; wing, 124; tail, 71; tarsi, 1,

Hab. South Australia.

Mr. Gould next called attention to a collection of Birds from
India, recently presented to the Society by Walter Ewer, Esq.

402 Botanical Societies uf London and Edinburgh.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Dec. 16, 1842.—Dr. William Hughes Willshire in the Chair.
Dr. John Lhotsky read a paper ‘‘ On the Limits of Vegetation.”

Jan. 6, 1843.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., President, in the Chair.
The Rev. W.H. Coleman presented a specimen of Carex Boenn-
hausiana (Weihe) found by him in Herts.
Dr. John Lhotsky read a paper ‘‘ On the Sugar of Hucalyptus.”

Jan. 20.—Adam Gerard, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Robert Embleton presented a specimen of Matanthemum bifo-
lium (DeC.), Convallaria bifolia (Linn.), found by him at Howick in
Northumberland.

A paper was read from Mr. William Gardiner, jun., being ‘‘ Loca-
lities for the rarer Alpine Hypna.”’ The paper was accompanied by
specimens.

Feb. 17.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., President, in the Chair.

Mr. T. Clarke, jun. presented specimens of a large variety of
Lastrea Filix mas, found by him at King’s Cliff Valley near Bridge-
water.

Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites read a paper, being a notice of the dis-
covery of Grimmia orbicularis, a moss new to Britain, which was
found by him upon St. Vincent’s Rocks, Bristol. The foliage is not
distinguishable from that of Grimmia pulvinata ; the capsule however
is abundantly distinct, being globose instead of ovate, and having a
conical instead of a rostrate operculum. Both species grow upon St.
Vincent’s Rocks, and are sometimes intermingled, but each retains
its peculiar characteristics, so that Grimmia ordicularis cannot be con-
sidered a variety of G. pulvinata. Specimens of the former species
accompanied the paper.

Read also a paper from Mr. T. Beesley, being ‘‘ Additions to the
List of Plants found in the neighbourhood of Banbury, Oxfordshire,
in 1842.”

March 17.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &c., President, in the Chair.
Mr. David Moore of the Royal Botanic Garden, Dublin, presented
a specimen of Carer paradora (Willd.) found by him in Ladiston
Woods, Mullingar, Westmeath, Ireland, in July last.
Mr. Arthur Henfrey (Curator) read a paper ‘ On the British ay
cies of Statice.”

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

This Society met on the 9th of March (Dr. Neill in the Chair)
se the following papers were read :—
. Remarks on the Mode of Growth of the British Fruticose
sae &c.”” By Mr. Edwin Lees, F.L.S.
2. “‘ Continuation of Remarks on the Diatomacee.” By Mr. John
Ralfs, M.R.C.8.L., Penzance.

Miscellaneous. | 403

3. “ On Fumaria micrantha and F. calycina.” By My. C. C.
Babington, M.A., F.L.58. &c.*

ie On two new species of Jungermannie, and another new to
Britain.” By ‘Thomas Taylor, M.D.: communicated by Mr. Wil-
pie Gourlie, jun., Glasgow.

5. * Notice of the new fossil plant, Lyginodendron Landsburgii,
Gourlie.” By Mr. William Gourlie, jun.

Mr. James Macnab exhibited a magnificent cluster of the male
catkins of a palm from one of the South Sea Islands, which Lady
Harvey had obtained from the captain of a vessel, and kindly allowed
to be shown to the Society. Its dimensions, when expanded, were
about three feet by three and a half, and it somewhat resembled an
ornamental grate-screen formed of shavings.

April 13th.—Professor Graham in the Chair.

_ The attention of the Society was chiefly directed to a donation by
Wilham Brown, Esq., R.N., consisting of a miscellaneous collection
of plants and fruits from Canton river and Chusan, and from the
Cape and Prince’s Island, including a collection of forty species of
Ericee from Simond’s Bay and Table Mountain.

The following papers were read :—

1. ‘‘ Two Botanical Visits to the Reeky Linn and Den of Airly,
in April and June 1842.” By Mr. William Gardiner, Dundee.

2. ‘On the Diatomacee.” No. VI. By Mr. Ralfs, Penzance.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on a Verminiferous kind of Blood of a Dog, caused by a great
number of Hematozoa of the genus Filaria. Communicated by
MM. Gruby and Delafond to the French Academy of Sciences.

PuysrioLogists and anatomists have long since detected the presence
of certain entozoa in the nutritive fluid of cold-blooded animals, as,
for instance, frogs and fish. In the mammiferee, worms have some-
times been found in the blood; but these worms had probably only
come there after having perforated the organs in which they had
developed themselves. It is of very great importance to physiology,
pathology, and natural history, to demonstrate, not merely the exist-
ence of entozoary worms in the blood, but moreover to prove their
constant circulation in that fluid, in animals which come near to man.
Now, since science is not as yet in possession of any example de-
monstrating conclusively the circulation of worms in the blood of
mammiferous animals, we are most anxious to communicate to the
Academy the discovery which we have made of Entozoa circulating
in the blood of a dog of a vigorous constitution, and in a state of
apparent good health.t

These worms are from 3 to 5 milliémes of a millimetre in dia-
meter, and about 25 in length. The body is transparent and colour-
less. The anterior extremity is obtuse, and the posterior or caudal

* See last Number of Annals.—Ep.

+ Observations, however, of this kind will be found described at pp. 48
and 49 of the 10th vol. of this Journal.—Eb,

404 Miscellaneous.

extremity ends in a very fine thread. At the fore part a small short
furrow 5 milliémes of a millimetre in length is observed, which may
be considered as the mouth.

By all its characters, this species of hamatozoa must rank 1 in the
genus Pilaria.

The motion of these animals is very lively. Their life continues
even ten days after the blood has been drawn from the vessels and
deposited in a vessel placed in a temperature of 59° Fahr.

By examining a drop of blood under the lens of the microscope,
we see these hematozoa swim with an undulatory movement between
the globules of blcod; they curl, uncurl, and twist about with great
vivacity.

In order to be certain whether these worms existed in the whole
circulatory current, we examined the blood of the coccygeal arteries,
those of the externa] jugular veins, of the capillary, of the conjunctiva,
and of the mucous membrane of the mouth, of the skin and of the
muscles, and we were always able to detect entozoa.

For the last twenty ane we have daily opened the capillaries of
the different parts of the skin and of the mucous membrane of the
mouth, and always find these animals present.

The urine and excremental matters do not contain them.

The diameter of the globules of the blood of the dog is from
7 to 8 milliémes of a millimetre ; that of the /idaria is from 3 to 5.
There is therefore not the least doubt but that this worm can circu-
late wherever the blood has to pass. We reckon, according to se-
veral investigations made in order to ascertain the quantity of blood
existing in the vessels of dogs of moderate size, that the dog in ques-
tion has 1*"-500 of blood in circulation. Now a drop of this blood
weighs O*!:067, and in this drop we are able to detect from four to
five Filaria. ‘This dog would therefore contain more than 100,000
of these worms in the whole of its blood.

The prodigious number of the animals is the more astonishing, as
the dog seems to be in good health. We should however remark,
that the entozoa of the digestive canal of dogs, the Tenia, even in
very great numbers, very seldom disorder the vital functions.

During a year we have examined the blood of from seventy to
eighty dogs without meeting with the Filaria, and dating from its
discovery, we have sought for it, but in vain, in the blood of fifteen
dogs.

We have now the honour of presenting to the Academy—

1. A drawing of the Filaria of the blood of the dog.

2. Some blood containing some of these worms alive.

3. The dog whose blood is verminiferous; and we can, if the
Academy desire it, make an incision in the lip of the animal and
show, with the microscope, the Filaria which circulate with the
blood.—Annales de Chimie et de Physique for March.

On the Cotton called “ Nurma,” in Guzerat. By A. Burn, Esq.
The plant yielding what is called Nurma cotton in this part of
the country, is the same as is described by Dr. J. F. Royle as Gossy-

Miscellaneous. 405

ptum arboreum. It is to be found growing wild, I believe, in dif-
ferent parts of India; and from some experiments I made when at
Kaira, I have very little doubt that it will be found to be the original
stock from whence the Barbadoes, Bourbon, Egyptian, and Sea
Island varieties have originally sprung.

It grows in every kind of soil that is met with in Guzerat. But
it obtains the greatest perfection in light sandy soils, to which a
little old cow-dung manure has been added, and where it can have
a proper drainage, in the black clayey soil known as “the cotton
soil” of the indigenous G’. herbaceum ; it grows, but with diminished
vigour, in proportion to the purity of that soil. In a state of nature,
and when fully developed, the seeds are nearly as large as a grain
of wheat, and are closely covered all round by a strongly-adhering
bright pea-green coloured fur, and enveloped in a fine silky wool of
considerable strength, and fully an inch in length.

Hedge-rows, gardens, groves of trees about the abodes of devotees
and temples, are the places where this plant is found. I do not
know of its being cultivated in any other way. In these places it
is a perennial, lasting for four or five years or more, and being cut
down to within 2 feet of the ground in the end of June, or a little
before the setting in of the annual rains; this also is the best time
for sowing the seed. :

The natives appreciate this cotton, from its fine staple enabling
them to spin finer thread than from any other kind with which they
are acquainted. Muslins and long pugries for the head are made
from it; but since the introduction to this country of European
products of the loom, its use and its culture have been so reduced,
as hardly at this day to afford sufficient evidence to save their being
classified along with the fabulous stories of Hindoo history.

Of the quantity produced per acre | can give no estimate, but in
the first year it could not be over 100 lbs. uf clean cotton. In the
second year, as the plant then comes into full bearing, it might be
from 300 to 400 lbs. The great extra labour and expense over the
common crops, of protecting the fields during the whole year, which
the cultivation of this plant would entail, is, I believe, the main ob-
stacle to any attempts being made to cultivate it. Here we have
no hedge-rows, and nothing that is well calculated for such a pur-
pose; all the agricultural produce being from annuals, the ryot pro-
tects them from cattle, thieves, &c., by living in his fields during the
few months they are ripening, and which he could not do for a
longer period. The price of this cotton in the bazaar is always
double that of the common country article. However, there is
never more than a few pounds procurable.

I have for several years back entertained great hopes in regard
to this cotton, particularly that it may be improved, so as to become
of value, by attending to modes of culture. That from it new varie-
ties, suited to different soils and situations as regards climate, may
be obtained, is more probable than from any of the cultivated kinds,
and I have hoped that circumstances might some day admit of my

O06 Miscellaneous.

being able to attempt its culture as a perennial, in the same way as
cotton is grown in Peru.

ON DIPHYA SAGITTAIRIA.

M. Hollard read before the Society some facts relative to Diphya
sagittairia, a singular animal, and as yet but little known, which,
living in the open sea, is blown upon the coast by stormy winds
which mutilate it, as its structure is very fragile. He also presented
some details on the anatomy of the Velellide, radiated animals, the
order of which is not yet determined. M. Hollard submitted to the
Society several curious anatomical objects, and particularly a Tor-
pedo from the Mediterranean, in which the electric apparatus was
laid bare.—Bulletin des Sciences de la Société Vaudoise, as inserted in
the Bibliotheque Universelle, Nov. 1842.

EXPERIMENTS ON THE TORPEDO.

M. Matteucci communicated to the French Academy of Sciences, on
the 20th of Feb. last, the results of some experiments on the torpedo,
illustrative of the theory entertained by himself and M. de Biainville
on the analogy between muscular contraction and electricity. He
introduced a small quantity of the aqueous solution of opium into the
stomach of the living torpedo; the tincture of nux vomica was like-
wise introduced into the stomach of another live torpedo. ‘The two
fishes, apparently dead, were soon afterwards removed from the water,
and on their backs were placed two frogs (prepared in the way al-
ready described by the author) and the galvanometer. When the
animal, or any part of it, was slightly touched, it contracted, and the
torpedo furnished an electrical discharge, although before the expe-
riment it required strong irritation to produce any effect.

The brain of a torpedo, much reduced in strength, was exposed,
and an alkaline solution of potash applied on the fourth lobe. ‘The
torpedo died, giving forth very strong discharges.

The electrical organ was rapidly removed from a living torpedo,
and prepared frogs were placed on the organ. On passing a knife
into the organ, and dividing the smallest nervous filaments, the frogs
leaped up, sometimes one, sometimes the other, according to the
point of the electrical organ which was cut. I had never before
(says the author) seen in so perfect a manner the localised action of
nervous filaments, nor had I ever witnessed so clearly the curious
action of the electrical lobe of the brain. I received six torpedos,
which were brought to me in a state of apparent inanition ; the most
active irritants failed to produce a discharge, for the animals seemed
to have been destroyed by the cold. I exposed the brain, and on
irritating the fourth lobe I obtained very powerful discharges. I cut
up the electrical organ of a live torpedo in all directions, and applied
the galvanometer to different points; the direction of the electrical
current was invariably from the points nearest the back, towards the
lower part of the belly. It is impossible to admit any analogy be-
tween the organ, and piles, batteries, &c.

a

Meteorological Observations. 407

BretioGRAPHicaL Norvice.

To be published by subscription, the Genera of Birds ; comprising their
: Generic Characters, a notice of the Habits of each Genus, and an
extensive List of Species, referred to their several Genera. By
George Robert Gray, Senior Assistant of the Zoological Depart-
ment, British Museum, and author of the ‘ List of the Genera of
Birds,’ &c. Illustrated with Figures by David William Mitchell.

The Illustrations of this work, amounting to about 200 plates, will
be from the pencil of the author’s colleague, Mr. Mitchell; whose
knowledge of the science, and zealous wish to facilitate its acquire-
ment by others, will guarantee the faithful and spirited performance
of his department of the work.

It is proposed to commence the publication as soon as 100 sub-
seribers are obtained, in Monthly Parts, each Part to consist of
Four imperial-quarto coloured plates, and accompanying letter-
press; giving the generic characters, short remarks on the habits,
and a list of species of each genus as complete as possible. Each
plate will contain, as far as practicable, the characters of all the
groups of an entire subfamily, illustrated by a complete figure of
a species not hitherto figured; or, in the few cases where this is
not to be obtained, of one that has only been given in some ex-
pensive work, accompanied with numerous details of heads, bills,
wings and feet of the other genera, as the case may require, for
pointing out their distinguishing characters.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1843.

Chiswick.— March 1. Clear: some snow-flakes: frosty. 2, 3. Clear and frosty :
fine. 4. Cloudy and fine: frosty at right. 5. Sharp frost: cloudy. 6. Cloudy:
clear and frosty at night. 7. Frosty and foggy: cold with easterly haze. 8.
' Light clouds: fine: frosty. 9. Dry haze. 10. Hazy: overcast. 11. Slight
haze. 12. Uniformly overcast. 13. Clear: cloudy and fine. 14. Fine. 15.
Hazy : cloudy and fine. 16. Hazy and mild: clear and fine. 17, 18. Mornings
foggy, clear and fine. 19. Foggy: fine. 20. Foggy: very fine: rain. 21, 22.
Very fine. 23. Cloudy and mild. 44. Hazy: fine. 25. Dry and windy.
26. Coldanddry. 27, 28. Cloudy and cold. 29. Dry cold haze. 30, 31.
Overcast and fine.

Boston.—March 1. Fine: snow early a.m.: rain p.m. 2,3. Fine. 4. Cloudy.
5. Fine. 6. Cloudy. 7. Fine, 8—10. Cloudy. 11. Fine. 12. Cloudy.
13. Fine. 14, Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 15, Fine: rain early a.m. 16. Cloudy.
17,18. Fine. 19, Cloudy. 20. Fine. 21. Fine: rain early a.m. 22. Rain:
rainearly a.m. 23, 24. Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 25. Windy. 26. Stormy.
27, 28. Windy. 29, 30. Fine. 31. Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Snow-showers: frost. 2—5. Cloudy:
thaw. 6. Clear: aurora. 7, 8. Clear: hoar-frost: aurora. 9. Clear: cloudy.
10. Cloudy: damp. 11. Damp. 12. Showers. 13. Snow: showers. 14.
Snowing: clear. 15. Snow: showers: clear. 16. Cloudy: snow: rain. 17.
Rain : drizzle. 18. Showers: clear: aurora. 19. Cloudy. 20. Cloudy : damp.
21,22. Damp. 23. Damp: showers: damp. 24. Damp. 25—29. Bright:
clear. 30. Cloudy: rain. 31. Drizzle: rain.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire— March 1—4. Frost: fair. 5. Slight frost :
thawr.M. 6. Thaw and drizzle. 7. Fair and fine: spring day. 8. Frost.
9. Frost: dulle.m. 10. Rain. 11. Verydamp. 12. Wet a.m.: cleared up.
13. Fair and fine: drizzle. 14. Frost: threatening. 15. Frost: fine. 16.
Drizzle. 17. Moist, but not rain. 18—20. Fair and fine. 21. Fair and fine:
shower p.m. 22. Wet a.m.: cleared. 23,24. Weta.m. 25, 26. Fair. 27—
29, Fair: slight frost. SO. Heavy rain: thunder. 31. Rain a.m.

ae 7
: 6 | 186. |
= “uvafl| OF-Z 86.0 | 29-0} ZF.0)"uNs
sr | GF. |""{""""""| 80. | QE0. | “Ul *s ‘as | *s ‘s |%66 | er | FH | Zo | ZS! OF | 8S | 9.8F| Sg | 8.49
68 s09809/90.0 wecccelsecces| conces ‘ou "980 "OS *s *s GF OF 83 ¢Eg cr GF FS G.8E | 0-69 8.8F
ge [reereeefecteefeeeestees| ca | casa | ca ) ‘u | € | se | Ze |€1g | ¢.cr| 6% | OF | 9.E¢ | 0.6F | €.4F
se pebarcieesnss eeevee eee! weccee “3 i) 9 a) ‘ouo ZE OF boned OF GP 86 1g €.6€ Q.fF c.EP
ce Reesealsceges)/ scence | 0m 3 = ‘a | ‘aua| Ze |¥se | 6 | Ze | Ze} 8 | oF | €.Ze| 8.19 | 0.0F
Zg aca gees seeseelseeces| coesee "oS UF) "9 3 "ou O€& GP €s& | O¢ FP 0€ I¢ 2.88 FES | o.GP
; {pp [tneteejcecceeleccresivoatec| scenes | cag | *aua | “a ‘a | ‘au | Ze | a | ob] IS | SP] 98 | Go | 0.cF| 9.09 | Z.2r
IG 70. ‘s | ‘a | Im | fer |¥68| 19 | Ze] I | 49 | 8.9%] 9.29 | L€¢
Ig [eet eee OT. *s ‘ass | Sb | sp | Zr \$9G |¢.59| ZF | 09 | 0.19 | £.6¢ | &.FS
zo | ZO. OT.0| 10 “§ ‘a | Sb | pr | OF | 6S | OF| OF | T9 | ¥.09 | 0.69 | 8.19
Bie |eaec | sk Oe *s a) or | IF |gor | Zo | 2c] Ze | 6S | 0.84] 289 | 8-€¢
Gp [tees ceeeealteeres ‘a | ‘au | OF | OF | OF | GF | Sh] SF | €O | Z.Zh | 8.0G | &.8F
GP gues etasas eeecee eeccce "Os =) wyeo = "OU lP lip GV os G.IP Tf ¢g¢ €.1F 0-19 €.8F
ae | OR. ee seer] sas | casa | urea | “ms | *s | Zé | OF |_ Zh | +9 | FH] OF | LO | FEF | 0.69 | F-9F
a sareejseesee|coerre| omg | cass | ‘Mm | "ms | “Ss | Sh | ¥en [Ip for | Zr] 18 | F9 | 9.Eh| S49 | 8.0F
Porgy [fateseieseses|s*srse[ron00"| GTQ, | cass | ‘asa | U[eo | °s ‘ms |¢/e |¢ee | Se gsr | ef, 66 | ZG | 3.OF | 8.1 | 9.09
Fr | ST. 92.0) 20- | 90- |**"""| cam | ‘wm | wea] ‘mu | ‘a | $63 |$pe | 18 | Sb] FH] Sh | ZG | €.OF | G.99 | &.OF
FP | OG. |v" GT. |°°""""| 690. “Mm | upeo| “m | *m# #6 | se | 0g] or | Lr| Sh | 9G | ZGr| 8-19 | 9.0
6& | GF. | sever! Qo. forrres |smum | *mMsm | cm | ms | mm | e/e [$e | Ze | Zp | FF] Sh | BS | 0.68 / 0.18 | 2.2r
| 6¢ | 60. ponensippaeeeyiaweene) Ane | SNe | REED |) SaA8 *s Ip | $ep \Sor $09 |¢.er | ZE | OF | 0.04 | 9.9 | Z.EF
| $E | 80. per ‘u | ‘Mss | wyeo| “ms | “s | IF | fer | Ze for | se) OF | Zh | 9.ZE | 0.bF | 80h
| GE [reese ceeree|tenes|estnee| eeseee | og “385 “mM *s ‘ass | pp | ep Spe] Op | FE] 8S | FF | 8.FE | F.0F | £6
| TG [tttttetesseelerteee|seeeee| eeeree | og ‘asa | wea | ‘as ‘a «| Sre | fap \$00 |$ar cé| #6 | 88 | &.8E | 8.EPF | 8.FE
FE Pvnasi sewer! cag | ‘ass | ue | au | ‘u |¢ce |¥ee | Go| sh | Ze} 8% | Sh | 0-86 | 8.2F | 2.Zé
of Soaaxs aesven| og ‘asa | yea | *a ‘s | 8¢ | ap lgse for | Ze| ¥ | OF | 0.28 | 0.FF | Z.G8
ze tesselesenesl error lemom | gs | upea | *s *g Ze | te | Ze | oF |G.0E| 0% | FF | 0.tE | 0.EF | 3.68
og eeeweeleccese| veces “MS “9 wes *MS ‘u iGz fF Ig tPF ¢c.EE Ig OF ¢.0€E 8.I1F GFE
Ze seenes srrel ems | sais [urea | cu | *mu | ge | Ze foe For | se} 8I | IP | &ZE | 0.0F | Z.c€
LG |tretecicccccelsccsee scene) seeeee | emu | *oua | Wed "Ul “U e/s Ze | ZZ £0F L6\ 0§ GP | §.1S | GOF | €.ZE
Te [rreeseeererlog. frees) seers | souu | coud | cu ‘au | ‘mu | Ge | Zte | of | 88 |G.1E| FZ | ZF | GIE| F-6E | 2.68
| te eareey sere] ur |sauapU| WZD | ‘au |*MUuU] ZE | ZE | FG \¥8E | FE] EB] OF | BFE| GCP | 8.98
Ort! wm a | Pal 2 e} 6 tele) So eS 2 | = |uml-xm |s 2
ge osleSlee|S |e [22/22/85 | £ [se | 28 |Bel2*| FF SEF |e | serves lee
4 = . e n e e . .
Pe issboe | a ee ae eats | ea [ee |: ay
oes] 10D] = |p =o) os. | & Bier ae yormpues | ‘amys | 8 5 |. roe
ee RS|" 3) P| F go| g |: ®| 85 | tauyig |-yuing | * > | OMS] ‘sa uopuoT
, ees. ; pe
oes e 2 eee 7 pur A, ‘JaJOWOWIIYT, Ps
a yb

66-Z¢ |60.0F |8-F6 | 9-Z¥| F-IF ISI-FE 96-1S| 9.68 | 0.09 | 9.eh |688.6%|228.6z | Z-2.62/0S2.62 | 08.6% Z18.6% 616.6% 106.62 |"uvoyr

~
Y ded
-_
;

’
&

et i yuunSaddy yo ‘equa * AA ‘Ae 277 49

3
’

LZ.6@ | 00.62 | 02-62 | 61.62 | 26.82 | 88.62 | SSF.6z | 08.62
#&.6Z | 92.62 | 02.62 | £0.62 | 09.62 | 209.62 | 8F8-6% | 998.64
¥6.6z | 20.08 | $8.62 |-26.62 | $9.62 | 286.6% | 096.62 | 996.62
90-08 | I1.0€ | $8.62 | 82.6% | S#.6% | 62.6% | 228-66 | 092.66
LU-0€ | 92.06 | 18.62 | G8.6z | 8F.6% | 002.62 | 612-62 | 988.64
ZE-0E | 0&.0€ | $8.6z | 86.6z | £9.62 | 012.62 | 9¢2.6z | 862.62
GE-0E | 02.0 | 06.62 | 06.62 | 88.6% | 269.62 | F826 | £82.64
80.08 | 86.62 | 02.62 | 1¢.6z | 61.62 | 889.62 | 669.6 | £09.62
#9.6z | &9.66 | 8F.6Z | $2.62 | $6.86 | OTF-6G | SE¢.6G | S8F.6z
€F.6Z | LF-62 | 0€.62 | SI.6Z | 66-82 | LF8-6% | 60F.6% | OFF.6
09.62 | 09.6G | $2.62 | 2Z.6@ | $0.62 | 628.6% | ZOF.66 | 219.66
69.6z | #8-62 | Z¥.6% | 99.62 | §8.66 |, $ZF-62 | 299.62 | 889.62
66.6% | 26.62 | 08.62 | Z8.6z | F¢.6% | 122.6 | 298.62 | 026.62
£0.08 | 26-62 | 08.62 | €2.6Z | 68.62 | FF8.6@ | 198.66 | 868.6
69-64 | 9F-6Z | £9.62 | 09.62 | 68.62 | 988.66 | 168.66 | 026.66
09.6% | 10-08 | 02.62 | £8.62 | 29.6Z | 0F6.62 | 986.62 | 0F0.0E
86.62 | $2.62 | 62.62 | $9.6 | $8.62 | $12.62 | $26.62 | 062.62
6¢.6Z | 1€.62 | $8.6 | 08.62 | 86-82 | 92F-6Z | 909-62 | 88F.6z
$6.62 | 03-62 | 82.66 | OF.62 | Z1-6% | 989-66 | SaZ.62 | FFL.6
&-6Z | 99.62 | ZF.6z | 69.62 | 9-62 | 002-62 | SF6.6¢ | 26.62
8Z.6Z | F0.0€ | 06.62 | 00.08 | 82.6% | 980-08 | S1-08 | Z61.0S
06-62 | 88.62 | 06.62 | 88.62 | Z8.62 | 090-06 | 921-08 | 981.08
O1-NE | 0Z.0E | ZI-0E | GZ-0E | ZO.0E | 8IS-0E | O8E-0E | 968.0
6Z-0E | 18-0 | $Z.0E | 02.08 | 26.62 | F9Z-0E | 8ZE.0E | 26.0
81-0€ | F1-.0E | 60.0 | F0.0E | 98.6z | Z8I-0 | S6z-0E | 812-0
60-0€ | Z0.0¢ | 10.0 | 66.62 | 06.62 | 182-0 | 69Z-0E | 982.05
00-08 | 00-0¢ | 20.08 | ZT-0€ | 20.08 | 1£8.06 | 0Z8.0E | OLF-0E
F1.08 | $Z.0€ | 02.0 | GZ.0E | ¥6.6Z | 86Z-0E | 846-08 | OES.0E
GZ.08 | ZZ-0E | 91-0 | F0-0E | 06.62 | 020-0E | 6ST.0E | Z60.0E
1Z-06 | F1.0E | 00.0E | $6.62 | £0.62 | 196.62 | 620.08 | 926.6z
00-08 | £8.62 | 98.62 | $9.62 | 98.62 | 929.62 | 168.62 | 869.62
said: |saneel “ned |<or

fe | 6 | 6 | 6) | Se | tw [oxen [io BS
—_—_—_—__ Pa a. a
*yormpues “aa1ys 3s : 3 es)
aod sited ‘i ATES es

2 "19JOULOIV

"hANNUQ) ‘asuDpy yoUNpunY 7D “u0sNOTD *_— “Adz 2Y7 9 pup { dUlHS-salyaWacy
‘NOLSOG 7” ‘JV A “AJA 29 fuopuo'T uvau ‘MOIMSIHD 7D Ajarzog jounyNIyLOFT 347 JO UaPLDE) 2Y} JD

~ Suosdwoyy, ya 49 { uojsaqoy “ay ‘Aunjauoag qungsissp ayy hg ‘NoaNnory ‘hya100g yohoy ay3 fo suampzuvdp ay7 yo apow suoynasasg” J2NTOJ0L0aII TT

VALUABLE LIBRARY,

Rey. J. Dalton, M.A., F.L.S., Rector of Croft,

‘WHICH WILL BE

SOLD BY AUCTION ;
By Mr. WALKER.
PUBLIC SALE AND EXHIBITION ROOMS,
DURHAM,
On Monday, the 15th May, 1843,

And following Days.

This LIBRARY is rich in every department of Literature, e.
NATURAL HISTORY: and no si

f ‘ specially in
0 similar Collection has probably ever fccu
offered for Sale in a provincial town.

eee

THE SALE WILL. COMMENCE EACH DAY AT ELEVEN O’CLOCK
PRECISELY.

oO

. DURHAM:
PRINTED BY GEORGE WALKER, JUN., SADLER-STREET,
And may be had of —
WHITTAKER AND CO., 13, AVE maRIA LANE, AND BELL AND
WOOD, FLEET-STREET, LONDON,

Price Twopence.

1843,

é re

3 CONDITIONS OF SALE.

wh Sec oP

I. Tue highest Bidder to be the Purchaser ; and if any dis- —
pute arise between -two or more Bidders, the Lot in dispute shall -
be immediately put up again and re-sold. él

II. No Person to advance less than 3d. under 10846di ‘under
One Pound,—above One Pound, 1s.—above: Five. Pounds,
Qs. 6d.—and so on in proportion. .

Ill. The Purchasers to give in their Names and Places of ©
Abode, and to pay down 5s. in the Pound, or more, in part of Pay- j
ment of the Purchase-Money, required ; in default of which,
the ee or Lots so purchased to be immediately put up again and
re-sold. :

IV. ‘he Books are presumed to be perfect, unless otherwise |
expressed, but if upon collating them aT THE PLACE OF SALE, |
within three days of the Sale, any should prove defective, the Pur-
chasers will be at liberty to take or reject them.

V. he Sale of any Book or Books, is not to be set aside on
account of any stained, or short leaves, or want of list of Plates.

VI. To prevent inaccuracy in delivery, and inconvenience in
the settlement of the Purchases, no Lot can, on any account, be
removed during the time of Sale; and the Money must be abso-
lutely paid on the delivery. y pay

VII. The Purchaser to pay the Duty.

VIII. Upon failure of complying with the above Conditions,
the Money deposited in part of Payment shall be forfeited ; all
Lots uncleared within the time aforesaid shall be re-sold either by
public or private Sale, and the Deficiency (if any) attending such
Re-sale, shall be made good by the Defaulter at this Sale. -

CATALOGUE,
"a Sc.

NON Snr

_ FIRST DAY’S SALE.
MONDAY, 15th MAY, 1843.

DUODECIMO.
i Byron’s English Bards and Scotch Reviewers, calf
_ 2 Humpbhrey’s Peruvian Tales, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1734
3 Adventurer, 4 vols, calf 1/62
' 4 Marriage, a Novel, 3 vols, half calf Edin. 1819
5 Horace, par M. Dacier, Latin & French, 10 vols,
CalPOs 4: Paris 1691
6 Shadwell’s Dramatic Works, 4 vols, calf Lon. 1720
7 Horace, translated by Francis, Latin & English,
4 vols, calf —— 1807
8 Evans’ Old Ballads, 4 vols, calf —— 1784
9 Scottish Songs, 2 vols, with the Music, calf —— 1714
10 Select Scottish Ballads, 2 vols, calf —— 1783

11 Genlis, (Mde. de) Tales of the Castle, 5 vols —-— 1803
12 The Old Woman’s Magazine, 2 vols, calf

13 Mackenzie’s Works, 5 vols, calf —— 1775
14 Arabian Nights Entertainments, 4 vols Hdin. 1783
15 Adventures of a Guinea, 4 vols, calf Lon.-1760
16 Chevallier’s Sermons at Cambridge, bds. —— 1835
17 Luttrell’s Letters to J ulia, bds. -—— 18292
18 Body and Soul, 2 vols, half calf —— 1823
19 Knox, (V.) Christian Philosophy, sheep ~~ 1798
20 Letters from the Mountains, 3 vols, calf —— 1809
21 Marmontel’s Tales, 3 vols, calf a-== 1800
22 Rassellas, calf ~-— 1798
23. Dinarbas, calf ——— 1793

24 Smollet’s Humphrey Clinker, 3 vols, half calf ——~ 1792
‘9 Wilkinson, (Tate) Memoirs of his own Life, 4 vols,

York, 1790; Wandering Patentee, a History

_of the Yorkshire Theatres from 1700, 4 vols,

York, 1795, in all 8 vols, uniformly bound in

half calf :
'6 Cruikshank’s Mornings at Bow Street, both
Series, Morocco, 2 vols —— 1825-27

B

4
27

28
29
30

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

41
42
43
44
45
46
-47
48
49
50

56
57
58

59
60

DUODECIMO. — ras
Gleig’s Sermons, bds. Lon. 1830
Ainger’s Sermons, bds. —— 1832
Edgeworth on Irish Bulls, half calf 1808
Harrington and Ormond, 3 yols, half -

calf —— 1817
_ Castle Rackrent, half calf — 1810
Otway’s Works, 3 vols, calf —— 1768
Memoirs of the Baron du Tan, calf —— 1744
Colman’s Broad Grins, calf ee 1815
Anacreon, Greek & English, half calf York 1796
Microcosm, 2 vols. calf Windsor 1809
Strangford’s Poems, from Camoens, calf Lon. 1804
Jones’ Greek Grammar, calf — 1815
Ramsay’s Evergreen, 2 vols, calf — ‘Edin. 1761
Spectator, Tatler, Guardian, Addison’s Miscel- |

laneous Works, Remarks on Italy, Wreeholder,
in all 20 vols, calf, uniform, Tonson’s Edit. Lon. v. y.

Rambler, 4 vols, calf 4 —— 1801
Looker-On, 4 vols, calf —— 1797
World, 4 vols, calf —— 1782
Mirror, 3 vols, calf —— 1787
Lounger, 3 vols, calf aay 1788
Observer, 3 vols, calf —— 1317 |
Spectator, 9 vols, calf, Tonson sea772. 4
Fielding’s Works, 12 vols, calf —-- 1783
Richmond, County of York, History of, calf Richm. 1814
Harrod’s History of Stamford, 2 vols, plates, half
calf Stamf. 1785
OCTAVO.
Drysdale’s Sermons, 2 vols, calf Edin. 1793
Jervis’ Sermons, calf Lon. 1811

Wilson, (Bp. of Man) Sermons, 4 vols, bds. Bath 1822

Bentley, (Dr.) Sermons on Atheism (printed by the
Author, without a title, see MS. note) calf

Busfield, Sermons on Religious Duties, 3 vols,

bds. Lon. 1826
Rogers’ Sermons, 3 vols, calf pee ri ly
Kelly, (Dr.) Sermons, cloth - eR hy)
White (Professor of Arabic at, Oxford) Sermons, ©

calf weed 1789
Glasse, (G.) Sermons at Hanwell, calf Se nT

Gilpin, (W.) Life of Hugh Latimer and Bernard
Gilpin, calf —— 1780

s

OCTAVO. a)
61 Aspinal’s Sermons, 4. vols, bds. , Roch. v, y-
62 O'Brian, (Bishop of Meath,) Sermons and
_. _ Charges, half calf Lon. 1799
63 Marriott, Family Sermons, 1, 2, and 3 Courses,

- 8 vols, bds. —— 1825-27
64. Third Course, bds, —— 1824

65 Sermons, Miscellaneous, by Bell, Prebendary of
York, 1722; Bethell, at Richmond, Co, York ;
Paley at Carlisle, 1787, and various others, half
calf
66 Melville, ( H.) Sermons, 2 vols, bds. —— 1834.7
67 Pitman’s Second Course of Sermons for the Year,
= 2 vols, bds. : ——. 1898
63 Haworth, (A. H.) Synopsis Plantarum Succulen-
tarum; half calf rata (Pf
69 Linnzus, Tour in Lapland, first published by
Smith, 2 vols, half calf Mees 18 1]
70 Tingry, Treatise on Varnishes, plates, half calf —_ 1804.
71 Robertson, View of the Agriculture of Midlothian,
plates, half calf Lidin. 1795
72. Cambridge, Wilson’s Memorabilia Cantabrigiz, or
Account of the different Colleges in Cambridge,

-._. plates, half calf Lon. 1303
#3 Grammont’s Memoirs, with a Key, calf — 1719
74 Maundrell, Journey to Jerusalem in 1697, plates,

calf —— 1810
75 Lewis, (Monk) Tales of Wonder, calf —— 180]

76 Tillotson’s Twenty Discourses, abridged, calf —_ 1763
77 Graduati Cantabrigienses, 1659-1823, bds,

Camb. 1823
78 Marshall on the Rural Economy of N orfolk, 2 vols,

. half calf Bboed
79 Butterworth’s Concordance of the Bible, calf, Covent, I
80 Byron, Childe Harold, with Hobhouse’s Historical

Illustrations, Lon. 1818 ; Manfred, Tasso, and

- _ Beppo, 3 vols, half calf, uniform .

81 Gray, Key tothe O. T. and the Apocrypha, half
calf ; Lon. 1797

82 Clater, Cattle Doctor, half calf —— 18] |
83 Gent, History of Hull, plates, calf York 1735
84 Coxe,Tench, View of the United States of America,

calf Lond. 1795

85 Roth, (A. G.) Tentamen Forze Germanice, yo] Ig?
in 2 parts, 3, part 1, in all 4 vols., dried Speci-
mens inserted, half Morocco Lips, Vep.1e8n

aca. aes.
6 OCTAVO. ;
86 Laplace, System of the World, by Pond, half calf re
Lon. 1809
87 Knox, (John) Tour in the Highlands, calf — - 1787
88 Tormenting, The Art of, calf } 1723
89 Thistlewaite, Sermons at Bolton, half calf re 1816
90. Gisborne, ( i Enquiry into the Duties of Man, 2
vols, calf 5: Lon, 1800
91 Burke on the Sublime and Beautiful, half calf’ e 1761
92 Kirby, Monographia Apum Anglie, 2 vols, plates
~ Ipsw. 1802
93 Harris, Life of King Charles II., 2 vols, calf Lon. 1766
94 Fox, Martyrology, abridged by Milner, plates, half ,

ey cal Ose 1814,
95 Fleetwood, (Bp.) Sermons on Relative Duties, calf :
| “1716

96 Hales, Vegetable Statistics, 2 vols, plates, calf’
97 Sharpe, (G.) Introduction to Universal, Fb"
calf Se — 1755
98 Bowden’s Poems, 2 vols in ], calf She
99 Collin’s Peerage of England, 5 vols, in 6, calf, Plates
of Arms
100 Lodge, Peerage of Ireland, T vols, calf, plates of
fae — 1754
101 Burton, (R.) Anatomy of Malanlehidiy: 2 vols, calf
1806

2 P7568:

102 Juan and Ulloa, Voyage to South America, 2 vols,
Maps, calf 1772

103 Hoare; (Ric. C.) Tour in Ireland, half calf~ 1807
104 How el, (L.) History of the Bible, 3 vols, plates,

calf 1729
105 Shakespeare, Essay on his Writings and Genius,

calf 1769

106 Johnson on Cancer, 1810; Faithorn: on Liver
Complaints, 1815; Wadd on Corpuleney, 1816,
in one vol, half calf

107 Sullivan, (R. J.) Philosophical Rhapsodies, 3 vols, ;

1784

calf
108 Westminster Abbey, History and Antiquities of,

2 vols, plates, calf — 1722
109 Lewis’s Antiquities of the Hebrew Republick,

4 vols, calf ‘oe 1724
110 Roscoe, Life of Lorenzo de Medici, B vols; CME? 1 i}!

gogeG pe! |

111 Barruel, History of Jagobinishn 4 vols, half calf ,
a 1797

PEP 5 OCTAVO. ¥
112. Burke on the French Reyolution, half calf Lon. 1790

113 Moor, (J.) View of Society in France, 2 vols —— 1789
114 — in Italy, 2 vols —— 1787
115 —-—-—— Zeluco, 2 vols —— 1790
116 Bewick, Fables of sop, fine cuts, half calf, Newc. 1818
117 Peter Pindar, Works, 5 vols, calf Lon. 1812
118 Corneille, son Theatre, 12 vols, plates, calf 1765

119 Darwin, Poetical Works, col, plates, half calf, Lon. 1805
120 Milton, Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, Poems,
&c., Baskerville’s Edit., 2 vols., calf, neat + Birm. 1760
121 Bowdler, (Miss) Poems and Essays, calf Bath 1809
122 Gilpin on Picturesque Beauty, chiefly in the
Highlands, 2 vols, plates, half Morocco Lon. 1789
123 Butler, (Bp.) The Analogy of Religion, calf —-- 1736
124 Priestly, (J.) Discourses on the Evidences of Re-

vealed Religion, 2 vols, half calf —— 1796
125 Reece, (Rs) Medical Guide, calf —— 1803
126 Reece, (R.) Medical Guide, half calf 1817
127 Home, (H.) Elements of Criticism, 3 vols, calf
Edin. 1762
128. Montesquieu, ses CHuvres, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1772
129 Donovan, Natural History of British Birds, 7 vols,
coloured plates, half calf —— 1794
130 Darwin, (E.) on the Laws of Organic Life, 4 vols,
calf —— 1801
131 Bewick, History of British Birds, cuts, 2 vols,
calf . Newc. 1797
132 Nelson, Companion to the Fasts and Festivals,
. calf Lon. 1748
133 Nicol, Gardeners’ Kalendar, calf Edin. 1812
134 Kett, History the Interpreter of Prophecy, 2
vols, calf Lon. 1805
135 Watson, (Bp. of Landaff;) Apology for Chris-
tianity, calf — 1806
136 Charlevoix, Voyage to Canada, calf 1763

137 Grayes, (R.) Sermons and Letters, half calf Bath 1799
138 Jones, (Sir W.) Poetical Translations from the

Asiatic Languages, calf Oxf. Clar. Press 1772

139 Forsyth on the Culture of Fruit Trees, hf. cf. Lon. 1810
140 Brockett, Glossary of North Country Words,

cloth | Newc. 1829

141 Pennant, Synopsis of Quadrupeds, calf = Chester 1771
142 Depon’s Travels in South America, 2 vols, map,

half calf Lon. 1807

143 Homilies of the Church of England, calf MJanch, 1811

165

166
167

OCTAVO. reek
Sharp, (Sir C.) History of Hartlepool, presenta
tion Copy from the Author, plates, calf Durham 1816
Buccaneers of America, History of, plates, calf on. 1704
Cervantes, Don Quixote, (Spanish) 6 vols, calf ,
| Madr, 1787
Wharton, Duke of, his works, 2 vols, portrait by
Vertue, calf Lon. 1732
Anecdotes of Distinguished Persons, 5 vols, plates,
calf ) Don. 1796
Shaftesbury (Lord) Characteristics, 3 vols, calf — i,
— 173
Gay’s Fables, second edition, plates by Vander ..
Guicht, calf ""Tonson 1728
White, (G.) Natural History of Selborne, plates,
2 vols, half Russia al, pee TSkS
Nicholls, (W.) on the Common Prayer, calf

1707
Grant, of Laggan, Poems, half calf = _ “Edin. 1803
Bailey, English Etymological. Dictionary, rough
calf Leon. 1728
Lagrange, (B.) Manual of Chemistry, 2 vols,
plates, half calf —
Mason, (W.) Works, 4 vols, half calf, (with the
addition of a MS. Poem by Mason) —— 1811
Young, History of Whitby, 2 vols, cf, plates Whitby 1817
Pugilism, Annals of, 4 vols, plates, half calf Lon. 1812
Martialis Opera, ad usum Delphini, vellum Ams. 1701
Claudiani Opera, ed. Gesneri, half calf Lips. 1759
Catulli Carmina, ed. Doering, 2 vols in 1, calf —— 1788
Horace (Pinz’s Epirion) engraved wholly on
copper plates, Vignettes, 2 vols, Harleian Bind-
ing, fine copy : Lon. 1733
Sowerby (J.) British Botany, 20 vols, coloured
plates, calf, fine copy —— 1790-1805 —
Curtis and Hooker, Botanical Magazine, or Flower -
Garden Displayed, both series, 62 vols, coloured
plates, half calf, uniform, neat, Lon. 1793-1835,
and Index, cloth bds, Lon.*1828, in all 63 vols.
Annual Register, from the commencement in
1758 to 1828, half calf, not quite uniform, 74
vols, inclusive of 3 vols of Indices, and 1831],

bds, in all 75 vols ai
Rosenmuller, Scholia in N. T., 5 vols, bds,
uncut Niremb. 1815, &c.

Fries, (E.) Systema Mycologicum, sistens Fun-
gorum ordines, 2 vols, bds. uncut Gryp. 1821-22

— OCTAVO. 9
168 Beauvois, (J.) Palisot de Essai d’une nouvelle

Agrostographie, half calf Paris 1812
169 Wahlenberg, (G.) Flora Lapponica, half calf Berl. 1812
170 Senece, Ann. Opera, half calf Bipont. 1783
171 Adam’s Latin Dictionary, calf Edin, 1814

- 172 Nugent, New Method for Learning Greek, calf
Lon. 1808

173 Diogenes Laertius de Vitis &c., ed. Caranbron,
“Gr. Lat., calf Paris, Steph. 1593

174 Esenbech, “Hornschuck und Sturm, Byrologia
mire Germanica, vol 1, and 1 Ret of vol 2, coloured
~~” plates, half calf 1823-27
175. Been (W.) M. P., on the Currency, 1810;
Wyvile on Intolerance, 1808; the School for
Scandal, 1779; Criticism on Gray’s Elegy,
1783 ; Frankland’s Cautions to Young Sports-
nen, 1801; Woods on Dilapidations and Villas,
plates, in one vol, half calf
176 Newton,’ (Isaac) "Mathematical Principles of
Natural Philosophy, by Motte, 2 vols, plates,
Bas CAM Lon. 1729
177 Holmes, (R., Dean of Winchester,) Treatises on
Religious Subjects, calf Oxf. Univ. Press 1806
178 Yorkshire, Gazeteer of, by Clarke, bds. Lon. 1828
179 Haworth, Lepidoptera Britannica, Lon. 1803;

Miscellanea Naturalia, 2 vols 1803
180 Aristeenatus, Love Epistles in English Verse,
bds., Heck
181 Travis, (N. A.) Dissertatio de Apoplexia, gilt
leaves Edin. 1825

182 Turner, (Dawson,) Specimen of a Lichenographia
Britannica, privately printed, presentation copy
from the Author, with Inscription, bds., uncut
Yarm 1839
183 Taylor, (Jeremy,) Holy Dying and Golden Grove,
calf Lon. 1808

184 Derhibgs Physico Theology, calf 1720
185 Dampier’s Voyage round the World, Maps, 2

vols, calf 1699
186 Thicknesse, Journey through France, 2 vols in

one, calf 177%.
187 Young, Tour through the North of England, 4

vols, calf 1770

188 Tour through the East of England, 4 vols,

calf . —- 1771

10 “QUARTO |
189 Mant, Bathitt, Lectures, calf Eonitisia-
190 Coxe, (Archdeacon,) Travels in Poland, ‘tio 7

&c.,'5 vols, Maps, &c., calf > —— 1802:
191 Ariosto? s Orlando Furioso, by Bight; Ttalian with |

English Notes, 4 vols, neat, calf Camb. 1789
192 Homer, Iliad and Odyssy, translated by Cowper;

4: vols, calf Ton. 1809
193 Fyfe, (A.) Compendium of Anatomy, Lamy 4

vols, half calf 0) Bdin. 1812
194 Blomefield (F.) Topographical History of Norfolk,

11 vols, plates, Russia, fine copy Lon. 1805

195 Chalmer’s History of the University of Oxford,
2 vols, many plates, red Morocco, gilt leaves Oxf, 1810
196 Dyer’s History of the University of Cambridge,
many plates, 2 vols, red Morocco, gilt leaves : Lon. 1814
“*,* Uniform with ‘the last number. Oy
197 Bar thelemy, Travels of Anacharsis, witha eer
of 4to. plates, uniform, 7 vols, half calf) —— 1806
198 Harmer’s Observations on the Scripture, ed. by «

a, oe

Dr. Clarke, 4 vols, calf ee 1808

199 Greville (R. K.)Scottish Cryptoganic Flora, 6 vols;

coloured plates, half calf Edin. 1823.

200 Johnson, (Ben.) Works, by Whalley, plates; —
7 vols, calf _ Lon. 1756
201 Spenser” s Works, by Todd, 8 vols, calf —— 1805

QUARTO.

203 Danet, Dictionary of Greek and Roman Anti-

quities, plates, Camb. calf
204 Scheuthzer, (J.) Graminum et Juncorum Historia,

plates, half calf " Tig. 1719
205 Victoris Aurelii, Historia Romana, cum notis,

variorum, edit. Arntzenii, prize vellum, neat Ams. 1733
206 Dillwyn (L. W.) British Confervee, many coloured

plates, calf —— 1809
207 Jacquin (N. J.) Miscellanea Austriaca, ad Botani-

cum, Chemiam et Historiam Naturalem Spec-

tantia, many coloured plates, 2 vols in ‘1, half

calf - . Vindo. 1778

208 Petronii Opera, cum notis variorum, edit. Bur-

1700

manni, vellum Traj. 1709

209 Schkuhr, (C.) XXIV. klasse des Linneischen
Pflanensy stems, 2 vols in 1, and 1 vol coloured
plates, calf, neat f Wittemb. i809

202 Moyle (W.) Works, 3 vols, ealf —— i726

Seas QUARTO.
210 Maximi, Valerii, Opera, cum notis variorum, edit,
Torrenii, prize vellum A Leid.

211 Hedwig, (J.) Species Muscorum Frondosorum,
with Supplements, 3 vols, many coloured plates,
GET caléeo. Lips.
212 Salustii Opera, edit Cortii, vell., neat
213: Miller, (E.) History of Doncaster, plates, half
. calf: 224: Done.
214 Propertii Opera, edit Burmanni, half Russia T'raj.
215 Ellis, (J.) Natural History of British Corralines,
plates, calf Don.
216 Castillio, the Courtier, translated by Hobby,
| black letter, Lon. 1577; a Treatise on the
Grounds: of the Old and the New Religion,
Romanist, 1608; belonging to Thomas Baker,
in one vol, calf ©
217 Hesiodi Opera, Gr. Lat. and Ital. Frienz.
218 Graves, History of Cleveland, plates, half cf. Card.
219 Appuleii Opera, ed. Oudendorpii and Ruhnkenii,
half-ealf, uncut Ams.
220 Campbell, Gertrude of Wyoming, calf Lon.
221 Scott’s Bible, 6 vols, Maps, &c., cloth
po Clarke, (E. D.) Travels through various parts of
‘Europe, Asia, and Africa, 3 parts in 6 vols,
plates and maps, calf
223 Pennant, (T.) Tour to the Isle of Wight, 2 vols
in one, plates, calf.
224 — — Arctic Zoology, 3 vols, plates, cf. ——
225 ——_-—— Tour in Wales, 2 vols, plates ——

226 — Chester, plates --—

227 —-——-- Hebrides, plates Chester

228 —— — Journey from Chester to London,
plates Lon.

229 ——-—-— Tour in Scotland, 2 vols, plates Warr.
*,% All in calf, nearly uniform.

FOLIO.
230 Clarendon’s History of the Rebellion, 3 vols,
newly bound in calf, neat Lon.

231 Speed’s History of Great Britain, cuts, portrait
newly bound in calf, neat, 1627, and Theatre of
3 Great Britain, maps, newly bound in calf,
32 Surtees, History of Durham, 3 vols, half gledh <4ex
33 Postlethwayt’s Dictionary of Trade and Com-

Il

1726 ,

1801 ©

1724

1780
1775

1808
1808

1786.
1809
1841

1801
1792
1778
1791
177

i782
1774

1702

1676

merce, 2 vols, rough calf Lon, 1751

12 _ FOLIO.

234 Calmet, Dictionary of the Bible, by D’Oyley and jes Pe:

Colsdn, ealf, gilt backs, 3 vols, plates § Lon, 17 732.
235 Supplement to,(in French) from M to Z,

calf ies Paris i728
236 Bowen’s English Atlas, half calf —— 1749
237 Thomson’s General Atlas, coloured plates, half

calf Edin; 1817
238 Merian, (M. 8.) De Generatione et Metamor-; —

phosibus Insectorum Surinamensium, many.

Jine plates, calf, gilt back, fine copy > —- Amst. 1719
239 Suide Lexicon, Gr. Lat. ed., sistas 3 vols, |

Cambridge we Cant. 1705
240 Diodori Siculi Opera, Gr. Lat. ed., Wesseling,
2 vols, plates, calf, neat 1 Amst. 1746
241 Raii Historia Plantarum, 3 vols, calf, eta a i hs
|. .dLon: 1686
242 Stackhouse, History of the Bible, 2 vols, plates,
calf, neat —-- 1733
243 Oldmixon’s History of the House of Stuart, calf,

neat coy ——= 1730
244 Rapin and Tindale’s History of England; t vols, ran
Portraits by Virtue, 1, vol. jine. impressions,

rough calf one 17 732

245 Miller's Garedner’s Dictionary, by Martyn, 2

vols. in 4, calf —_—— 1807 1

246 Hedwig, Descriptio et adumbratio muscorum
frondosorum, 4 vols in one, many. coloured

plates, half valf Lips. 1787-97 2

247 Historia Auguste Scriptores, ed. Salmacii, calf
Paris 1620

Oem"

SECOND DAY’S SALE.
TUESDAY, \6th MAY, 1843.

~ DUODECIMO.

248 Smith’s Elegiac Sonnets, half calf Lon. 1789 |

1833

249 Gisborne’s Reflections, a Poem, boards
250

251 Hargrove’s History of Knaresborough » plates,

half calf York 1798.

252 Shadwell’s Plays, half calf ) Lon. 1720

— Poems, boards — 1813°

a

DUODECIMO. 13

253 Brookes’ Art of Angling, calf = Lon. 1781

254 Byron’s English Bards and Scotch Reviewers,
. 1 -ealf° — 1810
255 Plays, Steele’s Funeral, 1710; Rowe’s Lady Jane
Grey; Lee’s Sophonisba, 1718; Griffin’s Hu-
mours of Purgatory, 1716, calf

256 Reece’s Chemical Guide, half calf a 1814
257 History of Peter the Great, calf —— 1740
258 Coxe’s Practical Sermons, bds. — 1834
259 Pope’s Works, 9 vols, calf - ——— 1753

260 Lettres de M. de Maintenon, 6 vols, half cf. Paris 1806
261 Henry’s Epitome of Chemistry, half calf Lon. 1803
262 Catullus, Tibullus et Properties, Lat., Fr., 3 vols

calf ° ~ ) Amst. 1771
263 Silius Italicus, ed. Cellarii, calf Lips. 1695
264 Visions, in Verse, calf Lon. 1767
265 Philips’s Poems, calf 1720
266 The Union, or Select Scotch and English Poems,
19 eaves of MS. Songs inserted, in a neat hand,
a s calf <** | Edin. 1753
‘267 La Paysanne Parvenue, 3 vols, stained, calf Paris 1736
268 Bloxham’s Gothic Architecture, plates Oxf. 1841
269 Evans’ Sketch of Religious Denominations, with
- Sequel, calf, 2 vols in one Lon. 1806-7
270 Thomson’s Seasons, 4 vols, calf 1762
271 Haywood’s Conversations, 2 vols, calf —— 1734
272 Locke’s Thoughts on Education, calf ——- 1732

273 Bibliotheque de Campagne, 12 vols, calf Haye 1738
274 Lettres de la Marquise de Sévigné, calf Paris 1773
275 Hudibras, with Grey’s Notes, 2 vols, calf — Lon. 1810
276 Homer’s Iliad, by Dacier and Oczell, 5 vols, plates,

calf —— 1712
277 Edgeworth’s Fashionable Tales, containing

Ennui and Vivian, 6 vols, half calf —— 1809
278 — Popular Tales, 3 vols, 1807; Moral

Tales, 3 vols,_1806, half calf, uniform
279 Hamilton’s Poems, calf Edin. 1760

- 280 Waller’s Works, calf Lon. 1744

281 Parnell’s Poems, by Pope, calf Urie. 1752 ©
282 Pomfret’s Poems, calf Lon. 1724
283 Glover’s Leonidas, 2 vols, calf —— 1770
284. Montgomery’s World before the Flood, hf, cf. —— 1813
285 Hoge’s Mountain Bard, half calf Edin. 1821

286 Memoirs of Sam. Foote, by Cooke, 3 vols, cf. Lon. 1805
287 Hoge’s Forest Minstrel, calf Edin. 1810

’
ad

ool eg es Pe
\ “a
7

14: DUODECIMO.

268 Cnteadr hand! (John) Poems, calf . Moet 177.
289 Dodds’ Prison Thoughts, half calf _ Lon. 1809

290 Cottin, (Mde.) Mathilde, 6 vols in 3, half calf —— 1805
291 Persoon, Synopsis Methodica Fungorum, half

calf, plates Gitt, i801

292. Goldsmith’s History of Greece, abridged, sheep
- Lon. 1816
293 Goodman’s Winter Evening Conference, calf —-— 1692
294 Academic Errors, half calf —— 1807
295 Psalms, by Brady and Tate, calf Oxf. 1807
296 Bonnycastle’s Algebra, calf Lon. 1815

297 Guide Books to Oxford, n. d.; Westminster Abbey,
1778; Melrose, 1759; Trial of Eugene Aram,
1792, half calf . ;

298 Knox’s Essays, 3 vols, calf —— 1803_
299 Parkinson’s Chemical Pocket Book, half calf —— 1803
300 Camilla de Florian, a Poem, half calf —— 1809
301 Anacreon, by Moore, calf, neat, 2Q2vols | —— 1815
302 Cowper’s Posthumous Pepa, half calf —— 1815
303 Enfield’s Family Sermons, 2 vols, calf —— 1778
304 Massillon’s Sermons by Dickson, 3 vols, calf --— 1802
305 Noehden’s German Grammar, calf ———— 1807
806 History of England, no Title, sheep
307 Farmer on Christ’s Temptation, calf » —— 1805
308 on the Demoniacs, calf --— 1805
309 Burnet’s Life of Rochester, calf —— 1805
310 Weston’s' Family Discourses, calf Camb. 1776
OCTAVO.

311 Kennett’s Antiquities of Rome, plates, calf Lon, 1713
312 Police Report of the Metropolis, by Clement, half

calf —— 1816 —
313 Sutherland’s Line from Gibraitar to Constantinople

calf —— 1790
314 Patterson’s British Itinerary, 2 vols, calf © —-- 1785
315 Churchill, Works, 4 vols, calf --— 1774

316 Irving, History of New York, 2 vols, half ef. 182]
317 Pamphlets, Account of a Wild Girl, 1768; Sterne’s
Political Romance, 1769; Akenside’s Pleasures
of Imagination ; Letter on Bread, 1772, &c., calf
318 Pamphlets; Royal African,; Dissert. Medici-
nalis de Vaccina, 1801; Anticipation of the
King’s Speech, 1778; Arcadia, 1761; the Mo-
dern Wife, 1744; Oroonoko, 1759; Polly, by
Gay, 1/29; Beggars’ Opera, 1740, half calf

ile =) 1 ae, eae
rs .

OCTAVO. 15

a Woodfall’s Landlord and Tenant, law calf Lon, 1814
320 Terence, translated by G. Coleman, calf -—— 1802
S27, Foote, (S.) Plays, Farces, and other Works,
vols, calf —
322 Chaptal, Elements of Chemistry, 3 vols, half calf
—-— 1800
323 Doddin ton, (G.) Bubb, Diary, calf, neat Salish, 1784
324 Wraxall’s Tour to Copenhagen, Stockholm, and
Petersburg, calf Lon. 1775
325, Plays, German Hotel, Road to Ruin, Fugitive, Day
© "in Tarkey, Mermaid, How to grow Rich, Every
One has his Fault, half calf
326 Pleader’s Guide, a poem, with the Arguments of

Counsellors Bother’ um and Bore’um, calf 1808
327, Yorkshire, Langdale’s Topographical Dictionary
~~ Map, half calf —— 1822
‘328 Pursuits of Literature, a Satirical Poem, with
“notes, calf _— —— 1822

329 Wilberforce on the Slave Trade, halfcalf --— 1807
330 De Lolme on the Constitution of England, calf

—— 1775
331 Cowley’s Works, 3 vols, plates, calf —— 1707
‘332 Hartley,(D.) Observations on Man, 3 vols, cf —— i801
333 Harris, Life of Cromwell, calf —— 1762

334 Bowdler, (T.) Letters from Holland, calf = —— 1788
335 Fellowes, (R.} Body of Theology, 2 vols, calf —— 1807
336 Faber, (G. S.) on the Prophecies, 2 vols, calf —— 1808

337 Robb’s Poems, Russia, gilt leaves Edin. 1809
338 Emerson’s Principles of Mechanics, plates, half
calf Don, 1754
339 Clarkson, Portraiture of Quakerism, 3 vols, cf, —— 1807
340 Porson’s "Letters to Travis on 1 John vy, 7, half
calf —— 1790
341 Speechiey on the Culture of the Vine, hf. cf. —— 1821
342 Latimer, (Bp.) Sermons, 2 vols, calf —— 1788
343 Stebbing, (H.) Sermons, 3 vols, calf —— 1790
344 Rose, (J.) Sermons, half calf York 1766

345 Sermons, the Scottish Pulpit, 5 vols, cloth Glasg. 1834
346 Balguy, (Vicar of Northallerton,) Sermons, 2 vols,

half ealf Ran. 1790
347 Holder’s Sermons, 2 vols, calf —— 1791
348 Middleton’s Life of Cicero, 3 vols, calf —— 1741

349 Johnson, History of Highwaymen, calf Edin. 1814
350 Ockley, History of the Saracens, 2 vols, cf. Camdb. 1757
351 Pennant’s British: Zoology, 4 vols, plates, cf. Warr. 1776

16

352
353

354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361

362
363

364
365
366

367

368
369
370

371

372
373
374
375
376

377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384:
385

OCTAVO.

Harris, Life of Charles I., calf =~ ~——- Lon. i758
Knox A(T. ) Sermons on Faith, Hope,and Charity,
_— L792

calf
Matthew’s Sermons, 2 vols, bds. —— 1834
Beachcroft’s Sermons, 2 vols, bds. =. 1816
Sermons, cloth t- eeti1s40'%
Martyn, (Henry) Sermons, half cloth = 1822
1753.

Hill, (Aaron) Works, 4 vols, calf

Shenstone’s Works, plates, 3 vols, calf Dodsley 1764 —

Porteus, (Bp.) Sermons, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1806
Voltaire ses CEuvres, complete, 70 vols, calf, neat

ee By

Gotha 1785-9 —

Cushing’s Exotic Gardener, calf, MS- Notes Lon. 1814

Farmer, (H.) on the Worship of Human Spirits,
calf (amor 1788

Franklin, (Benj.) Works, 3 vols, calf...) - —=— 1806

Wrangham, (F.) Practical Sermons, calf —— 1800

Pamphlets, The Critic and Pizarro, by Sheridan,
1811; On Reform in Parliament, 1812; Wyvill
on Religious Toleration, 1812, half calf

Smith, (Sydney) Three Letters. to Archdeacon
Sineleton, on the Ecclesiastical Commission,
1839; On the Ballot, 1839, half calf

Baines, The Flora of Yorkshir e, plates, cloth —-~ 1840

Stanhope, (Dean) on Salvation, parts, calf —— ] 742
Dibdin, (T. F.) Introduction to the Classics, 2

vols, cloth, plates Lon. 1827
Literary Reminiscences, 2 vols, cloth,

plates 5° ee—t/1836
Churchman, (The) 1838-41, 5 vols - » Painter |

‘Franklin, (T.) Sermons, half calf Lon. 1787
Paul’s Letters to his Kinsfolk, half calf Edin, 1816
Celebs in search of a Wife, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1809
Smith, (Adam) on the Wealth of Nations, 3 vols :

Edin. 1806

Richardson’s Pamela, 4 vols, calf Lon. 1742
Ogden, (Professor) Sermons, calf Dub. 1788. —
Sheridan, (R. B.) Works, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1821- —
Hogg, The Queen’s Wake, calf _ Edin. 1819 —

Valpy’s Sermons, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1811

Horsley, (Bp.) Sermons, 4 vols in 3, calf Dundee 1811

Speeches, calf 1813

Smith, (Sydney) Sermons, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1509
Mason’s 52 Sermons, with Supplement, 5 vols,

calf —— (1752-3

~ - -OCTAVO. 17

386 Carr, (S.) Sermons, 4 vols, half calf Lon. 1801

387 Horsley, (Bp.) Tracts against Priestly, &c., calf

SONI: 3 | Dundee 1812

388 Diodorus Siculus, translated by Booth, half calf

ea Lon. 1814

589 Hone, Every Day Book, 2 vols, 1826; Table
Book, 1827; Year Book, 1832, many cuts, calf,

uniform, 4 vols

390 Mackay, (J. T.) Flora Hibernica, 2 parts in one

vol, cloth : Dub. 1836
391 Lindley, (J.) Introduction to Botany, cloth Lon. 1830
392 Sweet, (R.) Hothouse Manual, bds. —— 1826
393 Sumner, (J. B., Bishop of Chester) Sermons, hf.
calfiiiqa a —— 1821

394 Sherlock, (Bp.) Trial of the Witnesses of our
- Lord’s Resurrection, half calf —— 1765

395 Watson and Thompson, History of Philip III,
of Spain, 2 vols, half calf -~— 1808

396 Herbert, (W.) on Bulbous Plants, plates, cloth,
—— 1837

397 Montesquieu, on the Rise and Fall of the Roman

Empire, calf 1759
398 More, (Hannah) Lord Percy, 1788; Fatal Fals-
»-— hood, 1739; Search after Happiness, 1796, &c.,
Sh. calf
399 Taylor, (John) Sermons, 2 vols, calf —— 1800
400 Calthrop’s Sermons, 2 vols, bds. tae 1 8399
401 Alison, (A.) Sermons, 2 vols, calf Edin. 1815
402 Muston, Sermons at Rotherham, cloth Lon. 1837
403 Nicol, the Scotch Forcing Gardener, hf. cf. 1797

404 Vilette, Essay on the Happiness of the Life to

come, halfcalf =~ Bath 1800
405 Marcellinus, Amm. Opera, 2 vols, half calf Bipont 1786
406 Turton, Conchological Dictionary, coloured

plates, ZS. Notes, calf Lon. 1819
407 Forster’s Index of Sermons, cloth past] S40
408 Law’s Serious Call to a Holy Life, calf sees 1810
409 Buchanan’s Travels in the W. Hebrides, hf. cf. —-— 1793
410 D’Urfey’s Plays and Poems, calf Eel 72d

411 Oufle, (Mons.) History of His Ridiculous Extra-
vagencies, calf
412 Law, (Bp. of Carlisle) on the Theory of Religion,
: calf, neat. Camb. 1774
413 Stewart, (Dugald) Philosophy of the Human
. Mind, calf - Lon. 1808

1711

L-st J oi be
aA

18 OCTAVO.

414 Tomline, (Bp. of Lincoln) Elements of Theotogy me sea
2 vols, calf OO 1812
415 Refutation of Calvinism, calf ——~- 18f]. i
416 Watson, (Bp.) Anecdotes of his Life, 2 vols. calf
Lon. 1818
417 Sheridan, (R. B.) Life by Moor, 2 vols., half calf

eg iy
418 Tate, Horatius Restitutus, cloth —_ Camb. 1832"

419 Mackenzie, (M. J.) Lectures on the Miracles, _
boards Lon. 1834

420 Commentary on the Old and New Testaments,
from Scott and Henry, by Religious Tract So-
ciety, 6 vols., cloth

421 Michaelis, Introduction to the New Testament ang

Marsh, 6 vols., cloth —— 400

422 Wellington, Selections from the Paine of,
by Gurwood, cloth ' —— 1841

423 Labaurne, Campaign i in Russia, half calf = --— 1815
424. Nicholson’s Popular Course of Mathematics, eae
—— 1822
425 Library of Useful Knowledge, Treatise on the
Horse, cloth —— 1831
426 Stewart, (A. ) Discourses, boards Edin. 1829
427 Sharpe, (w.) Sermons, cloth ~~ Lon. 1836
428 Harness, (W.) Parochial Sermons, cloth - 1837

429 Williams, Sermons, cloth
430 Jortin, (Archdeacon) Sermons, 4 vols, calf Dub. 1778

431 Seed’s Posthumous Works, 2 ‘vols, calf’ 2 ean. 1752

Sermons, 2 vols, calf (uniform with the last)
— 1751

433 Watson, (Bp.) Theological Tracts, 6 vols, calf —— 1791
806

434 Van Mildert, (Bp.) Sermons on Infidelity, 2 vols,

calf
435 Robertson, Histosiéal Disquisition on India, calf :
— 1817
436 Abercrombie’s Gardener’s Calendar, calf. ~ _—— 1809
437 Blair’s Sermons, 5 vols, calf —— 1802
438 Franklin’s Sermons, 3 vols, calf —— 1787
439 Walker’s Pronouncing Dictionary, calf |. —=<= 1813

440 De Foe, Devil on two Sticks, stained calf © —— 1708
44i Elements of Natural History, 2 vols, plates, half

Morocco — 1801
442 Hogarth, Illustrated by paige 3 pea. plates,

Reissie bales F7 932 |

443 Young, Annals of acne " wo calf —— 1784

1839

1

a
‘

4
}

‘

~ OCTAVO, 19
444 Bee The Giaour; The Bride of Abydos; The

Lon. 1814

445, Diese of Idleness —— 1820

446. Mazeppa; The Island; Vampire, &c. —— 1819
447 Lara; Waterloo; Siege of Corinth ;

Hugo. and Parasina, &c. 1814

448 Sardanapalus; Two Foscari; Cain —— 182!

449 Marino Faliero; Dante --— 1821

450. Don Juan, 3 vols —— v. y:

451 Conversations of, by Medwin —— 1824

** Uniformly half bound in calf.
: : ' QUARTO.
452 Carr’s Travels round the Baltic, plates, calf —— 1805
453 Stewart, (Dug.) Philosophical Essays, calf Edin. 1810
454. Ellis and Solander, Natural History of British

Zoophytes, plates, calf Lon. 1776
455 Hederici Lexicon, Gr. Lat. Edit., Morell, calf —— 1810
456 Horatii Opera, Edit. Bentleii, calf Cant. 1711
457 Homer Travestie, vellum Lon. 1772

458 SB: Podtt, &c., The Country Justice, 3 parts, 1777 ;
the Seventeenth Epistle of Horace Imitated,

ac 1756; Woty’s Particular Providences, 1774;
-. Hutchinson on the Frog Fish of Surinam,
=». plates, n. y.; Merrick’s Sacred Poems, 1763;
©... Porteus, (Bp. ) Death, a Poem, 1759 ; Glover’s
: Medea, 1762; Sayer on the Police of West-
minster, 1784 ; Randolph on the Prophecies

in the New Testament ; and various others, hf.

calf
459 Mickle’s Lusiad, half calf Oxf. 1776
460 Lamy’s Introduction to the Scriptures, plates, calf
Lon. 1733
461 Baxter, (T.) Illustration of Egyptian, Grecian, and
Roman Costume, 40 outline plates, half calf —— 1810
462 Cordiner’s Antiquities of the North of Scotland,
plates, calf —— 1780

463 Scilla,(A.) De Corporibus Marinis Lapidiscenti-
__ bus quze Defossa Reperiuntur, plates, cf. Roma 1747

464 Charlton, (L.) History of W hitby Abbey, plates,
calf York 1779

465 Adams, (G.) Essays on the Microscope, together
with a vol. of plates, calf, uniform Lon. 1787

466 Valerii Flacci Argonautica, cum notis variorum,
edit. Burmanni, vell. gilt Leid. 1724

Cc

20 °QUARTo.

467 Tunstall, (J.) Lectures on’ ‘Natural and Revealed
Religion, half calf => (Od 0 “Lon. 1748 ;
468 Young, (A.) Tour through. Trakdinds eal ——— 1780 |
469 Percival,(Rob.) Account of Ceylon, tthe, cf. aa 1805
470 Funeral Sermons, 13, &c., on Lord Dorset, $y
Archbishop Abbot, 1608 ; on Prince Henty;'by
Dan. Price, 1613; Dr. ‘Donne? s Funeral Ser-
mon, by himself, (curious plates) &c., calf, neat,
for erly belonging to Baker, of St. Solin? 8 ‘Cole
lege, Cambridge
471 Bion and Moschus, by Wakefield, half calf he an
(Bensley) — 1795

ph Statii Opera, notis Cracei, old calf Par. 1618
473 Tode, (H. J.) Fungi Mecklenburgenses, orpanei in
one vol., plates, half calf > uned. 17 90

474 Fuessly, (J. G. ) Archives de l’Histoire des Insec--
tes trad. en Francois, coloured plates; French
calf “20 nit. 1794
475 Schkuhr, (C.) Histoire des Carex ou’ Laiches, aa
trad. par G. de la Vigne, colour ed plates; calf

Lips. 1802
476 Lucani, (M. A.) Pharsaliay edit’ Barnianiis red.
“Morocco, gilt leaves, elegant fic Leid. 1740
477 J uvenalis et Persii ‘Satyree, cum comment. ‘”

Lubini, calf Hanov. 1603
FOLIO. .

478 Willoughby’s Ornithology, by Ray, plates, calf Lon. 1678
479 Gerarde’s Herbal, numerous cuts, thick’ vol,
newly bound in ‘calf 1633
480 Selden’s Titles of Honor, Portrait by White, (with .
Autograph of H. Hyde on Title,) calf —— 1672 ©
481 Sehmidel, (C. C.) Icones Plantarum, many co- B

loured plates, calf Lrlang. 1793 4
482 Vaillant, (S.) Botanicon Parisiense, plates, half |

calf Leid. 1727 |
483 Hunter’s Hallamshire, plates, calf Lon. 1819 @
484 Stephani Thesaurus Linguze Greece, edit., by 7

11 vols, calf — 1816 |
485. Raine’s North Durham, part 1, (all published) 7

plates — 1830
486 Whittaker’s History of Richmondshire and Part

of Lonsdale, 10 parts, plates; &c. —— Vy.

487 Brooke’s Catalogue of English. “Nobility, “the =
Author's guift,’ MS. note on title, calf «~ —— 1622

-QUARTO. 21
488 Harington’ s Poetical translation of Orlando: Furi-
-oe! »..08o, Lon. 1634, Elegant and Witty Epigrams, By
o>) the same, Lon. 1633, in 1 vol, calf, imperfs »
“489 Petiveri Opera Historiam Naturalem Spectantia,

2 vols, many plates, calf Lion. 1767
490 Olddmixon’ s History of the Reformation in Ene-
land and Scotland, calf —— 1739

49] Thoresby’ s Ducatus Leodiensts, plates, calfros-— 1715
492 Michelius,(P. A.) Nova Plantarum Genera juxta
methodum Tournefortii disposita, plates, calf

Flor. 1729:
C489 Plot's Natural History| of Staffordshire, plates,
ealf Oxf. 1686

“494 Rushworth’s. Historical.Collections during the
90°) 5. Reigns of James I. & Charles I., 8 vols, calf, Lon. 1721
495 ‘Thoroton’ s Antiquities of N ottinghamshire, plates

(some of the. arms coloured ) calf at 1677
496 Chaucer’s Works, by Speght, black letter, calf —— 1598
497 Cabala:sive Scrinia Sacra, calf =i 1673
ee Burnet’s History of the English Reformation, 2
vols, calf, plates —— 1781
499 Broughton’ s Dictionary. of all Religions, calf, 2
j vols. in one —— 1756
“500 Boyer, History. of Queen ‘Arthas plates, &c., calf
208 —— 1735

501 Hoffinann, Descriptio et.Adumbratio Plantarum

que Lichenes dicuntur,;2 vols in one, halt
; Morocco, coloured plates | | Lips. 1790
“502 Wilson’s History of James L., portrait, calf . Lon. 1653 -
503 Fairfax’s Translation of Godfrey of Bulloigne,

calf | —=— 1600
504 Manuscript, Glover’s Visitation of Yorkshire, in

1584 and 1585, with occasional continuations

and some additional notes respecting the

family of Wray, a transcript made during the

last Century, trickings of Arms, calf

moon

_—e_eoOorr™n

“THIRD DAY’S SALE,
| WEDNESDAY, lth MAY, 1848.

DUODECIMO. .
505 Scott’ s Bridal of Triermain, calf neat Edinb. 1817
506 Herodiani Opetas Gr. & bom Edit. Boecleri

vellum Arg. '¢44

a DUOQDECIMO,

507 Roamiien Lots of School Books, &e.,viz 2
Delectus, 2 copies, 1813 ; Rules on oe Se
junctive Mood, 1821; Exercises on ‘Latin Apes
Prosody, 1815; Valpy’ s Elegantie Latine, __
1811; Latin Delectus, 1811; Thos an s Vir- ‘se Abi
gil, 1812; Jones’s Latin Grammar, Ii 6; Greek :
Epierams, 1791; Valpy’s Latin oc 3
1819; Ellis’s Exercises, 1816; Carey’ sScan-.. his
ning Exercises, 1807; Underwood? Ss Exercises, a
1824; Goldsmith’s History of England, 1821

521 Lettres d’une Peruvienne, 2 vols, calf . Paris. 1761
522 Grotius de Veritate Religionis Christians, a

J reyepchn AaOme 1272
523 Ruggle’s Ignoramus, calf ee 1737 |
524 Lettres de ‘Sophie, 2 vols, calf oy a 1765

525 Panzer, Kritische Revision der eas i :
Deutschlands, coloured plates, half cale . Nurn. 1806

526 Opie’s Simple Tales, 4 vols, calf '“ “Lon, 1806
527 History of Ripon, plates, calf ss ” Ripon 1806
528 Boileau, ses Ciuvres, 4 vols, calf Amst. 1729
529 Bishop Gibson’s Pastoral Letters, calf «Lon. 1732.9
530° Ovidii Metamorph. calf -1789 |
531 Poetez Minores Greeci, Gr. & Lat., calf Cine: 1677
532 Hesiodi Opera, Gr. & Lat. _ Lug. 1653
533 Herodotus, Gr. & Lat., Walsenne: 7 vols, calf. |.”
Edin. 1806

534 Scott’s Tales of My Landlord, 3 series, 12 vols a

535 Rob Roy, 3 vols pe:

536 Ivanhoe, 3 vols sae

537 Monastery, 3 vols

538 : Abbot, 3 vols

539 Kenilworth, 3 vols

540 Pirate, 3 vols

541 - Fortunes of Nigel, 3 vols

542 Peveril, 4 vols arian
543 Quentin Durward, 3 vols ring
544 - Redgauntlet, 3 vols :

545 ———— St. Roman’s Well, 3 vols

046 Guy Mannering, 3 vols

547 Waverley, 3 vols

548 - Antiquary, 3 vols

549 ~ Chronicles of the Canongate, 2 series, 5 vols.
550 Woodstock, 3 vols

551 Tales of the Crusaders, 4 vols

The above 67 vols. are nearly uniform, in half calf...
mS

DUODECIMO. 23

552 Cottin, de.) Elizabeth, Telit oe ‘Lon. 1308
553 Cais omer’ s Iliad, 6 vols, calf, maps and

plates | | Dub. 1736
554 — Odyssey, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1763
555 Additions to Pope’s Works, 2 vols, calf 1776
“556 Scottist ‘oems, from the Maitland MS., 2 vols,

calf —— 1776
557 Gay’s Works, 4 vols, ealf —— 1775
558 Steele’s Dramatic Works, calf —— 1723

559, Genlis, Adelaide and Theodore, 3 vols, calf —— 1796
560 Swift’s Works, by Hawkesworth, 24 vols, calf,

5 neat —— 1760
561 Rochefoucault’ s Maxims, calf —— 1750
562 Simpson’s Visit to Flanders in 1815 Ed. 1715
563 Mitchell’s Natural Philosophy, half calf Lon. 1819
564 Bibliosophia, or Bookwisdom, half calf —— 1810
565 Watts’ Hymns, calf —— 1785
566 Fries, Observationes Mycologicze, 2 parts in one

vol., coloured plates, half calf Hafre. 1815-18
567 Schrader, Spicilegium Flore Germanice, part 1,
plates, sewed Hehe! 1794
568 Hooker’s Compendium of English Flora, cloth, Lon. 1826
569 Parry’s Sermons, cloth —— 1839
570 Blomfield, (G. B. :) Sermons, cloth ~ —— 1841
671 Girdlestone’ s Sermons for the Year, cloth, 2 vols
—-- 1836
572 Parochial Sermons, 2 vols, bds. —— 1833
573 Health, Sure Methods of Improving, by Diet and
Regimen, bds. Lon. 1828
574 Slade’s Parochial Sermons, 4 vols, bds. --— 1831-40
575 Berens’ Village Sermons, bds. —— 1824
576 Cecil’s Three Discourses, cloth — 1832
OCTAVO.

577 Quarterly Review, from July, 1836 to Bee, 1842,
wanting April, Sept. and Dec., 1837, 27 numbers
578 Gentleman’s Magazine, 35 vols, bound and half
bound, and 102 numbers 1733-1822
579 Reports of Society for Propagating the Gospel ;
Missionary Intelligence; Gospel in Foreign
Parts, 7 numbers
580 Buddicoms Sermons, 2 vols, bds.
581 Agardh, Synopsis Algarum Scandinavie, 2 vols,
sewed —— 1817-28
582 Dodwell’s Sermons, calf —— 1748

1922

24 OCTAVO. ~

583 henialitit, Winch, on. the Plants of Durham} ego
Lindley’s Principles of Botany, &c. G numbers ng phat ain
— Wright’s Illustrations of Indian Botany, — aia

coloured plates; History of the Cow Tree,

coloured plates’; Turner’s History of Fuci,neat,

21 coloured plates, and other Botanical Tre itises 3

by Henslow, &c., 7 numbers tei wen

585 = Extracts from Professor Feist a le
Letters (privately printed ; )Professor Hooker's _
Journal'in- Norway (privately printed,) 8&e. ~~ }

585*Smith’s Flora, (Mosses) 3rd vol. interleaved MS. . ,.. —

084

notes, drawings and specimens inserted, Line
thick vol. ° Lon! 1804:
586 Chambers’s Illustrations of the Author of Waser.” |
ley, bds. “ Badin. 1825,_
587 Cielo de Republica, ed. Maiti ; - Paris 1823
588 Werner, by Lord Byron, bds. > ° Lon. 1823.

589 Don Juan, 3 vols, half-calf, neat; vol. clue —'D. Yn
590 Haliburton’s Sam Slick, 2nd series, cloth “°°” — 1839 ©
591 Sir C. Sharp’s Chronicon arabs? scarey: 7: a -
sentation copy, no date —°* 2 ei aie
592 Rights of Laymen, cloth “9°” 5, 1841”
593 Jones’ Classical Atlas, fine plates, half eal? — 1832 .
594 Danby, (of Swinton Park, Yorkshire) Thought gdp ia
on Serious Subjects, bds. : 4. Ex. 1821.
595 Sowerby’s British Miscellan of ‘Natural History,
Ist vol, coloured plates, it Lon. 1806...
596 Bailey’s Enelish Dictionary, 2nd vol; rough calf - .
Dicniacanll 31.
597 Marsham, Entomologia Britannica, Torn 1, con-— re

‘
~ Pe jj
did

taining Coleoptera, half calf Feae ie5 1802.
598 Savage’s Librarian, vol 1, calf ~~ eth eT aoe
599 Smith’s English Flora, by Hooker, vol 5 in2 parts, .
forming vol. 2 of Hooker’s British Flora. - 1833 6
600 Hooker’s Botanical Miscellany, Ist vol, “plates, ey ee
half calf /—-- 1830
601 Wyvil’s Political Correspondence, 6th vol. iQ,
parts, bds. ‘York
602 Memoirs of the Wernerian Society, Ist. vol.
many coloured plates, half calf Edin. isi
603 Stonehouse’s Prayers for Nottingham Infirmary,
calf

604 Todd,(Arckdeacon,) on the Versions of the Bible, 5 ie
3 i nih copy, cloth 1s oot 7 1994.

ShS eaeh J

OCTAVO.., 25

605 Simplicity of Health, bds. 4) 45 rf «1829
606 Lindle eee. of "British Flora, oe ayer’? 1829
607 Raii, , Synopsis. Stirpium , Britannicarum,.
plates, Russia, gilt , Lon. 1724

608 nie Opera, cum variorum notis, edit. Crippin-
gii, 3 vols, ealf Ants. 1683

609 Curt (Q) Historia Alexandri . Magni, cum
notis yarlorum, prize, vellum Lug. B.1658

610 Atheneum, Animadversionesin,Post Casaubonum
Scripsit Schweighaeuser, . 9 vols, Russia, neat

Argan 1801
611 Eschyli Trageedia, edit. Porsoni, Gr. & Lat.,
vols, calf Ronis 1796

612 Apoll i Rhodii Argonantica, cum notis variorum,
avar Gk a at. edit. Shaw, 2 vols, half calf Oxon 1779
613. — Sophiste Lexicon Gracum Iliadis et
On lyssex, edit. Tollii, calf, gilt Lug. B. 1788
614 Grac us ad. Parnassum, calf Lon. 1811
615 Si taped Comeediz, Gr. & Lat., edit. Brunck,
~~ 4yols.calt ci: Oxon 1810
616 Ciceronis: Opera, edit. ae 8 vols, calf .—— 1810
oY, Candolle, (A. P. de) Regni Vegetabilis Systema

Naturale, half calf. Paris 1818
618 Oratores Greci, edit. Reiske, 12 vols,vell. neat Lips..1770
619. Classical Journal, 37 vols, half calf Lon. 1810-28
620 Aristotelis Organon, Gr. & Lat. edit. J. P..a
Beriga, stamped hogskin.. Hanov. 1617
———— de Animalibus, Gr.. & Lat. edit.
Schneiders, 4 vols, half Russia Lips. 1811
622 ————— Opera Omnia, Gr. & Lat. edit., Buhle,
5 vols, half calf Bipont 1791
623 Plinii Historia Naturalis, edit. Harduini, 5 vols.
half calf 1783
624 Wilson‘s Wanderer in America Northal. 1820
625 Mant’s Visitation of the Sick, calf Lon. 1816
626 Thorold’s View of Popery, calf —— 1821
627 Porsoni, (R.) Adversaria, half Russia Camb. 1812
628 Ovidii Tristia et de Ponto, cum notis variorum,
edit., Schrevelii, calf Lug. B. 1666
629 Phaedri Fabulz, edit. Laurentii, calf Amst. 1667
630 Roth, (A.-G.) Catalecta Botanica, 3 vols, calf,
coloured plates Lips. 1797

631 Curtii Quinti Opera, 2 vols, half calf Bipont. 1801
632 Pindari Carmina, edit. Heyne, 2 vols, calf. Oxon. 1807
633 Hudsoni Flora Anglica, half calf Lon. 1798

26 OOTAVO,

634 Isocratis Opera, edit. Battie; 2 vols, calf. entad: 1729 |

635 Dibdin’s Introduction to the Editions of the
Greek and ‘Latin: Classics, 2 vols, plates; half >

iS scealf ‘Lion. 1808 _
636 Rosenmuller Scholia in -V. T., edit. 2, 16 vols;
l- 1795-1816
637 Poetz Minores Greci, edit. Gaisford,. 2 ‘volsy) | Ri
Russia, neat hg 1814 —
638 Manilii Astronomiea, edit. Pingré,. Lat. Fey (2 2
vols, French calf > Par. 1786
639 Homeri Odyssea, Gr. Lat. edit., S. Clark, 2 vols,
calf .1 & «Lon. 1810
640 Senecee Trageedi~, edit. Gronovii, (title pice
in MS.) calf osill “admst. 1682
641 Bos, Elipses Greece, calf Clarend. 1813

642 Lowth, de Sacra Poesi Hebraeorum, edit. Rosen-
muller, calf, neat — A); 1821
643. Plinii, (Secundi) Epistolz, edit. Gistiees calf, Lips. 1770
644 Longini Opera, edit. Toup & Rubnken, calf:
‘hetien th 1805
645 Relhan, (R.) Flora Cantabrigiensis, plates, | nalfl’ ©\9
>) Cant: 1785

646 Phoedri Fabule, cum notis variorum, edit. Bur-
manni, calf Lug. B. 1745
647 Oxford, Carmina Quadragesirnalia ab /Kidis Chiisti \
-alumnis composita, 2 vols in-one, calf, edit.
Este — Qxon 1723-48
648 Lempriere’s Classical Dictianaty; calf): Lon, 1809
649 Propertius, edit. Barthii, calf Lips. 1777 |
650 Callimachi Opera, edit. Blomfield, calf afav¥Son. 1715
651 Parkhurst, Gr., Eng. Lexicon of ‘the Mert Testa-
ment, calf —— 1809 —
652 Mela, de Situ Orbis, half calf Bipont 1809 |
653 Oppianus de Venatione et Pisedtionit edit., 1
Schneider, Gr. & Lat. half calf Arg. 1776 @
654 Leer’s, (J. D.) Flora Herbornensis, with a few. |
MS. notes, plates, calf 'so 2ferb, 1775

655 Anacreontis Carmina, Edit. Fischer, calf Lips. 1793
656 Hooker, Flora Scotica, or a Description of Scottish
Plants, (dried Specimens inserted) calf Lon, 1821
657 Suetonii Opera, edit. Ernesti, calf » Lips. 1775
658 Matthiz Animadversiones in ‘Hymnos éientbeal £0
Lips. 1800 ; and Homeri Hymni, ed. Matthize,—
Lips. 1805, 2 vols, calf, uniform
669 Gyllenhal, Insecta Suecica, half calf Scarris 1808

‘OCTAVO, 27
“660 Linné Systema ‘Nature, edt. in 9. vols, halfcalf
+ Yo Lips. 1788
Bele Stati Opera, cum notis sexsbPa in edit. Veenhusen,
vealf Amst. 1671
662 Carey, Latin Prosody made Easy, calf Lon. 1808
- 663 Gelli, (A.) Noctes Attica, 2 vols, half calf, Bipont 1784
664 Cellarii ‘Geographica Antiqua; maps, calf Lon. 1731
665 Westmonasteriensis Lusus, seve Epigrammatum -
Delectus; calf West. 1730
666 Opuscula Mythologica, Physica et Ethica,
(Palzphatus, Heraclitus, Theophrastus, &c.,)
fel .oGr. & Lat. half calf - Amst. 1688
667 Persii Satyre,; ed. Koenig, calf Gott. 1803
“668 Homeri Ilias, Gr. & Lat. edit, S. Clarke, calf, Lon. 1733
669 New: Pestament, N. i Greecum, edit. Hardy, Gr.
ical. ibe
670 Relhan, (R,) Flora Pie Gibrision diay edit. secunda,
ae seal: ) en Cant. 1802
671 Acharits; (B.): Methodus Lichenum, with Sup-
t} plement, coloured plates Stock. 1803
672 Taciti Opera, edit: Brotier, 5 vols., calf Valpy 1812
673 parr ae (Lady,) ag on Several Subjects,

1768

) Lon. 1710

674 eam s Sermons, cloth —— 1839
675 Cresthwaite, (J. CG.) Practical Sermons, bds.. —— 1840

676 Jowett's Village Sermons, half cloth — 1831

677 Clater’s Farriery, calf, interleaved —— 1810

678 Newton, (Bp.).on the Pr ophecies, 2 vols, calf ——- 1803
679 Paley, Principles of Moral and Political Philsophy, |
2'vols} Lon. 1806

680 Evidences of Chri istianity, 2. vols —— 1805
‘681 - Natural Theolog —— 1805
682 Hore Pauline 1805
** The above are uniformly bound in calf.
683 Sermons, calf —— 1808
634 Josephus, Translated by Whiston, Maps, &c.,
+ vols, calf —— 1755
685 Simeon, (C.) Discourses on every Book of the Old
and New Testament, 21 vols, cloth bds. —— 1832
686 Kirwan, Dean of Killala, Sermons, half calf —— 1814
687 Walker's Key to Classical Pronunciation, calf —— 1807
688 Martyn, Botanical Dictionary, half calf —— 1796
689 Smith, (J. E.) Introduction to Botany, by Hooker,
presentation copy, with 7 inser Ege by the wn Th
bds., plates 1833

28 OCTAYVO,, <"
690 Smith, (J. E.) Introduction to Botany » Wlatesnciy Ary

half calf . ic om 1807 -
691 English Flora, 4 vols, calf, specimens — :

~ inserted —— 1824

692, Hull, Elements of Botany, 2 vols, plates, half

Morocco o . Manch., 1800.
693..Konig and Sims, Annals of Botany, 2 vols, plates,...

half calf ——— 1805
694 Witherington’s Arrangement of British. Plants,

4 vols, plates, half Morocco _. aoe 1796
695 Rousseau, Letters on Botany, translated by. Pro=
fessor Martyn, with vol. of plates, 2 ols. uni-,

form, half Morocco errr OG: 5
696 Greville, (R. K. ) Flora Edinensis, plates, cle ‘Edin... 1824.-

697 Minucius Felix, edit. Davis, oat, “ae Cantab.. 1712
698 Maximus Tyrius, Gr. & Lat. edit. , Davis, ca f= 1703
699 Menandri et Philemonis Reliquiz, edit, Clerici,..

Gr. & Lat., calf Amst..1709
700 Persoon, Observationes Mycologicee, coloured:

plates, half Morocco » Lips. 1796
701 Ausonii Opera, cum notis variorum, edit. Tollius, ... a
red Morocco, gilt leaves, neat SS ra olbnste 1671.
702 Origenis Opera, edit. Obretheur, Gr. & Lat, 2). Qf
vols., half calf Wire. 1780 G
703 Agardh, Species Algarum, half calf - Gryph. 1821o> —
704 Persii Poemata, edit. Casaubon, calf Lond. 1647
705 Fries, (E.) Elenchus. Fungorum, 2. yols,in one,.. ; .@
half calf ., Gryph. 1828 .
706 Kirwan on Mineral Waters, half calf . <d 1799
707 Billicard on the Antiquities of Herculaneum, plete
calf (tel) omen 1753.
708 Dibdin, (T. F.) Bibliomania, plates... —— 1811
709 Bibliographical Tour, 3 vols, plates Hf
—— |8
710 Bibliotheca Spenceriana, 4. vols,.
plates. — 1814
711 —————_——— Bibliographical Decameron, 3 vols,
plates —— 1817 °
*# The above 11 volumes are uniformly bound in passia,
extra, gilt leaves
712 ——- Ades Althorpianz, 2 vols. green Morocco, 5 |».
gilt leaves, plates Lon. 1322 :
713 ——- Northern Tour, 2 vols, bds, plates —-— 1833
714 Priapeia, Sealigeri, calf —— 1781

715 Peignot, Dictionaire Bibliographique, uncut Paris, 1806.

) acme 29°

716 Frontini, (J.) Opera, half calf’ °°". Bipont 1788
717 Aiton; Epitome of the Hortus Kewensis, half _ ae
= 4 % FINDING a : BIOLS Lalss y — On. .

ee AS
~

\ ft

POR on eee QUARTO.
718 Ainsworth’s Dictionary, by Morell, 2 vols, rough |
aT Sek | Lon, 1772
719 Acerbi, (Jos.) Travels in Sweden, Finland, and
__ Lapland, 2 vols, calf, plates
720° Alcedo, Geographical and Historical Dictionary
of America, and the West Indies, by Thomp-
son, 4 vols, half calf —— 1812

- tiene re
RBH . ct

{802

721 Armstrong, (M. J.) Scotch Atlas, half calf 1787
722 Archeologia, Transactions of the Society of Anti-

~* quariés of London, 20 vols, and Index, newly
723. Anstey, (Christopher) Poetical Works, plates,

ebbe: , aceilt —— 1808
724 Hume; (David) History of England, from the Inva-

-~ + sion-of Julius Ceesar to James II., 6 vols, cf. —— 1762
725 Hutchinson, (Wm.) History and Antiquities of

‘”- Durham, 3 vols, half calf New. 1787

726 Hoffman, (G. F.) Enumeratio Lichenum, many
“° plates, half calf | Erlang. 1784
727 Hobhouse, (J. C.) Journey through Albania, 2

~~ vols, half calf, plates = Lon. 1813
728 Harleian Miscellany, by Park, (with Supplement)
~~ 10 vols, calf . . 808
729 Howard, (John) State of the Prisons of England
__ and Wales, plates, calf Warr. 1777
730 Howard (John) Account of the Principal Laza- - |
rettos in Europe, plates, half calf —— 1791

731 Hooker, (W. J.) British Jungermanniz, with
coloured figures of each species of the genus,

many fine plates, calf, fine copy —— 1816
732 Halfpenny, Gothic Ornaments in York Cathedral,
many plates, calf 1795

733 Hunter, (John) Journal of Discoveries in New
~~ South Wales and the Southern Ocean, maps,
plates, calf —— 1795
734 Hindostan, History of the Military Transactions
_-. of the British there, from 1745, maps, calf 1763
735 Watt, (Rob.) Bibliotheca Britannica, 4 vols,
Russia, neat Rogen see _ Edin, 1824:
736 Leland, (Thos.) History of Alexander, 2 vols, Lon. 1778

30 QUARTO,

737 Whittaker, (T. D.) History and Antiquities. on a
Craven, plates, calf Lon. as
738 Willis, (Browne) Survey of the Cathedrals of
York, Durham, Carlisle, Chester, Man, Lich-__
field, Hereford, Worcester, Gloucester, and
4 Bristol, MS. notes, plates, calf ——— 1727

739 —- Survey of the Cathedrals of
Lincoln, Ely, Oxford, and Peterborough, calf,
plates —— 1730
740 Wyndham, (Henry P.) Tour through Monmouth-
shire and Wales, plates, calf Salis. 1781

741 Watson, (John) History and Antiquities of the
Parish of Halifax, County York, calf, plates, Lon, 1776
742 Lathom, (John) Synopsis of Birds, with Supple- —
ment, many coloured plates, half calf, 10 vols.
743 Linnean Society, Transactions of the, 17 vols, hf.
bound, the 18th vol. in four parts, many plates
1791 to 1841
744 La Cepede, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, -
plates, 5 vols, bound in six, halfcalf __ Paris 1798
745 Luciani Samosat, Opera, edit. Hemsterhusii et

1781

Reitzii, Gr. Lat., 4 vols, Russia Ams. a
746 Lyson’s, (Sam,) Environs of London, 2 edit.,4 —
vols, calf Lon. 1810
747 Malcolm, (J. P.) Londinium Redivivum, or the —
Ancient and Modern History of London, 4 vols,
_ calf, plates —— 1807
748 Anecdotes of the Manners and
‘Customs of London to 1700, plates, calf —— 1811
749 a London, during the

Eighteenth Century, coloured plates, calf ——- 1808 ~
750 Middleton, (Conyers) Works, 4 vols, calf ——1/52 7
751 Moore, (Sir John) Narrative of his Campaign in |
Spain, plates, half calf —— 1809
752 Sermons, volume of, by Turner, Bishop of Ely ;
Smith, Prebendary of Durham, 1709; Tracts
on Convocation, &c., formerly belonging to
Baker, of St. John’s College, Cambridge
by Louth, Prebendary of
Durham, 1764 ; Zouch , Prebendary of Durham ;
Temple, of Richmond, at the Consecration _
of Clare Hall Chapel, Cambridge, 1769, with |
many others, chiefly preached at York, bds.
(Twelve,) preached chiefly in mire County
of York

793

754

QUARTO, 3k

755 Macknight (J. Harmony of, the. Gospel, cf... Lon. 1763
756 M Mo ig eG. ny lan History of British Shells,
citi "2 als, with Supplement, coloured plates, half
calf — 1805
797 aa nineteen, by Zouch, and others, many
-_. preached at York, half calf
758° Sept (Sir. Walter) Border Antiquities of En-
gland : and Scotland, plates, calf, gilt leaves,
2 vols, -—— 1814
159 Ras (Wm :) Life of Poggio Bracciolini, calf
e Liverp. 1802

Tay.
ZO\A of

FOLIO.
760. Hof palais Salicum, vol. 1 in 3 parts,
vol. 2, part 1, coloured plates, half Russia
seat ot gay Lips. 1787-91
761 Soi rcblonitd Figures of English Fungi, 3

coloured plates, half calf Lon. 1797
762 Sides y, Ae -) Discourses on Government, portrait,
fine impression, calf, neat —— 1704

763 Hpdacrint Selden’s "Table Talk, (transcribed in
the beginning of the 18th century, ) calf, neat
764 Grew, Anatomy of Plants, plates, calf

1682
765 Gray, Bentley’s Designs for Gray’s Poems, plates,
met Spier —— 1753
766 Chillingworth’s Religion of Protestants, Sermons
Ss", in RRA other Treatises, calf, gilt 1704
767 Cassandra, a Romance, calf 1676

768 Gower, De Confessione Amantis, black letter,

"= original calf Berth. 1554
769 Wither’s Emblems, fine impressions of the plates
by Marshall, slightly damaged -in the letter

press, half calf Lon. 1635
770 Whittaker, Loidis et Elmete; Ducatus Leodiensis,
rough calf, 2 vols, plates Lon. 1816

771 Catesby’s Natural History of Carolina, 2 vols,
_ coloured plates, calf, fine copy
772 Moreri, Dictionarie Historique, 2 vols, with
Supplement, 2 vols, uniform, calf neat 1717
773 Hollingshead’s Chronicles, 2 vols, LARGE PAPER,
(excepting title and names of Authors, and two
leaves of Index in vol. 2 supplied in small
paper, and a small portion of the last leaf of
vol 1 torn me 2 vols, newly bound in calf, neat
"Lon, 1586- 7

1771

32

FOLIO.

774 Josephus, by Whiston, 2 vols, calf, gilt. backs, Lion. 1727

775
776

777

779

789
790
AS |
792
793

794:
795
796
197
798
799
800
801
802

Lettres d’Aza, calf

Burton, Monasticon Eboracense, calf. York 1758
Bayle, Dictionaire Historique, . e vols, newly bd.
in calf Ams. 1740
Dictionary, 4 vols, pis gilt backs, neat
Sing Lon 1710
Camden’s Britannia, by Gibson, 2nd. edition,, 22
vols, calf, neat ooo my.
Gale, Registrum Honoris de Riche, a few of
the plates coloured, calf f oh oats 1722

~——e aad

FOURTH DAY’S SALE. |
THURSDAY, 18th MAY, 1843.)

DUODECIMO.

Pontici Virunnii Historia Britannica, Itinerarium
Cambria, per Giraldum Ps 2 ae calf, » Of with

Baker's MS. Memoranda) 54 inglvam 1485 4

Montier, (M.) ses Lettres, calf Paris 1762
1751

3 Fontenelle sur la Pluralité des Mendes, La Haye 1733
4, Lucan’s Pharsalia, by Rowe, 2 vols, calf Low. 1807
(Euvres de St.. Evremond, 7 vols, calf _ Ams. 1739
Antonini se ea Gr. & Lat., calf Foulis 1744
L’ Hermite de la Chaussée ‘d Autin, 5 vols, half.
~ calf | Paris 1815
Fragmenta Poetarum Latinorum cura, H. Ste-
phani, calf 1564
Aristenzeti Epistole, cura Abresch, vell. Zev. 1749
Clenia et Adrastus, a Romance, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1740
White’s Compendium of Veterinary Art, 2 vols, calf, n. d.
Vertot, Revolutions de Portugal, calf. .. Paris 1773
Turner, (Dawson) British Fuci, 2 vols, half calf .
Lon. 1802
The Correspondents, a Novel, calf 1775
Huber, on Bees, half calf Edin. 1808
Watson’s Chemical Essays, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1782
The Recess, a Tale, 3 vols, calf 1787
Waller’s Poems, calf —— 1757 ©
Cotton’s Virgil Travestie, calf Whith. 1776
Opie’s Poems, calf —— 1804

Advice to the Officers of the Army, half calf —— 1787
French Bible, (no title) calf, wood cuts, &c.

—-- -

- FOLIO. 33
803 Biblia Sacra Tremelli et Junii, calf "Lon. 1680

“804 Patrick’s Devout Christian, calf | 1697
805 Lamentation of a Sinner, by Catherine: Duchess of
/ Suffolk, 1547; Devout Psalms and Collects,
1547, in 1 vol. , calf is
“806 La Paysanne Parvenue, 4 vols, calf Paris 1756
807 Sallustii Opera, calf, ( Didot ) 1801
808 Bcc de PHistoire d’Espagne et Portugal, calf
Paris 1652
809 Fables de Fontaine, 2 vols in one, calf Lon, 1736
810 Sturm’s Crypogamea, (imperfect) coloured plates,
Morocco

811 Senecze Tragasdize, ed. Farnabii, prize vellum Ams. 1676
812 Germany's Flora, er Botanical Pocket Book, for

~ 1791 (English) by Hoffmann, bds. Erl. n. d.
813 Swartz, (O.) Dispositio Muscorum Frondosorum

Sueciz, coloured plates, half calf 1799
814 Le nie ‘Fabliaux du 12 & 13 sicele, 5 vols,

‘calf ; Paris 1781
S15 Lucani Pharsalia, notis Farnabii, calf Lon. 1618
“816 Suckling’s Works, half calf ( Tonson ) 1719
‘817 Grammont, Memoires du Conte du, 6 vols, calf 1749
‘818 Ramsay, (Allan) Poems, 2 vols, calf Glasg. 1797
‘819 Regnard, ses Guvres, 2 vols, calf Bruz, 71

‘820 Grotius de Veritate Religionis Christiane, calf, H7z. 1669

$21 Butler’s Geography, half calf 1840
822 Family Prayers, calf —— 1825
823 Bannatyne’s Key to the Almanack, calf n.d.
824 Hoffinann’s Deutschland’s Flora, (Cryptogamia,)
coloured plates Erl. 1795
825 Spiritual Quixote, 2 vols, half calf Lon. 1810
826 Le Mesurier’s Prayers for Visiting the Sick, bds.
Oxf. 1820
827 Fuller’s Art of Thinking, calf Lon. 1731
828 Cambridge University Calendar from 1822 to
1842 inclusive, wanting, 1823
829 Aristophanis Comeediz, ed. Scaliger, Gr. & Lat.,
calf Lug. B. 1625
830 Gregory, Comparison of the Faculties of Man and
Animals, calf Lon. 1765
3 -831 Scott,, Tales of a Grandfather, 3 vols, half calf
Edin. 1828

' 832 Ailfric’s Paschal Homily, Sax. & Engl. 1567;
‘Refutatio Libelli de Regimine Ecclesiz Scoti-
cane, 1620, in one vol. calf, Baker’s Notes

34 . FOLIO,
833 Ablivio’s Paschal Homily, 15675 Animadversionsy; |»
‘on the Reflections on Dr. B [urnet’s] Travels, -
1688; Colet’s Sermon, on, Comfirming,.. 61:
0») mone vol., calf, Baker’s, Notes: ot ots
634. Coortesse’s Exposition: of Certain Words f ink’ Sax
Paul, Lon. 1577,.black letier.,, View eee
_ Christians, Pe title) in one vole spats ‘

Notes : usiwory cae
835 Virgil’s Works, ye into Engl Verse.
by Lord Lauderdale, 2yols; Calf. zocifigO bhi a ny de

§36 Ovid's Tristia, in English verse, calf... dail) ex!
837 British Peerage, 2 vols, plates. of. Arms). pingh jlol VBL
838 Scottish Peerage, Arms, 1729, calf, 3 vols a
839 Joyce’s Scientific Dialogues, with, ‘Companion, 4, X one
vols, half bound M vd ase” 2%ael8ab

840 Herbert’s Temple, 1667; The, Synagogue, 16bsnH ite
7 in 1 vol, calf ae
841 Memoires d’un Homme de Qualité, 8 vols, calf, Amsel 7 756
842 Memoires de Brantome, 6 vols, calf yod2ifl) , i. 1699 |
843 Goldsmith’s Miscellaneous Works 6. vals, ees

. calf vinU - 1809
844 Drunken Barnaby’s Journal fe title) calf... amonT &
845 Bannatyne’s New Joe Miller, 3 vols, half calf —— 18 S04
846 Smart’s Horace, Lat..& Eng. 2 vols, calf | Edin 1306
847 Cobbett’s Legacy to Parsons, calf... ~ Lon. 1835 —
848 Whittaker’s Florilegium Poeticum, alll ae ight
849 Botanical Year Book, for 1807, (hypo mist

-gewachse, coloured ‘plates, sod A 1807
850 Virgilii Opera (no title) vell. 5 el. ana
851 Homeri Ilias, Gr. & Lat., calf "Gur. 1641 }
852 Odyssea, Gr. & Lat., calf. - ous 164b
853 Pindari Carmina, Gr. & Lat., ed. Stephani, calf

rend Ebr: T1633 —
854 /Elianus de Animalibus, Gr. & Lat., vell., “ing 1611 4
855 Fontaine, Contes de (diamond edit. ) 2, oo, Paris 1801
856 - Amours de Psyche, do, - +—— 1801
OCTAVOs 2 ena

857 Juvenal and Persius, translated by Gifford, 2: a .

calf Lon. 1817 ©

+858 Herbert, (W.) Helga, a Poem, half calf. -——_-d 815
859 Gell, Pompeiana, half Morocco, uncut, ming
plates —— 1817
860 Housman, Guide to ‘the Lakes of. Giannini
‘&e., plates, half Morocca ». 3\) on Carl. 1802 |

OCTAVO 35
«861 Hinder, (T.) History of ‘Scarborough, plates,

York 1811

862 Mackenzié; (H.) Report on the Authenticity of
: the Poems ot Ossian, calf Edin. 1805
863 Hogg, (J.) Pilgrims of the Sun, calf ~ Loa. 1815

“864 Hearne’s Collection of Curious Discourses, 2
vols, calf, plates —— 1771

865 Pitt, Resteatharel Survey of Staffordshire, plates,
half calf. - —— 1796

866 Kidd, Outlines of Mineralogy, 2 vols, calf Oxf. 1809
867 Porteus, (Bishop) Miscellaneous Tracts, calf, Lox. 1807
868 Holt, Agricpleere. Survey of Lancashire, map, hf.

calf _aiov —— 1795
869 Fulhaiiné: Essay on Combustion, half calf 1794
870 Gray’s Poems, by Mason, 4 vols, calf York 1778
871 Hawker’s “liistractions to Sportsmen, plates, cf.

Lon. 1825
872. ‘Salter, ‘Angler’s Guide, plates, half calf

1815
873 Horne, (Bishop) Letters on Infidelity, calf Oxf, 1806
874 Tottie, (Archdeacon) Sermons preached before

0c! .thé University of Oxford, calf. —— 1775
875 ‘Tienes: (T.) Systeny of Chemistry, 4 vols, half
BMOl —outf 3 Edin. 1804
876 Take, (J.) Agricultural Survey of N. Yorkshire,
plates, half calf Lon. 1800
877 Reece's Medical Dictionary, half calf. 1808
878 ————————. Guide, bds. —— 1828 -
879 Bingley, Animal Biogr aphy, 3 vols, calf 1805
880 Wilberforce, Practical View of Christianity, half
calf 1797
881 Spurzheim, Physiognomical System of Gall and
Spurzheim, plates, half calf = - 1815

882. Elsley, Annotations on the Gospels and Acts, 3
vols, plates, half calf 1812

883 Burnet on the XX XIX Articles, calf 1746
884 Beloe’s Anecdotes of Literature and scarce books,

6 vols, half calf, uniform Lon. v. y.
885 Sexagenarian, or Recollections ofa Lite-

rary Life, 2 vols, half calf sciine 1 Qileh

*,* Uniform with the last.
886 Faber’s Dissertation on the Prophecies, 2 vols,
calf —-— 1807
887 Hooker, (Sir w. ) Journal ofa Tour in Iceland,
half calf, plates, &c.; privately printed, presen-
~ tation copy from the Auihor Yarm. 1811

D

36 OCTAVO. |
888 M sai on the Epistles, (with the Greek Dext)

6 vols, calf Lon. joa
889 Douce, Illustrations of Shakspeare, and of Ancient =|
Manners, 2 vols, half Russia aoe 1807

890 Congreve, (W.) Plays and Poems, 3 vols, calf,
plates ( Baskerville, ) 1761

891 Chatterton, (T.) Works by Gregory, 3 vols, calf
Lon. 1803

892 Johnson, (Sam.) Works, by Murphy, 12 vols, calf

893 Sowerby, (J.) British Mineralogy, 5 vols, oblowred
plates, half calf
894 Potter’s Antiquities of Greece, 2 vols, plates, calf
Edin. 1808
895 Mosheim, Ecclesiastical History, 6 vols; calf, Lon. 1803
896 Farmer, Dissertation upon Miracles, calf \ din. 1798
897 Oxford, The Student, or the Oxford» Monthly
Miscellany, 2 vols, half calf ths «Of ae 7
898 Life in London, by Egan, coloured plates, calf, Lon. 1821 —
899 Secker’s Sermons during the Rebellion of 1745,
calf oo 1771
900 Johnson, (C.) History of the Pirates, plates, calf
—— 1726
901 Beaumont and Fletcher, Plays, by Theobald, 10
vols, calf —— 1750 ©
902 Nichol’s, (J.) Literary Anecdotes of the 18th
Century, &c. ; Illustrations of Literary History
of the 18th Century, with Index, i4 vols,
uniform, calf, neat, vols 5 and 6 of the latter

in bds., in all 16 vols Lon. 1812-31

903 Milton, Poetical Works, by Archdeacon Todd,
7 vols, calf —<-= 1809

904 Prose Works, by Symmons, 7 vols, calf
—— 1806

*,* Uniform with the previous number. |

905 Dr yn: Works, by Sir W. Scott, 18 vols, calf
—— 1808

906 Anderson’s British Poets, 13 vols, calf, neat,
lettered contents sHes 1795

907 Donovan, History of British Fishes, 5 vols in 3,
calf, neat, coloured plates, —+— 1808

908 ———-—--——— Shells, 5 vols in 3,
calf, neat, coloured plates wemeix’ 1799

*,%* Uniform with the previous number.
909 Mitford’s History of Greece, 10-vols, calf. —— 1820.

Lon. 1810 -

OCTAVO. 37
910 Cobbett’s State Trials, from A. D. 1163 to 1820,
90°) . 83’ vols, half Russia, neat — 1809-26
911 Ancient Universal History, from the earliest ac-
' -eounts to the present time, charts and maps,

_ JSovol, half calf 1779
912. Modern Universal History, 42 vols, hf. ef. 1780-4
*,* These two numbers are uniformly bound.
913 Froissart, Chronicles of England, &c., by Johnes,
many plates, 12 vols, calf 1808
914 La Marck et Decandolle, M. M. Flore Francaise,
4 vols in 5, maps and plates, calf Paris 1805
915. ge (G.) General Zoology, 16 vols, half. calf,
Ly plates Lon: 1800
916 Phatal s Lives, translated by Langhorn, edited
“= by Wrangham, calf, 6 vols. 1809
917 Chalihers, (As) General Biographical Dictionary,
32 vols, calf; neat 1812217
918 Lloyd’s edit. of Ecton’s Thesaurus Ecclesiasticus,
. 2 partsind vol, calf 1788

919 Annual Biography and Obituary, from the com-
mencement in 1817 to 1830, calf, 12 vols,
wanting vol. for 1823.

920 Shakspeare’s Plays, with the notes of Johnson
and Stevens, ed. by Reed, 21 vols, calf Lon. 1803

921 Gibben, Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,

12 vols, calf 1802
922 Campbell’s Lives of the British Admirals, with

continuation, by Berkenhout & Yorke, 8 vols,

calf 1812
923 Newgate Calendar, 4: vols, portraits, half calf n. d.
924 Hooke’s Roman History, maps and plates, 11 vols,

calf 1766
925 Paterculi Opera, cum notis variorum, ed. Bur-

manni, vell. Lug. B. 1744
926 Boethius, de Consolatione Philosophia, cym notis

variorum, vell. —— 1671

927 Nepotis, (C.) Vite, cum notis variorum, vell. Ams. 1707
928 Juvenaliand Persius, translated by Madan, 2 vols,

calf Oxf. 1807
929 Plauti. _Comeediz,- cum notis variorum, ed. Gro-
novii, 2 vols in one, vell. Lug. B. 1684

930 Turner, (D.) Muscologia Hibernica, coloured
| _ drawings on each page, plates, Morocco, gilt
leaves and sides, elegant Yarm. 1804
931 Terentii Comedie, 2 vols in one, calf _Bipont 1779

38 OCTAVO)

§32° Schonherr, eee wr 2 parts, half” eae
calf asul) 208 soe Stocks 180628

933 PUwBtRitee, Ramus fe, Lususi in Venerem, half
ca = saeu! mgott 9s » Paris 1792
934 Pixon, Alexis, Posen, calf Yss dion. 1787
935 Fabricii, (J. C.) Systema Hieinbbndeaiibestaeehett wal
Kil. 1801
936 ~ Rhyngotoruni .»s Bruns. 1808
937 —— -- os ealf, imnim | 2
orm. sees! shee 1804
938 Macrobii Opera, cum notis: variorum, ed. Zeuniis, X sae
half calf \leo dips. 1774
939 Achillis Tatii po erg = ‘com notis varioryin, cede. { aae
Boden, calf ‘Lemoiey@ jor | ‘1776

940 Musei Carmina, cum notis Schraederi Gr. & Lats,
calf uC sd: no saDbdeti) 1742
941 Latreille sur les Crilatiény Jes Atachbies, etl’ |
les Insectes, half calf = = 4200 Algo .2lo owWar. 1810 .
942 Thucydidis Opera, edit. Wuaadde off Biker; Gn ¢
& Lat., 6 vols, half-calf' .coendol bas Biponts 1788

943 Livii Opera, edit. Drakenborchii and Crevieri
- ~~@-vols, calf 2) Qatoni ¥814
944 Virgilii Opera, edit. Heyne; 4 vols, calf. esata 1788
945 == in usum Delph, (no ttle) calf sre
946 Ceesaris, (C. J.) Opera, in-usum Delph., mapajl are
calf : ) Lion. 1778 ©
947 Lucretii Opera, edit. Wakefield, 4 vols; calf, Gdasés: 1813 |

948 Sophoclis Trageediz, edit. Bronck, 1% volspcalf
» Oxon. 1812

949 Quinctiliani Opera, edit. Gesneri, 2 vols calf
—— 1806

950 Juvenalis Satir ze, edit. Ruperti, 2 vols, eaif) Sipe. 1801.
951 Plinii Secundi Epistole, &c., 2 vols, half. calf

» Bipont 1789
952 Appiani Opera, edit., Tollii, 2 vols, vell;\ -Amst. 1670
953 Greek Testament, Valpy’ s “edit., 3 vols, eal Lon. 1816
954 Justini Historiz Philippice, cum notis = ig

edit., Gronovii, vell. Lug. B. 1760
955 Schleusner, Lexicon, in New Testament, 2 vols,

Russia, neat, marble leaves | Edin. 1814
956 Horatii Opera, edit., Doering, Russia, neat.

( Priestly) Hees 1826.
957 Horatii Opera, edit., Zeunius, calf), odin. ne

958 Cicero de Natura Deorum, dita Davis, calf
1oj99uG Clarend. 1907

959 Senecz An. Opera, 5 vols; half half. Bipont 1809

960° Cicero Pusculance Questiones, edit. te Ser ree calf
tisd .mngt Clarend. 1805
961 Cambridge Prize Poems (Browne’ s) Muse Can-
~ .stabrigienses, calf Valpy, 1810
962 Dottevill, Vie de Agricola, 7 vols, calf, gilt leaves
Paris 1799

963. (Prmaaitias, Greece, edit. Facius, 4 vols, calf, Lips, 1794
964 Polybii Historiz Grace et Lat., edit. Casaub, eae

»O8) -vels, Russia, neat “Ams. 1670
965 Xenophontis Opera, Gr. et) Lat. (ed. Wells) 5)...
YY! vols, calf (Sheld.) Oxon 1703
966. ‘Lucani. Opera, ed. Schrevelii, vell. 1669
967 Linnei, Systema Plantarum Europe, edit. Gilbert,

7ivals; calf © Cot. 1785

968 Gisborne on the Baties of Women, calf Lon. 1798
969 Warton, (T.)) History of English Poetry, by Price,

4 vols, calf, neat 1824
970 Mooie; Lalla Rookh, calf 1817
971. Kimber and Johnson, Baronetage of England,

3 vols, calf, plates of arms —- 1781
972 Robertson, History of America, 4 vols, calf. —— 1803
973 Taylor, (Jer.) Holy Living, calf —— 1807
974 ——_—_—_—— Life of Christ, 2 vols, calf — 1811
975 Horsley, (Bp.) Translation of the Psalms, with
Bi Notes, 2 vols, half calf 1815
‘976 Turner, (Dawson) Botanist’s Guide through

England and Wales, 2 vols, interleaved, (pre-

sentation copy from the Author, ) MS. Notes

in Yorkshire, calf 1805
977 Newman, (J. H.) Parochial Sermons, 6 vols, V. Ye
978 Scott, (J.) Sermons, cloth oom 1835
979 Marriott’s Sermons, cloth —— 1838
980 Lavoisier, Elements of Chemistry, by Kerr, 2
t vols, half calf Edin. 1802
981 Saint Fond; Travels in England and Scotland, 2 |

vols, plates, half calf . Lon. 1799
982 Trotter’s Walks through Ireland, half calf 1819

983 Shaw, (Professor) Observations on Barbary and
the Levant, 2 vols, calf, maps and plates Edin. 1808
984 Boswell, (J.) Account of Corsica, calf, map Lon. 1769
985 Borullé, (Marquis) Memoirs of the French Reyo-
lution, half Morocco 1797
986 Horne, (Bp.) on the Psalms, 2 vols, calf —— 1802
987 London Street Directory, for 1818, half calf

40 OCTAVO.

988 Zitaiverraan on Solitude, half Morocco — ; Deeg 1797
989 Robinson’s Theological Dictionary, maps and

plates, half calf ~~ —— 1815
990 Racing, General Stud Book to 1807; calf —— 1808
991; ————$ —$ — —- 1826, 3 vols, nen)
—— 1827 —
992 Bewick’s History of Quadrupeds, wood euts, calf
“Newc. 1807 _
993 Patterson’s Roads, bds. “Lon 1803

994 Pamphlets, 15, Killing no Murder, a Col. Titus,
1689; Henniker on Encaustic Tiles, plates ;”
Travels of Veteranus, by the Copper Farthing
Dean (Swift) &c., half calf V. Ys
995 Lavington on the Enthusiasm of Methodists and! wthe
Papists, half calf 1820
996 Burgh on the Dignity of Human Nature, calf —— 1794
997 Buchannan, (C.) Discourses and Christian Re-

searches in Asia, calf ~—— 1812
‘998 Sullivan, Tour through England and Scotland, .

2 vols, calf — 1775
999 Middleton's Agricultural Survey of Middlesex, __.

half calf Lo 1798
1000 Locke, Essay on the Mapvsin typ: 2 vols, calf :

—— 172]
QUARTO.

1001 Johnson, (Sam.) Dictionary of the English ine, }

guage, by Todd, 5 vols, calf, neat quoS 1818 4
1002 Jackson, (J. G.) ‘Account of the Empire of Mo-

rocco, plates, half calf — 1809

1003 Johnstone, (J.) Account of Draining Land, by
Elkington’ s System, plates, half calf ‘Edin. 1797
1004 Gillies, (John) History of the World, from Alex-
ander to Augustus, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1807
1005 Gibbon, (Edw. ) Miscellaneous Works, by Lord
Sheffield, 2 vols, calf 1794
1006 Fyfe, (Andr. ) Anatomy of the Human Body, 200
plates, 3 vols, half calf Edin. 1806
1007 Fox, (C. J.) History of the Reign of James Il. .
calf Lon. 1808
1008 Fosbrooke, (T. D.) British Monachism, or the
Manners and Customs ofthe Monks and Nuns
_ of England, plates, calf
1009 Doddridge, (P.) Family Expositor of the New
Testament, many plates, 6 vols, calf — 1760

18 17

QUARTO. 41

1010 Dibdin, (T hye Ames’s Typographical Antiqui-
ties, or the istory of Ponting in England, 4
+». _vols, numerous plates, calf, gilt Lon. 1810
loll Dillenii, (J. J.) Prof. Botan. in Uniy. Oxon, His-
toria Muscorum, calf, fine copy, only 250 printed
. Oxon 1741
1012 Clarkson, (Chris.) History of Richmond, in
Yorkshire, plates, calf Richm. 1821
1013 Carr, (Sir John) Tour through Holland, maps,
half calf Lon. 1807
1014 Ciceronis, (M. T.) Opera Omnia, cum delectu
Commentariorum, in usum Delphini, 9 vols,
iece. «= Baldment...“. Paris 1'740
1015 Cook, (Captain,) First, Second, and Third Voy-
», ages Round the World, 8 vols, numerous maps
_ and, plates,. grained calf, gilt, elegant, folio
volume: of plates, half bound in Russia Lon. 1784
1016 Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales, with Glossary,
§¢., by. Tyrwhitt, 2 vols, Gales Oxf. Clar. Press 1798
1017 Cumberland, (Richard,) Memoirs by Himself,
portrait, calf Lor. 1806
1018 Fhe (J.) History of Fungusses growing
about Halifax, many coloured plates, 4 vols, hf.
calf Lon. 1788
1019 Barrow, (J.) Travels in China, plates, calf —— 1804
1020 Boyer, Dictionary, Fr. & Eng. and Eng. & Fr.,

calf, —— 1783

1021 Bougainville’s Voyage round the World, trans-
lated by Forster, maps, calf —— 1772

1022 Ovidii Opera, edit. Burmanni, 4 vols, calf, neat
Ams. 1727

1023 Bruce, (James) Travels to Discover the Source
of the Nile, 5 vol, calf Edin. 1790

1024 Blackstone, (Sir Wm.) Commentaries on the
Laws of England, 4 vols, 2nd edit., calf | Oxf. 1766
1025 Bryant, (Jacob) AncientM ythology, 3 vol, marae
plates, calf, gilt leaves, fine copy Lon. 1774
1026 Bible, (Old and New Testaments,) by Patrick,
Louth, Arnald, and Whitby, 7 vols, hf. cf. —— 1809
1027 Bible, (Old Testament,) Septuagint, cura, L.
Bos. calf, fine copy Frang. 1709
1028 Ossian, ( Fingal) translated by Macpherson, calf
Lon. 1762
Temora and other Poems, by Macpherson

1029
1763

42 QUARTO. .
1030 Bower; (Archibald): History of the Popes, from) ©)
the Foundation of the See of Rome to the :
"present time, 3rd edit., 7 vols, calf, neat: © Lon. 1750
1031 Luxmore’s Concio ad Clerum, sith MS. Latin
Poem inserted... 4! oa 1807

GE FOLIO. AL
1032 Pocock, Description of the East, 3 a newly
, bound i in 2, plates, calf, neat, vol ] hays title,

pee W745

1033 Turner, (Dawson) Fuci, 4 vols,. warp: Doldaeadl
| plates, calf, neat elec 108
1034 Sammes, (A.) Antiquities of Ancient’ Britain, 0)
plates, calf, » fine copy son) ethos 1676
1035 Drake’s E boracum; or the Antiquities of iY brkjl PCO!
plates, calf, gilt back — 1736
1036 Pontoppidan’ s Natural iene cof Norway,” |

plates, calf ooh pos 1755
1037 Brsue, in black letter, with contemporaneous’

memoranda of the births, &e., of the:family of!

John Hamby, of St. Giles; Cepia 3G) Zor

newly bound in calf — 1541
1038 old calf:im oaker bénrdap| EO

last leaf containing the Suppaheay of ‘Yeats,

slightly damaged Oa 1583
1039 Hackluyt’s Voyages, black letter, v vol. a no syitved

half calf L {edi
1040 Scapulze Lexicon, calf sie 1665.

1041 Raleigh, (Sir W.) History of the World; calf Lion. 1687 —
1042 Salmon’s English Herbal, many cuts, ealf.. oe 1710
1043 Wood, Athenz Oxonienses, large panes 2 ele
in one, calf, neat. —— 169%
1044: Marsilli, ( Le Comte de) Histoire Physique de la.
; Mer, coloured plates, calf Ams, 1725
1045 Dugdale” s History of Embanking, by Cole, maps; ig
calf ooLon, 1772
1046 —-—— Origines Juridicales, plates of arms;some

coloured, ealf 1671.
1047 — Monasticon Anglicanum, 3 vols, plates, vaorg
calf, gilt backs 1655-72-73

1048 ———— Baronage, 2 vols in 1, (2nd vol: wants
title page,) calf —— 1676

1049 ———-— Antiquities of Warwickshire, part by.
Holler, plates of arms; some coloured, rough

ealf, gilt back 1656

\FOLION) 43
1050 ) Faller, History of the Worthies. of Pe
part by Loggan, ( Autographs of Nic. Freville,

ire ere, and Freville Lambton) éalf simiit 20 abnw. 1662

Mi
ip mk ‘eG, Bee Sh HISAR L. DEA OREN

nt FIFTH DAY’S SALE.
~via 19th aay, 1843.

uwort B10 —— (

alii aiasw t | \DUODECIMO..

105k eaiseourt’s Practical Discourse concerning
Death, (no title,) calf

1052 Quarle’s Emblems, plates, calf ——— 1634
1053 Lupset?s! Works, calf, MS, title and table of
Ovo) -eentents, black letter Lon. 1551
1054 The Union, er Select Scotch and English Poems,
Bev I -ealf —— 1759
1055 Kirwamon Manures; half calf —-= 1802
1056 Rulhiere, pecenaics of the Poesgn Revolution, _
half-calfoq: meinos 4: —=-- 1797
1057 The Rule: of Life, half calf Edin. 1766
1058 Serious:Call: to Careless Christians, from Dodd-
lho! ridge, calf Ripon 1812
1059 Fas et ofa Soldier of the 7 4 Ist Regiment, half «
calf. Edin. 1819
F060. Lyttelton on the Conversion of St. Paul, calf
Don. 1799
1061 Jones’s Greek Stn. half calf —— 1808

1062 Debrett’s Peerage of Great Britain and Ireland,
2 vols, platesiof arms, calf.
1063 Monier, (dandy) her Works; 5 vols, half calf

1820.

1805

1064 Platt, Works of, Rieisiged by Dacier, 2 vols,
calf. —— 1720
1065 Smollet’s Peregrine here 4. vols, calf —— 1769
(1066 Poetry, Epistle to Sir W. Chambers, 1805 ;
Twopenny Post-bag, 1813, calf
1067 Williams, (H.) Poems, 2 rolls, half calf ©§ —— 1786

1068 Moore, Little’s Poems, calf —— 1814
1069 Scottish Atlas, maps, half calf —— 1749
1070 Stewart, Missions in Canada, maps, cloth —— 1838
1071 Aceum’s Chemical Amusements, half calf —— 1817
1072 Dodd’s Sermons to Young Men, 2 vols, half

calf Dundee 1803

1073 a Internal Evidence ef Christianity, calf
Lon. 1776

44, DUODECIMO.

1074 Week’s Preparation for the Lord’s Supper ¢ md.
1075° Grotius on the Truth of Ceaitiang by: Clarke, ;

calf 1@) lben. 1719
1076 Heber’s Poems and Beandldvieiaal tay Jo —— 1812
1077 Voltaire, Candidus, calf Edin. 1761
1078 Glover’s Leonidas, calf niniled Lon. 1738
1079 Colman’s Poetical Vagaries, calf --— 1814

1080 Mémoires pour servir a I Histoire, de» Kurope
depuis, 1740, jusqu’ a 1748, 4 vols, calf Ams. 1752

1081 Gay’s Poems, 2 vols, calf (Tonson) 1753
1082 Handbook of Turning, plates, cloth Lon. 1842
1083 Hoyle’s Games, sheep = 1826
1084 Leslie’s Short Method with Deists, and Truth

of Christianity Demonstrated, calf....¢ — + 1805

1839

1085 Wilberforce on the Parochial System, cloth.
1086 The Prudential Balance of Relivion, (Romaniets)
1609; Dillingham’s Dissuasive from) Popery,
1599, in i vol, half calf, (formerly iio oe to.
Baker » of St. John’ 5, Cambridge )
1087 Gil Blas, by Smollet, 4 vols, plates, calfyo;-—-— 1792 ©
1088 Turkish ‘Spy in Paris, 8 vols, calf ite 1734 |
1089 Baron Trenck, his Life, &c., by Holeroft, 4 vols;) oc); —
half calf —— 1788 ©

1090 Percy’s Reliques of Early English Poetry , Russia
(Dodsle: ») 1765

1091 Godwin’s Caleb Williams, 3 vols, half calf 1816
1092 — St. Leon, 4 vols, half calf —— 1816
1093 De Stael’s Corinna, 3 vols, half calf —— 1807

1094 Gifford’s Baviad and Meviad, calf “4
1095 Smollet’s Sir Lancelot Greaves, 2 vols, half calf

181i

1793
1096 -———— Roderick Random, 2 vols, calf .—— 1779
1097 Memoires du Baron de Tott, 2 vols, calf . Ams. 1785
1098 Burgoyne’s Dramatic Works, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1808

1099 Ramsay’s Poems, calf Glasg. 1770 |
1100 Conversations on Chemistry, 2 vols, calf. Lon. 1807
110] The Lively Oracles given to us, calf - Oxf. 1678
1102 Sturm’s Reflections on the Works of God, 4

vols, calf Lon. 1805
1103 Sherlock on Future Judgment, calf on 1692

1104 Churchman, (The) 1835, 36, 37, 3-vols, cloth () |
1105 Gresley’s Portrait of a Churchman, cloth —=-- 1839
1106 Tim Bobbin’s Works, on the Lancashire Dialect, : rf
—— 1806
1107 Don Quixote, by Jarvis, 4 vols, calf’ =. —— 1783

DUODECIMO. 45.

1108 Inchbald’s Collection of Farces, '7 vols; British
f Theatre, 25 vols, 1808; Modern Theatre, 10°
vols, 1811, half calf, uniform
1109 Collection of Poems, by several hands, 6 ala)
calf. ( Dodsley ) 1766
1 i 10 The Old Religion Demonstrated in its Principles,
~calf Lon. 1686
1111 Pious Parishioner Instructed, sheep —— 1796
1112 Popery, Tracts against, by Horne, Faber, White, &c.
1113 Gauden’s Funeral Sermon on Bp. Brownrig,
‘both parts, 1660; Hickmann’s Answer to Hey-
OS”) —-dyn’s Historia Quinquarticularis, 1673, auto-
graph of Baker, calf .Y-
1114 Jowett s Sunday Afternoon Lectures, cloth Lon. 1838
1115 ne Letters to. a Dissenting Minister,

cloth n. d.
1116 Causes of Deday of Christian Piety, calf —— 1677
1117 Farquhar’s Works, and other Plays, hf. cf. (Lintott ) n.d.
1118 Mavor's Lives from Plutarch, sheep Lon.
1119 Johnston, Flora of Berwick-upon-Tweed, vol. 1,
Boy! —eloth Edin. 1829

1120 Friend’s Evening Amusements in Astronomy
BC from 1804 to 1822 inclusive, half bound in 10.

if vols
1121 Friend’s Arithmetic made Easy, calf Lon. 1806
1122 Stonehouse’s Sick Man’s Friend, calf Oxf. 1815
1123 Prior’s Poems, 2 vols, calf ( Tonson,) 1721

1124 Fellowe’s Brief Treatise on Death, calf Lon. 1805
1125 Bowrrit’s Journey to the Glaciers of Savoy,

plates, calf --— 1776
1126 Tongue, On the Government of the, calf Oxf. 1674
1127 Savage’s Works, 2 vols, calf Lon. 1777
1128 Secker on the Catechism, calf 1810
1129 Whole Duty of Man, (New) calf n. d.
1130 Criminal Trials, Illustrating the Heart of Mid-

Lothian, half calf Edin. 1818
1131 Bellamy’s History of all Religions, calf Lon. n. d.
1132 Martyn’s Botanical Dictionary, vell. | —— 1793
1133 Florus, ed. Greevii et Fisheri, calf Lips. 1760

1134 Channing’s,(W. E.) Works, 2 vols, cloth Glasg. 1735
1135 Motteville, Mémoires d’Anna d’Autriche, 6

vols, calf Ams. 1782
1136 Vertot, Histoire des Chevaliers de Malta, 5 vols,

calf Paris 1726

1137 Chapone’s Works, 4 vols, calf Lon. 1807

46 DUODECIMO.

1138 Sancho, (Ienatius) his Letters, 2’ vols, cf. weeny om

1139 Ludlow’s Memoirs, 3 vols, calf irs maa .

1140 ARsop’s Select Fables; plates, calf ( mines i761

1141 Pamphlets, Beauties of Fox,’ North and Burke;

3 plates, 1784; On the pet Nonce of British .
Birds > ~ Salis. 1780 :

¥142 Deserted Village ; Memsalie ae Sir Sibi Sup-.
ple, 1785; Cheltenham Guide, 791, — rc ae

1143 Letters of Junius, 2 vols, calf | Boh, 1783
1144 Scott, Harold'the Dauntless, ealfoo! Edin, 1817
1145 Knox, (John) Defence of Pr edestinatioal ‘Lon.

1591, Amesii Puritanismus Anglicanusy ‘half

calf, with Baker's Autograph 9° moana, 1 i616
1146 A Lot of Maps, &c. Heo

ay 2 eat Ts
ds woth waiveHw dgiadaibét CTF

ocTavo,=@! -¥ lf of .S08l
1147 Disney, (S.) Discourses, half calf 9% * oo a 1788
1148 Buffon, Histoire Naturelle, 64: volsp plates” Paris an. 10 |

1149 des Reptiles, par Daudin;' 8
vols, plates 0 TSG 13
1150 ———————__—. Poissons Pers Sonini,, . ar
vols, plates blows 25 11
1151 ——————-—— —Cr ustaves et des Foséeid? ONAL
par Latreille, 14° vols, plates’ °° ————— 12
1152 ——-— des Mollusques, a Montfort, 6 ‘vols, |!
, plates KH 13

1153 ————-- Planites; par Mirbel, 18 rn plates

1154 —+-— des Cétacés, par. Sonnini, “ —12
1155 ———-— Tables des M atiéres, 3 vated oo 1808
*& The above are uniformly bound in half calf.
1156 Gilpin, (W.) Sermons, 4 vols, calf’ +=. 1804
1157 Sharp, (Archbp. of York) Works, ? ve calf ‘a
173
1158 Sherlock, Sermons, 4 vols, calf Fe 1755

1159 Mant, (Bp.) Sermons on the most Important
Articles of Faith and Practice, 2 vols, bds. —-— 1832

1160 Tibulli Carmina, ed. Heyne, calf Lips. 1798
1161 Smith, (E.) Flora Britannica, 3 vols, half calf;
(dr ried specimens inserted ) 3 . Lon. 1800
1162 Ovid, Fasti, edit. Delph, calf . Oe 1720
1163 Epicteti Enchiridium, cum notis variorum, ‘ed.
Schroeder, Gr. & Lat. calf °° 5" ‘Delph. 1723

1164 Symeonis Dunelmensis, de exordio atque pro-
gressa Ecclesiee Dunelmensis, ed: Rud, 7 ‘Lon. 1732

/OCTANO:) 47
1165 Linnai, Species Plantar, © L, ‘Wildenow,
12v) vols, calf Berlin V797
1166 Acharius, (E.) lichesogmabias ‘Sueciet - Prot
~ dromus, coloured plates, a Sew MS. Notes and

Specimens, half calf. “)\ ZLineop. 1798
1167 ——— another copy, uncut, plates, @
AMS. Notes —— 1798
1168 Aristotelis Questiones Modhavieni, ed. Capell,
| Gr. & Lat., half Russia Ams. 1812
L689 Paykull, Monographia Staphylinorum: Suecie,
half calf... Ups. 1789

1170 Jefferson,. History. of Thirsk, cuts, half ms, Thirsk 1821
bhtZl Alciphron, or the Minute Philosopher, 2 vols,

calf ( Tonsin, ) 1732
1172 Edinburgh Review, from the commencement in

1802, to May, 1828, half bound, uniform, with

; volume of Indices, 48 vols.

1173. Fergusson. jon. the Art of Perspective, plates;

bdssibusG waq .2 —— 1810
1174 Hooper, Recreations in Numbers and Natural

Philesophy, 4: vols, coloured plates, calf 1783
1175 Buckland’s Bridgewater Treatise, 2 vols, cl. —— 1837
117 6 Whiter, Dissertation on the Disorder.of Death, —.

_half calf, ( Autograph of the Author inserted ) 1819
1177 China, Voyage to,. by Osbeck, translated by

_ Forster, 2 vols, plates, calf —— 1771
nz Waele History of Stratford on Avon, plates,
ce. Stratf. n. d.

179 Rythinus, English, Essay on, (no title) half calf
1180 Maturin’s Bertram, a Tragedy ; ; Manuel,..a
_ Tragedy, half calf Lon: 1816-17
118! Pamphlets, Love of Fame, Seven Satires, Lon.
1727; Stephen Duck’s Poems, Lon, 1730:
Provoked Husband, 1728, half calf
1182 Feinagle, New Art of Memory, half ealf Lon. 1813
1183 Hooker’s British Flora, comprising the Flower-
ing Plants and Ferns, cloth, (presentation copy
with Inscription by the Author ), 3 vols Lon. 1831
1184 Greville, Alge Britannice, coloured plates, cloth
Edin. 1830
1185 Edinburgh, Letters from, in 1774, calf Lon. 1776
1186 Plautus, translated by Thornton, 5 vols, calf —— 1767
1187 Holy Breathings, or Prayers for every Day in
the Month, calf, —— 1826
4188 Neilson’ Greek. Exercises, bds, Dubl. 1810

48 ; OCTAVO.
1189 Cunningham, The Velvet Cushion, half calf, ——— 1815
1190 Scott, (Sir W.) Poetical va 15 vols, calf

(0 Edin 1806-15
1191 Mendicity and Vagrancy, Putliommenitanss Report
on, half calf we 1816
1192 Burder’s Religious Ceremonies, cloth 90 ).-+++ 1841
1193 Tooke’s Diversions of Purley, by T aylor, 2 vols;
cloth - 1829
1194 Shrewsbury, (Earl of ) Letter on the Estatica:
of Caldaro, bds. —— 1842
1195 Forster, Natural History of Swallow half calf . |
—— 1817 —

1196 Charities, Public, Account of, half calf ‘ie 1828 4
1197 Gent, (T.) History of Rippon, cuts, gilt leaves,.
calf York 1733

1198 Hutton’s Course of Mathematics, 3: vols, bds.
Lon. 1824

1199 Townsend, Arrangement of the Oldand New
Testament, with Notes, 4 vols, cloth .. ».=—-— 1836

1200 Taylor, (Jeremy) Course of Sermons for: the —

Year, 2 vols, cloth —— 1822
1201 Neal’s History of the Puritans, 2 vols, cloth —-— 181]
1202 Hind’s Veterinary Surgery, bds. —— 1827)
1203 Dietivnar ry, Eng. Ger. and Ger. Eng. by Ludwig,

2 partsin 1 vol., half calf Lips. 1813
1204 Coates, General Short-horned Herd Book,

plates, bds. Otley ihe?
1205 Chester, History of the City of, with fine Etchings :

by Cuitt, half calf neOhes 1815 (4
1206 Political Disquisitions, 3 vols, wall Lon. 1774

1207 Glanville’s History of Witches, with Appendix,
plates, 2 parts in one vol., calf
1208 Atterbury, (Bp.) Sermons, 9 vols, calf
1209 Nicholson’s Mathematics, Key to, calf —— 1822
1210 Horace, Davidson’s Satires, &c. of, Lat. & Eng.,
(1748

calf
1211 another copy, calf —— 1760
1212 Athensi Opera, ed. Schweighaeuser, 5 vols, Gr.
et Lat. Russia, fine copy Argent 1801
1213 Mackenzie, (M. J.) estan on the Parables, f
both series, 2 vols, bds. Lon. 1833-5
1214 Purton, (T.) Midland Flora, 2 vols, coloured
plates, Stratf. 1817; Appendix, 2 vols, Lon.
1821, 4 vols, bds.
1215 South, Sermons, 6 vols, old cf., gilt,.jine copy —— 1692

681

OCTAVO., - 49
1216 oe (M.) ‘History of Bridlington. Priory,

Camb. 1831

1217. Woon’ Ss ety 2 vols, half alath Lon. 1827
1218 Nelson, Account of his Death, by Beatty, half

ealf —-—— 1808

1219 Haliburton, Letter Bag of the Great Western

Steamer; cloth 1840

1220 Surtees Society, Yorkshire Wills, part 1 (all pub-

lished)

1221 Bolton, (Dean of Carlisle) On the Employment
of Time, calf 1751

1222 Dibdin, ef. F.) Library Companion, 2 vols, half
calf 1824:

1293 Smith, (J. E.) Grammar of Botany, plates, cloth
—— 1826

1224 Shattleworth; (Bp.) Translation of the Epistles,
half cloth —-- 1840

1225 ro a Spence, Introduction to Entomology,
4 vols, coloured plates, half calf 1815

1226 Tracts for the Times, Sermons by the Authors
‘ ef,-3 vols, cloth —— 1839
1227 Dealtry, (W.). Sermons, bds. —— 1828
1228 Robinson, Scripture Characters, 4 vols, calf 1811

1229 Montagu, Ornithological Dictionary, 2 vols,
coloured plates, Lon. 1802; Supplement, 1813,
plates, presentation copy from the Author, half
Morocco, uniform

1230 Campbell on the Gospels, 2 vols, half calf din. 1807

1231 Morehead’s Discourses, 2 vols, half calf —— 1811

1232 Tachard, Voyage au Royaume de Siam, vols. 2
and 3, calf, plates ~ Ams. 1689

QUARTO
1233 Phipps, (C. dats) Voyage to the North Abate in
1773, calf, plates and maps Lon. 1775
1234 Porter, (R. Kerr) Campaign in Russia, map, calf
—— 1812

1235 Philip, (Arthur). Voyage to Botany Bay, maps

and plates, calf 1794
1236 Park, (Mungo) Travels in the Interior of Africa

in 1795, 1796, 1797, with Appendix by Ren-

nell; portrait, maps and plates, calf —— 1797
1237 Sana EREE

with Life, map, calf —— 1815

1238 Tickell, (J.) History of Hull, plates half calf Lon, 1798

50 a QUARTO.
1339 Pennant, (Thos.) Tour from Downing to Alston —
Moor, Lon. 1801, and from Alston Moor to
| Harrowgate, 1804, in ] vol., calf, plates
1240 Argensola, discovery of the Spice Islands, (no"
title) plates, half calf
1241 Roscoe, Life and Pontificate of Leo the Tenth

4 vols, calf Liverp. 1805
1242 Terentii Comeediz (Duke of Gloucester’s edit.)
calf, neat Camb. 1701

1243 Vancouver, (Geo.) Voyage Round the World,
plates, calf, 3 vols, with maps, charts and
headlands in large folio, boards Lon. 1798
- 1244 Valentia, (George Lord) Voyages in India and |

Ceylon, &c., 3 vols, plates, calf 1809
1245 Vide, ( M. H. ) Poemata Omnia, 2 vols, vallind
) Batav. 1731
1246 Sale, (Geo.) the Koran, with a Preliminary Dis-
course, green vell., fine copy —— 1734
1247 Schaefferi, (J. C.) Fungorum qui in Bavaria et
Palatinatu nascuntur Icones, 3rd. edit., 4 vols,
many coloured plates, half calf - Ratisb. 1780
1248 Sully, Memoirs of the Duke De, translated from
the French, 3 vols, calf Lon. 1756

1249 Sealby and Lyons Geographical Dictionary, 2
vols, calf, maps

. 1250 Taciti Opera, cum notis variorum, edit Gro- -
novii, 2 vols, calf Traj. 1721

1251 Rees, (A) Cyclopedia, a Universal Dictionary
of Arts, Sciences, and Literature, 39 vols,
bound in 32, including 6 vols. of plates, half

calf, neat Don. 1819
- 1252 Sanazarii Poemata, calf Patav. 1719
1253 Merrick, (J.) The Psalms, translated into English
Verse, calf Reading 1765 |
1254 Sowerby, (J.) Elucidation of Colours, coloured
plates, half calf ' + Lon. 1809
1255 Heber, (Reg.) Journey through the Upper Pro-
vinces of India, 2 vols, cloth, plates —— 1828

1256 Bowen, (E.) Maps and Roads of the Counties
of England on Copper Plates, calf

1257 Barrow, (Js.) Treatise on the Pope’s Suppre-
macy, and on the Unity of the Church, portrait,
calf, neat

1258 W; alker, (A.) System of Familiar Pe ei 2
plates, 2 vols, calf —— 1802

1753

680

=
ot

QUARTO, ook: ae

1259 Reynard, the Fox History. of, black de er, Lon, 1671
1260 Pig a (J.) Flora Scotica, 2 vols, ates! a

inserted, half Morocco —— 1792
1261 sar, on (Ey Enclishe Entomologist, ‘exhibiting
‘the Deopterous Insects we in England”

manycoloured plates, calf, gilt. 1792
1262 Bridel, (S. =e Miuscolsere ecentiorum, 3 parts”
in-2 vols, plates .. ~ © Gothe. v. y..

1263 Heleie Theoria sue sane Piaitatam Cryp-
togamicarum .Linnzxi, coloured plates, calf, Petrop. 1784
va Schreber, (J. C.) Observationes de Phaseo, plates,
; »half Russia Lips. 1770
1265 Roemer, ..(J..J.) Genera Tnsectorum’ Linnei’ et
on _Fabricit conibus Illustrata, many coloured plates,

half calf. Vit. Helv. 1789

1266 Terentii_ ae es Pheedri Fabule, &c., ex
Ree pee at ntlei,-calf Cant. 1726

1267 Achar (E ichenographia Universalis, colour-
orale ti . Gotting. 1810

1268 Vickoor, 3.) Fasciculus Plantarum Cryptoga-
ee! nigarum Britanni Aarts. Lon. 1785

1269 Persoon; (C. H,).. cones ;ét Descriptiones Fun-
ety gorum, 2 parts, coloured plates, half bound, Lips. n. d.
1270 Panzer, Fauna Insectorum Germanie, Cleoptera,
5 sect. in 7 vols, half ee. not quite uniform,
many hundred plates Mt» do
127. 1 Horatii at ad usum Delphini, 2 vols, calf
‘Paris 1691
} 272 Commelin, (G,) Horti Medici Amstelaedamensis
‘Plante rariores, calf, plates | Lug. B. 1718
1273 Lucretius de Rerum Natura, calf, gilt, presented
by John Keat, head Master of Eton ( Taylor) 1813
1274 Newton, (Isaac) Philisophize Naturalis Principia
At . Mathematica, 2nd edit., calf Cantab. 1713
1275 Hooker, (W.. J.) Figures and. Descriptions of
ee Mosses, many coloured plates, 2 vols,
calf, gilt. > Lon. 1818
1276 Batach, O. G. C,) Elenchus Fungorum, with two
Supplements many coloured plates, half -calf
. Hale. 1783
1277 Hedwigii,: (a. ) Historia Naturalis Muscorum
Frondosorum, 2.vols in one, many coloured

Seo plates Lips. 1782
1278 Evelyn, (J.) .Silva,; or, Discourses on Forest. .
k Trees, by Hunter, Calf omic ...5. York 1776

E

52 - QUARTO,.

1279 Durham, Collection of Prints from Hutchinson’s,
History of Durham, including the rare Prints)
of Miss Allan, of Grange, Allan and, Hatchin-»
son, Emerson ; the Mathematician, by Sikes, \~
and the Monument of Noble, in Bolton Churiiii

uncut .,....
1280 Edwards, (Brian,) History of the British Colo-)
nies in the West Indies, 2 vols, calf," on: 1793
1281 Eustace, (John) Classical Tour through Italy,
2 vols, calf ov— 18h
1282 Euripidis Opera, ex edit. Barnes, cum yariorum
annotationibus, 3 vols, calf, neat»: | Lips. 1778:

1283 Darlington Tracts, Pudsey’s Charter ; pain
Hospital, &c., plate; Foundation and) Endow- 0.
ment of Durham Cathedral ;. Certifieate sof) <\
Commissioners, on the Coins ‘tinted at Dur
ham; Orders of the County Court of Durham, |
(MS. additions); Life of Bishop ‘Trevory:pors
trait; Collections relating to Sherburn Hospi- |
tal; Collections relating to Gretham Hospitals) 0).
Hegge’ s Legend of St. Cuthbert; &c., halfiealf v. y.

1284 Henry VIII., Assertio Septem Sacramentorum |
adversus Lutherum, Argent.1522; Propositiones
Lae Damnatz, Krasmi Epistolaiad W. War-

ham, Archiepiscopum Cantuarie, &c.; Vergerii
Oratio in Obitum. Hadriani. Pape VL, 1523;
Legatio Pontificii oratoris in conventu Norem::
bergensi, 1522; Centum gravamina Germanicz
Nationis, &c. 1524 ; and other treatisesin Ger- ® -
man and Spanish, of the same date, black letter,
with MS. notes by Baker, of St. John’s,Camb., calf, v. y.
1285 Carew, Survey of Cornwall, calf, fine copy Lon. 1602

1286 Bell’s. Observations on italy, (presented by
Slingsby Duncombe, Esq.) bds. plates Edin. 1825

1287 Cullen’s History of Mexico, 2 vols, plates: calf’

« Lon. 1787

1288 Latium, Description of, tinted etchings, calf Lon. 1805

1289 Poetry, &c., Pleasures of Memory, 1792, da-
maged ; Ode to Pitt, 1760; Earl of Carlisle’s
Poems, 1773; Election Ball, 1776, plates; |
Pindar’s Bozzy and Piozzi, 1786, plate ; Chats-
worth, 1783; the Upper Gallery, 1733; De- |
serted Village, 1770; Marsh on, the Authenti-
city of the Pentateuch, Camb, 1792; Baretti,
Guide to the Royal Academy, half calf

| QUARTO. 53

1290 Poetry; pidtinndls Elegies, 1763; Brown’s Cure ~

of Saul, 1763; Graham’s Telemachus, 1763;

Hey’s: Redemption, 1763, calf
1291 Dillenius, General History of Mosses, ati?

MS. notes — Lon. n. d.
1292 Wheatley’s Essay on the T ears of Money, vol.

l, calf

1807

1293 Florio, a Povas for Fine Gentleman and Fine
Ladies, &c., calf —— 1787

1294 ig hao (Archd.) History of the Parish’ of
Scampton, County of Lincoln, plates, calf —— 1810

1295 Lewin on the Papilios of Great Britain, coloured
plates, half calf —— 1795

1296 Sole; Menthe Britannice, plates, half calf Bath 1798
1297 = gg sano Atlas, coloured plates and roads,
ealf'T 3s D9: Lon. n. d.
1298 Hooker's: Etehings, (20) in Iceland, Scotland,
Devonshire, &c., India paper, unpublished
1299 Payne’s Rustic’ Figures, 4 parts, &c.
1300 Original Designs» for Grottos, by T. Wright, of
. ae; oblong gato, plates, and various others

FOLIO.
1301 Bulliard, Histoire des Champignons de la France,
plates, half calf, text im 1 vol, and 4 vols of

coloured plates, half Morocco Paris 179\
1302 Hooker’s Ecclesiastical Polity, 5 books, Sermons,
&e., calf, neat : Lon. 1622
1303 Pearson onthe Creed, portrait, calf 1741
-1304 Sandy’s Travels, plates, calf --— 1673
1305 Plot’s Natural History of Oxfordshire, plates,
calf —— 1705.
1306 Whitlock’s Memorials of English Affairs, portrait,
calf —— 1713
1307 Memorials of English Affairs, calf —— 1682
1308 Buchanan, (Geo.) History of Scotland, portrait:
by White, calf —— 1690
1309 Baker’s Chronicle of England, calf —— 1674
1310 Rycaut, Present State of the Ottoman Empire,
calf —— 1668
1311 Wollaston’s Portraiture of the Heavens, plates,
(and others inserted) bds. —— 18il

{312 Volume containing Exercises in Military Draw-
ing, &c., by the late Mr. Dalton
1313 Laurie’s Maps of England and Wales, coloured 1806

54
1314

1315
1316
1317

1318

1319

FOLIO.

Tuke’s Large Map of Yorkshire, 1 in 4 nee
with Index, coloured

Yorkshire, nine Elaborate Maps of various
portions of

Hocartn’s Works by Heath and Nichols,
complete in 24 parts, fine impressions, uncut

Maps, (by Greenwood) of York, Durham, Nor-
thumberland, Cumberland, &c., 11 sheets

OCTAVO PAMPHLETS, &c.

Pamphlets, Reports of the Yorkshire Philoso-
phical Society, 13 numbers: Report on the
Restoration of York Minster, &c.

— Church Accommodation in the Dio-
cese of Ripon; Reports of Christian Know-
ledge Society, Bible Society, &c.

Church of England Magazine, various odd num-
bers in 1838, 1839, and 1840; 184i, and 1842
complete

The Churchman, new series, Jan. 1842 to Jan.
1843 inclusive, 13 parts

Sermons at Pontefract in 1745, &c., ditto at
opening of Sheffield Infirmary, &e.

Pamphlets, Warren on Lay Baptism, Charges
of the Bishops of Chester, &e.

Sermons, by Tate of Richmond, Letter by Sum-_

ner, Charge by Archdeacon Todd, &c.
— Hook’s Novelties of Romanism,
Bishop of London’s Charge, 1842, Sermons
on the Church, by the same, &c. -
—— by Mangey, Prebendary of Durham ;
Paley, at Durham Assizes, &c.
(Two) Preached at York, by Head-
lam, in 1 vol., 4to
British Critic, 1812, &c., 11 numbers
Pamphlets, Memoir of Barclay, of Buryhill ;
Geological Society, Geology; Winch on the
Plants of Durham, &c.
— Enumeratio Filicum, by Greville, &c.
Smith, on Cucumbers, &c.; Travis on a Tumu-
lus at Scarbro’ ; Report on the Railway, from
Stockton to Darlington, 1818, &c.

1816
1828
1820
1828

PAMPHLETS, &C. ; 55

1332 Smith, Hooker and Sowerby’s Supplement to
| English Botany, coloured plates, numbers 1-41,
- &c., few odd numbers, 1829, 1835

1333 Hooker, Memoirs of Jack the Botanist ; Sedge-
wick’s Address to the Geological Society, in
1831; Report on the American Sea Serpent,
1818, "bc.

1334 Prize Poems, by Waddington, Hall, &c.

1335 History of Northallerton, do. of Carlisle, do. of
Ripon ; Neilson’s Greek Exercises and Key, 2
vols.; Brasse’s Euclid, with a set of Cards;
Bridge’s Trigonometry, 2 vols.

1336 Scarron, Whole Comical Works, translated by
Brown, Savage, &c., half calf 1700

Gentlemen who cannot attend the Sale, may have their Com-
missions faithfully executed by the AUcTIONEER, by G. WALKER,
Jun., PRinTER, or Mr. ANDREWS, BooksELLer, DuruHam.

Catalogues will be forwarded to any part of the United Kingdom,
upon receiving a pre-paid Letter enclosing a Twopenny Postage
Stamp. Address as above.

G, WALKER JUN. PRINTER, SADLER-STREET, DURHAM.

~

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

No. 72. JUNE 1843.

%

LVi.—WNotes on the Salmon. By Joun Brackwatt, F.L.S.

To Mr. Shaw of Drumlanrig belongs the merit of having suc-
cessfully developed the natural history of the small fish denomi-
nated Parr, whose ceconomy, prior to the enunciation of his dis-
coveries, was involved in obscurity, and was the occasion of much
perplexity and hypothetical reasonmg among British ichthyolo-
gists. By a series of well-conceived and skilfully conducted
experiments he has not only proved that the parr is neither a
hybrid nor a species swt generis, but has clearly established the
interesting and important truth that it is the young of the
salmon.

Residing im the immediate vicinity of the river Conway, for
some years past my attention as a naturalist and a fly-fisher has
been directed to the finny inhabitants of its waters, and to the
salmon in particular. In the course of my researches several
remarkable facts relative to the latter species in its earlier stages
of growth have come under my observation; Ist, that young
males, exhibiting all the characters of the parr, frequently have
the lobes of milt fully matured, while females of the same size
have the lobes of roe in so backward a state that it is necessary
to employ a magnifier im order to distinguish the ova ; 2nd, that
these males shed their milt in the ensuing winter months; 3rd,
that the males of salmon-smolts are found to have shed their milt
before they descend to the sea, though the lobes of roe in the
females are then of very small dimensions ; and 4th, that smolts
may be made to assume the barred appearance of parrs by care-
fully removing their silvery scales.

Perceiving that Mr. Shaw, in his “ Experimental Obser gato
on the Development and Growth of Salmon-fry,” published in the
fourteenth volume of the ‘ Transactions of the Royal Society of
Edinburgh,’ had noticed the pheenomena enumerated above, which
serve, however, in some measure, to corroborate the accuracy of
his views, I put aside my notes in which they are recorded, and
probably never might have recurred to them again had not an
abstract of a paper “ On the Growth of the Salmon,” by Mr. John

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2h

410 Mr. J. Blackwall’s Notes on the Salmon.

Young, given in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’
vol. xi. p. 157, induced me once more to turn to them, under the
impression that they comprised evidence in favour of a conclusion
opposed to that arrived at by the latter observer.

Concurring with Mr. Shaw as regards the history of the sal-
mon from its rupturing the external capsule of the egg to the pe-
riod when it acquires the migratory dress and descends to the sea,
Mr. Young has endeavoured to determine, by observations made
upon marked individuals, the growth of this species after its first
arrival in the salt water. 3

In the months of April and May 1837, he marked a consider-
able number of descending smolts by making a peculiar perfora-
tion in the caudal fin by means of small nipping-irons; in the
course of the ensuing months of June and July many of them
were recaptured ascending the river as grilse, and weighing se-
veral pounds each, more or less, according to the difference m the
length of their sojourn in the sea. Again, he marked a number
of descending smolts in April and May 1842, by clipping off the
adipose fin, and in June and July he caught some of them return-
ing up the river, the adipose fin being absent. One of these spe-
cimens, marked in April and recaptured on the 25th of July,
weighed seven pounds, and another, marked in May and recap-
tured on the 30th of July, weighed three pounds and a half.

Many small grilse, marked after they had spawned im winter
and were about to redescend into the sea, in the course of the en-
suing summer were recaptured as finely formed salmon, ranging
from nine to fourteen pounds in weight, the difference still de-
pending upon the length of their sojourn in the sea. A specimen
marked as a grilse of four pounds in January 1842, was recaptured
as a salmon of nine pounds in July.

A salmon which had spawned, weighing twelve pounds, was
marked on the 4th of March, and was recaptured on its return
from the sea on the 10th of July, weighing eighteen pounds.

Such are the experiments detailed in the report of Mr. Young’s
paper, and the inference deduced from them and others of a si-
milar kind is that the growth of the salmon in its transition from
a smolt to a grilse, from a grilse to the perfect state as to form
and aspect, and also in the perfect state, is extraordinarily rapid
during those portions of its existence which are passed in the sea,
but Mr. Young entertains the opinion that salmon rather dimi-
nish than imerease while they remain in fresh water.

Now, though it is an undoubted fact that great deterioration
in the condition and, consequently, in the weight of salmon uni-
formly takes place while they are engaged in perpetuating their
species, yet that the growth of young individuals which do not
accompany their congeners to the sea is steadily progressive, ob-

Mr. J. Blackwall’s Notes on the Salmon. 411

servation and experiment plainly show. Salmon-fry from seven
to eight inches long, having all the characters of the parr, may be
taken in the Conway and its tributary streams in small numbers
in the month of June, after the smolts of the season have entirely
quitted those rivers, and, occasionally, I have obtained specimens
of still larger dimensions, weighing four ounces. The physical
cause, whatever it may be,which prevents these fish from acquiring
the migratory dress and instinct of their species, evidently does not
prevent them from increasing in growth and improving in condi-
tion, even the males which have shed their milt presenting every
appearance of renovated health and vigour.

Mr. Yarrell, in his ‘ History of British Fishes,’ vol. u. p. 21,
states that a large landed proprietor in Scotland, in April 1831,
put a dozen or two of small salmon-fry, three or four inches long,
into a newly-formed pond between three and four acres im extent.
No fishing was allowed in this pond till the summer of 1838,
when several of these salmon were taken, weighing from two to
three pounds, perfectly well-shaped, well-coloured, and well-fla-
voured. As these fish must have been in their second year when
put into the pond, it follows that they attained to the weight of
two or three pounds in rather more than three years.

In the Supplement to the second volume of Mr. Yarrell’s work
other examples of the growth of young salmon in fresh water are
given (pp. 5,6), from which it appears that in one instance there
was an increase in weight of eleven or twelve ounces in sixteen
months, and in another instance an increase of fourteen or fifteen
ounces in twenty-seven months.

I shall now proceed to inquire into the growth of the salmon
during its sojourn in the sea. |

Early in the month of June, salmon in high condition, ranging
from three to five pounds in weight, ascend the Conway m con-
siderable numbers if the state of the water be favourable ; but that
they cannot be identical with the smolts of the same year 1s ma-
nifest, because the inversion of established physiological principles
is Involved in the opposite supposition ; for as great numbers of
grilse weighing from half a pound to a pound come up the same
river in August, full two months later than the former, there is
no escaping from the unphilosophical conclusion to which sucha
hypothesis leads; namely, that young salmon decrease in size as
they increase in age. To avoid the awkwardness of this dilemma,
it is only necessary to admit the identity of the small grilse which
ascend the Conway in August with the smolts of the preceding
spring ; and this view of the subject, which, if correct, completely
‘subverts the theory of the all but preternatural growth of the sal-
mon in salt water, derives support from the gradual increase of

) 2h 2

412 Mr. J. Blackwall’s Notes on the Salmon.

this species in size when restricted to fresh water, and from some
circumstances attending the loss of its teeth from the vomer.

Adult salmon of average dimensions are known to have one or
two teeth only at the anterior extremity of the vomer, though
smolts have the same part amply provided with teeth extending
along a great portion of its length. In the summer of 1840 I
examined numerous specimens of salmon in various stages of
erowth, for the purpose of ascertaming the period at which the
teeth begin to disappear from the vomer and the order in which
they are shed. Specimens weighing from two to five pounds,
taken im the months of June and July, had from three to seven
teeth on the anterior part of the vomer, the number, allowing for
the difference in condition, bemg almost always inversely as the
weight ; and individuals of a larger size, captured at the same time,
usually retained one or two teeth only, situated quite at its ante-
rior extremity. Other specimens weighing from half a pound to
a pound, taken in the month of August, were found to have the
vomer well supplied with teeth except at its posterior part, from
which some had been lost invariably. The situation which the
lost teeth have occupied is distinctly marked by dark spots m
small grilse, but as they increase in size these spots become more
obscure and, ultimately, are obliterated.

As the teeth disappear from the vomer gradually and nearly in
regular succession, those at the posterior part bemg shed first, it
follows that the youngest fish, generally speaking, will have lost
the fewest ; consequently, the small grilse which ascend the Con-
way in August may be safely regarded as identical with the smolts
which descended the same river in the preceding spring.

Having attempted to show that the growth of the salmon du-
ring its first visit to the sea is not so rapid as has been supposed,
I may state that I see no reason for believing that it is accelerated
in an extraordinary degree at any subsequent period of its life.
The salmon which come up the Conway annually exhibit every
gradation in weight from half a pound, or under, to twenty-five
and thirty pounds; this would hardly be the case were the belief
im their extremely rapid growth well-founded, neither would in-
dividuals of large dimensions bear so very small a numerical pro-
portion as they are known to do to those of a medium size.

In pursuing researches of this description it is desirable that
measurement should be attended to as well as weight, for salmon
of the same weight precisely often differ remarkably in their di-
mensions according to the condition they are in; and the neglect
of this circumstance, I am inclined to think, has contributed
greatly to encumber the question with difficulties.

I feel unwilling to offer any comments upon Mr. Young’s ex-

\

Mr. J. Blackwall’s Notes on the Salmon. 413

periments, not being in possession of all the particulars given by
the author in connexion with them; but I may be permitted to
remark, that condition, considered with reference to weight, must
have exercised no small share of influence in the case of the grilse
marked by him after they had spawned in winter, and recaptured
in the ensuing summer as finely-formed salmon weighing from
nine to fourteen pounds ; in the instance of the specimen marked
as a grilse of four pounds in January 1842, and retaken as a sal-
mon of nine pounds in July; and also in that of the salmon weigh-
ing twelve pounds, marked on the 4th of March, after it had
spawned, and recaptured on the 10th of July, weighing eighteen
pounds.

For the following table of-the dimensions and weight of salmon
differing in condition I am indebted to my brother, Mr. Thomas
Blackwall.

Length in inches. Girth in inches. Weight in pounds,
BD © esesienecous 13 oseecerensss 5)
BEE} wisnesiesee vs LY: Uae Sa 5
I Serseiis chu Geel 1M alenesmeeind 5
EIA dedeetsccens Rao Wiwasseeete fi
BPO PE weablecas ce. BI isda Pease 7
BR esi. 7 Pe ee ae 82
EUS oon LF ede aeedddses 9
Ee Der WS N80 devia cline, 114
oo) We Fs ikteeveucee 114
BE Pies sis UE Bros Mao sides 152
BH Nia scceve. SS, Fe scissile 16
Bae: Ms Habhbiveses.’ | Sa 183
Sot Vy scartereyess HE es iho ae ehed 183
BOs. cudevarsinines ls a soma uw erie 20
42 s~sienaniia eee NS jo caves ganna 21
| BO. Voce als 23
Bes tah ieagdenaien <a Lp DES prere —

The salmon which ascend the Conway are frequently infested
externally by the Caligus curtus of Muller, and mternally by En-
tozoa, three perfectly distmect species bemg sometimes found in
the intestines of the same imdividual. These internal parasites
abound in salmon newly arrived in the fresh water ; but in various
specimens which I have examined in March, when they had
spawned and were about to return to the sea, scarcely any were
tobe seen. My observations, however, are too limited to warrant
the deduction of any general conclusions in relation to this curious
subject, which certainly merits further mvestigation.

P.S. I have ascertained by repeated dissections of the young

of the Salmon Trout, Salmo trutta, that the males of that species
shed their milt before they descend to the sea, but that the fe-

414 Dr. Bellingham on the Bottle-nose Whale.

males do not spawn till they return from their first visit to the
salt water, though some inequality in the development of the ova
may frequently be perceived towards the end of April and the
beginning of May in specimens measuring from six to seven
iches in length which have assumed the migratory dress. Young
salmon trouts weighing from half a pound to a pound are ob-
served to ascend the Conway in considerable numbers every year
in August, and adults of large dimensions are, at all times, very
much scarcer than those of a medium size. From these facts I am
led to infer that the salmon trout, in its ceconomy and rate of
srowth, bears a close resemblance to the salmon.
Oakland, May 8th, 1843.

LVII.—Short description of a Bottle-nose Whale stranded upon
the coast of the co. Louth in the autumn of 1840. Communicated
to the Nat. Hist. Society of Dublin, by O. B. Betiineuam,
DS

A specIMEN of Hyperoodon Butzkopf became entangled on the
evening of Oct. 6, 1840, upon a bed of rocks, which run some
distance mto the sea, and are partially uncovered at low water, off
Salterstown near Dunany Point, co. Louth, and next morning
was found nearly dead by some fishermen, by whom it was towed
to Johnstown Beach.

It was a male, and measured 23 feet 7 inches in length ; the
greatest circumference behind the pectoral fins 18 feet 8 inches ;
snout measured 2 feet 7 mches, and the tail 6 feet across.

The skin was smooth, polished, and of an olive-black colour.

Eyes small, dark, and somewhat larger than those of the ox ;
immediately behind each eye was an opening about 5 inches in
length and 2 broad.

There were 2 small teeth im the extremity of the lower jaw,
buried at least 2 mches in the gum.

No remains of food were found on examination in the stomach
or intestines. ,

The blubber yielded upwards of 120 gallons of oil.

Observations.—The Hyperoodon Butkzopf of Lacépéde, Hy-
peroodon bidens of Fleming, Ceto-diodon Hunteri of Jacob, Bottle-
head of Dale, and Bottle-nose Whale with two teeth of Hunter, is
so little known to British naturalists that the most trifling parti-
culars respecting it possess interest. This is the third specimen of
this species which with the last four years has been stranded
upon the same part of the coast of the co. Louth; two of these

* A drawing of the animal, made by Licut. Raye, R.N., was exhibited to
the meeting.

M. Miiller on Substances inelosed in Mochastones. 415

have been noticed by my friend Mr. Thompson, President of the

Belfast Natural History Society, im a communication to the 4th
volume of the ‘ Annals of Natural History ’ the head of one is
im the museum of the Royal Dublin Society, that of the other is
in the museum of the Natural History Society of Dublin; the
skeleton of the third and largest (prepared by Lieut. Raye) has
been presented by Sir Alan Bellingham to the Natural History
Society. The drawing of a recent animal by Lieut. Raye adds
considerably to the value of his communication.

Lieut. Raye’s figure of this specimen resembles much more
closely Dale’s than Hunter’s, particularly in the shape of the body
and its proportional thickness, as well as im the manner in which
the forehead rises from the snout : it differs from Dale’s figure in
the snout bemg much longer in proportion, in the lower jaw being
longer and larger than the upper, and in the dorsal fin being
placed nearer the posterior extremity of the body.

The teeth are conical, pointed, and evidently only rudimentary ;
and I could not learn that the palate was studded with any of
those little horny eminences of tubercles which have been de-
scribed, and are considered by Cuvier as rudimentary vestiges of
whalebone. |

LVIII.—On Substances inclosed in Mochastones*. By Karu
Mvetier, Physician at Detmold. Translated and commu-
nicated by the Rev. M. J. Berxeieyf.

[With a Plate. ]

§ 1. General Observations.

Since in the present day the naturalist is busied with constantly
increasing zeal in bringing to light the relics of an Antediluvian
Flora, even the slightest contribution is welcome which adds a
lnk to the great chain of those plants which are denominated
fossil.

Moreover, although in many of these remains it is scarcely
possible from fragments to determine in what part of the fossil
flora they should take their place, such notices are at least a con-
tribution to the history of those minerals in which they are found,
and so far a mite towards the history of the original condition of
the world.

On these grounds I venture to make some remarks on a sub-
ject which has at present, alas! received little attention.

* This word is evidently used with considerable latitude, and by no means .
confined to the bodies so named in this country.
¢ From the Regensburg Flora, May 21, 1842.

416 M. Miiller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones.

§ 2. History.

- As far as I know, this matter was first noticed by Blumenbach
in his ‘ Specimen archeologiz telluris terrarumque impr. Han-
noy. ser. Goetting. 1813,’ in which he pointed out the organic
nature of the so-called Dendrites, and even recognised amongst
them genera which exist at the present day.

At a later period the subject was considered worthy of especial
notice by Macculloch, who however laboured only to prove again
their organic nature (Transact. of the Geolog. Soc. of London,
u. 510; Leonh. Taschenb. f. Mineral. xin. 595*).

In this state the matter rested, and we merely find it men-
tioned occasionally in introductions to geology under the head
Chalcedony.

§ 3. On their Organic Nature.

This question springs in part from the scarcity of the substance
which gives rise to it, which is found only here and there in col-
lections of minerals, and then preserved merely as a curiosity ; in
part, from the prevailing doubt as to their vegetable origin.

People are easily induced to consider them as dendritic growths
of metallic substances, as indeed has been done by many mine-
ralogists and botanists ; but I have never heard of an explanation
how such growths take place.

I must indeed add, that amongst these inclosed bodies others
are found whose organic origin cannot be denied, though I have
never found the former with such a form or texture under the
microscope, without whose help no judgement can be formed.

While some allow their organic nature, we hear others too fre-
quently speak of them as belonging to the category of sports of
nature. But, it may be asked, what is a sport of nature? The
dendritic formations in marly slate are brought forward as proofs
of the existence of fortuitous forms in nature. How far they are
related to the bodies m question I cannot say, not having paid
especial attention to them.

Even they however depend on fixed laws, under whose activity
they are produced, since thei forms so constantly recur.

But how is it possible m the remotest degree to speak here of
sports of nature, when so many forms so frequently recur in these
inclosed bodies ?

To prove their vegetable nature without the help of the micro-
scope, Macculloch advised treating them with sulphuric acid, which
turned them black. This method should seem however to be less
practical than it appears at first, for many morganic inclosed sub-

* It is to be regretted that M. Miiller had no opportunity of seeing Mr.

Bowerbank’s admirable memoir, who however appears to have observed no-
thing which he considered as referable to the vegetable kingdom.—M. J. B.

M. Miller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones. 417

stances may also become black under its influence. One circum-
stance indeed goes far to prove their vegetable nature, namely, that
those portions of the mineral, whether it be chalcedony or quartz,
where the bodies are exposed, do not admit of being polished, but
being stained by the polishing-oil always remain tarnished.

§ 4. On the Inclosed Bodies themselves.

The number will probably be found considerable, when they
shall have been rescued from the curiosity-drawer and have been
observed and described. Something complete can be expected
only from the labours of many. It is to be wished, for mstance,
that the botanists about Oberstemm would turn their attention to
this subject, where of a certamty many a treasure is thrown away
as useless amongst the chips which are made by the agate-
grinders.

I was permitted to examine a large quantity of inclosed sub-
stances, and what I discovered amongst them will for the most
part appear from what follows.

1. Intricate deposits of different colours, mostly black or red-
brown. They are very frequent, and resemble, under the micro-
scope, mould; that is, they are compressed, transparent, without
distinct cellular structure adhering after the manner of vegetables,
and plainly converted into coal.

Since other vegetable substances frequently accompany these,
it is clear that they are really mould which was formed before the
mineral had received its present physical form. Found at Ober-
stein.

2. A moss in fructification. It was surrounded by such a mass
of mould that it was impossible to discover anything accurately
as to its structure, or to come to the least decision as to its genus.
The capsule had the form of that of a Hypnum. The peristome
was not present.

The fact however is of importance as aweighty argument against
the devotees of sports of nature. Found at Oberstein.

3. In a bright, clouded chaleedony, im which traces of water
were still visible, fragments of a Chara occurred. They consisted of
fine, much-branched, glaucous green stems entangled with one
another, and among which some branches occurred which were
incrusted as if with lime. I could not discover any whirled frag-
ments. The occurrence of water in chalcedony was interesting,
which was confirmed by the late Prof. Zenker. Found at Oberstein.

In another reddish chalcedony I found a great mass of erect
stems disposed with exceeding regularity. They were almost all
in the same position, quite simple, and strongly incrusted with
lime (?). The upper surface of the stone, where they were ex-
posed to view, was sprinkled with black dots, which is very na-

418 M. Miiller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones.

tural, as such places, as said above, become black from the oil
used in polishing. Found at Oberstein.

4. Plate X. fig. 1.—A Conferva in a green jasper [Prase].
Threads simple, short, curved, containing spiral threads (7). 6—d.

I am obliged to place a note of doubt here, since I am not quite
sure whether what I saw was a spiral as in Zygnema: I have
figured what I did see at 0.

It is a very difficult task to examine objects like this. We can
examine only that portion which hes close to the surface, and it
is then always matter of chance whether one falls in with anything
of interest. I was unable to prepare thin sections, as the speci-
mens were not my own property.

I was besides obliged to make my observations mostly by means
of concentrated lamp-lght, in order to transmit more hght through
the whole stone, and may therefore have been subject to some
optical deception.

I could not ascertain the exact place in the system of Algee to
which the Conferva belonged, bemg unable to ascertain its mner
structure. The thickness of the threads, which are distinct though
congregated, seems to place them im the series of true Confervacee,
as Conferva, Zygnema, &ce.

In conformity with the intention of these notes, I am content
to draw attention to the fact, in the hope that later inquiries, should
I be so fortunate as to meet again with similar objects, may throw
more light upon the matter. Found in Scotland.

5. Plate X. fig. 2, a—Mass lobed, glaucous green, compressed.

A remarkable formation, resembling altogether a compressed
dried Nostoc, which it resembles alsoim colour. Indeed I know
not with what else to compare it.

The vegetable has certainly once been a frons plicata, since we
find the single folds lying one over the other. They are not of
equal thickness ; their colour is also here and there darker, where
the layers of folds are darker. The outline is very delicate and
distinct.

Under the microscope the whole appears lke a compressed ma-
cerated mass. I could not perceive the moniliform sporidia which
are peculiar to the genus Nostoc, probably in consequence of their
having been separated from one another by enormous pressure.

The great distinctness of the frond seems to bespeak its affinity
to Nostoc, as the lower Algze, Palmella, Coccochloris, Microloa,
&e., under such pressure would scarcely have preserved their out-
line, their mass being too gelatinous, while m most species of
Nostoc it is of a firmer consistence. From want of globules it is
impossible to name it.

Fig.2,b—g.—In certain portions of the frond under small mag-
nifying powers appear some darker specks, If these are followed

M. Miiller on Substances inelosed in Mochastones. 419

up gradually with higher powers they appear as represented at
b—g; they are of the same colour as the frond and he scattered
upon it, as if pressed to it. They are tender, scale-like mem-
branes (?) jagged at the border. |

It is surprising to find structures like these, which are the last
one should expect to find upon what, judging from habit, I have
considered as a Nostoc.

Many no longer retain their original orbicular form ; and more
are frequently torn into many divisions as at (e).

If we inquire what this formation probably is, it is very pleasing
to be able to give a certain answer : they are forms which belong
to the great family Desmidiacee amongst Algze, and indeed to the
genus Micrasterias.

It has the greatest affinity with Micrasterias lacerata, Kiitzing,
and I leave it for a while to the judgement of algologists.

Since hitherto Micrasteria are known only as hydrophytes, the
Nostoc must also be a water Alga. Found at Idar in the princi-
pality of Birkenfeldt.

6. Fig. 4—9.—More or less round, pinnate, moss-like fronds,
with a yellow-brown substratum, in the middle of which is gene-
rally a circle with a dot in its centre. Under the microscope the
texture appears as in the foregoing, macerated, and we can there-
fore judge only from habit what the production may be.

If we examine first the circle in its centre, with its own central
dot, it appears that this is the pomt to which the object was fast-
ened, and from whence as a centre the other branches proceeded. .
It must have been gelatinous, more or less globose, as appears
from the gradually fading colour and the very thin compressed
membrane ; it must have been conglobated, so as to receive its
present orbicular form. ‘The feather-like lmes were branches,
whose branchlets were also gelatinous and conglobated.

This again then belongs to the family of Alge, being most
nearly allied to Chetophora amongst the Nostochinee, whose frond,
as in Chet. endiviefolia, exhibits a similar branched structure.
Found in a clear chalcedony from Oberstein.

7. Fig. 10.—Red organic masses, appearing to the naked eye as
small, more or less isolated dots, occurring in a clear chalcedony.
The circumjacent parts are yellow. This yellow field is bordered
by similar red: dots, only larger and more distinct and tolerably
isolated.

Under a weak magnifying power they appear like more or less
oval balls, generally very regular, sometimes much torn and
crushed, the one dark red, the other reddish yellow.

As in fig. 2, a higher magnifying power surprises the inqui-
ring eye, when these dots, which still appear superficial and
isolated, are found to exhibit the forms represented in the
figures c—s.

420 M. Miller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones.

c, d, f, g, h, 2, k, U, n le mostly at the side of the yellow field
at (a); the remaining figures in the midst of the chalcedony, which
they completely fill.

The first appear as large, globular and spiral, the latter as more
or less oval; these again as reddish yellow, those as almost tile-red
bodies. Both have the same peculiarity, that they assume the
form of a mushroom: e, f, m, 0, p. There occur also frequently
thin, skinny, banded remains, as at g. Their size is very variable.
At the first glance all these bodies have so much resemblance to
the fruit of Characea, that one might feel satisfied in considering
them as such in reality. The banded spiral divisions bespeak as
much ; yet it does not appear probable, as the bodies, so fre-
- quently confined to a small space, lie collected together m heaps.
No single organic remain is found amongst them, and it is be-
sides inconceivable that, supposing them to be the fruit of Chare,
not a single vestige of the stem should remain.

That amongst them clearly younger individuals and of a similar
formation are perceptible, may afford an argument that they could
be assigned to the animal kingdom. I have not observed extre-
mities, feet, &c. ;

I cannot venture to say more on this matter, but perhaps the
same bodies may be found by some other observer under other
peculiar circumstances, whence we may fortunately be able to
draw some conclusion. Found in Siberia.

8. Migs.3 & 11.—Fig. 11. [have given in fig. a—k the magni-
fied representations of the very isolated red dots at (a) in a chal-
cedony likewise from Siberia. They may be thought very con-
fused, but they are true copies of what I saw. The single dots
are of such a size that their outline can be distinguished by the
naked eye. I have figured almost every dot which lying near
the surface could be distinctly observed, and almost every one bore
the marks of powerful destruction.

In spite of this inroad on these so remarkable and beautiful red
bodies, it is not difficult to form a clear notion of the original
form from the individual fragments.

The body was circular, as appears easily, and the figures f, d, g
seem to give perfect assurance of the fact, since only a round body
could be pressed so flat, as is the case in both these instances.
Some other dots which I found showed the same form and struc-
ture, so that I considered it superfluous to figure them here for
further confirmation. I give exactly what I found.

The circular body was moreover furnished with an epidermis,
as is clear from d, g, h. This seems to have been dark red. It
was filled with a loose marrow (6—A) inclining from orange to
purple-red. Where this was extremely compressed the colour is
of course lighter, m consequence of the mass being thinner. This
is illustrated by b—e.

M. Miller on Substances inclosed in Mochastones. 421

In the centre of the globular body was a conformable dark red
nucleus e—h, k.

Finally the whole mass was gelatinous ; as is indicated by the
thick indistinct outlines of all the figures and by the body marked
(2), from whose central opening the nucleus appears pressed,
which betokens clearly a gelatinous nature.

The nucleus is found of various sizes, probably merely from dif-
ference of age. At (k) one is seen almost isolated.

Fig. 3.—These figures also belong here, and are remarkable
and interesting enough. This chalcedony came from Oberstein,
whereas the other came from Siberia. The globules marked in
outline are here more aggregated than in fig. 11, but they ex-
hibit the same structure and colour.

What these bodies are I dare scarcely conjecture. Here also
there are no organic remains; and would we compare them with
some vegetable organ, the most appropriate should seem to be
some kind of berry. I must however repeat what was said under
fig. 10: the collection of the bodies into a small space, and the
absence of other organic remains, are against such a supposition.

Have we however before us some pristine mhabitant of the
water belonging to the animal kingdom? If so, the black nucleus
must represent some organ ; possibly the stomach.

We must here also wait patiently for further researches, and
content ourselves with the little which I am able with my feeble
powers to offer. May they only lead to further inquiries ; if so,
I shall be satisfied.

§ 5. In what state are the Inclosed Substances found ?

If the worthy Goeppert, in the introduction to his work on fossil
plants, assumes three conditions (vid. Flor. 1840, p. 482), this
section may be regarded as indicating a fourth. For here clearly
the plants have undergone no chemical change. They were in-
closed in the original soft mass of the chalcedony, and so, when
this hardened, became impervious to atmospheric air and other
chemical agents. As also amber and copal present their insects
well-preserved, so here the mineral offers us its plants.

The whole alteration consists merely in the highly compressed
state im which most of the objects are found. The substance of
the plants is still precisely what it was at first.

In conclusion I have only to state, that all the objects examined
are in the admirable mineralogical collection of M. Siegismund of
Jever, a most excellent and obliging naturalist.

422 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

LIX.—Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By
Joun Ricnarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of
Hospitals, Haslar. |

{Continued from p. 359.]

JULIS AURICULARIS (Cuv. ef Vai.), Har-marked Julis.
No. 18. Lieut. Emery’s drawings.

I am inclined to consider the beautiful drawing here quoted
as a representation of the Julis auricularis (Hist. des Poiss.
xiii. p. 489) discovered in King George’s Sound by MM. Quoy
and Gaimard, the naturalists of the expedition commanded
by Captain D’Urville. Lieutenant KEmery’s specimen was pro-
cured at Abrolhos on the same coast.

It measured fourteen inches in length, the head forming two-
ninths of this measurement, and slightly exceeding the height of the
body. The ventrals are acute, but not longer than the rounded pec-
torals, which equal the sixth part of the whole length. The dorsal
and anal rise equably as they run backwards to the height of one-
third of the body. The caudal is much rounded. Lips flesh-coloured ;
from thence on the upper part of the head to the dorsal fin, and down
to the middle of the eye, duck-green. Cheeks and operculum scar-
let, terminating by a horizontal line even with the angle of the
mouth, beneath which the colour is pale reddish lilac. Tip of the
eill-flap smalt-blue, with a red spot and a black posterior edging.
The pectoral region from the gill-opening to the anus and up to the
level of the point of the gill-cover is white, which ends squarely be-
hind. The ground-colour of the remainder of the body is vermilion-
red, which takes a lakish tint on the flanks. ‘lhe whole side is re-
gularly streaked by sixteen stripes, a little narrower than the inter-
vening spaces, and of a pistachio-green colour, except the two upper
ones, which are smalt-blue. A rectangular black mark crosses the
middle of the first two dorsal rays; the border of the fin is marked
longitudinally by six waving gallstone-yellow lines, and the part be-
neath is crossed obliquely by crowded lines of the same colour. The
anal wants the black spot, but is otherwise coloured exactly like the
dorsal, Four coarser undulating gallstone-yellow lines cross the ex-
tremity of the caudal, and there are five round spots of the same hue
on the proximal half of the fin; its ground tint being pale blue; each
of its rounded corners is occupied by a narrow pale lilac crescent.
The bright gamboge-yellow pectoral has three black streaks along
its upper edge, and the ventrals are striped with deep lilac and yel-
low. The iris is painted with blue and scarlet concentric rings.
The specimen described by M. Valenciennes had lost its original
colours, though some tracings of the markings remained, which do
not correspond well with the drawing here described.

Figure 13 of Lieutenant Kmery’s drawings represents a fish
which was also taken at Abrolhos. It resembles the above so
closely in its form and in the general arrangement of its

the Ichthyology of Australia. 423

markings, that [cannot venture, on the authority of the figures
alone, to consider it as more than a variety or perhaps a
sexual dress.

Its dorsal and anal fins are however lower, and scarcely increase
in height posteriorly. The ground-colour of the whole body beneath
the lateral line is sulphur-yellow, and the longitudinal lines are buff-
coloured, much fainter on the breast than elsewhere. A broad stripe
of scarlet covers the snout, includes the eye, and, narrowing as it
goes, runs backwards to the caudal fin. The back above it is brown-
ish red, with two lines of a paler tint, occupying the place of the
smalt-blue ones of the preceding variety. A bright king’s-yellow
tints the cheek and gill-cover, and fades to white on the throat. The
gill-cover is tipped with black. The dorsal and anal are coloured
like those of the preceding fish, except that there are only four lon-
gitudinal lines on their borders, and that the black mark on the dor-
sal is triangular. The pectoral is buff-coloured and unspotted, the
ventral edged with buff, and the caudal crimson, crossed in the mid-
dle by three waving buff- ciate stripes, and haying its angles pale
lilac as in No. 18.

JULIS? RUBECULA.

Sparus rubecula, Solander, Pisc. Austr. p.6; Parkinson, Bib. Banks.
fig. 2. 36. no. 20.

Parkinson’s drawing, quoted above, represents a fish which
was taken on Cook’s first voyage, in Toteranue or Ship Cove,
one of the harbours of Queen Charlotte’s Sound. The species
is not noticed by the authors of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’
but I think that its general aspect points it out to be a Julis,
though thefigure indicates a greater number (eleven) of spinous
dorsal rays than any member of that genus is knownto possess.
Solander describes the colours of the recent fish, but does not
mention the number of the rays, or the form of the pharyn-
geal teeth, so as to clear up the doubts occasioned by the
unfinished state of the drawing.

The length of the sketch is eleven inches, and the height of the
body or length of the head is exactly equal to a fifth part thereof.
The caudal has a slightly concave margin, or rather its acute, falcate
angles project a fifth part beyond the straight intermediate mem-
brane. ‘The dorsal rises slightly in its course backwards and ends
acutely, but not in a slender point. The anal has a similar form,
and the points of both fins reach the base of the caudal. Eleven
spinous rays are indicated, occupying a third part less space than the
soft part of the fin, and having the membrane behind their tips
notched. The rounded pectoral just exceeds a sixth of the length
of the fish. The ventrals are shorter, and terminate nearly their own
length before the anus. The lateral line, traced continuously on the
third row of the large scales which cover the body, follows the curve
of the back till it passes beyond the dorsal, when it descends sud-
denly in a short oblique line, and then runs straight to the base of

424 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

the caudal. The profile of the head blends gradually with the curve
of the back, the gill-cover appears to be much rounded off poste-
riorly, and the conical teeth are slightly curved and diminish rapidly
in size as they recede from the symphysis. There is no canine tooth
at the angle of the mouth, and no scales are depicted on the head.
“ Sparus rubecula. (‘Kurakura’ aboriginorum.) Habitat prope ‘Cape
Kidnappers.’ Corpus vivide rubrum, subtus pallidum. Pinna dor-
salis saturate rubra, superne punctis fusco-sanguineis adspersa.
Pinnze pectorales rubicundz, immaculate. Pinnz ventrales pallide
incarnate, apice rubescentes. Pinna analis ex aurantiaco-rubra.
Pinna caudalis saturissime aurantiaca, fascia lata, nigra ad basin.”
‘“* Varietas pallidior. Totus piscis pallidior, pinna dorsali incarnata,
punctis lineisque sanguineis adspersa, pinna caudali flavicante, alias
simillimus.” (Solander, Pisc. Austr. p. 5.) In the figure the tint
of the head is dark lake-red, that of the body lighter, and of the
caudal yellow, with a lilac edging and a well-defined even black bar
across its base.

Several other members of the genus described in the ‘ Hi-
stoire des Poissons’ have one or more black bars on the tail
or caudal fin, but they differ materially from rudecula in other
characters. Among these are Julis cingulum and J. caudima-
cula. Mr. Gilbert’s collection contains a species obtained at
the island of Timor, which approaches very near to caudima-
cula (C. & V. xiii. p. 465), and it may be only a variety of
that fish, but it offers a different distribution of colours, though
it has the same black bar across the tail. As it has not ac-
tually been detected on the Australian coasts, a description
of it is foreign to the precise object of this paper. The Cre-
nilabrus chabrolit of Lesson, which is the Cossyphus maldat
of the * Histoire des Poissons,’ has also a black bar on the
trunk of the tail, but farther removed from the caudal fin than
in rubecula. The fish also differs from the latter in the pre-
sence of conspicuous scaly fillets at the base of the dorsal and
caudal, in the elongation of the ventrals, in the rounded cau-
dal, in the brilliant streaks on the head, the rows of spots on
the body, and in its very different general aspect, which is
peculiar to the genus Cossyphus, while the rubecula has more
the character of a Julis. The Labrus ephippium is another of
the family which has its tail encircled by a black or deep blue
ring. It has nine spinous rays in the dorsal, is well cha-
racterized by a saddle-shaped black patch on the back, and is
supposed to be a native of the Javan sea. As the distance
between Timor and the islands leading to Java is not great
from the north-west coast of Australia, and their parallels
of latitude differ little, we may expect to find much similarity
in their ichthyology.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 425

JULIS 2? RUBIGINOSUS.

Sparus rubiginosus, Parkinson, Banks. Bib. fig, 2. 38. no. 4; Solander,
Pise. Austr. p. 7.

This fish was discovered on the coast of New Zealand on
Cook’s first voyage. Parkinson’s figure was done after a spe-
cimen taken at Mattaruhow, and Solander has given the fol-
lowing account of the colours of one obtained off Kidnapper’s
Cape :— )

“ Sparus rubiginosus. Corpus pallide rubiginosum, macula oblonga
transversali in singula squama. Caput rubrum subtus pallidum.
Iris rubro-argentea ; pupilla nigra. Pinna dorsalis livido-rubicunda,
maculis sub-ocellaribus e viridi lutescentibus. Pinnz ventrales et
pectorales rubicunde, immaculate. Pinna analis similis pinne dor-
sali, sed prope basin serie jam unica ocellorum rubicundorum. Pinna
caudalis basi et lateribus e nigricanti-violacea, in medio olivacea.
Habitat oceano prope Kidnappers.”—(Pisc. Austr. p. 7.)

Sclander mentions, without describing, a variety taken at the same
place. Parkinson’s figure exhibits a fish having the same profile
ot the head and body with the Julis decussatus (Cuv. et Val. xiii.
p- 433) figured in Bennett’s ‘ Fishes of Ceylon’ (No. 14), except that
the height of the body is a trifle less, being contained thrice and
one-half in the total length, caudal included. The mouth is small
with thickish lips, which are represented shut, so that the teeth are
not seen. The caudal is lunate on the margin, with the points acute
and projecting about a fifth part of the length of the fin beyond the
central rays. The spinous part of the dorsal is nearly even, or
rather higher anteriorly, and contains nine or ten rays, which occupy
somewhat less space than the jointed rays, of which about eleven or
twelve are indistinctly indicated. ‘The membrane is notched between
the spines, the dorsal and anal terminate rather acutely, and their
tips reach the base of the caudal. ‘The pectorals are rounded and
longer than the ventrals, which do not reach to the anus. The
scales are large, and their uncovered discs have the form of vertical
rhombs. There are several rows of small ones on the base of the
tail. The lateral line is continuous, and has a sudden descending
flexure opposite to the end of the dorsal. Four rows of spots are
shown on the fore half of the anal, and three on the spinous portion
of the dorsal.

The colours of the New Zealand Ladrus pecilopleura, as
described in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons,’ are not very dissi-
milar to those ascribed by Solander to the rudiginosus; but
the pecilopleura is not so high a fish, its caudal fin is square,
its dorsal low, and its pectorals rather large.

7 JULIS? NOTATUS.
Sparus notatus, Parkinson, Bibl. Banks. fig.37 ; Solander, Pisc. Austr.
This is also a New Zealand fish, taken on the same voyage.
Parkinson’s drawing in outline is from an example captured
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi.

426 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

in Toteranue, a cove of Queen Charlotte’s Sound. Solander’s
description of one taken off Tolaga, in lat. 384° S. long. 1813",
is as follows. ;

*« Sparus notatus. Habitat Tolaga. Piscis interdum pedalis, vi-
rescens, inferne albus. Squamze dorsi et laterum postice fusces-
centes. Macula magna nigricans utrinque paulo pone medium. Iris
flavo-argentea: pupilla nigra. Pinna dorsalis sordide e cinereo-
virescens, maculis fuscis et rubentibus. Obs. pone maculam lateralem
fascie duee obsoletissime, fuscescentes, seu nebulosee. Pinne pecto-
rales pellucentes cum pauxillo flavedinis et rubedinis. Pinne ventrales
luteze, marginibus albis. Pinna analis lutea, basi albido-nebulosa,
maculis duabus nigris. Pinna caudalis lutescens vel rubescens. Obs.
in capite infra oculos interdum linez vel macule oblonge czruleo-
virides. Juniores pinnam dorsalem habent altius coloratam.” (Pisc.
Austr. p. 16.)

Parkinson’s figure shows that this species resembles the Julis
decussatus still more exactly in the form of the body than the pre-
ceding one, but the snout is a little more obtuse. The oval black
spot on the flank gives it some resemblance to a Cossyphus, but the
position of the spot below the lateral line distinguishes it from the
described species of that genus. ‘The caudal ends squarely, or with
a very slightly concave line, the angles neither projecting nor yet
rounded off. The dorsal rises very gently from the first spine to the end
of the soft part, which is moderately rounded, and does not quite reach
the base of the caudai: it contains nine spinous rays. The anal is
lower. The pectoral is obliquely rounded, its upper angle being
acute. ‘The ventrals do not reach the anus. The scales are rather
large, and their exposed discs have a vertical acutely oval or hexa-
gonal outline. The lateral line is continuous, and bends suddenly
under the end of the dorsal as in the preceding species.

A Sparus stellatus and Labroides asellinus are mentioned
in the ‘ Pisces Australiz,’ but as their colours only are noted,
and nothing is said of their forms, we cannot say whether
they ought to be ranked in the Wrasse family or not.

Opax virtTatus, Solander’s Odax.

Coregonoides vitiatus, Solander, Pisce. Austr. p. 1 and 89.
Callyodon coregonoides, Parkinson, pl. 44. no. 2.

This fish was discovered on Cook’s first voyage at Matta-

ruhow, on the coast of New Zealand. Solander has the fol-
lowing notices of it in his ‘ Pisces Australiz.’

“ Coregonus vitiatus. Totus piscis castaneo-umbratus, subtus
multo pallidior, et uti alibique argentum mixtum esset. Vitta ex
incarnata argentea, utrinque per medium piscem, sub basi mandibulee
inferioris incipiens, sub oculos ducta per basin pinnarum pectoralium
in media latera, ad basin pinnz analis extensa. Seepe maculz paryze
violaceze in seriebus longitudinalibus per dorsum et latera disposite.
Iris e viride argentea, Pupilla majuscula, violacea, nigra. Caput

the Ichthyology of Australia. 427

lve, subconicum. Dentes quatuor, duo in utraque maxilla, granu-
losi seu denticulis obtusis arcte imbricati. Pinnz abdominales in
antica parte abdominis, pone thoracem ut potius piscis abdominalis
quam thoracicus, etsi dentibus convenit Callyodontibus. Pinnze
omnes e fusco-castanee : pectorales et caudalis extus sordide rubi-
cunde.”’ (p. 1.)'

Pisces adulti sesquipedales, a junioribus valde variant et pro-
portione et colore. Adulti crassi sicut cum capite parvo subtus (h. e.
gula) gibbosiusculo, abdomine late rotundato. Color adultorum
fusco-cinereus, Vitta lateralie maculis magnis sordide carneis in-
terrupta, non continuata. Br.5; D.34; A.14; C.14; P. 14; V.5.
Pinna dorsalis postice altior; radius postremus subduplex. Pinna
analis itidem postice altior: radiis primis minutis. Pinnz pectorales
oblongo-rotundatz. Pinnz ventrales in thorace sed pone pinnas
pectorales site. Obs. Figura nostra exhibet piscem crassiorem,
precipue gulam.” (p. 39.)

The figure here referred to is eleven inches and a half long, and
represents a fish with a fuller head and more obtuse snout than
Odaz semifasciatus or pullus of the ‘ Histoire des Poissons.’ The eye
is farther from the profile than in either of these, and the body is
less slender, its height being just equal to the length of the head and
to one-fifth of the total length, caudal included. The dorsal undu-
lates in its height: its first four rays are equal to each other, after
which the fin gradually lowers to the thirteenth or fourteenth spine
and then rises again, so that the posterior quarter of the fin is higher
than the four anterior rays. The caudal is slightly concave, with its
angles scarcely rounded. Parkinson has added the following note
respecting the colours:—‘‘ The stripe on the side silvery, the spots
on the P. D. and P. A. transparent. The membranes of the tail trans-
parent, the spots on the side purple-gray.”’ The back is tinted dark
liver-brown, fading on the belly, with roundish spots below the lateral
line ranging from the pectoral to the caudal.

George Forster’s sketch of Odax pullus (202. Banks. Libr.),
discovered in Queen Charlotte’s Sound, New Zealand, seems,
from a query appended to it, “an Callyodon coregonoides?”
to have been considered by some annotator to be a represen-
tation of Solander’s fish. The general proportions of the fish
and the numbers of the fin-rays correspond, but the figure
does not indicate the characteristic lateral stripe of vittatus,
nor does the dorsal exactly correspond in shape, being even
for two-thirds of its length, and then rising agreeably with
the phrase in J. R. Forster’s notes as quoted by Schneider
(Scarus pullus, p. 288), “pinna dorsi longitudinalis, primum
@qualis dein adscendens.” No spots are expressed in Forster’s
pencil sketch, nor are any mentioned by Schneider. The cau-
dal is described by the latter as sublunate, and also by M.
Valenciennes, who adopts the species; but his plate (No. 408)
in the ‘ Histoire des Poissons’ exhibits an even dorsal, a

2F2

428 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

ereatly rounded caudal, and a much more slender head than
that of vittatus. This plate is probably a representation of
a fish procured by MM. Quoy and Gaimard at Port Western
in New Holland, and unless the artist has erred in the form of
the dorsal and caudal, it can scarcely be the same with Forster’s
pullus, and is still more evidently distinct from Solander’s

vittatus.
[To be continued. ]

LX.—Descriptions of British Freshwater Conferve, mostly
new, with observations on some of the Genera. By ARTHUR
Hitt Hassauz, Esq.

Genus DRAPARNALDIA.

Draparnaldia repetita. Filaments branched, consisting of a
repeated series of cells, each of which is composed of five or
six cells or utricles which gradually decrease in size from the
first or lower cell, which is rounded below, to the last or
upper one; a tuft of minutely divided filaments, similar to
those of other Draparnaldie, arises from the superior cell of
the series usually only on one side, but sometimes on both ;
the different series are not placed in a straight line imme-
diately above each other, but are arranged somewhat in a
zigzag or waved manner.

I have only once met with the above species, and then but
in small quantity ; it is therefore no less rare than it is curious.
Each series of cells is an epitome of the entire plant, which
consists but of an aggregation of these series. A sketch of it
was forwarded to Dr. Greville, who did not hesitate to agree
with myself in the opinion of its distinctness.

Draparnaldia elongata. Filaments very slender, ciliated ; cells
fasciated, usually three times as long as broad.

I once met with a considerable quantity of the above spe-
cies in a horse-trough near Cheshunt: it is however by no
means common.

Draparnaldia sparsa. Filaments highly mucous, very slender,
sparingly branched; branches acuminate, not usually ci-
liated ; cells rather broader than long.

This is by no means an uncommon species during the spring
and early part of the summer, being attached frequently to
dead leaves and sticks. In the fineness of the filaments, in the
shortness of the cells, as well as in the excessive mucosity of
its filaments, it seems to evince some relation to the genus
Chetophora (a bad name, as the species of the genera Batra-
chiospermum and Draparnaldia are likewise chetophorous).

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 429

Draparnaldia condensata. Filaments of considerable dia-
meter, sparingly branched ; branches furnished with cilia ;
cells two or three times broader than long, and usually en-
tirely filled with endochrome, which renders the demarca-
tion of the cells but little apparent.

This is one of the finest and most distinct species of the
genus. The only locality at present known for it is in a large
fish-pond, opposite Mr. Bosanquet’s school for girls, in the
parish of Wormley, Hertfordshire.

Genus VAUCHERIA.

Vaucheria aversa. Vesicles sessile, germinate, sometimes ter-
nate, in form resembling a bird’s head, the beak or summit
of each vesicle being turned in opposite directions, so that a
distinct horn or anther is required for each; anther de-
pressed ; spores circular, not filling the entire cavity of the
capsule.

I have only once met with the above species, but then in
considerable quantity and in great perfection. It differs from
Vaucheria sessilis in the form of the vesicles, and the beaks
are turned from and not towards each other as they are in all
other species.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vaucheria polysperma. Filaments minute; vesicles subsessile,
varying in number from one to five, but usually there are
three ; in form the vesicles resemble an old-fashioned bill-
hook, their beaks are long and point in the same direction ;
spores circular, not filling the entire cavity of the vesicles.

This species, which is by no means uncommon, may be di-
stinguished from all others known to me by the fineness of its
filaments, which are not half so large as those of our other
British species. I at first thought that it might be identical
with the Vaucheria ornithocephala of Agardh, but in that spe-
cies the vesicles are represented to be pedunculated, and are
either two or four in number.

It is remarkable to cbserve that in this Vaucheria there are
no distinct horns or anthera, the base of each vesicle before
its complete formation appearing to discharge the office of an
anther.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vaucheria hamata (syn. Ectosperma hamata, Vaucher, Hist.
des Conf. d’eau douce, p. 26. pl. 11. fig. 2.). Vesicles soli-
tary, pedunculated, the peduncle being divided at its sum-
mit into two short pedicels, one of which bears the spore
and its capsule, the other the curved horn.

430 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

“Tt differs from all the other Vaucherie by the manner in
which it carries its grains. The peduncles which sustain them
are very much elongated; they bear at their extremities two
little threads, the one curved, into which is inserted the anther ;
the other, shorter and straighter, carries the gram. ‘This
Conferva expands its grains at the commencement of spring.
I have seen it germinate in such a manner as that I doubt not
that these grains are really the seed.”,— Vaucher.

This is an abundant British species: I have met with it re-
peatedly in the vicinity of Cheshunt and other places during
the springs of the past and present years.

Vaucheria repens. Filaments terrestrial ; capsules sessile, so-
litary and avicular, or in the form of a bird’s head ; anthers
curved and placed in close approximation with the capsules.

I have as yet been able only to find but one specimen of
this species, which is to be distinguished from Vaucheria Dill-
wynti, the only species near to which it approaches, by the
form of the capsules, which in the latter species are spherical,

In a foot-path near Roydon, Essex, February 21st, 1843,

Genus ZYGNEMA.

Obs. Having recently had the opportunity of re-examining
two of the three species of non-conjugating Zygnemata de-
scribed in a previous paper, viz. Zygnema angulatum and Z.
intermedium, as well as many other species not yet described,
I have been able not merely to confirm the general accuracy
of the statement formerly made of the production in certain
species of spores without conjugation of the filaments, but
also have ascertained two other particulars in reference to
these most interesting productions.

The first of these relates to the fact, that union of the fila-
ments does in some rare cases occur even in those species, in
which the rule is, that the spores should be formed without
conjunction ; and this is nothing more than from analogy
might clearly have been expected, nor does it in any way affect
the importance or truth of the fact of the formation of spores
in separate filaments.

The second particular is one of much interest, and has re-
ference to the circumstance, that in some few instances more
than two apparently perfectly formed spores—three, four, or
even five—are placed in adjacent cells, and consequently that
no empty cells intervene between them, as we should expect to
find in all cases, were it an essential, that every true spore should
consist of the mingled contents of two cells. But this is only
an apparent exception to the law of the formation of spores by

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 431

the intermingling of the matter of two cells, which is appli-
cable not merely to the Zygnemata but also to true Confervee
(Vesiculasperme) and the genus Bulbochete; for although the
mixing of the endochrome of two cells be necessary, it does
not follow that the whole of this should go to constitute a single
spore IN ALL CASES, so that, consistently with the above law,
we may atrive at a satisfactory explanation of the juxtaposition
of more than two spores, by supposing, that in these compa-
ratively rare instances, each spore does not consist of the full
amount of the contents of two cells; that where three seeds
are adjacent that these are made up of the matter of five cells,
that on either side of the terminal spore being empty; that
where there are four, of the matter of six cells ; and where five,
the greatest number I have ever noticed, that these are con-
stituted by the mingling of seven cells.

The above explanation will apply not only to the non-con-
jugating Zygnemata, but also to the group of Vesiculasperms,
where there are more than two adjacent spores, an occurrence
not of greater frequency than amongst the non-conjugating
Zygnemata.

In one species of Zygnema which I have recently met with,
and which is described in this paper, yoked and unyoked fila-
ments occur plentifully, the conjugated being however by far
the most abundant: the two forms of species would appear
to be especially related through this species.

* Spores produced both with and without union of the filaments,

but most frequently in the latter way.

Zygnema varians. Filaments of less diameter than those of
Zygnema inflatum, Vaucher ; cells usually four, five or six
times as long as broad; spores elongated, formed either
with or without union of the filaments, but generally in the
former way, and lodged in cells, which become considerably
inflated for their reception ; extremities of cells inverted.
This species comes very close to Vaucher’s Conjugata in-

flata, a species recently found by Mr. Jenner, but differs from

it in the size of its filaments, number of spires, form of the
inflated cells, as well as in the greater frequency with which
union of the filaments takes place.

This species was first noticed by me in the vicinity of Ches-
hunt, since which time I have seen it amongst Conferve sent
by Mr. Ralfs, and within the last few days avery perfect spe-
cimen was forwarded to me by Mr. Jenner.

** Spores produced by conjugation.
Zygnema maximum, Annals Nat. Hist. for 1842.
This plant appears to be subject to considerable variety.

432 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

In most species of Conjugata, at the period of reproduction, a
number of contiguous cells of one filament unite with the op-
posed cells of another filament, but the arrangement is differ-
ent in specimens of this species in its ordinary state; in these
it is usually only every second or third pair of cells which
conjugate, and as soon as this conjugation is about to take
place a very curious phenomenon occurs: the spherical gra-
nules contained within the spiral coil of the pair of cells which
have united increase in size and deepen in colour, while at the
same time those contained in the intermediate cells which
have not conjugated become much smaller than they were
previous tothe union. The filaments with the cells thus united
appear to the unassisted eye to be striated or banded. ‘The
above account, as well as the description given in the § Annals’
for September, apply to the species in its ordinary condition.
Two varieties of it however occur: 1m the first the filaments do
not differ in any material respect from the ordinary ones, but
all the cells of each filament unite to form spores, as in other
Zygnemata; this they do also in the second variety, but in it
there are fewer spiral coils, usually six or seven, and these are
filled with much larger granules than those of either of the
previously mentioned conditions. The filaments of this va-
riety, which may possibly be a distinct species, from the small
number of the spires and large size of the granules, resemble
in all save diameter those of Zygnema nitidum. In all the
varieties, the spores are slightly oval, and are less than the
calibre of the cell which contains them, the cavity of which
they therefore do not fill.

Zygnema interruptum. Filaments of considerable length, and
intermediate in diameter between those of Z. maximum and
Z. nitidum ; cells at the period of conjugation rather longer
than broad, previous to this however they are frequently
not half so long as broad; spiral coils numerous; spore
oval, equalling in breadth the diameter of the cell, but not
producing any inflation of it.

This fine species comes next to Z. maximum in size. It is
estranged from Z. nitidum by the larger diameter of the fila-
ments and the greater number of its spiral coils, these being
not less than eight or ten; while from Z. delle, to which it
bears considerable resemblance, it may be distinguished by
a comparison of the filaments, which are considerably the
largest in Z. interruptum; the number of spiral tubes is also
somewhat greater in this. As in Z. maximum, in its ordinary
condition, it is only every second or third pair of cells which
unite, the granules, as in it, become likewise largest in the cells
which have conjugated.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 433

Zygnema rivulare. A variety of this species, described in the
‘Annals’ for September 1842, is sometimes met with during
the autumn in water-courses, which differs from the ordinary
condition of the species in having cells varying in length from
twice to four times their diameter, and in being of a deep green
colour. The species in its ordinary state is generally found
attached to stones, and in streams near the margin where the
current is slow. In specimens procured from such places the
filaments are of a yellowish green colour, and the cells much
longer. There is no question of the specific identity of the
variety with the species proper.

Zygnema estivum. Filaments of less diameter than those of
Z. quininum ; cells usually about four times as long as broad,
but sometimes much longer and occasionally shorter. A
single spiral tube occupies the cells, passing from side to side
in right lines.

This species is by no means uncommon, and was for a Jong
time confounded by me with the Z. quininum of Ag., from
which it differs in its smaller filaments, longer cells, and pe-
culiar zigzag disposition of the single spiral tube.

Cheshunt.

Genus MovuGeorta.

Mougeotia brevior. Filaments about equal in diameter to
those of Mougeotia genuflexa ; cells usually twice as long as
broad, but sometimes nearly four times as long. Conju-
gation angular, without the intervention of tubes.

I do not think that there can be any question of this being
specifically distinct from M. genuflexa, to which species its
filaments however bear considerable resemblance, owing to
the endochrome being of the same yellowish green colour.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Mougeotia dubia. Filaments about equal to those of M. genu-
flexa in diameter ; cells usually either four or eight times as
long as broad, but mostly only four times. Conjugation
angular and without the intervention of transverse tubes.

This species may possibly be merely a variety of M. genu-
flexa, a doubt which [ have indicated in the provisional name.
Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Mougeotia flava. Filaments about equal to those of M. major ;
cellsvarying in length from rather better than twice to nearly

_ five times their diameter, but being generally three or
three and a half times as long as broad. Conjugation an-
gular, without the intervention of tubes.

434 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

The above appears to be one of several species which have
all been confounded under the name of M. genuflexa,
Vicinity of Cheshunt,

Mougeotia quadrangulata. Filaments of less diameter than
those of M. cerulescens; cells usually six times as long as
broad ; sporangium quadrangular.

This very interesting species I for a long time confounded
with the M. cerulescens of Capt. Carmichael, an error which
I was enabled to correct through the kindness of Mr. Ralfs,
from whom I have received more than one fine specimen of
that production.

The present species differs from M. cerulescens in having
finer filaments as well as in the form of the sporangium. In
M. cerulescens the sporangium is somewhat cruciform, while
in M. quadrangulata it is quadrangular.

Found in the early part of the spring of the past year (1842),
at High Beech, Epping Forest.

Mougeotia parvula. Filaments as slender as those of V, dom-
bycina; cells usually six times as long as broad; endo-
chrome imperfectly divided into two roundish masses ;
spores circular, lodged in the transverse tubes,

I at first regarded the above species as the Zygnema ordi-
narium of the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, but that gentleman informs
me that the filaments of his species exceed in diameter those
of Z. elongatum, a much more robust Conferva than mine.

Vicinity of Cheshunt.

Vesiculifera vernalis. Y¥ilaments more robust than those of
V. Mulleri; cells usually six times as long as broad; spores
circular, contained in inflated cells, which are somewhat
narrower at one extremity than the other.

This species, which I have twice found since the commence-
ment of the present year (March 4th, 1843), once at High
Beech and again near Waltham Abbey, approaches very closely
to V. Mulleri, from which it may be known, however, by its
stouter filaments as well as the less regularly spherical form
of the seed-bearing cells.

Genus SPHZROPLEA.

Since the publication of my papers on the Vesiculasperms,
in which some remarks occurred relative to the reproduction
of the genus Spheroplea, | have received some very interest-
ing observations respecting one of the species of that genus
from Mr. Ralfs of Penzance, which I cannot do better than
transcribe in the writer’s own words.

“I believe you to be quite correct about the Vesiculasperme,

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 435

and the specimens I sent from Ilfracombe, V. princeps, were
an example of its truth. Subsequently to calling your atten-
tion to the vegetating spores, I found these to elongate and
divide into two joints, the rudiments of the filaments, but I
cannot agree when you consider the Spheroplee to have spores
similar to those of the Vesiculasperme. In the Conjugate and
Vesiculasperme, the mass as it approaches to maturity becomes
denser and appears of a more homogeneous texture. In Sphe-
roplea, on the contrary, the granules are larger and more di-
stinct in its advanced state, and my experience distinctly
proves these granules to separate and move about with a very
rapid motion resembling that of animals. This motion I first
had an opportunity of seeing in Draparnaldia tenuis, and
found it to agree with Agardh’s description in all respects,
excepting that I did not see them rupture the cells to escape.

** At Ilfracombe in June last, for the first time, I gathered
Spheroplea crispa, and examining the specimens within a few
minutes after they were gathered, I perceived to my surprise
some of the round masses, after escaping from the top of the
filaments, separate into several largish granules, of which each
of these masses was composed, and these then to dart about
with rapid motion ; and in order to have witnesses, I called u
the people of the house were I was lodging and told them to
look imto the microscope and tell me what they saw, and they
said that numerous minute insects were darting about amongst
the filaments of the plant. On my mentioning the circum-
stance to Mr. Borrer, he informed me that many years ago he
had observed the same thing to take place in the Conferva
bicolor, and that Mr. Dillwyn, on his relating it to him, said
that he supposed ‘the plant had taken physic for worms ;’ and
this tended to confirm me in the opinion of the identity of
Spheroplea crispa with the Conferva bicolor of ‘English Bo-
tany’.

*‘ Subsequently on gathering the plant at Dolgelly, I ob-
served the granules, which are slightly angular, move, but only
slowly, and a few days after, when I gathered some in order to
show the motion of the granules to my friend the Rey. T. Sal-
wey, I was unable to detect any motion at all.”

In a second communication Mr. Ralfs further observes, “ I
omitted in my last to give Mr. Berkeley as another observer
of the motion, &c. of the granules in Spheroplea crispa. When
I found it at Ilfracombe I immediately sent off a specimen to
Mr. Berkeley, and it was not until the next day that I disco-
vered the activity of the granules, of which I the same day
informed Mr. Borrer on sending him a specimen. Some time
afterwards I received an answer from Mr. Berkeley with

436 Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve.

sketches of his and my plants, and against his sketch is written
“ the granules separate into most active Zoosperms.” ‘Thus
(supposing the Conferva bicolor to be the same) we have three
different observers noticing the motion in this plant, neither
of us being aware at the time of its having been noticed by
the others.”

If there be no fallacy connected with the above highly in-
teresting remarks, and it can scarcely be supposed that there
is any, since the singular motion of the granules into which
each of the larger masses found in SpA. crispa is said to se-
parate, is not only attested by so many able observers in our
own country, but was likewise especially witnessed in this
same species by Agardh himself, for the Conferva zonata, one
of the three species more particularly submitted by him to ex-
amination is assuredly none other than the Conferva bicolor of
‘English Botany,’ and this again, it is equally certain, is the
Sph. crispa of the Rev. M. J. Berkeley as well as Conferva
lucens of Mr. Dillwyn. It would appear that I have erred in
regarding the large condensed masses of endochrome found in
the cells of C. zonata as true spores, an opinion which I at no
time entertained without a degree of misgiving. Nevertheless I
still think that I am correct in ascribing the formation of these
masses to the intermingling of the contents of adjacent cells
in the same filament, whereby fecundation may be supposed
to be effected, and which intermingling I have shown to occur
so invariably in the Vesiculasperme*.

The only undoubted species which can at present be referred
to the genus Spheroplea is the Conferva zonata of Weber, and
this would appear to present a threefold relation with other
freshwater Confervee ; first, with the Conjugate in the excessive
mucosity of its filaments; secondly, with Vesiculasperms in its
attenuated filaments and in the intermingling of the contents
of two cells; and lastly, with the branched Conferve in the
other particulars of its reproduction, amongst the species of
which group it should find its station.

The following species, if not to be regarded as a Spheroplea,
should be referred to the genus Lyngbya, and which differs
but slightly, and perhaps not in any material respect, from
Spheroplea.

Spheroplea? vermicularis. Filaments very mucous, floating, of
a light green colour, in diameter but little exceeding those
of Vesiculifera bombycina; cells usually not quite so long

* T am now able to add my own testimony to the correctness of the above
remarks. In my specimens, however, the synspores did not escape at the
top of the filament, but by apertures in the cells occasioned by their bursting.

Mr. Hassall’s Notices of British Freshwater Conferve. 437

as broad, but sometimes much longer and slightly inflated ;
endochrome at the peried of reproduction becoming mould-
ed into spherical masses similar to those of Spheroplea
zonata.

This species may generally be met with throughout the
year in boggy pools at High Beech, Epping Forest.

Genus MELOSEIRA.

The reproduction of this genus does not hitherto appear to
have been at all understood; I believe, however, from the oc-
currence of vesicles on the filaments similar to those of the
Vesiculasperme, that it will find its true position with these.
In the tapering of the filaments, in the absence of gloss on
them, and in the possession of strongly marked points, the
Meloseire likewise resemble the Vesiculasperme, from which
they differ principally in the excessive fragility of their fila-
ments, by which they evince an affinity with diatomaceous
productions.

The only species in which I have noticed these vesicles is
in the Meloseira varians of Agardh; a production which I was
led, from the presence of the vesicles, to describe as new in the
paper upon the Vesiculasperms under the name of V. com-
posita. Kutzing however figures them with his Meloseira
orichalcea, a species which I was so fortunate as to find in
considerable quantity in the vicinity of Cheshunt in the au-
tumn of the last year.

Since these descriptions were written I have had the plea-
sure of receiving some of the plants described from Mr. Ralfs
and Mr. Jenner, the habitats for which I subjoin :—Drapar-
naldia sparsa, Penzance, Mr. Ralfs: Mougeotia quadrangulata,
Penzance, Mr. Ralfs; Fisher’s Castle, Tunbridge Wells, and
Broadwater Forest, Mr. Jenner: M. parvula, Penzance, Mr.
Ralfs ; near Cross-in-hand, Waldron, Mr. Jenner: Vesiculi-
Sera vernalis, near Tunbridge Wells, Mr. Jenner; Penzance,
Mr. Ralfs: Sp. vermicularis, Penzance, Mr. Ralfs.

The following species described in this paper were re-
corded on the wrapper of the ‘ Annals’ for August 1842 :—
Draparnaldia sparsa, D. elongata, D. repetita, and Sp. ver-
micularis.

438 Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica.

LXI.—On the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. By Joun WILLIAM
Grirritu, M.D., F.LS. &e.

To the Editors of the pial of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

Ir you will find a place in your valuable Journal for these obser-
vations on the Polygastric Animalcules, I shall feel obliged by
your inserting them.

Your obedient servant,

. Jonn Wintiiam Grirrita, M.D.
9 St. John’s Square, May 8th, 1843.

The real nature of the sacculi, vesicles, or stomachs which are
seen in the bodies of the Polygastric division of Infusorial Ani-
malcules is a point which has occupied considerable attention, and
is at the present time by no means satisfactorily determined. ‘The
extreme minuteness of these bodies renders their examination a
matter of very considerable difficulty, and what has hitherto been
discovered concerning their digestive cavities has been principally,
if not entirely, recognized by the mtroduction of foreign colour-
ing matters into the sacs ; which colourmg and other matters bemg
moulded by the compressing force or elasticity of the contaimng —
sac or substance forming the walls of the cell in which they are
contained, assume its shape, and are readily distinguished from
the transparent parts of the animalcules by their opacity or altered
refractive properties of ight. Great difficulty 1s also experienced
im conducting the manipulations which are required for examining
such minute atoms, and an unusual share of patience and care.
The rapidity of their movements is also, without extreme caution,
liable to mislead the microscopic observer.

It is well known that when the animalcules denomimated Poly-
gastrica are examined under the microscope, certain sac-like bodies
are observed in different parts of their bodies; these are some-
times filled with various coloured particles, similar to those float-
ing in the water in which they live, sometimes merely with fluid
or semifluid matters. These bodies, called by Prof. Ehrenberg
stomachs, are variable in number and situation, and im some cases
entirely absent.

An opinion that these sacculi were ova was formerly entertaimed
by Gleichen, but this has long since fallen into disrepute; and
justly so, inasmuch as the different: matters which constitute the
food of these minute animals has been, and can readily be, traced.
into the vesicles, which is sufficient tou mdicate their connexion
with the digestive and not the reproductive system. The Vorti-
celle, among many others, are particularly well adapted for the
examination of these sacculi, on account of their large size, fixed
position, or nearly so, and their great abundance. |

Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. 439

Prof. Ehrenberg’s view, that these vesicles are real stomachs or
blind pouches leading out of an alimentary tube, is well known,
and has been received for some time. It was founded upon the
fact, that colouring and other matters upon which they feed, after
having been drawn into the oral orifice of the canal, are next con-
ducted to these cavities, where they remain a certain time; they
are then propelled onwards, sometimes into other similar cavities,
sometimes through the tract of the canal to the opposite extre-
_ mity of the tube, whence either they or their undigested remains
are expelled, or they are ejected by the same orifice at which they
entered. Lately doubts have been thrown over these views, and
many accurate observers are opposed to the doctrines of Khren-
berg. Having had considerable opportunities of observing these
interesting objects under a great variety of conditions, I am
convinced that the views of the different authors which I shall
presently mention are each generally correct, and that with shght
modifications they are readily reconcilable to one another. Pro-
fessor Rymer Jones* says, “‘ The positions of the mouth and anal
aperture we are well assured by frequent examination to be such
as are indicated by the illustrious Professor at Berlin ; but with
regard to the tube named by him intestine and the stomachs ap-
pended thereto, our utmost patient and long-continued efforts
have failed to detect the arrangement depicted in his drawings.
In the first place, as regards the function of the sacculi, which he
looked upon as organs in which digestion is accomplished : in car-
nivorous animalcules which devour other species, we might expect,
were these the stomachs, that the prey would be at once conveyed
mto one or other of these cavities ; yet, setting aside the difficulty
which must manifestly occur in lodging large animalcules in these
microscopic sacs, and having recourse to the result of actual ex-
perience, we have never in a single instance seen an animalcule
when swallowed placed im such a position, but have repeatedly
traced the prey into what seemed a cavity excavated in the general
parenchyma of the body. In the second place, the parenchyma
has no appearance of being pedunculated, and consequently, in a
certain degree fixed in definite positions: during the last two
hours we have been carefully examining some beautiful specimens
of Paramecium aurelia, an animalcule, which from its size is pe-
culiarly adapted to the investigation of these vesicles ; and so far
from their having any appearance of connexion with a central
canal, as represented in the figure copied from Ehrenberg, they
are in continual circulation, moving slowly upwards along one
side of the body, and in the opposite direction down the other,

_ * ©A General Outline of the Animal Kingdom.’ Although these views
have been previously extracted into this Journal (vol. iii. p: 105.), as Pro-
fessor Owen’s observations obviously apply to some part of them, the subject
would be incomplete without them.

440 Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica.

and resembling in every respect the coloured granules which have
been described as visible in the gelatinous parenchyma of the
Hydra. With respect to the central canal, we have not m any in-
stance been able to detect it, or even any portion of the tube seen
in the figures, much less the branches leading from it to the ve-
sicles or stomachs, as they are called. Even the circumstances
attending the prehension of food would lead us to imagine a dif-
ferent structure ; witness, for example, the changes of form which
Enchelys pupa undergoes when it devours an animalcule almost
equal to itself in bulk, and is seen to assume a perfectly different
shape as it dilates its mouth to receive the victim, with which its
whole body becomes gradually distended. Such a capability of
taking in and digesting a prey so disproportionate would in itself
go far to prove that the mimute sacculi were not stomachs, as it
evidently cannot be in one of these that digestion is accomplished.”
Professor Jones then says he considers that there is an analogy
between the organization of the so-named Polygastrica and of the
Hydra viridis. Te also says, “that the vesicles becoming co-
loured by the coloured food given to the animalcules cannot be
considered as a proof of their bemg stomachs, as in the experi-
ments of Trembley, the granules circulating im the body of. the
Hydra became dyed with the juices of the animals with which at
was fed precisely in a similar manner.’

M. Meyen says* he never admitted the observations of M. Eh-
renberg, because im the first place “ I never could see the intes-
tines which form the communication between the stomachs, and
likewise because I have observed, many years since, that the sup-
posed stomachs were moving in the interior of the body of many
species with great rapidity, im the same manner as the granules
which circulate in the joints of the Chara. I have often seen
Vorticelle with nine or ten large globules of digo in the belly,
which always moved round a centre, and thus showed in the most
evident manner that they could not have a communicating canal be-
tween the stomachs provided with an oral orifice and an extremity
directed to the mouth.” M. Meyen considers that the inner sur-
face of the first part of the canal is provided with cilia, which roll
up alimentary and colourmg matters ito the form of a ball.
When the ball has acquired the size of the stomach, it is expelled
by its other extremity and pushed into the cavity of the animal.
If solid substances do not exist in the surrounding liquid, then
the balls are less solid, and appear m the forms which they pre-
sent in the Infusoria existing in colourless liquids. “ In this case ’
the balls are composed of a small number of particles, and prin-
cipally of a considerable mucous mass which unites them.”

* Annals. of Nat. Hist. vol. iii. p. 100; also inserted in Pritchard’s ‘ Gen.
Hist. of Animalcules.’

Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. 441

The observations of Mons. Dujardin on this subject will be
found in vol. i. p. 170. of this Journal.

The objection (which M. Dujardin considers well-founded) ad-
vanced by M. Bory de St. Vincent, again presented by Dr. Foeke
and Prof. Rymer Jones, the latter of whose words we have just
quoted, rests on the inner motion of the globules or sacculi, which
“can in no way be reconciled with the hypothesis of an intestine
connecting all these globules together, and which, on the con-
trary, proves their entire independence.” The reader will be able
to estimate the validity of this objection when he has perused the
remainder of this paper.

The following are the observations of Mr. Addison on this sub-
ject* :—“ A singular fact + is stated with regard to the animalcules;
it may be witnessed in all of them by the liquor potasse. It pe-
netrates the transparent tunic composing the body of the animal-
cule by imbibition, and soon causes it to burst open or explode,
and the so-called stomachs of the creatures are forcibly discharged
or thrown out one after another, thus becoming objects for minute
microscopical scrutiny. The stomachs (?) swell and burst in like
manner, precisely as the granules discharged from the lymph cor-
puscles of the frog. These stomachs he believes to be granulated
vesicles performing their functions by imbibition, and not by as-
similating or digesting food voluntarily taken. The vital powers
of the animalcules are totally efficient in opposing the imbibi-
tion of the poison, and their stomachs may be seen enlarging in
the interior of the body prior to the rupture of the mtegument.”

Dr. Carpenter sayst, Khrenberg’s account of the numerous glo-
bular particles has been objected to by other observers, on the
ground that these particles are seen to undergo a regular move-
ment, as if they were floating in the midst of a fluid filling the
general interior cavity of the body, and that they are sometimes
discharged through the anal orifice. Of the validity of this ob-
jection his own observations have satisfied him. I cannot (says
he) “doubt that these particles are cells which float in the fluid of
the body, and elaborate the materials of its nutrition im the same
manner as do those of the chyle and blood of higher animals.”

Professor Owen’s observations§ answer some of the objections
which have been raised to Ehrenberg’s views. He says (speak-
ing of the Enchelys pupa swallowmg another animalcule nearly
equal to itself in bulk, and thereby undergoing a total change in
the form of its body), “but this may only imply great dilata-

* Prov. Med. and Surg. Journal, Aug. 20, 1842.

+ These are not Mr. Addison’s words, but an extract from his paper read
before the British Association made by the editor of the journal.

t Brit. and For. Med. Review, Jan. 1843.

§ Hunterian Lectures, 1843.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2G

442 Dr. Griffith on the Saccult of the Polygastrica.

bility of the cesophagus or common canal, such as we observe in
the boa constrictor, which becomes in like manner deformed after
eorging a goat or other animal much thicker than itself; doubtless
the little sacculi suecessively receive and digest, like the stomach
of the boa, the dissolved parts of the swallowed prey. Then again
it is objected that the sacculi are not fixed in definite positions,
but are seen constantly, though slowly moving, and apparently
rotating through the general cavity of the animal. But the pe-
ristaltic wave-like undulations of a common connecting canal, by
drawing them successively in and out of focus of the observer, is
quite sufficient, and very likely to occasion the deceptive appear-
ance of their circulatory movements. If these stomachs were ac-
tually separate and closed sacs imbedded in the transparent gela-
tinous plasma of the animalcule and endowed with a circulatory
movement, it is inconceivable that they should commonly present
the characteristic arrangement which Hhrenberg has described
and figured in particular species ; as for example in the Vorticedla,
a circular arrangement, or the wavy disposition in Leucophrys ;
yet such a constancy im the arrangement of the assimilative sacs
in these genera is the result of my experience. Add to this, if they
have not orifices of communication with the alimentary tract, the
difficulty of accounting for the rapid and ready transmission of
the coloured aliment into their interior without the surrounding
parenchyme being stained.”

In support of the views of Prof. Ehrenberg I refer the reader to
vol. u. p. 121. of the ‘ Annals,’ wherein is contained an account of
a discussion between this indefatigable observer and Prof. Jones.
It will there be found that Ehrenberg considers the objection of
Prof. Jones’s not having been able to detect the stomachs in one
or two instances as not sufficient to bring into doubt “ the mass
of relations which have been gradually established after many
years of observation.” Moreover, Prof. Ehrenberg says that
Paramecium Aurelia is unfavourable to such observation, and. that
he himself has not been able to recognise the alimentary canal in
all the species of the various genera. The Berlin Prof. says he
had seen the circular motion of Prof. Jones, and states that “the
great contractility of the body of the animalcules was, to less
practised observers, not seldom a cause of enigmatical pheeno-
mena, of which continued patient observation of the object would
gradually bring the explanation. Thus at times the intestinal
canal of the animalcule extends at the expense of the ventral sacs
so far, that it occupies the whole space of the body, and then the
devoured substances, very similar to the ventral sacs, circulate in
the whole body.” He then gives three sketches of Loxodes Bur-
saria, wherein the first represents the animalcule in its ordinary
state, with the alimentary canal and sacculi; the second, where

Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. 443

the direction of particles in the alimentary canal is depicted ; and
the third, where the currents or motions of particles are indicated
in the distended intestinal canal.

In addition to this, I refer to the Proceedings of the Royal
Prussian Academy of Sciences at Berlin for Feb, 1841*, wherein
is related an account of the observations of Dr. Werneck, which
agree in support of those of Prof. Ehrenberg ; nay, go further, for
Dr. Werneck renders more probable than heretofore, that the ali-
mentary canal exists in all the Polygastrica.

I extract the following observations from the report of Prof.
Ehrenberg on Dr. Werneck’s discoveries as made to the Academy :
“ Indeed what I, from caution, mentioned as only a supposition,
viz. that probably even in the monads (Bodo socialis) a distinct
anus, consequently an intestine, existed, whereby then the division
of the Anentera would be destroyed, is shown by Dr. Werneck to
be decided. He also has discovered the anus in Bodo grandis,
Prorocentrum micans, Cyclidium Glaucoma, whereby the family of
Pseudopoda only would remain without an alimentary canal. But
he has also seen in a Navicula (undulata) among the Bacillaria
group, a convoluted canal, which he considers as the alimentary
tube, filled with infusoria. Most interesting are the represen-
tations (Dr. Werneck’s) of many varieties of intestinal canal with
their saeculi or globular pouches or recesses, which present ex-
actly the same appearances as those laid before the Academy in
1830, but lately denied by Prof. Rymer Jones and Meyen after
imperfect examinations.”

I shall now make some observations on the various state-
ments I have enumerated, and pomt out m what particulars
they disagree with my own experiments. In the first place, as
regards our not being able to see the alimentary tube, this I
cannot imagine to be any impediment or ground for our disbe-
lieving its existence. Doubtless the whole substance of the ge-
latinous bodies of these minute beings is very elastic, and the
walls of the tubes in which the alimentary matters are conveyed
are always in apposition except when alimentary matters separate
them. ‘The outline of the intestine in many of the Infusoria de-
picted by Ehrenberg has been, without doubt, drawn from the
course which that illustrious observer has noticed the granules of
colourmg matter and food to take. In fact, he says, “In many
this direct observation is impossible, although the result, viz. the
colouring of the filled stomachs, is evident.” The solid particles
cannot arrive at the sacs im which they are contained and accu-

* Bericht iiber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der
Kénigl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, im Monat Februar
1841.

+ Die Infusionsthierchen als vollkommene Organismen, page 2,

2G2

444 Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica.

mulated without passing through some communicating canal ;
this canal is part of the intestinal tube. The minute alimentary
particles which arrive in the sacs entire could not be conveyed in
that state by solution and imbibition. Moreover we cannot, I
think, wonder at our not being able to detect the walls of the
tube; first, because, as I have previously mentioned, the elasticity
of the substance of the animalcule would keep the walls in con-
tact except where actually distended; and secondly, the minute
size of such a canal, and our being obliged to view it through the
substance of the animalcule which intervenes between the sacculi
and the upper surface of their bodies as lying under the field of
the microscope, is well calculated to prevent this. Could we make
a delicate transverse section of their bodies, we might then perhaps
be able to perceive the tube. M. Dujardin’s objection to the ex-
istence of an intestine in Infusoria, “that no fibres remain when
the animal is decomposed by diffluence,” is undoubtedly futile ;
it must indeed require a subtle imagimation to expect we can see
or even contemplate the size of the fibres of the mtestine of the
Polygastrica, whose diameter, did they exist, must be almost be-
yond the power of calculation, much more of vision. That the
masses of colourmg matter which have been received into the sac-
culi revolve or circulate, as it has been called, is a truth which is
very readily proved. Currents are established by the oral cilia ;
particles floating or suspended in these currents are drawn imto
the mouth of the minute creature, these then enter the body one
at a time, and apparently accumulate im one of the sacs (2. e. really
accumulate in the upper portion of the alimentary tube); this then
moves down one side of the animalcule; others are filled in the
same manner. The circulation, as it has been called, of these
alimentary boluses may then, after having been distinctly followed
down one side, be seen returning in an ascending direction. In
some cases when these masses have arrived near the oral extre-
mity they can be detected approximating the depression by which
they entered, until at last their contents are gradually ejected ;
when the masses are solid, this ejection often takes place par-
ticle by particle; when in the liquid or semifluid state, m,a
fine stream; the sac can be seen emptying itself of its con-
tents; it then disappears. In some of the animalcules this
movement of particles may be very readily detected; it is very
tardy in others, and seldom visible at all times. The addition of
reagents to the liquid in which they live produces effects some-
what similar to vomiting or purging ; the motion of the alimentary
boluses is mcreased, and their ejection is easily viewed ; weak so-
lutions of potash or ether produce this effect. Now in all these
cases of movement I am convinced that it is not the sacculi or
stomachs which move: we must recollect the sacs are made visible

Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica. 445

to us by their contents, and in many cases there are no stomachs
visible when they are empty, and it is their contents which we see
circulating or moving in their proper canal or alimentary tube,
and not the sacculi themselves. ‘The motions of these masses
may not inaptly be compared, but merely for the sake of illus-
tration, to those of the alimentary masses in our own intestines ;
the revolution of these (if viewed under similar circumstances)
would produce the appearance of circulation; when the masses
have arrived at the termination of the canal they are ejected, but
here the portion of tube or stomach is not ejected. This compa-
rison exemplifies to my mind the true nature of the sacs in the
Infusorial Polygastrica.

We certainly cannot admit, as in the explanation of Prof.
Ehrenberg, that the rotation of the globules or balls of aliment-
ary matter takes place in a cavity formed from a distended por-
tion of the alimentary tube. We see this rotation when the
intestinal tube is very slightly distended and when the balls of
food are very small; but I believe it to be capable of expla-
nation in the manner I have stated; the appearance of one of
the sacculi when really distended is so readily recognised that it
could hardly be mistaken ; but the stomachs (i. e. their contents)
have been seen to rotate, by observers, when neither the animal-
cule nor its stomachs are at all distended ; and undoubtedly this
is a real rotation, not an optical illusion from any peristaltic
action. Moreover the rotation of these bodies is so constant as
to be considered as their ordinary state; whereas, did it arise only
in distended states of a stomach or the alimentary tube, it would
be rare, or at least only to be seen when the animalcule takes in
a large portion of aliment; and I think that any one who has
distinctly seen (as I often have) various floating alimentary
particles taken in at the oral orifice separately, then accumu-
lating into a small ball, and this ball descending im the body of
the anmmalcule, and “ circulating” as I have described, will be
convinced that this explanation is correct.

I cannot believe they are recesses from acommon tube; I have
never been able to detect a horizontal or retrograde course
which would be pursued by the boluses, were such the case.
The alimentary canal is most commonly in a convoluted form, or
coiled; and there is doubtless a difference in the extent and
arrangement of the tube in those which feed upon other animal-
cules and those on vegetable matter. The fact of the portions
of food contained in their sacculi bemg gradually approximated
to the surface of the depression, and there being separately
emptied, is, I think, a clear conviction that there can be no single
stomachal cavity, and also, that the rotation of particles does not
take place in a single dilated tube. Moreover it must be recol-

446 Dr. Griffith on the Sacculi of the Polygastrica.

lected that the different portions of the intestinal tube or sacculi
are not stained, they are coloured from their cavitary contents,
their walls are colourless. M. Meyen’s opinion concerning the
cilia I have not been able to verify; but the rolling up of the
alimentary matters, whereby these masses rotate on them axes,
is never to be seen. The account given by Mr. Addison con-
cerning the action of liq. potasse is, as has been observed, very
remarkable. The best mode for the observer to perceive the
true effects of potassa on the Polygastrica is to use it slightly
diluted, for when used of the strength of the ordmary liquor .
potassz, the effect takes place so suddenly as to lead to the in-
accurate interpretation of the appearances that gentleman has
given. The effect of the addition of this reagent, is solution of
the external covering of the animalcule, whereby the imternal
elastic parts of the body, being liberated from the compression of
the external tunic, at first rush out, but are soon dissolved in the
same manner, when the alimentary matters remaim. This phe-
nomenon is the result of the chemical action of the potash on the
substance of the highly elastic animalcule, most certamly not
of any imbibition or endosmosis. What are the conditions of
the fluids requisite for the production of this physical phzeno-
menon? Difference in their density; the liquid in the cavity
towards which the fluid flows must be the most dense. The
cavity of the body, supposing such to exist, must contain a fluid
of greater density than that m which it floats or is suspended ;
in most of these Infusoria it is so at all times, and their medium *
being of extremely low specific gravity, almost equal to that of
distilled water, the most favourable conditions for the action of
imbibition are combined ; yet no endosmosis and consequent
bursting takes place. But we are told that when solution of
potash, a liquid of much greater density than that of the medium
in which these minute atoms are immersed, is added to their
ocean, imbibition does take place, their bodies burst; whereas we
have added the conditions requisite for the opposite effect, viz.
that of exosmose, and that this does not occur, the “bursting”
of the body of the animalcules proves. I believe the greater part
of the confusion which has existed on this subject has arisen
from considering the alimentary matters in different portions of
the intestinal canal as the dilated portions of that canal them-
selves. That these particles (stomachs) are cells which float im
the fluid of the body and elaborate the materials for its nutri-
tion, in the same manner as do those of the chyle and blood of
higher animals, may certainly be correct, but we have not the
slightest evidence of any analogy between them. The globules
of the blood and lymph are contained in those fluids, from whose
* T allude to the water in which they ordinarily exist.

My. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez. 447

liquid parts doubtless the whole fabric of the body is renewed
_ or nourished.

Now if the sacculi of the Polygastrica perform the same func-
tions, as regards the fluid in which they are suspended, as do the
suspended particles in the chyle and blood, where is the fluid in
which these sacculi are suspended? It has certainly never been
demonstrated ; and the only experiment upon which such a view
can have been based, is that of the action of imbibition, and
which is undoubtedly an error. Moreover, were this view cor-
rect, the cavity of the animalcule would be that in which the
blood, so to speak, of the animalcules is contained ; and what a re-
markable anomaly would be the introduction of a large animalcule
into the cavity in which the blood is contained, as would undoubt-
edly be the case. in the carnivorous Infusoria, were such a view
correct! Again, foreign alimentary solids have been traced into
and detected in the sacculi; but solid alimentary matters have
never been traced into, or detected within, the blood or chyle
globules.

In conclusion we must remark, that all the phenomena relating
to the digestion and circulation of the Polygastrica may be ex-
plained—1. By the existence of an internal convoluted aliment-
ary canal, whose existence is made known to us by its con-
tents and the course they take. 2. These contents, sometimes
solid, sometimes fluid, or semifluid, distending different parts of
the canal, in which they are detained, produce the appearance of
vesicles or sacs, which have been denominated, and probably
perform the real office of stomachs. 38. That the portions in
which the contents are delayed are not blind pouches leading
from a common tube seems positive, from the circular direction
assumed by these contents, which indicate its direction. 4. There
is, without doubt, a difference m the length and direction of the
alimentary tube in the Polygastrica as well as m other animal
bemgs, depending upon variations in the nature of their food.
5. When solution of potash is added to the liquid in which these
atoms exist, it dissolves the external tunic, and liberates for a
short time its contents; these are next partly dissolved, when
nothing is left but the alimentary matter.

LXII.—On the Diatomacee, By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S.,
Penzance*,

{ With Plates. ]

Own commencing the study of the Diatomacee I experienced con-
siderable difficulty in determining several of my plants from the
descriptions in our British works, and soon found that in this

* Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh,

448 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez.

division of the Algz (except in the Schizonemata, to which genus
Mrs. Griffiths and Mr. Harvey have more particularly directed
their attention,) we had latterly made much less progress than in
the others, and indeed that we were now far behind the conti-
nental observers.

Having during the last two years paid much attention to the
subject, and examined specimens from as many habitats as pos-
sible, I conceive that I have acquired some useful information
respecting this interesting tribe, and intend from time to time to
draw up my observations on such genera and species as have fallen
under my notice. But I must preface what I have to say re-
specting them, by mentioning the names of those friends who
have in various ways assisted me in this pursuit.

I wish to take this and every opportunity of acknowledging the
invaluable assistance I have at all times received from Mr. Borrer,
and without which I should not have been able to have studied
these microscopic plants with any success.

To the Rev. M. J. Berkeley I have been indebted for his obser-
vations on many species, and also for portions of specimens taken
from the collections of dried Algze published by Jurgens and Des-
mazieres.

Not having access to Ehrenberg’s work on the Infusoria, my
thanks are due to Mr. Dalrymple for numerous extracts and co-
pies of many of the figures, as well as his assistance in identifying
several of his species.

The Diatomacee (Bacillaria, Khrenb.) form one of the four great
series into which the Algze are divided, and comprise plants be-
longing to two very distinct families, Desmidiee (Desmidiacea,
Ehrenb.) and Cymbellee (Naviculacea, Khrenb.) *.

The Desmidiee have a membranous covering destitute of silica,
and their form is consequently altered in drymg. When in per-
fection they are generally of an herbaceous green colour, and most
frequently have the frustules divided into two portions, resem-
bling each other in form but sometimes differmg much im size.
This division is marked in Desmidium mucosum merely by a shal-
low groove passing round the joint, and in Desmidium Swartzu
by notches in the angles, by which it is rendered still more appa-
rent ; whilst m Huastrum (Eutomia, Harv.) the two portions are
connected only by a central chord.

To this family belong the following genera, so far as regards
our British flora: Desmidium, Staurastrum, Pentasterias, Tessar-
thra, Xanthidium, Scenedesmus, Micrasterias and Euastrumt.

* See Pritchard’s History of the Infusoria, p. 173.

t If Clostertum be considered to belong to the vegetable kingdom it may
find a place in this family ; for my own part, I think the view taken by Meyen
is the correct one. For some interesting observations by him on this subject,
see Pritchard’s ‘ History of the Infusoria,’ p. 179.

My. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez. 449

The Cymbellee have a siliceous covering, their form therefore
is not altered in drying, nor are they destroyed by fire. When
in perfection they are generally brownish, and not unfrequently
become greenish when dry. They are usually either of a qua-
drilateral or a prismatic form, and often marked with striz and
puncta.

The striz are useful in forming the generic and specific cha-
racters, and are best examined by subjecting a portion of the spe-
cimen to a red heat, which, by destroying the internal colouring
matter in all, as well as the mucous connecting portion in Diatoma
and its allies, and the covermg in Schizonema, renders the figure
and markings of the frustule more evident.

The method of examination here described has been advan-
tageously employed by Ehrenberg and other naturalists in the
comparison of fossil with recent species, since it deprives the latter
of all but the siliceous covering ; but I am not aware that it has
been used by any British algologists in the investigation of recent
specimens*,

As the presence of silica is an invariable characteristic of the
Cymbellee, its absence in Hydrurus justifies Mr. Harvey’s removal
of it from the Diatomacee, but we must on the same account ex-
clude some plants placed among them in his ‘ Manual of British
Algee.’

‘Al the genera placed by Mr. Harvey in his ‘Manual’ under Dia-
tomacee will be included in Cymbellee, with the exception only
of Desmidium.

Diatoma, Ag. (BacituaRia, Ehrenb.)

Filaments flat or compressed, free; frustules quadrangular, par-
tially separating and cohering by the angles, generally by the
alternate ones.

This genus is distinguished from Kzzaria, Striatella, Achnan-
thes and Isthmia by its unattached filaments, from Biddulphia by
the angles not being produced, and from Fragilaria by the con-
nexion of the frustules at their angles im a zigzag chain.

The second section (T'abellaria) appears to be distinguished from
Ehrenberg’s genus Tessella by a transverse canal interrupting the
strize.

The corrections in the nomenclature are made on the authority
of Mr. Shuttleworth.

In this as well as other genera of the Diatomacee sufficient at-
tention has not been paid by British botanists to the lateral view,
which not only assists in ascertaining the shape of the frustule,
but often affords good specific distinctions.

* Tn this, as well as in other instances, my residence at a distance from the
sources of information must excuse my omission of references,

450 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez.

The different use of the terms length and breadth by botanists
serves to perplex the student ; for when they are applied to Dia-
toma and to Fragilaria they have exactly opposite meanings, al-
though the only difference between the genera is, that mm Fragi-
laria the separation of the frustules 1s complete, whilst in Diatoma
they still adhere at their angles.

Those naturalists who regard the Diatomacee as belonging to
the animal kingdom have been more consistent ; they consider
each frustule as an individual, and apply the same terms to the
same parts in Fragilaria as in Diatoma.

In the following remarks I shall employ the terms length and
breadth in the sense in which they are used in our British works
and in Agardh. Thus the length of the frustule will be the breadth
of the filament, and its breadth a portion of the length of the latter.
The ends of the frustule will form part of the margin of the fila-
ment, and its sides will be those surfaces which were in contact
before any separation: thus in Plate VIII. fig. 5, where a repre-
sents the ends, 6 the sides, and c the front.

The British species of this genus form two very distinct groups,
considered by Mr. Shuttleworth, and I believe rightly, to belong to
distinct genera, which are called by him Diatoma and Tabellaria.

1st, Diatoma.—In this group no striz are seen on the front
surface, and there is no transverse canal*, whilst the lateral sur-
faces have transverse strize, the ends of which appear along the
margins of the frustules when these are in their usual position.
Pl. VIII. fig. 6.

2nd, Tabellaria.—In this group two or more longitudinal striz,
interrupted in the centre by a canal, are seen on the front surface,
but there are no striz on the lateral surfaces. . Pl. VIII. fig. 7.

The figures in Dillwyn’s ‘ Conf.’ t. 28. fig. B. and D, and m
Berkeley’s ‘ Alg” t. 6, which have been supposed to represent
changes of form, seem to be rather oblique views of the sides of
the frustules united in chains.

I am happy to find that Mr. Borrer and Mr. Shuttleworth have
arrived at the same conclusion, and still more that in a letter re-
ceived from Mr. Berkeley in April last, he expresses his own belief
that these changes are merely various views of the thread.

* Inner or lateral surface striated, without a transverse canal, and
destitute of strie on its front surface. (Diatoma.)

1. D.vulgare, Bory. Frustules convex, three or four times as long as
broad. D. vulgare, Kutz. in Linnzea 1833, p. 582. f. 66. D. tenue,
Grev. Crypt. Fl. t. 354; Berk. Brit. Alg. t. 6!; Hook. Br. FI.
v.li.p.406 ; Harv. Man. of Br. Alg. p.202. D. tenue, a.moniliforme

* T here gladly adopt Mr. Shuttleworth’s term canal in preference to 17),
by which I had previously designated it in my correspondence,

Mr, J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez. 451

(young), Kutz. in Linnea 18338, p. 580. f. 60? D. tenue, B. in-

termedium, Kutz. p.580. f.61? D. flocculosum, Ag. Consp. Crit.

Diatom. p. 53. exc. syn. Dillw. Sacillaria vulgaris, Eh. p. 197.

pl. 15. f.2; Pritchard’s Hist. of Infusoria, p. 217. f. 168.

Puare VIII. fig. 8. a, front view; 4, side view.

Pools and streams. King’s Cliff, Northamptonshire, Rev. M. J.
Berkeley; Henfield, Sussex, Mr. Borrer; Shoreham, Kent, and several
stations about Lewes and Tunbridge Wells, Mr. Jenner; Shrews-

bury, Mr. Leighton; Oswestry, Shropshire, Rev. T. Salwey ; Ches-
hunt, Herts, Mr. A. H. Hassall; Ireland, Mr. D. Moore.

This species is distinguished from D. tenue by the greater
breadth of the frustules, by their convexity, and by the lateral strize
bemg more apparent along the margin. The frustules have two
puncta at each end, and the margin between them is slightly
rounded. These puncta are wanting, or much less distinct im the
other species.

As the frustules are thicker than in the other species, it is more
easy to obtaim a view of the lateral surfaces. These are also con-
vex, so that the strize, even before the separation of the frustules,
appear to occupy part of the front surface.

It is brownish when recent and turns green in drying.

2. D.tenue, Ag. Frustules plane, four times or more longer than
broad ; sides mostly parallel. D. tenue, Ag. Consp. Diatom. p.52.
D., tenue, 6. normale, Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 580. t. 17. f. 68. D.
elongatum, Berk. Brit. Alg.t. 6; Hook. Br. Fl. p. 406; Harv. Brit.
Alg. p. 202. D.sulphurascens, Ag. Consp. Diatom. p.53? Conf.
flocculosa, Dillw. Br. Conf. t.28.f.C? Bacillaria pectinalis, Eh.
Infusoria, p. 198. pl. 15. f.4; Pritchard’s Infusoria, p. 218.

Puate IX. fig. 1. a, front view ; 6, side view.

Pools andstreams. Near Tunbridge Wells, Mr. Jenner; Shrews-
bury, Mr. Leighton; Cheshunt, Mr. A. H. Hassall; Bangor and
Dolgelley, N. Wales; Penzance: Aberdeen, Dr. Dickie; Steven-
ston, Ayrshire, Rev. D. Landsborough.

This is a very protean species. Sometimes the frustules are
thrown quite back until the ends touch, so as apparently to form
a filament, the width of which is much less than the length of the
frustules. In this state it forms the D. elongatum of Berkeley’s
‘ Brit. Algze,’ and the D. tenue of Agardh’s ‘ Consp. Crit. Diatom.’
Indeed Agardh in his ‘ Conspectus’ forms a section of Diatoma
upon this very circumstance of the frustules being longer than the
breadth of the filament.

Sometimes the frustules are thrown back in pairs, and then ap-
pear like filaments united longitudinally ; but with a little atten-
tion the observer will understand this arrangement, and he will
derive assistance in tracing it from the connected angles haying

452 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacee.

a kind of mucous hinge which is easily seen in this state of the
lant.

‘ Having submitted my observations to Mr. Berkeley, I had the

pleasure of finding that he concurred in my views, and that he

has long considered the longitudinally connected species as very

doubtful.

The frustules are sometimes, on the contrary, broader and not
thrown back. This state I believe is the Diatoma sulphurascens
of Agardh’s ‘ Conspectus.’ It differs from Diatoma elongatum in
having the sides straight, and thus before the frustules separate
they are in contact along their entire length. Different however
as D. clongatum appears to be, I am doubtful whether it may not
be a form of this species.

3. D. elongatum, Ag. Frustules plane, several times longer than
broad; front surface with the ends dilated. D. elongatum, Ag.
Syst.p.4; Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 582. t.17.f.65. Bacillaria
elongata, Eh. Infusoria, p. 198. pl. 15. f.5; Pritchard’s Infusoria,
p. 218. f. 169.

I notice this very doubtful British species chiefly in order to
call attention to it, and because it has been confounded with the
last, of which I am by no means certain that it is not a variety.

I have seen no authentic specimens, and am only acquainted
with it from the descriptions and figures in Kutzing and Pritchard.

Mr. Borrer informs me that he believes he saw a few scattered
frustules of it among other Alge gathered at Henfield, Sussex ;
and in a mass of Diatomaceous plants sent me from Shropshire
by Mr. Leighton, I observed what I supposed might be fragments
of this species.

As the frustules are narrowest in the centre and dilated at the
ends, and before separation are in contact only at the angles, this
would seem to be a sufficient distinction, but I have received some
specimens of D. tenue which lead me to doubt whether the frus-
tules do not become dilated at the ends in the same way as often
occurs in Frustulia Uina. Ina specimen of D. tenue gathered near
Tunbridge Wells by Mr. Jenner, I found mixed up with the com-
mon state a few threads with somewhat longer frustules, some of
which had the sides parallel, and others in the same chain exactly
resembled the figures of D. elongatum, Pl. IX. fig. 2.

IT observed the same appearances in a less degree in a plant found
by myself near Bangor, N. Wales, and considered by Mr. Shuttle-
worth to be the D. tenue of Agardh.

A specimen sent me by Mr. Hassall, gathered in Scotland by
the Rev. D. Landsborough, presented still more curious forms.
Although most of it seemed to be the true D. tenue, a few frus-
tules not only presented the form described above, but some of
them were dilated at one end only ; and the next frustule was either

Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez. 453

of the normal form or dilated at the opposite end. In one chain
I perceived in union four frustules thus formed, which answers to
the description of Bacillaria cuneata, Kh., but the frustules were
longer than in Pritchard, f. 170, or in Kutzing.

I subjom Ehrenberg’s specific character of Bacillaria cuneata:—

*‘ Bacillaria striata, testula pyramidali cuneata, truncata subqua-
drata, alternis apicibus dilatatis, intus lete flavo-viridis, p.198. pl.15.
f. 6. Diatoma tenue, y. cuneatum, Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 580.
£. 14.4. 62."

I am also informed by Mr. Dalrymple that Ehrenberg states
that “this characteristic little form is apt to be overlooked, and
not unfrequently taken for Bacillaria pectinalis (Diatoma tenue).”’

** The front surface with two or more strie, interrupted in the centre

by a canal; lateral surfaces without strie. (Tabellaria.)

4. D. flocculosum, Ag. Frustules varying from square to twice as
long as broad ; striz three to seven ; canal inflated. Diatoma floc-
culosum, Ag. Syst. p.4; Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 584. t. 17.
f.67; Hook. Br. Fl. v. ii. p. 406; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 202. Conf.
flocculosa, Dillw. Conf. t. 28.; Eng. Bot.t.1761. Bacillaria tabel-
laris, Ehrenb. Infusoria, p. 199. pl. 15. f. 7; Pritch. Infusoria,
p- 218.

Prare IX. fig, 3. a, common form; 6, side view ; ¢, end view.

Common in pools, rivulets, &c.

Frustules generally a little longer than broad, often nearly equal
in length and breadth, sometimes twice as long as broad. The
striee are generally five or six, nm the narrower specimens only
three. The inflated canal is much broader than the incrassated
ends. It is brown when recent, whitish when dry.

Mr. Borrer considers the plant figured in ‘ Eng. Bot.’ as di-
stinct from that figured by Dillwyn. The chief difference appears
to be, that in the front view the inflated canal and incrassated ends
are more strongly marked in the latter. I have gathered near
Swansea specimens exactly resembling Mr. Dillwyn’s fig., but I
am unable to find any good specific difference between them and
the ‘ Eng. Bot.’ plant, and after they were dried I could perceive
no distinction.

5. D. fenestratum, Lyngb. Frustules four times or more longer than
broad; canal inflated; strie two. D. fenestratum, Lyngb. Hydr.
Dan. t. 61. E.3; Ag. Consp. Diatom. p.53; Hook. Br. FI. v. ii.
p.406; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 202.

Purate IX. fig. 4. a, front view; 6, side view.
Pools and rivulets. Sussex, Mr. Jenner; Cheshunt, Mr. Hassall;

Barmouth, N. Wales, Rev. T. Salwey ; Dolgelley and near Pont-Aber-

glas-lyn, N. Wales, and Penzance, Cornwall.

This species varies much in the length of its frustules. The

454 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacez.

longer specimens, when the strize are obscured by the endochrome,

somewhat resemble D. tenue; but in this species the frustules are

generally broader in proportion to thei length, and the lateral
strize which give a punctated appearance to the margins of D. tenue

are wanting. .

The shorter frustules are very sumilar to D. flocculosum; there
are however not more than two striz on each side, and the canal,
which is much less inflated, is but little broader than the incras-
sated ends.

This species, like D. ¢enue, is often found with the frustules
thrown quite back. In this state it is figured by Lyngbye and
by Agardh placed in the same section as D. tenue. It is brown
when recent, and becomes paler when dried.

6. D. marinum, Lyngb. Frustules varying from nearly square to six
times as long as broad; canal not inflated; striz two. D. mari-
num, Kutz. in Linnea 1833, p. 584; Ag. Consp. Diatom. p. 53;
Hook. Br. Fl. vol. ii. p. 405 ; Harv. Br. Alg. p. 201. D. tenieforme,
Ag. Consp.p. 54. D. brachygonum, Hook. Br, Fl. p. 406. Con-
Serva tenieformis, Eng. Bot.t. 1883! Tessella interrupta, Ehrenb.
Infusoria, p. 202? Pritch. Infusoria, p. 220?

Prats IX. fig. 5. a, front view; 0, side view.

Common on marine alge. Dark brown when recent, greenish
when dry, gradually becoming paler.

This species is very variable mm the length and breadth of its
frustules ; they are generally two or three times longer than broad ;
but most specimens contam some frustules nearly square, and
others from four to six times longer than broad.

The lateral view shows the frustules nearly plane, sometimes
shghtly convex, and the canal not inflated. The colourmg matter
is darker, and the granules are larger than in the other British
species, so that the strize can scarcely be seen when the plant is
recent.

The mucous substance which forms the connecting medium he-
tween the angles of the frustules is more developed im this than
in the other species ; it is consequently more difficult to obtain
them in a state of separation so as to observe them laterally.

The best method of separating them is to submit a portion to
a red heat, which destroys both the connecting hinge and also the
internal colourmg matter, and thus has the further advantage of
rendering the strie more perceptible.

On a front view the longer frustules resemble those of D. fene-
stratum ; but D. marinum, besides its much deeper colour, is more
rigid; its frustules are broader; its strize also are nearer the margin,
and most frequently have a bend towards it near the end of the
frustule.

Tam indebted to Mr. Borrer for a specimen of Conf. tenieformis,

Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacex. 455

and can find in it nothing different from the common form. I
have seen no specimen of D. brachygonum, Carm., but there is
nothing in the description to distinguish it from D. marinum.

Analysis.
Frustules with two or more striz on their front surfaces,
1 interrupted in the centre by a canal .........ece00e seovee &
Frustules without striz on their front surfaces............ 2
2 Frustules convex, thickest in the centre ...........se0e00. vulgare.
* | Frustules plane, the ends the thickest ...... sscccessseeee 3
Frustules linear eeeeeeneee e@eeteeeeaeeeeeer Pees oeneseeesenescesave tenwue.
3.4 Frustules before separation in contact only at the angles
BES MNAVEK SHAS “i sisspscrcccsayenrercassccnonacnctecaueess elongatum.
4 Marine ; canal not inflated........... caEe sare dedianinny seovee MATINUM.
IS CAMA) INTGLCT »..pe0-roe.sacrnssssonvegeyevecbenecess 5
Frustules not-more than twice as long as broad; striz
Several on each side . .......soeccecscsoecseeseccessoencscsss flocculosum.
Frustules four times (or more) longer than broad ; striz
EWO OM CACH SIME ....,c0ccescccvccncovscssevccsecsccsessccrecs fenestratum.

I shall place for the present in an appendix a recently disco-
- yered plant, the characters of which, on account of its mmuteness,
I have not yet been able to determine with any certainty.
7. D. minimum. Frustules very minute, about twice as long as broad,
nearly colourless. Tetraspila minima, Shuttleworth in lit.
On Conferva uncialis, Penzance.

This species is certainly distinct from any of those described
above. I can find no strie on either surface ; but, if these exist,
its pale colour and small size well distinguish it from Diatoma ma-
rinum, the only other marine species I am acquainted with.

STRIATELLA, Ag. (Khrenb.)

Filaments attached bya stipes; frustules cohering by the angles,
longitudinally striated.

This genus differs from Achnanthes. by its frustules cohering
at their angles and having longitudinal striz. Its character ap-
proaches closely to that of Tessedla, Eh., from which it differs only
in the stipitate filaments.

Filaments attached by a stipes at one of the lower angles of the
basal frustule.

1. S. arcuata, Ag. Stipes shorter than the frustules ; filaments elon-
gated ; frustules with seven or more longitudinal series of short
transverse strie. Ag. Consp. Diatom. p. 61; Harv. Br. Alg. p.199;
Eh. Die Infus. p. 229. t. 20. f.6; Pritch. Infus. p. 223. f. 203.
Diatoma striatulum, Grev. in Br. Fl.i1. p.405. Achnanthes arcuata,
Kutz. Syn. Diatom. p.574. Ach. unipunctata, Berk. Br. Alg. p. 39.
t.15.f.1. Conf. striatula, Eng. Bot. t. 1928. Fragilaria striatula,

Ag. Syst. p. 7.

Puate IX. fig. 6. a, front view; 8 and ¢, lateral views.

456 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Diatomacee.

On marine alge: not uncommon. Ardrossan, Ayrshire, Rev. D.
Landsborough. Ireland, Mr. D. Moore and Mr. W. Thompson. Devon-
shire, Mrs. Griffiths ; Sussex, Mr. Jenner ; Aberystwith, Penzance.

Filaments, when recent of a dark olive-brown, become greener
in drying ; they are rigid, thick, elongated, very fragile, and do
not adhere to paper ; the frustules irregularly separate, and.co-
here by their angles. Stipes very short and thick.

Frustules vary from nearly equal in length and. breadth to twice
as broad as long, with numerous longitudinal series of short
transverse strize, which are fainter towards the ends of the frus-
tules. : |
The lateral surfaces are lmnear-elliptic with close transverse
striz, and are divided by a line passing down the centre, a small
* space at each end being destitute of strize. The endochrome some-
times forms a central spot.

2. S. unipunctata, Ag. Stipes slender, much longer than the frustule, —
which has several longitudinal strie. Ag. Consp. Diatom. p. 61;
Harv. Br. Alg. p. 199. Achnanthes unipunctata, Grev. Cryp. Fl. —
t. 287; Kutz. Syn. Diatom. in Linnea 1833, p. 573. Diatoma
unipunctatum, Ag. Syst. Alg. p.6; Grey. in Br. Fl. vol. ii. p. 405.
On marine alge: autumn. Ireland, Mr. D. Moore. ‘Torquay,

Mrs. Griffiths ; Little Hampton, Mr. Borrer; Penzance. jit
Filaments minute, pale yellowish brown, consisting of but few

frustules, which cohere at the alternate angles. Stipes slender,
long ; frustules generally rather longer than broad; the angles’
shghtly truncated, with two series of longitudinal striz, one’
series occupying the middle and the other the ends; the latter is
more strongly marked and its strize are of different lengths,
longer in the centre and shorter towards the lateral margins of the
frustule, and all are terminated by puncta, which in consequence
of the different lengths of the strize are arranged in a curve. Hn-
dochrome pale, generally collected into a central spot of a deeper
colour. Lateral surfaces lanceolate, without strie.

P.S. Since my description of Diatoma marinum was written, I
have received from Mrs. Griffiths some imteresting varieties of.
that plant. In some specimens longitudinal series of transverse
striz were more or less evident on the central portion of the frus-
tules. Mixed with this variety I found another, in which the lon-
pitudinal strie, extending from the ends towards the middle, are
serpentine.

I find this species generally attached at the angle of the basal
frustule by a short stipes. As therefore it differs in no respect —
from Striatella, it should be removed to that genus ; and as all the
species of Striatella are marine, its old specific name tenieformis,
which has a prior claim, might be conveniently restored.

Bibliographical Notices. 457

The different states of this species may be characterized as fol-
lows :—

Striatella tenieformis.

a. Frustules without transverse striz.

£. striata. Frustules with longitudinal series of transverse striz ; the
two longitudinal striz on each side have a single curve near the
base. Pl. IX. fig. 5. /.

Y. serpentina. Frustules with longitudinal series of transverse strie,
the longitudinal striz on each side undulated. Pl. IX. fig. 5. y.
a. Common. #3. Torquay, Mrs. Griffiths. y. Torquay, Mrs.

Griffiths ; Hastings, Mr. Jenner.

In the variety y. there is also in general a narrow longitudinal
space without any markings, and appearing like a white band oc-
cupying the centre.

In the remarks on Striatella unipunctata I observed that there
were two series of striz. I have since examined this subject more
minutely, and find the same structure in Tabellaria, Striatella,
Tessella and Tetracyclus. 'The appearance of longitudinal striz
is in fact produced by siliceous plates arising internally from
the margins of the filament, and extending towards but not reach-
ing the centre. The interior is thus divided into chambers open-
ing into a central space. When viewed laterally, this central space
has the appearance of a canal, especially as the mner edge of each
plate has a concave outline. This appearance is more striking in
Tabellaria, Striatella teneformis and Tetracyclus lacustris, where
all the plates are nearly equal; but in Sériatella arcuata, S. uni-
punctata and Tessella catena they are shortest near the angles, and
gradually longer as they approach the middle. In the latter the
outlines of two plates are frequently seen at one time when viewed
laterally, in consequence of the unequal size of the plates. Plate

IX. fig. 6. ¢.
[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, under the Command of
Capt. Sir Edward Belcher, R.N. &c., during the years 1836-42.
Published under the authority &c. Edited and superintended by
Richard Brinsley Hinds, Esq., Surgeon R.N. attached to the
Expedition.—Mammalia, by John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S.
No. I. London, Smith, Elder and Co., 4to. 1843.

By the attention of the author or publishers, we have now before us
the first part of the “‘ Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur.”
This is one of the series of zoological works arising from our Voyages
of Discovery, published under the patronage of ‘‘ the Lords Commis-
sioners of the Admiralty :’’ as such we wish it success, and as public

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. 2H

458 Bibliographical Notices.

property we feel ourselves at liberty to speak freely of it. Long
before the British Government gave assistance to works of this kind;
we were of opinion that it ought to have been granted: we had the- ~
example before us of many continental works sumptuously published
at an expense which few private individuals could have defrayed,
while in this country our splendid examples were all completed
at the risk either of wealthy gentlemen, or by the enterprise of
publishers to whom a limited patronage had been secured, but
frequently resulting in inconvenience to both parties. ‘The beautiful
volumes of the Northern Zoology were, we believe, the first to which
a Government grant was given in this country, and the work was
singularly fortunate in having men employed on it who were not
only naturalists of the highest standing, but were also artists, or
capable of judging of art. ‘The more recent grants have been given
to the publications of Smith, Elder and Co., the publishers employed
to bring out the results of one or two of the later voyages, and they
are now continued with that for the work before us. The plan in
all these later works has been, we believe, to delegate the different
departments to men who have made them their particular study;
the publishers having the control of the expense and risk, and we
presume the benefit of the Government grant, and for this the public
receive the work at a price said to be cheaper than that at which it
otherwise could have been published. We have always considered
that the Government should maintain a greater control over these
works, or should give a portion at least of their grant in a sub-
scription for a certain number of copies; the public are comparatively
little benefited by the small reduction of the price of the Numbers,
for we do not consider ten shillings for nine plates (one of them
uncoloured) and a very limited letter-press so great a bargain. The
present work will, when completed, cost at least six pounds sterling
unbound, and can only be expected to be found in the possession of
a few interested in the subjects, or in one or two of our principal
libraries ; while by the Government giving their grant in the furm of
a subscription, and sending their copies to provincial libraries whose
funds would not allow them to devote so much to one work in a single
branch of science, the extension of a taste for natural history would
be spread, the knowledge of it diffused, and the public would at the
same time receive some value for their grant. There are many pub-
lishers both in England and in Scotland who would at once take the
risk, and bring out these works in the first style of art, were the sale
of one hundred or one hundred and fifty copies guaranteed to them
by Government *.

The voyage of the Sulphur embraced a range so extensive, that
many interesting objects might be expected to have been dis-
covered ; accordingly in the first Number, devoted to Mammalia, and
under the direction of J. E. Gray, Esq., we have figures of Brachy-

* We do not know the amount of the grant for the present work, but to
the former publications of Smith, Elder and Co., we believe the liberal sum
of 3000/. was given. A subscription for 150 copies of the present work
would not exceed the amount of a proportional grant.

Bibliographical Notices. 459

teles frontatus, from the shores of the harbour of Culebra; Pithecia
leucocephala and pogonias contrasted on the same plate, the latter
considered as new; and P. irrorata, allied to the P. hirsuta of Spix ;
Lemur coronatus from Madagascar, differing from ZL. rufifrons,
Benn., in having the black streak on the head expanded between
the eyes and continued to the end of the nose, the under part of
the base of the tail being also black; Phyllophora megalotis and
nigra, previously not figured, from tropical America; Phyllostoma
elongatum, from tropical America, also not before figured; Carollia
verrucata, from tropical America—all these are described. But we
have also figures of Sturnira Spectrum, Neosia nigrescens, Centurio
Senex from Amboina ; and Diclidurus Freyreissii, of which we pre-
sume the descriptions will appear in the following numbers.

The plates in this number are well executed, superior to some of
the modern works in drawing, at the same time inferior to others as
artistical pictures’; the colouring is also careful, but wants harmony:
where trees or foliage are introduced, the slightest wash or tint,
without an attempt to finish, would harmonize with the colouring of
the animals and take off the rawness incident to the severe contrast
of the white paper, in the same way that the tint of the sky has
assisted to do in several of the plates. In plate 2 we see no reason
why the head looking round the tree should have the sole benefit of
the blue ; a tint upon the branch and other parts would have improved
the picture. Let Mr. Hawkins, in the next number, insist that
justice be done to his careful lithographs. ‘The same remarks apply
to the other plates except 7 and 8, where nothing pictorial is at-
tempted, and where the figures should stand as exact representations
without other assistance.

A History of the Molluscous Animals of the counties of Aberdeen, Kin-
cardine and Banff ; to which is appended an account of the Cirripedal
Animals of the same District. By William Macgillivray, A.M.,
Professor of Natural History in the University of Marischal Col-
lege, Aberdeen, &c. Lond. 1843. Duod. pp. 372.

We are not going to review this volume, but we are anxious to in-
troduce it to the notice of our readers. The name and reputation of
the author led us to expect a work of interest and originality—not
fashioned on a mould that others had cast and approved—but bear-
ing the impress of a mind that could track a course of its own, and
much more willing to follow it than walk at greater ease in a beaten
path. And we have not been disappointed, for indeed we have rarely
spent a pleasanter hour than the one which we last night devoted
to the perusal of this little manual. It is the work of a good work-
man—the best local fauna in our language—a sure and pleasant
guide to the naturalists of the counties illustrated—with many a fact
that concerns all those who are interested in the study of the British
Mollusca. It boots little to us that it contains descriptions of some
thirty new species—two or three of them really fine additions to our
native list, and which we greet heartily—but we admire these new
descriptions of many an old friend and acquaintance, and these ad-

2H 2

460 Bibliographical Notices.

ditional traits of their habits and structural peculiarities. Mr. Macgil-
livray has observed much, and what he has observed he has told well.
There is, perhaps, a claim made to a greater degree of originality in
these than a critical survey would altogether allow in equity; but
what is not new has been elaborated and kneaded together by one
whom personal experience had taught to know the genuineness of
the materials he was handling. Let any one examine the family and
generic characters of the book with care, and we think the justice of
our remark will be allowed: they are excellently well done. We
are, however, inclined to blame some unnecessary innovations in
nomenclature ; to differ from our talented author in the application
of some few names ; to wish that the sources whence the characters
of the genera were taken had been more often and precisely quoted ;
and to smile good-naturedly (are we not fathers ?) on the paternal
storgé which pullulates forth with rather a too frequent and rash
growth in the mention of all and every the leetle Macgillivrays—
God bless them—Miss and Marion, Isabella and Anne, ‘‘ my son”
John, and not forgetting Paul-Howard and the rest of the family.

We end as we began—by our hearty recommendation of the book
to our readers. ‘To all who concern themselves in making a ‘ popu-
lation return’ of the molluscan natives the work is indispensable; and
for the value of six shillings they have here matter which some ped-
dling dilettanti might have been excused had he published as much
for a guinea sterling.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles:—Zoologie, M. Milne Edwards.
Botanique, MM. Ad. Brongniart et Guillemin. Paris: Fortin,
Masson and Co.

Jan. 1843.—Zoology.—Some Observations on the Onguline, by
M. Deshayes. M. Duvernoy, in his account of the animal of Ongulina,
proposed the removal of that genus from the neighbourhood of the
Lucine to that of the Mytilacee. M. Deshayes, in this paper, ap-
proves such a change, pointing out that M. Duvernoy’s animal is a true
Lucina, and that the structure of its branchie, separated at their an-
terior margin and united elsewhere, is after all rather a specific than
a generic anatomical distinction. M. Deshayes’ arguments are sound
throughout this paper.—On the Ravages of Scolytus pygmeus among
Ash and Oak Trees, and on the proposed Remedies, by M. Robert.
The author proposes two antidotes to the destruction caused by this
pestiferous insect: Ist, to varnish the bark of trees affected; and
2nd, to make longitudinal and oblique incisions at regular distances
in the bark.—M. Poiseulle on the Flux of Liquids in the Living Capil-
laries.—On the habits, development and metamorphoses of Caridina
Desmarestii, with reflections on the metamorphoses of Decapodous
Crustacea generally, by M. Joly (commencement).

Botany.—On the Temperature of Plants, by Professor Rameaux.
A summary of what has been done on this subject, with an account
of the author’s own observations, and elaborate tables.—M. Decaisne
on Drymispermum, Pseudais, and Gyrinopsis.—Count Jaubert and
Ed. Spach on the Argyrolobie of the Northern Hemisphere,—The

Linnean Society. 461

Ninth and Tenth Decades of the Third Century of New Exotic
Cellular Plants, by Dr. Montagne. The portion of these valuable
papers in this Number is occupied by descriptions of the Lichens of
Guiana.

Works just PusLisHep.

Arcana Entomologica; or, Illustrations of New, Rare, and Interesting
Insects. By J. O. Westwood, F.L.S., Sec. Ent. Soc. London, &c.
The first volume, containing 48 coloured plates, of this work, which

was established with the view of describing and figuring some of the

many interesting and splendid novelties with which our entomolo-
gical collections have, within the last few years, been so greatly en-
riched, is now completed.

The plates comprise 176 coloured figures, of which nearly 160 are
representatives of insects now for the first time given to the scientific
world, or of which no previous figures existed. ‘The work is to be
continued in each alternate month.

Manual of British Botany. By Charles C. Babington, M.A., F.L.8.,
F.G.S. &c.

Containing generic and specific characters of British plants, in one
volume, 12mo, as a travelling companion.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNAAN SOCIETY.
December 20, 1842.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

A. H. Hassall, Esq., exhibited an Apple in which decay had been
artificially induced by inoculating it with decayed matter from another
apple containing filaments of Entophytal Fungi.

* Some further Observations on the Nature of the Ergot of
Grasses.” By Edwin John Quekett, Esq., F.L.S.

This paper contains the results of experiments made by the author
with the view of determining the mode in which the sporidia of the
fungus which he regards as the cause of Ergot are introduced into
the infected grass.

In March 1840 twelve healthy grains of rye, of wheat and of bar-
ley were placed in a shallow glass vessel containing a sufficient
quantity of distilled water to moisten them, and covered with a glass
shade. When germination commenced an ergot of wheat of the pre-
ceding year was immersed in the water, the sporidia on its surface
were detached, and the ergot itself was then removed. The same
experiment was performed with sporidia obtained from an ergot
of Elymus sabulosus. Several days afterwards, when the leaves had
attained a length of three or four inches, the young plants were
conveyed into the country and planted side by side in a garden. At
the period of harvest there remained alive only four plants of the rye
(one of which had been infected from the ergot of Elymus, and the

462 Linnean Society.

remaining three from that of wheat), three of the barley and four of
the wheat. Of the rye scarcely a single ear produced healthy grains,
the paleze being generally quite empty ; but nine of the ears contained
ergots, some furnishing only a single specimen, and others as many
as six. The ears of the barley were filled with healthy grains, and
only one apparently diseased grain was detected; while in the wheat
the ears were full and without disease.

As in these experiments no grains from the same sample were
sown which had not been subjected to the influence of the sporidia
of the fungus, Mr. Quekett made in the following autumn another »
experiment with the view of supplying this deficiency. ‘Twelve
grains of rye, of wheat and of barley were again made to germinate
under similar circumstances to the last, and the sporidia obtained
from the surface of one of the ergots of rye produced in the first ex-
periment were diffused in the water in which they grew. These were
planted in October on the same estate, but not within half a mile of
the former spot; and twelve healthy grains of each kind which had
been carefully kept apart from the others were planted in the same
locality. Very few of the plants arrived at maturity, and in August
last there remained of the infected plants only two of rye, two of
wheat, and one of barley ; and of the uninfected plants one of each
kind. On each of the plants of rye which had been subjected to the
influence of the sporidia an ergot was discovered, and the ears as be-
fore were almost entirely devoid of healthy grains ; while the plants
of wheat and barley subjected to the same influence produced perfect
ears and healthy grains. The three plants of rye, wheat and barley
planted at the same time without exposure to the sporidia of the
fungus presented no unhealthy appearance.

Mr. Quekett argues that all the grains of rye subjected during
germination to the influence of the sporidia of the fungus in both
sets of experiments having produced plants infected with ergot,
while the plants derived from grains not so subjected escaped disease,
a convincing proof is afforded that their infection could not have been
the effect of chance, but must have resulted from the artificial intro-
duction of the sporidia; and that the infection of the rye only, while
the wheat and barley escaped, is to be attributed to the greater sus-
ceptibility of the rye to infection, as proved by the much greater fre-
quency of the production of ergots in that species of grain.

January 17, 1843.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair,
William Taylor, Esq., F.L.S., presented specimens of the seeds,
oil, and oil-cake of Camelina sativa, Crantz, accompanied by some

observations strongly recommending its cultivation in preference to
that of flax for the production of oil.

February 7.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

The Rev. William Hincks, F.L.S., exhibited a specimen believed
to belong to Neottia gemmipara, Smith. ‘The specimen, which was
from the collection of Dr. Wood of Cork, was obtained by him from

Linnean Society. 463

very near the original locality named by Mr. Drummond. Mr. Hincks
stated that he had taken some pains in comparing the specimen, not
only with the description, but also with the original sketch made by
Mr. James Drummond on a blank leaf of the pocket-book in which
he noted down the occurrences of the tour upon which he made the
discovery of this curious plant. The specimen now exhibited was
marked by Dr. Wood when fresh, and he had no doubt of its identity ;
and the result of Mr. Hincks’s examination was a confirmation of
this opinion.

Read an ‘‘ Essay on the Distribution, Vitality, Structure, Modes
of Growth and Reproduction, and Uses of the Freshwater Conferve.”
By Arthur Hill Hassall.

The principal part of Mr. Hassall’s observations on the growth of
Conferve have been already published in various Numbers of the
‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’

At the period of their publication he was not aware of the ob-
servations of M. Morren, M. Dumortier and M. Mohl on the growth
of Conferve by the subdivision of their cells; but he states that his
views of the mode in which this subdivision is effected differ consi-
derably from those of M. Morren. He does not believe that when
the endochrome of a cell has become separated into two masses,
leaving a transparent space between them, this space is occupied by
a formative intercellular matter such as M. Morren describes. On
the contrary, he states that the first indication of the partitions which
are to divide the parent cell into two consists of a solution of the
continuity of a portion of the periphery of the cell, the divided edges
of which become inflected and gradually approach the centre, where
they coalesce.

March 7.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., presented specimens of the aérial
processes of the roots of Sonneratia acida, L., sent by Mr. Templeton
from Ceylon, and described by him as affording a wood of an ex-
tremely light and close texture, admirably adapted for lining insect-
boxes, on account of the facility with which it admits, and the tena-
city with which it retains, the finest pins.

March 21.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

J. Janson, Esq., F.L.S., exhibited living flowering plants of the
‘‘hungry rice” of Sierra Leone, Paspalum evile,; Kipp., described at
p. 235, raised from seeds brought from Sierra Leone by Robert

Clarke, Esq.

Read a memoir “ On Pectinura, a new genus of Ophiuride,‘and
on the species of Ophiura inhabiting the Eastern Mediterranean.”
By Edward Forbes, Esq., F.L.S., Professor of Botany in King’s Col-
lege, London.

Professor Forbes states that in his late researches in the Agean
Sea he found ten species of Starfishes of the order Ophiuride, several
of which are undescribed. In the present memoir he confines him-

464 Linnean Society.

self to those belonging to the genus Ophiura, and to an allied genus,
hitherto uncharacterized, to which he gives the name of Pectinura.
This genus is founded on a small starfish brought up by the dredge
from the depth of 100 fathoms on the coast of Lycia, and is charac-
terized as follows :—
PECTINURA. |
Corpus orbiculare, squamosum, granulosum, ad peripheriam radiatum ;
radiis simplicibus, squamosis, in corporis discum subprolongatis; squamis
radiorum lateralibus adpressis, in marginibus superioribus spiniferis ;
ossiculis ovarialibus binis in corporis lobos non productis.
P. vest1TA, disco orbiculari, radiis convexiusculis; squamis superioribus
rotundatis ; lateralibus 8 spiniferis.—Lat. disci 4 unc.

Professor Forbes states that he should scarcely have ventured to
establish a genus on the single specimen of this species which he
possesses, and which is somewhat imperfect in the rays, had he not
had an opportunity of examining a large foreign species, which shows
it to be a well-marked genus, having a rather closer affinity with
Ophiura than with Ophiocoma. It differs from the former in having
the disc clothed with granules, in the absence of the pectinated
scales embracing the origins of the rays, and in the ovarian plates
(not soldered into one as in Ophiura) not encroaching on the body ;
and from Ophiocoma by the lateral ray-plates overlapping each other
and the posterior ray-plates as in Ophiura, and instead of having the
spines on a transverse ridge or keel having them articulated to their
superior margins, so that when the animal is dead they lie close to
the rays and do not bristle out as in Ophiocoma.

Of Ophiura Professor Forbes found three species, O. terturata, O.
albida, and a new species to which he gives the name of O. abyssicola,
on account of its being found in deeper water than any recorded
starfish, at the depth namely of from 150 to 200 fathoms. A com-
parison of the characters of this new species with those of its de-
scribed allies, has enabled him to revise the characters of the genus
Ophiura as follows :—

Opnriura, Lam., Agass.

Corpus orbiculare, squamosum, leve, ad peripheriam radiatum; radiis
simplicibus, squamosis, in corporis discum prolongatis, ad origines
squamis pectinatis adpressis; squamis radiorum lateralibus adpressis,
in marginibus superioribus spiniferis; ossiculis marginis ovarialibus
simplicibus, in corporis lobos productis.

The following are the specific characters of the AXgean species :—

O. texturata, Lam. Squamis pectinatis ad radiorum origines plus quam
20-dentatis, ossiculis ovarialibus lyratis, radiis carinatis ; squamis supe-
rioribus transversé oblongis: lateralibus 7 spiniferis.

O. albida, Forbes. Squamis pectinatis ad radiorum origines 16-dentatis,
ossiculis ovarialibus scutatis, radiis convexis ; squamis superioribus tri-
angularibus: lateralibus 4 vel 5 spiniferis.

O. ABYSSICOLA, squamis pectinatis ad radiorum origines binis 5—9-den-
tatis, ossiculis ovarialibus pentagonis, radiis carinatis; squamis supe-
rioribus quadratis: lateralibus 3 yel 4 spiniferis.—Lat. disci -2, une.

Entomological Society. 465

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Ful 4, 1842.—W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S., President, in the
Chair.

Mr. F. Smith exhibited a number of British Vespide, Crabronide
and Apide, accompanied by specimens of their nests, &c.

Mr. Westwood exhibited a specimen of a new Goliath Beetle from
the East Indies (Cyphonocephalus smaragdulus, W., Arc. Ent.), and
some rare Papilionideous and Cimicideous insects from the collection
of the Bristol Institution, communicated by G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq.
Likewise a new and singular genus of Coleoptera, but of doubtful
family, from the collection of M. Dupont. Likewise Orchestes
Quercus and its parasites reared from mined leaves of oak from Wey-
bridge.

Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a box of British moths taken in June in
the Hammersmith marshes, including the following rare species : Leu-
cania obsoleta and Vectis, Nudaria senex, Mela sericea, Chilo gigan-
tellus and phragmatellus, &c.

The Rev. F. W. Hope exhibited a number of new and rare Co-
leoptera from Cape Palmas.

Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited numerous gall-like nidi of an
insect upon a twig of Leptospermum from New Holland. Likewise
specimens of Triphena pronuba stuck upon thorns by the butcher-
bird, remarking that this species of moth was the only one selected
by the bird at the time they were observed. Mr. Hope however
stated that he had occasionally observed Libellule and Geotrupides
also similarly affixed.

Mr. J. F. Stephens exhibited a specimen of Calosoma sycophanta
recently captured at Herne Bay, Kent.

Mrs. North of East Acton exhibited a minute wasp’s nest found in
the interior of a hive of bees, which had in consequence been de-
serted by the inhabitants.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited a fossil wing of a large species of Limnobia
obtained by the Rev. P. B. Brodie from the lias near Gloucester,
and similar to some found in the Wealden strata of Wiltshire.

Mr. Raddon exhibited a specimen of Goliathus Drurii, Westw.,
taken at Frisa, on the west coast of Africa, 5° 20" lat. N. and 6° west
long.: its food was stated by the natives to be the common bamboo
canes, in which it lodges for aconsiderable time, entering at the but
and ascending nearly eight feet, when it is generally found in the
state of a grub.

Mr. Hope read several extracts from a letter received from Mr.
Savage at Cape Palmas, by whom a considerable number of Goliath
Beetles (G. Drurti, Cacicus, princeps and torquatus) and other rare
insects had been transmitted to Mr. Hope.

A paper by S. S. Saunders, Esq., Consul of Albania, containing
further observations on Mygale Jonica, was read (since published in
the Transactions of the Society).

August 1.—The President in the Chair.

Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited various interesting Lepidoptera
from Van Diemen’s Land.

466 Zoological Society.

Mr. Westwood noticed the peculiar construction of the scutellum
of the large species of Goliath Beetles, which does not allow the elytra
to be elevated beyond a very little distance above the back.

Mr. F. Smith exhibited a specimen of Macropis labiata 8, taken
by Mr. 8S. Stevens during the excursion to Weybridge in June; also
specimens of the male, female and two kinds of neuters of Formica
sanguinea.

Mr. 8. Stevens exhibited some Egyptian beans greatly eaten by
Anobium paniceum, and Mr. Saunders stated that a cargo of the Pady
or Divi Divi, a South American legume, had been very greatly in-
jured by a species of Bruchus.

Mr. Ingpen exhibited some radishes from Battersea fields, the
stems of which were greatly swollen in parts, probably resulting from
the punctures of some insect. |

Mr. Westwood exhibited some Dipterous larve which feed on the
heads of lettuce seed. He also read a memoir entitled ‘‘ Descriptions
of some new Exotic Reduviide of large size :”’—

Ectrichodia imperialis, W. E. purpurascens, hemelytris atris, abdo-
minis marginibus detectis fulvo purpureoque alternatim maculatis ;
antennis 6-articulatis, radiculd basalt haud computatd.—Long.
corp. unc. 13.—Hab. Cape Palmas, Mr. Savage. Mus. Hope.

Platymeris ducalis, W. Negra nitida, hemelytris maculd laterali,
femoribus fascid latd subapicali, abdominis maculis lateralibus
rufis, pronoto scutelloque spinigeris.—Long. corp. unc. 13.~—Hab.
Cape Palmas, Mr. Savage. Mus. Hope.

Ectinoderus,W. Subg. nov. Pronotum maximum anticé supra basin
pedum anticorum dilatatum in medio transverse impressum, posti-
cegue in lobos duos supra basin hemelytrorum protensum. Pedes
antici valde elongati, femoribus crassis tibiisque rectis. Antenne
4-articulate, articulo 1™° longo, tribus ultimis sensim brevioribus
et tenuioribus (inter art. 1 et 2 et 2 et 3 articult minimi apparent),
Abdomen subrotundum depressum lateribus detectis.

Ectinoderus longimanus, W. Obscure luteus, capite antennis et
hemelytrorum membrand nigris, femoribus fascid medid apiceque
tibiisque anticis (nisi ad basin) nigricantibus hemelytrorum corio
et abdominis lateribus luteo nigroque vartis.—Long. corp, une. 14.
—Hab. Singapore? Mus. Westwood.

Obs. Mr. Cuming has brought another species of this subgenus

from the Philippine Islands.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

June 28, 1842.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair,
A paper by G. B. Sowerby, Esq., containing descriptions of new
species of Shells belonging to the genus Cyclostoma, was read.
The species described in this paper were collected in the Philip-
pine Islands by H. Cuming, Esq., by whom they were exhibited.

CyCLOSTOMA ACUTIMARGINATUM.

Cycl. testd suborbiculari, conicd, tenui, levi, subpellucidd, badid,
albido-marmoratd, spird subacuminatd, submammillari, anfracti-

Zoological Society. 467

- bus quatuor, raptim crescentibus, supra infraque rotundatis, mar-
gine carinato, acuto, prope suturam marginemque coloribus articu-
latis ; aperturd magnd, orbiculari, peritremate reflexo, albo, in-
crassato, prope ultimum anfractum subinterrupto, superneé produc-
tiore, minime reflexo ; umbilico mediocri, profundo. Long. 0°9 ;
lat. 1:1 poll. Operculo corneo, multispiral..

Hab. supra foliis Palmarum apud Catbalongan Insule Laman
Philippinarum.

An elegant species, remarkable for the sharpness of its edge (in
which it resembles a Carocolla), as well as for the beautiful arrange-
ment of the colouring.

Cyctostoma Luzonicum.

Icon, Sowerby, Species Conchyliorum, Pars 24, Cyclostoma, f. 133.

Cycl.testd suborbiculari, albidd, castaneo-variegatd, spird depressius-
culd, obtusd ; anfractibus quatuor ad quinque, rotundatis, concinneé
spiraliter striatis, fascid albidd infra suturam fusco-articulaté ;
suturd profundd ; aperturd circulari, peritremate crasso, reflexo ;
umbilico maximo. Long. 0°7; lat.1°3 poll. Operculum cor-
neum, tenue, anfractuum marginibus lamellosis.

The first specimens of ,this species were brought from Luc¢on by
J. K. Smith, Esq. Mr. Cuming has collected the following varie-
ties, Viz :—

a. Shell variegated, with a brown and white articulated band close
to the front of the suture, median band variously mottled. Found
under decayed leaves on Mount Isarog in the province of South
Camarinas, island of Lucon.

6. Shell variegated, upper or posterior part of the two last volu-
tions with four or five rather prominent elevated striz. Found under
decayed leaves in the island of Masbate.

e. Upper part of the volutions of a pale colour, with a brown and
white articulated band next to the suture; median line articulated
with brown and white, in front of which the shell is dark brown,
becoming paler toward the umbilicus. Found under decayed leaves
at St. Jaun in the province of Cagayan, island of Lucon.

d. Shell dark chestnut-brown, articulated with white in front of
the suture; median line brown and white mottled; umbilicus and
peritreme white. Found under decayed wood at Calauang in the
province of Laguna, island of Lucon.

e. Shell brownish, with an articulated band next to the suture,
and two median bands, the posterior of which is white and the an-
terior dark brown; spire more elevated than in the former varieties.
Found in earth under decayed leaves at Sinait in the province of
South Ilocos, island of Lucon.

f. Shell rather smaller and with a more elevated spire than in
varieties a. to d, variously mottled. Found under decayed leaves in
the woods at Dolores in the province of Pampanga, island of
Lucon.

g. Shell rather paler coloured than most of the varieties, but ha-

468 Zoological Society.

ving the inside of the aperture of an orange-brown. Found under
decayed leaves on Mount Isarog, with var. a.
h. Similar to var. e, but altogether paler, and from the same
locality.
CycLOsTOMA CANALIFERUM.

Icon. Sowerby, Species Conchyliorum, Pars 24, CPS ReENE f. 195,

196.

Cycl. testd orbiculari, subdepressd, crassiusculd, albicante, brunneo-
marmoratd, spird depressd, obtusd; anfractibus guatuor, rotun-
datis, spiraliter striatis et superné cariniferis, prope suturam
brunneo albidoque articulatis et cingulo centrali brunneo ornatis ;
suturd canaliculatd, margine canalis elevato ; aperturd circulari,
peritremate incrassato, reflexo, umbilicum patulum versus lamelloso-
patente. Long. 0°8; lat. 1-4 poll. Operculum corneum, anfrac-
tuum margine lamellari, levatiusculo.

This species bears a general resemblance to the last; it may be
distinguished by the flexuose lamella proceeding from the peritreme
and overlying the umbilicus, so as nearly to cover it when adult ; and
also by the narrow channel at the suture. I received the first spe-
cimens of this shell from J. K. Smith, Esq. Mr. Cuming has col-
lected two different varieties.

a. Shell depressed, pale in colour, J. K. Smith, Esq. :

b. Shell with a more prominent spire and much darker colours.
Found under decayed leaves on the island of Burias, H. Cuming, Esq.

c. Shell with the spire prominent as the last; of a rich dark.
brown, with a white median line and angular flashes of white on
the upper side. Found under decayed leaves in the province of
Tayabas, island of Lucon, H. Cuming, Esq.

CyYcLOSTOMA VALIDUM.

Cycl. testd orbiculart, crassiusculd, pallidd, brunneo-variegatd, spird
elevatiusculd, anfractibus quinque rotundatis, spiralter striatis,
et nonnunquam obtuse quatuor- ad quinque-carinatis ; suturd
distinctd ; aperturd circulari, peritremate incrassato, reflexo,
umbilicum versus patente; umbilico mediocri. Long. 1°5; lat.
1‘8 poll. Operculum corneum, tenuiculum, margine anfractuum
lamellari.

The young shell of this species appears to have been of compara-
tively large size at its first development from the egg, the edge of
its aperture being usually distinguished by a broad and dark brown
oblique band at about the middle of the third volution from the apex.
Mr. Cuming has brought several varieties, as follows :—

a. This is the largest and coarsest variety, and its colours are the
least brilliant; the lower part, near to the aperture, appears to be
constantly worn away, probably from age; the peritreme also is ex-
tended far beyond its first formed edge. It is found on the leaves
of trees at Tanauan, in the island of Leyte.

6. Shell of a dark brown, with sometimes angular flashes of nearly
white over the upper part of the shell; the median edge is obtusely

Zoological Society. 469

keeled. It is found under decayed leaves in the province of Taya-
bas, island of Lucon.

ce. Shell of a light brown colour, variously mottled with very
dark brown. Found under decayed leaves in dense woods at Cat-
balonga, and at Basay, in the island of Samar.

d. Smaller than the last, and generally paler in colour, with less
of the dark brown. Found under decayed leaves at Cagayan in
the province of Misamis, Island of Mindanao.

CycLosTtoMA STAINFORTHII.

Cycl. testa tenui, albicante, pyramidali, carinatd; spird acuminati-
usculd, anfractibus quinque ad sex, lateribus subventricosis, ultimo
longé maximo, margine mediano carinato, lineis spiralibus fuscis
quatuor ad sex ornato ; suturd subobsoletd ; apertura magna, sub-
orbiculari, latere columellari rectiusculo ; peritremate albo, subin-
crassato, reflexo, supra anfractum penultimum subinterrupto, um-
bilico mediocri. Long. 0°7; lat. 0°8 poll. Operculum corneum,
tenue, marginibus anfractuum lamellosis, levatiusculs.

A very elegant species, which I have the pleasure of dedicating to
my kind and liberal friend, the Rev. F, J. Stainforth. Mr, Cuming
has brought the following varieties :—

a. Shell nearly white, variegated with brown mottlings and from
four to six dark brown spiral lines. Found upon the leaves of trees
on the island of Ticao.

6. Shell smaller, and altogether paler. Found on leaves of trees
on the island of Masbate.

c. Shell of a pale rosy brown colour. On leaves of bushes on the
island of Siquijor.

d. Shell of a pale colour, mottled with dark brown. On leaves of
bushes in the island of Siquijor.

e. Shell nearly white. From the same locality as c. and d.

f. Shell larger than var. e. and nearly white. On leaves of trees

in the island of Panay.
Cyctostoma Tusa.

Cycl. testa suborbiculari, depressiusculd, tenui, levi, albicante ru-
Sescente-fusco-variegata et nubeculata; spird brevi, subdepressd,
acuminata, anfractibus quinque, planiusculis, primis carinatis, ul-
timo maximo, rotundato; aperturd maximd, circulari, expansd,
albicante ; peritremate albicante, tenui, lato, revoluto, supra an-
Sractum penultimum interrupto ; umbilico magno. Alt. 1°5; lat.
2°3 poll.

Hab. sub foliis putridis prope Montem Ophir, Malacce.

This species is remarkable for the extent of the reflected lip of the
aperture. Mr. Cuming has brought two varieties, differing only in
size,

CycLosToMA PHILIPPINARUM.
Sowerby, Species Conchyliorum, Pars 2°, fig. 180 to 183.

i Cycl. testa globoso-conicd, pallida, fusco-marmoratda, spird subacumi-
natd, anfractibus quinque subrotundatis, superne longitudinaliter

470 Zoological Society.

sulcatis, ultimo infra levigato ; aperturd subrotundé, peritremate
obtuso, reflexo, supern? producto, latere umbilici “subsinuato ; um-
bilico parvo. Alt. 0°6; lat.0°5 poll. Operculum tenue, corneum,
leve.

Of this species, which is very variable in size and colouring, the
first specimens I met with were brought from Manilla by J. K. Smith,
Esq. Mr. Cuming has collected the following varieties, viz.

a. Shell small, light brown, elegantly marbled with dark chestnut-
brown. Found in the earth at the roots of plants at Puerto-galero,
in the island of Mindoro. |

6. Shell rather larger than a, of a pale colour, with very slight
dark brown mottlings; apex rosy. From Bai, in the isle of Negros.

c. Nearly similar to 6, but the apex scarcely rosy, Found under
decayed leaves at Piddig, in the province of North Ilocos, island of
Lucon.

d. Shell larger, with a pale band round the circumference, and a
dark one beneath. Found under decayed leaves at Sinait, and in
earth at Bolinao.

e. Shell very darkly coloured, size of d. On leaves of bushes at
Calauang, and on leaves of trees at St. Christoval, in the province of
Batangas.

jf. Shell smoother and paler than the other varieties ; apex black-
ish. Found on leaves of bushes at Daleguete, island of Zebu.

g. Shell larger than the other varieties, dark brown, with a white
and brown articulated band close to the suture, and a nearly white
circumferential band. Found on leaves of bushes at the island of
Luban.

CYCLOSTOMA ALTUM.

Cycl. testé acuminato-turrita, crassiusculd, fuscd, levi, tenuissime
striatd, apice obtusiusculo, anfractibus 7 ad 8 rotundatis ; suturd
distinctd, tenut; aperturd circulari, labio subincrassato, reflexo-
patente, duplici, margine externo magis, interno minus expanso,
intis canali parvd ad basin columellarem munito ; umbilico medi-
ocri extis carind obtusd marginato ; operculo corneo, tenui, multi-
spirali. Long. 1*; lat. 0°3 poll.

Hab. supra truncos arborum in montibus insule Negros, Philip-

pimarum.

This species is remarkable for having a double lip, the inner or
newer portion of which is not quite so much expanded as the outer.
It may be regarded as the first link of affinity, connecting Cyclosto-
ma with Pupina by the intervention of the next species, C. Pupini-
forme.

CycLosTtomMa PuPINIFORME.

Cycl. testa subcylindrico-turritd, crassiusculd, obscurd, fuscd, levi,
tenuissime striatd, apice subabrupté acuminato, anfractibus senis,
rotundatis, suturd validd ; aperturd circulart, peritremate discon-
tinuo ; labio externo subincrassato, revoluto, flavido, ad basin colu-
mellarem canali angustissimd spirali interrupto ; deindé superne
latiors, demim supra ultimum anfractum leviter expanso, canali

Zoological Society. 471

angustd tenuique inter anfractum ultimum et partem posticam labii

_positd ; umbilico parvo, carind obtusd marginato, hdcece carind
externam partem canalis angustissime basis columellaris effor-
mante.’ Long. 0°7 ; lat. 0°25.

Hab. supra truncos arborum apud §S. Juan provincize Cagayan in-
sulz Lucon, Philippinarum.

This species, which is related to the last and to Cycl. tortuosum of
Gray, approaches very nearly to the genus Pupina, appearing to
differ only in having a dull unpolished external surface, while that
of Pupina is extremely brilliant. It proves the genera Cyclostoma
and Pupina to belong to the same family.

The next communication is from Dr. L. Pfeiffer, and contains the
following descriptions of shells belonging to the genera Helix and
Bulimus, also collected by H. Cuming, Esq. in the Philippine Islands.

Hexix zonirera, Sow. Hel. T. imperforatd, subglobosd, tenui,
JSulvd, zonis variis opacis lutescenti-albidis ornatd, obsoleté angu-
latd ; anfractibus 4 convevis, supremis depressis ; columelld pland,
rectd, elongatd ; aperturd lunato-rotundatd, intus nitidd ; peristo-
mate simplici, expanso, albo, cum callo columellari angulatim juncto.

Diam. 1°60; alt. 1:10 poll.

Hab. ins. Leyte.

f. T. tenuissimd, luteo-virente, basi unicolore, ad peripheriam fascid
latd nigricante et angustiore albidd, superné fasciis pluribus albidis
interruptis ornatd.

Hab. ins. Leyte.

y. T. rufo-nigricante, fasciis variis sordide albidis.

Hab. ins. Samar.

6. T. crassiusculd, cinnamomed, fasciis lutescenti-albidis.

Hab. ins. Samar.

Differt ab H. pulcherrimd, cui valdé affinis, spira depressa, anfractu

ultimo minus inflato, et columella neque excavata neque dentata.

Hexix Norrisir, Sow. Hel. T.imperforatd, globoso-depressd, so-
lidd, glabra, fulvo-citrind, zonis opacis candidis et infra suturam
maculis irregularibus albis notata ; spird semiglobosd ; anfractibus
4E convexis, ultimo ad columellam subexcavato ; columella latd,
albo-cullosd, arcuatim prolongatd ; aperiurd fereé orbiculari, intis
lacted ; peristomate crasso, latissimé expanso.

Diam. 1°80; alt. 1°15 poll.

Hab. insula Lucon, ad Montem Triga.

Species intermedia inter H. pulcherrimam et zoniferam, ab illd

spira depressa et columella arcuata, ab altera columella excavata, nec
angulata diversa.

Hewix tuzonica, Sow. Hel. T. imperforatd, conico-globosa, cras-
siusculd, oblique striatd, rufd, apice sanguined, epidermide liberd
Sere omnino tectd, medio fascid latd albidd ornato ; spiré conoided ;
anfractibus 5—55 convewviusculis ; columella obliqud, dilatatd,
tuberculosd ; aperturd lunato-orbiculart, intis lacted ; peristomate
incrassato, late reflexo, albo vel purpureo late limbato.

472 Zoological Society.

Diam. 1°60; lat. 1°15 poll.

Hab. Provincia Cagayan insule Lucon.

Differt ab H. pulcherrimd testé crassa, conoidea, anfractibus plu-
ribus et sensim accrescentibus, columella vix excavata et labro in-
crassato. ' .

Hewix Minpanarnsis, Sow. Hei. T. imperforatd, globoso-conicd,
solidd, oblique rugoso-striata, apice obtuso, pallidd, luteo-fuscd,
opacd, maculis variis rufis pellucidis ornatd ; spird conoided ; a
fractibus 45 convewiusculis, ultimo medio obtuse angulato, infra
angulum fascia lata, hydrophand, albidd signato ; columella lividd,
subrecté descendente, medio subintortd ; apertura tetragono-ovata,
intus plumbed ; peristomate subincrassato, parum reflexo, livido-
Jusco, margine supero arcuatim dilatato.

Diam. 2°20; alt. 1°65 poll.

Hab. insula Mindanao.

Forma et magnitudo sicut H. Pan. Differt anfractu ultimo angu-
lato, colore et forma columellz et aperture. Ab H. Harfordii differt
forma conicé, maculis non hydrophanis, sed in ipsa testa positis, et
margine dextro aperture sinuato.

Hexrx carsonaria, Sow. Hel.T. imperforatd, subtrochiformi, levi,
purpureo-nigricante, epidermide fuscd, hydrophand, oblique strigatd,
apice rubrd vel violaced ; suturd linear: ; anfractibus 5 planiusculis,
ultimo carinato, basi plano; columellé subrectd, dilatatd, fusci-
duld ; aperturd subtetragond, intis lividd ; peristomate simplict,
viz incrassato.

Diam. 1°20; altit. 0°95 poll.

Hab. Insula Zebu. ‘ Daleguete.’

Variat carina obtusiore, basi convexiore.

Hexix (Carocoiza) Panayensis, Brod. Hel. T. imperforatd, de-
pressd, orbiculart, carinatd, crassiusculd, superneé griseo-fuscd, mi-
nutissime granulata, basi radiatim striatd, nitidissimd, olivaced ;
spird depresso-conoided ; anfractibus 6 planulatis, ultimo non de-
flexo ; aperturd angulato-lunari, intis albidd ; peristomate superné
simplici, basi incrassato, ad columellam expansiusculo.

Diam. 1°60; altit. 0°85 poll.

fab. Insula Panay. ‘ Dingle.’

Var. (Cagayan ins. Lucon). Spirdelatiore, anfractibus ultimis tu-

midis, superné saturate rufa, basi nigricans, deorsim pallescens.

Heurx Moricanp1i, Sow. Hel. T. umbilicatd, semiglobosd, basi pla-
niusculd, nitidd, albido-flava, fasciis rufis 2-3-cinetd ; anfractibus
55 convevis, ultimo margine dextro subitd deflexo ; umbilico an-
gusto, pervio; aperturd transverse pyriformi, basi paralleld ; pe-
ristomate connexo, margine superiore expanso, basal late reflexo,
ad basin dente unico crasso instructo.
Diam. 1°35; altit. 0°70 poll.
Hab. Insula Bohol. ‘ Jacna.’
Differt ab H. zonali, Fér., cui persimilis, basi plana, aperture
parte suprema deflexd, indé horizontali, et marginibus peristomatis
junctis.

Zoological Society. 473

HeEtix saGiTTirerA, Pfr.an Nanina? Hel. T. subperforatd, tenut,
pellucidd, oblique striatd et obsolete rugosd, fulvd, maculis servatis
sagittiformibus et ad carinam obsoletam fascia unicd rufa ornata ;
suiurd impressd, ad anfractum ultimum subcanaliculata ; anfrac-
tibus 4 planiusculis, ultimo inflato ; apertura perobliqud, lunato-
ovatd, intis lacted; peristomate simplici, ad columellam sub-
incrassato, vir reflexo, margine superiore deflexo.

Diam. 2; altit. 1°10 poll.

Hab. Sinait insulz Lucon.

Affinis H. Lamarckiane, Lea. Differt forma minus depressa, an-

fractibus spirz lente crescentibus, ultimo vix carinato, et colore.

Varietas: testa distmcté carinata, superné intensé rufa, infra

carinam fascia nigricante diluta circumdata, basi olivaceo-fulva,
maculis sagittiformibus obsoletis.—Bolinao insule Lucon.

Hewix rutvipa, Pfr.an Nanina? Hel. T. subperforata, subglobosa,
tenui, pellucida, pallide fulvescente, superné confertissime et mi-
nutissime granulosa, basi glabrd, nitidd ; spird elata ; anfractibus
53, supremis planis, 14 ultimis rotundatis ; apertura lunari; pe-
ristomate simplici, margine columellari subincrassato, ad perfora-
tionem obsoletam reflezxo.

Diam. 1°25; altit. 0°85 poll.

Hab. Insula Mindanao.

Herix Janus, Chemn. xi. 3016. 17.—Helicella, Fér. pr. 233.—An
Nanina? fel. T. sinistrorsd, perforatd, orbiculari, tenui, dia-
phand, oblique regulariter et confertim striatd, superne fusca, basi
converd, rufa, nitidiusculd ; spird laté depresso-conoided ; anfrac-
tibus 7 planulatis, ultimo carinato ; apertura lunari; peristomate
tenui, acuto, margine columellari reflexiusculo.

Diam. 1-30; altit. 0°80 poll.

Hab: in monte Ophir, peninsulz Malaccane.

H. Mackensiana, Saul in Revue Zool. 1841, p. 347, eadem esse

videtur.

He1ix porpuyria, Pfr. an Nanina? Hel. T. perforatd, depressd,
solidd, oblique rugoso-striatd, rufd, maculis et strigis creberrimis,
flavido-albidis subprominulis marmoratd, carinatd, infra carinam
rufo-fasciatad, basi olivaceo-fulvd, nitidiore ; anfractibus 45 pla-
nulatis, regulariter crescentibus, ultimo circa perforationem aper-
tam excavato ; aperturd subrhombed ; peristomate simplici, tenui,
margine columellari arcuatim reflexo.

Diam. 1°80; altit. 1:00 poll.

Hab. Insula Burias.

HevixSamarensis,Pfr. Hel.T. umbilicatd, depresso-conoided, tenui,
oblique striatuld, fulvido-albd, fasciis rufis ornatd ; basi planulatd ;
suturd lineari ; anfractibus 4% planiusculis, ultimo basi subcari-
nato ; umbilico angusto, pervio ; apertura horizontali, ellipticd ;
peristomate simplici, margine supero expanso, basali laté reflexo,

_ edentulo.

Diam. 0°90; altit. 0°50 poll.

Hab. Insula Samar.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, Vol, xi. ZI

474 Zoological Society.

Hexrx Buruert, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, globosd, tenui, levi,
apice obtuso alba; spirdé semiglobosd ; suturd mediocri ; anfrac-
tibus 44 planiusculis, ultimo inflato, pallide lutescente, lineis par-
vis confertis, crispulis vel interruptis ornata ; columella subrectd,
lata, profunde intrante ; apertura rotundato-lunatd ; peristomate
simplici, vie expanso.

Diam. 1°25; altit. 1°00 poll.

Hab. Mountains of the Igorrotes.—Forma affinis H. versicolori

Bornii.

Heurx Becxrana, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, orbiculari, tenui, oblique
striata, fuscd, vie nitiduld ; spird parim elatd ; suturd linear: ;
anfractibus 6 planiusculis, ultimo deflexo, ad peripheriam angu-
lato; angulo ad aperturam obsoleto ; basi planiusculd ; umbilico
mediocri, pervio ; aperturd fere horizontali, subtrapezoidali ; pe-
ristomate simplici, margine columellari brevi, basalt reflexo, quasi
in tuberculum incrassato.

Diam. 0°85 ; altit. 0°40 poll.—Nueva Ecija.

Hexurx Cuminer, Pfr. Hel. T. imperforatd, depressd, obtuse subca-
rinata, apice violaceo, obtusd, oblique striatd, nigricanti-rufd, epi-
dermide rufd, superne maculis irregularibus, basi fasctis multis
stramineo-cinereis ornatd; anfractibus 4, supremis planiusculis,
ultimo subinflato ; columellé recté descendente, laté callosd ; aper-
turd latd, subquadrangulari ; peristomate laté expanso, a had
inferiore incrassato.

Diam. 1°60; altit. 0°90 poll.

Hab. Insula Pai ON ais H.. Zebuensi, Brod.

Heuix scropicuuata, Pfr. Hel. T. umbilicatd, lenticulari, tenui, ob-
lique rugosd, fulvido-albidd, fusco-zonatd, carinatd; spird parim
elatd, apice obtuso nitidd, glabrd ; suturd lineari; anfractibus 44
convexiusculis, ultimo deflexo ; carind subacutd ; umbilico angusto,
pervio ; aperturd transverse pyriformi; peristomate simplici,
continuo, superne expanso, basi late reflexo, unidentato ; dente ob-
tuso, extus scrobiculum formante.

Diam. 1°15; altit. 0°45 poll.

Hab. Insula Bohol.

Affinis 7. rote, spird elatiore, carina simplici, subacuta, et costis

deficientibus diversa.

Buimus Brevicutus, Pfr. Bul. T. imperforatd, ovatd, apice obtuso,
oblique obsolete striatd, nitidd, albd, epidermide lutescente decidua
obductd ; anfractibus 6 angustis, convexiusculis ; columella sub-
recta, in laminam tenuem expansd; aperturd perodbliqud, trans-
verse semiovali ; peristomate simplici, expanso.

Long. 1°15 ; diam. 0°75 poll.

Hab. Insula Romblon.

Affinis Bulimo stabili, Sow., formA abbreviata, anfractibus con-

vexiusculis et apertura diversis.

Butimus Cumineut, Pfr. Bul. T. imperforatd, ovatd, tenuissimd,
oblique striatuld, pellucidd, albido-virente, ad suturam lined rufd

Zoological Society. 475

—circumdatd ; anfractibus 45 convewiusculis, ultimo obsoleté angu-
lato, spiram pauld superante ; columella pland, subexcavatd, fusca ;
aperturd lunato-ovali ; peristomate simplici, margine dextro late
expanso, basalt subreflexo.

Long. 1°35; diam. 0°95 poll.

Hab. Insula Camiguing.

Buuimus tienarivs, Pfr. Bul. T. imperforatd, conoideo-globosd, so-
lida, oblique striata, subepidermide lignarid nitideé nigricante, sur~
sim pallescente, apice obtusiusculo, nitide fulvo ; spird conoided ;
anfractibus 5 convexis, ultimo spird pauld breviore ; columella
subrecid, extrorsim laté expansd, fusco-plumbed ; aperiurd lunato-
ovali, intis nitide cerulescente ; peristomate simplici, reflexo,
saturate plumbeo, margine dextro valde arcuato.

Long. 3°05; diam. 2°20 poll.

Hab. Provincia Cagayan insule Lucon.

a. Feré unicolor, epidermide pallidé, saturatius strigatd, fascid
unicd angustd, nigra supra, latiore albidd infra medium anfractus
ultimt.

8. Epidermide albo-strigatd, fasciis pluribus angustis nigricanti-
rufis, unica latiore albidd infra medium anfractus ultimi.

y. Minor, spira subelongata ; color sicut in a.

Buuimus suewans, Pfr. Bul. T. imperforatda, elongato-globosd, apice
obtuso, solidiusculd, oblique distinct? striatd, unicolore, rufa ; an-
Fractibus 5 convewis, ultimo spiram equante ; columella latd, albd,
introrsim arcuatim prominente ; apertura. magnd, irregulariter
subovali, ad basin columelle sinuatd, intis pallidé lividd ; peristo-
mate vie reflexo, rufo-marginato.

Long. 2°20; diam. 1°50 poll.

Hab. « Mountains of Igorrotes.’

Butimus Nymrnua, Pfr. (Achatina?) Bul. T. ovato-turritd, solidius-
cula, levi, sulphured, epidermide hydrophand, ligned crebre et late
strigatd, lined suturali rufd et ared columellari nigricante ornata;
apice obtuso, nitide roseo; anfractibus 6 vie convexiusculis, ultimo
% longitudinis equante, obsolete angulato ; columelld recta, pland,
via truncatula ; apertura magna, ovali, intis albd ; peristomate
subsimplici, albo, margine dextro valdé arcuato.

Long. 2°00; diam. 0°95 poll.

Hab. Insula Lucon, ‘San Miguel.’

Var. Testa rufa, surstim pallescente, apice roseo ; epidermide al-

bidd, peristomate rufo. Mt. Triga.

Differt a Bulimo (Achatina) Boholensi forma ventricosiore, anfractu

ultimo brevi, apertura lata, peristomate non expanso.

July 12.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.
The following ‘‘ Descriptions of two new species of Oniscia, a
genus of pectinibranchiate Mollusks,” communicated by Mr. Lovell
Reeve, was read.

Ontscta Dennisont. Onisc. testa trigono-ovatd, decussatim costatd,
costis tuberculo squamdve ad juncturas instructis ; anfractibus su-

212

476 Zoological Society.

perne angulatis, superficie albd, fusco-maculosd, leviter striatd ;
labro columellari rutilo, albo-granuloso, latissimé effuso ; labro ex-
terno valde incrassato, interne denticulis albis irregulariter ornato.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 253. f. 5 and 6.

Hab. ?

Long. 2; lat. 1,4, poll.

In dedicating this very chaste and beautiful shell to its fortunate
possessor, J. Dennison, Esq., we memorize the name of a gentleman
whose collection is perhaps unequalled in excellency and preserva-
tion. The very rare and valuable specimen before us is closely allied
to the Oniscia cancellata (Cassidaria cancellata, Lamarck), so much
so indeed that we at first hesitated to consider it a distinct species ;
the rich and rosy appearance of the columellar lip is, however, re-
markable, and as this part of the shell exhibits its chief generic cha-
racter, may not so decided a variation of it be considered of specific
importance ?.

OnisciA STROMBIFORMIS. Onisc. testd trigono-pyriformi, albd,
transversim irregulariter costatd et nodosa; anfractibus superneé
angulatis, angulis valdé nodosis ; labro columellari albo, granuloso,
leviter effuso ; labro externo denticulato.

Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 253. f. 1.

Hab. ? Mus. Cuming.

Long. 2; lat. $ poll.

An interesting small species, figured in ‘Conch. Syst.’ together

with the former, and which appears to be very distinct from any
hitherto described.

A series of birds’ skins, being the remaining portion of the collec-
tion presented by Walter Ewer, Esq., part of which was exhibited at
the previous meeting, was laid on the table. ‘These birds were col-
lected in the north-western province of the Bengal presidency, in
north latitude 29° to 31°, and east longitude 77° to 80°, and are
chiefly inhabitants of the plain. Mr. Ewer, however, observes, that
there are perhaps also a few from the Himalaya mountains in the
collection.

The following is a list of the species :—

Neophron percnopterus, Temm. | Merops Philippinus, Linn.
Haliaétus Mace. viridis, Linn.

Ponticerianus. Hirundo filifera, Steph.
Circaétus brachydactylus, Vieill. riparia? Linn.
Aquila Vindhiana, Frankl. Halcyon Smyrnensis, Linn.
Morphnus cristatellus. Alcedo rudis, Linn.
Astur Hyder, Sykes. Bengalensis.
Accipiter nisus. Graucalus Papuensis, Cuv.
Falco Chicquera, Lath. Collurio erythronotus, Vig.

Circus rufus, Briss. Lahtora, Sykes.
pallidus, Sykes. Phenicornis peregrina, Vig.
Elanus melanopterus, Leach. brevirostris, Vig.
Milvus Cheele. rubeculoides, Vig.
Ketupa Leschenaulti, Less. Turdus albicollis.

Zoological Society.

Turdus pecilopterus, Vig.
saularis, Auct.

?

Oriolus Galbula.
Malacocercus striatus, Sw.
Hypsipetes psaroides, Vig.
Izos cafer.

leucotis, Gould.
Lanthocincla albogularis, Gould.
leucocephala, Gould.
erythrocephala, Gould.
Enicurus maculatus, Vig.
Myophonus Temmincki, Vig.
Megalurus palustris, Sykes?
Anthus Chendoola, Frankl.
Pyrrhulauda cruciger.
Sazicola bicolor, Sykes.
Phenicura ruticilla, Sw.
Motacilla alba.

Prinia inornata, Sykes.’
Timalia hypoleuca, Frankl.
Parus atriceps, Horsf.
Emberiza cristata, Vig.
Pyrgita domestica, Cuv.
Fringilla leuconota, Temm.
Ploceus Philippinus, Cuy.
Sturnus vulgaris, Linn.
Pastor Galla.

Lamprotornis spilopterus, Vig.
Dendrocitta Sinensis, Vig.
vagabunda, Vig.
Garrulus bispecularis, Vig.
lanceolatus, Vig.
striatus, Vig.

Pica erythrorhyncha, Vig.
Nucifraga hemispila, Vig.
Fregilus Graculus, Cuv.
Corvus culminatus, Sykes.
Eudynamys orientalis, V. & H.
Centropus Philippensis, Cuv.
Cirkeer, Gray.
Paleornis torquatus, Vig.
fravicollaris, Frankl.

477

Picus oceipitalis, Vig.
Mahrattensis, Lath.
Bueco caniceps, Frankl.
Philippinensis, Auct.
Yunx Torquilla, Linn.

Sitta castaneoventris, Frankl.
Pomatorhinus erythrogenys, Vig.
Phasianus albocristatus, Vig.
Perdiz Chukar, Vig.
Francolinus Pondicerianus.
vulgaris.

Coturnix Cambaiensis.
Pterocles exustus.

Cursorius Coromandelicus.
(Edicnemus crepitans, ''emm.
Vanellus Goensis, Auct.
cristatus, Meyer.
Keptuschka, Temm.
Gallinago stenurus.

Tringa pugnaz, Linn.
Temmincki, Leisler.
Totanus glottoides, Vig.
Herodias Gazetta.

Botaurus stellaris, Steph.
Anas pecilorhyncha, Gmel.
Dafila acuta, Leach.

Mareca Penelope, Selby.
Fuligula rufina, Steph.
cristata, Steph.
Nyroca leucophthalma, Flem.
Rhynchaspis clypeata, Steph.
Chauliodes strepera, Sw.
Querquedula Crecca.
Tadorna rutila, Steph.
Anser Indicus, Steph.
Mergus albellus, Linn.
merganser, Linn.
Podiceps minor, Lath.
Sterna aurantia, Gray.
Plotus Levaillanti, Term.
Phalacrocorax Javanica.
Cormoranus, 'Temm.

An abstract of a letter from E. Blyth, Esq., curator to the mu-

seum at Calcutta, was then read.

It contains the following list of

birds, with observations upon them, which are found both in India

and Europe :—

Aquila chrysaétos, Vig.
Falco peregrinus, Gmel.

Inhabits the mountains.
Inhabits the mountains.

478 Zoological Society.

Falco Tinnunculus, Linn. Common.

Pernis apivorus, Auct. Moderately common,

Circus rufus, Auct. Moderately common.

cyaneus, Auct. Moderately common.

cineraceus, Auct. Moderately common.

Otus brachyotus, Flem. Not rare.

Strix flammea, Linn. Common.

Hirundo rustica, Linn. Found in the Himalayas.

riparia, Linn. Inhabits the Himalayas.

Saxicola Rubetra, Temm. Not uncommon.

rubicola, Temm. Not uncommon,

Sylvia Hippolais, Lath. Not uncommon.

Suecica, Lath. Not uncommon.

Turdus viscivorus, Linn. Inhabits the Himalayas.

Pyrgita domestica, Auct. Very common.

montana, Auct. Inhabits the Himalayas; is found also at
Chusan on the east, and Affghanistan on the west, in both places re-
presenting the house-sparrow.

Corvus pica, Linn. Is found, according to report, in Affghanistan.
I have seen the true British species from Chusan. There is a distinct
but nearly allied species at Bootan, which may also be that of Aff-
ghanistan.

Corvus Corax, Linn. Inhabits the mountains, but not the plains ;
it is there replaced by a smaller species*, often mistaken for the
common raven.

Fregilus Graculus, Selby. Abounds in the Himalayas.

Sturnus vulgaris, Linn. Is seen commonly in the bird-shops at
Calcutta, being brought from the hills.

Cuculus canorus, Linn. Rare; but the nearly allied species, Cuculus
micropterus of Gould, is less so.

Yunxe Torquilla, Linn. Not rare.

Charadrius minor, Meyer. Very common.

Cidicnemus crepitans,'Temm. Inhabits the peninsula of India.

Ardea. All the European species of Heron are to be met with.

Botaurus stellaris, Linn.

Ciconia alba, Ray. Rare.
nigra, Ray. Rare.

Platalea Leucorodia, Linn. Very common,

Ibis Falcinellus, Temm. Very common.

Numenius arquata, Lath. Common; but the Numenius pheopus
(Lath.) is not found here.

Totanus fuscus, Leisl. Common.
calidris, Bechst. Common.
ochropus,'Temm. Not very common.
glareola, Temm. Excessively abundant.
hypoleucos, Temm. Not very common.

Recurvirostra Avocetia, Linn. Not very common.
Himantopus melanopterus, Temm. Very common.

* Mr. Blyth probably alludes to the species to which Col. Sykes gave
the name culminatus.

Geological Society. 479

Limosa melanura, Leisl. Very common; but the Limosa rufa
(Briss.) is not found here.
Scolopax Rusticola, Linn. Abounds in the hills.
Gallinago, Linn, Not rare.
-—— Gallinula, Linn. Not rare.
Tringa pugnax, Linn. Common.
subarquata, Temm. ‘Tolerably common.
Temmincki, Leisl. Very common.
minuta, Leisl. Very common.
Phalaropus platyrhynchus, Temm. Rare.
Tadorna rutila, Steph. Common.
Belloni, Steph. Very rare.
Anas clypeata, Linn. Moderately common.
Chauliodus Strepera, Swains. Moderately common.
Dafila acuta, Linn, Common.
Querquedula circea. Very common.
Creccu. Very common.
Mareca Penelope, Selb. Not common.
Fuligula rufina, Steph. Very common.
Nyroca, Steph. Very common.
— cristata, Steph. Not common,
Ferina, Steph. Not common.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 15,1842.—A communication was made by Dr. Grant, F.G.S.,
‘© On the Structure and History of the Mastodontoid Animals of
North America.”

The chief object of this communication was to point out the
structural differences and zoological distinctions of the Mastodons
and Tetracaulodons of North America; and the inquiries were in-
stituted in consequence of the favourable opportunity afforded by the
temporary exhibition, in this metropolis, of Mr, Koch's large collec-
tion of organic remains from the State of Missouri, consisting prin-
cipally of the relics of these two genera.

After pointing out the important applications of the study of these
remains, and the geological relations of Mastodontoid animals, and
the discordant opinions of zoologists as to their specific distinctions,
Dr. Grant entered into extended details regarding the general struc-
ture and the peculiarities of the skeleton in the three principal
Mastodontoid genera, Mastodon, Tetracaulodon, and Deinotherium,
which are compared with those of the elephant and other allied ge-
nera, The fifth section of the memoir is occupied with the descrip-
tion of the development, forms, structure and changes of the dental
system of Mastodontoid animals ; and each tooth and tusk of the
three principal genera are described and compared, and the principal
modifications they exhibit according to difference of age, sex, and
species. After pointing out the necessity of including the entire se-
ries of successive teeth, in the dental formule of genera, where the
teeth are constantly displacing and succeeding each other through

480 Geological Society.

the whole of life, the author announces the dental formule of the
four Proboscidian genera of Pachyderma to be

Elephas, Inc. ao can, bs mol, — = o4,
Mastodon, Inc. = can. ae mol. —, — 26.
Tetracaulodon, Inc. >, can, =, mol —> = 28.
Deinotherium, Inc. = can. ay mol. sacks a 22

For the determination of the dental formule of Mastodon and Te-
tracaulodon, Dr. Grant relied entirely on the splendid collection of
jaws, crania, and teeth in Mr. Koch’s possession, which afford ample
means for the solution of that problem. For the dental formula of
Deinotherium he has been indebted solely to the casts and fragments
of that yenus in the British Museum. After explaining the uncer-
tainties and fallacies to which naturalists have been exposed in the
identification of species, from not having ascertained the entire dental
series in any Mastodon, the sixth section of the memoir describes the
distinctive characters and the distribution of the Mastodon angusti-
dens, M. latidens, M. Elephantoides, M.minutum, M. Tapiroides, M.
Andium, M. Borsoni, M. Humboldtii, M. Turicense, M. Avernense,
M. giganteum, M. Cuvieri, and M. Jeffersoni. The seventh section
of the memoir is devoted to the examination and description of the
generic Characters of Tetracaulodon, as established by Dr. Godman,
and as founded onthe number and form of the teeth, the peculiarities
of their microscopic structure, the form of the jaws, the tusks, the
alveoli of the tusks, the intermaxillary fossa, the infra-orbitary fora-
mina, and other influential characters. The eighth and last section
of this paper is occupied with an account of the distinctive characters
and the distribution of the known species of this genus ; viz. Tetra-
caulodon Godmani, T. Collinsii, T. Tapiroides, T. Kochii, T. Haysii,
and T. Bucklandi.

June 29.—* Notice on the Discovery of Insects in the Wealden of
the Vale of Aylesbury, Bucks, with some observations on the distri-
bution of these and other Fossils in the Vale of Wardour, Wiltshire.’
By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

In a former notice Mr. Brodie announced the discovery of insects
as well as a new genus of Isopods in the Wealden beds of the Vale
of Wardour, and in this communication he gives an account of ad-
ditional localities in the same Vale, where he has found both the in-
sects and crustaceans, and of the strata belonging to the Wealden se-
ries, in which he has obtained fossil insects, in the Vale of Aylesbury.

Vale of Wardour.—The precise spot noticed in the former paper is
a quarry at Dallards, and the first point to which the author now calls
attention, is situated about two miles to the south-east of it. The fol-
lowing section is given of the beds at the new locality, the dip being
slightly to the south :—

Geological Society. 481

ft. in.
1. Top. Debris of rounded fragments of greensand and
Portland stone, with their usual fossils, a few inches
thick.
2. Chert, full of Cyclas; it also contains occasionally :
ES ER) ene Ss Pere 1 6
3. Hard, brownish white limestone, with Ostree and
casts of other shells, some resembling those of Cy-
clas major. The upper layers muchdisturbed .... 2 0
4. Black earthy clay, a few inches.
5. Purbeck stone, varying in character but containing
he cg stellt iio wade Blas aidal'a 9 6 ag |
6. Fissile, soft stone full of Modiole, palates and other
remains of fishes, also bones of a species of tortoise 1 0
7. White limestone, containing Isopods and elytra of
mn UD A MILE UES TAT PD 2 es 3. 0
Hardstone.

In an escarpment in the banks of the adjoining river are two beds
of limestone, from the upper of which Mr. Brodie obtained small ely-
tra, and from the lower Cypris, and from both carbonized wood, also
a species of Cyclas. Under these strata is a very oolitic limestone,
in which the author found a small Melanopsis and a seed-vessel.

A mile distant Mr. Brodie procured from a bed of limestone, about
five inches thick, Cyclades, Isopods, and a small fish of the species
which occurs at Dallards; and in a bed of clay, bones of a tortoise.
The hard crystalline limestone of the Lady-down beds are noticed
as yielding, but rarely, Cyclades and Cyprides. In the neighbourhood
of Tisbury, in a soft, gritty, slightly oolitic stone, the author found
Isopods of a larger size than elsewhere, likewise an elytron of a cole-
opterous insect. Though the number of beds of limestone vary in
different parts of the Vale of Wardour, yet Isopods and insects cha-
racterise the whole of them; and as respects lithological characters,
notwithstanding the great varieties which occur at different localities,
there is throughout the district that general peculiarity of aspect which
is so remarkable in freshwater formations of very different ages, and
which serves to identify detached quarries with each other.

Vale of Aylesbury.—In Buckinghamshire the Wealden beds possess
a certain similarity with those in Wiltshire, but with clearly marked
local differences. At Quainton Hill Mr. Brodie could not discover
any traces of fishes, insects, or Isopods. In a quarry near the village
of Stone he obtained the following section :—

1, Rubble, several feet.

2. Hard white stone, no fossils................ 2to8 feet,
3. Greenish stone, with Cypris;....20.sane. us 2 feet.
4, Black clay, containing bones of a Tortoise .... 1 foot.

5. White and blue limestone (Pendle), yielding Modiole in abun-
dance ; also a few Cypris and Cyclas; likewise bones and palates
of fishes, coprolites, and, but rarely, remains of insects; fragments
of carbonized wood are common; and Mr. Brodie obtained a speci-
men of Sphenopteris Mantelli, and another minute but beautiful species

482 Geological Society.

of Fern, This limestone bears a close resemblance to one of the
beds at Dallards.

In his general observations on the fossils from these different local-
ities, the author states, that though he has greatly added to the num-
ber and variety of insect-remains since his former communication, yet
he has not found any of the larger kinds, almost every specimen re-
quiring a high magnifying power to be seen distinctly. Next to the
Coleoptera, the most prevalent orders are the Homoptera and Tri-
coptera; and Mr, Brodie observes, that this fact accords with the
habits of the two latter orders, the first living on plants, remains
of which are found abundantly in the Wealden, and the second
hovering over the surface of streams. From the fragmentary state
of these remains, and from the wings never being expanded in the
more nearly perfect specimens, he considers it probable, that they
were carried for some distance down the streams which flowed into
the Wealden estuaries. A few of the insects which have been exa-
mined by an eminent entomologist, have been pronounced to possess,
with one exception, a decidedly European character, to differ from
those at Aix, and to be Jess tropical than those found at Stonesfield.

Since the reading of his prior communication, Mr. Brodie has ob-
tained Isopods an inch and a half in length and an inch broad. These
crustaceans, so interesting from the analogy to Trilobites, presented
by allied genera, are rarely found in single specimens, butin groups,
and therefore present this additional agreement with the habits of re-
cent species. The fossils appear to have been deposited tranquilly
at the bottom of the water which they inhabited, being always found
imbedded with their legs downwards, and they are generally well-pre-
served. Thewhole of the freshwater remains of these Wealden beds,
including the testacea, afford the natural characters of such deposits
by yielding abundance of specimens, but few genera.

Associated with the above-mentioned organic remains of the Vale
‘of Wardour, Mr. Brodie has obtained three species of small fishes
quite distinct, he says, from those found at Lady Down and Chicks-
grove. With a single exception they were all procured at one spot.

None of the localities mentioned in the paper afforded the least
trace of the “ dirt-bed,”’ or of Cycadeoidea.

A letter, addressed to the Secretaries by C. Kaye, Esq., “Ona
Collection of Fossils discovered by the writer in Rocks in Southern
India.”

The localities from which Mr. Kaye procured his suites of speci-
mens are Pondicherry, Trichinopoly, and Verdachellum.

Pondicherry.—From a limestone in the neighbourhood of this city,
Mr. Kaye obtained Nautili in great abundance, belonging to at least
three species; Ammonites in even greater numbers and well-pre-
served, and although assignable to thirteen distinct species, the au-
thor has not been able to identify a single specimen with any Euro-
pean Ammonites of which he has seen a description. Baculites like-
wise occur in such quantities as often to constitute the entire mass
of large blocks ; and Hamites in a great variety of forms, besides
numerous genera of conchifera and moliusca; likewise Echinide,

Miscellaneous. 483

Polyparia, fishes’ teeth, and considerable masses of calcareous wood
bored by Teredines.

All these fossils were discovered by Mr. Kaye and a friend within
the last two years, and are entirely new to European paleontologists.

In the neighbourhood of Pondicherry and bordering on the lime-
stone is a bed of red sand containing an immense quantity of the sili-
cified wood long known to collectors.

Trichinopoly.—The spot in this district from which Mr. Kaye pro-
cured his specimens he was not able to visit. The fossils occur also
in a limestone, preserve their shelly matter with occasionally the
colour, and belong principally to marine genera, but some are con-
sidered to be of freshwater origin. Cephalopods appear to be of very
rare occurrence, Mr. Kaye having obtained from the locality only
one fragment of a large Ammonite. Wood bored by Teredines is
also found in the limestone..

Verdachellum.—F rom a calcareous rock near Verdachellum, forty
miles from Pondicherry, Mr. Kaye procured a variety of marine shells,
including a considerable number of Ammonites, considered by him to
be distinct from those found near Pondicherry ; also a few imperfect
Nautili and a few Echinide, corals, &c.

Among the testacea are several considered to belong to species
found in the Trichinopoly deposit, and a few believed by Mr. Kaye
to be identifiable with Pondicherry shells. This limestone is likewise
bordered by a red sand which contains specimens of silicified wood.
The formation was discovered only a short time before the writer
quitted India, and he consequently considers his collection as defec-
tive ; but he regards the deposit whence it was obtained as of interest,
affording, by its position and organic contents, a link between the
other two localities.

MISCELLANEOUS.

NOTE ON SAXIFRAGA STELLARIS AND S. LEUCANTHEMIFOLIA, LAP.

I nave gathered in the Cftzthal in the Tyrol the plant described
as S. leucanthemifolia (Lap.) by Reichenbach and other German
botanists, and am quite of the opinion of Bertoloni (F1. Ital. iv. 482)
that it is only a state of S. stellaris, L. ‘The plant in question has
the leaves more oblong and dentate nearly to the base, the panicle
somewhat more spreading, the bracts (as in S. s¢ellaris) for the most
part lanceolate, but the lower one sometimes obovate and dentate ;
the petals are slightly unequal, but this occurs (perhaps always) in
S. stellaris ; the capsule is quite the same, as are the seeds. As the
description of the latter in DeCandolle’s ‘ Prodromus’ may give rise
to mistakes, I may mention that the seeds of S. stellaris are oviform-
semilunulate (not ovato-subglobose), light brown (scarcely fuscous)
with longitudinal strize, which are beautifully fringed with elevated
semitransparent points. In a paper in the ‘ Ann. Nat. Hist.’ ii. 35,
I mentioned a variety of S. stel/aris found on Curslieve in Mayo,
which is much more different from the ordinary form; it is much

484 Miscellaneous.

larger, hairy, and somewhat viscose, the panicle widely spreading,
lower bracts foliaceous, and the seeds appear more elongated, but
this probably depends on their maturity : I found no flowering spe-
cimens. I should think that this may probably be the same as S.
Clusii, var. «. of DeCandolle’s ‘ Prodromus.’—J. Bat.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SOME AMERICAN BIRDS.
To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Having received a small collection of birds formed
in the summer of 1840 by Murdoch M‘Pherson, Esq., at Fort Simp-
son on the Mackenzie, in lat. 62° 11'N., I send you a list of the
species for insertion in the ‘ Annals,’ as it may interest the cultivators
of American ornithology, by showing that several of the species have
a higher range than has hitherto been recorded.

1. Merula wilsonit, Fauna Boreali-Americana, ii. p. 182. Turdus
wilsontt, Audubon, pl. 144; Ornith. Biography, 1. p. 362, and v.

. 456.
Z 2. Tyrannula pusilla, F. B. A. u. p. 144.

3. Sylvicola petechia, F. B. A. uu. p. 215; Aud. pl. 145. f. 1. pl. 163.
f. 2; Ornith. Biogr. 1. p. 260, and v. p. 458.

4. Sylvicola maculosa, F. B. A. pl. 40; Aud. pl. 50; Orn. Biogr.
i. p. 260, and v. p. 458.

5. Vermivora peregrina, F. B. A. pl. 42. p. 221; Aud. pl. 154;
Orn. Biogy. i. p. 307.

6. Vireo olivaceus, F. B. A. ii. p. 233; Aud. pl. 150; Orn. Biogr.
i. p.-290.

7. Setophaga ruticilla, F. B. A. il. p. 223; Aud. pl. 40; Orn. Biogr.
i. p. 202. :

8. Fringilla iliaca, F. B. A. ii. p. 257 ; Aud. pl. 108; Orn. Biogr.
i. p. 58.

9. Fringilla pennsylvanica, F. B. A. 1. p. 256; Aud. pl. 8; Orn.
Biogr. 1. p. 42.

Mr. M‘Pherson says that this bird sings the first five notes of ‘‘ O
dear, what can the matter be ?”’

10. Fringilla leucophrys, F. B. A. il. p. 255 ; Aud. pl. 114; Orn.
Biogr. il. p. 88.

11. Fringilla hyemalis, F. B. A. ii. p. 259; Aud. pl. 13; Orn, Biogr.
isp. 72.

12. Fringilla socialis, Aud. pl. 104; Orn. Biogr. ii. p. 22.

I remain, Gentlemen, yours &c.,

Haslar Hospital, May 8th, 1843. Joun RicHARDSON,

FRUCTIFICATION OF CHETOPHORA TUBERCULOSA.

The true fruit of Chetophora appears hitherto to have been ob-
served only by Mr. Berkeley, who communicated specimens to Capt,
Carmichael, who made a drawing from them, which, with his other
manuscripts, is in the hands of Sir W. J. Hooker. Mr. Berkeley
also published a figure of it in his ‘ Gleanings of British Algx,’ Dr.
Muller of Detmold has been so fortunate as to meet with similar
fruit in Chetophora tuberculosa, and has given figures of it in the

Miscellaneous. 485

place cited above. He has made moreover a very curious observa-
tion, viz. that the fruit is accompanied by, and at length connate
with, a red globule of a similar form but smaller size, which he con-
siders as the male fructification. As the female capsule advances
to maturity, the male approaches it, becomes elongated, and at
length is united with it, emptying the pollen-globules into the female
fruit. This process being accomplished it falls off.

Whatever may be thought of this, his account of the development
of the spores formed within the capsule, which are about five in
number, and disposed round an aperture occasioned probably by the
pressure of the male capsule, is not less wonderful. From each of
the seeds a hyaline thread is developed, formed of the globules which
press forward from the inside of the seed; this at length becomes
green, and consists of a very tender hyaline tube filled with a moni-
liform row of globules. Finally, the uppermost globule is elongated
into a new tube, which is of a paler green than the rest of the thread.
The capsule is now no longer visible, and the whole resembles a
Rivularia which soon assumes the true form of Chetophora tuber-
culosa,

The above observations are at least curious, and if there has been
no error, are of much importance. We recommend them to the
consideration of some of our practical algologists, hoping that. they
may be able to throw some light upon the matter.—F/ora, 1842,
p- 513.

LECIDEA WAHLENBERGII,

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—lI have pleasure in being able to add to the number
of British Lichens already published, the ‘‘ Lecidea Wahlenbergii,”’
Ach., which I found last July upon the black soil among the loose
rocks on the west side of Ben Nevis, Inverness-shire, above Loch
Nevis. A single specimen is all I could find, but that in fine order.
I should wish you to make this public in the ‘ Annals and Mag. of
Nat. History.’

Yours obediently,
2 Beulah Place, Harrogate, Yorkshire. Frep. BAINBRIDGE.

LETTERS FROM RAY TO SIR HANS SLOANE.

[A volume of original letters, just published by the Camden So-
ciety, with notes and illustrations by Sir Henry Ellis, contains
several from our illustrious countryman John Ray, some of which, as
being interesting to the lovers of natural history, we shall take the
liberty to extract.—Eb.]

[MS. Sloan. Brit. Mus. 4056. fol. 132. Orig.]

S1r,—Not long since one Mr. Pratt, a gardener, a person (as
himself told me) well known to you, who now lives with Sir Thomas
Willughby, son and heir of my worthy friend and benefactor Francis
Willughby, esquire, being heer with me, and hearing that you were
returned from Jamayca, and had brought over with you, among other
naturall rarities, diverse seeds, not common, by yourself discovered

486 Miscellaneous.

in that and the neighbouring Islands, engaged me to write to you,
to entreat you, if you have not already disposed of them, to commu-
nicate some part to S* Thomas, who I know will be very thankfull
to you for them. Mr. Pratt will take care of them, and part of the
product you may command. Being advised by Dr. Robinson that
my first letter in answer to yours miscarried, I wrote a second,
which I hope came to your hands. I should be glad to hear what
progresse you have made in order to the publishing yeur curious
Observations and Discoveries, whereby you will much oblige the
learned Naturalists of this Age, and erect a lasting monument to your
own memory.

Black Notley, I am, Sir, your very humble servant,
Jan. 8, —89. Joun Ray.

For Dr. Hans Sloane, to be left at Mr. Wilkinson’s, at the Black Boy,
over against St. Dunstan’s Church, in Fleet Street, London.

[Ibid. fol. 136, Orig.)

Si1r,—Monday last I received your kind Letter, attended with a
rich Present of Sugar to my wife. They were both very gratefull
and acceptable ; onely the latter was too great and inadequate to
any merit of mine to be received without some shame; as well the
quality as quantity concurring to render it valuable. You have so
highly pleased and obliged my wife, that she is much in commen-
dation of your generosity, and returns you her humble service and
hearty thanks; wishing that you were heer to partake of some of
the effects of your kindnesse.

I have been importunate with you to hasten the publication of
your Discoveries in the History of Nature, as well for the advance-
ment of reall knowledge and gratification of the learned and inqui-
sitive, as for your own deserved honour; that some other man might
not prevent you, and by some means or other intercept what is yours.
I am glad you make such progresse, and cannot but approve your
deliberation and circumspection ; and agree with you that the clear-
ing up of difficulties and reconciling of Authors, and reducing and
settling the severall histories and relations of species, will be a thing

‘of eminent use, and of as much advantage to the Reader as pains to
the Author.

The little plant you sent formerly you now conclude to be the
Callitriche Plinit of Columna, and so it may be, I having never seen
that ; I find it overseen and omitted by me in my History; I suppose
because, being seminiferous, I deferred it when I entred the Lenti-
cule ; thinking to put it in in another place, and afterwards forgate it.

Those instances you would have added to my Discourse con-
cerning the Wisdome of God, I know are so considerable, that I am
sorry my Book wants them, which might have recommended it to the
Reader. If I had thought you would have been willing to spare time
to peruse it, you should have had a sight of the Copy before it had
been committed to the Presse.

Iam this morning sending away my Discourses concerning the
Primitive Chaos and Creation of the World, the General Deluge,

Meteorological Observations. 487

and future Conflagration, with Additions for a second Edition. If
you please to revise and correct it before it be printed, I will order
Mr. Smith to deliver the Copy to you for that purpose. |

Mr. Beaumont is a person that hath been very diligent in search-
ing out and collecting, and curious in observing of petrified Shells
and other bodies, and I suppose well qualified to write concerning
them. I heard that he once threatened to write something in con-
tradiction to Mr. Burnet’s Theory of the Earth; which piece I
could wish to see.

I am now upon a methodical Synopsis of all British Animals ex-
cepting Insects, and it will be a general Synops. of Quadrupeds.
It will take me up more time to finish then I thought when I first set
upon it; indeed so much as, if I had foreseen, I should hardly have
been induced to undertake it. But now I must goe on.

The Remainder is, great thanks for your extraordinary kindnesse,
attested by reall effects; and profession of readinesse to shew my-
self gratefull if any occasion of serving you offers to,

Black Notley, Sir, your affectionate friend and servant,
May 25, —92. Joun Ray.

For Dr. Hans Sloane, at the Dutchesse of Albemarles
in Clerkenwell, London.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL 1843.

Chiswick.—April 1. Rain. 2. Cloudy: clear and fine. 3. Slight rain: clear.
4, Rain: cloudy and windy. 5. Fine. 6. Overcast: slight rain. 7. Rain:
clear and fine. 8. Clear and fine. 9. Easterly haze. 10. Clear and fine.
11. Frosty: clear and dry: frosty at night. 12. Sharp frost: clear: cloudy:
clear and frosty at night. 13. Cloudy: frosty atnight. 14. Uniformly overcast.
15. Hazy. 16. Hazy: fine. 17,18. Light haze: dry air: clear and fine.
19. Dry easterly haze. 20,21. Very fine. 22. Showery. 23, 24. Cloudy and
fine. 25. Rain: clear. 26. Cold rain: very fine: rain at night. 27. Cloudy
and fine. 28. Slight rain. 29, 30. Cloudy and fine.—Mean temperature of the
month 0°36 above the average. ;

Boston.— April 1. Rain: rain early a.m. 2 Rain: rain early a.M.: rain P.M.
3. Cloudy. 4. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: stormy with rainr.m. 5. Windy.
6. Cloudy: rain a.m. 7. Cloudy. 8. Fine: rainp.m. 9, Cloudy. 10. Fine:
snow A.M.: snowr.m. 11—13. Fine. 14. Windy: rainearly a.m. 15, 16.
Cloudy. 17—21. Fine. 22. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 23. Fine: rain early a.m.
24, Fine. 25. Cloudy. 26. Fine: rainre.m. 27. Fine: raina.m. 28, Windy.
29. Fine: rain a.m. 30, Cloudy.

Sandwick Manse, Orkney.— April 1. Damp: fog. 2. Bright: damp. 3. Bright :
fog. 4. Cloudy. 5. Damp: drizzle. 6. Rain: clear: aurora, 7. Cloudy: rain.
8. Cloudy: snow-showers, 9. Snow-showers: hail-showers. 10. Snow-drift :
showers. 11. Snow-showers. 12. Snowing: drift. 13. Snow-showers : snow-
ing. 14. Bright: clondy. 15. Cloudy. 16. Clear. 17. Clear: cloudy. 18.
Cloudy: damp. 19. Cloudy. 20. Damp: cloudy. 21. Damp: fog. 22. Damp:
rain. 23. Damp. 24. Bright: cloudy, 25,26. Rain. 27. Bright: cloudy.
28. Rain. 29. Fog: cloudy. 30. Fog: bright : fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.-—April 1,2. Heavy rain. 3. Fair and fine.
4. Rain. 5, Fair and fine: aurora. 6,7. Rain. 8. Rain: thunder: hail.
9. Fair: frost. 10,11. Hail: frost. 12. Frost a.m.: snow: rain. 13. Frost. «
14—16. Fair and temperate. 17. Fair and temperate: fine spring day. 18—
20. Fair and temperate. 21. Fair and temperate: showers. 22. Rain nearly
allday. 23. Raina.m. 24, Rainearly: very fineday. 25. Heavy rain: flood,
26. Fair, 27, Fair: hoar-frost. 28. Heavyrain. 29. Fairand fine. 30, Fair,

tP 286.1

“Uva |S0.F |FS.F| 6E-1/29-1 | wNg QS-1F O4-£F | 9.88)2-E9 | 8.0% |ZF-ZE 0E-85| 0-FF | 6.29 | F-6h |FI 2-66 |/89.62 |e9e.6z | 869.62] 18-62 | 962.62 | £98.62 | $68.6 |urayy

6.2

a | ees | | ene

1g pata (1/9) seeescloeeees| sossee *as "ou wyeo 9 ‘ou CP 3p &r Sag es 6F 69 0.8%

0.99 | 8-88 | SF.0€ | ZE.0E | 1-08 | 86.62 | SF.62 | #82.6z | 626.62 | 998.62 | ‘og
OF | TZ. |r**"/Q0. |*°*°"*| S60. | “a ‘9 | wyeo| cau | “mM cp | op i¢4e | 69 | Ze! Sp | 6S | F.cr

9.FS | 8.6F | OL.0€ | 28.62 | 62.62 | 6$.62 | 08.66 | £/9.6e | 622.62 | Z1Z.62 | *6a @

&F | 93. \° meee. | "|| Os. | AS *s *s 3 eh | Sb \¢Ih | OS | Lr} OF | FF | Z.EF| Q.Fg | &.6F | 29-66 | 89.62 | 09.62 | SF-6z | 62.62 | 699.62 | 622.6z | 008.62 | *8z
IP yi sss") O80. | “as “MS | ued | “mM | “MU | Sh | Ze | GE] SS} G.cg] E | 09 | 9.0F | 0.FS | 0.SF | 09-62 | 92.62 | Q.6z | $4.62 | Ze.62 | $29.62 | G68.63 | 9¢8.62 | *Zz
Ir Fe

PR ViGGe ees OG. |<") tos “mM | *MS *s ‘ass | Sb | Gh [f0OF | S| Sh] FE | OF | 0.zF | 0.Z¢ | 4.ZF | 8E.66 | 22.62 | 8g.62 | 62.62 | 82.62 | 8t9.6z | 020.08 | #2Z.6% | °S%
Gy iinctentieesres|anrassiannses| ences} 898), \ AkS8e| UNE t3 ‘a eb | sb | Ze} 8g | 1¢| Ze | 09 | 8.ch | 9.89 | 2.0¢ | 92.62 | 00.08 | 62.62 | 06.62 | 09-62 | $66.62 | 210.0 | 090.08 | “tz
6€ | $3. \61.1 £.€9 | &.09 | 86.62 | 66.62 | ¢8.6% | 82.62 | 9¢.62 | $20.08 | SF0.08 | FOL.O€ | °E%
ZG tetete eeseee 9.99 | €.F9 | £6.62 | 08.62 | 02.62 | 69.62 | 92.62 | ¢18.6z | 686.62 | 928.62 | *2z
to "| GI. [ese $0. )"""") tas | “MS | wea] “MS | “AM | ohh | LF | FP GBS | ¢.89 | Sp | CQ | &.6h | 6.29 | 2.99 | 94.66 | EL-62 | 99.62 | £9.62 | 2a-6 | E€g.6z | 648.6 | 206.62 | “12 )
aes Nl rreees) Sore) te IMS PO Taye! “AS | “°8 Ip | ger | & | 69 | FE) OF | OL | 8-Sh | F.09 | &.2¢ | E2.66 | 8-6 | 19.62 | 09.6% | $Z-66 | 069.62 | 822.62 | 982.62 | *0%
5 ls Gee tenon te Uae! @2OSS Ss /(TEO.|, co ‘2 | &F | OS | Sb \¥69 | ES} IF | EO | 8-IF | Z.2Q | 4.SF | 68.6c | 98-62 | 12.6 | 18.62 | FF-62 | 902.62 | 696.62 | 266.62 | “6T
seereeiseeeee) sags | *s | wyeo| ‘a | ‘au |for |gsr | 86 | SS] 2g] se | Zo |8.SF | 0.49 | 2.29 | 28.62 | 66.62 | 98.6z | 06.62 | 09-62 | 086.62 | OFT.0€ | OST.0F | ‘ST
Osan |hoesieasras estes (stne sss 25624. 2 At *S | uyeo| ‘ou | “A | sp | Gh | GF} 09 | ZS) EE | GO | L.SF | €.09 | 0.Z¢ | 80.0€ | 60-NE | 06.62 | 98.62 | OF 6% | $98.62 | 8F0.08 | $96.6% | *ZT
peal Onis sahete | rene al ae eel MSR 28S = URyeO) | “a ‘a | Sth | 8b | &/ OS | Ig] BF | EO |%.6F | 9-Lo | 0.FE | 16.62 | 08-62 | 18.62 | 08.62 | §9-62 | 818.62 | 366.6 | 896.62 | ‘OT
Sh Zl: Sg.g presser | as AS | mye! “ms | “ak OF | Gr \¥hP | So | IS) Le | 8G |0.FF | €.E9 | 0.TS | 68.6 | 08.62 | $8.62 | 68.62 | 19-62 | 160.0€ | 801.0 | 8E1.0¢ | “ST
C17) a fal Gee OCOCRI NN a el Pata a “MM “Mm | “OU | “AM | SH | OF FEE | So |G.Zh | Sh | FS | O-FE | 0.9F | S.FF | FL.68 | FF.6% | 62.66 | ZS.62 | OF-62 | F16.62 | 900.0€ | F16.6z | “FT O
Poe | Pls seers) QO. | “ALU “ul ‘u ‘u | “MU | €& | EE | 8 LFF | GE! FS | Sh | 0.SE | 0.GF | €.8E | 99.62 | 16.62 | 82.62 | 28.62 | SF-62 | 462.6 | $86.62 | 088.62 | “ST
GE | FG. rovreryrrwr"| FO. |e’ | tou | “MU | TUyeD| “ou | “MU | EE | SE | 9G] OF | SE} 8a | SF | 0.8! Z-oF] &.6E | 28.64 | $2.62 | 19.6z | $8.62 | 69.62 | 628.6 | 646.62 | 026.62 | *2I
GE | OG. en" PT. f°" GSO. | “MU | “MU | “MU | fu |*MUA | TE | $zE [$9 \Shr | G.96 | 33 | Gr | Zo} 0.8F | $.6€ | £6.66 | F6.6% | 88.62 | 88.62 | 69.62 | 126.62 | 86.62 | 010.08 | *II
OF | QI. LC B= SCONE ‘u | wea] “ua | "MU |} CE | OF | 62! SF | OF] OZ | OS | F.98| &.8F | Z.IF | 08.62 | 82.62 | 18.62 | 82.62 | FF.6z | Z68.6z | 16.62 | 886.62 | “OT
pei GOs Passio penieecn = lsesess ee ou) | Ue) |. “od ‘ou | FE | OF | SE! ZF | ESF] ZE | Le |8.FF | 9.89 | 6.FF | 22.62 | $2.62 | 04.62 | 29.63 | $3.66 | 869.62 | £02.62 | 9¢0.6z | °6
Sh | Th jteeeeiterrr"| 10. | OSF. | ‘QUU |*MUU | “AL “M *s {foe | GF | 86) #9 | IS] 68 | 6S | 9-ZF| Z.19 | 0.1S | 89.6 | 98-62 | 0¢.62Z | 60.62 | 06.82 | FFG.6z | $29.6 | Z19.62 | °8
Corts | AGeLs 200 | Snip a | 38 ‘Ms | Wed] ‘ms ‘Ss {fpr | SF | IF | GG 19.29) Fr | ZO |Z-09 | 8.9G | 9.E9 | BI.6% | ST-6% | GI.6z | 3.6 | G6.8z | OSF.6z | £99.62 | 98¢.64| °2 ©
Rah Lie | tesl*=4)-70. | 90. |-- ~*8 s “MA "MS Ss (for |PIF foe] e¢ | Le] Ig | GG | 0.Gr| GLE} €.1¢ | £8.66 | LE-6z | 08.62 | SF.6% | 98.62 | OF9.6z | SF8.62 | 028.62 | °9
Le | G0. | ZO. | 8G.| “as “AA “Mm | ‘MM | “MS 1PTb [PIP Ib | Fo | Bt} Be | OF | Z.EF| €.99 | 8.6F | £2.66 | £9.62 | 02.62 | 08.62 | £1.62 | G0Z.6z | 216.62 | F92.62 | °S
OF esse" OT..| SS. | OG. | *a8 *s = |;mrjeos|. 1S *s sp | Ze | Gb | OS | 6F!] IF | ZG | 0.6F| €.19 | &.TS | ZS.64 | GS-62 | 02.64 | 14-62 | 96-82 | $08.62 | SS¢.6z | O68.6a | *F

"| 160. | ‘asa | ‘ms | uyeo] ‘s ‘s | sr | sp | oF i$os | sr] 82 | 09 | S.aF
£0-| 0S0. | ‘asa | ‘as | ue! ‘ms | ‘mss | ep | oF [Scr [ee 1¢.1¢] of | 6S | 0.19

80. | €1g.| “MU UY) ued | “mM | “Mm (er | Ih | FE} Gh | oh] FE | Lo | L.8E| 0.99 | &.1F | 09-62 | GE.6z | 19.62 | 68.62 | 03-62 | 929.62 | £29.62 | 029.62 | 9%

0G [reste esel aq. 1 zz. | geo. “mM “Mm =| “MS |TRAMS! Eh | Sh | Sh | OS |1G.1¢] OF | 19 | 8.0S| Z-09 | €.99 | 09.62 | 8F-6z | 09.62 | 09.62 | 22.62 | 32¢.62 | 862.62 | 0F8.6% | *S
og | 20. G0. | IFT. ‘s | wed] “Ms *s Sh | 8h | €b | S|] 19] Bb | 6S | €.1¢| 0.6¢ | Z.F9 | GE.6Z | 16.62 | 96.66 | 06.62 | 86.86 | ZSF.6z | 6F9.62 | 019.64 | °%
8h | OL. 8I.| ZOI-} °® | “Ms | wed} “ms ‘s (fer | Gb | 6b | ZG] IS] Of | 69 | 9.6F| 0.89 | &.19 | 9T.6z | £2.62 | 80.62 | Z1.63 | $0.62 | $8.63 | 009.62 | OFS.6z | *T

Orrin i} mw mw lS ele = = |- ‘xp fs P| curd j-ure | ud | -ur :

PEP. w/S lol Fol 2] we | -2| Be lEelfel Bl EF lon| | sul [Fe 196. 6. | 6 | 29 | UW | xen loos) my

SMalerce| 2 |e | 28) er|S8) e fog | ee (BV IP |S |e ito) FIR | “Sermes |B A| 8 io les ps8 |epel

> 1S Slee ae | S| 25 /f2/] 4 | 54] ca |————— eg : ee ee eet ie

ee | YD toms i ° _ ~ oO =O on. ° 5 =. © OO |e . °o . I Pe "311 So 3mo

: S1oj}-5 f 5 E § yoIMpueg | ‘ays | 35}. ee ae yommpurs arlys B35 : Pos

sb me ae oda: Bs ee Bal Rl ee ‘Kauqig |-yuing |* * | WMSIUO| "SH *4OpuoT | <Ksuyag | -saryunq ty HOrMstyo Riss zo

oo z °

bate 5‘

Es ; “uley “pur *I9JOWLOW IY J, *IoJoULOIV = .

.

‘AENWUQO ‘asunpy younpungy yo Suoysnoyy *D ‘Ady 247 Ag pup {AUIHS-salusIWaACT
‘asupyy yunsajddy yo ‘requ * AA ‘Ady 9742 Ag {NoLsog 7 “yea A ‘aI 4g fuopuorT umau ‘MOIMSIHD Jo Ajors0g jounynoysopy ay, fo uapsvyy ay} 7D
‘uosdwioyy, ry 49 ‘ uoyaqoy ‘ayy Aunpousag quaysisspy ay} hg ‘NoaNory ‘hja100g yohoy ayz fo sjuaupindpy ay qv apnu suoywasasggQ 109150j;04L09/9 AT

To be Published in August,
PART FIRST,

Containing Twelve Plates and the accompanying Letter-press, 5vo,

Price Five Shillings,

FIGURES AND DESCRIPTIONS

OF

BRITISH BELEMNITES,

WITH

ESSAYS ON THEIR GEOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION ;

By JOHN PHILLIPS, F.R.S.,

AUTHOR OF ‘‘ ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE GEOLOGY OF YORKSHIRE.’’

A serizs of results obtained by continued study of this
remarkable tribe of organic remains was presented to the
British Association for the Advancement of Science, at their
Meeting in Dublin in 1835, and it is at the special request
of that body that the Author has now undertaken to revise
and complete his labours for immediate publication.

The Work will contain from forty to fifty Plates, each
representing one distinct species or remarkable variety of
Belemnite, in several aspects, and with the advantage of
analysed details. The Letter-press will include descriptions
of the form, structure, and natural affinities of all the species
and varieties; exact notices of their geographical and geo-

2

logical distribution ; and general essays, combining the in-
ferences from the whole investigation with conclusions
adopted in other branches of Paleeontology.

To render the Work as complete an Index as possible of
the Fossils of this remarkable group in the British Isles, the
Author has amassed a considerable series of specimens, and
consulted several fine collections in the possession of his
friends; and he is desirous of increasing the knowledge
derived from these sources by personal inspection of the
rarities contained in other public and private Museums.
To gain time for arranging in the best manner the infor-
mation derived from these sources, the publication will take
place in Four Parts.

Gentlemen desirous of receiving Copies of this Work are
requested to make early application through their Booksellers
to the Publisher, in order that a sufficient number of Copies
may be provided.

By the same Author, nearly ready,
MEMOIRS OF WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D.

Author of the Map of the Strata of England and Wales.

JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, LONDON.

THE ANNALS

AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
SUPPLEMENT TO VOL. XI. JULY 1843.

LXIII.— Contributions to the Ichthyology of Australia. By
Joun Ricnarpson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Inspector of
Hospitals, Haslar.

[Concluded from p. 428.]

Levuciscus (PTyYCHOLEPIS) SALMONEUS.

ee oes J. R. Forster, MS. iv. 14. apud Schneid. G. Forster,

0. 237.

Mugil lavaretoides, Solander, Pisce. Austr. p. 15. ?

No. 29. Mr. Gilbert’s list.
Tuts fish is stated to be in general an inhabitant of deep
water, and rarely seen within the harbour of Port Essington,
though the natives occasionally spear it close in shore. Mr.
Gilbert’s specimen was obtained at Point Smith. The exist-
ence of this fish in the collection is important, as it serves to
rectify a mistake in the ‘ Regne Animal,’ ii. p. 324, respecting
a species discovered at the island of ‘Tanna by the Forsters.
Cuvier’s expression is, “ L’Klops de la mer des Indes est
VP Argentina machnata de Forskal, et le Mugil salmoneus de
Forster, Bl. Schn. 121, quoiqu’il ne lui donne que quatre
rayons branchiaux, je m’en suis assuré par sa figure. C’est
aussi le zinagow, Russell, 179, &c.” Forster’s figure measures
a foot and a half, within an inch of the length of our speci-
men, which it exactly represents, with the single exception of
the caudal fin being a trifle smaller. The four gill-rays are
correctly drawn, and show that the fish cannot be ranked in
the Clupeoid family ; and in fact neither the figure nor the
specimen has, even excluding the great dissimilarity of the
number of the gill-rays, more than a distant resemblance to
the Elops jinagow of Russell.

The following brief notice of a New Zealand fish occurs in the
* Pisces Australie’ :—‘‘ Mugil lavaretotdes. Piscis dorso e ceruleo-
virescens (uti in Harengo), inferne argenteus. In occipite supra et
paulo pone oculos area magna ex argenteo sordide virescens, quasi
subpellucida. Iris ex argenteo-flava; pupilla parva nigra. Pinne
ex albido-cinerascentes. Habitat Tolaga.” (p.15.) ‘Though there
is nothing in this extract to point out the genus of the fish it alludes
to, yet, as both the specific appellation of /avaretoides and the tints

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.xi. Suppl. 2K

490 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

of colour spoken of agree well with the Port Essington fish, it is
possible enough that Solander may have had before him an example
of the same or of a nearly allied species. He may have given an
equal latitude to the generic term Mugil, as the Forsters afterwards
did, and indeed as is done vulgarly by the English residents on the
Indian coasts, who apply the term ‘mullet’ to several Leucisci as
well as to the true Mugiles. M. Valenciennes says, ‘‘Il y a dans
les manuscrits de ce méme naturaliste (Solander), un Mugil lavare-
toides qu'il est difficile de caractériser par le peu de mots qu'il en
dit; mais nous avons cependant quelques raisons de soupconner que
c’est de lElops dont il s’agit ici.” (C. & V. xi. p. 118.) Mr. J.
McClelland, who has contributed so largely to our knowledge of the
Indian Cyprinide, writes, ‘‘ Nor is anything whatever known, as far
as I am aware, of the existence of Cyprins in New Holland, or any
of the Polynesian islands.” (Annals of Nat. History for Nov. 1841,
p. 198.) And after carefully examining the South-Sea drawings of
Parkinson and George Forster, and all the collections of New Zea-
land, Australian, and Polynesian fish that have come in my way, the
Leuciscus salmoneus is the only Cyprinoid that I have found among
them*.

Two of Russell’s Cyprini, the tooleloo (No. 208) and the palah-
bontah (No. 207), agree with L. salmoneus in possessing four gill-
rays, as well as in a portion or the whole of the scales being closely
furrowed, producing numerous narrow delicate ridges which termi-
nate on the free edge of the scale in acute projecting points or teeth.
For these, as a subgenus or minor division of Leuciscus, I propose
the designation Piycholepis. In the palah-bontah the scales above
the lateral line only are striated ; the tooleloo agrees with salmoneus
in the striated structure being common to all the scales of the body.
Both of Russell’s species receive the name of ‘‘ mullet”’ from the En-
glish residents on the Coromandel coast, the palah-bontah being di-
stinguished as the ‘‘ milk mullet,” and the ¢ooleloo, which is caught
in the river at Madepollam only when the freshes come down and
never in the sea, as the ‘‘ mountain mullet.”

In shape and general aspect this fish strongly resembles a Cove-
gonus. 'The head is small and forms only a fifth part of the total
length, excluding the lobes of the caudal. The profile is a narrow
ellipse, the back and belly being bounded by equal curves, which rise
regularly from the mouth to midway between the gill-openings and
ventrals, where the body is highest. The posterior curves are flatter
and one-third longer, and the body tapers gradually to the base of
the caudal, where the height is only one-third of that before the
ventrals.

The head is covered with a smooth nacry skin which is continued

* Mr. McClelland, in pointing out the analogical relations which exist
between the Rasorial birds and the Cyprinidae, says, that “‘ while there is no
instance of Rasorial birds possessed of aquatic habits, so no species of Cypri-
nide@ is known to belong to the sea; in India they are exclusively confined
to fresh water, mostly keeping beyond the influence of the tides.” The
Ptycholepis salmoneus is an exception.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 491.

evenly over the cheeks and gill-covers, so that the opercular bones
can scarcely be distinguished from each other even in the dried spe-
cimen. The under border alone of the preoperculum is marked out
by a slight fold of the skin, and the membrane, which is stretched
from the fore-part of the interoperculum to the under lip, is not at-
tached to the integument which covers the limb of the hyoid bone
over which it passes, a kind of pocket opening downwards being
thus formed. The posterior part of the interoperculum and rest of
the opercular pieces form one continuous surface with the gill-mem-
branes. The top of the head is flattish, and narrows gradually from
the nape to the snout. In the dried fish the flat space is bounded
laterally by a slightly elevated line which extends from the nostrils
to the nape. The upper edge of the orbit is prominent and rounded,
and a scarcely raised line is continued from it to the upper angle of
the gill-cover. The eye is large, and is only half the length of the
orbit from the orifice of the mouth, but twice as far from the gill-
opening. The mouth is small, but the true shape of its orifice can-
not be ascertained from the specimen, the under lip having been
injured. The maxillary widens gradually towards its lower end, which
is rounded away: it forms half the upper lip, which is arched, and
is received a short way under the bulging edge of the preorbitar.
The upper lip has no soft parts beyond the thin integument covering
the bone. ‘There are no vestiges whatever of teeth either on the
jaws or roof of the mouth. A mucous canal with short branchlets
traverses the surface of the preorbitar, and closely skirts the orbit
beneath and behind. ‘The gill- nays are strap-shaped, very thin and
flat.

There are no scales on any part of the head. The scales of the
body are of moderate size, there being eighty-five rows and some
small ones between the gill-opening and caudal fin, on which the
scales terminate by an obtusely oval outline, and cover the central
rays more than half-way. ‘The lateral line, with the exception of a
short inclination at its commencement, keeps a perfectly straight
course a little above mid-height from the gill-opening to the end of
the scales. ‘The texture of the scales is thin and their form subor-
bicular. ‘The basal half is divided by a notch into two rounded
lobes, and shows no other impressions than the very fine concentric
lines of structure. The uncovered portion is marked by about twenty-
six slightly divergent furrows, producing an equal number of rounded
ridges which terminate on the edge in acute points.

peeze bt; 153A 11; 0: 1935 P.17; V. 11,

The pectoral is small and situated low down; it is composed of
seventeen rays and ashort incumbent one, and there is a long pointed
scale beneath it. ‘The acute point of the fin reaches nearly half-way
from the gill-opening to the ventrals. ‘The dorsal fin commences
exactly midway between the mouth and base of the central caudal
rays: its margin is lunate with acute points, and the anterior point
is thrice as high as the posterior one. ‘The first three rays are sim-
ple without visible joints, short and closely incumbent; the rest are

2K 2

492 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

more or less divided at their tips. The fourth and fifth are the tall-
est, and form the anterior tip of the fin. The bases of the rays are
covered by a scaly fillet, which runs toa point posteriorly and rises a
little from the back. 'The ventrals stand opposite to the middle of the
dorsal, or midway between the mouth and tips of the central caudal
rays. There are eleven rays, the outer one being strong, flat and
bony, but divided at the tip, the others becoming gradually smaller
as they are more and more interior. There is a long acute scale
above the fin, and a scaly plate between the fins. The anal is small,
with a wide notch in its edge, and is composed of eleven rays, in-
cluding three short, graduated, incumbent ones. A scaly fillet rising
obliquely from the base of the anterior rays nearly covers the poste-
rior half of the fin. The caudal fin is very deeply forked, its acute
and widely separated lobes being five times the length of the central
rays. The divergence of the points exceeds the height of the body,
and nearly equals the distance between the tips of the dorsal and
ventrals ; it consists of nineteen rays, with nine shorter, graduated,
incumbent ones above. and eight below. The exterior simple ray
which reaches to the point of the lobe above and below is broad
and bony, and is crossed at regular distances by oblique lines, which
are nearly obsolete on the bases of the more interior branched rays,
and are less conspicuous on the exterior short incumbent ones.

There are no distinct traces of colour remaining, except some dark
shades along the back. The sides and belly have a bright silvery
lustre, and the sides of the head a somewhat golden hue.

DIMENSIONS. inches. lines.

Length from intermaxillary to tip of upper lobe of caudal.... 19 0
———_—_—_--—________—__—— tips of central rays ......eceee 15 1
———_—_———--—_____—_-_—_— hase of ditto.....sesescececeeseee 14 6
——_———_—____—__—_—______-——— beginning of anal ........00. 11 6
ventral cecrcrrcrcrercrnereen pls 0
a dorsal | i515 seamagelensials wiih ile edie fe 5
—— ————___-_ pectorals ......csccccscesereeeeee Sou @
a — tip of gill-cover .......s000 0 OL es
Length of orbit cc.cccsvssecessnsess ems sas de 8a aunnsihiee severe nena i aime:
Distance between angle of orbit and orifice of mouth ......... 0 7
Height of body..0;.:.cs-scsayeaesecusgacesver¥sas¥ineteyassesamnaee ‘ok | One
———— dorsal fin....c.ccecseeeeees piesa neree caieatiae oo ae ae treed Sh ae
Length’ of ditto Ay.cieatectaee silek deh noch ch hameee aco vnneaseoeneneee 2 2

pectoral rays ...... sien sikiees cou eaWyouab>Sns evieeaneanEeame 2 2

ventral TAYS) “scuddess veda vids pa vieuisddeaw eh ohana eaeeutean 1 8

amal fim, «site sauehvsn vaehiseied spo tngee iaaewer ae dos Soastngen ame iva )
Depth of ditto ..ccaesixassvcssaacases nen sinha aedy iieha meena 0 95
Length of caudal lobes ............ceccsserscecncscevecsces Bere) e 5 6
Divergence of points Of ditto ......cccccecrsccseeescsscssoecesecsees 5 6
Depth of caudal fork ........ccccccccceccscescccvesvessssaccscesosees 3 6

Obs. This subgenus and many of the other species described in
this paper have already been named by me in a Report on the Ich-
thyology of New Zealand, read at the Meeting of the British Asso-
ciation in June 1842, and in the Appendix to Dr. Dieffenbach’s ac-
count of New Zealand.

the Ichthyology of Australia. 493

MEGALOPS SETIPINNIS, Forster’s Megalops.

Clupea setipinna, Forster, fig. 242. Banks. Biblioth. (A reference to Clu-
pea cyprinoides, Brouss., is added to the fig. by Dryander.)

No. 3. Mr. Gilbert’s list. |

Mr. Gilbert informs us that this fish is named the “ fresh-
water herring” by the settlers at Port Essington, and “ or-
roree” by the natives. It inhabits all the freshwater streams,
swamps and lakes of Cobourg Peninsula, and may be taken
readily with a hook and line. In the latter end of the dry
season, when the waters have become shallow, it is caught in
great numbers in clap-nets by the Aborigines ; and when the
swamps have altogether dried up, this fish is found living in
the mud at the depth of several feet, where it remains until
the ponds fill again ; then it reappears in multitudes and of
full size, although the mud may be covered merely by ua few
inches of water. It is an indifferent acquisition to the table,
being not only full of bones like the English herring, but soft
as if putrid, however early it may be cooked after it is caught.

The Banksian library contains a pencil sketch made by
Forster of a fish taken by him in a freshwater pond on the
island of Tanna in August 1774, which is a tolerable represen-
tation of the form of our fish*. Broussonnet confounds For-
ster’s fish with Bloch’s Clupea cyprinoides, a native of the
Caribbean Sea, noticing however the difference of the fin-rays
in Forster’s and Bloch’s specimens. He mentions the habit
the fish has of burying itself in the mud. ‘The Atlantic and
the Pacific species are again confounded in Schneider’s
posthumous edition of Bloch under the name of Clupea
thrissoides (p. 424), and in quoting the numbers of the rays
from Broussonnet, Forster’s name is transposed and placed
against the rays of Bloch’s species. The Megalope filamenteux
(Lacep. v. pl. 13. f. 3, Russell, 203), which is stated in the
‘Reéegne Animal’ to have sixteen rays in the dorsal, has a
smaller eye with a larger space between it and the edge of
the intermaxillaries, and also larger fins, especially pectorals,
than setipinnis. Although the term setipinnis refers more toa
generic character than to a specific distinction, I do not think
myself authorized to change it.

The profile of Mr. Gilbert’s specimen is a pretty regular and ele-
gant ellipse, whose vertical diameter at the ventrals is equal to one-
fourth of the axis from the snout to the extremity of the central
caudal rays. The caudal is deeply forked. The length of the head,
measured to the extreme edge of the gill-cover, is exactly equal to

* The size of the eye and shortness of the snout correspond with Mr. Gil-
bert’s specimen, but the dorsal is placed too far forward, probably from in-
advertence.

494 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

the vertical axis of the body. The belly is rounded, and not serrated
like Chatoéssus. ‘The under jaw exceeds the snout in length, so that
the mouth opens obliquely upwards when the jaw is moderately de-
pressed. ‘The maxillary bone is large and strong, and consists of
three pieces; a long and slightly arched one, which carries the
teeth on its anterior edge, and receives the two shorter pieces into
its posterior arc, so that the form of the whole bone is a long oval,
whose tip reaches backwards beyond the middle of the eye. ‘The
intermaxillaries, maxillaries, and lower jaw are armed on their thin
edges only with very narrow bands of minute teeth, which have more
resemblance to the asperities of a fine file than to the pile of shorn
velvet. The whole surface of the palate-bone is rough, and when
examined with a lens appears like shagreen, or as if, densely pow-
dered with very fine sand.

The eye is large, and is situated the breadth of itself from the scales
on the nape, and half that distance from the end of the snout, and a
diameter and a half from the extreme edge of the gill-cover. It just
touches the profile of the forehead, but is nearly its own height above
the inferior outline of the head. The crest of the preoperculum is
defined in the dried specimen by an arc of irregular pits, from whence
fine furrows radiate over the broad and delicately thin limb of the
bone. Similar streaks are visible on the suborbitars, and are con-
nected with a chain of pores which surround the orbit.

The scales are large, there being only forty in a longitudinal row,
exclusive of one or two small ones on the base of the caudal, and
there are nine in a vertical row between the dorsal and ventrals. The
lateral line runs straight along the middle of the side, and each of its
scales, which are of the same size with the rest, is marked by six or
seven slightly undulating and mostly forked furrows, which radiate
from an irregular eminence at the back of the uncovered surface.
The area of the scales resembles frosted silver with a thin, narrow
margin imitating the polished metal, and yielding silvery, greenish
and purplish reflexions. The top of the head and summit of the back
retain a dark olive tint, which gradually fades away above the lateral
line. The belly appears to have been white. The head is nacry with
metallic lustre, and yields golden reflexions. ‘The vertical fins are
dark gray, thickly powdered with minute dark dots, as was the case
with Forster’s fish. The colours are described from the specimen
after being washed and while still wet.

Rays :—1st spec. B. 21; D.19; A.25; V.10; P.15; C. 204.
2nd do. Oe ee 10; 354 204.
Forster’s spec. 22; 17; 25; 10; 15; 202(6rous.)

The first specimen is the left side of a fish, and the second one the
right. A difference of one ray in the branchiostegous membrane of
the right and left sides of the same individual is common among the
Salmonide, and it is very probable that Forster did not reckon the
two very short incumbent rays at the beginning of the dorsal which
I have included in my enumeration.

The dorsal, standing directly over the ventrals, commences exactly

the Ichthyology of Australia. 495

midway between the tip of the snout and base of the anal; its first
four rays are graduated and closely incumbent on the base of the
fifth, without intervening membrane. ‘The fifth is nearly as long as
the sixth and seventh, the more posterior ones again decrease in
length till the sixteenth, but the seventeenth and eighteenth are a
little longer, and the nineteenth is prolonged and tapers to a point,
which, when turned back, falls but little short of the base of the
caudal. It is about one-fourth longer than the sixth ray, is broader
than the rest, and is grooved behind so as to show very clearly
its binate structure: it has a short anterior branch, which is not
longer than the preceding ray. The anal is placed much further
back than the dorsal and has more rays, but is otherwise very simi-
larly constructed. Its last ray resembles the last one of the dorsal in
form, being forked, with the posterior portion wider, grooved and
tapering, but not much prolonged beyond the preceding rays. There
is a small fold of the skin above the upper ray of the ventral, pro-
ducing an acute ridge about half as long as the fin. No such ridge
can be perceived at the pectoral.

Drenstons. inches. lines,
Length from snout to tip of caudal .........eesessssseeseeeveenss 9 2
Mase Of Caldal ii. ee eA. 7 2
na a i Dek eres Siete eee ee ees 4) 0
eee beginning of dorsal or ventrals ......... 3 74
——— edge of gill-cover ........ceceseeceeeeeee 1 9
$$ APO reerececcccseccccccereneceentenevcevecs 1 6
MEME by ioe slos sn d05 36s ixasariensrbesenserarsobinresenes 0 63
ie icin case isrncsanas nase iiesedureseanectscussacs 1 0
RMI TRU TOV op ccistepeccsienocccienavarcsectacersseegscees ] 5
MTU T Ges ci Se sath Pec obcbecektensasSacbscs dvs 2 2
PNPM COMMENT ITs Gace eTik ticket nsec ty scessevdeeseeesdabessvianees 1 3
Pielene OF 106 Titi And BIXtH PAYS) icc... ck ee cess ecw eee su eceaces 1 3
—— = ast PAY cirsscccsseseccscccccssceecscncsnceeecesseneens 0 6
PP OGAWA ORES si isiiisisisciesswesesvetsrveccsargesessdenesy 2 2
PIAS GNECAA PAYS | guicinssiyesnsewessccesccbsasscuases 0 6
oa NN SiS ile ec aE acon catnni tino seek ca6 84 Napa sodas ncsh yin 1 5
See WETLAND a isscccencsschecdcccsens Rates dog see's ssedvusncegh ace 1 1

RHOMBUS LENTIGINOSUS (Nod.).

Rh. lentiginosus ; cum pinnis verticalibus ellipticus ; pinna caudee
rhomboidali, pinnis ventralibus invicem et a pinna anali discretis ;
oculis approximatis sinistris; squamis apice ciliatis, singulis macula
lunata verticali notatis ; linea laterali super pinnam pectoralem cur-
vata, dein recta.

RAp—=Br.7 3D. 73 ; A. 59; C.152; P.1|11; V..6.

No. 35. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This fish, which as far as I can ascertain is hitherto unde-
scribed, inhabits all parts of the harbour of Port Essington,
and the whole coast of Cobourg Peninsula. The Aborigines
name it “ wooneerung.”

Its profile, excluding the vertical fins and extremely short trunk of

496 Dr. Richardson’s Contributions to

the tail, is an ellipse, whose axis is twice the length of its vertical
diameter. The ellipse is not however quite regular, being more taper
in its posterior half. This is compensated by the greater, though
graduated length of the dorsal and anal rays bordering that part of
the fish, so that instead of the rhomboidal outline usual in the genus,
these fins produce an ellipse more regular than that of the body, and
having a vertical diameter equal to the entire length from the end of
the snout to the tip of the rhomboidal caudal.

The tolerably large orifice of the mouth is in the anterior apex of
the ellipse, and runs backwards and downwards with a moderate
curve: when it 1s shut, the oblique end of the lower jaw projects a
little beyond the intermaxillaries. ‘The whole edge of the lower jaw
and the upper jaw near the symphysis are armed by short awl-shaped
teeth set rather remotely in a single row. On the lateral parts of
the upper jaw the teeth are minute, short and crowded, but also in
asingle row. The roof of the mouth is toothless. The perfectly
smooth chevron of the vomer projects considerably, while the arti-
cular heads of the maxillaries are but just visible within the mouth.

On the lower dilated and truncated end of the left maxillary there
is a small cluster of scales. The right maxillary is scaleless. Each
limb of the lower jaw is traversed by two furrows divided from each
other by an acute ridge, and the uppermost furrow on the coloured
side is lined by a row of small ciliated scales, which do not exist on
the other side.

The head is flattened on the pale side, and the nostrils of that side
are much nearer the dorsal or mesial line than the left ones are. The
eyes are on the left side close to each other, and not much out of
the same vertical line, the upper one being but a very little poste-
rior to the under one. The orbits are bordered posteriorly at a little
distance by a line of slightly raised tubes with porous mouths, the
line belonging to the under eye being a semicircular one, while the
upper one encloses an acutely triangular area whose apex terminates
in a slight but evident ridge, which runs to the occiput and is covered
with scales like the adjoining parts. The disc of the lower limb of
the preoperculum is roughened by irregular tubular elevations, co-
vered with epidermis and a very few interspersed scales ; the upper
limb is smooth, the rest of the opercular pieces and the whole cheek
is densely scaly. The interoperculum has an oval form, and is longer
and wider than the suboperculum. ‘The edges of all the pieces of
the gill-cover are smooth. A flexible cartilaginous tip extends from
the suboperculum under the operculum to the membranous edge of
the gill-cover, as is usual in most acanthopterygian genera.

Rays :—Br. 7; D. 73; A. 59; P.111; C.152; V. 6—6.

The (left) pectoral is obliquely rounded ; its second articulated
ray is the longest, and but just exceeds the first and third; the under
ones are regularly graduated to the lowest, which is half the length
of the uppermost ones. ‘There is a short, slender spine incumbent
on the base of the upper ray. The membrane is very delicate and
perfectly scaleless. ‘The dorsal commences over the posterior nasal
orifices, and the membranous edge of its first ray turns towards the

the Ichthyology of Australia. 497

right side, and originates at the margin of the nostril. ‘The rays
between the thirty-fifth and fifty-fifth are equal to each other and
longer than the rest, which shorten very gradually each way; the
first being about half the length of these, and the last only about
one-third of their length. The tips of ten or twelve of the most an-
terior rays are more tapering and theirmembrane more notched. A
single row of scales reclines against the fore-side of each ray, on
both sides of the fin. The anal* is formed like the dorsal. The
trunk of the tail, included between the caudal and these fins, is very
short, and consists of little more than the swelling base of the caudal.
The ventrals are not connected with the anal, and are not even in
the same plane with it, but are attached one on each side of the
edge of the belly. ‘The outline of the fin is rounded ; all its rays are
jointed, its outer one is bound down nearly to its tip; the membrane
is scaleless and is notched between the rays. ‘The caudal is rhom-
boidal, its central ray is the longest, and all its rays are scaly.

The scales of the head and body are of moderate size. A longi-
tudinal line between the gill-cover and caudal contains seventy, and
a vertical line at the broadest part of the fish forty-four. Each scale
is bordered on its exterior tip by a small elliptical disc, which appears
under the microscope to be thickly tiled with subulate teeth, the ex-
terior ones being the largest and forming a rough fringe; next the
rough disc there is a semilunate spot, which in the dried specimen
contrasts strongly with the shining greenish epidermis of the rest of
the exposed disc, and was most probably more gaily coloured in the
recent fish. The concealed basal half of the scale shows many of the
usual fan-like furrows with corresponding shallow crenatures on the
margin. ‘The lateral line is boldly curved over the pectoral fin, and
perfectly straight from thence to the tip of the caudal. A curved
line of similar construction proceeds from the posterior end of the
cranial ridge upwards to the base of the tenth dorsal ray. All the
colourless side of the specimen, posterior to the jaws, has been re-
moved in the preparation of it.

Divensions. inches. lines,
Length from tip of upper jaw to extremity of caudal ......... 9 5
ABC OF GIO aude gsScccestse (nehaie 44)
EES sees ae kasengissnens awe 2 0

—_——— POCIONANT freccvawon sss, sbuevets 2 13
2S NOMA Wi ssi sh vicleens teced asecde 1 7

——. anterior angle of lower eye . 0 54
——— upper eye. 0 6
Length from tip of pectorals ........... MOR C PP er! ee ee One ] 5
— —- EHITAISY sashes. oe5 20s oe aes Seen sew cies ba ) 6
$$ —— Caudal .........ccscccrcscececcccseccssceersceecs 2 8
re highest corsal or anal rays ......... vane UL: <E0
Mperereat Gietmieter Of DOdY oo liicsecivcensssevsesccossesccss doadeucts 3 6
Piameter Of eye®....5. 0.2000 Jevcpuana ds Sess Uakearcdunvstersweced sds. 0 3

_* This fin has been injured in Mr. Gilbert’s specimen while the fish was
alive, four or five of the middle rays having been destroyed, though the
membrane remains.

498 Mr. G. Newport on some new Genera of Myriapoda.

ECHENEIS NAUCRATES (Linn. Auct.), Ship-master Echeneis.

No. 7. Mr. Gilbert’s list.

This species is named “ munnémullergo” by the natives
of Port Essington, who take it occasionally in the harbour.
Schneider’s account of the fish is in many respects erroneous,
the caudal fin being stated to be rounded instead of lunate on
the margin, and the numbers of the rays, probably from ty-
pographical error, are wrongly noted. The Port Essington
specimen agrees in every respect with one from the West
Indies, preserved in the Haslar Museum. The rays are as
follows :—

Br. 9—9; discal plates (1st dors.?) 24; D.37; A. 37;
C. 162; P. 21; Ves

Artedi and Cuvier mention twenty-two as the usual number

of discal plates.

LXIV.—On some new Genera of the Class Myriapoda.
By G. Newrort, HEsq.*

Tux family Geophilide of Leach, composed of those little, gliding,
wormlike Myriapodes so abundant in our gardens, and yet so imper-
fectly known to the scientific naturalist, includes at least two distinct
genera, one of which only has hitherto been characterised. Dr. Leach
himself, to whom we are indebted for the foundation of nearly all
the scientific knowledge we possess of these animals, appears to have
regarded one of the five native species with which he was acquainted
as distinct from the others, and placed it accordingly in a division of
his genus Geophilus, founding his divisions on the comparative leagth
of the joints of the antenne. These divisions, with the same di-
stinguishing characters, have been retained by M. Gervais, who in
1837 published a monograph on the whole class, and added a third
section to the genus Geophilus, composed of two species, one of which,
Geophilus ferrugineus, had been described by Koch; and the other,
Geophilus mavillaris, was then first described by M. Gervais as a
new species. It is this division, added by M. Gervais, the Geophili
mawillares, which I now propose to establish as a separate genus,
under the name of Mecistocephalus, the characters of which, derived
from the peculiarly elongated form of the head, are as distinctly
marked as in any genus of this order.

In a collection of Myriapoda, from the magnificent cabinet of the
Rey. F. W. Hope, which that gentleman many menths ago, in the
most handsome manner, placed entirely at my control for the pur-
pose of describing, I discovered a third species, brought to this
country by the late Rev. Lansdowne Guilding, from the island of
St. Vincent, which I immediately recognized as a new genus; and
on examining the unarranged specimens of Myriapoda in the collec-
tions of the British Museum, which the head of the zoological depart-

* From the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for Dec. 13, 1842.

Mr. G. Newport on some new Genera of Myriapoda. 499

ment, J. E. Gray, Esq., has kindly permitted me to describe and
arrange, I have since found two other species, both new to science,
one of which was brought from India by — Elliot, Esq., but the lo-
cality of the other is unknown. ‘The genus I am now about to pro-
pose will thus include five species, agreeing most accurately in their
generic characters. They are all of them foreign to this country.
The only native species which at all approaches to Mecistocephalus
is the Geophilus longicornis of Leach, supposed by M. Gervais to be
Scolopendra electrica of Linnzeus, which constitutes Leach’s second
section of Geophilus. This I propose to separate as a distinct sub-
venus, by the name of Necrophleophagus, although its characters are
not so distinctly marked as in the preceding. ‘The name proposed
for it is derived from its being mostly found under rotten wood, or
under the rotten bark of trees.

Before I proceed to characterize these genera, it may be well to
remark, that the construction of the head in these, as compared with
the other Geophili and the Scolopendre, seems to throw much light
on the number of parts which are included in this division of the
body in the higher Articu/ata, and on the manner in which these
parts are united; and although I do not intend on the present occa-
sion to enter on the consideration of these structures, which I pro-
pose to do hereafter, it is necessary to state that I regard the head
of the Chilopoda as formed of two compound moveable portions, the
anterior of which, bearing the antenne, I shall designate the frontal
segment ; and the posterior, which gives attachment to the large forci-
pated foot-jaws, which I regard as the analogues of the mandibles of
insects, I shall call the lasilar segment. Posterior to these there is
a third part, which, although perfectly distinct in all the Geophilide,
is united to the basilar in the Scolopendre and higher genera of this
order, forming a kind of cephalo-thorax or cephalo-prothorax. This
I shall consider the second or sub-basilar segment.

It is on characters derived from these parts that I now propose
to establish the genera.

Class MYRIAPODA.
Order 1. CurLopopa.
Family Groruizipa, Leach.
Section A. Geophili mavzillares, Gervais.
Genus Mecistocephalus*, Newport.

Characters.—Frontal segment very narrow, elongated, four-sided,
more than twice as long as broad, antennz inserted on the frontal
margin, subapproximated, three times as long as the frontal segment ;
joints obconic, rather elongated, slightly hairy ; basilar segment qua-
drate, very short, and much narrower than the frontal, almost atro-
phied on the dorsal surface ; /abiwm and inferior surface of the basilar
segment very large, quadrate, extending backwards beneath the sub-
basilar segment, with its anterior margin slightly excavated ; mandi-
bles enlarged, straightened, and projecting, but curved and pointed

_* From pauses, longest, and xeQarg, head.

500 Mr. G. Newport on some new Genera of Myriapoda.

at their apex, with the internal margin acute and denticulated, and
- the basilar joint encroaching on the dorsal surface of the basilar
segment. Sub-basilar segment large, transverse, with the anterior
margin straight, and the posterior and angles rounded. Body gra-
dually tapering ; legs from forty-five to seventy pairs ; posterior pair.
styliform.

Species 1. Mecistocephalus ferrugineus, Koch.

2. Mecistocephalus mazillaris, Gervais.

3. Mecistocephalus punctifrons, Newport.

Frontal segment and mandibles deeply punctured, with the basilar
segment and labium dark chestnut; body testaceous, mandibles each
with two large acute teeth ; legs forty-nine pairs.

Length two inches three-tenths. India: — Elliot, Esq.

In the collection at the British Museum.

Frontal segment polished, with small scattered punctures; man-
dibles very strong, polished, and deeply punctured on the superior
surface, with the internal margin acute, with two large sharp teeth;
labium flattened, polished, with a longitudinal depression, and a few
minute, scattered punctures ; body gradually tapering, but broad and
strong anteriorly ; legs forty-nine pairs, broad, strong.

I am uncertain whether this specimen had arrived at its full
growth, the number of legs being less than in the other species. It
may nevertheless have acquired its proper number since the species
described by M. Gervais has but forty-six pairs, and I have ascertained
most satisfactorily that the whole of the Chilopoda acquire very nearly
their full complement of legs before they have attained to one half of
their adult size.

4. Mecistocephalus Guildingit, Newport.

Frontal segment polished, with a few scattered punctures; sides
and posterior angles rounded, ferruginous ; mandibles quadridentated ;
basilar segment and labium polished, ferruginous, with a broad, lon-
gitudinal sulcus and deep punctures on the latter; body yellowish,
testaceous ; legs forty-nine pairs. Length one inch and a half.

Island of St. Vincent. Rev. Lansdowne Guilding.

In the cabinet of the Rev. F. W. Hope.

There are five specimens of this species, varying considerably in
size, but agreeing most accurately in the number of their legs.

5. Mecistocephalus punctilabium, Newport.

Head, mandibles, labium and sub-basilar segment ferruginous ;
mandibles tridentated ; body brownish-green, with the two posterior
segments antenne and legs ochraceous. Frontal segment and la-
bium flattened, the latter deeply, and thickly punctured. Legs sixty-
one pairs.

Length two inches. Country?

In the collection of the British Museum.

The frontal segment of this species is flattened and punctured,
with the posterior margin straight, and the anterior somewhat
rounded ; the mandibles are smooth, polished, rather straightened,
and rounded, with the internal margin less acute, with two or three
very small teeth; labium flattened, polished, with large, numerous

Mr. G. Newport on some new Genera of Myriapoda. 501

and deeply impressed punctures, and a longitudinal median sulcus,
with a slight emargination; dorsal surface of the body with three
longitudinal sulci; anal styles five-jointed ; second and third joint
short, but the fourth and fifth longer.

The characters of this species are less strongly marked than in
others of this genus, and they seem to form a transition to those of
the next genus. The anal styles are still very distinctly organs of
locomotion, in which respect they resemble those of Scolopendra and
Cryptops.

Subgenus Necrophleophagus*, Newport.
Geophilus**, Leach.
Geophili longicornes, Gervais.

Characters.—Frontal segment quadrate, a little longer than broad,
with the angles obtuse ; antenne inserted on the front, sub-approxi-
mated, more than three times as long as the frontal segment, with
the joints twice as long as broad, conic; basilar segment short, with
the posterior margin much wider than the frontal ; mandibles short,
strong, with the internal margin rounded, toothless; Jabium broad,
almost quadrate, with the border emarginated; body somewhat ta-
pering; legs more than fifty pairs; preanal segment narrow, styles
short.

Species Necrophleophagus longicornis, Leach.

Yellow, with the segments of the head, mandibles and labium
dark ferruginous ; antennz hairy, four times as long as the frontal
segment, with the three or four terminal joints smaller than the
others ; labium smooth, with minute punctures, subconic ; anteriorly
wide and almost straight, posteriorly rounded ; legs yellow, fifty-five
pairs, anal styles small, slightly hairy.

Length two and a half to three inches. Europe: very common.

I have retained Dr. Leach’s original name to this species, which
has been supposed by M. Gervais to be the Scolopendra electrica of
Linneus. But Linneus’s species is described as “‘ pedibus utrinque 70;”
while Leach’s species, of which there are four specimens in the ca-
binet at the British Museum, besides ten collected by other persons,
has at most only fifty-five.

Genus Gonibregmatust+, Newport.

Characters.—Frontal segment short, transverse, anteriorly pointed ;
basilar segment very short, wider than the frontal; antenne monili-
form, approximated at their base, joints very short, with the terminal
one slightly elongated; eyes absent; mandibles very slender, long,
pointed, arcuate, toothless, compressed and twisted near their base ;
labium very short, transverse, with the anterior border slightly pro-
duced and emarginated ; /abium internum projecting, thick, folded, and
formed for sucking ; palpi with the terminal joints slender and acute ;
sub-basilar segment short, but larger than the basilar; body elon-
gated, segments more than 160; legs inserted into little foveole in

* From vexeos, dead; Paoics, bark; and Qava, to eat.
{ From yavia, angle, and Beryua, the fore part of the head.

502 Geological Society.

the lateral ventral plates; the two or three posterior segments of the
body enlarged and tuberose; anal styles small, not used in walking.

1. Gonibregmatus Cumingii, Newport.

Greyish ash-colour ; frontal segment very convex, rounded poste-
riorly ; mandibles blackish; labium smooth; all the segments of the
body very short, convex ; dorsal surface with numerous irregular lon-
gitudinal sulci; antepenultimate segment with the dorsal and ventral
plates atrophied ; anal styles slender, with their basilar internal mar-
gin carinated; anal scale convex, subcordate, posteriorly rounded
with two thin marginal plates; legs 161 pairs, naked, claws black.
Length 42 to 5 inches.

From the Philippine Islands. Mr. Cuming.

In the collection at the British Museum.

I have never seen the Geophilus Walckeneri of Gervais, but from
the description given of that species I strongly suspect that it ought
to be included in this genus.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 4, 1842.—Read “ A Postscript to the Memoir on the occur-
rence of the Bristol Bone-Bed in the neighbourhood of Tewkes-
bury,” by Hugh Edwin Strickland, Esqa., F.G.S.

Since the reading of the former communication (vol. x. p. 147),
Mr. Strickland has ascertained that the bone-bed occurs at least
ten miles further north, or at Defford Common, in Worcestershire,
making a total range of 104 miles, At this locality are some old |
salt-works belonging to the Earl of Coventry, and the shaft, which
was sunk about seventy years ago to the depth of 175 feet, was
emptied a few months since of the brine with which it is wont to
overflow. At the bottom of the shaft, which descends through the
lias into the grey marl of the triassic series, but without reaching the
red mar], is a tunnel that follows the dip of the strata for about
160 yards. The shaft, Mr. Strickland says, consequently intersects
the horizon of “the bone-bed,” and among the rubbish thrown out,
he found considerable quantities of the peculiar white sandstone
with bivalves (Posidonomya), shown in his former paper to repre-
sent in Worcestershire the bone-bed of Aust and Axmouth; but he
also found specimens of the sandstone charged with the same
description of teeth, scales and coprolites so abundant at Coomb
Hill and the localities just mentioned.

The occurrence of an abundance of pure salt water within the
area of lias, Mr. Strickland says, is an interesting phenomenon, and
for a solution of it, he refers to Mr. Murchison’s Account of the
Geology of Cheltenham, p. 30.

June 29.—* On the minute Structure of the Tusks of extinct
Mastodontoid Animals,” By Alexander Nasmyth, Esq., F.G.S.

The author, at the commencement of his memoir, acknowledges
his obligations to Dr, Grant for having first called his attention to the

Geological Society. 503

minute anatomical structure of the tusks of Mastodontoid animals;
and for having placed at his dispesal a copy of the Swedish edition
of Retzius’s demonstration of the typical structure of the dental or-
gans of animals.

Availing himself of the able tuition afforded by the Swedish Pro-
fessor, Mr. Nasmyth says, he has prosecuted the subject, and that
these inquiries, besides explaining to him the structure of that portion
not completely investigated by Retzius, have unfolded to him some
observations which are now generally acknowledged to be truths in
the valuable but intricate department of animal development. He
further says, that he has been led to results differing somewhat from
those of Retzius, so far as the physiology of the cellular tissues is
concerned ; yet the general appearances exhibited and the manner
of displaying them will remain, he adds, lasting memorials of the ta-
lents and ingenuity of the Swedish Professor,

The specimens to which Mr. Nasmyth’s attention has been directed
form part of the collection of Mr, Koch, and they were delivered to
him as belonging to Mastodon giganteum, Tetracaulodon Godmani,
T. Kochii, T. Tapiroides, and the Missourium. In the analysis of each
specimen he considers—

Ist, The constituent structures of the tusk.

2nd, The comparative extent of each of the constituent structures,
as far as it can be ascertained.

3rd. Each constituent structure regarded separately in its minute
and individual elements.

4th. The conclusions derived from the premises as to the place
which the animal should occupy in zoological classifications.

' The principle upon which this mode of analysis is based, is that of
the infinite variety which nature affects from limited materials, while
the constancy of each variety throughout the same species is perfect,
This constancy extends, Mr. Nasmyth observes, not only to the con-
stituent structures of each tooth, but to the extent of each constituent,
as well as to the peculiar arrangement of the minute elements of
which each of these structures is composed.

The examination of each tusk evinces so marked and peculiar a
structure, that a cursory inspection will, the author thinks, sufficiently
demonstrate specific distinctions, which he supposes must have been
accompanied by concomitant peculiarities of organization subser-
vient to separate and distinct habits.

In the following descriptions the word corpuscule is used to desig-
nate those appearances constituting the characteristic of bone, but
denominated by Retzius cells, because the author is persuaded that
those appearances are truly of a corpuscular character ; and the word
cell is used to designate the structure of the interfibrous material
which was left almost entirely out of account by Retzius, and de-
scribed by others as structureless, but demonstrated by the author to
be most characteristically organized in the different groups of ani-
mals. The term jibres is used, moreover, to define those appearances
which Retzius considers due to a tabular structure, because the au-
thor has been unable to find anything which confirms this theoretical

504 Geological Society.

appellation founded on the existence of a series of continuous rami-
fying tubes. This question therefore he leaves in abeyance.

Mastodon giganteum.—The constituent structures of the upper
tusks are only two, crusta petrosa and ivory. The crusta petrosa, in
the specimens examined, is comparatively thin, or about half a line ;
but the extent of the investigation being necessarily limited, the au-
thor considers that the observations on this head are incomplete.

The corpuscules of the crusta petrosa are scattered irregularly ; but
they are numerous and give off radiating branched fibres, tending
generally either from the surface or to the surface of the tusk. There
are hardly any independent fibres. The cellular structure of the in-
terspaces is clearly marked.

The junction of the ivory with the crusta petrosa is well defined by
a clear line, succeeded by a plumose appearance arising from a con-
geries of very minute ramifying fibres. This appearance looks, Mr.
Nasmyth says, as if it arose out of, and formed the termination of, the
main fibres which join the layer undivided.

The compartments of which the main fibres are made up are par-
allelograms resembling those of the Elephant, and are most easily
observed in vertical sections, while the cellular structure of the
interfibral spaces is clearest in transverse sections, Minute corpus-
cular appearances are scattered over the substance, and soaggregated
as to form at intervals concentric layers. The characteristic differ-
ences between the structure of the tusks of the Elephant and Masto-
don, Mr. Nasmyth observes, consist principally in the presence of
transverse fibres in the crusta petrosa of the Elephant, and the greater
number and regularity of its corpuscules in the Mastodon, as well as
in the peculiar disposition to a transverse direction of its radiating
fibres. In the ivory the most striking peculiarity consists in the nu-
merous bands of corpuscular-looking bodies in its substance. These
appearances, so frequently observed in ivory, Mr. Nasmyth is of opi-
nion, depend, as pointed out by him, on the thickness of the animal
matter of the interfibral cells.

Tetracaulodon Godmani.—The author says there is a great dissi-
milarity in the constituent structures of tusks of this Pachyderm and
those of the Mastodon, while on a cursory examination of the mi-
nute organization of these structures there is an apparent similarity.
The crown of both the upper and under tusk is coated with enamel
extending below the level of the alveolar process, with crusta pe-
trosa external to it, the body of the tusk being composed of ivory.
The alveolar process of the upper tusks is large and deep, greatly
exceeding that of every other tusk which the author has examined,
and showing, he says, that the actions in which these organs assisted,
must have been very powerful.

The habits essentially necessary to the exigencies of an animal
being, Mr. Nasmyth observes, the same in youth as in adult age, the
organization of the individual tissues is the same at both periods,
though certain modifications of instruments are exacted at successive
stages of existence. Thus, in early youth, when the frame is not
powerful, every efficiency is given to the cutting edges of the dental

Geological Society. 505

apparatus ; and the author states a fact he believes never before re-
marked, though long noticed by himself, that the tusks of the young
Elephant and Walrus are tipped with a very thin layer of enamel.

The head of the Tetracaulodon Godmani examined by Mr. Nas-
myth is shown to have been that of an animal in which two of the
adolescent teeth are well developed. The crusta petrosa of the tusk
was about half a line thick, and extended over the whole of the visible
surface. The corpuscules were irregularly disposed, but closely ag-
gregated, and exhibited in the transverse section an irregularly circu-
lar shape with occasionally angular points. The radiating fibres were
numerous, ranging in all directions ; and the independent transverse
fibres were also numerous, traversing witha curved course the whole
substance. ‘The cells of the interspaces were visible. The enamel
on the upper tusk wasalinethick. The parallel rows of constituent
cells throughout the external half ranged in straight lines, but
throughout the internal half they were curved diagonally. There
was no clear space between the enamel and ivory, but the line of
junction was well defined. A plumose layer of fibres, apparently the
peripheral termination of the main undivided fibres of the ivory, suc-
ceeded to the enamel. The component bulbs of the fibre were round,
but not often visible, and were best seen in the longitudinal section.
The fibres were placed at about the distance of two interfibral spaces,
and curved in the transverse section as well as in the vertical, but in
the latter direction slightly. A minute corpuscular appearance was
scattered over the substance, and the cells of the interfibral material
were visible.

The crusta petrosa, enamel and ivory of the under tusk were similar
to those of the upper, except that the constituents were so transpa-
rent as hardly to betray any characteristic. The parietes of the cells
of the enamel are more defined in the under tusk.

Besides the important characteristic of the thick coating of enamel,
the tusk of the 7.Godmani presents manifest differences from that of
the other species, in the elements of each of the constituents. The
radiating fibres of the corpuscules differ from those of Mastodon gi-
ganteum in being given off equally in all directions : in the M. gigan-
teum the numerous independent fibres of the 7’. Godmani are also
absent, and the zones or belts of minute corpuscules in the ivory of the
M. giganteum are wanting in that of the 7. Godmani.

Tetracaulodon Kochii.—The tusks of this Pachyderm have only two
constituents, crusta petrosa and ivory. ‘The crusta petrosa varies in
thickness, equalling in some parts an inch. In the vertical section
the corpuscules are irregularly oval and irregularly disposed at the di-
stance of three or four corpuscular diameters, and they give off occa-
sionally many fine radiating fibres. Numerous independent trans-
verse fibres pass in a curved direction also throughout the substance,
their beaded or minute corpuscular appearance being very visible,
and they are of an irregularly twisted oval form. The cells of the
interspaces are likewise visible.

The ivory of the upper tusks consists of very slightly undulating,
undivided fibres, with the cells of the interfibrous substance well

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xi. Suppl. 21

506 Geological Society.

marked, but semi-transparent. The fibres of the under tusk slightly
undulate, and present occasionally an appearance of thorny projec-
tions. ‘The compartments of the fibres are easily seen, and are irre-
gular in size, but rounded.

Tetracaulodon Tapiroides—The tusks consist also of only crusta
petrosa and ivory, and the resemblance in the microscopic structure
of this species with that of T. Kochii is great. The thickness of the
crusta petrosa is considerable. The very irregularly-shaped corpus-
cules, placed at intervals of two or three corpuscular diameters, are
semi-transparent, and without radiating fibres in the external half;
but those situated in the internal half are of the usual opacity, and
give off numerous radiating fibres. Transverse, irregularly beaded,
independent fibres traverse the substance, making one distinct curve
in their passage across it. The cells of the interspaces are slightly
visible.

The ivory is so translucent and homogeneous as to exhibit generally
very little character. The fibres undulate but do not divide, forming
an abrupt line of junction with the crusta petrosa. The form of the
beaded compartments of the fibre is oblong, not rounded, as in 7,
Kochii, and they do not exhibit thorny projections. These are the
only marked differences in the two species.

The cells of the semi-transparent interfibral space are generally
visible.

Missourium.—The constituents of the tusks are likewise crusta pe-
trosa and ivory; but their intimate structure, Mr. Nasmyth says, is
more peculiar, so far as his examination has extended, than that of
the tusks of the preceding animals.

The crusta petrosa, in the section which the author was permitted
to make, was more than three-eighths of an inch thick. The corpus-
cules were very numerous, and generally within the distance of one
diameter. The granulated compartments of which the corpuscules
were composed, were very visible, and often without radiating fibres,
but where these occurred they were of a coarse structure. The
transverse independent fibres were beaded in coarse, somewhat tor-
tuous, ovoid compartments, and ranged very close to one another,
with interfibral spaces of about only two fibral diameters, and followed
a straight, perpendicular and parallel course to the surface. The
cells of the semi-transparent interfibral space were generally visible.

The appearances presented by the ivory at its junction with the
crusta petrosa, Mr. Nasmyth was unable to ascertain; but in the
substance of the ivory the fibres undulated, and their beaded com-
partments had a rounded shape: these fibres were frequently in-
vested with an irregular congeries of granules distinct from the inter-
fibral cells. Towards the central portion of the ivory the compart-
ments forming the fibre were frequently so disposed as to give the
fibre a peculiar tortuous appearance.

The peculiarities of the tusk of the Missourium are given by Mr,
Nasmyth as follows ; and, he says, they would certainly indicate a di-
stinct species of Mastodontoid animal :—

1. The great extent of the crusta petrosa. 2. The close aggre-

Geological Society. 507

gation of its corpuscules. 3. The granulated structure of these cor-
puscules. 4. The coarse granulated structure of the compartments
of the radiating fibres. 5. The close parallel perpendicular arrange-
ment of the fibres of the crusta petrosa. 6. The irregular congeries
of granules surrounding the fibres of the ivory. 7. The peculiar tor-
tuous appearance occasionally exhibited by these fibres.

On the whole, Mr. Nasmyth observes, the several species of ani-
mals noticed in his paper seem to be nearly allied, and fitted to
exist under nearly similar conditions; and though the early eras to
which these Pachyderms must be referred, present, he says, consider-
able uniformity of circumstance, yet they must have demanded some
variety of detail in the animal organization.

Finally, the characteristics in the minute structure of the tusks of
all the five animals betray, the author observes, greater varieties than
are found to exist even betwixt some genera possessed of tusks ; and
if it be established that specific differences positively do exist among
all these animals, then the value of this kind of observation is great ;
but if the five animals are all to be grouped in one category, then this
mode of observation is of no value in paleontological researches.

Noy. 16.—‘‘ On some remarkable Concretions in the Tertiary beds
of the Isle of Man.” By H. E. Strickland, M.A., F.G.S.

The north extremity of the Isle of Man consists of an arenaceous
pleistocene deposit, occupying an area of about eight miles by six,
bounded on the west, north and east by the sea, and on the south
by the mountains of Cambrian slate which occupy the greater por-
tion of the island. ‘The arenaceous formation attains in some parts
a height of about 200 feet above the sea, though the undulations of
its surface prove that considerable portions of the deposit have been
removed by denudation. This district, comprising about fifty square
miles, furnishes perhaps the most extensive example in the British
Isles of a marine newer pliocene or pleistocene deposit. In the Isle
of Man the sea-cliffs on each side of this tertiary district afford a
good insight into its structure and composition. On the north of
Ramsey the cliffs average about 100 feet in height, and consist prin-
cipally of irregularly stratified yellowish sand, sometimes clayey, with
interspersed bands of gravel and scattered pebbles. The gravel is
chiefly composed of slate-rock, quartz, old red sandstone, granites,
porphyries and chalk flints, all of which occur im situ in the island
except the two last, which may have been drifted, the former from
Scotland, and the latter from the north of Ireland. About four miles
north of Ramsey the cliffs attain 150 feet. Here the lowest portion,
only visible at intervals, is a brownish clay loam, and the remainder
of the cliff is sand and coarse gravel, less distinctly stratified than is
the case near Ramsey, and containing rudely rounded boulders, some
of which are upwards of a ton in weight. ‘They consist of granite,
and occasionally of carboniferous limestone.

Organic remains are sparingly diffused in this deposit: Mr. Strick-
land enumerates twenty species. Of these five, viz. Crassina mul-
ticostata, Natica clausa, Nassa monensis, Nassa pliocena, and Fusus
Forbesi are not known in the British seas. Crassina multicostata

2L2

508 Geological Society.

and Natica clausa are found living in the Arctic ocean, but the two
species of Nassa and the Musus are unknown in a recent state*.
Between three and four miles north of Ramsey, the beds of this
deposit occasionally exhibit a very remarkable concretionary struc-
ture. The sand has here been cemented into masses, which are ex-
tremely hard, and even sonorous when struck, though the sand in
which they are imbedded is perfectly loose. ‘The cementing ingre-
dient, which the application of acid proves to be carbonate of lime,
seems to have been influenced in its operations partly by the planes
of stratification, and partly by the direction in which the sand has

* Mr. Strickland gives the following characters of three species of shells
found in the newer pliocene beds of the Isle of Man; specimens of which
have been examined by several eminent conchologists in London, who all
concur in believing them to belong to extinct species.

“©1, Nassamonensis, Forbes, in Mem. Wern. Soc., vol. viii. p. 62. Small;
volutions about six, rounded; suture deep; ribs, nine on the first volution,
straight, rather distant, strong, subacute, and slightly oblique. ‘The first
volution has thirteen, and the second six, distinct, regular, thread-like, spiral
striz, crossing alike the ribs and their interstices. Aperture orbicular-ovate,
canal very short and oblique, pillar-lip simple, outer lip with about five
slight marginal denticles on the inside, and an external rib slightly more
developed than the ordinary ribs. Total length, 7 lines; first volution,
32 lines; breadth, 43 lines; angle of spire, 40°.

““ Obs. Resembles the recent NV. macula, but is larger, more ventricose, has
fewer ribs, and the terminal rib is less suddenly developed.

“2. Nassa pliocena, Strickland, 1843. Large; volutions about seven,
rather flat, with a distinct thread-like suture; ribs, twelve on the first volu-
tion, straight, distant, rounded, very slightly oblique; the interstices flat,
exceeding the width of the ribs by one-half. The first volution with thir-
teen, and the second with about nine fine spiral strize, only visible in the in-
terstices, the ribs being smooth; but this may be due to attrition. Aperture
ovate; canal very short and oblique; pillar-lip with about five obscure den-
ticles, and a spiral groove immediately behind the canal, continued into the
interior of the shell. Outer lip with about eight internal marginal denticles ;
no rib at the back. ‘Total length, 1 inch 8 lines; first volution, 8 lines ;
breadth, 9 lines; angle of spire, 40°.

“3. Fusus Forbes, Strickland, 1843. Fusus nov. sp. Forbes, Malacologia
Monensis, pl. 3. f. 1. Middle-sized; volutions about six, slightly rounded,
suture distinct; ribs, eleven on first volution, straight, rounded, smooth
(perhaps from attrition); interstices concave, and hardly wider than the
ribs. First volution with about fifteen, and second with about seven distinct,
rather irregular spiral strize, of which those on the first volution are alter-
nately large and small. They are only visible in the interstices of the ribs.
Aperture ovate, double the length ofthe canal, which is straight, and rather
oblique to the left. Pillar-lip smooth, with one obscure denticle at the pos-
terior end. Outer lip with about ten small linear denticles within, conti-
nued a short way into the mouth, and a well-marked external rib remote
from the margin. ‘Total length, 1 inch 3 lines; first volution, 7 lines;
breadth, 8 lines; angle of spire, 45°.

“‘ Obs. This species belongs to a group of Fusus which seems closely allied
to Nassa. First described by Mr. E. Forbes, from a worn specimen found
on the coast of the Isle of Man, and supposed by him to be an existing spe-
cies, but the discovery of additional specimens in situ proves it to be a
genuine fossil.”’

Geological Society. 509

been originally drifted by currents. In the former case the concre-
tions are in the form of flat tabular masses parallel to the stratifica-
tion, often mammillated on their surfaces, or perforated obliquely by
tubular cavities. In the latter case they assume a subcylindrical
or spear-shaped form, and occur parallel both to the stratification
and to each other. A pebble is frequently attached to the larger
end of the concretion, which springs from it as from a root, to the
length of a foot or more, and gradually terminates in an obtuse flat-
tened point. All these varieties are sometimes combined together
into vast clusters of several tons weight, resembling masses of sta-
lactite, the component portions being nearly parallel to each other.
Mr. Strickland supposes that currents of water (or possibly of wind,
operating during ebb tide), flowing in a certain direction, may have
disposed the sand in ridges parallel to that direction, and the car-
bonate of lime may have afterwards been attracted into these ridges
in preference to the intermediate portions. ‘This view is confirmed
by the fact, that these concretions have frequently a pebble attached
to the larger end, as though it had protected a portion of sand from
the current, and caused it to accumulate in a ridge on the lee side,
a circumstance which may frequently be observed where sand is
drifted by the wind or water.

Noy. 30.—*‘ Notice on the discovery of the Remains of Insects in
the Lias of Gloucestershire, with some remarks on the Lower Mem-
bers of this Formation.” By the Rev. P. B. Brodie, F.G.S.

The lower beds of the lias, in which these organic remains occur,
are extensively developed in the neighbourhood of Gloucester and
Cheltenham, and occupy the greater part of the vale. In the upper
part of the lower beds, in a hard blue limestone, was found the ely-
tron of a coleopterous insect of the family Buprestide, apparently a
species of Ancylocheira of Escholtz. ‘This was the only fossil of the
kind met with by Mr. Brodie in this portion of the lias. With this
exception, the numerous fossil insects he has obtained occur in the
bottom parts of the lower beds near the base of the lias, which are
seen at several points in the neighbourhood of Gloucester. At
Wainlode Cliff, the lower beds of lias, resting on red marl, form a
bold escarpment on the south bank of the Severn, and afford the
following section in descending order :—

1. Clay: 3 ft.

2. Blue limestone, with Ostrea, &c. (the ‘‘ bottom bed’’): 4 in.

3. Yellow shale with fucoid plants: 6 in.

4, Gray and blue limestone, termed by Mr. Brodie ‘insect lime-
stone’ from its characteristic fossils, passing into yellow shale
above, where it is nearly white, and has the aspect of a fresh-

water limestone: 3 to 5 in.

. Marly clay: 5 ft. 3 in.

. Hard yellow limestone, with small shells like Cyclas, plants and
Cypris: 6 to 8 in.

- Marly clay: 9 ft. 6 in.

. Bed with fucoid bodies: 1 in.

. Shale: 1 ft. 6 in.

. Pecten bed: 4 in.

Ow Os on

510 Geological Society.

Nine feet below this is the bone-bed, 20 feet above which is the yel-
low Cypris limestone, and 26 feet 2 inches the insect limestone. The
total height of the cliff is about 100 fect.

The insect remains consist chiefly of elytra belonging to the seve-
ral genera of Coleoptera, which are not very rare; and a few wings,
not unlike the genus T%pula, which bear a close resemblance to some
Mr. Brodie had previously found in the Wealden; the latter are
much rarer than the former. The elytra are generally of a light
brown colour and small size ; in some cases both the elytra are at-
tached. With these were found abdomens of some insects and larva
apparently of the gnat tribe. Shells are not common, but Ostrea,
Unio, and a small species of Modiola are the most abundant. The
fossils from the yellow limestone, No. 4, bear a close resemblance to
those from the Wealden. ‘The real genus of the bivalve resembling
Cyclas is undetermined. ‘The plants belong to a species of Fucus,
apparently an inhabitant of fresh water. At Combe-hill Mr. Brodie
also observed both the insect limestone and that containing the small
bivalves. To the south-west of this point the insect limestone is well
seen, and yielded the greatest number and variety of insect remains.
Here the yellow limestone was not traced, and the bone-bed was want-
ing. The fossil insects are, as at Wainlode Cliff, for the most part re-
mains of small Coleoptera, sometimes tolerably preserved, and in one
specimen the eyes were visible. None of the beetles resemble those
of the Wealden, but some wings of insects, allied to Tipula, are very
similar. A few imperfect but large wings of Libellula occur: there
are also numerous singular impressions of a doubtful nature, many
of which may however owe their origin to the partially decomposed
bodies of various insects. With these are numerous small plants,
some resembling mosses, but very different from those in the yellow
Cypris limestone, a few seed-vessels and leaves of fern. A small spe-
cies of Modiola, probably M. minima, is exceedingly abundant. Re-
mains of Crustacea occur, one of which resembles the genus Hryon
from the Solenhofen slate.

Near Gloucester the same strata occur at a much lower level.
At Westbury, eight miles below Gloucester, the following section is
presented :—

1. Bottom bed with Ostrea, equivalent to that at Wainlode and

other places: 3 in.

2. Insect limestone with numerous small shells (here character-
istic): 4 in.

3. Clay: 5 in.

4, Green, yellow and gray sandy stone, in places becoming a
limestone, with the small Cyclas-like bivalve, plants and Cypris,
identical with those at Wainlode, about 1 ft.

5. Shale and clay: 10 ft.

6. Hard grit, bone-bed: 3 or 4 ft.

A little further to the north the beds below this are more developed
and are seen resting upon the red marl.

If the Cypris found in these beds be of freshwater origin, it forms
a new and highly interesting feature in the history of this deposit ;
at any rate the occurrence of the remains of such delicate creatures

Geological Society. 511

as insects, many of which are well-preserved, and could not, there-
fore, have been long subject to the action of the waves, or have been
carried far out into the water, gives a greater probability to the sup-
position that this part of the lias may have been formed in an estuary
which received the streams of some neighbouring lands, perhaps nu-
merous scattered islands, and which brought down the remains of
insects, Cypris, and the plants above referredto. The shells usually
found in the insect limestone are Modiola and Ostrea, both of which
frequently inhabit estuaries, and are capable of living in brackish
water as well as in the open sea. The shells, however, so abundant
at Westbury in the same stratum are exclusively of marine origin ;
the wing of a dragon-fly from Warwickshire is a solitary instance of
its kind. Mr. Brodie observes, that such stray specimens had pro-
bably been carried out to sea, which might also have been the case
with a small wing he discovered in the upper lias at Dumbleton near
Tewkesbury ; which also proves the existence of insects during the
deposition of the upper portions of this formation.

Thus it will be seen that the remains of insects are of very rare
occurrence in the upper beds, and in the higher portions of the
lower ones in the lias, while at the base near its junction with the
red marl they are abundantly distributed. The discovery of small
elytra of coleopterous insects and portions of the wings of Libellula
in the lower division of the lias near Evesham, by Mr. H. E. Strick-
land, shows that these fossils are characteristic of the same beds in
distant parts of the system.

** On certain impressions on the surface of the Lias bone-bed in
Gloucestershire.” By H. E. Strickland, M.A., F.G.S.

The singular markings described, which the author in a former
communication suggested might be caused by the crawling of crus-
tacea, but which further opportunities and observations have induced
him to refer to a different cause, have been noticed only at Wain-
lode Cliff on the Severn. There they occur on the uppermost sur-
face of the band of micaceous sandstone which represents the ‘“ bone-
bed,” and which appears to have consisted of a fine-grained muddy
sand, capable of receiving the most minute impressions, while the
pure black clay which forms the superincumbent stratum has pre-
served this ancient surface in the most unaltered condition. The
ripple-marks produced by currents on the surface of this bed of sand
are very interesting, from their perfect preservation, and from often
exhibiting two sets of undulations oblique to each other, indicating
two successive directions in the currents, such as would result from
a change of tide.

The impressed markings were evidently produced by living beings,
probably by fish or invertebrate animals. To determine their nature
Mr. Strickland observed the progression of two species of Littorina
among Gasteropodous Mollusca, and of Carcinus Menas among Crus-
tacea, but the impressions produced were very different from those
under consideration.

The fossil impressions are of four kinds :—

Ist. Lengthened and nearly straight grooves, about one-tenth of

512 Geological Society.

an inch in width, and several inches long, very shallow, with a
rounded bottom. These, Mr. Strickland considers as caused by
some object striking the surface of the sand with considerable impe-
tus. They may often be seen to cut through the ridge of one ripple-
mark, and after disappearing in the depressed interval, they are again
seen pursuing their former direction across the next ridge. ‘They
may have been caused by fish swimming with velocity in a straight
direction, and occasionally touching the bottom with the under part
of their bodies.

2nd. Small irregular pits averaging one-fourth of an inch wide
and one-eighth of an inch deep. ‘These might have been caused by
some small animal probing the mud and turning up the surface in
quest of food. Mr. Strickland conjectures that some of the numerous
species of fish found in the bone-bed may have produced them, the
heterocene form of tail common to most of which, Dr. Buckland has
suggested, enabled them to assume an inclined position with the
mouth close to the ground.

3rd. Narrow deep grooves, about one-twelfth of an inch in width,
the sides forming an angle at the bottom, irregularly curved and
often making abrupt turns, apparently formed by a body pushed
along by a slow and uncertain movement, such as might arise from
the crawling of Mollusks. Mr. Strickland refers them to the loco-
motion of Acephalous Mollusca, and supposes that the only shell
found in this bed, a small bivalve named by him Pullastra arenicola,
might have produced them*.

4th. A tortuous or meandering track consisting of a slightly raised
ridge about one-tenth of an inch wide, with a fine linear groove on
each side. ‘These tracks are analogous to those formed by the
crawling of small annelidous worms, as may often be seen on the
mud of the sea or fresh water.

About eleven feet above the stratum which presents the impres-
sions above described, a second ossiferous bed occurs at Wainlode
Cliff, which escaped Mr. Strickland’s notice in the section formerly
given (Geol. Proc. vol. ili. p. 586). It is a band of hard, grey,
slightly calcareous stone, about an inch thick, containing a plicated
shell resembling a Cardium, and scales and teeth of Gyrolepis tenui-
striatus, Saurichthys apicalis, Hybodus Delabechet, Acrodus minimus,
and Nemacanthus monilifer, all of which occur in the true ‘ bone-
bed” below. On the upper surface of that bed are numerous im-
pressions, termed by Mr. Strickland fucoid, consisting of lengthened
wrinkled grooves, variously curved, about three quarters of an inch
wide, one-eighth of an inch deep, and of variable length. ‘The
bone-bed seems to be a local deposit, not being met with in the
other localities examined by the author, and being confined toa

* Mr. Strickland describes this species as follows :—“ Its form is nearly
a perfect oval, depressed, nearly smooth, but with faint concentric striations
towards the margin. The apex is about halfway between the middle of the
shell and the anterior end. The general outline closely resembles that of
the recent Pullastra aurea of Britain. Maximum length 7 lines, breadth
4% lines, but the ordinary size is less.”’

Geological Society. 513

portion only of Wainlode Cliff, where it constitutes No. 9. in the
following corrected section :—

FE; din.
Sy ilmeleah liad clay: isis is ee le ee Birt Tie
2. Limestone, with Ostrea and Modiola mini-
ma (the bottom bed). .2).6 56.60... O 4
Oe Prellowiechishiale’. i) i665 bye eg ee ee
4. Limestone, with remains of insects ...... 0 4
Geumeee chele- and Clay... fs ue ee 8s 5 lye:
6. Yellowish limestone nodules, with occasional
pemnemms OL Caprese ik es O54 26
Pe veowish marly clay J... 2... cc ce eee G70
Seelack laminated clay . 0. 3
9, Stone, with scales and bones of fish, and on
the upper surface fucoid impressions.... O 1
me Black Jamiated clay ........ 005. 2.8 6
11. Slaty calcareous stone, with Pectens...... Q 4
Wan Bleek Vamimated clay). 6... 6. ee ghia.
13. Bonz-sep and white sandstone, with casts
BPP MUaSITAOrentCold .\.\6). eee es nS
Pt Black Waminated clay ......../...0.0-2 0 BP, 60)
Toy Grocnish-daneularmarl ©............... 23 0
16. Red marls with greenish zones .......... 42. 0
Soa aay A

Jan. 4, 1843.—*‘ Notice on a Suite of specimens of Ornithoidic-
nites, or foot-prints of Birds on the New Red Sandstone of Connec-
ticut.”’ By Gideon Algernon Mantell, LL.D., F.R.S.

These specimens wereaccompanied bya letter from Dr. James Deane
of Greenfield, Massachusetts, the original discoverer of the Ornithoi-
dicnites, of which more than thirty varieties had been found, bearing
a striking resemblance to the foot-prints of birds. In this letter Dr.
Deane gives an account of his discovery of the impressions eight or
nine years ago, and which he then communicated to Professor Hitch-
cock. He remarks, that ‘‘ the footsteps are invariably those of a
biped, and occur on the upper surface of the stratum, while the cast
or counter-impression is upon the lower. In some instances we may
follow the progress of the animal over as many as ten successive
steps.” He has seen a course of steps twelve inches in length by
eight in breadth, extending several rods. The intervening space
was uniformly four feet. One impression of a foot was fourteen
inches in length. The impressions are accompanied by those of
rain-drops.

Extract of a Letter from W.C. Redfield, Esq., on newly dis-
covered Ichthyolites in the New Red Sandstone of New Jersey.
Communicated by Charles Lyell, Esq., V.P.G.S.

Mr. Redfield has found two distinct fish-beds in the new red
sandstone of New J ersey, both containing ichthyolites of the genus
Paleoniscus. In the sandstone between the fish-beds he discovered an
Ornithoidicnite, and observed numerous slabs exhibiting impressions

514 Zoological Society.

of rain-drops and ripple-marks. The rain-marks appear as if the rain
had been driven by a strong wind, and the direction of the impres-
sions indicated that the wind blew from the west, a quarter from
which violent squalls or thundergusts are still prevalent in these
latitudes.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

July 26, 1842.—-William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following memoirs were read :—

‘“‘ Observations on the Semen and Seminal Tubes of Mammalia and
Birds,”’ by George Gulliver, F.R.S.

It has long been known that the testicles of Birds become much
enlarged in the spring, and that the same organs of Mammalia are
more or less increased in size at the rutting-season, and in young
animals generally as they become capable of reproduction. Professor
R. Wagner (‘ Physiology,’ translated by Willis, pp. 23 and 27) has
noticed also the enlargement of the seminal tubes of all these animals
at the periods above named; but as I am not aware that we possess
any observations on this head sufficiently numerous and precise to
be useful for reference and comparison, I am induced to submit to
the Society a contribution towards this object, particularly as it ap-
pears to me that the condition of the semen and testicles at different
periods is an interesting inquiry in relation to the habits and economy
of animals.

During winter the coats of the seminal tubes of Birds are tolerably
strong and thick. The increased size of the tubes at the season »
of procreation arises from the accumulation of semen within them,
by which their coats are so much distended and attenuated that they
are most easily ruptured, and are much thinner than the correspond-
ing parts of Mammalia are at any time.

In the following table the measurements are all expressed in vul-
gar fractions of an English inch*, and where only one fraction is
given it denotes the average size. With the exceptions dated No-
vember and December, the animals were all examined during the
present year, and, unless noted to the contrary, they were adults.
In Birds the left testicle, which is commonly somewhat larger than
the right, was generally the subject of observation.

Table of Measurements of the Seminal Tubes, and of remarks on the
state of the Semen and Testicles at different seasons.

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

Pep, 4.) Mamyeet. 22 Niccasssusenvdcateres 1-142 to 1-77 |Scarcely any fluid in tes-
tes. Died of pulmo-
nary consumption.

Nov.” “OP DittO, Set) SG coc cck casacencectapien 1-150 to 1-73 |Died of chronic pericar-
ditis. No spermatozoa.

* I take this opportunity of remarking, that all my microscopic measure-
ments have been invariably given in vulgar fractions of an English inch,
however they may have been set up in type for the sake of convenience,

Zoological Society. 515

Table (continued).

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.
1-150 to 1-80] Died of pericarditis, en-

larged heart, and old
pleuro-pneumonia. A
few spermatozoa in
epididymis.

1-183 to 1-86 |Died of phthisis. Some
spermatozoa in epidi-
dymis.

1-133 to 1-73 |Died of phthisis. Tubes
filled with dark,
round, and very mi-
nute particles; these
chiefly aggregated to-
gether in_ irregular
masses, and occasion-
ally in the form of
round or oval corpus-
cles with delicate cysts.
No spermatozoa.

1-146 to 1-82 |Died of phthisis. Semi-
nal tubes in the same
condition as the pre-
ceding.

Dec. 10.|Ditto, et. 86 .cssrseseseseeseeess+/1-160 to 1-100|Died of pneumonia. Had
fatty matter in liver,
lungs, and testes; no
spermatozoa ; tubes in
the same condition as
in the two preceding.

1-422 Died of pulmonary con-
sumption.

1-400 to 1-266|Child puny and emaci-
ated. Died of pneu-
monia.

1-308 Died of tubercles of me-
senteric glands.

1-333 to 1-230)Body much emaciated.
Died of pneumonia.

1-307 Well-nourished fcetus;
born at the full period
of utero-gestation.

Oct. 14.|DittO ...ccceccsee evesseeeceseeeees/1-363 to 1-210/Foetus weighed 7 lbs.

Oct. 235./Ditto <...5...... sreseereesecseeess+(1-300 to 1-222/Foetus weighed 6 lbs.

Nov. S.|Ditto .cssecececeseessseeeseveess+»/L-400 to 1-266|Weight of foetus 54lbs.

June 15.|Vespertilio Pipistrellus, Geoff. ..|1-200 to 1-171|Seminal matter contain-

ing abundance of mo-
lecules, but no sper-
: matozoa.

June 15./Erinaceus Europeus, Linn. ...| 1-109 to 1-75 |No animalcules. Died

of disease.

April 30.|Sorex tetragonurus, Herm. .,,...| 1-109 to 1-85 |Semen and spermatozoa

very abundant. Many
male shrews found
dead, with marks of
injuries, apparently
from fighting ; and in

Oe) WRUINAGM MEL. DS cccccveccccccccccsdes

Dec. iE Ditto, eet. 42 Seeeseeseeereseseeenee

Nov. 14, Ditto, eet. 73 COC eeeeeeeeseeeneeeee

Ut REGO ccccvcoccccccscoodes

Aug. 25. Child, Bs peeeat te csthoteebi coast pas

Dec. 1./Child, et. 18 months ............

July 15.|Child, zt. 4 months ............
Oct. 25.)Child, cet. 6 weeks .....,,.ccene.

Aug. 25.|Child, still-born .....sssesceeeees

516 Zoological Society.

Table (continued).

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

all. these the testes
were very turgid.

July 16.|Canis familiaris, Linn. .....+0+.| 1-125 to 1-85 |A mongrel. Spermatozoa
abundant.

Feb. 15./Ditto; a still-born puppy ...... 1-250

Dec. 380./Felis Leo, Linn. (3 years old) ...|1-200 to 1-150|Died of disease of the
brain. Molecules ab-
undant, and a_ few
cells containing sper-
matozoa.

Nov. 6./Felis domestica, Briss. sae 1-141 to 1-85 |Spermatosuasplameitals
months old) ......0+66 seneseee

Oct. 4./Arctonyx collaris, F. Cuv. ......| 1-100 to 1-60 |Tubes large. Sperma-
tozoa rather plentiful.
Some cells and nume-
rous molecules. Died
in confinement.

Oct. 15./Ursus Americanus, Pall. ......)1-200 to 1-125|No spermatozoa. Semi-
nal tubes full of dark-
coloured pulp, in which
were only visible some
altered epithelial cells
and numerous oily glo-
bules. Died in con-
finement.

Jan. 6.|Mustela vulgaris, Linn. ....++...{1-171 to 1-109|Molecules plentiful in se-
men; no spermatozoa.

May 20.|Mustela erminea, Linn. ....... ..| 1-120 to 1-80 |Spermatozoa plentiful ;
scarcely any molecules.

April 30./Cervus Wapiti, Mitch. ...000.. 1-160 to 1-100|Many perfect spermato-
zoa; molecules scanty;
animal 24 months old.
Died of diseased kid-
neys.

Jan, 12.\Cervus Elaphus, Linn. ...ccceee 1-117 to 1-105)Perfect spermatozoa very
abundant; many in
different stages of de-
velopment.

Jan. 12.|Cervus Dama, Linn. «seeeeeee.s.[1-160 to 1-100) Perfect spermatozoa very
numerous; many in
cells,

April 6.|Ditto ...sessecseseeeceseecseesseeee(1-160 to 1-100/Spermatozoa abundant ;
none in cells.

Jan. 26./Ditto, foetus 6 inches long ......|1-666 to 1-363)Tubes full of corpuscles
about 1-2800th of an
inch in diameter; no

molecules.
March 26./Ditto, 14 inches long ...........,{1-333 to 1-285|Ditto.
June 22.|/Antilope picta, Pall. ............| 1-120 to 1-80 |Semen and spermatozoa
abundant.
Dec. 31.|Ditto (died a few hours after ] |1-571 to 1-363|Contents of tubes as in
birth) ):s.000 Ws wn Wap tees xo sis other immature ani-
mals.

May 28.|/Capra Hircus, Linn. (12 weeks | |1-266 to 1-171|Semen containing abun-
dance of molecules,
and rudimentary sper-
matozoa in cells.

old) @eeeeee tt eeteseeeeeeereenes

Zoological Society. 517

Table (continued).

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

1-571 Tubes very small.
1-120 to 1-75 |Died of dropsy. Sperma-
tozoa plentiful; some
rudimentary in cells,
with corpuscles; mo-
lecules scanty.
1-120 to 1-60 |A few spermatozoa.
1-150 to 1-92 |But few spermatozoa.
1-46 to 1-42 |Spermatozoa very abun-
dant ; tubes large.
1-120 to 1-109|No spermatozoa.
1-153 to 1-120|Ditto.
-80 to 1-66 |Spermatozoa abundant.
1-120 to 1-86 |A few free spermatozoa ;
a great number imma-
ture in cells; mole-
cules pretty abundant.

Feb. 24.\Ovis Aries, Linn. (just born) ...
Nov. 2./Camelus Dromedarius, Linn. ...

Dec. 10.|Sciurus vulgaris, Linn. .....00..
Nov. 29.)Lepus cuniculus, Linn. .........
Jan. 18.|Mus decumanus, Zinn. ...... be

Jan. 18./Ditto, two-thirds grown .........
Jan. 18./Ditto RENE ttasiataewe ny ot
Nov. 3./Mus musculus, Linn. ........+00.
Nov. 11./Ditto, three-fourths grown ......

an

Feb. 17.) Ditto (blind sucking young one).|1-400 to 1-222
May _ 5.\Strix flammea, Linn. ........+02.| 1-230 to 1-133}Died in confinement.
Testis one-third of an
inch long and one
tenth broad.
1-75 to 1-46 |Testis one inch long and
three-fourths broad ;
semen andanimalcules
very abundant; no
molecules.
1-250 to 1-166/Testis black, one-fifth of
an inch long and one-
eighth broad; no sper-
matozoa; molecules
very abundant.
1-80 to 1-50 {Testis brownish white,
three-fourths of an
inch long and four-
tenths broad; sperma-
tozoa abundant; no
molecules.

1-75 to 1-60 |Testis one-fourth of an
inch long and one-fifth
broad, containing a
little black pigment ;
spermatozoa abundant.

Spermatozoa abundant;
testis same size as the
Nightingale’s.

1-333 to 1-222|Testis one-twelfth of an

inch in diameter; no

spermatozoa.

1-250 to 1-200/Testis one-twelfth of an

inch in diameter; no

spermatozoa; many
molecules.

1-166 to 1-109/Testis one-seventh of an

inch long and one-

tenth broad; nume-

rous cells, about 1-

March 16.|Corvus frugilegus, Zinn....... eee

Feb. 25./Sturnus vulgaris, Linn. .....00.

March 18. Ditto SEP oeeoesaeeeeeseressonesetenoe

April 27.|/Philomela luscinia, Sw. ......00.

April 6.)Sylvia Phragmitis, Bechst. ......

Jan. 9.|Fringilla domestica, Linn. ......

Feb. 2.|Ditto

Pee ees ease eeseaeesaggoeesas eRe

March 4.|Ditto

SOP eee eee eeeseeesetFetsesesevea

518 Zoological Society.

Table (continued).

Date. Name of Animal. Size of Tubes. State of Testes, &c.

1000th of an inch in
diameter ; great abun-
dance of molecules; no
perfect spermatozoa.

May 3.|Fringilla domestica, Zinn. ......| 1-80 to 1-66 |Testis one-third of an
inch iong and one-
fourth broad ; sperma-
tozoa plentiful ; mole-
cules not abundant.

Feb. 28./Fringilla Coelebs, Linn. .........| 1-90 to 1-71 |Testis one-tenth of an
inch in diameter ; nu-
merous celis contain-
ing rudimentary sper-
matozoa, but none per-
fect; molecules very
numerous.

May 4./Emberiza Citrinella, Zinn. ......| 1-80 to J-60 |Testis one-third of an
inch long and _ one-
fourth broad, contain-
ing a little yellow pig-
ment; spermatozoa
very numerous; mole-
cules not abundant.

May 22.\Cuculus canorus, Linn. .....«..| 1-100 to 1-66 |Testis one-fifth ofan inch
in diameter, of an in-
tense yellow colour ;
numerous staff-like
bodies in semen 1-
2666th of an inch long
and 1-25,000th broad.
Died in confinement.

Nov. 26.|Picus minor, Lina. ...eccseeseree-/1-571 to 1-363/Testis size of a rape-
seed; no spermatozoa
or molecules.

May 31./Cypselus Apus, Flem....... yeeeee{L-130 to 1-100/Testis one-third of an
inch long and one-fifth
broad; spermatozoa
numerous; molecules
scanty.

Dec. 5./Columba Livia, Briss. .........{1-444 to 1-285|Testis about as big as a
hemp-seed ; no sper-
matozoa; a few mole-
cules.

May 12.\Sterna Hirundo, Linn. .........{1-240 to 1-200/Testis one-tenth of an

inch in diameter; no

spermatozoa; mole-
cules plentiful.

Molecules of the Semen.—The molecules mentioned in the prece-
ding table are minute, smooth, circular particles, much resembling,
both in chemical and physical characters, the ‘‘ minute oil-like
spherules” which I have depicted in the juice of the supra-renal
bodies (Appendix to Gerber’s Anatomy, p. 103). The ‘‘ minute shi-
ning globules and smaller molecules,’ described by Professor R.

Zoological Society. — 519

Wagner in the semen of some Mammalia, and the “ apparently
spherical and dense particles” observed by Dr. Davy (Researches,
Physiological and Anatomical, vol. i. p. 332) in the fluid of the hu-
man testicle, and which particles he conjectures may be the ova of
the spermatozoa, are perhaps identical with the molecules of the
semen. ‘They are commonly rather smaller than the particles of the
supra-renal gland. I have made many measurements of the mole-
cules of the semen, and find them generally to be 1-20,000th of an
inch in diameter, but almost always varying from 1-35,000th to
1-8000th, and of course not at all approaching in size and other re-
spects to the well-known corpuscles and cells of the semen. The
molecules, especially those of larger size, refract the light strongly ;
the smaller ones appear dark and opake in the centre when the
focus of the object-glass is elongated, and bright and transparent
when the focus is shortened; while the smallest of all, like those
of the supra-renal gland, often seem quite black or opake, and ex-
hibit very lively vibratory motions, particularly when diluted with
water or acetic acid.

That the molecules are connected with the perfecting of the se-
men, would appear from the fact that they are most abundant in
birds and reptiles when the testicles begin to enlarge, and either
wholly disappear or become scanty as soon as the testicles are per-
fectly ripe and the spermatozoa most completely evolved. But very
minute vibratory particles are often observable in the seminal tubes
of foetal animals.

The figure of the molecules, like that of many other particles
equally small, is apparently spherical, and, as already mentioned,
they may present either a dark or bright central spot. But, as no-
ticed in the Atlas to Gerber’s Anatomy, p. 59, it is difficult to de-
termine the exact shape of particles so exceedingly minute ; and the
elaborate researches of Dr. Barry (Phil. Trans. 1841, part 2) have
rendered it probable that some of the particles which I have formerly
mentioned (Appendix to Gerber’s Anatomy, and London Medical
Gazette for May and November, 1839) as ‘‘ minute spherules”’ and
‘‘ spherical molecules,” are in reality discs.

Pigment.—In the foregoing table the black and yellow colour of
the testicles of certain birds is noticed. I have carefully examined
the black matter of the starling’s testicles, and found it to be com-
posed of very distinct pigmentary ramifications, made up of most
minute particles, many of which, when floating in the field of vision,
exhibit exceedingly active motions. In the winter the testicles are
quite black, and the pigment, perhaps from the small size of the
tubes, seems to be contained within them; but when the testicles
are enlarged in the spring, they present a lighter or brownish white
colour, from the accumulation of semen, and the pigmentary ramifi-
cations are evidently situated in or close to the coats of the tubes,
the boundaries of which may be easily seen with a common hand-
lens to be marked out by the black pigmentary dots.

Spermatozoa of the Cervide and Camelide.—Professor Wagner

Physiology, by Willis, p. 34) regards the spermatozoa as essential

520 Zoological Society.

elements of the seminal fluid ; and that the spermatozoa are essential
to prolific semen seems now to be generally allowed. I merely
mention the subject in connection with the statement of Sir Everard
Home (Lectures on Comp. Anat., vol. v.; well commented on in
Dr. Davy’s Researches, vol. i. p. 339), that the seminal animalcules
have no real existence, and especially that he and Mr. Bauer had
searched for them in vain, and with the best instruments and oppor-
tunities, in the seminal fluid of the fallow deer during the season of
the rut.

I now exhibit to the Society drawings of the spermatozoa of the
fallow deer, wapiti, and red deer, and shall be happy to show my
preparations of the animalcules to any one who may be curious
about them. I have repeatedly had opportunities of examining the
spermatozoa of the fallow deer, and though they are most abundant
at the time of the rut, they may be found commonly enough at other
seasons. After the rut was passed in January and February, I found
the spermatozoa plentiful in the red and fallow deer at Windsor.
The animalcules were even then in various stages of development ;
some coiled up two or three together, in cells, with granular matter ;
others were still more rudimentary; many appeared just ready to
escape from the cells, while a still greater number were free and
lively in the seminal canals. In the body of the spermatozoon of the
red deer there is occasionally an appearance of internal granules or
vesicles, as shown in the drawing.

As the Camelide, like the oviparous Vertebrata, have oval blood-
corpuscles, it was interesting to ascertain the form of the sperma-
tozoa of this ruminant family. In the dromedary I found that the
seminal animalcules were much like those of other Mammalia, and
so nearly resembling the animalcules of the Cervide, that there was
a difference only of size, the spermatozoa of the dromedary being
slightly smaller than those of the deer.

Chemical characters of the spermatozoa.—lIt is remarkable that the
spermatozoa of Mammalia are but little or not at all affected by
many chemical agents which quickly act on various other animal
matters. ‘These spermatozoa preserve their form and appearance
when treated severally with nitric, muriatic, acetic, oxalic, tartaric
and citric acids ; with concentrated solutions of earthy, alkaline, and
metallic salts; and with liquid ammonia.

But the spiral spermatozoa of birds are quickly dissolved, destroyed,
or reduced to the most minute particles, by the acetic and other
vegetable acids, while these animalcules are not much affected by
muriatic acid, nor by caustic ammonia and saline solutions. Yet the
cylindrical or club-shaped spermatozoa of birds are more nearly
allied in chemical characters to the spermatozoa of Mammalia. ‘The
seminal animalcules of the common swift (Cypselus Apus), for exam-
ple, remain perfectly entire and distinct after having been subjected
to the action of citric or acetic acid. It may be incidentally men-
tioned that the spermatozoa of the snake (Natrix torquata) are not
affected by acetic acid.

The matter in the seminal canals of Mammalia and Birds, when it

t

Zoological Society. 521

contains plenty of corpuscles, of which indeed it is almost entirely
made up in immature animals, from the embryo upwards, is rendered
ropy by alkalies and by saline solutions. This action of these solu-
tions, which is very remarkable on all animal fluids containing a great
quantity of fresh primary or isolated cells, appears to take place from
the effect on them of the reagents, as I have elsewhere described
with respect to the lymph-globules (Gerber’s Anatomy, Appendix,
pp- 91, 96, and 97). In sume recent experiments, however, these
globules were not destroyed, but only a little misshapen or made
rather fainter, after having been kept some days in solutions of mu-
riate of ammonia and other salts.

*‘ Descriptions of new species of Delphinula, a genus of Pectini-
branchiate Mollusks (Family Turbinacea),” by Mr. Lovell Reeve.

DetrHinuta Tyria. Delph. testé subdiscoided, squamed, an-
fractibus argenteo-albis, superné et inferné Tyrio-purpureis, laxé
convolutis, umbilicum levem lacco-purpureum formantibus, an-
gulatis, sguamis minutis, in seriebus parallelis dispositis, tota-
liter tectis ; angulo serie unicdé majore funiculato ; spird depresso-
plana.

Icones Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 211. f. 6.

Long. 24; lat. 13. Mus. Cuming, &c.

Hab. Ad oras Nove Hollandiz.

This is the first discovered large species of Delphinula that is abso-
lutely destitute of spines or nodules. The surface of the shell, which
is entirely covered with small scales ranged in parallel series, is of
clear silvery white; the upper and lower portions of the whorls are
tinged with a rich T'yrian purple, and the umbilicus, which is smooth,
is of a lighter lake purple.

DELPHINULA IMPERIALIS. Delph. testd subdiscoided spiniferd
et squameo-liratd, anfractibus olivaceo-viridibus, ultimo pal-
lidé purpureo, laxé convolutis, umbilicum amplum formantibus,
subangulatis, angulo spinis gracillimis, squameformibus, nigris,
superné inflexis, coronato ; anfractuum parte alierd spinis bre-
vioribus, contrarié inflexis, in seriebus dispositis, interstitirs
squamis nigris, minutis sigillatim impositis, ornatis ; spird
depresso-concava.

Delphinula melanacantha, Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. 1. pl. 211. f. 4.

and pl. 212. f. 10.

Long. 24; lat. 12 in. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Ad insulam Mindanao, Philippinarum.

A magnificent specimen of this remarkable shell was dredged up
by Mr. Cuming in fathoms’ water at , one of the Philip-
pine Islands, and we need only refer to our figures of it in the ‘ Con-
chologia Systematica,’ in addition to the above description, to show
how distinct is this species from any other of the genus. ‘The shell
is of a palish-green colour towards the apex, but the last whorl is
purple and elegantly surmounted with a row of tall, black, slender,
scale-like spines, bending over towards the point of the spire. Be-
low these are five other distinct rows of black spines; they are,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.xi. Suppl. 2M

522 Zoological Society.

however, shorter, and bend the contrary way, whilst the entire sur-
face of the shell is ornamented with a number of very fine ridges of
minute scales. We gladly avail ourselves of the opportunity of re-
storing to this shell the name by which it is commonly known
amongst collectors, though not hitherto published.

DeLPHINULA INCISA. Delph. testé globoso-discoided, liris pur-
pureis angustis, subflexuosis, interstitiis albis profunde ineisis,
totaliter tecta ; anfractibus tuberculis grandibus, complicatis, di-
stantibus, in seriebus duabus dispositis, ornatis ; apertura rotun-
dd, margine inferiori lacunatd ; spird depresso-pland.

Icon. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol..i. pl. 212. f. 11.

Long. 1,95; lat. 14 in. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Ad insulam Burias, Philippinarum.

This shell, which we believe to be at present unique, in the col-
lection of Hugh Cuming, Esq., is well-characterized, by having a
double row of large, pinched, stunted tubercles; and the tubercles,
as well as the entire surface of the shell, is covered with a number
of purple flexuous ridges, the interstices being white and unusually
deeply cut.

DELPHINULA FoRMOSA. Delph. testé rotundd subdiseoided, le-
vitér nodiferd, aureo-ochraced, cocceo-tinctad, anfractibus peran-
gulatis, angulo squamis grandibus, triangularibus valdé compres-
sis, coronato ; anfractuum parte inferiort syuamarum minorum
seriebus duabus, squamulisque ochraceo-coccineis minutis in se-
riebus parallelis, subflexuosis, dispositis, ornata ; umbilico amplo
purpureo-lacco vivide colorato ; spird plano-convexd.

Icon. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 212. f, 9.

Long. 1,3,;; lat. 1 in. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Ad insulam Capul Philippinarum.

A very richly-coloured shell, found by Hugh Cuming, Esq., at
Capul, one of the Philippine Islands, in seven fathoms’ water. The
upper portions of the whorls are clothed with a rich golden yellow
colour, deeply tinged with scarlet or crimson; the lower part of the
whorls are of a peculiarly soft white, and the umbilicus in all the
specimens we have seen is coloured with a deep purple lake, entirely
free from any indication of the yellow that ornaments the obverse
portion of the shell.

DELPHINULA ACULEATA. Delph. testé subdiscoided, aculeatd,
albidd, anfractibus perangulatis, angulo spinis squameformibus
flexuosis, dorsim coccinets, coronato, anfractuum parte inferiort
spinarum seriebus duabus, aculeolisgue squameformibus in
seriebus parallelis dispositis, ornaté ; spird depresso-pland.

Icon. Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii. pl. 212. f. 8.

Long. 154,; lat. <9, in. Mus. Cuming.

Hab. Ad insulam Ticao Philippinarum.

This shell is not much unlike that of the preceding species ; it dif-
fers, however, in having the angle of the outer whorl crowned with
a row of irregular, thin, flexuous, scale-like spines, the back of each
being ornamented with scarlet, the only portion of colour in the

Zoological Society. 523

shell ; the surface is remarkable in being covered with a number of
_ sharp prickles, particularly within and around the umbilicus.

Mr. Reeve also described a new species of the genus Murez.

Murex Strarinrortui. Mur. testé subsolidd, globoso-ovatd vix
fusiformi, multivaricosd, superficie pallido-aurantid, epidermide
tenui indutd, transversim lirata, liris fusco-lineatis ; spird bre-
viusculd, apice subobtuso ; anfractibus quinque, suturis indistine-
tis; anfractu ultimo varicibus octo ornato, ceteris, varicibus
decorticatis, feré obsoletis ; varicibus per totam longitudinem den-
sissimé frondosis, frondibus acutissimis, recurvis ; canali brevi,
latiusculo ; apertura rotundd, fauce crenulatd, politd, utrinque
vivide auraniid.

Long. 275; lat. 15 in. Mus. Inwood.

Hab. “i

The very beautiful and characteristic shell above described has

been handed to us by its fortunate possessor, Henry Inwood, Esq.,
accompanied with a request that it be named in honour of one of our
most assiduous collectors, the Rev. Mr. Stainforth. And it is with
no little pleasure that we have executed the task; for a shell more
chaste in its colour and development, or more striking in its specific
character, we do not remember to have seen. It is of a solid and
somewhat globose structure, and is profusely ornamented with va-
rices; there are eight distinct varices on the last whorl, and the re-
mains of a similar number are visible on each of the former; but in
the specimen before us, and which we believe to be unique, they are
so decorticated as to have become almost obsolete. Hach varix ap-
pears to have been formed by the sudden development of a number
of coatings laid successively one upon the other. The edge of each
of these coatings is then ornamented with a row of fine prickly
branches, recurved back over the shell, and they only remain perfect
to the last coating in consequence of those of the previous or under
coatings having been necessarily in part removed or absorbed ; unless
indeed the under coatings are too rapidly developed, the one over
the other, to allow of their marginal branches attaining the regularity
and beauty of the last. ‘The varix altogether has thus the appear-
ance of being thickly studded from top to bottom with these delicate
prickles : so delicately indeed are they formed, that it is only on the
last or marginal varix of the shell that they remain in perfect order ;
in tracing them back round the body whorl, they may be observed
to have become gradually more and more eroded. Should a speci-
men of this shell be found with all the varices in the same beautiful
order as the marginal varix in this, it would indeed be “fair to look
upon.” ‘The canal is rather short; the outer lip is strongly crenu-
lated, and the crenule extend within the mouth of the shell, the
whole of them, together with the broad columella, being covered
with a highly polished orange enamel.

A letter from George Robert Gray, Esq., addressed to the Curator,
was next read. This letter refers to the members of J. E. Gray’s genus
Tetraogallus, or Mountain Partridge, a rare species of which is at

2M 2

524 Zoological Society.

present in the Society’s menagerie, having been brought from North-
ern Persia, and presented to the Society by E. W. Bonham, Esq.,
H.B.M. Consul at T'abrez. Mr. G. R. Gray is of opinion that there
exist three species of the genus Tetraogallus, each peculiar to one of
the three following localities, viz. Caucasus, the Himalayan and the
Altai Mountains.

The bird in the Society’s menagerie, Mr.G.R. Gray observes, is well
figured in plate 76 of Jardine and Selby’s ‘Jllustrations,’ and the
specimen figured is, like that belonging to the Zoological Society,
from Persia. It is peculiar in having the head, neck and breast of
a slate colour, passing into pale reddish brown on the upper part of
the back; a dingy white streak extends from the nostril to the an-
terior angle of the eye; the chin and throat, as well as an oblong
patch on the side of the neck, are white; the breast is of a dark slate
colour, and has short wavy black lines, especially just below the
white of the throat. ‘The figure referred to represents the typical
Lophophorus Nigelli, which is most probably identical with the
Tetrao Caucasica of Pallas; and if this supposition be correct, the
earlier specific name given by the author just mentioned should be
retained, as Tetraogallus Caucasicus.

Mr. G. R. Gray also believes the Chourtka alpina of Victor to be
the same species as the bird under consideration.

In plate 141 of Messrs. Jardine and Selby’s ‘ Illustrations,’ a Te-
traogallus is represented, which the authors suppose to be the male
of the bird figured in plate 76 ; this is also delineated under the name
of Tetraogallus Nigelli by Mr. J. EK. Gray in the ‘ Indian Zoology.’
This bird Mr. G. R. Gray, however, considers a distinct species,
which is peculiar to the Himalaya Mountains, whence he has seen
many specimens, all agreeing in colour. For this species the name
Tetraogallus Himalayensis is proposed. It is distinguishable by its
silky white neck and breast; a deep chestnut-brown line runs down,
and partly surrounds the base of the neck, and the breast is variegated
in front with black, each plume having a transverse band on the
middle, which partly appears below the white tips of the other
feathers.

The third species, Perdiz altaica of M. Gebler, the distinctness of
which there can be no doubt of, has the breast-feathers grey-black at
the base; and this colour extends along the shafts, and forms an
arched spot on each side of each feather: the under tail-coverts are
white. It shculd be named Tetraogallus altaicus.

August 9.—Richard Owen, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following paper, ‘‘ On the Blood-Corpuscles of the Ibex,” by
George Gulliver, Esq., F.R.S., was read.

Before my discovery of the singularly minute size of the blood-
corpuscles of the Musk Deer”, those of the Goat were the smallest
known. I have since found that the corpuscles of the Ibex are
slightly smaller than those of the Goat, and therefore termediate
in size to the corpuscles of the Goat and those of the Musk Deer,

* See Annals of Nat. History, Dec. 1839.

Zoological Society. 525

as will be shown by the following measurements, which are given in
vulgar fractions of an English inch; the average size of those of the
Ibex from Candia (Capra Caucasica, Guld.), = 1-7020 inch, and of
the pale globules of the blood, = 1-3200 inch ; of the Common Goat
(Capra Hircus, Linn.), = 1-6366 inch, and of the pale globules of the
blood, = 1-3032 inch; and of the Napu Musk Deer (Moschus Java-
nicus, Pallas), = 1-12325 inch, and of the pale globules of the blood,
= 1-3200 inch.

I may add that Mr. Siddall, who has lately at my request mea-
sured the blood-corpuscles of the Ibex and of the Goat, has obtained
almost exactly the same results as those above specified.

Mr. Gulliver also communicated a paper ‘‘ On the Blood-Corpus-
cles of the British Ophidian Reptiles.” To this communication are
added some observations on the figure of the blood-corpuscles of other
oviparous Vertebrata.

‘<The observations were made on perfectly fresh blood, and the
corpuscles measured as they floated in the serum.

“Though the blood-discs of Birds and Reptiles preserve their
shape very clearly when rapidly dried on a slip of glass, they generally
appear in this state slightly but distinctly smaller than when sus-
pended in the serum of recent blood; whereas, when the blood-discs
of Mammalia are dried in precisely the same way they are commonly
slightly larger than in the wet state, as I have noticed more particu-
larly in the ‘ Philosophical Magazine’ for January and February 1840,
pp. 25 and 103.”

“In Mammalia the envelope of the corpuscle is more delicate, more
susceptible of contraction and of modifications of form, and apparent-
ly softer, than in Birds and Reptiles ; so that the corpuscles of Mam-
mals are more liable to shrink a little soon after removal from the
circulating channels, than the corpuscles of Birds and Reptiles; and
it may be that this softness of the blood-disc of Mammals allows it
to spread out in some degree, even when dried ever so quickly. But
it is more probable that the corpuscles preserve their usual size and
form when dried almost instantaneously, and that the shrinking or
modifications of shape which the corpuscles may undergo in liquid,
coagulating, or slowly-dried blood, may be influenced as much by
changes in the surrounding fibrine as by a contractility inherent in
the corpuscles. The envelope of the blood-dise of Fishes is much
more delicate and evanescent than the same part in Birds and Rep-
tiles ; hence in the blood of Fishes, even soon after death, the nuclei
will be observed in great abundance, while the envelopes have par-
tially or entirely disappeared; and the form of the entire corpuscles
is not so easily preserved by drying as in the other oviparous verte-
brate animals.”

The following average dimensions of the blood-corpuscles of the
Slow Worm, Snake, and Viper, deduced from measurements of the
small, large, and common-sized discs, are all expressed in vulgar
fractions of an English inch. L.D. stands for Long Diameter, and
S.D. for Short Diameter.

March 19, 1842.—Slow Worm (Anguis fragilis, Linn.) : L.D. =

526 Zoological Society.

1-1178 inch, S.D. = 1-2666 inch; and of the pale globules of the
blood (abundant) = 1-2626 inch.

Sept. 9, 1841.—Common Snake (Natriz torquata, Ray): L.D. =
1-1371 inch; S.D. = 1-2157 inch; thickness = 1-8341 inch; nu-
clei, exposed by dilute acetic acid, L.D. = 1-3835 inch; $.D. =
1-6817 inch; and of the pale globules of the blood (tolerably nume-
rous) = 1-2322 inch.

“The pale globules were generally granular and opake, though
some of them were thin and transparent at the edges, as if growing
into discs. In the blood there were many circular discs of a deep
red colour, and generally 1-2666th of an inch in diameter. ‘The
regular discs were rounded at the edges, and almost all flat; but a
very careful search might occasionally detect one or two with slight
gibbosity of the surfaces opposite to the nucleus.

March 24, 1842.—Viper (Coluber Berus, Linn.) : L.D. = 1-1274
inch; S.D. = 1-1800 inch; and nuclei, exposed by acetic acid, L.D.
== 1-3227 inch; 8.D. = 1-4986 inch.

“The discs were clearly gibbous on the surfaces opposite to the
nucleus. ‘The pale globules were very numerous, and their common
diameter was 1-2666th of an inch.

** Figure of the Corpuscles.—From the preceding measurements it
results, that although the blood-discs of the Viper and Snake pre-
sent the form of an ellipse rather less than twice as long as it is
broad, in the Slow Worm the elliptical figure of the discs is more
elongated, since its length is considerably more than twice its
breadth.

« As M. Mandl states, all observers had agreed that the long dia-
meter of the oval blood-corpuscles of vertebrate animals was never
more than one and a half or twice the short diameter, when he de-
scribed the corpuscles of the Crocodilide as forming a singular ex-
ception to this rule; because he found that the long diameter of the
blood-discs of Crocodilus Lucius was between two and three times as
much as the short diameter. I am not aware whether M. Mandl
had examined any other species of this family; but, as described in
the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ Nov. 10, 1840, I found
that in Crocodilus acutus and in Champsa fissipes the corpuscles had
the most common oval form, the length being rather less than twice
the breadth*.

“In the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ June 9, 1840, I
showed that the blood-corpuscles of some birds differ greatly in
figure from the corpuscles of other congenerous species. The cor-
puscles of the Snowy Owl (Syrnia nyctea), for example, are singu-
larly elongated ellipses, while the corpuscles of the Common Brown
Owl have the usual oval form; and a similar peculiarity, though in
a less degree, was observed in comparing the corpuscles of the Pas-
senger Pigeon (Columba migratoria) with those of other allied species.

* Tn an alligator, the species of which was not determined, I found the
blood-corpuscles of the same shape. ‘The animal came from Tampico Bay,
Vera Cruz, and died at the gardens of the Society in the beginning of Oc-
tober 1842,

Zoological Society. 527

«Subsequently I have mentioned, in the ‘ Appendix to Gerber’s
Anatomy,’ that the corpuscles of Birds may present, comparatively,
either the figure of a very broad or of a very narrow ellipse. Of the
latter shape, examples may be found in the corpuscles of the Great
Butcher Bird (Lanius excubitor), Nightingale (Philomela luscinia),
Snow Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis); and of the former shape in
the corpuscles of the Java Sparrow (Lowia Javensis), and several
other granivorous birds.

« The nucleus of the blood-corpuscles of Birds, when exposed by

acetic acid, has almost always a more elongated form than the un-
changed envelope, as mentioned in the book just quoted. But to
this rule I have since found a few remarkable exceptions. In the
Common Fowl (Gallus domesticus), for instance, the nucleus is a
very short ellipse, and even sometimes nearly or quite circular. For
the difference between the shape of the nucleus, when exposed by
acetic acid, or by soaking the corpuscles in water, a figure may be
consulted which I have given to illustrate this subject in my ‘ Con-
tributions to Minute Anatomy,’ Lond. and Edin. Phil. Mag., August
1842, page 109.”

A paper was then read from Mr. Gould, in which he gives the
characters of two new genera of Birds, one belonging to the family
Sylviade and the other to the Psittacide.

“« Having observed,” says Mr. Gould, ‘‘ during my late visit to
Australia, much difference to exist in the habits of the birds usually
placed in the genus Platycercus, I was naturally led to investigate
the matter as fully as circumstances would admit, and on examina-
tion of the two birds known as Pl. erythropterus and Pl. scapulatus,
I found that the difference of their habits from those of the typical
Platycerci was accompanied by a sufficient difference in their ana-
tomy to warrant their separation into a distinct genus. Indepen-
dently of the variations indicated in the generic characters given
below, these birds are remarkable for possessing a tolerably well-
developed os furcatorium, which bone is entirely wanting in the true
Platycerci and Huphemi: in their habits they approach nearer to the
Lories, are of a dull and sullen disposition, and do not readily become
tame and familiar like the Platycerci; they are also essentially arbo-
real, procuring their food among the branches of the trees; while
the Platycerci resort to the ground and feed principally upon grass
seeds.”

These two birds he therefore proposed to erect into a new genus,
under the appellation of

APROSMICTUS.

Gen. Char. ut in Platycerco.—Rostrum attamen debilius, ceromate
plumis tenuibus instar pilorum nares adumbrantibus instructo.
Ale@ longiores et mints concave. Cauda magis quadrata.. Tarsi

_ breviores. Digiti longiores.

Types.—Platycercus scapulatus and erythropterus, which will now
stand as Aprosmictus scapulatus and A. erythropterus.

The other birds which Mr. Gould proposed to form into a new

528 Zoological Society.

genus are the Petroica rhodinogaster of Messrs. Jardine and Selby,
and the Petroica rosea of himself. ‘These birds are much more ar-
boreal in their habits than the true Petroicas, which are expressly
adapted for the ground, while these are equally so to the thick
brushwood, to the deepest gullies among which they usually resort.
For this group he proposed the designation of

ERYTHRODRYAS.

Gen. Char. fere ut in Petroicd.—Rostrum attamen brevius, ad basim
magis depressum, et vibrissis tenuibus anticé ductis naresque ad-
umbrantibus instructum. Ale breviores, magis rotundate ; pri-
mariis primo et secundo brevissimis, quinto longissimo. Tarsi
breviores. Dzgiti longiores ; externi inter se feré equales. Ungues
acutiores et magis incurvati.

Type.—LErythrodryas rhodinogaster (Petroica rhodinogaster, Jard. and
Selb.).

To this genus also belongs the species characterized by him in the
Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1839, p. 142, under the
name of Petroica rosea, which will now stand as Hrythrodryas
rosea.

August 23.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Prince exhibited, on the part of Mr. Gould, two new species
of Australian Birds. These Mr. Gould characterizes as follows :—

AsTUR CRUENTUS. Ast. capite et occipite plumbeis ; torque nuchali
castaneo dorso, alis, cauddque eplumbeo-fuscis ; fusco colore apud
dorsum magis prevalente, plumbeo apud ceteras partes ; remigum
primorum pogoniis internis ad basim albescentibus et plumbeo-
fasciatis ; corpore inferiore ferrugineo, fusciis crebris, angustis et
semicircularibus ornato.

Male.—Crown of the head and occiput dark slate-colour ; sides of
the face grey; at the back of the neck a collar of chestnut-red ; back,
wings and tail slaty brown, the brown hue predominating on the
back and the slate-colour upon the other parts; inner webs of the
primaries fading into white at the base, and crossed by bars of slate-
colour; the interspaces freckled with buff; inner webs of the tail-
feathers marked in a precisely similar manner; chin buffy white; all
the under surface rust-red, crossed by numerous narrow semicircular
bands of white; irides bright yellow; cere dull yellow; bill black at
the tip, blue at the base ; legs and feet pale yellow; claws black.

Total length, 143 inches; bill, 2; wing, 7; tail, 6; tarsi, 22.

Hab. Western Australia.

This species is intermediate in size between Astur approximans
and Accipiter torquatus, but is of a more grey or blue colour on the
back, and has the transverse lines on the breast narrower and more
rufous.

LoBIVANELLUS PERSONATUS. Lob. vertice et occipite nigerrimis ;
faciei lateribus nuchd, uropygio, et corpore inferiore albis ; dorso
et plumis scapularibus pallidé fuscescenti-cinereis ; paleis penden-

Zooloyical Society. 529

tibus flavis ; rostro ad basim flavis ad apicem nigris ; pedibus e
carneo-rubris.

Crown of the head and occiput jet-black; sides of the face, back
of the neck, rump, and all the under surface pure white; back and
scapularies light brownish grey ; wing-coverts grey ; primaries deep
black ; secondaries white at the base on their inner webs, cinnamon-
grey on their outer webs, and largely tipped with black ; the extreme
ends of the feathers being cmnamon-grey, particularly the two cen-
tral ones ; irides primrose-yellow ; wattles lemon-yellow ; bill lemon-
yellow at the base, black at the tip; legs and feet carmine-red; the
scales in front blackish green.

Total length, 12 inches; bill, 13; wing, 82; tail, 4; tarsi, 23.

Hab. North coast of Australia.

This species is of the same size, but more elegantly formed than
the Lob. lobatus, the fleshy wattles more extensively developed, the
crown of the head only black, and not the back and sides of the
neck, as in that species.

Mr. Waterhouse exhibited several species of Mammals, collected
in Borneo by the Society’s Corresponding Member, James Brooke,
Esq., and recently forwarded to England by that gentleman.

Among these specimens was a fine example of the Paradozrurus
Derbianus, Gray, an animal which has also received the names
Paradoxurus Zebra, Hemigalea Zebra, and Viverra Boiet.

Two specimens of Gymnura, a specimen of the Prionodon gracilis,
and two species of Squirrel, also formed part of the collection. :
The Gymnuri differ much in colouring from the G. Rafflesti. In-
stead of having the fur black, and with longer interspersed white
hairs, the Bornean specimens are entirely of a yellowish white colour,
with the exception of the long bristly hairs interspersed with the
ordinary fur, which are some of them black. In other respects the
Sumatran and Bornean specimens of Gymnura agree so closely that
Mr. Waterhouse did not regard the difference in colouring as indi-

cative of specific distinction.

The existence of the Prionodon gracilis in Borneo is noticed by
Muller, who applies to the animal the name Linsang gracilis. Be-
lieving the skull of this animal had never been described or figured,
Mr. Waterhouse called attention to the peculiarities in its structure.

In some of its external characters, especially in the structure of
its feet, with their truly retractile claws, the Prionodon evinces an
affinity to the Cats, which would lead the naturalist to seek for some
corresponding points of resemblance in the skull; this, however,
presents all the characteristics of the Viverride: it is of the same
elongated form ; the lower jaw is long and slender, and the rami are
curved, so that the angular portion and symphysis are raised. Com-
pared with other Viverride, the Prionodon skull is remarkable for
the thinness of the bones and the very slight development of the
muscular ridges. In general form it approximates more nearly to
Paradocurus than to Viverra or Genetta. ‘The zygomatic arch, which
is slender, is thrown more boldly outwards than in the last two
mentioned genera, and the posterior portion of the cranium does not

530 Zoological Society.

exhibit the sudden contraction immediately behind the posterior
root of the zygomatic arch which we observe in the Viverras and
Genets. The post-orbital process of the temporal bone is but little
prominent, being in the form of an obtuse angle ; the skull differing
in this respect from that of Paradoxurus, as well as in having the
palate continued considerably beyond the line of the posterior mo-
lars. ‘The muzzle is much compressed. The temporal ridges are
rather widely separated and but slightly marked, though, judging
from the dentition, the animal was adult. The ant-orbital opening
is larger than in Genetta and less advanced, and hence the branch of
the superior maxillary which forms its upper boundary is narrower,
as in Paradozurus. In the form of the lower jaw there is a close ap-
proxunation to Paradoxurus; the only important difference consists
in the smaller antero-posterior extent of the coronoid process.

The teeth in Prionodon differ much from those of Paradozrurus ;
indeed, were the dentition alone to be considered, these two genera
would be placed at opposite extremes of the Viverrine group, the
last-mentioned genus evincing the nearest approach to an omnivo-
rous diet, whilst the Prionodon possesses teeth the most unfitted for
mastication.

The incisors are arranged closely together, and in a straight line ;
the incisor on each side of both jaws, nearest the canines, is rather
larger than the others, which are slightly notched at the extremity.
The canines are rather long, very slender, and moderately curved.
The false molars, which are cL. are much compressed, high, and
sharply pointed. The foremost false molar, both of upper and lower
jaws, is small, and has a small tubercle on the hinder part of the
principal cusp. ‘The second and third false molars of the upper jaw
have each two small notches, and a corresponding number of small
tubercles on the posterior margin and at the base of the principal
cusp; and there is an indistinct tubercle in front, near the base: the
second, third, and fourth false molars of the lower jaw have also the
double notch behind, but differ in having a distinct, though small,
anterior cusp. The first and second false molars of both jaws are
separated from the other teeth and from each other by interspaces,
of which the broadest is that which separates the second and third
of these teeth in the upper jaw, the space here being nearly a line
in width. The carnassier of the upper jaw very nearly resembles
that of the Cat, but the central cusp is higher, and the inner tubercle
is proportionally smaller. ‘The carnassier of the lower jaw may be
best described by comparing it with the corresponding tooth in the
Genet, from which it differs only in having the cutting edges rather
more produced, in being more compressed; the inner tubercle is
more pointed, and the heel proportionately smaller. As regards
the true molars, the present animal differs from other Viverride in
possessing but one of these teeth on each side of the upper jaw; its

1=1 ; ;
true molars are therefore ;—,, and this certainly does not arise from

immaturity in the animal. ‘The form of this tooth closely resembles

Zoological Society. 531

that of the foremost of the two upper true molars in Genetta, but is
proportionately rather smaller and the tubercles are somewhat more
developed. ‘The true molar of the lower jaw is a mere rudimentary
tooth, and differs from that of Genetta and other Viverride, not only
in its small size, but in being of a compressed form : its cutting edge
is divided by notches into three parts.

In the possession of but one true molar in the upper jaw, Priono-
don would appear to approach the Felide; but the structure of this
tooth, it must be observed, is essentially the same as in the Viver-
ride, and it is combined with a small true molar in the lower jaw,
which is never found in the Cats.

On the whole, Prionodon approaches most nearly to the Genets as

regards its dentition; but in the general structure of the skull, Mr.
Waterhouse observed, it evinced an affinity with the Paradozuri, to
which group it appeared to be linked by the Paradoxurus Derbianus,
or Hemigalea Zebra. Links are nevertheless wanting to prove that
Prionodon should be regarded as an offset from the Paradoxurine
eroup.
; oo of the two Squirrels alluded to is the Sciurus ephippium, de-
scribed in Dr. Miiller’s great work on the Zoology of the Dutch Pos-
sessions in the Indian Archipelago. ‘The other closely resembles the
Sc. Prevostii or Rafflesii, and may be a variety of that species; it
differs in being smaller; the cheeks are freely pencilled with rusty
red, instead of being grey as in Rafflesii, and the sides of the muzzle
are of the same reddish hue, not having the white patch which is
observable in Sir S. Rafles’s Sumatran specimen; the outer side of
the thighs has a grey tint, produced by the admixture of black and
white; the hairs being of the former colour, but white or yellowish
white at the point. In the type of Raffesi the same part is furnished
with uniform white hairs, excepting the hinder part of the thigh,
which is black. The tail is uniform black in that animal, but the
Bornean specimen has the hairs tipped with white in such a way as
to produce rings; these rings, however, do not extend to the apical
portion of the tail, about two inches of which is uniform black. The
hairs covering the ears are partly black, but chiefly of the same rich
rusty red as are all the under parts of the animal. The Sumatran
animal has black ears. Dr. Miiller, in the work before quoted, de-
scribes specimens of a squirrel from Borneo, which he regards as a
variety of Sc. Rafflesii, and which agree closely with the specimen
from Mr. Brooke’s collection; this, however, has the hairs on the
upper parts of the body of an uniform glossy black colour; Dr. Miul-
ler observes they are generally terminated with yellowish points in
the specimens he met with.

Sept 13.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The first paper read was from J. O. Westwood, Esq. It contains
descriptions of some Coleopterous Insects from tropical Africa, be-
longing to the section Heteromera, and is the continuation of a
paper on the same subject, communicated to the Society August 24th,
1841, an abstract of which will be found in the ‘ Proceedings’ of that
date.

532 Zoological Society.

Genus CALosTEGIA.

Corpus magnum oblongum. Caput mediocre, clypeo margine an-
tico recto, angulis anticis valdé porrectis basin labri recipientibus.
Antenne crasse breves, articulis 7-10 przecedentibus majoribus, ulti-
mo majori apice subacuto. Mandibule ad apicem bidentate dente-
que altero majori in vel versus medium marginis interni armatee.
Mazille lobo interno in dentem corneum obtusum hamatum termi-
nato. Palpi mazillares articulo ultimo securiformi. Mentum latum
lateribus rotundatis, basi valde constrictum. Labium quadratum.
Palpi labiales articulo ultimo ovali. Prothorax subquadratus anticé
paulld latior, lateribus versus angulos anticos serratis. Hlytra
oblongo-ovalia levia metalli-colorata. Pedes crassi, femoribus om-
nibus ante apicem bispinosis ; tibiis intus, ante et pone medium
sinuatis.

CALOSTEGIA PURPURIPENNIS. Cal. nigra subopaca laevis, elytris
purpureis sub lente tenuissime striato-punciatis.

Long. corp. lin. 17; lat. elytror. feré lin. 6.

Hab. in Ashantee. Maus. D. Hope.

NycroBATES M@RENS. Nyct. niger subnitidus, capite thoraceque sub
lente tenuissime punctatis, elytrisque tenuissime striato-punctatis,
pedibus longis, tibits subincurvis, thoracis angulis posticis acutis.

Long. corp. lin. 84; lat. elytr. pone medium lin. 33.

Hab. in Guinea. In mus. nost. communic. D. Raddon.

Totus niger parim nitidus. Caput margine antico (clypeo incluso)
subsemicirculari, clypei utrinque incisione parva in linea obliqua im-
press desinente distinguendo; lineaque alteraé impressa longitudi-
nali utrinque ad marginem internum oculorum. Swuperficies capitis
regulariter punctata punctis parvis. Antenne articulo primo crasso
longitudine 44%, 24° minuto, 3%° longo, czeteris longitudine feré zequa-
libus at sensim latioribus, 5 ultimis compressis setosis, ultimo ovali,
basi truncato, apice rotundato. Mandibule subtrigonee apice acute,
intus edentatz sed spatio mediano membranaceo. Mazville lobo in-
terno in uncum corneum terminato. Palpi mazillares articulo ultimo
securiformi. Mentum subquadratum anticé paullo latius, antice carina
curvata instructum: labium breve transversum ciliatum. Palpi labiales
breves articulo ultimo dilatato-ovali apice truncato. Prothorax ca-
pite multo latior, margine antico truncato, lateribus rotundatis, an-
gulis posticis acutis; marginatus, margine antico tamen in medio
interrupto; superficies tota crebre punctata, punctis minutis et
non approximatis. H/lytra basi thorace latiora, humeris rotundatis ;
sensim latiora, apice utrinque partim sinuata; dorso gibboso super-
ficies sub lente quasi coriacea; singulo striis 9 e punctis minutis
formatis oculo nudo vix conspicuis, stria interna prope scutellum
abbreviatéa. Pedes longi, graciles, femoribus anticis crassioribus ;
omnibus apice inermibus; tibiis anticis pone medium partm intus
curvatis, apice externé intus setoso, extus obliqué truncato, tibiis
4 posticis subrectis, medio vix subincurvato, apiceque subinflexis ;
calcaribus omnibus minutissimis.

Nyctrozsates conrusus. Nyct. niger levis subnitidus, elytris lati-
oribus, pronoti lateribus in medio sinuatis et sanguineo-marginatis.

Zoological Society. 533

Long. corp. lin. 1; lat. elytr. pone med. lin. 5.

Hab. in Africd eequinoxiali. Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond. D. Banks.

Caput nigrum, sub lente tenuissime punctatum carina longitudinali
utrinque versus marginem internum oculorum. Antenne articulis
apicalibus latioribus. Pronotum transversé quadratum, angulis an-
ticis obliqué truncatis et partm rotundatis, lateribus in medio sinu-
atis tenuissime marginatis, angulis posticis acutis fere rectangulis ;
sub lente tenuissime punctatum ; lateribus laté et obscuré sanguineis,
colore sanguineo ante medium intus acuté producto, dorso nigro ;
margine postico in medio versus scutellum partm producto. Hlytra
nigra nitida leevia, latiora quam in congenericis, preesertim pone me-
dium, apicem versus attenuata; sub lente seriebus 8 longitudinalibus
punctorum minutorum. Pedes longitudine mediocres, graciles, tibiis
simplicibus feré rectis.

Individuum in mus. D. Hope vidi lineas 94 tantum habens, statu-
rdque partum minus robusta ; vix tamen species distincta.

NycrospaTes puncratus. Nyct. niger obscurus, prothoracis angulis
anticis rotundatis, lateribus in medio incisis angulisque posticis
acutis, elytris punctato-striatis, antennis sensim dilatatis.

Long. corp. lin. 93; lat. elytr. pone med. lin. feré 4.

Hab. in Guinea. In mus. D. Hope, comm. D. Westermann.

Syn. Helops punctatus, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth. i. 161.

Caput obscurum sub lente tenue punctatum; clypeo posticé im-
pressione transversa e vertice separato, carindque utrinque ad mar-
ginem oculorum. Antenne mediocres sensim ad apicem incrassatie
compressee, linea tenui media impressa postica. Prothorar subqua-
dratus angulis anticis rotundatis, lateribus in medio sinuatis, tenue
marginatis, angulis posticis acutis et parum extus productis ; margine
postico versus scutellum posticé producto. Hilytra thorace haud
multo latiora pone medium partum latiora, singulo seriebus 8 longi-
tudinalibus punctorum impressorum magnitudine irregularium, stria-
que altera abbreviata versus scutellum; striis 1 et 2 ad basin con-
nexis; strie 5 et 6 longe ante apicem conjunguntur ; strie 3 et 4
propiores, 2 et 7, et 1 cum 8va connexis. Pedes longitudine me-
diocres, tibiis simplicibus et feré rectis. Mesosternum anticé biden-
tatum, prosterni apicem acutum recipiens.

I give the insect here described as the true H. punctatus, Fab., on
the authority of a specimen received by the Rev. F. W. Hope from
Copenhagen, from M. Westermann, who has such excellent oppor-
tunities of determining those Fabrician species which were described
from the cabinets of Lund and Sehestedt, as was the case with the
present species. This is the more important, as the Fabrician de-
scription is so slight as to be applicable to scores of species of He-
teromerous insects.

Nycrosares Hypocrita. Nyct. niger subobscurus tenuissime punc-
tatus, prothoracis lateribus subrotundatis integris angulis anticis
acutis, antennis longioribus apice parim latioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 83; lat. elytr. pone med. lin. 34.

Hab, in Guinea. In Mus. D. Hope, comm. D. Westermann.

534 Zoological Society.

Syn. Iphthinus Hypocrita, Dej., Cat. sine descr.; Iphthinus Gui-
neensis, Westermann, MSS.

Niger subobscurus. Caput (presertim in clypeo) et prothorax
punctata; clypeus e vertice linea impressa curvata vix separata, ca-
rina utrinque partm elevata ad marginem internum oculorum. <An-
tenne graciles articulis 3 vel 4 ultimis partm latioribus compressis.
Prothorax subquadratus, lateribus subrotundatis marginatis integris
angulis posticis acutis ; margine postico feré recto tenue marginato.
Elytra parim convexiora quam in reliquis; singulo sulcis 8 profun-
dis longitudinalibus et punctatis, inter se connexis ut in specie pre-
cedenti; pone medium paullo latiora et postice acuminata. Pedes
longiores, simplices, tibiis partim curvatis.

NYCTOBATES TRANSVERSALIS. Nyct. niger subobscurus subpunc-
tatus, capite parvo, oculis magnis, antennis apice haud incrassatis,
prothorace transverso angulis anticis rotundatis, lateribus integris,
elytris striato-punctatis.

Long. corp. lin. 94; lat. elytr, lin. 4.

Hab. apud Sierram Leonam. In mus. D. Hope et Waterhouse.

Caput sub lente punctatum, preesertim in clypeo magno transyerso-

ovato, e vertice lined forti impressa semicirculari diviso; oculi
magni, angulis internis intus productis, spatio parvo intermedio tan-
tum relicto ; carinze due interoculares subobsolete. Antenne breves
subdepresse, articulis 7 ultimis subequalibus apicem versus haud
incrassatis. Prothoraz latior quam longus lateribus tenué margina-
tis subrotundatis integris angulis posticis vix acutis ; margine postico
feré recto; dorso tenué punctato. /lyira feré parallela, thorace la-
tiora, angulis humeralibus obliqué truncatis longitudinaliter sulcatis,
sulcis sub lente punctatis, striaque altera abbreviata versus scutellum.
Pedes graciles simplices, tibiis feré rectis.

NycToBATES BREVICORNIS. Nyct. niger, capiie et pronoto tenuis-
sime punctatis, antennis brevibus, prothorace quadrato lateribus
parallelis, elytris punctato-striatis, pedibus brevibus.

Long. corp. lin. 11; lat. elytr. lin. 43.

Hab. in mus. D. Hope.

Caput sub lente tenuissime punctatum, clypeo e vertice vix sepa-
rato, carinisque interocularibus obsoletis, oculi margine interno ro-
tundato. Antenne vix capite longiores articulis 6 apicalibus com-
pressis subeequalibus. Prothorae quadratus lateribus feré rectis et
parallelis angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis vero acutis margine
postico in medio paullo rotundato-producto; disco tenuissime punc-
tato lined tenuissima punctorum mediana. Hlytra subparallela
elongata, prothorace partim latiora, singulis seriebus 8 punctorum
profundé impressorum, stridque basali interrupta punctata versus
scutellum. Pedes breves simplices, tibiis fere rectis.

NycropaTEes RoTUNDICOLLIS. Nyct. niger subopacus, capite pone
oculos utringue sulcato, thorace roiundato varioloso-punctato, ely--
tris profundé punctato-striatis.

Long. corp. lin. 7; lat. elytr, lin, 23.

Hab. in Sierra Leoné. In mus. D. Hope et Waterhouse.

Zoological Society. 535

Caput punctatum, clypeo magno e vertice impressione curvata sepa-
rato. Oculi majores, carinis interocularibus obsoletis, sulco utrinque
ex angulo interno oculorum ad prothoracem ducto. Antenne breves,
articulis 6 ultimis majoribus subqualibus subtriangularibus latis
depressis ultimo majori, Prothorar rotundatus lateribus rotundatis,
angulis posticis subobtusis, disco varioloso punctatissimo ; margine
postico magis marginato quam laterali, et in medio partm versus scu-
tellum rotundato. /ytra lateribus feré parallelis, angulis humera-
libus rotundatis, singulo striis 9 punctorum profundeé impressorum,
striis 4 et 5, 3 et 6, 7 et 8, 2 et 9, ad apicem conjunctis. Pedes
breves simplices, tibiis rectis, femoribus anticis crassioribus.

Genus Negsroricus.

Corpus breve rotundatum valde gibbosum. Caput mediocre, breve
margine antico (clypei) et lateribus (ante oculos) elevatis, vertice
partum concavo. Labrum breve transversum, angulis anticis rotun-
datis, ciliatum. Mandibule trigonze crasse, extus rotundate, intus
sinuate, cavitate parvain medio. Mazille lobo externo majori, sub-
articulato, valdé setoso, interno setoso inermi. Palpi mavillares
crassi, articulo ultimo maximo securiformi. Mentum oblongum, anticé
paulld latius angulis anticis acuté productis. Labrum subquadratum
angulis anticis rotundatis, setosum. Palpt mazillares breves articulo
ultimo ovato, apice subtruncato. Antenne prothorace feré longitudine
equales articulo basali detecto, 3"° 4 duplo longiori, hoc ad 10"™
latitudine partm crescentibus compressis, longitudine zequalibus,
articulo 11™° precedenti partm longiori subrotundato. Prothorar
transyersus, anticé angustior, lateribus subrotundatis, angulis pos-
ticis acutis. Scutellum triangulare. Hlytra valde convexa ovali-
rotundata, thorace feré duplo latiora. Pedes simplices longitudine
feré zequales, tibiis rectis, tarsis subtts setosis, marginibus acutis.
Mesosternum obtusum paullo porrectum. Venter 5-annulatus.

Nesroricus riavopictus. Nes. niger nitidus levis, elytrorum hu-

meris apicibusque signaturis flavo-notatis.

Long. corp. lin. 8; lat. elytr. lin. 44.

Hab. Gold Coast, Africe tropice. In mus. Westw. comm. D.
Raddon.

Niger nitidus levis sub lente haud punctatus capite excepto. La-
brum piceum. Antenne nigre articulo ultime apice brunneo. Vertex
tenuissime punctatus. Thorax lateribus tenuissime marginatis. EHly-
tra valdé convexa nitida, singulo lineis 8 punctorum minutorum im-
presso ; fascia tenui Graeeorsd flava versus basin ad suturam inter-
rupta, et cum striga marginali, alterdaque media longitudinali versus
basin elytrorum extensa connexa; singulo elytro etiam versus apicem
signatura tenui subtriangulari ejusdem coloris notato.

Genus Ogcosoma.

Corpus breve latissimum. Caput mediocre carina utrinque ec
margine antico et interno oculorum feré ad basin mandibularum
ducta. Antenne longitudine capitis et prothoracis, graciles, vix ver-
sus apicem crassiores, articulo 3° longissimo, 4'° et reliquis sub-

536 Zoological Society.

wqualibus setosis. Mandibule crasse, extus rotundate, apice sub-
bifidee, margine interno feré recto. Labrum transversum emarginatum.
Mandibule lobis duobus membranaceis ciliatis. Palpi mazillares
articulo ultimo magno securiformi. Mentum obconicum basi trun-
catum et angustatum angulis anticis acutis, in medio longitudinaliter
carinatum. Labium cordatum. Palpi labiales articulo ultimo ma-
jori ovali, apice acuminato. Prothoraz latior quam longus, convexus,
lateribus in medio rotundato-angulatis, angulis anticis et posticis
acutis. lytra prothorace multo latiora, convexa, rotundata, inter-
rupto-costata. Pedes mediocres graciles setigeri.

OGcosoMA GRANULARE. Ogcos. nigrum sericeum prothorace punc-
tis duobus rotundatis discoidalibus, elytris irregulariter et inter-
rupto-costatis, antennis pedibusque cinereo-setosis.

Long. corp. lin. 6; lat. elytr. lin. 4.

Hab. in Gambia. In mus. Westwood.

Caput et thorax nigra, sericea, (se.sub lente) tuberculis minutissimis
alterisque majoribus sparsis nitidis obsita; hoc lateribus sub medio
angulato-rotundatis, marginatis. /ytra nigra et magis nitida, mi-
nutissime granulata, tuberculisque numerosis majoribus elongatis et
irregularibus, costas duas in singulo elytro quodammodo formanti-
bus; lateribus marginatis et deflexis latera abdominis cingentibus.
Pedes sat breves graciles, tibiis posticis partum curvatis.

Genus MrEGAcAnTHA,

Corpus robustum, crassum, convexum. Caput breve, punctatum,
lateribus ante oculos elevato-tuberculatis. Oculi reniformes. La-
brum transversum, angulis anticis rotundatis. Mandibule crassz,
apice partm bidentate. Maville lobo interno membranaceo, externo
magno valde setigero. Palpi mavillares articulo ultimo securiformi.
Mentum crateriforme. Labiwm cordatum. Palpi labiales breves,
articulo ultimo crasso ovali, apice subtruncato. Antenne sat longe,
articulo 34° vix 4' longiori, 7™° ceeteris partm crassiori, hoc et reli-
quis preecedentibus paulld latioribus. Prothorar rotundatus anticé
et posticé subtruncatus, capite multo latior. Hlytra_brevia oblongo-
ovalia, thorace latiora, convexa, punctato-striata. Pedes satis elon-
gati, femoribus anticis crassis ante apicem interne dente valido cur-
vato armatis ; tibiee anticee ante medium paulld extus curvatee ; inter-
mediz intus subserratz ; posticee recta.

Foemina differt capite et prothorace paulld minoribus, hoc minus
rotundato, pedibus anticis brevioribus et gracilioribus, dente fe-
morum anticorum multd minori, tibiisque anticis minus curyatis,
tibiisque intermediis haud serrulatis.

Mrcacantua TENEBROSA. Meg. nigra subnitida punctata, elytris

striato-punctatis, angulis humeralibus distinctis.

Long. corp. lin. 95-103; lat. elytr. lin. 43.

Hab. Ashantee. In mus. D. Hope.

Caput nigrum punctatum, clypeus brevis vix e vertice separatus.
Oculi intus subapproximati, lunula tenui levi subnitida et subelevata
interjecta, tuberculi anteoculares magni, basin antennarum tegentes.
Prothorax tenué punctatissimus lateribus rotundatis, angulis anticis

Zoological Society. 537

acutis, posticis subacutis. H/ytra sat profundé 8 striato-punctata ;
striaque altera valdé abbreviata versus scutellum ; striis 4 et 5, 3 et
6, et 2 et 7, posticé conjunctis. Pedes et corpus infra nigra subni-
tida. An Helops dentatus, Fab.? :

Mr. Reeve then communicated to the Meeting “ Descriptions of
four new species of bivalve shells by Mr. Hanley.”

Soten acuminatus. Sol. testd albidd, epidermide tenui griseo-
viridescente indutd, elongata, latitudine longitudinem tripliciter
superante ; posticé rotundatd ; antic acuminatd extremitate rotun-
datd; marginibus arcuatis, ventrali prope in medio incurvatd ;
dentibus in utraque valvd duobus, angustis, uno valdé minore.

Long. 2; lat. 22 poll.

Hab. in flumine Hoogley, Indiarum Orientalium.

This shell, which has been found in great abundance at the mouth

of the river Hoogley, is somewhat allied to the Solen acutidens of
Broderip ; it is well distinguished by its anterior acumination.

Psammosia costatTa. Psam. testd subellipticd, antice angulatd ;
postice breviore angustatd, extremitate rotundatd ; pallida, radiis
angustis roseo-lividis ornaid; transversim irregulariter costatd,
costis rudibus, planulatis, anticé subfurcatis ; intus vel purpured,
vel aured.

Long. 1; lat. 12 poll.

Hab. ad oras Nove Zealandiz.

The coarse and somewhat prominent ribs render this shell easily

distinguishable from the rest of the Psammobie.

CytTuerea errossa. Cyth. testd ovali-subcordiformi, subequilaterali,
crassa, nitidd, conveed, transversim profunde sulcatd ; sulcis sub-
remotis, interstitiis planulatis ; albido-lividd, lineis angularibus,
saturatioribus, venulata ; ano impresso, lanceolato ; vulvd effossd
lateribus candidis, fasciis spadiceis undulatis, transversim picta ;
disco interno purpureo, marginibus crenatis.

Long. #; lat. 14 poll. Mus. Stainforth.

Hab. ——?

The very singular manner in which this and the following species

are excavated on the anterior side forms their prominent and distin-
guishing characteristic.

CyTHEREA ExCAvATA. Cyth. testd rotundato-ovatd, subequilaterali,
postice expansd, antic propter marginis ventralis obliquam curva-
tionem angustata ; crassd, levi, nitidd, depresso-converd, pallidé
Sulvéa, venis lividis angularibus, plus minusve distinctis, marmoraté ;
ano lanceolato ; vulvd valdé excavatd, lateribus planulatis, candidis,
spadiceo leviter venulatis ; disco interno roseo ; marginibus tenuiter

crenulatis.
Long. 1; lat. 14 poll. Mus. Stainforth.
Hab. ?

This shell resembles the preceding by its anterior excavation, but
differs both in shape and in the absence of the transverse grooves.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol:xi. Suppl. 2N

538

INDEX to VOL. XI.

ACANTHOPHORUS, descriptions of
new species of, 366.

Achatina, new species of, 313.

Acroperus, description of some species
of, 91.

Actinocrinidz, new species of, 200.

Agassiz’s Nomenclator Zoologicus, noticed,
57; Poissons d’Eau douce de |’ Europe
centrale, reviewed, 49.

Agrypnus, new species of, 365.

Alaus, new species of, 365.

Alcyonidium glomeratum, remarks on, 112.

Alge, description of a new genus of, 161.

Allman, G.J.,on the occurrence of White’s
thrush in Ireland, 78; on a new genus
of Algz, 161.

Alona, description of the new genus, 92.

Ampedus, new species of, 365.

Amphacanthus, new species of, 172.

Animalcules, A General History of, no-
ticed, 140; on the sacculi of, 438.

Animals, on the blood-discs in, 95, 278.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, review
of the contents of the, 297, 460.

Annelide, on the metamorphosis of an, 43.

Anodonta, a new genus of insects, 66.

Antennulariaarborescens, remarks on, 111.

Apocyrtus, new species of, 247.

Aprosmictus, description of the new genus,
527.

Apteryx australis, monograph on the, 213.

Araneidea, on defective and redundant
organization among, 165.

Asplenium, new species of, 236.

Astacus fluviatilis, on the habits of, 106.

Astracrinidz, new species of, 205.

Astur, new species of, 371, 532.

Atherina, new species of, 178.

Austin, Messrs., on some new genera and
species of Crinoidea, 195.

Australia, discovery of the remains of a
mastodontoid Pachyderm in, 7, 329;
on the ichthyology of, 22, 169, 422,489.

Babington, Ch. C., on a new species of
Carex, 168; on Fumaria micrantha,
Lag., and F. calycina, 258.

Bacillaria, on some species of, 449.

Bainbridge, F., on the occurrence of Leci-
dea Wahlenbergii in Scotland, 485.

Baird, Dr. W., on the natural history of
the British Entomostraca, 81.

Ball, J., on the botany of Sicily, 338; on
Saxifraga stellaris and S. leucanthemi-
folia, 483.

Barry, Dr. M., on the pitted tissue of
plants, and on muscle, 278; on fissipa- —
rous generation, 382.

Batrachus, new species of, 352.

Bats, on some new genera and species of,
117.

Bebeeru tree of British Guiana, account
of the, 384.

Belemnites, observations on the, 299.

Bennett, Dr. J. H., on parasitic vegetable
structures in living animals, 126.

Bertoloni’s, A., Flora Italica, noticed, 211.

Birds, on certain species of Siberian, 113 ;
new species of, 148, 371, 477; Austra-
lian, on the nomenclature of some, 189,
333; of Ireland, 283; on the fossil
foot-prints of, 322; geographical dis-
tribution of some American, 484; on
the semen and seminal tubes of, 514.

Bone-bed, on the occurrence of the Bristol,
502.

Botanical excursion in Ross-shire, account
of a, 319.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, proceed-
ings of the, 319, 402.

Botanical Society of London, proceedings
of the, 153, 402.

Botany of Sicily, notes on the, 338.

Bowerbank, J. S., on the structure of the
shells of molluscous animals, 155.

Blackwall, J., on an ichneumon whose
larva is parasitic on spiders, 1; on
defective and redundant organization
among the Araneidea, 165; on the
growth of the salmon, 409.

Blood, notice of the occurrence of hema-
tozoa in the, 403.

Blood and fibre, observations on, 377,378.

Blyth, E., on some Indian birds, 477.

Brandt, Prof. J. F., on Siberian birds de-
scribed by Latham, 113.

British Association for the Advancement
of Science, notice respecting the, 75.

British Entomostraca, natural historyof, 80.

INDEX.

Broderip, W. J., descriptions of new shells,
311.

Brodie, Rev. P. B., on the discovery of
fossil insects, 480, 509.

Brown, J., on fossil remains in Essex, 325.

Brown, R., on the relative position of the
stigma and parietal placentz in plants,

Bryum, new British species of, 208.

Bulbochete, description of the genus, 361.

Bulimus, new species of, 308, 474.

Buprestide, descriptions of new, 317.

Burn, A., on the cotton called “ Nurma,”
404.

Byrrhidez, characters of new, 319.

Caccabis, new species of, 372.

Callichroma, new species of, 367.

Calostegia, new species of, 536.

Calyptrza, new species of, 309.

Camptocercus, description of some species
of, 91.

Cantharide, new species of, 318.

Capros, new species of, 170.

Carabide, descriptions of new, 318.

Caranx trachurus, description of, 25.

Carex, description of a new British, 168.

Carpenter, Dr. W. B., on the minute
structure of the hard parts of Inverte-
brata, 380.

Cassia, new species of, 15.

Cheetophora tuberculosa, on the fructifica-
tion of, 484.

Chalcidites, descriptions of new, 30, 115,
184.

Chameleo, new species of, 46.

Chorinemus, new species of, 24.

Christison, Prof., on the Assam tea- plant,

ee

Chrysomelidze of New Holland, descrip-
tions of the, 59, 66, 317.

Chusan, descriptions ofnew insects from,62.

Chydorus, new species of, 89.

Cladocrinites, new species of, 197.

Clarke, G., on the Lodoicea Sechellarum,
153; onthe African grain called Fundi,
234.

Climate of South Devon, &c., reviewed,
295.

Closterocerus, new species of, 185.

Coleoptera, descriptions of new genera and
species of, 61, 247, 281, 535 ; fossil, 510.

Columbus Palumbus, history and habits
of, 283.

Combretum Guianense, description of, 12,

Conferve, freshwater, descriptions of new
British, 428; on the growth, reproduc-
tion and species of the branched, 359,
463.

Conus, new species of, 256, 313.

Corvus frugilegus, history and habits of
the, 275.

2

539

Couch, J., on a fish nearly allied to the
genus Hemiramphus, taken in Corn-
wall, 232.

Crassatella, monograph of, 302.

Craw-fish, on the habits of the, 106.

Crinoidea, descriptions of several new
genera and species of, 195; observa-
tions on the, 129.

Crotalaria, new species of, 14.

Cruciferz, on the nature of the stigma
of, 42.

Crustacea of Ireland, 102.

Cryptus bellosus, remarks on, 60.

Curculionides, new species of, 247.

Cyclostoma, new species of, 466.

Cyrtandracez, structure of the stigma and
placentz in the, 38.

Cyrtulus, description of the new genus,
256.

Delafond, M., on the occurrence of Fila-
riz in the blood of a dog, 403.

Delphinula, on some new species of, 521.

Depressaria Gossypiella, description of,
316.

Desmidium, remarks on the species of, 372.

Devonshire, notice respecting the indige-
nous plants of, 296.

Diatomacez, on the, 447.

Dickie, Dr. G., on the presence of iodine
in plants, 74.

Dicyclus, new species of, 115.

Dinotherium australe, observations on, 329.

Diphya sagittaria, notice respecting, 406.

Draparnaldia, new species of, 428.

Drosera obovata, notice respecting, 78.

Duck, remarks on the soft-billed, of La-
tham, 369.

Dujardin, M., on the anatomy of Gordius
and Mermis, 297.

Echeneis, new species of, 498.

Echinocrinus, new species of, 207.

Echinodermata, History of British, re-
viewed, 127.

Ectinoderus, new species of, 466.

Ectrichodia, new species of, 466.

Edmonstone, E. jun., on the botany of
Shetland, 70.

Elanus, new species of, 401.

Electrical fish, discovery of an, on the
American coast, 326.

Eleutheria dichotoma, notice respecting,
299.

Emblema, description of the new genus,
144.

Entedon, new species of, 117, 184.

Enteromorpha intestinalis, on the growth
and reproduction of, 233.

Entomological Society, proceedings of the,
58, 314, 465.

Entomostraca, on the natural history of
the British, 81.

IN<3

540

Epilobium virgatum, occurrence of, 76.

Ergot of rye, observations on the, 236,
461.

Erythrodryas, description of the new ge-
nus, 528,

Euporus, new species of, 368.

Eurycercus, description of the genus, 88.

Falco, new species of, 371.

Farcimia spathulosa, remarks on, 112.

Felidz, descriptions of new species of, 118.

Feroniidz, new genera and species of, 281.

Flora Italica, noticed, 211.

Fibre, observations on, 377, 378, 391.

Filariz, occurrence of, in the blood of a
dog, 403.

Finches, on two new genera of, 144.

Fishes, of Australia, 22, 169,352, 422, 489;
new, 232.

Fissiparous generation, observations on,
382.

Forbes’s, Prof. E., History of British Star-
fishes, reviewed, 127; on the occur-
rence of Maianthemum bifolium, 1568 ;
on a new British starfish, 280; on Pec-
tinura, and on the Mediteranean species
of Ophiura, 463.

Forster, ‘I'., on the permanent varieties
of Papaver orientale, 235.

Fossils collected in Southern India, on
some, 482.

Fossil Mammalia, notice respecting some,
5, 7, 78, 325.

Fruit, on the production of decay in, 155.

Fumaria micrantha, observations on, 258.

Fundungi, on the African grain called, 234,

Galathea, on the Irish species of, 104.

Gasteropod, description of a new, 309.

Gastrancistrus, new species of, 186.

Geological Society, proceedings of the, 147,
322, 479, 502.

Geophaps, characters of the new genus, 146.

Goniaster, description of a new British
species of, 280.

Gonibregmatus, description of the new
genus, 501.

Goodsir, J., on the occurrence of vegetable
organisms in the stomach, 125.

Gordius aquatieus, on the structure of, 297.

Gould’s, J., Birds of Australia, noticed, 58 ;
on some new Australian birds, 148,527;
on a new species of Perameles, 232 ; on
two new species of kangaroo, 385; on
two new species of Halcyonide, 394 ;
on a new species of hawk, 401.

Graham’s, Prof., account of a botanical ex-
cursion in Ross-shire, 319.

Grant, Dr., on the structure and history
of the mastodontoid animals, 479.

Grasses, catalogue of Sicilian, 345; on
the nature of the ergot of, 461.

Grasses of Scotland, reviewed, 47.

INDEX.

Gray, J. E., on two new species of reptiles,
46; Figures of Molluscous Animals,
reviewed, 56; on the habits of Tarsipes
Spensere, 76; on new genera and
species of Mammalia, 117.

Gray, G. R., on the nomenclature of some
Australian birds, 189, 333; on the soft-
billed duck of Latham, 369; on some
new species of birds, 871; on the
mountain-partridge, 523.

Gregson, Mr., on the habits of Nyssia
zonaria, 68,

Griffith, Dr. J. W., on the pitted tissue
of plants, and on the blood-discs in
animals and the starch particles in ve-
getables, 95, 278, 377; on the sacculi
of the Polygastrica, 438.

Grimmia orbicularis, occurrence of, in
Britain, 402.

Gruby, M., on the occurrence of Filariz
in the blood of a dog, 403.

Gulliver, G., on the muscular fibre of
vertebrate animals, 391; on the semen
and seminal tubes of Mammalia and
birds, 514; on the blood-corpuscles of
the ibex, 524; of the British ophidian
reptiles, 525.

Halcyonide, new species of, 394.

Hall, C. R., on the structure and mode of
action of the iris, 381.

Halmaturus, new species of, 387.

Hamaticherus, new species of, 367.

Hanley, Mr., on some new species of
shells, 537.

Haro, Dr. A., on the ergot of rye, and
on a new. species of Asplenium, 236.

Harpalide, descriptions of new, 319.

Hassall, A. H., on some new British fresh-
water Conferve, 428; on some species
of marine zoophytes, 111; on the pro-
duction of decay in fruit, 155; on the
growth of Conferve, 359, 463; on the
growth and reproduction of Enteromor-
pha intestinalis, 233.

Helix aspersa, on the structure of the
shell of, 156.

Helix, new species of, 308, 471.

Helodimorpha, description of the new ge-
nus, 67,

Heterormorphide, descriptions of new, 318.

Hinds, R. B., on new shells, 16, 255.

Holothuriadz, observations on, 134.

Homeeocladia anglica, remarks on, 77.

Hooker’s, Sir W. J., [cones Plantarum, no-
ticed, 211; London Journal of Botany,
noticed, 300.

Hope, Rev. F. W., on coleopterous in-
sects from Chusan and Canton, 62; on
new species of insects, 317, 364; on
new genera and species of Phyllopho-
ridx, 394.

INDEX.

Howell, J. W., on the structure of the
stigma of the Papaveracee, 42.

Huber, P., on the habits of a Tenthredo,
241, 376.

Hydaticus, new species of, 364.

Hydrous, new species of, 364.

Hyleus, notes on the genus, 60.

Hymenolaimus, characters of the genus,
370.

Ibex, on the blood-corpuscles of the, 524.

Ichneumon, description of an, parasitic on
spiders, 1.

‘Ichthyolites, on some specimens of, 513.

Ichthyology of Australia, 22, 169, 422, 489.

Icones Plantarum, noticed, 211.

Idiocephala, new species of, 317.

Iiex Paraguyensis,on the presence of theine .

in, 237. d

Insects, new, 317, 864; fossil, on the dis-
covery of some, 480, 509.

Invertebrata, on the minute structure of
the hard parts of, 380. .

lonthodes, new species of, 367.

Ireland, on the Crustacea of, 102; on the
birds of, 283.

Iris, on the structure and mode of action
of the, 381.

Iulus, new British species of, 68, 316.

Jennings, F. M., on a peculiar sensation
caused by some mollusca, 326.

Jones, T. W., on the corpuscles of the
blood, 378.

Julis, on some new species of, 422.

Juncus diffusus, occurrence of, in Scotland,
78.

Jussieua, new species of, 13.

Kangaroo, description of two new species
of, 385.

Kay, J. E. de, Natural History of New
York, reviewed, 209.

Kaye, C.,on some fossils collected in South-
ern India, 482.

Kerivoula, new species of, 117.

Kippist, Mr., on a new species of Paspa-
lum, 235.

Labrus, new species of, 353.

Lamellicornide, new genera of, 68, 315.

Lamprotatus, new species of, 184, 185.
Landsborough, Rev. D., on the history

. and habits of the rook, 275.

Lapemis, new species of, 46.

Latham, Dr., on Siberian birds described
by, 113, 189.

Lecidea Wahlenbergii, occurrence of, in
Britain, 485.

Lee, J. E., on some saurian dermal plates
from the Weald, 5.

Leefe’s, Rev. J. E., Salictum Britannicum
Exsiccatum, noticed, 301.

Leighton, W. A., on a new specific cha-
racter in the willows, 21.

541

Leptophyllus, new species of, 400.

Leuciscus, new species of, 489.

Linnean Society, proceedings of the, 252,
461.

Lissopterus, description of the new genus,
281.

Lobivanellus, new species of, 532.

Lodoicea Sechellarum, observations on the,
153.

London Journal of Botany, notice of the
contents of the, 800.

Longicornes, descriptions of new, 366.

Loven, S., on the metamorphosis of an
annelide, 43.

Lowe, Rev. R. T., on a new dorsibran-
chiate gasteropod, 309.

Lyda inanita, on the habits of the, 241, 376.

Lyell, C., on the fossil foot-prints of birds,
322.

Lutra, new species of, 118.

Macgillivray’s, Prof. W., History of Mol-
luscous Animals, noticed, 459.

Maclagan, Dr. D., on the Bebeeru tree of
British Guiana, 384.

Macrothrix, description of some species
of, 87.

Maianthemum bifolium, occurrence of, in
Britain, 77, 158.

Mallodon, new species of, 366.

Mammalia, descriptions of new genera
and species of, 117; on the semen and
seminal tubes of, 514.

Mantell, G. A., on some ornithoidicnites,
513.

Marsupialia, new species of, 306.

Martin, W., on the habits of the horned
screamer, 141.

Mastodontoid animals, on the structure
and history of, 479, 502.

Matteucci, M., on some experiments on
the torpedo, 406.

Mecistocephalus, description of the new
genus, 499.

Megacantha, new species of, 540.

Megalops, on some species of, 493.

Meloseira, observations on the genus, 437.

Melyride, characters of new, 319.

Metascelis, new genus of Lamellicorns, 68.

Meteorological observations, 79, 159, 239,
327, 407, 487.

Microscopical Society of London, proceed-
ings of the, 155.

Microspora, a new genus of Conferve, 363.

Miquel, Dr. F. A. G., on some plants from
Surinam, 12.

Missourium, observations on the, 147.

Mitra, new species of, 255.

Mocha-stones, on substances inclosed in,
415.

Mollusca, of Massachusetts, observations
on the, 55; on the structure of the shells

542

of, 155; on a peculiar sensation caused
by some, 326; ofthe counties of Aber-
deen, Kincardine and Banff, noticed,
459.

Mougeotia, new species of, 433.

Mosia, description of the new genus, 117.

Mosquito Shore, Narrative of a Residence
on the, reviewed, 53.

Mosses, on two new species of British, 208;
occurrence of, in agate, 417.

Mueller, Dr. K., on substances inclosed in
mocha-stones, 415; on the fructifica-
tion of Chetophora tuberculosa, 484.

Murcott, J. J., on drying plants for the
herbarium, 33.

Murex, new species of, 523.

Musa Cavendisii, on the introduction of
the, into the Navigator Islands, 321.

Mustela, new species of, 118.

Myriapoda, on some new genera of, 498.

Nasmyth,A.,on the minute structure of the
tusks of the mastodontoid animals, 502.

Nassa, on some new fossil species of, 508.

Natural History of New York, reviewed,
209.

Naturalist’s Library, Mammalia, reviewed,
56;

Nautilus, pearly, history and observations
on the, 119.

Necrophleophagus, on the genus, 501.

Neill; Dr. P., notice respecting, 158.

Nesioticus, new species of, 539.

Newport, G., on a new British [ulus, 68,
316; on the habits of the Nomade, 69 ;
on some new genera of the class Myria-
poda, 498.

Nicolucci, G., on the nervous and circu-
lating systems of the aquatic salaman-
der, 290.

Nomade, on the habits of the, 68.

Nomenclature of zoology, observations on
the, 259.

Nostochinz, on anew genus of, 161.

Nyctobates, new species of, 536.

Nyssia zonaria, on the habits of, 68.

Ochrosopsis, description of the new genus,
59.

Ocyphaps, characters of the new genus,
146.

Odax, on some species of, 426.

Ogcosoma, new species of, 539.

Omaloderus, new species of, 188.

Ongulina, account of the animal of, 460.

Oniscia, on two new species of, 475.

Ophiura, on the species of, inhabiting the
Eastern Mediterranean, 463.

Ophiuridz, observations on the, 129.

Orbigny, M. d’, on the Belemnites, 299.

Ornithoidicnites, on some specimens of,
513.

Owen, Prof., on the claims of Tetracaulo-

INDEX.

don to generic distinction, 147; on the
Apteryx australis, 213 ; on the remains
of a mastodontoid Pachyderm in Austra-
lia, 7, 329.

Oxynopterus, new species of, 398.

Pachyderm, discovery of the remains of a
mastodontoid, in Australia, 7, 329.

Pachylarthrus, new species of, 116.

Pagurus Bernhardus,notice respecting, 102.

Prideauxii, notice respecting, 238.

Palzmon, on the Irish species of, 110.

Palamedea cornuta, on the habits of, 141.

Palinurus, on the Irish species of, 105.

Papaver orientale, on the permanent va-
rieties of, 235.

Papaveracez, on the structure of the cap-
sule of, 42.

Parmophorus, new, 308. ,

Parnell’s, Dr. R., Grasses of Scotland, re- —
viewed, 47.

Paspalum, new species of, 235.

Peach, C. W., on the sea-cup, 28.

Pearl-oyster of Ceylon, notice respecting
the, 325.

Pectinura, a new genus of Ophiuride, 463.

Pectocera, new species of, 401.

Pentacrinidz, new species of, 198.

Peplidia, new species of, 309.

Peracantha, description of species of, 94.

Perameles, new species of, 232, 307.

Periechocrinites, new species of, 203.

Petrogale, new species of, 385.

Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on some new species of
Helix and Bulimus, 471.

Phascogale, new species of, 307.

Phaseolus, new species of, 14.

Pheasant, history and habits of the, 288.

Phos, new species of, 257.

Phyllarthrius, a new genus of longicorn
insects, 366.

Phyllophoride, monograph of the family,
394,

Piezophyllus, new species of, 397.

Plants, descriptions of new, 12; on the
drying of, 335; on the position of the
stigma and placentz in, 35; on the pre-
sence of iodine in, 74; occurrence of
rare British, 76, 77, 78; on the pitted
tissues of, 95, 278; indigenous in De-
vonshire, 296.

Platycrinidz, new species of, 199.

Platygaster, new species of, 188.

Platymeris, new species of, 466.

Platyterma, new species of, 186.

Pleuroxus, a subgenus of Entomostraca,
93.

Poéphila, characters of the new genus, 144.
Poissons d’Eau douce de |’Europe cen-
trale, par M. Agassiz, reviewed, 49.
Pollen granules, on the structure and func-

tions of the, 182.

INDEX.

Polygastrica, on the sacculi of the, 438.

Porcellana, on the Irish species of, 103.

Poteriocrinide, new species of, 195.

Pritchard’s, A., History of Animalcules,
notice of, 140. .

Promeces, new species of, 368.

Pselaphide, descriptions of new, 319.

Psittacide, on a new genus of, 527.

Pteromalus, new species of, 116, 184, 186.

Ptilinopus, descriptions of two new species
of, 145.

Quekett, E. J., on the nature ofthe ergot,
461.

Radiata, notice respecting a new genus of,
299.

Rainey, Mr., on the cause of the ascent
and motion of the sap, 379, 383.

Ralfs, J.,on Homeeocladia anglica, 77 ; on
the species of Desmidium, 372; on the
genus Spheroplea, 434; on the Diato-
macee, 447.

Ranella, new species of, 255.

Ray, J., letters from, to Sir Hans Sloane,
485.

Redfield, W.C., on some ichthyolites, 513.

Reduviide, descriptions of new, 466.

Reeve, L., on the pearly nautilus, 119;
monograph of Crassatella, 302 ; on new
shells, 308, 813; on the genus Torna-
tella, 387 ; on two new species of Onis-
cia, 475; on some new species of Del-
phinula, 521 ; on a new species of Mu-
rex, 523.

Report on the Invertebrata of Massachu-
setts, reviewed, 54.

Reptiles, new species of, 46 ; on the blood-
corpuscles of the, 525.

Rhipicera, new Australian species of, 66.

Rhodocrinites, new species of, 202.

Rhombus, new species of, 495.

Richardson, J., on the distribution of some
American birds, 484; on the ichthyo-
logy of Australia, 22, 169, 352, 422, 489.

Ring-dove, on the history and habits of
the, 283.

Rook, on the history and habits of the,275.

Ross-shire, account of a botanical excur-
sion in, 319.

Royal Society, proceedings of the, 378.

Royal Society of Edinburgh, proceedings
of the, 70, 157, 384.

Ryania, new species of, 15.

Salamander, aquatic, on the nervous and
circulating systems of the, 290.

Salictum Britannicum Exsiccatum,noticed,
301.

Salmon, on the growth of the, 157, 384,
409.

Salmonide, embryology of the, 49, 384.

Sap, on the cause of the ascent and motion
of, 379, 383.

543

Sarcina, description of the new genus,
126.

Saunders, W. W., on the Chrysomelidz of
New Holland, 59, 66; on Depressaria
Gossypiella, 316; on new Australian
Chrysomelide, 317.

Saurian dermal plates, occurrence of, in
the Wealden of the Isle of Wight, 5.
Saw-fiy, observations on the habits of a,

241, 376.

Saxifraga stellaris and S. leucanthemifolia,
notice respecting, 483.

Scomber, new species of, 23.

Sea-Cup, observations on the, 28.

Sea-Urchin, on the structure of the, 129.

Secale cornutum, observations on, 236.

Seriola cultrata, description of, 169.

Shafter’s, Dr., Climate of South Devon, re-
viewed, 295.

Shaw, J., on the growth and migration of
the sea-trout, 384.

Shells, descriptions of new, 16, 255, 308,
311, 313, 466, 537; on the structure of,
155.

Shetland, on the botany of, 70.

Shuckard, Mr., on the parasitic habits of
Nomade, 69.

Sicily, notes on the botany of, 338.

Silphodes, new species of, 315.

Siphonaria, new, 308.

Sipunculidz, observations on, 134.

Sloane, Sir Hans, letters from, to J. Ray,
485.

Smith, F., on new British species of Hy-
leus, 60; on the habits of the Nomade,
68.

Smith’s, Lieut.-Col. C. H., Mammalia, re-
viewed, 56.

Sowerby, G. B., on new species of Cyclo-
stoma, 466.

Sphzroplea, observations on the genus,
434,

Spiders, on an ichneumon parasitic on, 1 ;
on defective and redundant organiza-
tion in, 165.

Squirrels, new species of, 533.

Starfish, on a new British species of, 280.

Starfishes, History of British, reviewed,127.

Stenhouse, J., on the presence of theine
in Ilex Paraguyensis, 237.

Sternodonta, new species of, 368.

Stevenson, Mr., on an apparatus for catch-
ing insects by lamp-light, 66.

Storer, Dr. H., on the discovery ofan elec-
trical fish on the American coast, 326.

Striatella, on the British species of, 455.

Strickland, H. E., on Siberian birds de-
scribed by Latham, 113; on the no-
menclature of some Australian birds,
333; On some concretions in the ter-
tiary bed of the Isle of Man, 507; on

544:

the bone-bed of Bristol, 502; on the
lias bone-bed of Gloucestershire, 511.

Sula melanura, notice respecting, 238.

Surinam, descriptions of plants from, 12.

Sylviadz, on a new genus of, 527.

Tarsipes Spensere, on the habits of the,76.

Tautoga, new species of, 358.

Taylor, Dr. T., on two new species of Bri-
tish mosses, 208.

Tchitrea, new species of, 371.

Tenthredo, on the habits of a, 241, 376.

Tetracaulodon, observations on the, 147.

Tetralobus, new species of, 395.

Tetramerocrinites, new species of, 203.

Tetrao medius, notice respecting, 70.

Tetraogallus, observations on the genus,
523.

Tetrastichus, new species of, 188.

Theine, on the presence of, in Hex Para-
guyensis, 237.

Thompson, W., on the Crustacea of Ire-
land, 102; on Pagurus Prideauxii, 238 ;
on the birds of Ireland, 283.

Thwaites, Mr., on the genus Hyleus and
on Cryptus bellosus, 60.

Tornatella, monograph of the genus, 387.

Torpedo, experiments on the, 406.

Trichormus, description of the new genus,
163.

Trichostomum, new species of, 208.

Triphoris, description of the genus, 16.

Triton aquaticus, on the nervous and cir-
culating systems of the, 290.

Turdus Whitei, notice respecting, 78.

Turtle-dove, history and habits of the, 287.

Vaucheria, new species of, 429.

Vegetable organisms, occurrence of, in the
stomach, 125; parasitic in living ani-
mals, account of some, 126.

Vespertilionide, new genera and species
of, 117.

INDEX.

Voluta, new species of, 312.

Vulpes, description of a new species of,
Le:

Walker, F., descriptions of Chalcidites
collected by Mr. Darwin, 30, 115, 184.

Ward, N. B., on the introduction of the
Musa Cavendisii into the Navigator
Islands, 321.

Waterhouse, G. R., on new species of
coleopterous insects, 247, 281 ; on two
new species of marsupial animals, 306 ;
on some new species of Mammalia, 533.

Wernerian Natural History Society, pro-
ceedings of the, 69.

Westwood, J. O., on a new genus of la-
mellicorn beetles, 68, 3153; on some
exotic genera of the sacred beetles, 61;
on three new species of Rhipicera, 66;
on the habits of Lyda inanita, 376 ; on
some new Coleoptera, 535.

Whales, capture of bottle-nosed, 238.

Willows, on a new specific character of, 20.

Wilson, J., on the occurrence of Tetrao
medius in Scotland, 70.

Wilson, W., on the structure and functions
of the pollen granules, 182.

Xanthidium, on a new species of, 155.

Young’s, T., Narrative of a Residence on
the Mosquito Shore, reviewed, 53.

Young, J., on the growth of the salmon,
157.

Zoological Society, proceedings of the,141,
213, 302, 385, 466, 514.

Zoology, propositions for rendering uni-
form and permanent the nomenclature
of, 259. ‘.

Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sul-
phur, reviewed, 457.

Zoophytes, marine, on three speciesof,111.

Zornia, new species of, 14.

Zygnema, observations on the genus, 430.

END OF THE ELEVENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Ann. Mag Nat. Hest Vol. PVN.

Lrichormus tncurvis. Carez Gthsorie.

aes) C.Sowerhy fe.

Ann.d Mag. Nat. Hist NAMPA NI.

A lenthredo Forming tts Case. TD-CSevarly, fo.

Ann.d Mag. Nat Hist Vol.f4.PL-VIL.

Pearl Oyster of

Gontaster abhensis IDC Sowerby fo

TPS Aa SAL AAS ATW NS be

Prevents eevee

feeaby ony bo te

- i i | . ra” - sad . "
> + es > . ae =

i Pe Ann.d Mag. Nat. Hist Vol.is PLIRG
r

, :
AX,
ae THOTT EST EY
bP D-
a RAS Sy ney
SMa
oe 4 a

a Ses

ac. ee =

ON Se eS
ee

fy
Uy
uy

IDC Sowerby feulp?

ene. ¥ | {

——— 5s

2

S Basive lth.

Vigaiic Shbstamces inclosed 5 tre Mocha -“ItOnEeS. »%

—)

ANN. K Mag Nat Hest. Vol. 11. P11.

Birds Hye Mow? Side View
Bers Magnitica.

* —. «ita Ate aim ae

oe |
See >:

? Xe, - ; 2
Section trom a.to bo.

SB astre. L itho.

Ty ie qe ; 5 oe *

™ ay nai. dal

wu : # ne to ahs

‘ i?

DBMWRaird. del.

British Entomostraca.

Ann &Miag. Nat Hist Vol i.PL.

it {| iN |
IR AN

SDC Sowerhy Se.

*

ayy
rete f
Ae Th aa NS Yak
he? OP . i f ,
i ( ‘
4
:
+ o yy
(i
4
)
:
7 *
'
Zi
ag j
A

AinkMag Nat Hist VolN PL.

y)

ALC. Sowerby, Sc.

British Entomostraca.

“a
ee

ay aaet

Ann.&dMag Nat HistNolM PL.

mT = EEF ) athe
a HUTTE yen re VN A on & iE EE ¢ 2} yyy BOS GOSISTISS,
i) Voe " ee »») ~ S898 S3e9 So eS
In DAS cctetnte 1 =EEF ® SeSSe,
cea (0-0-0 Apt le 0M ee ee
Bilis ol cg
\) ()
0) ie 40
x (xR =AG)
@ @) 0) s 60 0000000000 000000

9.0:9.0.0 0.0 0.0,.0,9 g090.0 00900.

{emi iyi

NTN

pera et \WIREET }

a cog

La G5 Sowerby Je.

On the Liited Tihiue of Plants.

«

ah Dla"
ety

Ady
palin A

BF,

fe raf i

(ar
Pras,

Pa UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA

| 5S05AN C001
i) ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY$
j

11 1843
16325

Paty

ul

1

Foie

i)
Qe
3 rm oS -~)
. r 5 =i #
* .